SNe 
παρὰ στ Ὡς 


a) 
- = 
᾿ Pe 


Eee : Ss ΟὟ ’ 
Sy SRA or ves ROOTS AN ee ae 
“hey ree Ἦν Ἀν “ὦ 
; mee “3 sows RN a ὅν: oe WA oes 
ee DUNN SE os Tene Κ 
= DR Pe Ss ins we Seger Saal po aie 
: ; τῳ ? ; pace fae TLR ray te 
ee ae ᾿ 


"Aas eee Ae 


age 
SAN 


Sangha 
exe 
eS , Ρ ν x oe ’ » =. “ We pte att. 5-5 = 7 2 os SF. 

Se 
as > Ἂς 


men ον 


a 
ee 
Jy 
yn 
᾿ “'-. 


2 
" 
Ἄ 
‘ 


Ἂχ 


I} 


FOR 


SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES 


ee. HENRY DRISLER, LL.D. 


JAY PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN COLUMBIA COLLEGE 


Copyright, 1881, by Harper & ΒΠΟΥΠΕΠΒ 


SERIES 


: _ EXPLANATORY NOTES” #1) 
FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS IN COLLEGES 


. ne - Η ‘os ' Ν : -- 
as 


} Ba. 5, TYLER, DD. 


“--“- NEW. Ὁ ΤΕ τ as as 
"HARPER: -& BROTHERS, FRANKLIN SQUARE 
i 1886 

E LIBRARY 


BOSTON COLLEG 
CHESTNUT HILL, MASS 


HARPER'S NEW CLASSICAL SERIES. 


UNDER THE EDITORIAL SUPERVISION OF 


TENRY DRISLER, LL.D., 


JAY PROFESSOR OF GREEK, COLUMBIA COLLEGE, 


BASED UPON THE BEST AND MOST RECENT TEXTS, AND WITH NOTES ORIGINAL 
AND SELECTED. 


INITIAL VOLUMES. 


THE OLYMPIC AND PYTHIAN ODES OF PINDAR. With Introductory Essay, 
Dissertation on the Metres of Pindar, and Notes Critical and Explanatory. By 
Basti 1). GILDERSLEEVE, Ph.D. (Gottingen), LL.D., Professor of Greek, Johns 
Hopkins University. 12mo, Cloth, $1.50, 


HERODOTUS (Books VI. and VII.). With Introduction, and Notes Critical and 
Explanatory. By Avueusrus C. MerriaM, Ph.D., Adjunct Professor of Greek, 
Columbia College. 12mo, Cloth, $1.50, 


THE PROTAGORAS OF PLATO. With an Introduction, and Critical and Explan- 
atory Notes. By E.G. SrHter, Ph.D., sometime Fellow in Greek in the Johns 
Hopkins University. 12mo, Cloth, 75 cents. 


THE OFFICES OF CICERO. With an Introductory Essay and Commentary. By 
AUSTIN STICKNEY, A.M., formerly Professor of Latin in Trinity College, Hartford, 
Conn. 12mo, Cloth, $1.50, 


SICILIAN EXPEDITION OF THUCYDIDES (Books VI. and VII.). With Introduc- 
tion, and Notes Critical and Explanatory. By W. A. LAmBerton, Professor of 
Greek, Lehigh University. 12mo, Cloth, $1.50. 


THE ILIAD OF HOMER (Books XVI.-XXIV.). With Introduction and Explanatory 
Notes. By W. S. TyLer, D.D., Williston Professor of Greek in Amherst College. 
12mo,Cloth. (Jn Press.) 


OTHER VOLUMES IN PREPARATION, 


Posuisnep By HARPER ἃ BROTHERS, New York. 


ge" Any of the above works will be sent by mail, postage prepaid, to any part of 
the United States or Canada, on receipt of the price. 


Copyright, 1886, by Hanrer & Broruers. 


an 


TA*o BO 
AIS 
136 

PREFACE. 


Turis is not merely or chiefly a critical edition. It is edu- 
eational rather. It is intended for the use of students in 
college, and especially for students of the upper classes, who 
are supposed to be already familiar with the grammar of the 


Greek language, and more or less acquainted with the dialectic 


and archaic forms of the Iliad, and whose minds are sufticient- 
ly disciplined to appreciate the sublimest, sweetest, and richest 
of all Grecian poetry, sufficiently cultured to appropriate its 
treasures of almost inspired wisdom. With such students in 
mind,* who have been accustomed to read with me in a single 
term, either in prepared lessons or at sight, all, or nearly all, 
of the Iliad which they had not read in the preparatory school, 
this edition omits grammatical references, and yet constantly 
presupposes or requires an accurate and familiar acquaintance 
with the forms of words and the structure of sentences, as the 
indispensable foundation for the understanding of the author, 
and calls frequent attention to whatever is difficult, doubtful, 
or peculiar in the grammar or the lexicography of the Iliad. 
It subordinates language to literature, while, at the same time, 
it holds that style is the characteristic feature of the greatest 
and best authors, that language and literature in their perfec- 
tion are one and inseparable, and that they can be properly 
studied only in their indissoluble connection. 

Believing that the study of words is often the best way of 
studying things, and that Homer is such a master of words 


* See, in The Penn Monthly for August, 1878, a discussion of the place 
which Homer should occupy in the college, curriculum. 


εὖ th: hed 


vi PREFACE. 


that his words especially are living images of persons and 
things — that every word of his has a meaning, and gives 
expression or coloring to his pictures—the editor has tried to 
express that meaning or coloring in his translations, and thus 
train students who use these Notes to make their translations 
as exact a copy, word for word, of the original as they can 
consistently with the idioms and usages of the English lan- 
guage. He fully believes, with Coleridge and Trench, and oth- 
ers who have been masters of English, and have become so, in 
no small measure, through the diligent study of the classical 
tongues, that “ more knowledge of more value may often be 
obtained from the history of a word than from the history of 
a campaign.” At the same time he rejects the mischievous 
but too prevalent heresy, which underlies most of the educa- 
tional falsehoods and fallacies of the age, that knowledge is 
the chief end of education, and that mere knowledge is power. 
Knowledge is an instrument, and, like other instruments, it 
becomes power only in the hands of a strong man — in other 
words, only when used by a well-disciplined, well-balanced, 
and highly cultured mind. If the knowledge could be sep- 
arated from the discipline and culture, and the student were 
obliged to choose between them, it were better for him to be 
able to think and reason and speak like Demosthenes, than to 
know all about every person and thing that existed in his times; 
it would be worth more to see things just as they are, like Ho- 
mer, and sing them as Homer did, or even to appreciate fully 
his singing of them, than to know all the facts of the heroic 
age. A fully developed, thoroughly: disciplined, and perfectly 
balanced mind is power, and knowledge is power when it is 
possessed and used by such amind. Correct thinking wedded 
to well-doing is power. Accurate observation, just discrimina- 
tion — in a word, clear vision, is power. Perfect expression, 
also, is power — the first, second, and third thing, not only in 
oratory, but in poetry, in history, in philosophy, in all liter- 
ature and all life. And if there is any such thing as a royal 
road to such power, it is in communion with such minds as 
Homer, Socrates, Plato, and Demosthenes. 


PREFACE. Vii 


In this edition of the Iliad it has been the simple aim and 
the sole ambition of the editor to do what little an editor can 
do to help students who aspire to such an education —to put 
them in communication with the blind old bard (who was not 
blind, but the clearest-sighted of mortals), that they may see 
his face, as it were, and hear his voice, understand his language, 
know his ways, think his thoughts, and catch his spirit, see 
for the time being with his eyes, and let him, so far as possi- 
ble, teil his story, sing his song, through their organs, ‘Alas! 
that this is not possible. No one can be more sensible of his 
failure to realize this ideal than the editor himself. But some 
of his readers will more nearly realize it, perhaps, by reason 
of his efforts. ; 
_. Perhaps my Notes are too copious. They are not more 
copious, however, than those of the best German and English 
editors. Perhaps they sometimes encroach on the province 
of the teacher. But it is not easy for one who has occupied 
the professor’s chair for so many years to leave it entirely, 
even in editing a Greek classic. Professor Agassiz could not 
or would not forget, in his last will and testament, that he had 
always and every where been a ‘‘ teacher.” 

The text is, for the most part, that of Dindorf, though i 
have not hesitated to adopt other readings, for which there 
seemed to be as good authority or better, or‘ whero there were 
other good and sufficient reasons. 1 have had before me the 
text and notes of Heyne, Crusius, Képpen, La Roche, Fasi- 
Franke, Ameis-Hentze, Diintzer, Koch, Paley, Pratt and Leaf 
(not to mention other editions, English’ and American), and 
have consulted them constantly and used them freely, finding 
in them much material which is the common property of Ho- 
meric commentators, and sometimes borrowing their language, 
in which case I have always aimed to give them the credit which 
is their due. The subdivisions of the Books, and the captions 
of those subdivisions, have been taken with little change, 
for the most part, from Crusius. The collations of verses ‘and 
snatches ‘of verse, which are: so often repeated in different 
parts of the Iliad and Odyssey, are chiefly from La Roche. 


an PREFACE. 


These repetitions, in their frequency and in their kind, deserve 
notice, as a characteristic feature of the Homeric poems. Re- 
frains and repetitions of various kinds belong, it is true, to all 
poetry that is composed to be sung, and it is not uninterest- 
ing or uninstructive to note how even Demosthenes repeats 
favorite passages in his popular orations. ‘These epic com- 
monplaces, however, as’ they are sometimes called, are not 
merely mechanical repetitions from memory, but, like the 
descriptive and picturesque epithets, the pet phrases, and the 
characteristic sentiments which distinguish the actors and 


speakers, cach from each, in the dialogue, they enter into the. 


essence and spirit of the poems; they exhibit the same master- 
strokes, the same marvellous power of individualizing men and 
things and portraying. them just as they are, which, as mani- 
fested in all his productions, signalize Homer as the greatest 
of all painters from nature and from real life. 

References to parallel passages, illustrative of the thought 
or the language of the poet, are the common property of 
commentators from the Scholiasts to our own day, and I 
have not taken the pains to distinguish between those which 
are derived from other sources and those which are original. 
I wish I could hope that students would follow out these ref- 
erences, and use a diligence in studying and comparing them 
somewhat commensurate with the labor which the editor has 
expended in collecting them. There is no method of study- 
ing a Greek or an English classic which is more fruitful of the 
best results, or which is more neglected. There is no part of 
a first-class commentary which is so valuable, or so sure to be 
undervalued. 

Koch, in his Commentary, and Autenriecth, in his Lexicon, 
have been particularly careful to note the ἅπαξ εἰρημένα, which 
are found in all parts of the Iliad and, for obvious reasons, in 
some parts more frequently than in others, They illustrate 
the make-up of the poems, the style of the poet, and the rich- 
ness of his vocabulary. Hence, I have frequently pointed them 
out in the Notes, but without either citing the authority or 
vouching for their accuracy. 


. PREFACE. ΙΧ 


ὙΠῸ bearing of these peculiarities in style and vocabulary, 
on the one hand, and of the repetitions and parallel passages, 
on the other, upon the common or separate authorship of the 
two poems, or of different portions of each poem, is a ques- 
tion which may well stimulate inquiry, and to which different 
readers will give different answers. The solution of such ques- 
tions is less important than the spirit of thought and inquiry 
which they awaken. A good education is of more value than 
the greatest fund of knowledge, as a good farm is more valu- 
able than the largest crop of corn; a well-disciplined mind is 
more than any amount of learning, as the man is more than 
all that appertains to him: “The life is more than meat and 
the body than raiment.” 

The last nine books of the Iliad, which are here edited, to- 
gether with the Hirst, the Ninth, and the Eleventh, constitute 
the text of the scholarly and sensible edition which, in accord- 
ance with a suggestion of De Quincey, Messrs. Pratt and Leaf, 
Fellows of Trinity College, Cambridge, England, have edited 
for the use of schools, separate from the other books, under 
the title of “The Story of Achilles.” A less practical and 
popular, but more critical and scientific, separation of the iad 
into two parts is that so well known and so ably advocated by 
Mr. Grote, who divides the Iliad, commonly so called, into an 
original Achilleid consisting of Books i., viii., and xi.—xxil., 
and an Iliad proper, consisting of Books ii—vii., while he re- 
garded Books ix., xxiii., and xxiv. as a later addition to the 
Achilleid, and Book x. as an addition or interpolation of a 
still later date. After all, the chief difference between the 
two parts of the poem, so far as Achilles is concerned, is that, 
in the one, he is never out of sight, and, in the other, he is 
never out of mind. The Odyssey also is divisible into two 
parts, in only one of which the protagonist is present as an 
immediate actor, while, in the other, he lies in the background 
inactive, but never forgotten by the reader, still less by the 
subordinate. actors. And this resemblance between the two 
poems, together with the striking similarity in the plan or 
plot of the poems, particularly in the crisis.or turning-point 


x PREFACE. 


of each, where the protagonist reappears upon the stage with 
such matchless power and grandeur, creates a strong presump- 
tion, not to say a demonstration, not only that each of the 
poems has a plan, but that both of the plans proceeded from 
the same master-mind. 

This is not the place for discussing the Homeric quedion 
That question always has vexed and ‘probably always will di- 
vide the learned world. There is so much at once of unity 
and of diversity in both of the Homeric poems that minds 
differently constituted cannot but come to different conclu- 
sions. The foregoing remarks indicate the drift of the edi- 
tor’s mind. The Notes contain not a few passages which 
aim to reconcile apparent contradictions and suggest points 
of resemblance. If the student wishes to pursue the subject 
farther he may see a concise résumé of the argument in an 
article on the Homeric question, published in the “ Bibliotheca 
Sacra” (Andover, 1857), and reprinted as a prefix to my “Dhe- 
ology of the Greek Poets.” The doctrine of the article may 
be “ old-fashioned,” and probably is extreme. But the author 
is still unable to resist the force of the general argument, and 
still sees no sufficient reason to abandon the conclusion that 
the Iliad and Odyssey, as planned, and substantially as they 
have come down to us, were both the production of the same 
exalted genius. The argument is fully and strongly presented, 
and the objections to it are well answered, in Mure’s “ His- 
tory of Greek Literature.” The argument for the one-author- 
ship of the Iliad and Odyssey, drawn from the striking simi- 
larity and the transcendent power of the crisis or turning-point 
in the two poems, may be seen in a learned and eloquent article, 
by Dean Milman, in the forty-fourth volume of the Quarterly 
Review. A concise and candid statement of the difficulties in 
the way of accepting the poems as the work of one author 
‘may be found in the “ Lecture” of Dr. Hermann’ Bonitz, 
translated and edited by the late Professor Packard, of Yale 
College, and published by Harper & Brothers. Professor 
Jebb, of the University of Glasgow, in his “ Primer on Greek 
Literature,” published by D. Appleton & Co.; has stated: brief- 


PREFACE. xi 


ly and well the intermediate and conservative view, which is, 
perhaps, most commonly accepted now by English and Ameri- 
ean scholars. 

- After so much discussion through so many ages, it would 
seem as if no new opinion, still less new theory, of the 
Homeric question could possibly be invented. And yet Pro- 
fessor Geddes, Professor of Greek in the University of Aber- 
deen, has done this seemingly impossible thing in his ‘‘ Prob- 
Jem of the Homeric Poems” (London: Macmillan & Co., 
1878), and startled the learned world, not only with a theory 
that has never before been propounded, but sustained it with 
much learning and ingenuity—with how much power to con- 
vince and persuade, it is still, perhaps, too early to decide. 
Starting with the doctrine of Grote, that the Hiad, commonly 
so called, consists of two parts, viz., an original Achilleid, 
whose subject was the Wrath of Achilles, and a number of 
additional books, whereby it was enlarged into an Iliad, whose 
subject was the Trojan War, Professor Geddes argues, from 
internal evidence of various kinds, that these additional books 
proceeded, not only from a later author, but from the same 
‘poet who was the author. of the Odyssey, and who lived in 
‘Asia Minor, while the original Achilleid was the production 
‘of a Thessalian poet, who lived in an earlier and ruder age. 
‘We cannot examine the argument here; but it will be seen 
‘at once that the theory is as daring as it is original, inasmuch 
‘as it runs counter to all the arguments which have been ad- 
‘vanced on both sides of the Homeric question—counter alike 
‘to the almost unanimous sentiment of antiquity, in favor of 
the one-authorship of both of the poems, and to the prevail- 
‘ing drift of modern criticism towards a belief in several 
‘authors for each of the two poems; and so the presumption 
-would seem to be that it must be ground to powder between 
the upper and the nether millstone of the traditionalists and 
‘the discerptionalists. Nor can the author vindicate fully his 
_ own consistency,,since the same arguments by which he sepa- 
“rates the two portions of the Iliad would dissever both the 
‘poems into no one knows how many separate lays, while the 


xil PREFACE. 


principles and modes of reasoning by which he seeks to estab- 
lish the unity of the Odyssey, and the one-authorship of the 
Odyssey and a portion of the Iliad, if consistently held, would 
compel him to accept the old faith that both the poems, as a 
whole, had the same author. . He magnifies the differences be- 
tween the two parts of the Iliad, and exaggerates the resem- 
blances between one of those parts and the Odyssey, while he 
overlooks the true explanation, which lies in the fact that the 
books of the Iliad, which he differentiates, and refers to an 
earlier author, are chiefly scenes and descriptions of battles, 
while there is comparatively little fighting in the remaining 
books and in the Odyssey. Still, Professor Geddes’s book is a 
valuable contribution to the literature of the Homeric poems 
— original, fresh, suggestive, and rich in the results of inde- 
pendent research. It has opened anew the Homeric question, 
and will well repay a candid and careful perusal. 

Those who wish to study this new phase of the Homeric 
question will do well to read, besides Professor Geddes’s book, 
and the poems themselves, of course, a concise and discrimi- 
nating review, by the late Professor Packard, of Yale College, 
in the American Journal of Philology for 1880, and a num- 
ber of articles in the Contemporary Review, particularly a 
favorable notice, by E. A. Freeman, the historian, in 1879; 
a severe criticism, by Professor Blackie, in 1880, and a “ Re- 
ply,” by Professor Geddes, in the same volume. See also, in 
the Nineteenth Century for 1878, a spicy monograph, by 
Mr. Gladstone, entitled ‘“‘The Slicing of Hector.” There is, 
besides, an article by Professor Geddes, in advance of his 
“book, in the Contemporary Review for 1875. 

But the educational value of the Homeric poems is quite 
independent of any theory of their origin. In the language 
of Henry Nelson Coleridge: ‘ Born, like the river of Egypt, 
in secret light, they yet roll on their great collateral streams, 
wherein a thousand poets have bathed their sacred heads, and 
thence drunk beauty and truth, and all sweet and noble har- 
monies. JXnown to no man is the time or place of their gush- 
ing forth from the earth’s bosom, but their course has been 


PREFACE. xlil 


among the ficlds and by the dwellings of men, and our 
children now sport on their banks and quaff their salutary 
waters.” 

There is nothing in all the history of literature and mental 
culture like the hold which Homer has had on the leading 
minds of the ruling nations in all ages. The doctrines of 
science and philosophy, schools of poetry and history, forms 
of government, parties in politics, creeds and sects in religion, 
dynasties and nationalities, have had their day of little bricf 
authority, and passed away and been forgotten. But Homer 
still wields a sceptre of undisputed sovereignty and ever-in- 
creasing influence. Poets— Atschylus, Vergil, Voss, Chap- 
man, Pope, Cowper, Bryant — have imitated his plots, copied 

his language and illustrations, translated his poems, or com- 
posed songs and dramas, which, they have confessed, were 
only scraps from Homer's banquet; historians, philosophers, 
and moralists — Herodotus, Thucydides, Plato, Aristotle, Plu- 
tarch, Carlyle— have written prose epics after his model, held 
up his poems as the ideal epopee for all ages, or enforced 
political, social, moral, and religious lessons by illustrations 
drawn from his pages; rulers and statesmen — Alexander the 
Great, Augustus, Derby, Gladstone —have sat at his feet for 
instruction, and delighted to do him homage. Never has he 
been more studied and admired than in our own age and 
generation. | 

The Iliad and Odyssey were a principal text-book in all the 
schools of ancient Greece. “They were learned by boys at 
school,” says Dr. William Smith, in his “ History of Greece ;” 
“they were the study of men in their riper years; and, even 
in the time of Socrates, there were Athenian gentlemen who 
could repeat both poems by heart.” They bore a scarcely 
less conspicuons part in the education of noble Roman youth 
in the Augustan age. Ever since the revival of learning they 
have held a prominent place in the schools of the modern 
European nations. And they well deserve it. While the 
moral and religious lessons which they teach by precept and 
example are, on the whole, lessons of honor, virtue, and piety, 


xiv PREFACE. 


the intellectual culture which they impart is altogether healthy 
and sound, teaching at once to observe, to reflect, and to ex- 
press thought and feeling in the very language of nature; 
There 18. nothing morbid, nothing affected, nothing artificial 
in Homer. He is always natural, genial, fresh as the air he 
breathed, clear as the sunlight which shone upon him, all-em- 
bracing and all-revealing as the atmosphere by which he was 
surrounded. In this respect he stands, not only above com- 
parison, but almost without competition, among the greatest 
poets of all ages. And for this, especially, he. deserves the 
very highest place among the text-books—lct me rather say, 
among the teachers—in our schools and colleges. The choicest 
portions of his poems should be committed to memory (to- 
gether with the best passages of our English poets), as they 
were in the schools of ancient Greece; it is a time-honored, 
but now-too much neglected means of education; it would 
be one of the most effective methods of acquiring the lan- 
guage, as well as imbibing the sentiments and the spirit of 
the old Greek singer. 

Let him be studied, as he is in ’ the ereat. English schools, 
for his poetry, for the beauty of his images, the harmony 
of his numbers, the: picturesqueness and: truthfulness of. his 
epithets, and the perfection of his language. Let him be 
studied, as Gladstone has studied him, as not only.the prince 
of Greek poets, but the patriarch of Greek historians, for the 
light he sheds on the early history-of our race. Let him*be 
read, as the father of the Greek mythologists, for the instruc- 
tion he gives us in regard to the primitive religions of man- 
kind. Let him be studied, as the bible of the earby Greeks; 
alongside of the Bible of Jews and Christians, partly to cor: 
roborate the doctrines and the facts of the Scriptures, and illus- 
trate their language, partly to set forth, by lively contrast, their 
superior truth and excellence. Let. him be listened to as.a 
witness for antiquity, and admired as the living image of his 
times. But, above all, let us receive him as the child of nat- 
ure, and hear his voice as the voice of nature herself, charm- 
ing us with. a music as spontaneous and sweet and pure as 


PREFACE. XV 


that of the birds, teaching us to love simple and quict beauty, 
and thus inspiring us with the very spirit of truth and beauty, 
eloquence and song. 

I am indebted to Dr. Drisler for the loan of books from his 
library. Iam under still greater obligations to him for con- 
senting to let my proofs pass under his practised eye. The 
work was undertaken at his instance, and I should have asked 
permission to dedicate it to him, as an expression of regard 
for his services to classical Jearning, but that it belongs to a 
series which appears under his editorial supervision. 

W. 5. Tver. 


Ammerst COLLEGE. 


phat 


i] 


(vis Ova eh ep yards a 
io ΚΡ tye wt Sige τ 


~~ 


sid τοῦσεν ame ‘was 9 a3 
[ jute sponte iia τα aT 
7) te oe rd Oboe edtb 
Σ hind age tach, leona ‘ 


4: hi + iodide sit sobunt RX ave et 


a 


OMHPOYT 
IAIAAO® I. 


HOMERS ILIAD. 
BOOK XVI. 


Πατρόκλεια. 


Ὡς οἱ μὲν περὶ νηὸς ἐὐσσέλμοιο μάχοντο " 
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ παρίστατο, ποιμένι λαῶν, 
δάκρυα θερμὰ χέων ὥστε κρήνη μελάνυδρος, 
ἥτε κατ᾽ αὐἰγίλυπος πέτρης δνοφερὸν χέει ὕδωρ. 
τὸν δὲ ἰδὼν ἀκτειρε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 

“inte δεδάκρυσαι, ἸΤατρόκλεις, nite κούρη 

/ Εν, a x / 342 / > 4 
νηπίη, θ᾽ ἅμα μητρὶ θέουσ᾽ ἀνελέσθαι ἀνώγει, 
εἱανοῦ ἁπτομένη, καί T ἐσσυμένην κατερύκει, 
δακρυόεσσα δέ μιν ποτιδέρκεται, ὄφρ᾽ ἀνέληται " 
τῇ ἴκελος, Ἰάτροκλε, τέρεν κατὰ δάκρυον εἴβεις. 
ἠέ τι Μυρμιδόνεσσι πιφαύσκεαι, ἢ ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ ; 
ἠέ tw ἀγγελίην Φθίης ἐξ ἔκλυες οἷος ; 
ζώειν μὰν ἔτι φασὶ Μενοίτιον, *Axtopos υἱόν, 
| \ , 

ζώει δ᾽ Αἰακίδης IInrevs μετὰ Μυρμιδόνεσσιν, 
τῶν κε μάλ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων ἀκαχοίμεθα τεθνηώτων. 
33 Ye Ie) / 5 7 4 > / 
ne avy ᾿Αργείων ὀλοφύρεαι, ὡς ὀλέκονται 
νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσιν ὑπερβασίης ἕνεκα σφῆς ; 
3 Fd εἶ n Ul “ Μ 5 ” 
ἐξαύδα, μὴ κεῦθε vow, iva εἴδομεν ἄμφω. 


10 


15 


2 IAIAAO® II. 


Tov δὲ βαρὺ στενάχων προσέφης, ]ατρόκλεις ἱππεῦ" 
“@ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, Πηλέος υἱέ, μέγα φέρτατ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν, 21 
4 / an x ” / > », 
μὴ νεμέσα" τοῖον γὰρ ἄχος βεβίηκεν ᾿Αχαιούς. 
οἱ μὲν γὰρ δὴ πάντες, ὅσοι πάρος ἦσαν ἄριστοι, 
> \ / / 3 / / 
ἐν νηυσὶν κέαται BeBAnpévot οὐτάμενοί TE. 
βέβληται μὲν ὁ Τυδείδης κρατερὸς Διομήδης, 25 
οὔτασται δ᾽ ᾿Οδυσεὺς δουρικλυτὸς ἠδ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων, 
βέβληται δὲ καὶ Εὐρύπυλος κατὰ μηρὸν ὀϊστῴῷ. 
\ / eed Ν / > Δ 
TOUS μέν T ἰητροῦ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφυπένονται, 
ἕλκε᾽ ἀκειόμενοι" σὺ δ᾽ ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, ᾿Αχιλλεῦ. 
μὴ ἔμεγ᾽ οὖν οὗτός γε λάβοι χόλος, ὅν σὺ φυλάσσεις, 80 
> / / 5 bd / 2 / a 
aivapéTn. τί σευ ἄλλος ὀνήσεται ὀψίγονός περ, 
" ἌΣ / b) / \ 5 ΓΑ 
αἴ κε μὴ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀεικέα λουγὸν ἀμύνῃς ; 
Ψ D) Steer , \ 9) ς / ,ὔ 
νηλεές, οὐκ ἄρα σοίγε πατὴρ ἣν ἱππότα Πηλεύς, 
οὐδὲ Θέτις μήτηρ γλαυκὴ δέ σε τίκτε θάλασσα 
/ ἸῊ ee / Ὡ / 7 4 > / 
πέτραι δ᾽ ἠλίβατοι, ὅτι ToL νόος ἐστὶν ἀπηνής. 35 
> 7. \ A 4 > / 
εἰ δέ τινα φρεσὶ σῇσι θεοπροπίην ἀλεείνεις 
7 4 \ \ > / , / 
καί τινά ToL πὰρ Ζηνὸς ἐπέφραδε πότνια μήτηρ, - 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐμέ περ πρόες WY’, ἅμα δ᾽ ἄλλον λαὸν ὄπασσον 
Μυρμιδόνων, ἤν πού τι φόως Δαναοῖσι γένωμαι. 
δὸς δέ μοι ὥμοιιν τὰ σὰ τεύχεα θωρηχθῆναι, 40 
ai κ᾽ ἐμὲ σοὶ ἴσκοντες ἀπόσχωνται πολέμοιο 
Τρῶες, ἀναπνεύσωσι δ᾽ ᾿Αρήϊοι υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν 
δ᾽ / if 5 5 / ͵7ὔ 
τειρόμενοι" ὀλίγη δέ T ἀνάπνευσις πολέμοιο. 
ῥεῖα δέ κ᾿’ ἀκμῆτες κεκμηότας ἄνδρας ἀὐτῇ 
7 A = ἢ “ » \ / 593 
ὦσαιμεν προτὶ ἄστυ νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων. 4ῦ 
“Os φάτο λισσόμενος μέγα νήπιος " ἢ γὰρ ἔμελλεν 
of αὐτῷ θάνατόν τε κακὸν καὶ κῆρα λιτέσθαι. 
τὸν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς " 
“«"Ὦ, μοι, διογενὲς ΤΠΤατρόκλεις, οἷον ἔειπες " 
5} / > / Ψ = 
οὔτε θεοπροπίης ἐμπάζομαι, ἥντινα οἶδα, 50 


ILIAD XVI. 


BA / \ \ > A / , 
οὔτε τί μοι Tap Ζηνὸς ἐπέφραδε πότνια pATNP * 
>’ \ ‘o> a! ” f \ \ δὼ τ 
ἀλλὰ τόδ᾽ αἰνὸν ἄχος κραδίην καὶ θυμὸν ἱκάνει, 
e / \ \ ἃ a > bt 52 ἡ > / 
ὁππότε δὴ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἀνὴρ ἐθέλῃσιν ἀμέρσαι 
καὶ γέρας arp ἀφελέσθαι, ὅ τε κράτεϊ προβεβήκῃ" 
ιν Ἢ » / 9 >’ \ if. » a 
αἰνὸν ἄχος TO μοί ἐστιν, ἐπεὶ πάθον adyea θυμῷ. 
’ ἃ ” , Μ is 3, fal 
κούρην ἣν apa μοι γέρας ἔξελον vies ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
Soupt δ᾽ ἐμῷ κτεάτισσα, πόλιν εὐτεΐχεα πέρσας, 
\ x > fal [τὰ ? 3 ? 
τὴν ἂψ' ἐκ χειρῶν ἕλετο κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων 
, 
᾿Ατρείδης ὡσεί TW ἀτίμητον μετανάστην. 
> εἶ Ν \ : 7 p We SNS * 9F 5 
ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν προτετύχθαι ἐάσομεν" OVS ἄρα πως ἣν 
3 \ fal a / 5 5» 
ἀσπερχὲς κεχολῶσθαι ἐνὶ φρεσίν " ἤτοι ἔφην γε 
> \ \ ΄ 3 a ah ἧς Ke \ 
ov πρὶν μηνιθμὸν καταπαυσέμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότ᾽ ἂν δὴ 
- 3 / “. 
νῆας ἐμὰς ἀφίκηται ἀὐτή τε πτόλεμός τε. 
᾿ς ᾿ a 37 \ 3 Ν Ν , an 
τύνη δ᾽ ὦὥμοιιν μὲν ἐμὰ κλυτὰ τεύχεα δῦθι, 
ἄρχε δὲ Μυρμιδόνεσσι φιλοπτολέμοισι μάχεσθαι, 
΄ 7 
εἰ δὴ κυάνεον 'Γρώων νέφος ἀμφιβέβηκεν 
νηυσὶν ἐπικρατέως, οἱ δὲ ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 
κεκλίαται, χώρης ὀλίγην ἔτι μοῖραν ἔχοντες, 
᾿Αργεῖοι" Τρώων δὲ πόλις ἐπὶ πᾶσα βέβηκεν 
θάρσυνος. οὐ γὰρ ἐμῆς κόρυθος λεύσσουσι μέτωπον 
> ΄ ee te / > / 
ἐγγύθι λαμπομένης " Taya Kev φεύγοντες ἐναύλους 
πλήσειαν νεκύων, εἴ μοι κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων 
” 8 / fal δὲ \ > / 
ἤπια εἰδείη" νῦν δὲ στρατὸν ἀμφιμάχονται. 
οὐ γὰρ Τυδείδεω Διομήδεος ἐν παλάμῃσιν 
μαίνεται ἐγχείη Δαναῶν ἀπὸ λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι" 
Ρ] / 3 / 3 Ν 4 3 7 
οὐδέ πω ᾿Ατρείδεω ὀπὸς ἔκλυον αὐδήσαντος 
ἐχθρῆς ἐκ κεφαλῆς - ἀλλ᾽ “Extopos ἀνδροφόνοιο 
Τρωσὶ κελεύοντος περιάγνυται, οἱ δ᾽ ἀλαλητῷ 
πᾶν πεδίον κατέχουσι, μάχῃ νικῶντες ᾿Αχαιούς. 
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὥς, ἸΤάτροκλε, νεῶν ἀπὸ λοιγὸν ἀμύνων 
ἔμπεσ᾽ ἐπικρατέως, μὴ δὴ πυρὸς αἰθομένοιο 


cu 
CU 


70 


4 IAIAAO® II. 


νῆας ἐνυπρήσωσι, φίλον δ᾽ ἀπὸ νόστον ἕλωνται. 
/ 
πείθεο δ᾽ ὥς τοι ἐγὼ μύθου τέλος ἐν φρεσὶ Hela, 
/ : fal 
ὡς ἄν μοι τιμὴν μεγάλην Kal κῦδος ἄρηαι 
ΦΧ, » a See \ ς / / 
πρὸς πάντων Δαναῶν, ἀτὰρ οἱ περικαλλέα κούρην . 85 
ΕΝ > "2 \ cme el \ ἴω / 
ay ἀπονάσσωσιν, ποτὶ δ᾽ ἀγλαὰ δῶρα πόρωσιν. 
es na ὅς: ὦ ,“Ψ ΄ 2 7 5 
ἐκ νηῶν ἐλάσας ἰέναι πάλιν" εἰ δέ κεν αὖ TOL 
ὃ 4 ὃ > / θ πῇ ὃ , Ἢ 
on κῦδος ἀρέσθαι ἐρίγδουπος πόσις “Ἥρης, 
μὴ avy ἄνευθεν ἐμεῖο λίλαίεσθαι πολεμίζειν - 
Τρωσὶ φιλοπτολέμοισιν " ἀτιμότερον δέ με θήσεις. 90 
5,5 , ἢν \ ie 
μηδ᾽ ἐπαγαλλόμενος πολέμῳ Kal δηϊοτῆτι, 
Τρῶας ἐναιρόμενος, προτὶ "Ἴλιον ἡγεμονεύειν, 
Re? a .9 1 2 A ᾽ ,ὕ 
μή τις ἀπ᾿’ Οὐλύμποιο θεῶν αἰειγενετάων 
ἐμβήῃ " μάλα τούς γε φιλεῖ ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων * 
ἀλλὰ πάλιν τρωπᾶσθαι, ἐπὴν φάος ἐν νήεσσιν 95 
Onns, τοὺς δέ τ᾽ ἐᾶν πεδίον κάτα δηριάασθαι. 
[αἱ γάρ, Ζεῦ τε πάτερ καὶ ᾿Αθηναίη καὶ "Απολλον, 
7 5 , / / “ ” 
μήτε τις οὖν Τρώων θάνατον φύγοι, ὅσσοι ἔασιν, 
μήτε τις ᾿Αργείων, νῶϊν δ᾽ ἐκδῦμεν ὄλεθρον, 
ὄφρ᾽ οἷοι Τροίης tepa κρήδεμνα λύωμεν.}" 100 
«ὃ e \ a \ Ἂ / > / 
ὡς ob μὲν τοιαῦτα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγόρευον. 
Αἴας δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἔμιμνε" βιάξετο γὰρ βελέεσσιν " 
δάμνα μιν Ζηνός τε νόος καὶ Τρῶες ἀγαυοὶ 
βάλλοντες - δεινὴν δὲ περὶ κροτάφοισι φαεινὴ 
πήληξ βαλλομένη καναχὴν ἔχε, βάλλετο δ᾽ αἰεὶ 105 
\ / x 9 i "5 ¢ 99) 9 gn ” 
Katt φάλαρ᾽ εὐποίηθ᾽ - ὁ δ᾽ ἀριστερὸν ὦμον ἔκαμνεν, 
” 1 » ᾽ 7) IO 307 
ἔμπεδον αἰὲν ἔχων σάκος αἰόλον" οὐδ᾽ ἐδύναντο 
ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ πελεμίξαι ἐρείδοντες βελέεσσιν. 
αἰεὶ δ᾽ ἀργωαλέῳ ἔχετ᾽ ἄσθματι, κὰδ δέ οἱ ἱδρὼς 
7 5 7 \ ” 3 , 5 
πάντοθεν ἐκ μέλέων πολὺς ἔρρεεν, οὐδέ πη εἶχεν 110 
n Ν n ᾿ 
ἀμπνεῦσαι" πάντη δὲ κακὸν κακῷ ἐστήῤικτο. 
ἜἜσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι ᾿Ολύμπια δώματ᾽ ἔχουσαι, 
ὅππως δὴ πρῶτον πῦρ ἔμπεσε νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν. 


ILIAD XVL 5 


“Ἕκτωρ Αἴαντος δόρυ μείλινον ἄγχι παραστὰς 
TAHE ἄορι μεγάλῳ, αἰχμῆς παρὰ καυλὸν ὄπισθεν, 115 
2 \ > 2 / \ \ . / 4 
ἀντικρὺ δ᾽ ἀπάραξε" τὸ μὲν Τελαμώνιος Αἴας 

ay? » bd \ / / an an δὲν "ὦ 3 le) 
THN αὔτως ἐν χειρὶ κόλον δόρυ" τῆλε δ᾽ aT αὐτοῦ 

> \ / / / a 
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη χαμάδις βόμβησε πεσοῦσα. 

an ? » \ \ b) ΄ crs / 
γνῶ δ᾽ Αἴας κατὰ θυμὸν ἀμύμονα, ῥίγησέν τε, 

» “ ree € / ΄ Ὁ ἃ / na 

Eepya θεῶν, 6 pa πάγχυ μάχης ETL μήδεα KELpeEV 120 
Ζεὺς ὑψιβρεμέτης, Τρώεσσι δὲ βούλετο νίκην " 

χάζετο δ᾽ ἐκ βελέων. τοὶ δ᾽ ἔμβαλον ἀκάματον πῦρ 
νηὶ θοῇ" τῆς δ᾽ αἶψα κατ᾽ ἀσβέστη κέχυτο φλόξ. 

“Qs τὴν μὲν πρύμνην πῦρ ἄμφεπεν - αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
μηρὼ πληξάμενος Ἰ]ατροκλῆα προσέειπεν " 125 

“"Opaeo, διογενὲς Ilatpoxdeus, ἱπποκέλευθε " 
λεύσσω δὴ παρὰ νηυσὶ πυρὸς δηΐοιο ἰωήν " 

\ \ a e/- \ > / Ά / 
μὴ δὴ νῆας ἕλωσε καὶ οὐκέτι φυκτὰ πέλωνται" 
δύσεο τεύχεα θᾶσσον, ἐγὼ δέ κε λαὸν ἀγείρω.᾽ 

“Os φάτο, Πάτροκλος δὲ κορύσσετο νώροπι χαλκῷ. 
κνημῖδας μὲν πρῶτα περὶ κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκεν 181 
καλάς, ἀργυρέοισιν ἐπισφυρίοις ἀραρυίας -" 
δεύτερον αὖ θώρηκα περὶ στήθεσσιν ἔδυνεν 

f- > / / 5 / 
ποικίλον ἀστερόεντα ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο. 


ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὥμοισιν βάλετο ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον δ 


/ ye 7 , ἢ 
χάλκεον, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα σάκος μέγα τε στιβαρόν τε' 
\ : he aa J Ns / BA ΝΜ 
κρατὶ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἰφθίμῳ κυνέην εὔτυκτον ἔθηκεν 
/ 
immoupw* δεινὸν δὲ λόφος καθύπερθεν evevev. 
εἵλετο δ᾽ ἄλκιμα δοῦρε, τά οἱ παλάμηφιν ἀρήρει, 
ἔγχος δ᾽ ody’ ἕλετ᾽ οἷον ἀμύμονος Αἰακίδαο, 140 
/ \ a 
βριθὺ μέγα στιβαρόν" τὸ μὲν ov δύνατ᾽ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν 
πάλλειν, ἀλλά μιν οἷος ἐπίστατο πῆλαι ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
Πηλιάδα μελίην, τὴν πατρὶ φίλῳ πόρε Χείρων 
κι / / / 
Πηλίου ἐκ κορυφῆς, φόνον ἔμμεναι ἡρώεσσιν. 


6 7 IAIAAOS TI. 


ἵππους δ᾽ Αὐτομέδοντα θοῶς ζευγνῦμεν ἄνωγεν,. 145 
τὸν μετ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆα ῥηξήνορα tie μάλιστα, 
πιστότατος δέ οἱ ἔσκε μάχῃ ἔνι μεῖναι ὁμοκλήν. 

τας \ \ 2 / ef \ 54. ον “ 
τῷ δὲ καὶ Αὐτομέδων ὕπαγε ζυγὸν ὠκέας ἵππους, 
Ξάνθον καὶ Βαλίον, τὼ ἅμα πνοιῆσι πετέσθην, 
τοὺς ἔτεκε Ζεφύρῳ ἀνέμῳ “Αρπυια Ἰ]οδάργη, 150 
βοσκομένη λειμῶνι Tapa ῥόον ᾿Ωκεανοῖο. 

3 x / > 7 / ᾿ “ 
ἐν δὲ παρηορίῃσιν ἀμύμονα Πήδασον ἵει, 
τόν ῥά ποτ᾽ ᾿Ηετίωνος ἑλὼν πόλιν ἤγαγ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
ἃ \ bY LS Ψ > ¢ 3 » 
ὃς καὶ θνητὸς ἐὼν ἕπεθ᾽ ἵπποις ἀθανάτοισιν. 

Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐποιχόμενος θώρηξεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 

πάντας ἀνὰ κλισίας σὺν τεύχεσιν" οἱ δὲ λύκοι HS 156 
5 4 a / \ \ 5 3 / 
ὠμοφάγοι, Totcivte περὶ φρεσὶν ἄσπετος ἀλκή, 

23) δος Ἂς / 4 / 
oir ἔλαφον κεραὸν μέγαν οὔρεσι δηώσαντες 
δάπτουσιν" πᾶσιν δὲ παρήϊον αἵματι φοινόν " 
καί τ᾽ ἀγεληδὸν ἴασιν ἀπὸ κρήνης μελανύδρου 160 
λάψοντες γλώσσῃσιν ἀραιῆσιν μέλαν ὕδωρ 
A 3 FE / vd > 7 \ 
ἄκρον, ἐρευγόμενοι φόνον αἵματος " ἐν δέ τε θυμὸς 
στήθεσιν ἄτρομός ἐστι, περιστένεται δέ τε γαστήρ" 
TOL M ὃ / ary ΞΖ Ἰδὲ (ὃ 
τοῖοι Μυρμιδόνων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες 
ἀμφ᾽ ἀγαθὸν θεράποντα ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο 165 
ῥώοντ᾽. ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τοῖσιν Apnios ἵστατ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
ὀτρύνων ἵππους τε καὶ ἀνέρας ἀσπιδιώτας. 

Πεντήκοντ᾽ ἦσαν νῆες θοαί, pow ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
ἐς Τροίην ἡγεῖτο διίφιλος " ἐν δὲ ἑκάστῃ 
id 3 Sf yo Jae ic ς a 

πεντήκοντ᾽ ἔσαν ἄνδρες ἐπὶ κληϊσιν ἑταῖροι" 170 
πέντε δ᾽ ap ἡγεμόνας ποιήσατο, τοῖς ἐπεποίθει, 
σημαίνειν " αὐτὸς δὲ μέγα κρατέων ἤνασσεν. 

n \ In \ > / 5 / 
τῆς μὲν ths στιχὸς ἦρχε Μενέσθιος αἰολοθώρηξ, 
υἱὸς Σπερχειοῖο, διυπετέος ποταμοῖο" 
ὃν τέκε ἸΤηλῆος θυγάτηρ, καλὴ ἸΠολυδώρη, 175 


ILIAD XVI. 


Σπερχειῷ ἀκάμαντι, γυνὴ θεῷ εὐνηθεῖσα, 


αὐτὰρ ἐπίκλησιν Βώρῳ, ἹΠ]εριήρεος υἱῷ, 
ee ἘΜ 3 \ ” \ 3 lA σ 
ὅς p ἀναφανδὸν ὄπυιε, πορὼν ἀπερείσια ἕδνα. 
τῆς δ᾽ ἑτέρης Evdwpos ᾿Αρήϊος ἡγεμόνευεν, 
παρθένιος, τὸν ἔτικτε χορῷ καλὴ Ιολυμήλη, 
Φύλαντος θυγάτηρ: τῆς δὲ κρατὺς ᾿Αργειφόντης 
> ra 5 Ἵ an ON \ / 
npacat, ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδὼν μετὰ μελπομένῃσιν 
> Pow? 7 / nn 
ἐν χορῷ ᾿Αρτέμιδος χρυσηλακάτου κελαδεινῆς. 
αὐτίκα δ᾽ εἰς ὑπερῷ ἀναβὰς παρελέξατο λάθρῃ 
ς , > 4 ΄ 77 ἕν νι ἂν 
Ἑρμείας ἀκάκητα, πόρεν δέ οἱ ἀγλαὸν υἱὸν 
Εὔδωρον, πέρι μὲν θείειν ταχὺν ἠδὲ μαχητήν. 

3 \ Ἂν \ / / > 7 
αὐτὰρ ἐπειδὴ τόνγε μογοστόκος Εἰλείθυια 
be / \ / \ 3 7 "᾽ > es 
ἐξάγαγε πρὸ φόωσδε καὶ ἠελίου ἴδεν αὐγάς, 

\ ‘ > a οὗ 4 3 / 
τὴν μὲν EyexAjos κρατερὸν μένος ᾿Ακτορίδαο 
ἠγάγετο πρὸς δώματ᾽, ἐπεὶ πόρε μυρία ἕδνα, 
τὸν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων Φύλας εὖ ἔτρεφεν ἠδ᾽ ἀτίταλλεν, 
3 fi ς 7 So ΟΝ ΕΝ 57 . 
ἀμφαγαπαζόμενος ὡσεί θ᾽ ἑὸν υἱὸν ἐόντα. 

n \ / 7 3 7. ¢ / 
τῆς δὲ τρίτης Πείσανδρος ᾿Αρήϊος ἡγεμόνευεν 
Μαιμαλίδης, ὃς πᾶσι μετέπρεπε Μυρμιδόνεσσιν 
ἔγχεϊ μάρνασθαι μετὰ Ἰ]ηλείωνος ἑταῖρον. 
τῆς δὲ τετάρτης ἦρχε γέρων ἱππηλάτα Φοϊνιξ, 

/ aS ΞΖ 7] e\ 3 7 
πέμπτης δ᾽ ᾿Αλκιμέδων, Λαέρκεος vids ἀμύμων. 

> \ 3 \ / Ce ee 6 / b] \ 
αὐτὰρ ἐπειδὴ πάντας ἅμ᾽ ἡγεμόνεσσιν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 

n ax, / \ Ὁ. α rn » 

στῆσεν ἐὺ κρίνας, κρατερὸν δ᾽ ἐπὶ μῦθον ἔτελλεν " 


“Μυρμιδόνες, μή τίς μοι ἀπειλάων λελαθέσθω, 


ἃς ἐπὶ νηυσὶ θοῆσιν ἀπειλεῖτε 'Τρώεσσιν 
ἀνθ᾽ ὑπὸ μηνιθμόν, καί μ᾽ ἠτιάασθε ἕκαστος " 
πῶνῦ ὑπὸ μηνίῦμον, peg TOS 
"4 c/s / V4 
“σχέτλιε ἸΠηλέος υἱέ, χόλῳ ἄρα σ᾽ ἔτρεφε μήτηρ, 
νηλεές, ὃς παρὰ νηυσὶν ἔχεις ἀέκοντας ἑταίρους " 
\ / 
οἴκαδέ περ σὺν νηυσὶ νεώμεθα ποντοπύροισιν 


9 > ΕΣ ΣΕ A \ / Μ a3 
αὗτις, ἐπεί pa τοι ὧδε κακὸς χόλος ἔμπεσε θυμῷ. 


180 


190 


195 


200 


205 


8 ) ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ II. 


a » / a tg 
ταῦτά μ᾽ ἀγειρόμενοι θάμ᾽ éBafere νῦν δὲ πέφανται 
/ / ” “ x vc bed / 
φυλόπιδος μέγα ἔργον, Ens TO πρίν γ᾽ ἐράασθε. 
» 3) φ ΝΜ » / 39 
ἔνθα τις ἄλκιμον ἦτορ ἔχων Τρώεσσι μαχέσθω. 
eaek ? a 5 / \ \ δι 2 
Ὡς εἰπὼν ὦτρυνε μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου. 210 
μᾶλλον δὲ στίχες ἄρθεν, ἐπεὶ βασιλῆος ἄκουσαν. 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε τοῖχον ἀνὴρ ἀράρῃ πυκινοῖσι λίθοισιν 
δώματος ὑψηλοῖο, βίας ἀνέμων ἀλεείνων, 
ἃ BA / / δ / 3 / 
ὡς ἄραρον Kopubés τε Kal ἀσπίδες ὀμφαλόεσσαι. 
3 \ 9 8 75 3 / if 9. 9 Εν 
ἀσπὶς ἄρ᾽ ἀσπίδ᾽ ἔρειδε, κόρυς κόρυν, ἀνέρα δ᾽ ἀνήρ" 215 
n > € / 4 nr / 
ψαῦον δ᾽ ἱππόκομοι κόρυθες λαμπροῖσι φάλοισιν 
/ ἃ \ = / 3 7, 
νευόντων " ὡς πυκνοὶ ἐφέστασαν ἀλλὴλοισιν. 
/ \ / £3" 2 / / 
πάντων δὲ προπάροιθε δύ᾽ avépe θωρήσσοντο, 
/ 
ΠΠάτροκλός τε καὶ Αὐτομέδων, Eva θυμὸν ἔχοντες, 
πρόσθεν Μυρμιδόνων πολεμιζέμεν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
6 Ἂν 3 7 a me | Ἂ ἈΝ. ee 
βῆ ῥ᾽ ἴμεν ἐς κλισίην, χηλοῦ δ᾽ ἀπὸ πῶμ᾽ ἀνέῳγεν 221 
καλῆς δαιδαλέης, τήν οἱ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα 
(epee Dae ΟΘ \ by 2. / ᾿ 
θῆκ᾽ ἐπὶ νηὸς ἄγεσθαι, ἐὺ πλήσασα χιτώνων 
χλαινάων T ἀνεμοσκεπέων οὔλων TE ταπήτων. 
ἔνθα δέ οἱ δέπας ἔσκε τετυγμένον, οὐδέ τις ἄλλος 3.9ὕ 
οὔτ᾽ ἀνδρῶν πίνεσκεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ αἴθοπα οἶνον, 
Sat iF 7 Ate \ \ / 
οὔτέ τεῳ σπένδεσκε θεῶν, ὅτι μὴ Διὶ πατρί. 
Ι͂ a 
TO pa TOT ἐκ χηλοῖο λαβὼν ἐκάθηρε θεείῳ 
a ΕΝ \ / > ΒΑ a Seat 
πρῶτον, ἔπειτα δὲ νίψ᾽ ὕδατος καλῇσι ῥοῇσιν, 
Ν an 
νίψατο δ᾽ αὐτὸς χεῖρας, ἀφύσσατο δ᾽ αἴθοπα οἶνον. 2380 
BA >» \ ΄ . “ a \ 9 
εὔχετ᾽ ἔπειτα στὰς μέσῳ ἕρκεϊ, λεῖβε δὲ οἶνον 
᾽ \ > i. / ? 3 / / 
οὐρανὸν εἰσανιδών" Δία δ᾽ οὐ λάθε τερπικέραυνον * 
“Zed ἄνα, Δωδωναῖε, ἸΤελασγικέ, τηλόθι ναίων, 
Δωδώνης μεδέων δυσχειμέρου - ἀμφὶ δὲ Σελλοὶ 
an / na 
σοὶ ναίουσ᾽ ὑποφῆται ἀνυπτόποδες χαμαιεῦναι. 285 
3 Ν / 24.2 Oe » ” b] / 
ἠμὲν δή ToT ἐμὸν ἔπος ἔκλυες εὐξαμένοιο, 
\ n 
τίμησας μὲν ἐμέ, μέγα δ᾽ ἔψαο λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν, 


on 


ILIAD XVI. 


79> » \ ἥν, ον ον ν / 3. 

ἠδ᾽ ἔτι καὶ νῦν μοι τόδ᾽ ἐπικρήηνον ἐέλδωρ " 
αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ ἐγὼ μενέω, νηῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι, 

ἀλλ᾽ ἕταρον πέμπω πολέσιν μετὰ Μυρμιδόνεσσιν 
μάρνασθαι" τῷ κῦδος ἅμα πρόες, εὐρύοπα Ζεῦ, 

ta ες ¢ 49 ν᾿ / BA \ ef 
θάρσυνον δέ οἱ ἦτορ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ὄφρα καὶ “Extwp 

ΜΝ "΄.ε \ > > / / 
εἴσεται ἤ pa καὶ οἷος ἐπίστηται πολεμίζειν 
ἡμέτερος θεράπων, ἤ οἱ τότε χεῖρες ἄαπτοι 

τς ° e at τα ee J Spin ΕΝ Lad ΕΝ 
μαίνονθ᾽, ὁππότ᾽ ἐγώ περ ἴω μετὰ μῶλον Αρηος. 

> \ >’ / > it ee ee de { nm 7 Ε 5 7] / 
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί K ἀπὸ ναῦφι μάχην ἐνοπήν τε δίηται, 
ἀσκηθής μοι ἔπειτα θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ἵκοιτο 
τεύχεσί τε ξὺν πᾶσι καὶ ἀγγεμάχοις ἑτάροισιν." 

“Os ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος, τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε μητίετα Ζεύς. 

ΟΝ 4 4 \ ” ; / 7 vg eae 4 
τῷ δ᾽ ἕτερον μὲν ἔδωκε πατήρ, ἕτερον δ᾽ ἀνένευσεν" 
νηῶν μέν οἱ ἀπώσασθαι πόλεμόν τε μάχην τε 

an / % 3 / fi xX 3 / 
δῶκε, σόον δ᾽ avévevoe μάχης ἔξ ἀπονέεσθαι. 
ΩΣ ς \ ἧς \ 3 / \ \ 
ἤτοι ὁ μὲν σπείσας τε καὶ εὐξάμενος Διὶ πατρὶ 
xX / > an / Dh. χ / Dae A a 
aap κλισίην εἰσῆλθε, δέπας δ᾽ ἀπέθηκ᾽ evi χηλῷ, 
στῆ δὲ πάροιθ᾽ ἐλθὼν κλισίης, ἔτι δ᾽ ἤθελε θυμῷ 
εἰσιδέειν Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν φύλοπιν αἰνήν. 

ΦῸ of J ‘g 7 

Οἱ δ᾽ ἅμα ἸΤατρόκλῳ μεγαλήτορι θωρηχθέντες 
», ” Se \ / V6 » 
ἔστιχον, ὄφρ᾽ ἐν Τρωσὶ μέγα φρονξοντες ὄρουσαν. 
αὐτίκα δὲ σφήκεσσιν ἐοικότες ἐξεχέοντο 

> 7 ἃ an 9 , yo 
εἰνοδίοις, ods παῖδες ἐριδμαίνωσιν ἔθοντες, 
[αἰεὶ κερτομέοντες, ὁδῷ ἔπι οἰκί ἔχοντας,] 
/ \ x \ / - 
νηπίαχοι" ξυνὸν δὲ κακὸν πολέεσσι τιθεῖσιν. 

Ἁ > ” i / \ x eas 
τοὺς δ᾽ εἴπερ παρά Tis τε κιὼν ἄνθρωπος ὁδίτης 
κινήσῃ ἀέκων, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλκιμον ἦτορ ἔχοντες 
πρόσσω πᾶς πέτεται καὶ ἀμύνει οἷσι τέκεσσιν. 

n , , ᾿ \ » 
τῶν τότε Μυρμιδόνες κραδίην καὶ θυμὸν ἔχοντες 
ες Lal > / \ δὰ κὰν ν᾿ / 
ἐκ νηῶν ἐχέοντο" βοὴ δ᾽ ἄσβεστος ὀρώρει. 
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἑτάροισιν ἐκέκλετο μακρὸν ἀὔσας " 


1* 


240 


245 


250 


255 


260 


265 


10 IAIAAO® I. 


“ Μυρμιδόνες, ἕταροι Iinrniddew ᾿Αχιλῆος, 
Ψ A 
ἀνέρες ἔστε, φίλοι, μνήσασθε δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς, 
e x / / μ ἃ ἈΠΕ 
ὡς ἂν Πηλείδην τιμήσομεν, ὃς μέγ᾽ ἄριστος 
᾿Αργείων παρὰ νηυσὶ καὶ ἀγχέμαχοι θεράποντες, 
(al \ \epe, | / > / 3 7 
γνῷ δὲ καὶ ᾿Ατρείδης εὐρυκρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων 
Δ ” Me ef 3 lal 5 \ 5», 39 
ἣν ἄτην, ὅτ᾽ ἄριστον ᾿Αχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισεν. 
«Ὁ > \ yA / \ \ e Vi 
Ὡς εὐπὼν ὦτρυνε μένος καὶ θυμὸν ἑκάστου. 
ἐν δ᾽ ἔπεσον Τρώεσσιν ἀολλέες " ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες 
7] ’ Die x ς 9 Qn 
σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν aicavtav ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
Τρῶες δ᾽ ὡς εἴδοντο Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμον υἱόν, 
αὐτὸν καὶ θεράποντα, σὺν ἔντεσι μαρμαίροντας, 
πᾶσιν ὀρίνθη θυμός, ἐκίνηθεν δὲ φάλαγγες, 
ἐλπόμενοι παρὰ ναῦφι ποδώκεα Ἰ]ηλείωνα 
μηνιθμὸν μὲν ἀπορρῖψραι, φιλότητα δ᾽ ἑλέσθαι" 
/ Ye e/ 7 3 \ 3. 
πάπτηνεν δὲ ἕκαστος ὅπη φύγοι αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον. 
Πάτροκλος δὲ πρῶτος ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ 
ἀντικρὺ κατὰ μέσσον, ὅθι πλεῖστοι κλονέοντο, 
νηὶ πάρα πρύμνῃ μεγαθύμου ἸΤρωτεσιλάου, 
καὶ βάλε ἸΤυραίχμην, ὃς ἸΠαίονας ἱπποκορυστὰς 
- ἤγαγεν ἐξ “Apvdavos ἀπ᾽ ᾿Λξιοῦ εὐρυρέοντος " 
Ν 4 \ 5 Ξ δ « > 7 
Tov βάλε δεξιὸν ὦμον" ὁ δ᾽ ὕπτιος ἐν κονίῃσιν 
κάππεσεν οἰμώξας, ἕταροι δέ μιν ᾽αμφεφόβηθεν 
Παίονες " ἐν γὰρ Πάτροκλος φόβον ἧκεν ἅπασιν 
ἡγεμόνα κτείνας, ὃς ἀριστεύεσκε μάχεσθαι. 
2 - Joe. \ aS 524 fa) 
ἐκ νηῶν δ᾽ édacev, κατὰ δ᾽ ἔσβεσεν αἰθόμενον πῦρ. 
ἡμιδαὴς δ᾽ ἄρα νηῦς λίπετ᾽ αὐτόθι" τοὶ δ᾽ ἐφόβηθεν 
“ ξ 
Τρῶες θεσπεσίῳ ὁμάδῳ ' Δαναοὶ δ᾽ ἐπέχυντο 
νῆας ἀνὰ γλαφυράς ' ὅμαδος δ᾽ ἀλίαστος ἐτύχθη. 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ad’ ὑψηλῆς κορυφῆς ὄρεος μεγάλοιο 
κινήσῃ πυκινὴν νεφέλην στεροπηγερέτα Ζεύς, 
ἔκ τ᾽ ἔφανεν πᾶσαι σκοπιαὶ καὶ πρώονες ἄκροι 


210 


275 


280 


285 


290 


295 


Varo se 


we, ΝΝ - 


ILIAD XVI. 11 


δι ey > , > vy ove , ” 52 7 
καὶ νάπαι, οὐρανόθεν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπερράγη ἄσπετος αἰθήρ, 
ἃ \ fal \ > / 7.» a 
ὡς Δαναοὶ νηῶν μὲν ἀπωσάμενοι δήϊον πῦρ 801 
Χ > / MA 2 > / 3) 9 / 
τυτθὸν ἀνέπνευσαν, πολέμου δ᾽ οὐ γίγνετ᾽ ἐρωή. 
> Na & n > “ /- ς ἐδ a 
ov yap πώ τι Τρῶες ἀρηϊφίλων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν 
/ 7 / > \ a 
προτροπάδην φοβέοντο μελαινάων ἀπὸ νηῶν, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἔτ᾽ dp ἀνθίσταντο, νεῶν δ᾽ ὑπόεικον ἀνάγκῃ. 805 
Ἔνθα δ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἕλεν ἄνδρα κεδασθείσης ὑσμίνης 
© / a \ / 57. 4 e\ 
ἡγεμόνων. πρῶτος δὲ Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμος υἱὸς 
αὐτίκ᾽ ἄρα στρεφθέντος ᾿Αρηϊλύκου βάλε μηρὸν 
» “.9 7 Ν \ \ Μ , 
ἔγχεϊ ὀξυόεντι, διαπρὸ δὲ χαλκὸν ἔλασσεν" 
en >. 2 / » e \ Χ »ἘᾺ Δ 9 
ῥῆξεν δ᾽ ὀστέον ἔγχος, ὁ δὲ πρηνὴς ἐπὶ γαίῃ 810 
κάππεσ᾽. ἀτὰρ Μενέλαος ᾿Αρήϊος οὗτα Θόαντα 
στέρνον γυμνωθέντα παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα. 
Φυλείδης δ᾽ "Αμφικλον ἐφορμηθέντα δοκεύσας 
5 5 / a. / » 4 
ἔφθη ὀρεξάμενος πρυμνὸν σκέλος, ἔνθα πάχιστος 
\ ? ΄ , \ 9 » > a 
μυὼν ἀνθρώπου πέλεται" περὶ δ᾽ ἔγχεος αἰχμῇ 315 
νεῦρα διεσχίσθη ' τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν. 
Νεστορίδαι δ᾽ ὁ μὲν οὔτασ᾽ ᾿Ατύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ 
᾿Αντίλοχος, λαπάρης δὲ διήλασε χάλκεον ἔγχος " 
ἤρυπε δὲ προπάροιθε. Μάρις δ᾽ αὐτοσχεδὰ δουρὶ 
᾿Αντιλόχῳ ἐπόρουσε κασυγνήτοιο χολωθείς, 820 
\ / / Ε “ x 9 / / 
στὰς πρόσθεν véxvos* τοῦ δ᾽ ἀντίθεος Θρασυμήδης 
y+ 5." , \ 3 / bh ee) ra 
ἔφθη ὀρεξάμενος πρὶν οὐτάσαι, οὐδ᾽ ἀφάμαρτεν, 
2 A Nala \ / \ > \ 
ὦμον apa p* πρυμνὸν δὲ βραχίονα δουρὸς ἀκωκὴ 
δρύψ᾽ ἀπὸ μυώνων, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ὀστέον ἄχρις ἄραξεν. 
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, κατὰ δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν. 825 
ὡς τὼ μὲν δοιοῖσι κασυγνήτοισι δαμέντε 
βήτην εἰς "ἔρεβος, Σαρπηδόνος ἐσθλοὶ ἑταῖροι, 
> x 2 / A ξ / 
vies ἀκοντισταὶ ᾿Αμισωδάρου, ὅς pa Χίμαιραν 
θρέψεν ἀμαιμακέτην, πολέσιν κακὸν ἀνθρώποισιν. 
ρέψεν ἀμαιμακέτη ρ 
Αἴας δὲ Κλεόβουλον ᾿Οἱλιάδης ἐπορούσας 880 


12 IAIAAO® II. 


ζωὸν ἕλε, βλαφθέντα κατὰ κλόνον " ἀλλά οἱ αὖθι 
λῦσε μένος, πλήξας ξίφει αὐχένα κωπήεντι. 
πᾶν δ᾽ ὑπεθερμάνθη ξίφος αἵματι τὸν δὲ KaT ὄσσε 
ΠΝ ΄ 7 \ n 7 
ἔλλαβε πορφύρεος θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κραταιή. 
Πηνέλεως δὲ Λύκων τε συνέδραμον" ἔγχεσι μὲν γὰρ 335 
ἤμβροτον ἀλλήλων, μέλεον δ᾽ ἠκόντισαν ἄμφω" 
τὼ δ᾽ αὗτις ξιφέεσσι συνέδραμον. ἔνθα Λύκων μὲν 
ἱπποκόμου κόρυθος φάλον ἤλασεν, ἀμφὶ δὲ καυλὸν 
φάσγανον ἐρραίσθη " ὁ δ᾽ ὑπ’ οὔατος αὐχένα θεῖνεν 
Πηνέλεως, πᾶν δ᾽ εἴσω ἔδυ ξίφος, ἔσχεθε δ᾽ οἷον 840 
δέρμα, παρηέρθη δὲ κάρη, ὑπέλυντο δὲ γυῖα. 
ἐἰ 33 / \ \ / 
Μηριόνης δ᾽ ᾿Ακάμαντα κιχεὶς ποσὶ καρπαλίμοισιν 
4g) 3 / \ 5 9 
νύξ᾽ ἵππων ἐπιβησόμενον κατὰ δεξιὸν ὦμον * 
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, κατὰ δ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ᾽ ἀχλύς. 
5 \ 3...» / \ , 2. -“ 
Ἰδομενεὺς δ᾽ ᾿Ερύμαντα κατὰ στόμα νηλέϊ χαλκῷ 345 
/ \ Amey \ / / 3 / 
νύξε" τὸ δ᾽ ἀντικρὺ δόρυ χάλκεον ἐξεπέρησεν 
/ ς > 3 / / Mae ae ky Sage! / rs 
νέρθεν ὑπ᾽ ἐγκεφάλοιο, κέασσε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὀστέα λευκά" 
ἐκ δ᾽ ἐτίναχθεν ὀδόντες, ἐνέπλησθεν δέ οἱ ἄμφω 
vA 3 / x ἐδ ΩΝ , ἐν \ See 
αἵματος ὀφθαλμοί: τὸ δ᾽ ava στόμα καὶ κατὰ ῥῖνας 
πρῆσε χανών" θανάτου δὲ μέλαν νέφος ἀμφεκάλυ- 
ψεν. 
Οὗτοι ἄρ᾽ ἡγεμόνες Δαναῶν ἕλον ἄνδρα ἕκαστος. 351 
a \ 7 5 > / cate Pes / 
ὡς δὲ λύκοι ἄρνεσσιν ἐπέχραον ἢ ἐρίφοισιν 
σίνται, ὑπὲκ μήλων αἱρεύμενοι, AIT ἐν ὄρεσσιν 
, 3 / / e 4 SQve 
ποιμένος ἀφραδίῃσι διέτμαγεν " οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες 
αἷψα διαρπάζουσιν ἀνάλκιδα θυμὸν ἐχούσας" 355 
ὼς Δαναοὶ Τρώεσσιν érréypaov: οἱ δὲ φόβοιο 
δυσκελάδου pHaT Gere, λάθοντο δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς. 
Αἴας δ᾽ ὁ μέγας. αἰὲν ἐφ᾽ “Εκτορι χαλκοκορυστῇ 
ἵετ᾽ ἀκοντίσσαι" ὁ δὲ ἰδρείῃ ἐπα ἐμοίρὴ 
ἀσπίδι ταυρείῃ κεκαλυμμένος εὐρέας ὦμους, 360 


ina 


ILIAD XVI. 13 


σκέπτετ᾽ ὀϊστῶν Te ῥοῖζον καὶ δοῦπον ἀκόντων. 
oO \ \ / / ς 7 7 
ἢ μὲν δὴ γίγνωσκε μάχης ἑτεραλκέα νίκην " 
> a ee Oe +S / ἃ Ses ς 7 
ἀλλὰ καὶ HS ἀνέμιμνε, σάω δ᾽ ἐρίηρας ἑταίρους. 
Ὁ + he > 7 , 3 ,ὔ Fr »ἢ᾿ > \ 7 
Ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀπ᾿ Οὐλύμπου νέφος ἔρχεται οὐρανὸν εἴσω 
αἰθέρος ἐκ δίης, ὅτε τε Ζεὺς λαίλαπα τείνῃ, 365 
ὡς τῶν ἐκ νηῶν γένετο ἰαχή Te φόβος τε, 
»Q\ \ a / ¥ ¢/ 3. δ 
οὐδὲ κατὰ μοῖραν πέραον πάλιν. “Kxtopa δ᾽ ἵπποι 
x δ \ 7 ΝΥ \ \ 
ἐκῴφερον ὠκύποδες σὺν τεύχεσι, λεῦπε δὲ λαὸν 
“. 4 
Τρωϊκόν, ods ἀέκοντας ὀρυκτὴ τάφρος ἔρυκεν. 
πολλοὶ δ᾽ ἐν τάφρῳ ἐρυσάρματες ὠκέες ἵπποι 870 
5», 33 / ς n / [χὰ pS rae , 
ἄξαντ᾽ ἐν πρώτῳ ῥυμῷ λίπον ἅρματ᾽ ἀνάκτων. 
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἕπετο σφεδανὸν Δαναοῖσι κελεύων, 
Ν \ / ς 4 nr / 
Τρωσὶ κακὰ φρονέων " οἱ δὲ tayn τε φόβῳ τε 
πάσας πλῆσαν ὁδούς, ἐπεὶ ἂρ τμάγεν - ὕψι δ᾽ ἄελλα 
(ὃ θ᾽ ς x / 4 δὲ / Ω - 
σκιὸναῦ ὑπο νεφέων, τανύοντο O€ μωνυχες ἵπποι 375 
5, \ 5 “ 5 + 8 
ἄψορρον προτὶ ἄστυ νεῶν ἄπο Kal κλισιάων. 
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἡ πλεῖστον ὀρινόμενον ἴδε λαόν, 
wae ee er 9 6 λή . ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἃ ἴω x 
τῇ ῥ᾽ ἔχ᾽ ὁμοκλήσας "- ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἄξοσι φῶτες ἔπιπτον 
πρηνέες ἐξ ὀχέων, δίφροι δ᾽ ἀνεκυμβαλίαζον. 
ἀντικρὺ δ᾽ ἄρα τάφρον ὑπέρθορον ὠκέες ἵπποι 880 
[ἄμβροτοι, ods Ἰ]ηλῆϊ θεοὶ δόσαν ἀγλαὰ Sapa, | 
/ ce > | 7 / / 
πρόσσω ἱέμενοι" ἐπὶ &”Extope κέκλετο θυμός * 
“ ἣν 3 \ ' 4 ᾽ 7 Ω 
ἵετο γὰρ βαλέειν" τὸν δ᾽ ἔκφερον ὠκέες ἵπποι. 
ὡς δ᾽ ὑπὸ λαίλαπι πᾶσα κελαινὴ βέβριθε χθὼν 
> ars a ¢ , ἐῶ «ὧδ ε 
NAT ὀπωρινῴῷ, ὅτε λαβρότατον χέει ὕδωρ 385 
Ζεύς, ὅτε δή ῥ᾽’ ἄνδρεσσι κοτεσσάμενος χαλεπήνῃ, 
“Ὁ / > > Ἂ \ 7 7 
οἱ Bin εἰν ἀγορῇ σκολιὰς κρίνωσι θέμιστας, 
> ᾿ / > / lal A > ’ / 
ἐκ δὲ δίκην ἐλάσωσι, θεῶν ὄπιν οὐκ ἀλέγοντες * 
τῶν δέ τε πάντες μὲν ποταμοὶ πλήθουσι ῥέοντες, 
πολλὰς δὲ κλιτῦς τότ᾽ ἀποτμήγουσι yapadpat, 890 
᾽ > ΨΦΨ 7 / 7] ες 
ἐς δ᾽ ἅλα πορφυρέην μεγάλα στενάχουσι ῥέουσαι 


14 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ II. 


2 Ney : eae" is ’ὔ 7 5» δ 98 if, 

ἐξ ὀρέων ἐπὶ Kap, μινύθει δέ τε ἔργ᾽ ἀνθρώπων " 

ἃ / \ 7 / 7 

ὡς ἵπποι Τρωαὶ μεγάλα στενάχοντο θέουσαι. 
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν πρώτας ἐπέκερσε φάλαγγας, 

ἂψ' ἐπὶ νῆας ἔεργε παλιμπετές, οὐδὲ πόληος 395 

By ς / 2 / > \ \ 
εἴα ἱεμένους ἐπιβαινέμεν, ἀλλὰ μεσηγυ 
νηῶν καὶ ποταμοῦ καὶ τείχεος ὑψηλοῖο 

a td a 
κτεῖνε μεταΐσσων, πολέων δ᾽ ἀπετίνυτο ποινήν. 
, 3 7 / la / \ n 
ἔνθ᾽ ἤτοι IIpovoov πρῶτον βάλε δουρὶ φαεινῷ, 
στέρνον γυμνωθέντα παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα: 400 
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών. ὁ δὲ Θέστορα, "Ἦνοπος υἱόν, 

4 

δεύτερον ὁρμηθείς ---- ὁ μὲν εὐξέστῳ ἐνὶ δίφρῳ 
τῷ 3 / 3 Ἶ / / > ὃς », lal 
ἧστο ἀλείς " ἐκ yap πλήγη φρένας, ἐκ ὃ apa χειρῶν 
ς / > oh e 3. OF / \ 
ἡνία ἠΐχθησαν --- ὁ δ᾽ ἔγχεϊ νύξε παραστὰς 
γναθμὸν δεξιτερόν, διὰ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ πεῖρεν ὀδόντων, 40ὅ 
σ“. 4 ον \ ς a e \ » e 4 \ 
ἕλκε δὲ δουρὸς ἑλὼν ὑπὲρ ἄντυγος, ὡς OTE τις φὼς 

, 7 n , ς Ν 2 \ 
πέτρῃ ἔπι προβλῆτι καθήμενος ἱερὸν ἰχθὺν 
» / 4 / Yt A 
ἐκ πόντοιο θύραζε λίνῳ Kal ἤνοπι χαλκῷ 

[ 
ἃ «“ 3 4. / Σ \ ~ 
ὡς ἕλκ᾽ ἐκ δίφροιο κεχηνότα δουρὶ φαεινῷ, 

\Q> ee eee ΣΌΝ P ehds Sf / / 4 4 
Kad δ᾽ ap ἐπὶ atom ἔωσε" πεσόντα δέ μιν λίπε θυμός. 
“αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ ᾿Βρύλαον ἐπεσσύμενον βάλε πέτρρῳ 411 

/ \ / ς peed A / 
μέσσην κὰκ κεφαλήν" ἡ δ᾽ ἄνδιχα πᾶσα κεάσθη 
3 , - e yee A ΜΝ 3. ἘΝ / 
ἐν κόρυθι βριαρῇ" ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα πρηνὴς ἐπὶ γαίῃ 

iA > Ν / i. 7 “ , 
κάππεσεν, ἀμφὶ δέ μιν θάνατος χύτο θυμοραϊστής. 
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ Eptpavta καὶ ᾿Αμφοτερὸν καὶ ᾿“πάλτην, 

ἢ / 
Τληπόλεμόν τε Δαμαστορίδην Eyiov te ἸΤύριν τε, 416 
Ἰφέα τ’ Εὔυνππόν τε καὶ ᾿Αργεάδην ἸΠολύμηλον, 

/ 3 / / \ / 

πάντας ἐπασσυτέρους πέλασε χθονὶ πουλυβοτείρῃ. 
Σαρπηδὼν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἴδ᾽ ἀμιτροχίτωνας ἑταίρους 
χέρσ᾽ ὕπο ἸΤατρόκλοιο Μενοιτιάδαο δαμέντας, 420 

s 4. νον , ὩΣ 
κέκλετ᾽ ap ἀντιθέοισι καθαπτόμενος Λυκίοισιν" 

“Αἰ ἰδώς, ὦ Λύκιοι, πόσε φεύγετε ; νῦν θοοὶ ἔστε. 


ILIAD XVI. 15 


3 Be \ Bue \ lh τ ἢ " / 
ἀντήσω yap ἐγὼ τοῦδ᾽ ἀνέρος, ὄφρα δαείω 
ὅστις ὅδε κρατέει, καὶ δὴ κακὰ πολλὰ ἔοργεν 
Τρῶας, ἐπεὶ πολλῶν τε καὶ ἐσθλῶν γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσεν." 425 
τὰ ς Oe > 7 \ it 5 val 
H pa καὶ ἐξ ὀχέων σὺν τεύχεσιν arto χαμᾶζε. 
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν, ἐπεὶ ἴδεν, ἔκθορε δίφρου. 
e > [4 ᾿] 3 \ 4 3 ἴω 
οἱ δ᾽, ὥστ᾽ αἰγυπιοὶ γαμψώνυχες, ἀγκυλοχεῖλαι, 
πέτρῃ ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλῇ μεγάλα κλάξοντε μάχωνται, 
ὡς οἱ κεκλήγοντες ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ὄρουσαν. 480 
\ eh >. / / a > 7 
τοὺς δὲ ἰδὼν ἐλέησε Kpovou παῖς ἀγκυλομήτεω, 
“ δὲ ἣν 4 ΕἸΣ / 
Hpnv δὲ προσέειπε κασιγνήτην ἄλοχόν TE * 
"QO, μοι ἐγών, ὅτε μοι Σαρπηδόνα, φίλτατον ἀνδρῶν, 
a \ “ an 
μοῖρ ὑπὸ Τ]ατρόκλοιο Μενοιτιάδαο δαμῆναι. 
\ ΓΑ / / \ ς / 
διχθὰ δέ μοι κραδίη μέμονε φρεσὶν ὁρμαίνοντι, 435 
ἤ μιν ζωὸν ἐόντα μάχης ἄπο δακρυοέσσης 
θείω ἀναρπάξας Λυκίης ἐν πίονι δήμῳ 
ρ Ή TPs 
ἢ ἤδη ὑπὸ χερσὶ Μενοιτιάδαο δαμάσσω.᾽" 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα βοῶπις πότνια “Ἥρη " 
“ αἰνότατε Κρονίδη, ποῖον τὸν μῦθον ἔειπες. 440 
ΝΜ + 53 / / oy 
ἄνδρα θνητὸν ἐόντα, πάλαι πεπρωμένον αἴσῃ, 
dp ἐθέλεις θανάτοιο δυσηχέος ἐξαναλῦσαι; 
ἔρδ᾽ - ἀτὰρ ov τοι πάντες ἐπαινέομεν θεοὶ ἄλλοι. 
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, σὺ δ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν" 
tg / 
αἴ κε Cov πέμψῃς Σαρπηδόνα ὅνδε δόμονδε, 445 
φράζεο μή τις ἔπειτα θεῶν ἐθέλῃσι Kal ἄλλος 
πέμπειν ὃν φίλον υἱὸν ἀπὸ κρατερῆς ὑσμίνης * 
\ \ ee / oe / 
πολλοὶ yap περὶ ἄστυ μέγα Τ]ριάμοιο μάχονται 
υἱέες ἀθανάτων, τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἐνήσεις. 
ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τοι φίλος ἐστί, τεὸν δ᾽ ὀλοφύρεται ἦτορ, 450 
ἤτοι μέν μιν ἔασον ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ 
χέρσ᾽ ὕπο ἸΙατρόκλοιο Μενοιτιάδαο δαμῆναι" 
» \ > \ \ / / / % a2 
αὐτὰρ ἐπὴν δὴ τόνγε λίπῃ ψυχή τε Kal αἰών, 


16 ITAIAAO® II. 


/ 
πέμπειν μιν Θάνατόν τε φέρειν καὶ νήδυμον Ὕπνον, 
εἰσόκε δὴ Λυκίης εὐρείης δῆμον ἵκωνται, 4δῦ 
ἔνθα ἑ ταρχύσουσι κασίγνητοί τε ἔται τε 
dh / \ \ / 2 \ / ” 
τύμβῳ TE στήλῃ TE* TO γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων. 
“Os ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τεὰ 
"ἡ 4 \ / / Μ 
αἱματοέσσας δὲ ψιάδας κατέχευεν ἔραζε 
παῖδα φίλον τιμῶν, Tov οἱ ἸΙάτροκλος ἔμελλεν 400 
φθίσειν ἐν Tpoin ἐριβώλακι, τηλόθι πάτρης. 
Οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες, 
ἔνθ᾽ ἤτοι ἸΠΪάτροκλος ἀγακλειτὸν Θρασύμηλον, 
« 23 3A. / / io 57 
ὅς ῥ᾽ ἠὺς θεράπων Σαρπηδόνος ἣεν ἄνακτος, 
τὸν βάλε νείαιραν κατὰ γαστέρα, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα. 465 
\ bd] > a \ 3 / \ A 
Σαρπηδὼν δ᾽ αὐτοῦ μὲν ἀπήμβροτε δουρὶ φαεινῷ 
δεύτερος ὁρμηθείς, ὁ δὲ ἸΤήδασον οὔτασεν ἵππον 
ἔγχεϊ δεξιὸν ὦμον" ὁ δ᾽ ἔβραχε θυμὸν ἀΐσθων. 
\ 2a ᾿ | / , > \ ϑΝ 
κὰδ δ᾽ ἔπεσ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι μακών, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ἔπτατο θυμός. 
τὼ δὲ διαστήτην, κρίκε δὲ ζυγόν, ἡνία δέ σφιν 470 
σύγχυτ᾽, ἐπειδὴ κεῖτο παρήορος ἐν κονίῃσιν. 
a \ > 7 \ Ὁ / 
τοῖο μὲν Αὐτομέδων δουρικλυτὸς εὕρετο τέκμωρ " 
σπασσάμενος τανύηκες ἄορ, παχέος παρὰ μηροῦ, 
> of. > / / yy Ὁ / 
ἀΐξας ἀπέκοψε παρήορον οὐδ᾽ ἐμάτησεν" 
τὼ δ᾽ ἰθυνθήτην, ἐν δὲ ῥυτῆρσι τάνυσθεν.. 47 
Ἂ 3 5 / » / / 
τὼ δ᾽ αὖτις συνίτην ἔριδος πέρι θυμοβόροιο. 
"Ev? ad Σαρπηδὼν μὲν ἀπήμβροτε δουρὶ φαεινῷ, 
Πατρόκλου δ᾽ ὑπὲρ ὦμον ἀριστερὸν HAVO’ ἀκωκὴ 
” 2.9 Ν > > / e py.) + lal 
ἔγχεος, οὐδ᾽ ἔβαλ᾽ αὐτόν" ὁ δ᾽ ὕστερος ὥρνυτο χαλκῷ 
/ “ v 
ἸΠάτροκλος ' τοῦ δ᾽ οὐχ ἅλιον βέλος ἔκφυγε χειρός, 480 
ἀλλ᾽ ἔβαλ᾽ ἔνθ᾽ ἄρα τε φρένες ἔρχαται ἀμφ᾽ ἀδινὸν κῆρ. 
ἤριπε δ᾽ ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπεν ἢ ἀχερωΐς, 
cae / / / ’ " / » 
ἠὲ πίτυς βλωθρή, THVT οὔρεσι τέκτονες ἄνδρες 
ἐξέταμον πελέκεσσι νεήκεσι νήϊον εἶναι" 


=n 


ILIAD XVI. 17 


τ a 
ὡς ὁ πρόσθ᾽ ἵππων καὶ δίφρου κεῖτο τανυσθείς, 485 
βεβρυχώς, Kovios Sedparypévos αἱματοέσσης. 
ἠὕΐτε ταῦρον ἔπεφνε λέων ἀγέληφι μετελθών, 
Μ / > 3. / “ 
αἴθωνα μεγάθυμον, ἐν εἰλυπόδεσσι βόεσσιν, 
BA / / ς x a“ / 
WNETO TE στενάχων ὑπὸ γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος, 
ὡς ὑπὸ Πατρόκλῳ Λυκίων ἀγὸς ἀσπιστάων 490 
/ Λ / a 
KTELVOMEVOS μενέαινε, φίλον δ᾽ ὀνόμηνεν ἑταῖρον" 
nw Ἂς / a 
“Τλαῦκε πέπον, πολεμιστὰ μετ᾽ ἀνδράσι, νῦν σε 
/ \ 
μάλα χρὴ 
3 / ba \ / / 
αἰχμητήν T ἔμεναι καὶ θαρσαλέον πολεμιστήν " 
a > / / / 3 / > 
νῦν τοι ἐελδέσθω πόλεμος κακός, εἰ Bods ἐσσι. ι 
a \ bd A / τ / » Γ᾿ 
πρῶτα μὲν ὄτρυνον Λυκίων ἡγήτορας ἄνδρας, 495 
/ f 
πάντη ἐποιχόμενος, Σαρπηδόνος ἀμφιμάχεσθαι" 
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμεῦ πέρι μάρναο χαλκῷ. 
\ > A es / ke 4 
σοὶ yap ἐγὼ καὶ ἔπειτα κατηφείη καὶ ὄνειδος 
ΝΜ a / 7 57 / aes \ 
ἔσσομαι ἤματα πάντα διαμπερές, εἴ κέ μ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
eed A al / 
TEVYEA συλήσωσι νεῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι πεσόντα. 500 
> a> ἂᾧ Lal v \ Ν [τ » 
ἀλλ᾽ ἔχεο κρατερῶς, ὄτρυνε δὲ λαὸν ἅπαντα. 
δ 
Ὡς ἄρα μιν εἰπόντα τέλος θανάτοιο κάλυψεν 
\ ALS e 
ὀφθαλμοὺς pivds θ᾽. ὁ δὲ λὰξ ἐν στήθεσι βαίνων 
> Ν ¢/- / | \ / > ACF 
ἐκ χροὸς ἕλκε δόρυ, προτὶ δὲ φρένες αὐτῷ ἕποντο" 


ot 


“ δὲ Ὁ 1g As 5,7 9 > / - 
τοῖο δ᾽ ἅμα ψυχήν τε καὶ ἔγχεος ἐξέρυσ᾽ αἰχμήν. ὅθ 
Μυρμιδόνες δ᾽ αὐτοῦ σχέθον ἵππους φυσιόωντας, 

e / iy > \ / [τ our) / 
ἱεμένους φοβέεσθαι, ἐπεὶ λίπον ἅρματ᾽ ἀνάκτων. 

Γλαύκῳ δ᾽ αἰνὸν ἄχος γένετο φθογγῆς ἀΐοντι " 
> / 4 e#n ee b] a n 
ὠρίνθη δέ οἱ ἦτορ, ὅτ᾽ οὐ δύνατο προσαμῦναι. 
χειρὶ δ᾽ ἑλὼν ἐπίεζε βραχίονα" τεῖρε γὰρ αὐτὸν 510 
¢/- ἃ 7 n 3 / / 3. 
ἕλκος, ὃ δή μιν Τεῦκρος ἐπεσσύμενον βάλεν ἰῴ 

€ A > \ Γι / > Fs 
τείχεος ὑψηλοῖο, ἀρὴν ἑτάροισιν ἀμύνων. 

’ 
εὐχόμενος δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπεν ἑκηβόλῳ ᾿Απόλλωνι" 

“Κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅς που Λυκίης ἐν πίονι δήμῳ 


Ae 


ἌΝ age a 
Rey y 
be daa ee 


18 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ II. 


εἷς ἢ €vt Τροίῃ" δύνασαι δὲ od πάντοσ᾽ ἀκούειν 515 
/ a A 
ἀνέρι κηδομένῳ, ὡς νῦν ἐμὲ κῆδος ἱκάνει. 
ο \ nh ” / / > \ / \ 
ἕλκος μὲν yap ἔχω τόδε καρτερόν, ἀμφὶ δέ μοι χεὶρ 
> / 5 ,] 3: 7 > / Φ 
ὀξείῃς ὀδύνησιν ἐλήλαται, οὐδέ μοι αἷμα 
“ " ΄ὔ / 5 e > 4 la) 
Teponvar δύναται, βαρύθει δέ μοι ὦμος ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ" 
ἔγχος δ᾽ οὐ δύναμαι σχεῖν ἔμπεδον, οὐδὲ μάχεσθαι 520 
ἐλθὼν δυσμενέεσσιν. ἀνὴρ δ᾽ ὦριστος ὄχωλεν, 
Σαρπηδών, Διὸς vids: ὁ δ᾽ οὐδ᾽ οὗ παιδὸς ἀμύνει. 
3 \ ig / 5 / Ν ¢/- » 
ἀλλὰ σύ πέρ μοι, ἄναξ, τόδε καρτερὸν ἕλκος ἄκεσσαι, 
> Mew J if \ \ » "7 ae: ffi 
κοίμησον δ᾽ ὀδύνας, δὸς δὲ κράτος, ὄφρ᾽ ἑτάροισιν 
κεκλόμενος Λυκίοισιν ἐποτρύνω πολεμίζειν, 525 
αὐτός τ᾽ ἀμφὶ νέκυι κατατεθνηῶτι μάχωμαι." 
“Os ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος, τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων. 
> f A A322 J 3 \ » © % / 
αὐτίκα Tava’ ὀδύνας, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ἕλκεος ἀργαλέοιο 
- / ft ‘4 , esos “Ὁ 
αἷμα μέλαν τέρσηνε, μένος δὲ οἱ ἔμβαλε θυμῴ. 
Γλαῦκος δ᾽ ἔγνω ἧσιν ἐνὶ φρεσί, γήθησέν τε, 530 
“ €. pO p29. os, UA ss) > / ᾿ 
ὅττι οἱ MK ἤκουσε μέγας θεὸς εὐξαμένοιο. 
πρῶτα μὲν ὥτρυνεν Λυκίων ἡγήτορας ἄνδρας, 
πάντη ἐποιχόμενος, Σαρπηδόνος ἀμφιμάχεσθαι" 
< 9) ean, ” \ a 7 \ ’ 
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα μετὰ Τρῶας κίε μακρὰ βιβάσθων, 
Πουλυδάμαντ᾽ ἔπι ἸΤανθοίδην καὶ ᾿Αγήνορα δῖον, ὄὅϑδ 
ΛΑ... No > “ἢ ν ὦ Ἄ 
βῆ δὲ μετ᾽ Αἰνείαν τε kat” Extopa χαλκοκορυστήν. 
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱστάμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 
“ὉΠ ω δ ΄ U 3 > ,ὕ 
κτορ, νῦν δὴ πάγχυ λέλασμένος εἷς ἐπικούρων 
of σέθεν εἵνεκα τῆλε φίλων καὶ πατρίδος αἴης 
θυμὸν ἀποφθινύθουσι" σὺ δ᾽ οὐκ ἐθέλεις ἐπαμύνειν. δ40 
a , / 9.3% > 4 = 
κεῖται Σαρπηδών, Λυκίων ἀγὸς ἀσπιστάων, 
ἃ / y / ΄ Ν θέ -ιὠφζὠτφΦ 
ὃς Λυκίην εἴρυτο δίκῃσί τε καὶ σθένεϊ ᾧ " 
τὸν δ᾽ ὑπὸ Πατρόκλῳ δάμασ᾽ ἔγχεϊ χάλκεος "Ἀρης. 
ἀλλά, φίλοι, πάρστητε, νεμεσσήθητε δὲ θυμῷ, 
ye ἡ “eae > 7 58 ὟΝ 
μὴ ἀπὸ τεύχε᾽ ἕλωνται, ἀεικίσσωσει δὲ νεκρὸν δ4δ 


Μυρμιδόνες, Δαναῶν κεχολωμένοι ὅσσοι ὄλοντο, 


ILIAD XVI. 


. | \ Lad > / > / ” 
τοὺς ἐπὶ νηυσὶ θοῆσιν ἐπέφνομεν ἐγχείῃσιν. 

‘Os ἔφατο, Τρῶας δὲ κατὰ κρῆθεν λάβε πένθος 
ἄσχετον, οὐκ ἐπιεικτόν, ἐπεί σφισιν ἕρμα πόληος 
” ; wae , 27 7ὕ \ e” 9 τ 
ἔσκε, καὶ ἀλλοδαπός περ-ἐών" πολέες γὰρ ἅμ᾽ αὐτῷ 

\ @ ᾽ > > > \ > 7 7 
λαοὶ ἕποντ᾽, ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἀριστεύεσκε μάχεσθαι. 
βὰν δ᾽ ἰθὺς Δαναῶν λελιημένοι" ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρα σφιν 
" ὃ / > \ "A \ 
Ext@p χωόμενος Σαρπηδόνος. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὺς 
ὧρσε Μενοιτιάδεω Ἰ]Τατροκλῆος λάσιον Kip ° 
Αἴαντε πρώτω προσέφη, μεμαῶτε καὶ αὐτώ" 

“Αἴαντε, νῦν σφῶϊν ἀμύνεσθαι φίλον ἔστω, 
οἷοί περ πάρος ἦτε μετ᾽ ἀνδράσιν, ἢ καὶ ἀρείους. 
κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὃς πρῶτος ἐσήλατο τεῖχος ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
Σαρπηδών. ἀλλ᾽ εἴ μιν ἀεικισσαίμεθ᾽ ἑλόντες, 

4 4 ἊΨ ᾽ / / eed / 
τεύχεά T ὦμοιιν ἀφελοίμεθα, καί τιν᾽ ἑταίρων 

> a- 3 / / fue a 39 
αὐτοῦ ἀμυνομένων δαμασαίμεθα νηλέϊ χαλκῷ. 

“Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀλέξασθαι μενέαινον. 

ε ΠΕ, » / ᾽ 7 Pa 
. οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν ἐκαρτύναντο φάλαγγας, 
Τρῶες καὶ Λύκιοι καὶ Μυρμιδόνες καὶ ᾿Αχαιοί, 

4 > / a / 
σύμβαλον ἀμφὶ véxve κατατεθνηῶτι μάχεσθαι 
δεινὸν ἀὕὔσαντες " μέγα δ᾽ ἔβραχε τεύχεα φωτῶν. 
Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἐπὶ νύκτ᾽ ὀλοὴν τάνυσε κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ, 
ὄφρα φίλῳ περὶ παιδὶ μάχης ὀλοὸς πόνος εἴη. 

ἾὮΩωσαν δὲ πρότεροι Τρῶες ἑλίκωπας ᾿Αχαιούς - 
βλῆτο γὰρ οὔτι κάκιστος ἀνὴρ μετὰ Μυρμιδόνεσσιν, 
υἱὸς ᾿Αγακλῆος μεγαθύμου, δῖος ᾿πειγεύς, 
ee he / > / 5», 
ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐν Βουδείῳ εὐναιομένῳ ἤνασσεν 
τὸ πρίν" ἀτὰρ τότε γ᾽ ἐσθλὸν ἀνεψιὸν ἐξεναρίξας 
ἐς ἸΠηλῆ᾽ ἱκέτευσε καὶ ἐς Θέτιν ἀργυρόπεζαν " 
οἱ δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ ῥηξήνορι πέμπον ἕπεσθαι 
Ἴλιον εἰς εὔπωλον, ἵνα 'Γρώεσσι μάχοιτο. 


19 


550 


ὅσο 


570 


20 [AIAAO® II. 


/ 
τόν pa τόθ᾽ ἁπτόμενον véxvos Bare φαίδιμος “Extwp 
χερμαδίῳ κεφαλήν" ἡ δ᾽ ἄνδιχα πᾶσα κεάσθη 
> Us “Ὁ « + Ψ, A > \ tal 
ἐν κόρυθι βριαρῇ" ὁ δ᾽ apa πρηνὴς ἐπὶ νεκρῷ 
’ Ξ , 
κάππεσεν, ἀμφὶ δέ μιν θάνατος χύτο θυμοραϊστής. 580 
Πατρόκλῳ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἄχος γένετο φθιμένου ἑτάροιο, 
»᾽ \ \ ΄ a > \ 
ἴθυσεν δὲ διὰ προμάχων ἴρηκι ἐοικὼς 
ὠκέϊ, ὅστ᾽ ἐφόβησε κολοιούς τε ψῆράς τε’ 
ὡς ἰθὺς Λυκίων, Ἰ]ατρόκλεις ἱπποκέλευθε, 
ἔσσυο καὶ Τρώων, κεχόλωσο δὲ κῆρ ἑτάροιο. 585 
τ ba 
καί ῥ᾽ ἔβαλε Σθενέλαον, ᾿Ἰθαιμένεος φίλον υἱόν, 
αὐχένα χερμαδίῳ, ῥῆξεν δ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῖο τένοντας. 
, δ etigy ἢ \ δ Rn 
χώρησαν δ᾽ ὑπὸ Te πρόμαχοι καὶ φαίδιμος “Extwp. 
ὅσση δ᾽ αἰγανέης ῥιπὴ ταναοῖο τέτυκται, 
ἥν ῥά τ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἀφέῃ πειρώμενος ἢ ἐν ἀέθλῳ 590 
AY 4.5.5 / ὃ of Ὁ Q ” VA 
ἠὲ καὶ ἐν πολέμῳ, δηΐων ὕπο θυμοραϊστέων, 
, bd , fa » 23 / 
τόσσον ἐχώρησαν Τρῶες, ὥσαντο δ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοί. 
Γλαῦκος δὲ πρῶτος, Λυκίων ἀγὸς ἀσπιστάων, 
ἐτράπετ᾽, ἔκτεινεν δὲ Βαθυκλῆα μεγάθυμον, 
Χάλκωνος φίλον υἱόν, ὃς “Ελλάδιε οἰκία ναίων 595 
- ὄλβῳ τε πλούτῳ τε μετέπρεπε Μυρμιδόνεσσιν. 
\ \ x fa) a f 5 ia 
Tov μὲν apa Τἱϊλαῦκος στῆθος μέσον οὔτασε δουρί, 
στρεφθεὶς ἐξαπίνης, ὅτε μιν κατέμαρπτε διώκων" 
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών" πυκινὸν δ᾽ ἄχος ἔλλαβ᾽ ᾿Αχαιούς, 
ὡς ἔπεσ᾽ ἐσθλὸς ἀνήρ" μέγα δὲ Τρῶες κεχάροντο, 600 
στὰν δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἰόντες ἀολλέες - οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
ἀλκῆς ἐξελάθοντο, μένος δ᾽ ἰθὺς φέρον αὐτῶν. 
ἔνθ᾽ αὖ Μηριόνης Τρώων ἕλεν ἄνδρα κορυστήν, 
\ ἃ 
Λαόγονον, θρασὺν υἱὸν ᾿Ονήτορος, ὃς Διὸς ἱρεὺς 
᾿Ιδαίου ἐτέτυκτο, θεὸς δ᾽ ὡς τίετο δήμῳ: 605 
Tov Ban ὑπὸ γναθμοῖο καὶ ovatos: ὦκα dé θυμὸς 
Ὑ 8.58 Ν λέ Ν δ᾽ »᾽ / aN 
ὠχετ᾽ ἀπὸ μέλέων, στυγερὸς δ᾽ ἄρα μιν σκότος εἷλεν. 


le 
ILIAD XVI. 21 


Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἐπὶ Μηριόνῃ δόρυ χάλκεον ἧκεν" 
ἔλπετο γὰρ τεύξεσθαι ὑπασπίδια προβιβάντος, 
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἄντα ἰδὼν ἠλεύατο χάλκεον ἔγχος " 610 
’ \ / \ ...λ ὦ. ἢ / \ 
πρόσσω yap κατέκυψε, TO δ᾽ ἐξόπιθεν δόρυ μακρὸν 
BA > / Dae Ni >) > / / 2 
οὔδει ἐνισκίμφθη, ἐπὶ δ᾽ οὐρίαχος πελεμίχθη 
y 
éyxeos: ἔνθα δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀφίει μένος ὄβριμος "Apne. 
>] \ ᾿ > / / %, f 
[αἰχμὴ δ᾽ Αἰνείαο κραδαινομένη κατὰ γαίης 
” δ ἀτεουδοελ σὰ β mate 4 ae 615 
@xeT, ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ἅλιον στιβαρῆς ἀπὸ χειρὸς ὄρουσεν. 
>? / A Oh, \ 2 A , 7 
Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἄρα θυμὸν ἐχώσατο φώνησέν τε’ 
/ / 
“Μηριόνη, τάχα κέν σε, Kal ὀρχηστήν περ ἐόντα, 
ἔγχος ἐμὸν κατέπαυσε διαμπερές, εἴ σ᾽ ἔβαλόν περ." 
9 / > 
Tov δ᾽ αὖ Μηριόνης δουρικλυτὸς ἀντίον ηὔδα" 
/ 
“ Αἰνεία, χαλεπὸν σε, καὶ ἴφθιμόν περ ἐόντα, 620 
πάντων ἀνθρώπων σβέσσαι μένος, ὅς κε σεῦ ἄντα 
ἔλθῃ ἀμυνόμενος " θνητὸς δέ νυ καὶ σὺ τέτυξαι. 
> Ww. 3 / / \ / ν fuse lal 
εἰ Kal ἐγώ σε βάλοιμι τυχὼν μέσον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ, 
αἶψά κε, καὶ κρατερός περ ἐὼν καὶ χερσὶ πεποιθώς, 
\ 
εὖχος ἐμοὶ Soins, ψυχὴν δ᾽ "Aidt κλυτοπώλῳ." 625 
“Os φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ἐνένιπε Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμος υἱός " 
ce / / \ ἴω ἣν". θ Ν .᾿Ν͵ > rs 
Μηριόνη, Ti σὺ ταῦτα Kal ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν ἀγορεύεις ; 
ΜΕ / Cus na > / bp Pree’ 
ὦ πέπον, ov Tor Τρῶες ὀνειδείοις ἐπέεσσιν 
νεκροῦ χωρήσουσι" πάρος τινὰ γαῖα καθέξει. 
ἐν γὰρ χερσὶ τέλος πολέμου, ἐπέων δ᾽ ἐνὶ βουλῇ" 680 
τῷ οὔτι χρὴ μῦθον ὀφέλλειν, ἀλλὰ μάχεσθαι." 
Sf) δ ον, ὁ μὲν HOY. ὁ δ᾽ ἅμ & ἶσόθ , 
ς εἰπὼν ὁ μὲν ἦρχ᾽, ὁ δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕσπετο ἰσόθεος φώς. 
“ 2 “ / 5 lal 5 Ν ” 
TOV δ᾽, ὥστε δρυτόμων ἀνδρῶν ὀρυμαγδὸς ὄρωρεν 
59 > / v4 / / pate | / 
οὔρεος ἐν βήσσῃς " ἕκαθεν δέ τε γίγνετ᾽ ἀκουή" 
ἃ “ ", lal > \ \ > / 
ὡς τῶν WpvuTo δοῦπος ἀπὸ χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης 635 
χαλκοῦ TE ῥινοῦ Te βοῶν τ᾽ εὐποιητάων, 
ῇ / vf δον. ᾽ / 
νυσσομένων ξίφεσίν Te Kal ἔγχεσιν ἀμφιγύοισιν. 
οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἔτι φράδμων περ ἀνὴρ Σαρπηδόνα δῖον 


29, IAIAAO®S II. 


” 3 \ if ; \ “ \ / 
ἔγνω, ἐπεὶ βελέεσσι καὶ αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν 
ἐκ κεφαλῆς εἴλυτο διαμπερὲς ἐς πόδας ἄκρους. 640 
ς ? eR \ \ ς / e e an 
οἱ δ᾽ αἰεὶ περὶ νεκρὸν ὁμίλεον, ὡς ὅτε μυῖαι 
σταθμῷ ἔνι βρομέωσι περυγχαγέας κατὰ πέλλας 
ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε TE γλάγος ἄγγεα δεύει" 
ἃ YA - Ν \ \ ς / Ψ ce \ 
ὡς dpa Tol περὶ νεκρὸν ὁμίλεον. οὐδέ ποτε Ζεὺς 
Ψ 3 \ nA e / 5 , 
τρέψεν ἀπὸ κρατερῆς ὑσμίνης ὄσσε hacia, 645 
ἀλλὰ κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς αἰὲν ὅρα, καὶ φράζετο θυμῷ 
πολλὰ μάλ᾽ ἀμφὶ φόνῳ ἸΤατρόκλου, μερμηρίζων 
ἢ ἤδη καὶ κεῖνον ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ 
αὐτοῦ ἐπ᾽ ἀντιθέῳ Σαρπηδόνι φαίδιμος “Extap 
an ὃ / » / > aed ie 5. er: ~ 
χαλκῷ δῃώσῃ, ATO T ὦμων TEVXE EANTAL, 650 
x \ f 3 A / 2 Ν᾿ 
ἢ ἔτι καὶ πλεόνεσσιν ὀφέλλειεν πόνον αὐπύν. 
& / 4 4 I, a 3 
ὧδε δέ οἱ φρονέοντι δοάσσατο κέρδιον εἶναι, 
ὄφρ᾽ nis θεράπων IIndniddew ᾿Αχιλῆος 
ἐξαῦτις Τρῶάς τε nal” Extopa χαλκοκορυστὴν 
ὦὥσαιτο προτὶ ἄστυ, πολέων δ᾽ ἀπὸ θυμὸν ἕλουτο. ΘΌῦ 
Ἕκτορι δὲ πρωτίστῳ ἀνάλκιδα θυμὸν ἐνῆκεν " 
ἐς δίφρον δ᾽ ἀναβὰς φύγαδ᾽ ἔτραπε, κέκλετο δ᾽ ἄλλους 
Qn an aK 4 \ 
Τρῶας φευγέμεναι" γνῶ yap Atos ipa τάλαντα. 
ἔνθ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἴφθιμοι Λύκιοι μένον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐφόβηθεν 
a 7 5 
πάντες, ἐπεὶ βασιλῆα ἴδον βεβλαμμένον ἧτορ, 660 
7 ΄“ 
κείμενον ἐν νεκύων ἀγύρει" πολέες γὰρ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ 
5 \ / 
KaT TET OV, εὖτ᾽ ἔριδα κρατερὴν ἐτάνυσσε Κρονίων. 
/ 
οἱ δ᾽ dp am ὦμοιιν Σαρπηδόνος évte ἕλοντο 
χάλκεα μαρμαίροντα, τὰ μὲν κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας 
δῶκε φέρειν ἑτάροισι Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμος υἱός. 665 
f 
καὶ τότ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνα προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς " 
“Ei δ᾽ ἄγε νῦν, φίλε Φοῖβε, κελαινεφὲς αἷμα κάθηρον 
, / , ε 
ἐλθὼν ἐκ βελέων Σαρπηδόνα, καί piv ἔπειτα 
πολλὸν ἀποπρὸ φέρων λοῦσον ποταμοῖο ῥοῇσιν 


oak 


a 
ILIAD XVI. 23 


χρῖσόν T ἀμβροσίῃ, περὶ δ᾽ ἄμβροτα εἵματα ἕσσον" 670 
πέμπε δέ μιν πομποῖσιν ἅμα κραιπνοῖσι φέρεσθαι, 
“ Ν ᾿ς / Cn κα. - by 

Trve καὶ Θανάτῳ διδυμάοσιν, of ῥά μιν ὦκα 
θ / 9-3 wh: if > / / ὃ 7 

ἤσουσ᾽ ἐν Λυκίης εὐρείης πίονι δήμῳ, 
ἔνθα ἑ ταρχύσουσι κασίγνητοί τε ἔται τε 

΄, ΄, ἀν, ἈῸΝ 7 τον , 35 Ῥ 
τύμβῳ τε στήλῃ τε" τὸ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων. 675 

« , 

Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ dpa πατρὸς ἀνηκούστησεν ᾿Απόλλων. 

a \ 33 / 3 / > / > / 
βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ ᾿Ιδαίων ὀρέων és φύλοπιν αἰνήν, 
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἐκ βελέων Σαρπηδόνα δῖον ἀείρας, 
πολλὸν ἀποπρὸ φέ λοῦ io ῥοῇ 

ρὸ φέρων, λοῦσεν ποταμοῖο ῥοῇσιν 

ie. Pp 7: ae) / Ν᾿ 3 Ψὶ “ Ψ 
χρίσέν T ἀμβροσίῃ, περὶ δ᾽ ἄμβροτα εἵματα ἕσσεν" 680 
πέμπε δέ ply πομποῖσιν ἅμα κραυπνοῖσι φέρεσθαι, 

σ \ - / Ch Sk, 3 
Υσνῳ καὶ Θανάτῳ διδυμάοσιν, οἵ pa μιν ὦκα 

/ θ σα > A Ig > / / ὃ / 
κάτθεσαν ἐν Λυκίης εὐρείης πίονι δήμῳ. 

Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἵπποισι καὶ Αὐτομέδοντι κελεύσας 
Τρῶας καὶ Λυκίους μετεκίαθε, καὶ μέγ᾽ ἀάσθη 685 
νήπιος " εἰ δὲ ἔπος IIndniddao φύλαξεν, 
9 a st ς / a \ / / 
ἢ τ᾽ ἂν ὑπέκφυγε κῆρα κακὴν μέλανος θανάτοιο. 
> ’ pm Ἂς / A 3 ἢ > n 
ἀλλ᾽ αἰεί Te Διὸς κρείσσων νόος ἠέπερ ἀνδρῶν * 

- [ὅστε καὶ ἄλκιμον ἄνδρα φοβεῖ καὶ ἀφείλετο νίκην 

cs I ἢ e ᾿] ΟΝ ἢ > VA / 
ῥηϊδίως, ὅτε δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐποτρυνῃσι μάχεσθαι ba 690 
Ὁ e \ / \ oak / 3 A 
ὅς οἱ καὶ τότε θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἀνῆκεν. 

” / fa / > of 3 7 

Ἔνθα τίνα πρῶτον, τίνα δ᾽ ὕστατον ἐξενάριξας, 
/ © / 

Πατρόκλεις, ὅτε δή σε θεοὶ θάνατόνδε κάλεσσαν ; 
"Αδρηστον μὲν πρῶτα καὶ Αὐτόνοον καὶ "Ἑχεκλον 
καὶ Πέριμον Μεγάδην καὶ ’Esiotopa καὶ Μελάνιππον, 
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτ᾽ "Ἔλασον καὶ Μούλιον ἠδὲ Τυλάρτην " 696 

τοὺς ἕλεν" οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι φύγαδε μνώοντο ἕκαστος. 

Ἔνθα κεν ὑψίπυλον Τροίην ἕλον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν 
Πατρόκλου ὑπὸ χερσί" περιπρὸ γὰρ ἔγχεϊ θῦεν" 
εἰ μὴ ᾿Απόλλων Φοῖβος ἐὐδμήτου ἐπὶ πύργου 700 


24 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Π. 


5» a 3 \ / 7 δ᾽ > / 
ἔστη, τῷ ὀλοὰ φρονέων, 'Τρώεσσι δ᾽ ἀρήγων. 

x \ PM ὧν an n / ¢ a 
τρὶς μὲν ἐπ᾿ ἀγκῶνος βῆ τείχεος ὑψηλοῖο 

fi 
ΤΠάτροκλος, τρὶς δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀπεστυφέλιξεν ᾿Απόλλων, 
χείρεσσ᾽ ἀθανάτησι φαεινὴν ἀσπίδα νύσσων. 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ τὸ τέταρτον ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ios, 705 
δεινὰ δ᾽ ὁμοκλήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύΐδα" 

“Χάζξεο, διογενὲς Πατρόκλεις " οὔ νύ τοι αἶσα, 

am ἪἜ \ \ ὁ / ᾽ > 7 
σῷ ὑπὸ δουρὶ πόλιν πέρθαι Τρώων ἀγερώχων, 
οὐδ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος, ὅσπερ σέο πολλὸν ἀμείνων." 

e \ 

Ὡς φάτο, Ἰ]άτροκλος δ᾽ ἀνεχάζετο πολλὸν ὀπίσσω, 

lal / 
μῆνιν ἀλευάμενος ἑκατηβόλου ᾿Απόλλωνος. ΠΗ 

“Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ἐν Σκαιῇσι πύλῃς ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους" 
δίζε γὰρ ἠὲ μάχοιτο κατὰ κλόνον αὗτις ἐλάσσας, 
x \ ΡῚ tal e 7 b) an 
ἢ λαοὺς ἐς τεῖχος ομοκλήσειεν ἀλῆναι. 

a a / : 
ταῦτ᾽ ἄρα οἱ φρονέοντι παρίστατο Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων, 
ἀνέρι εἰσάμενος αἰζηῷ τε κρατερῷ τε, 716 
2A / A / 3 “7 e ὃ / 

σίῳ, ὃς μήτρως Hv” Extopos ἱπποδάμοιο, 

᾽ “ ς / e\ δὲ Δ ὔ 
αὐτοκασίγνητος ‘“ExaBns, υἱὸς δὲ Δύμαντος, 
ὃς Φρυγίῃ ναίεσκε pons ἔπι Σαγγαρίοιο" 
τῷ μιν ἐεισάμενος προσέφη Διὸς υἱὸς ᾿Απόλλων: ἴ30. 

«Ὁ / / : > 7 2 ἠδέ / / 

κτορ, τίπτε μάχης ἀποπαύεαι; οὐδέ TL σε χρή. 

vy? ἡ Ὡ > / / / / v 
al? ὅσον ἥσσων εἰμί, τόσον σέο φέρτερος εἴην" 

΄ / lal / > / 
τῷ KE τάχα στυγερῶς πολέμου ἀπερωήσειας. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε, Ἰατρόκλῳ ἔφεπε κρατερώνυχας ἵππους, 
αἴ κέν πώς μιν ἕλῃς, δώῃ δέ τοι εὖχος ᾿Απόλλων." 725 

a ee ε \ 5 ” ἈΠῸ A , > aA 

Ὡς εἰπὼν ὁ μὲν αὗτις ἔβη θεὸς ἂμ πόνον ἀνδρῶν, 
, Satay sf, / “ 
Κεβριόνῃ δ᾽ ἐκέλευσε δαΐφρονι φαίδιμος “Extwp 
, iat ’ , 
ἵππους ἐς πόλεμον πεπληγέμεν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Απόλλων 
δύσεθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἰών, ἐν δὲ κλόνον ᾿Αργείοισιν 
ἧκε κακόν, Τρωσὶν δὲ καὶ “Ἑκτορι κῦδος ὄπαζεν. 730 
> \ , > / 

ἽἝκτωρ δ᾽ ἄλλους μὲν Δαναοὺς ἔα οὐδ᾽ ἐνάριζεν " 


a 
Ἡὰ “ 


τὸν δ᾽ ἐπικερτομέων προσέφης, Ἰ]ατρόκλεις immed: 


ILIAD XVI. 


αὐταρ ὁ ἸΤατρόκλῳ ἔφεπε κρατερώνυχας ἵππους. 
Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἀφ᾽ ἵππων ἄλτο χαμᾶζε 
Le RR », en. ἢ \ ‘a Ζ 

σκαιῇ ἔγχος ἔχων " ἑτέρηφι δὲ λάζετο πέτρον 

7 2 / > Ὁ ς Ν \ > / 
μάρμαρον ὀκριόενθ᾽, ὅν οἱ περὶ χεὶρ ἐκάλυψεν. 
ἧκε δ᾽ ἐρεισάμενος, οὐδὲ δὴν χάξζετο φωτός, 

PPR 
οὐδ᾽ ἁλίωσε βέλος, βάλε δ᾽ "Extopos ἡνιοχῆα, 
Κεβριόνην, νόθον υἱὸν ἀγακλῆος ἹΤριάμοιο, 
iv ec. fo ὁ , 5 4“. su Ae 
ἵππων ἡνί᾽ ἔχοντα, μετώπιον ὀξέϊ Gi. 
ἀμφοτέρας δ᾽ ὀφρῦς σύνελεν λίθος, οὐδέ οἱ ἔσχεν 
ρ x 

> / > \ \ \ / b] / 
ὀστέον, ὀφθαλμοὶ δὲ χαμαὶ πέσον ἐν κονίῃσιν 

nhs fa) , a τ ΚΝ ἡδ΄ 9.) 5 μι > \ 
αὐτοῦ πρόσθε ποδῶν" ὁ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀρνευτῆρι ἐοικὼς 

΄ Sis $59 χν 4 5 7 / / . 3 , , 
κάππεσ᾽ am εὐεργέος δίφρου, λίπε δ᾽ ὀστέα θυμός. 


740 


“Ὦ πόποι, ἢ μάλ᾽ ἐλαφρὸς ἀνήρ" ὡς ῥεῖα κυβιστᾷ. 


3 / \ / > 3 / i 

εἰ δή που Kal πόντῳ ἐν ἰχθυόεντι γένουτο, 
πολλοὺς ἂν κορέσειεν ἀνὴρ ὅδε τήθεα διφῶν, 

\ > / > Ν / ” 
νηὸς ἀποθρώσκων, εἰ καὶ δυσπέμφελος εἴη, 
ς a ? , “ὦ eon a 
ὡς νῦν ἐν πεδίῳ ἐξ ἵππων peta κυβιστᾷ. 
eS ee ’ a » 7) 
ἢ pa καὶ ἐν Tpwecor κυβιστητῆρες ἔασιν. 

“Os εἰπὼν ἐπὶ Κεβριόνῃ ἥρωϊ βεβήκει, 
οἶμα λέοντος ἔχων, ὅστε σταθμοὺς κεραΐζων 
ἔβλητο πρὸς στῆθος, ἑή τέ μιν ὥλεσεν ἀλκή" 

' 3 
ὡς ἐπὶ Κεβριόνῃ, Ἰ]ατρόκλεις, ἄλσο μεμαώς. 
“Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἀφ᾽ ἵππων arto χαμᾶζε. 
τὼ περὶ Κεβριόναο λέονθ᾽ ὡς δηρινθήτην, 
ἈΝ 4 hae ‘ / b] / 
@T ὄρεος κορυφῇσι περὶ κταμένης ἐλάφοιο, 
ἄμφω πεινάοντε, μέγα φρονέοντε μάχεσθον " 
ἃ \ / 7 o > fal 
ὡς περὶ Κεβριόναο δύω μήστωρες ἀύὐτῆς, 
Πάτροκλός τε Μενοιτιάδης καὶ φαίδιμος “Ἑκτωρ, 
“ ὌΝ 9 / ft / 7.» A 
ἵεντ᾽ ἀλλήλων TAMEELY KPOA VNAEL KAKO. 
n ra 
“Ἕκτωρ μὲν κεφαλῆφιν ἐπεὶ λάβεν, οὐχὶ we ler: 
2 


746 


750 


759 


760 


26 LAIAAO®X II. 


Πάτροκλος δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἔχεν Trodds+ οἱ δὲ δὴ ἄλλϑι 
Τρῶες καὶ Δαναοὶ σύναγον κρατερὴν ὑσμίνην. 

Ὥς δ᾽ Εὗρός τε Νότος τ᾽ ἐριδαίνετον ἀλλήλοιν θῦ 
οὔρεος ἐν βήσσῃς βαθέην πελεμιζέμεν ὕλην, 
φηγόν τε μελίην Te τανύφλοιόν τε κράνειαν, 
αἵτε πρὸς ἀλλήλας ἔβαλον τανυήκεας ὄζους 
ἠχῇ θεσπεσίῃ, πάταγος δέ τε ἀγνυμενάων, 
a a ἌΝ Ny te DDD / / 
as Τρῶες καὶ ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι θορόντες 770 
δήουν, οὐδ᾽ ἕτεροι μνώοντ᾽ ὀλοοῖο φόβοιο. 
πολλὰ δὲ Κεβριόνην ἀμφ᾽ ὀξέα δοῦρ᾽ ἐπεπήγει 
ἰοί τε πτερόεντες ἀπὸ νευρῆφι θορόντες, 
πολλὰ δὲ χερμάδια μεγάλ᾽ ἀσπίδας ἐστυφέλιξαν 

' , > > 5. et: si € ἄϑινν / / 

μαρναμένων ἀμφ᾽ αὐτόν" ὁ δ᾽ ἐν στροφάλιγγι Kovins 77 
κεῖτο μέγας μεγαλωστί, λελασμένος ἱπποσυνάων. 

"Odpa μὲν ᾿Ηέλιος μέσον οὐρανὸν ἀμφιβεβήκει, 
τόφρα μάλ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων βέλε᾽ ἥπτετο, πῖπτε δὲ λαός * 
ἦμος δ᾽ Ἢέλιος μετενίσσετο βουλυτόνδε, 
καὶ τότε δή ῥ᾽ ὑπὲρ αἶσαν ᾽Αχαιοὶ φέρτεροι ἦσαν. 80 
5 \ t / Ὁ » 
ἐκ μὲν Κεβριόνην βελέων ἥρωα ἔρυσσαν 
. Τρώων ἐξ ἐνοπῆς, καὶ ἀπ᾽ ὥμων τεύχε ἕλοντο, 
Πάτροκλος δὲ Τρωσὶ κακὰ φρονέων ἐνόρουσεν. 

\ \ »᾿ bes) “ θ AN Sid / ” ” 
τρὶς μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπόρουσε θοῴ ἀτάλαντος "Apni, 
σμερδαλέα ἰάχων, τρὶς δ᾽ ἐννέα φῶτας ἔπεφνεν. 785 
> ae \ Ἂς / - 3 / / 5 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ TO τέταρτον ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ἶσος, 
ἔνθ᾽ ἄρα τοι, ἸΪάτροκλε, φάνη βιότοιο τελευτή. 
ἤντετο γάρ τοι Φοῖβος ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ 
δεινός " ὁ μὲν τὸν ἰόντα κατὰ κλόνον οὐκ ἐνόησεν" 
ἠέρι γὰρ πολλῇ κεκαλυμμένος ἀντεβόλησεν" 790 
στῆ δ᾽ ὄπιθε, TAREE δὲ μετάφρενον εὐρέε T ὥμω 
χειρὶ καταπρηνεῖ, στρεφεδίνηθεν δέ οἱ ὄσσε. 
τοῦ δ᾽ ἀπὸ μὲν κρατὸς κυνέην βάλε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων 


-" 


BOSTON COLLEGE LIBRARY 
CHESTNUT HILL, MASS, 


ILIAD XVI. 27 


ἡ δὲ κυλινδομένη καναχὴν ἔχε ποσσὶν ὑφ᾽ ἵππων 
αὐλῶπις τρυφάλεια, μιάνθησαν δὲ ἔθειραι 795 
αἵματι καὶ κονίησι. πάρος ye μὲν ov θέμις Rev 
ἱππόκομον πήληκα μιαίνεσθαι κονίησιν, 
> ι Ὁ. Ν / / / / 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀνδρὸς θείοιο κάρη χαρίεν τε μέτωπον 
ῥύετ᾽, ᾿Αχιλλῆος " τότε δὲ Ζεὺς “Εκτορι δῶκεν 
ἡ κεφαλῇ φορέειν, σχεδόθεν δέ οἱ ἣεν ὄλεθρος. 800 
πᾶν δέ οἱ ἐν χείρεσσιν ἄγη δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος, 
βριθὺ μέγα στιβαρὸν κεκορυθμένον " αὐτὰρ ἀπ᾽ ὥμων 
ἀσπὶς σὺν τελαμῶνι χαμαὶ πέσε τερμιόεσσα. 
λῦσε δέ οἱ θώρηκα ἄναξ Διὸς υἱὸς ᾿Απόλλων. 
τὸν δ᾽ ἄτη φρένας εἷλε, λύθεν δ᾽ ὑπὸ φαίδιμα γυῖα, 805 
στῆ δὲ Tapov: ὄπιθεν δὲ μετάφρενον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ 
ὦμων μεσσηγὺς σχεδόθεν βάλε Δάρδανος ἀνήρ, 
Πανθοίδης Εὔφορβος, ὃς ἡλικίην ἐκέκαστο 
ἔγχε θ᾽ ἱπποσύνῃ τε, πόδεσσί τε καρπαλίμοισιν " 
καὶ γὰρ δὴ τότε φῶτας ἐείκοσι βῆσεν ἀφ᾽ ἵππων, 810 
a 9 \ \ ” ie ty 

πρῶτ᾽ ἐλθὼν σὺν ὄχεσφι, διδασκόμενος πολέμοιο * 
ὅς τοι πρῶτος ἐφῆκε βέλος, Ἰ]ατρόκλεις ἱππεῦ, 

>A, ͵ ΕῚ ξ \ 9 > / ἈΠῸ " 
οὐδὲ δάμασσ᾽ " ὁ μὲν αὗτις ἀνέδραμε, μίκτο δ᾽ ὁμίλῳ, 
> Ἂ, ς / / " 5. ¢ Υ 
ἐκ χροὸς ἁρπάξας δόρυ μείλινον, οὐδ᾽ ὑπέμεινεν 
Πάτροκλον, γυμνόν περ ἐόντ᾽, ἐν δηϊοτῆτι. 815 
Πάτροκλος δὲ θεοῦ πληγῇ καὶ δουρὶ δαμασθεὶς 
XN ς / 5 ” 5 / Le ee! / 
ἂψ' ἑτάρων εἰς ἔθνος ἐχάζετο Kip ἀλεείνων. 

“Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ὡς εἶδεν ἸΤατροκλῆα μεγάθυμον 
ἂψ' ἀναχαζόμενον, βεβλημένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ, 
ἀγχίμολόν ῥά οἱ ἦλθε κατὰ στίχας, οὗτα δὲ δουρὶ 890 
νείατον ἐς κενεῶνα, διαπρὸ δὲ χαλκὸν ἔλασσεν. 
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, μέγα δ᾽ ἤκαχε λαὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
«ς ~ eg Qf > 4 > / / 
ὡς & ὅτε σῦν ἀκάμαντα λέων ἐβιήσατο χάρμῃ, 
ὥτ᾽ ὄρεος κορυφῇσι μέγα φρονέοντε μάχεσθον 


28 IAIAAO II. 


πίδακος ἀμφ᾽ ὀλίγης " ἐθέλουσι δὲ πιέμεν ἄμφω: _— 82H 
πολλὰ δέ T ἀσθμαίνοντα λέων ἐδάμασσε βίηφιν 
ἃ / , f ” e\ 
ὡς πολέας πεφνόντα Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμον υἱὸν 
᾿ x es 
“Ἕκτωρ Upiapuidns σχεδὸν ἔγχεϊ θυμὸν ἀπηύρα, 
/ 
καί οἱ ἐπευχόμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 
“Tldtpoxn, ἢ που ἔφησθα πόλιν κεραϊζέμεν ἁμήν, 880 
“7 \ a > 7 i > ͵] 
Τρωϊάδας δὲ γυναῖκας, ἐλεύθερον ἦμαρ ἀπούρας, 
ἄξειν ἐν νήεσσι φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν, 
/ / δὲ ῇ θ᾽ "RB 2 / “ 
νήπιε" τάων δὲ πρόσ κτορος ὠκέες ἵπποι 
Ἢ \ 
ποσσὶν ὀρωρέχαται πολεμίζειν - ἔγχεϊ δ᾽ αὐτὸς 
Τρωσὶ φιλοπτολέμοισι μεταπρέπω, ὅ σφιν ἀμύνω 88 
ἦμαρ ἀναγκαῖον" σὲ δέ τ᾽ ἐνθάδε γῦπες ἔδονται. 
ἃ δείλ᾽, οὐδέ τοι ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν χραίσμησεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
ὅς πού τοι μάλα πολλὰ μένων ἐπετέλλετ᾽ ἰόντι" 
“μή μοι πρὶν ἰέναι, Ἰατρόκλεις ἱπποκέλευθε, 
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς, πρὶν “Ἑκτορος ἀνδροφόνοιο + 840 
αἱματόεντα χιτῶνα περὶ στήθεσσι δαΐξαι.᾽ 
ὥς πού σε προσέφη, σοὶ δὲ φρένας ἄφρονι πεῖθεν." 
Τὸν δ᾽ ὀλυγοδρανέων προσέφης, ]Πατρόκλεις ἱππεῦ" 
- “ἤδη viv,” Extop, μεγάλ᾽ εὔχεο" σοὶ γὰρ ἔδωκεν 
νίκην Ζεὺς Kpovidns καὶ ᾿Απόλλων, οἵ μ᾽ ἐδάμασσαν 845 
«ς iol > \ \ 9775958 , 3. ΓΛ 
ῥηϊδίως - αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀπ᾽ ὦμων Tevye ἕλοντο. 
τοιοῦτοι δ᾽ εἴπερ μοι ἐείκοσιν ἀντεβόλησαν, 
7 3 ᾽ ΧΙ ς 3 At Ν ὃ Ἁ ὃ / 
πάντες K αὐτόθ᾽ ὄλοντο ἐμῷ ὑπὸ δουρὶ δαμέντες. 
ἀλλά με μοῖρ᾽ ὀλοὴ καὶ Λητοῦς ἔκτανεν υἱός, 
ἀνδρῶν δ᾽ Εὔφορβος" σὺ δέ με τρίτος ἐξεναρίζεις. 850 
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, σὺ δ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν" 
οὔ θην οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸς δηρὸν βέῃ, ἀλλά τοι ἤδη 
ἄγχι παρέστηκεν θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κραταιή, 
χερσὶ δαμέντ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος ἀμύμονος Αἰακίδαο." 
“Os ἄρα μιν εἰπόντα τέλος θανάτοιο κάλυψεν: ϑῦῦ 


ΝΠ: 


ILIAD XVI. 99 


ψυχὴ δ᾽ ἐκ ῥεθέων ππταμένη "Αϊδόσδε βεβήκει, 
ὃν πότμον γοόωσα, λιποῦσ᾽ ἁδροτῆτα καὶ ἥβην. 
τὸν καὶ τεθνηῶτα προσηύδα φαίδιμος “Extap " 

‘cc Il Uf / / / > Ν By 

ατρόκλεις, TL νύ μοι μαντεύεαι αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον ; 

τίς δ᾽ οἶδ᾽ εἴ κ᾽’ ᾿Αχιλεύς, Θέτιδος παῖς ἠὐκόμοιο, 860 
φθήῃ ἐμῷ ὑπὸ δουρὶ τυπεὶς ἀπὸ θυμὸν ὀλέσσαι ;” 

“Os ἄρα φωνήσας δόρυ χάλκεον ἐξ ὠτειλῆς 

»Μ \ / \ 7 of 5 5 ee ᾿ 

εἴρυσε, λὰξ προσβάς, τὸν δ᾽ ὕπτιον Wa ἀπὸ δουρος. 
αὐτίκα δὲ ξὺν δουρὶ per Αὐτομέδοντα βεβήκει, 
ἀντίθεον θεράποντα ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο " 865 
“ Ν Ν ᾿ 2 / t/ 
ἵετο yap βαλέειν" τὸν δ᾽ ἔκφερον ὠκέες ἵπποι 
ἄμβροτοι, ods Πηλῆϊ θεοὶ δόσαν ἀγλαὰ δῶρα. 


OMHPOT 
[IAIAAO® P. 


HOMER'S ILIAD. 
BOOK XVII. 


Μενελάου ἀριστεΐία. 


Οὐδ᾽ ἔλαθ᾽ ᾿Ατρέος υἱόν, ἀρηΐφιλον Μενέλαον, 
Πάτροκλος Τρώεσσι δαμεὶς ἐν δηϊοτῆτι. 

Fal ee / A 
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ, 
3 ᾿ δ᾽ ἂρ’. > La) Pe Jin OF: X / / 
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ap αὐτῷ Baty ὥς τις περὶ πόρτακι μήτηρ 
πρωτοτόκος κινυρή, οὐ πρὶν εἰδυΐα τόκοιο δ 

/ a 
ὡς περὶ Τατρόκλῳ βαῖνε ξανθὸς Μενέλαος. 

/ oh 
πρόσθε δέ οἱ δόρυ τ᾽ ἔσχε καὶ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην, 
τὸν κτάμεναι μεμαώς, ὅστις τοῦγ᾽ ἀντίος ἔλθοι. 
οὐδ᾽ apa ἸΠάνθου υἱὸς ἐὐμμελίης ἀμέλησεν 
Πατρόκλοιο πεσόντος ἀμύμονος ' ἄγχει δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ αὐτοῦ 10 
ἔστη, καὶ προσέειπεν ἀρηΐφιλον Μενέλαον " 

“᾽᾿Ατρείδη Μενέλαε, διοτρεφές, ὄρχαμε λαῶν, 

/ a δὲ / ΝΜ δ᾽ », / 
χάζεο, λεῖπε δὲ νεκρὸν, Ea δ᾽ ἔναρα βροτόεντα" 
οὐ γάρ τις πρότερος Τρώων κλειτῶν τ᾽ ἐπικούρων 
Πάτροκλον βάλε δουρὶ κατὰ κρατερὴν ὑσμίνην" 1ὅ 
: an 7 / 3 θ \ Tad ΠῚ , = / θ 
τῷ με ἔα κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἐνὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρέσθαι, 
μή σε βάλω, ἀπὸ δὲ μελιηδέα θυμὸν ἕλωμαι." 

Τὸν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη ξανθὸς Μενέλαος " 
“Ζεῦ πάτερ, οὐ μὲν καλὸν ὑπέρβιον εὐχετάασθαι. 


32 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ P. 


9 9 / / / ” ᾿ς 
οὔτ᾽ οὖν παρδάλιος τόσσον μένος οὔτε λέοντος 
ἮΝ 
οὔτε συὸς κάπρου ὀλοόφρονος, οὗτε μέγιστος 
\ ek fd \ / oo / 
θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσι περὶ σθένεϊ Brepeaiver, 
a / - Dive / / 
ὅσσον IlavOou vies ἐὐμμελίαι φρονέουσιν. 
οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδὲ βίη “Ὑπερήνορος ἱπποδάμοιο 
= Ὁ b ’ >, «ὦ > » / pure 7 
ἧς ἥβης ἀπονηθ᾽, ὅτε w ὦνατο καί μ᾽ ὑπέμεινεν 
/ ee 4 ete] ἴα, 3 y x 
_kat μ᾽ ἐφατ᾽ ἐν Δαναοῖσιν ἐλέγχιστον πολεμιστὴν 
» > fie / / ® , 
ἔμμεναι" οὐδέ ἕ φημι πόδεσσί γε οἷσι κιόντα 
lal “4 a 
εὐφρῆναι ἄλοχόν Te φίλην κεδνούς τε τοκῆας. 
« \ \ fea ᾽ / 7 ἐᾷ BA 
ὥς θην καὶ σὸν ἐγὼ λύσω μένος, εἴ κέ μευ ἄντα 
7 3 / 3 or ἣν "τῷ Ψ 4 
oTNNS* ἀλλά σ᾽ ἔγωγ avaywpnaavTa κελεύω 
> \ 3 + , ¢ Le - 
ἐς πληθὺν ἰέναι, μηδ᾽ ἀντίος ἵστασ᾽ ἐμεῖο, 


/ \ / ς \ tA 4 5᾽ 39 
πρίν τι κακὸν παθέειν " ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω. 


ae fe 


30 


“Qs φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ οὐ πεῖθεν - ἀμειβόμενος δὲ προσηύδα" 


“νῦν μὲν δή, Μενέλαε διοτρεφές, ἣ μάλα τίσεις 


/ \ / 
γνωτὸν ἐμόν, τὸν ἔπεφνες, ἐπευχόμενος δ᾽ ἀγορεύεις, 


χήρωσας δὲ γυναῖκα μυχῷ θαλάμοιο νέοιο, 
9 \ \ a / \ 7 ” 
ἀρητὸν δὲ τοκεῦσι γόον καὶ πένθος ἔθηκας. 
ἢ κέ σφιν δειλοῖσι γόου κατάπαυμα γενοίμην; 
Sy A > x ζ \ \ 7 + 2 if 
él κεν ἐγὼ κεφαλήν τε τεὴν Kal TEVYE ἐνείκας 
Πάνθῳ ἐν χείρεσσι βάλω καὶ Φρόντιδι δίῃ. 
> >] > x » A > / i »᾿ 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μὰν ἔτι δηρὸν ἀπείρητος πόνος ἔσται 
οὐδέ T ἀδήριτος HT ἀλκῆς ἤτε φόβοιο." 
αἴθ) 3 \ 5» be / 2 > 34 
ς εἰπὼν οὔτησε κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην" 
οὐδ᾽ ἔρρηξεν χαλκόν, ἀνεγνάμφθη δέ οἱ αἰχμὴ 
ἀσπίδ᾽ ἐνὶ κρατερῇ " ὁ δὲ δεύτερος ὦρνυτο χαλκῷ 
σ ρατερῇ pos ὥρνυτο yarn 
/ 
᾿Ατρείδης Μενέλαος, ἐπευξάμενος Ati πατρί: 
ἂψ' δ᾽ ἀναχαζομένοιο κατὰ στομάχοιο θέμεθλα 
1S) 3. ἜΝ 7 Res νἣ Μ᾿ / \ / 
νύξ’, ἐπὶ δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔρεισε, βαρείῃ χειρὶ πιθήσας" 
ἀντικρὺ δ᾽ ἁπαλοῖο δι’ αὐχένος ἤλυθ᾽ ἀκωκή. 
Ψ \ fd > Id \ / be γ᾿ > A. 
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἐπ᾽ AUTO. 


30 


40 


45 


50 


ILIAD XVII. 


“ 2 tee / , 4 7 ¢ a 
αἵματί οἱ δεύοντο κόμαι Xapitecow ὁμοῖαι 
, > a SN ee / > 7 
πλοχμοί θ᾽, οἱ χρυσῷ τε καὶ ἀργύρῳ ἐσφήκωντο. 
οἷον δὲ τρέφει ἔρνος ἀνὴρ ἐριθηλὲς ἐλαίης 
χώρῳ ἐν οἰοπόλῳ, ὅθ᾽ ἅλις ἀναβέβρυχεν ὕδωρ, 
x / \ / \ J 
καλὸν τηλεθάον- TO δέ τε πνοιαὶ δονέουσιν 
/ δὲν ἢ / 7, ” .“ a 
παντοίων ἀνέμων, Kai τε βρύει avOEi λευκῷ" 
ἐλθὼν δ᾽ ἐξαπίνης ἄνεμος σὺν λαΐλαπι πολλῇ 
/ > 267 ee, ΄ » TN , 
βόθρου τ᾽ ἐξέστρεψε καὶ ἐξετάνυσσ᾽ ἐπὶ γαίῃ" 
τοῖον Πάνθου υἱὸν ἐὐμμελίην Εὔφορβον 
᾿Ατρείδης Μενέλαος ἐπεὶ κτάνε, τεύχε᾽ ἐσύλα. 


‘Os δ᾽ ὅτε τίς τε λέων ὀρεσίτροφος, ἀλκὶ πεποιθώς, 


/ » A la) ς / Ὁ b / 
βοσκομένης ἀγέλης βοῦν ἁρπάσῃ, ἥτις ἀρίστη" 
nm δ. 5 > ον ἂν Ν “Ὁ 2 “ 
τῆς δ᾽ ἐξ αὐχέν ἔαξε λαβὼν κρατεροῖσιν ὀδοῦσιν 


33 


60 


a ” / > - <a / Wd 
TPWTOV, ETELTA δέ θ᾽ αἷμα καὶ ἔγκατα πάντα λαφύσσει 


n 5 \ \ / f > ‘Wor an 
dnav: ἀμφὶ δὲ τόνγε κύνες τ᾽ ἄνδρες TE νομῆες 
πολλὰ μάλ᾽ ἰύξζουσιν ἀπόπροθεν οὐδ᾽ ἐθέλουσιν 
> , / / \ \ / e al 
ἀντίον ἐλθέμεναι - μάλα yap χλωρὸν δέος αἱρεῖ" 
ἃ a 3} \ aE N / ἂν». δ 
ὡς τῶν οὔτινι θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἐτόλμα 
ἀντίον ἐλθέμεναι Μενελάου κυδαλίμοιο. 
ἔνθα κε ῥεῖα φέροι κλυτὰ τεύχεα LlavOoidao 
᾿Ατρείδης, εἰ μή οἱ ἀγάσσατο Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων, 
ds ῥά οἱ “Extop ἐπῶρσε θοῷ ἀτάλαντον “Apni, 
> / > / / ς / / 
ἀνέρι εἰσάμενος, Κικόνων ἡγήτορι Mevrn: 
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 

“Ἕκτορ, νῦν σὺ μὲν ὧδε θέεις, ἀκίχητα διώκων, 
ἵππους Αἰακίδαο δαΐφρονος " οἱ δ᾽ ἀλεγεινοὶ 
> / a / 30% 9 / 
ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι δαμήμεναι ἠδ᾽ ὀχέεσθαι, 
ἄλλῳ γ᾽ ἢ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ, τὸν ἀθανάτη τέκε μήτηρ. 
τόφρα δέ τοι Μενέλαος, ᾿Αρήϊος ᾿Ατρέος υἱός, 

3 
Πατρόκλῳ περιβὰς Τρώων τὸν ἄριστον ἔπεφνεν, 
Πανθοίδην Εὔφορβον, ἔπαυσε δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς." 
ΟἹ 


65 


70 


75 


80 


94 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ P. 


εἷ 49) / A 
‘Os εὐπὼν ὁ μὲν adtis ἔβη θεὸς ἂμ πόνον ἀνδρῶν" 
oh 5) εν 5 7 / > / 
KTopa δ᾽ αἰνὸν ἄχος πύκασε φρένας ἀμφιμελαίνας. 
πάπτηνεν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα κατὰ στίχας, αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἔγνω 
Ν Ν > , \ J \ > A mee Bae. / 
TOV μὲν ἁπαινύμενον κλυτὰ τεύχεα, TOV δ᾽ ἐπὶ γαίῃ 85 
κείμενον " ἔρρει δ᾽ αἷμα κατ᾽ οὐταμένην ὠτειλήν. 
a \ \ / / x” a 
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ, 
ὀξέα κεκληγώς, φλογὶ εἴκελος Ηφαίστοιο 
ἀσβέστῳ οὐδ᾽ υἱὸν λάθεν ᾿Ατρέος ὀξὺ βοήσας " 
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμόν" 90 
“"O, μοι ἐγών, εἰ μέν κε λίπω κάτα τεύχεα καλὰ 
Πάτροκλόν θ᾽, ὃς κεῦται ἐμῆς ἕνεκ᾽ ἐνθάδε τιμῆς, 
μή τις μοι Δαναῶν νεμεσήσεται, ὅς κεν ἴδηται, 
> O/ “ ΝΥ “Χ \ \ 7 
εἰ δέ κεν “Extope μοῦνος ἐὼν καὶ Τρωσὶ μάχωμαι 
3 / / / / eh OF. / 
αἰδεσθείς, μή πώς με περιστήωσ᾽ ἕνα πολλοί" 95 
Τρῶας δ᾽ ἐνθάδε πάντας ἄγει κορυθαίολος “Exrap. 
ἀλλὰ τίη μοι ταῦτα φίλος διελέξατο θυμός ; 
e ' Saat eae) \ 3 7 Ν / \ a 
ὁππότ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἐθέλῃ πρὸς δαίμονα φωτὶ μάχεσθαι 
ὅν κε θεὸς τιμᾷ, τάχα οἱ μέγα πῆμα κυλίσθη. 
a 9 ” al / Ὁ » 
τῷ μ᾽ οὔτις Δαναῶν νεμεσήσεται, ὅς κεν ἴδηται 100 
Ἕκτορι χωρήσαντ᾽, ἐπεὶ ἐκ θεόφιν πολεμίζει. 
3 / δι ΄ \ b] nr 7 
εἰ δέ που Αἴαντός γε βοὴν ἀγαθοῖο πυθοίμην, 
ἄμφω κ᾽ αὗτις ἰόντες ἐπιμνησαίμεθα χάρμης 
καὶ πρὸς δαίμονά περ, εἴ πως ἐρυσαίμεθα νεκρὸν 
Πηλείδῃ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ" κακῶν δέ κε φέρτατον ein.” 105 
e ε ay? «0 \ ἢ \ \ t 
Eios ὁ ταῦθ᾽ ὥρμαινε κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν, 
τόφρα δ᾽ ἐπὶ Τρώων στίχες ἤλυθον" ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ “Ἑκτωρ. 
3 A; 7 129 BS / 2 / ΄ὰ \ / 
αὐτὰρ oy ἐξοπίσω ἀνεχάζετο, λεῖπε δὲ νεκρόν, 
> / ce \ Do / 
ἐντροπαλιζόμενος ὥστε Als ἠδγένειος, 
e/ € 7 AT 9 ’ \ an / 
ὅν pa κύνες τε Kal ἄνδρες ἀπὸ σταθμοῖο δίωνται 110 
5 \ ~ an ie \ ». 9 ᾿ 
ἔγχεσι καὶ φωνῇ" τοῦ δ᾽ ἐν φρεσὶν ἄλκέμον ἦτορ 
A 2 / / ἐᾷς > A / 
παχνοῦται, ἀέκων δέ T ἔβη ἀπὸ μεσσαύλοιο " 


ILIAD XVII. 35 


ὡς ἀπὸ Πατρόκλοιο κίε ξανθὸς Μενέλαος. 
a &\ fe NF ” e / 
στῆ δὲ μεταστρεφθείς, ἐπεὶ ἵκετο ἔθνος ἑταίρων, 
/ ” / 7 δ 
παπταίνων Αἴαντα μέγαν, Τϊελαμώνιον υἱόν. 115 
\ \ /~ 9 5 ome. ἢ Δ 5 3 » Xx / 
Tov δὲ μάλ᾽ αἷψ᾽ ἐνόησε μάχης ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ πάσης 
θαρσύνονθ᾽ ἑτάρους καὶ ἐποτρύνοντα μάχεσθαι" 
θεσπέσιον γάρ σφιν φόβον ἔμβαλε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων - 
n 4 / 3 \ Λ) SYA 7 
BH δὲ θέειν, εἶθαρ δὲ παριστάμενος ἔπος ηὔδα" 
“Αἶαν, δεῦρο, πέπον, περὶ ἸΤΪατρόκλοιο θανόντος 130 
Α ” / 3 ne 7 
σπεύσομεν, αἴ κε νέκυν περ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ προφέρωμεν 
, te. ἊΝ ΄ ΄ >» ἢ “ 3» 
γυμνόν - ἀτὰρ Taye τεύχε᾽ ἔχει κορυθαίολος “Extwp. 
Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, Αἴαντι δὲ δαΐφρονι θυμὸν ὄρινεν. 
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων, ἅμα δὲ ξανθὸς Μενέλαος. 
Ἕκτωρ μὲν Πάτροκλον, ἐπεὶ κλυτὰ τεύχε᾽ ἀπηύρα, 125 
ee. 5 Ch. 3 > 3 5) \ ΨῚ 5 fae ~ 
ἕλχ᾽, ἵν᾿ ἀπ᾽ wpoiv κεφαλὴν τάμοι ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ, 
τὸν δὲ νέκυν Τρωῇσιν ἐρυσσάμενος κυσὶ δοίη. 
Αἴας δ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ἦλθε, φέρων σάκος ἠὔτε πύργον. 
“Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ arp ἐς ὅμιλον ἰὼν ἀνεχάζεθ᾽ ἑταίρων, 
ἐς δίφρον δ᾽ ἀνόρουσε" δίδου δ᾽ ὅγε τεύχεα καλὰ 180 
Τρωσὶ φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, μέγα κλέος ἔμμεναι αὐτῷ. 
Αἴας δ᾽ ἀμφὶ Μενοιτιάδῃ σάκος εὐρὺ καλύψας 
ἑστήκειν ὥς τίς τε λέων περὶ οἷσι τέκεσσιν, 
Φινς » 7] + eed / > DN 
ᾧ ῥά τε VTL ἄγοντι συναντήσωνται ἐν ὕλῃ 
“. 6 oo : 
ἄνδρες ἐπακτῆρες " ὁ δέ τε σθένεϊ βλεμεαίνει " 135 
n / s. ¥ ἴω 4 « ΕΣ 7 
πᾶν δέ T ἐπισκύνιον κάτω ἕλκεται ὄσσε καλύπτων" 
ὡς Αἴας περὶ Πατρόκλῳ ἥρωϊ βεβήκει. 
᾿Ατρείδης δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν, ἀρηΐφιλος Μενέλαος, 
e 7] 7 / θ ae ἢ Aa] ced 
ἑστήκει, μέγα πένθος ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἀέξων. 
γε x ν ΤᾺ 7 453: N η A 
Γλαῦκος δ᾽, “Ἱππολόχοιο πάϊς, Λυκίων ἀγὸς ἀνδρῶν, 
“ Set , ON Ar gD. οἵ / P 
Extop ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν χαλεπῷ NVLTTATTE μύθῳ 141 
““Ἑκτορ, εἶδος ἄριστε, μάχης ἄρα πολλὸν ἐδεύεο. 
ἢ σ᾽ αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει, φύξηλιν ἐόντα. 


36 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ P. 


/ la) Ὁ ‘¢ ἣν τ 51 V8 
φράζεο νῦν ὅππως κε πόλιν καὶ ἄστυ σαώσεις 
Ἂν \ a 
οἷος σὺν λαοῖσι, τοὶ INiw ἐγγεγάασιν * 145 
/ / a 
ov yap τις Λυκίων ye μαχησόμενος Δαναοῖσιν 
5 , a 
εἶσι περὶ πτόλιος, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἄρα τις χάρις ἣεν 
/ nie 2 eWeek, Ὁ Ν ᾿ 
μάρνασθαι δηΐοισιν ἐπ᾽ ἀνδράσι νωλεμὲς αἰεί. 
πῶς κε σὺ χείρονα φῶτα σαώσειας μεθ᾽ ὅμιλον, 
᾽ / an lal 
σχέτλι᾽, ἐπεὶ Σαρπηδόν᾽, ἅμα ξεῖνον καὶ ἑταῖρον, 150 
΄ iS 
. κάλλιπες ᾿Αργείοισιν ἕλωρ καὶ κύρμα γενέσθαι, 
ς “ “Λ A 
ὅς τοι πόλλ᾽ ὄφελος γένετο, TTOAEL TE καὶ αὐτῷ, 
\ Φ ἊΨ ἴω 3 7 2 / 7 » 
ζωὸς ἐών" νῦν δ᾽ οὔ οἱ ἀλαλκέμεναι κύνας ἔτλης. 
τῷ νῦν εἴ τις ἐμοὶ Λυκίων ἐπιπείσεται ἀνδρῶν, 
οἴκαδ᾽ ἴμεν, ‘i'poln δὲ πεφήσεται αἰπὺς ὄλεθρος. 155 
Ψ \ an , / \ > / 
el yap νῦν Τρώεσσι μένος πολυθαρσὲς ἐνείη, 
er Ὰ « \ / 
ἄτρομον, οἷόν τ᾽ ἄνδρας ἐσέρχεται οἱ περὶ πάτρης 
4 4 iN a 
ἀνδράσι δυσμενέεσσι πόνον καὶ δῆριν ἔθεντο, 
/ 
αἶψά κε Ilatpoxdov ἐρυσαίμεθα “IXov εἴσω. 
> 2 Lg + i / / 5, 
εἰ δ᾽ οὗτος προτὶ ἄστυ μέγα Ἰ]ριάμοιο ἄνακτος 100 
” \ / > 7 δ 
ἔλθοι τεθνηὼς καί μιν ἐρυσαίμεθα χάρμης, 
5 ° f 
aia κεν ᾿Αργεῖοι Σαρπηδόνος ἔντεα καλὰ 
/ / ? > 3 5 / v ” 
λύσειαν, καί κ᾿ αὐτὸν ἀγοίμεθα ἵλιον εἴσω " 
[ , \ ΄, , 349.7 A , > 
τοίου yap θεράπων πέφατ᾽ ἀνέρος, ὃς μέγ᾽ ἄριστος 
> / \ \ 4. / / 
Apyelwv παρὰ νηυσὶ καὶ ἀγχέμαχοι θεράποντες. 165 
3 \ Μὴ. Ὁ ” / ᾽ > / 
ἀλλὰ avy Αἴαντος μεγαλήτορος οὐκ ἐτάλασσας 
\ oh χῷ a 
στήμεναι ἄντα, κατ᾽ ὄσσε ἰδὼν δηΐων ἐν avTH, 
DN? 2 \ / 2 Ν / / / > 39 
οὐδ᾽ ἰθὺς μαχέσασθαι, ἐπεὶ σέο φέρτερός ἐστιν. 
\ , \ , / 
Tov δ᾽ ap’ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσεφη κορυθαίολος “Εἰκτωρ" 
a / \ \ a \ lg 
“Γλαῦκε, tin δὲ σὺ τοῖος ἐὼν ὑπέροπλον ἔειπες; 170 
XK , 5 baie) / \ / ” ” 
ὦ πόποι, ἢ τ ἐφάμην σε περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, 
τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ἐριβώλακα ναιετάουσιν" 
n a / : 
νῦν δέ σευ ὠνοσάμην πάγχυ φρένας, οἷον ἔειπες, 
μή \ » ,ὕ > ς δ 
ὅστε με φὴς Αἴαντα πελώριον οὐχ ὑπομεῖναι. 


“Se Oe νιν 


ee, 


ILIAD XVII. 37 


” _. Ἃς Ν Ψ > \ 7 / 
οὔτοι ἐγὼν ἔρρυγα μάχην οὐδὲ κτύπον ἵππων" 175 
> ea ES \ / , 9. Rs 
ἀλλ᾽ αἰεὶ Te Διὸς κρείσσων νόος αἰγιόχοιο, 
ὅστε καὶ ἄλκιμον ἄνδρα φοβεῖ καὶ ἀφείλετο νίκην 
"ον FSS > Be =X, bd / 7 
ῥηϊδίως, ὁτὲ δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐποτρύνει μαχέσασθαι. 
> 25 a Δ πο Δ X Tos », 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δεῦρο, πέπον, Tap ἔμ᾽ ἵστασο καὶ ἴδε ἔργον, 
ἠὲ πανημέριος κακὸς ἔσσομαι, ὡς ἀγορεύεις, 180 
ἤ τινα καὶ Δαναῶν, ἀλκῆς μάλα περ μεμαῶτα, 
/ > / \ / la 3° 
σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι περὶ ἸΙατρόκλοιο θανόντος. 
ὰ nse 4 ΩΣ Ν > oh 
Ὡς εἰπὼν Τρώεσσιν ἐκέκλετο μακρὸν ἀὔσας " 
“Τρῶες καὶ Λύκιοι καὶ Δάρδανοι ἀγχιμαχηταί, 
ἀνέρες ἔστε, φίλοι, μνήσασθε δὲ θούριδος ἀλκῆς, 185 
ὄφρ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼν ᾿Αχιλῆος ἀμύμονος ἔντεα δύω 
καλά, τὰ Πατρόκλοιο βίην ἐνάριξα κατακτάς. 
“Os ἄρα φωνήσας ἀπέβη κορυθαίολος “Extwp 
sf. 2 t , eet ΩΝ: ς / 
δηΐου ἐκ πολέμοιο" θέων δ᾽ ἐκίχανεν ἑταίρους 
5 /~ 5 5» a \ a / 
ὦκα Lan, οὕπω τῆλε, ποσὶ κραυπνοίσι μετασπῶν, 190 
ol προτὶ ἄστυ φέρον κλυτὰ τεύχεα Ἰ]ηλείωνος. 
\ Se eee ΄ὕ ΄ὕ ” > » 
στὰς δ᾽ ἀπάνευθε μάχης πολυδακρύου ἔντε᾽ ἄμειβεν * 
"7 e \ ᾿ A δῶ / \ ov fe \ 
ἤτοι O μὲν TA ἃ δῶκε φέρειν προτὶ ᾿ἴλιον ἱρὴν 
is ἴω 
Τρωσὶ φιλοπτολέμοισιν, ὁ δ᾽ ἄμβροτα τεύχεα δῦνεν 
Πηλείδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος, ἅ οἱ θεοὶ Οὐρανίωνες 195 
\ f Ng fy SF 97 ϑ Ν of 
πατρὶ φίλῳ ἔπορον ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα ᾧ παιδὶ ὄπασσεν 
/ J > | > ἐπ ες 7 \ 5 7 
ynpas* ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ υἱὸς ἐν EVTETL πατρὸς ἐγήρα. 
Τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἀπάνευθεν ἴδεν νεφεληγερέτα Ζεὺς 
/ / ua / 
τεύχεσι Ἰ]ηλείδαο κορυσσόμενον θείοιο, 
/ ς Va ν A / / 
κινῆσας pa KAaPNH TPOTL OV μυθήσατο θυμόν : 200 
«°A Seid’, οὐδέ TL TOL θάνατος καταθύμιός ἐστιν, 
ὃς δή τοι σχεδὸν εἶσι" σὺ δ᾽ ἄμβροτα τεύχεα δύνεις 
a / 
ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, TOVTE τρομέουσι Kal ἄλλοι. 
n a / 
τοῦ δὴ ἑταῖρον ἔπεφνες ἐνηέα τε κρατερὸν TE, 
/ 3 > εἶ ῇ > \ / aed 
τεύχεα δ᾽ οὐ κατὰ κόσμον ἀπὸ κρατός TE καὶ μων 25 


38 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ P. 


¢/- 3 / “ 7 / 3 v 
εἵλευ " ἀτάρ ToL νῦν γε μέγα κράτος ἐγγυαλίξω, 
τῶν ποινὴν ὅ τοι οὔτι μάχης ἐκ νοστήσαντι 
δέξεται ᾿Ανδρομάχη κλυτὰ τεύχεα ἸΠ]Πηλείωνος.᾽" 
᾿ Ἦ καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσι νεῦσε Κρονίων. 
“Ἕκτορι δ᾽ ἥρμοσε τεύχε᾽ ἐπὶ χροΐ, δῦ δέ μιν "Apns 210 
δεινὸς ἐνυάλιος, πλῆσθεν δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ μέλε᾽ ἐντὸς 
> a A / Nee Nilo 5 aes 7 
ἀλκῆς καὶ σθένεος. μετὰ δὲ κλειτοὺς ἐπικούρους 
‘ey oss / »"Ξ > / / n 
βῆ pa μέγα ἰάχων " ἰνδάλλετο δέ σφισι πᾶσιν 
i , ν΄ / 
τεύχεσι λαμπόμενος μεγαθύμου IInrelwvos. 
” \ of 5) / 8... τῇ 
ὦτρυνεν δὲ ἕκαστον ἐποιχόμενος ἐπέεσσιν, 215 
A / 
Μέσθλην τε ΤΓλαῦκόν te Μέδοντά τε Θερσίλοχόν Te, 
᾿Αστεροπαῖόν τε Δεισήνορά θ᾽ “Ἱππόθοόν τε, 
Φόρκυν τε Χρομίον τε καὶ "ἔννομον οἰωνιστήν " 
τοὺς Oy ἐποτρύνων ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 
“ Κέκλυτε, μυρία φῦλα περικτιόνων ἐπικούρων" 220 
οὐ γὰρ ἐγὼ πληθὺν διζήμενος οὐδὲ χατίζων 
> £ ND. 3 > ae if / 5, Ψ 
ἐνθάδ᾽ ad’ ὑμετέρων πολίων ἤγειρα ἕκαστον, 
5 a ith; 4 > / \ 4 / 
ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μοι ρωων ἀλόχους Kal νήπια τέκνα 
προφρονέως ῥύοισθε φιλοπτολέμων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
Ta φρονέων δώροισι κατατρύχω καὶ ἐδωδῇ 225 
/ e / A gh 5 / \ 2. 7 
λαούς, ὑμέτερον δὲ ἑκάστου θυμὸν ἀέξω. 
τῷ τις νῦν ἰθὺς τετραμμένος ἢ ἀπολέσθ 
¢ ραμμένος ἢ ἀπολέσθω, 
aA / e \ / > 7 
ἠὲ σαωθήτω" ἡ γὰρ πολέμου ὀαριστύς. 
ἃ / / \ “ 7 + 
ὃς δέ κε Πάτροκλον, καὶ τεθνηῶτά περ, ἔμπης 
Τρῶας ἐς ἱπποδάμους ἐρύσῃ, εἴξῃ δέ οἱ Αἴας, 230 
4 el hip ey 3 ΄ e > + ἜΛΑ, 
ἥμισυ TO ἐνάρων ἀποδάσσομαι, ἥμισυ δ᾽ αὐτὸς 
“ 5 x / e / 4 “ b] / 39 
ἕξω éy@* τὸ δέ οἱ κλέος ἔσσεται ὅσσον ἐμοί περ. 
« . sg lal 
‘Os pal’, οἱ δ᾽ ἰθὺς Δαναῶν Bpicavtes ἔβησαν, 
δούρατ᾽ ἀνασχόμενοι: μάλα δέ σφισιν ἔλπετο θυμὸς 
νεκρὸν ὑπ᾽ Αἴαντος ἐρύειν Τελαμωνιάδαο " 235 
νήπιοι" ἢ τε πολέσσιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ θυμὸν ἀπηύρα. 
καὶ τότ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Αἴας εἶπε βοὴν ἀγαθὸν Μενέλαον " 


ILIAD XVII. 


/ 9 7 Awe 
«°QO, πέπον, ὦ Μενέλαε διοτρεφές, οὐκέτι νῶϊ 
7 A 
ἔλπομαι αὐτώ περ νοστησέμεν ἐκ πολέμοιο. 
” / / / / 
οὔτι τόσον νέκυος περιδείδια LLaTpoKdovo, 
“ ΓΑ ᾽ / / 50. > 4 
ds Ke τάχα Τρώων κορέει κύνας ἠδ᾽ οἰωνούς, 
«“ > aA a / / A 
ὅσσον ἐμῇ κεφαλῇ περιδείδια, μή TL πάθησιν, 
\ A > Ν / / \ 7 , 
καὶ ON, ἐπεὶ πολέμοιο νέφος περι πάντα καλύπτει, 
a 5 / \ 
“Ἕκτωρ, ἡμῖν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἀναφαίνεται αἰπὺς ὄλεθρος. 
3 πον “ n , 5 ᾽ fe ν᾽ 
ἀλλ᾿ ay ἀριστῆας Δαναῶν κάλει, ἢν τις ἀκούση. 


“Os ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος, 


Yo % ‘A an 7 
ἤὔσεν δὲ διαπρύσιον Δαναοῖσι γεγωνώς " 

“Ὦ φίλοι, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες, 
οἵτε παρ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδῃς, ᾿Αγαμέμνονι καὶ Μενελάῳ, 
δήμια πίνουσιν καὶ σημαίνουσιν ἕκαστος 
λαοῖς " ἐκ δὲ Διὸς τιμὴ καὶ κῦδος ὀπηδεῖ. 

3 4 » ἘΠῚ an 
ἀργαλέον δέ μοί ἐστι διασκοπιᾶσθαι ἕκαστον 

4 / / \ ΝΜ, Ζ / 
NYEMOVOV* τόσση γὰρ ἔρις πολέμοιο δέδηεν. 
ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω, νεμεσιζέσθω δ᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ 
Πάτροκλον Τρῳῇσι κυσὶν μέλπηθρα γενέσθαι +” 

Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, ὀξὺ δ᾽ ἄκουσεν ᾿Οἴλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας. 

“ » » 5 / > \ - A 
πρῶτος δ᾽ ἀντίος ἦλθε θέων ava δηϊοτῆτα, 

Ν \ 2. 3 Ἁ διότι / 3 fol 
Tov δὲ μετ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεὺς καὶ ὀπάων ᾽᾿Ιδομενῆος, 
Μηριόνης, ἀτάλαντος ᾿Ενυαλίῳ ἀνδρειφόντῃ. 

A oro / τ \ o£ 9 ” 
τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων Tis κεν Hot φρεσὶν οὐνόματ᾽ εἴποι, 
Ὁ a ξ ΄ 5 > a 
ὅσσοι δὴ μετόπισθε μάχην ἤγειραν ᾿Αχαιῶν ; 


99 


240 


245 


250 


205 


260 


Τρῶες δὲ προὔτυψαν ἀολλέες - ἦρχε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ “Ἑκτωρ. 


e δ Δ δ΄ 4 lal / na 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἐπὶ προχοῇσι διιπετέος ποταμοῖο 

lal we Ff > \ 7 a ὦ 
βέβρυχεν μέγα κῦμα ποτὶ ῥόον, ἀμφὶ δέ τ᾽ ἄκραι 
df / > / fy XA ΝΜ 
ἠϊόνες βοόωσιν ἐρευγομένης ἁλὸς ἔξω, 

, BA ἴω > a~ oS > x 3 \ 
τόσσῃ apa Τρῶες ἰαχῇ ἴσαν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
“ - > \ / “ \ », 
ἕστασαν ἀμφὶ Μενοιτιάδῃ ἕνα θυμὸν ἔχοντες, 


265 


φραχθέντες σάκεσιν χαλκήρεσιν. ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρα σφιν 


40 TAIAAOX P. 


λαμπρῇσιν κορύθεσσι Κρονίων ἠέρα πολλὴν 
χεῦ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ Μενοιτιάδην ἤχθαιρε πάρος γε, 270 
ὄφρα ζωὸς ἐὼν θεράπων ἣν Αἰακίδαο" 
μίσησεν δ᾽ ἄρα μιν δηΐων κυσὶ κύρμα γενέσθαι 
Τρῳῇσιν TO καί οἱ ἀμυνέμεν ὦρσεν ἑταίρους. 

ὮΩΟσαν δὲ πρότεροι Tpdes ἑλίκωπας ᾿Αχαιούς - 

Xx \ / ς / ᾽ / >] > “ 
νεκρὸν δὲ προλυπόντες ὑπέτρεσαν, οὐδέ TLY αὐτῶν 275 
Τρῶες ὑπέρθυμοι ἕλον ἔγχεσιν, ἱέμενοί περ, 
ἀλλὰ νέκυν épvovto* μίνυνθα δὲ καὶ τοῦ ᾽Αχαιοὶ 
μέλλον ἀπέσσεσθαι" μάλα γάρ σφεας ὦκ᾽ ἐλέλιξεν 
Αἴας, ὃς περὶ μὲν εἶδος, περὶ δ᾽ ἔργα τέτυκτο 
τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν μετ᾽ ἀμύμονα Ἰ]Πηλείωνα. 280 
yf \ \ / lo > \ 
ἴθυσεν δὲ διὰ προμάχων συὶ εἴκελος ἀλκὴν 

f “ 3... 5, / / 9 >] \ 
καπρίῳ, daT ἐν ὄρεσσι κύνας θαλερούς τ᾽ αἰξζηοὺς 
ῥηϊδίως ἐκέδασσεν, ἑλιξάμενος διὰ βήσσας " 
ὡς υἱὸς Τελαμῶνος ἀγαυοῦ, φαίδιμος Αἴας, 
ῥεῖα μετεισάμενος Τρώων ἐκέδασσε φάλαγγας, 285 
οἱ περὶ Llatpoxrw βέβασαν, φρόνεον δὲ μάλιστα 
” / / ᾿ Me. \ a 9 / 
ἄστυ πότι σφέτερον ἐρύειν Kal κῦδος ἀρέσθαι. 

ο Ἤτοι τὸν Λήθοιο ἸΤελασγοῦ φαίδιμος υἱός, 
Ἵ 1θ0 δὸ EX \ x ς lg 
ππόθοος, ποδὸς ἕλκε KATA κρατερὴν ὑσμίνην, 
ὃ / fal \ \ > \ / 
ησάμενος τελαμῶνι παρὰ σφυρὸν ἀμφὶ TEvovTas, 290 
“ \ ΄ ‘A / > 3 - 
Εκτορι καὶ Τρώεσσι χαριζόμενος - τάχα δ᾽ αὐτῷ 
ἦλθε κακόν, τό οἱ οὔτις ἐρύκακεν ἱεμένων περ. 
τὸν δ᾽ υἱὸς Τελαμῶνος, ἐπαΐξας δι’ ὁμίλου, 
ny) > / / \ / 
TAHE αὐτοσχεδίην κυνέης διὰ χαλκοπαρήου" 
” ong » / ἃ Ν > A 
ἤρικε δ᾽ ἱπποδάσεια κόρυς περὶ δουρὸς ἀκωκῇ, 295 
πληγεῖσ᾽ ἔγχεϊ τε μεγάλῳ Kal χειρὶ παχείῃ, 
ἐγκέφαλος δὲ παρ᾽ αὐλὸν ἀνέδραμεν ἐξ ὠτειλῆς 
φ / “ 3 5 » / > δὲ Ἂν’ n 
aiwatoes: τοῦ δ᾽ αὖθι λύθη μένος, ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρα χειρῶν 
Πατρόκλοιο πόδα μεγαλήτορος ἧκε χαμᾶζε 


ILIAD XVII. 


a is ae ll > > a / \ is Wy a 
κεῖσθαι" ὁ δ᾽ ἄγχ᾽ αὐτοῖο πέσε πρηνὴς ἐπὶ νεκρῷ, 
τῆλ᾽ ἀπὸ Λαρίσης ἐριβώλακος, οὐδὲ τοκεῦσιν 
θρέπτρα φίλοις ἀπέδωκε, μινυνθάδιος δέ οἱ αἰὼν 
ἔπλεθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ Αἴαντος μεγαθύμου δουρὶ δαμέντι. 
Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Αἴαντος ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ. 

2 ϑυ κα \ ΕΝ ON > / / 7 

ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἄντα ἰδὼν ἠλεύατο χάλκεον ἔγχος 
τυτθόν" ὁ δὲ Σχεδίον, μεγαθύμου ᾿Ιφίτου υἱόν, 
Φωκήων oy’ ἄριστον, ὃς ἐν κλειτῷ Πανοπῆϊ 
οἰκία ναιετάασκε πολέσσ᾽ ἄνδρεσσιν ἀνάσσων, 
τὸν Ban ὑπὸ κληΐδα μέσην" διὰ δ᾽ ἀμπερὲς ἄκρη 
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη παρὰ νείατον ὦμον ἀνέσχεν. 
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ἀράβησε δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ. 
Αἴας δ᾽ αὖ Φόρκυνα, δαΐφρονα Φαίνοπος υἱόν, 

«ς 4 / / \ / / 
Imrofow περιβάντα μέσην κατὰ γαστέρα τύψεν" 
ῥῆξε δὲ θώρηκος γύαλον, διὰ δ᾽ ἔντερα χαλκὸς 

” 3 ¢ po if, \ ¢/- an 3 7 
ἤφυσ᾽ * ὁ δ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι πεσὼν ἕλε γαῖαν ἀγοστῷ. 


χώρησαν δ᾽ ὑπό τε πρόμαχοι καὶ φαίδιμος “Ἑκτωρ" 


3 a \ Δ 7 ϑὲ τ \ 7 
Ἀργεῖοι δὲ μέγα ἴαχον, ἐρύσαντο δὲ νεκρούς, 


Φόρκυν & “Ἵππόθοόν τε, λύοντο δὲ τεύχε᾽ ἀπ᾽ ὦμων. 


Ἔνθα κεν adte Τρῶες ἀρηϊφίλων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν 
Ἴλιον εἰσανέβησαν ἀναλκείῃσι δαμέντες " 
᾿Αργεῖοι δέ κε κῦδος ἕλον καὶ ὑπὲρ Διὸς αἶσαν 
κάρτεϊ καὶ σθένεϊ σφετέρῳ. ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς ᾿Απόλλων 
Αἰνείαν ὦτρυνε, δέμας Ἰ]ερίφαντι ἐοικώς, 

e 2.2 / x4 e x εἾ / 
κήρυκ᾽ ᾿πυτίδῃ, ὅς οἱ παρὰ πατρὶ γέροντι 

/ / ! \ / 1 , 
κηρύσσων γήρασκε, φίλα φρεσὶ μήδεα εἰδώς ° 
- / \ 
τῷ μιν ἐεισάμενος προσέφη Διὸς υἱὸς ᾿Απόλλων᾿ 
“cc > / aA Ἂ \ ¢ \ \ 4 
Αἰνεία, πῶς ἂν καὶ ὑπὲρ θεὸν εἰρύσσαισθε 
\ 
Ἴλιον αἰπεινήν ; ὡς δὴ ἴδον ἀνέρας ἄλλους 
Ἂ oh / 
καρτεΐ τε σθένεϊ Te πεποιθότας ἠνορέῃ τε 
aA 3 ἣγ.64 ὃ / ὃ n vy 
πληθεΐ τε σφετέρῳ, Kal ὑπερδέα δῆμον ἔχοντας. 


41 


300 


305 


310 


315 


320 


330 


42 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Ρ. 


ς “Ὁ 3 lal 
ἡμῖν δὲ Ζεὺς μὲν πολὺ βούλεται ἢ Δαναοῖσιν 
/ a 
νίκην " ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὶ τρεῖτ᾽ ἄσπετον οὐδὲ μάχεσθε." 
δ 
Os ἔφατ᾽, Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἑκατηβόλον ᾿Απόλλωνα 
oo 57 20 7 / ra 5 7, 
ἔγνω ἐσάντα ἰδών, μέγα δ᾽ “Extopa εἶπε βοήσας" 
“"Extop T ἠδ᾽ ἄλλοι Τρώων ayol ἠδ᾽ ἐπικούρων, 335 
αἰδὼς μὲν νῦν ἥδε γ᾽, ἀρηϊφίλων ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν 
4 | 2 n > “4 / 
ov εἰσαναβῆναι ἀναλκείῃσι δαμέντας. 
3 3. 4 , la) > \ of , 
ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι yap Tis φησι θεῶν, ἐμοὶ ἄγχι παραστάς, 
Ζῆν᾽, ὕπατον μήστωρα, μάχης ἐπιτάρροθον εἶναι" 
τῷ ῥ᾽ ἰθὺς Δαναῶν ἴομεν, μηδ᾽ οἵγε ἕκηλοι - 840 
Πάτροκλον νηυσὶν πελασαίατο τεθνηῶτα." 
“Os φάτο, καί pa πολὺ προμάχων ἐξάλμενος ἔστη" 
ς > We / A δ / » 3 fal 
οἱ δ᾽ ἐλελίχθησαν καὶ ἐναντίοι ἔσταν ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
» a] 9 9 2 / , LA / 
ἔνθ᾽ att Αἰνείας Λειώκριτον οὔτασε δουρί, 
υἱὸν ᾿Αρίσβαντος, Λυκομήδεος ἐσθλὸν ἑταῖρον. 345 
τὸν δὲ πεσόντ᾽ ἐλέησεν ἀρηΐφιλος Λυκομήδης, 
MLA Lewy ἜΣ \ >? \ nS Aes \ is, 
στῆ δὲ μάλ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἰών, Kal ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ, 
καὶ βάλεν ᾿Ἱππασίδην ᾿Απισάονα, ποιμένα λαῶν, 
Ὁ © iN / 3 ἣν ἸοαῖΝ / > + 
ἧπαρ ὑπὸ πραπίδων, εἶθαρ δ᾽ ὑπὸ γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσεν, 
ty / 
ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐκ Ἰ]αιονίης ἐριβώλακος εἰληλούθει, 350 
καὶ δὲ μετ᾽ ᾿Αστεροπαῖον ἀριστεύεσκε μάχεσθαι. 
Ν Ν / 2.08 “ ) 7. ? an 
Tov δὲ πεσόντ᾽ ἐλέησεν ᾿Αρήϊος ᾿Αστεροπαῖος, 
ἴθυσεν δὲ καὶ ὁ πρόφρων Δαναοῖσι μάχεσθαι" 
Β > BA x 5 / \ ” / 
ἀλλ᾽ οὔπως ἔτι εἶχε" σάκεσσι γὰρ ἔρχατο πάντη 
/ x 
ἑσταότες περὶ Πατρόκλῳ, πρὸ δὲ Sovpar ExovTo. 85 
Αἴας γὰρ μάλα πάντας ἐπῴχετο, πολλὰ κελεύων" 
οὔτε τιν᾽ ἐξοπίσω νεκροῦ χάζεσθαι ἀνώγει 
οὔτε τινὰ προμάχεσθαι ᾿Αχαιῶν ἔξοχον ἄλλων, 
ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ βεβάμεν, σχεδόθεν δὲ μάχεσθαι. 
ὡς Αἴας ἐπέτελλε πελώριος, αἵματι δὲ χθὼν 800 
δεύετο πορφυρέῳ, τοὶ δ᾽ ἀγχιστῖνοι ἔπιπτον 


ILIAD XVII. 


νεκροὶ ὁμοῦ Τρώων καὶ ὑπερμενέων ἐπικούρων 
.Ν an 3507 4 Ἂς > / ἌΣ, 4. / 
καὶ Δαναῶν" οὐδ᾽ οἱ yap ἀναιμωτί γ᾽ ἐμάχοντο, 

/ \ \ / / \ py \ 
παυρότεροι δὲ πολὺ φθίνυθον - μέμνηντο yap αἰεὶ 
ἀλλήλοις καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἀλεξέμεναι φόνον αἰπύν. 

ἃ e \ / / te 3 / / 
Os οἱ μὲν μάρναντο δέμας πυρός, οὐδέ κε φαίης 
» ιν διἢ a Ψ yA / 
οὔτε TOT ἠέλιον σῶν ἔμμεναι οὔτε σελήνην. 
ἠέρι γὰρ κατέχοντο μάχης ἔπι ὅσσοι ἄριστοι 
“ > \ / an 
ἕστασαν ἀμφὶ Μενοιτιάδῃ κατατεθνηῶτι. 
lal “ / 
οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι Τρῶες καὶ evixvijpides ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
εὔκηλοι πολέμιζον ὑπ᾽ αἰθέρι, πέπτατο δ᾽ αὐγὴ 
ἠελίου ὀξεῖα, νέφος δ᾽ οὐ φαίνετο πάσης 
/ 
γαίης οὐδ᾽ ὀρέων " μεταπαυόμενοι δ᾽ ἐμάχοντο, 
ἀλλήλων ἀλεείνοντες βέλεα στονόεντα, 

\ > f \ 3. 4 / ”? b we? 
πολλὸν ἀφεσταότες. τοὶ δ᾽ ἐν μέσῳ ἄλγε᾽ ἔπασχον 
0} \ lA / \ ἢ" a 
ἠέρι Kal πολέμῳ, τείροντο δὲ νηλέϊ χαλκῷ 
aa » ov , 24% οἵ a , 
ὅδσοι ἄριστοι ἔσαν. δύο δ᾽ οὔπω φῶτε πεπύσθην, 

3 
ἀνέρε κυδαλίμω, Θρασυμήδης ᾿Αντίλοχοός τε, 
Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος ἀμύμονος, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἔφαντο 
A ΓΝ Ἢ 7 ¢ / 7 7 
ζωὸν ἐνὶ πρώτῳ ομάδῳ Τρώεσσι μάχεσθαι. 
\ δι,» 7 / \ rd ς / 
τὼ δ᾽ ἐπιοσσομένω θάνατον καὶ φύζαν ἑταίρων 
voor ἐμαρνάσθην, ἐπεὶ ὃς ἐπετέλλετο Νέστωρ, 
ὀτρύνων πόλεμόνδε coin aa ἀπὸ νηῶν. 
Τοῖς δὲ πανημερίοις ἔριδος μέγα νεῖκος ὀρώρει 
΄ 3 / / δὲ \ ὃ a \ ay 
APYANENS* καμάτῳ ὃὲ καὶ LOP@ νωλεμες αἰεὶ 
γούνατά τε κνῆμαί τε πόδες θ᾽ ὑπένερθεν ἑκάστου 
pe Κα, | es / / / 
χεῖρές T ὀφθαλμοί Te παλάσσετο μαρναμένοιιν 
ἀμφ᾽ ἀγαθὸν θεράποντα ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο. 
e Sa he: 9. 9 \ / \ / / 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀνὴρ ταύροιο βοὸς μεγάλοιο Boeinv 
λαοῖσιν δώῃ τανύειν, μεθύουσαν ἀλοιφῇ" 
δεξάμενοι δ᾽ ἄρα τοίγε διαστάντες τανύουσιν 
κυκλόσ᾽, ἄφαρ δέ τε ἰκμὰς ἔβη, δύνει δέ τ᾽ ἀλοιφή, 


48 


365 


370 


375 


380 


385 


390 


44 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ P, 


-“ 4 an / 
πολλῶν ἑλκόντων, τάνυται δέ τε πᾶσα διαπρό" 
A ΝΣ δνΝ) 7 53 / 5... Ἕ 
ὡς οἵγ᾽ ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα νέκυν ὀλίγῃ ἐνὶ χώρῃ 
, 
ἕλκεον ἀμφότεροι: μάλα yap σφισιν ἔλπετο θυμὸς, 
Τρωσὶν μὲν ἐρύειν προτὶ ἤΓλιον, αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοῖς 
fal ” 7] Ν | > lal an ‘J ¥ 
νῆας ἔπι yNadupds: περὶ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ μῶλος ὀρώρει 
/ 
ἄγριος - οὐδέ κ᾿ Αρης λαοσσόος οὐδέ κ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη 
f ᾽ν n a 2 ’ 3 3 Ἂν; > eo 7 Ω 
τόνγε ἰδοῦσ᾽ ὀνόσαιτ᾽, οὐδ᾽ εἰ μάλα μιν χόλος ἵκοι. 
Τοῖον Ζεὺς ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ ἵππων 
ἤματι τῷ ἐτάνυσσε κακὸν πόνον. οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πώ τι 
ἤδεε ἸΠΪάτροκλον τεθνηότα δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 

\ \ 1 Vr a ΄ὕ 7 
πολλὸν γὰρ ἀπάνευθε νεῶν μάρναντο θοάων, 

/ e Ψ , By 57 aA 
τείχει ὕπο Τρώων " τὸ μιν οὔποτε ἔλπετο θυμῷ 

f 

τεθνάμεν, ἀλλὰ ζωόν, ἐνυχριμφθέντα πύλῃσιν, 
xX > 7] Ψ Ν > \ A oF: τ 
ἂψ' ἀπονοστήσειν, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ τὸ ἔλπετο πάμπαν, 
» 7] / 7 [2 3 Ν \ > Ὁ 
ἐκπέρσειν πτολίεθρον ἄνευ ἕθεν, οὐδὲ σὺν αὐτῷ" 

/ X 3 \ 5 Γ | 3 7] 
πολλάκι γὰρ τόγε μητρὸς ἐπεύθετο νόσφιν ἀκούων, 
ef ¢: => / \ / / 

ἣ οἱ ἀπαγγέλλεσκε Atos μεγάλοιο vonua: 
\ / ᾿] », e+ % f Ὡ 53 fd 
δὴ τότε η᾽ οὔ οἱ ἔειπε κακὸν τόσον ὅσσον ἐτύχθη 
/ « e-/ ¢€ \ " » 3. δ rol 
μήτηρ, ὅττι ῥά οἱ πολὺ φίλτατος ὦλεθ᾽ ἑταῖρος. 
ς ΟῚ 3. ἃ x \ 5 ᾿ / > 
Οἱ δ᾽ αἰεὶ περὶ νεκρὸν axaypéva δούρατ ἔχοντες 
\ > / \ 3 7, 3 / 
νωλεμὲς ἐγχρίμπτοντο καὶ ἀλλήλους ἐνάριζον " 
- 7 Ε ΕῚ “ , 
ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων * 
<Q φίλοι, οὐ μὰν ἡμὶν ἐὐκλεὲς ἀπονέεσθαι 
a / nA n 
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῦ γαῖα μέλαινα 
“ 7 / 6 X ” \ / ¥ 
πᾶσι χάνοι" TO κεν ἡμὶν ἄφαρ πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη, 
an ,ὔ /, ν 
εἰ τοῦτον Τρώεσσι μεθήσομεν ἱπποδάμοισιν 
” f / 5... τὰ \ a 5] 7 » 
ἄστυ πότι σφέτερον ἐρύσαι καὶ κῦδος ἀρέσθαι. 
« 9 / , 
Ὡς δέ τις αὖ Τρώων μεγαθύμων αὐδήσασκεν" 
at , > \ A eee Ξ se, 
ὦ φίλοι, εἰ καὶ μοῖρα παρ᾽ ἀνέρι τῷδε δαμῆναι 
πάντας ὁμῶς, μή πώ τις ἐρωείτω πολέμοιο." 
« yA ", / δ᾽ 47 @ ,ὔ 
Ὡς ἄρα τις εἴπεσκε, μένος δ᾽ ὄρσασκεν ἑταίρου. 


395 


400 


405 


410 


415 


420 


ee ee 


ILIAD XVII. 


A ς \ Us ὃ / δ᾽ > \ 
ὡς οἱ μὲν μάρναντο. σιδήρειος δ᾽ ὀρυμαγδὸς 
/ > \ Φ ὃ > AG) / 3 td 
χάλκεον οὐρανὸν ἱκε OL αἰθέρος ἀτρυγέτοιο " 
Yo ᾽ > / ΄ > ΄ 27 
ἵπποι δ᾽ Αἰακίδαο μάχης ἀπάνευθεν ἐόντες 
τ a D4 \ an , e / 
κλαῖον, ἐπειδὴ πρῶτα πυθέσθην ἡνιόχοιο 
| A. / +e e ¢€ > oF > / 
ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος Ud “Exropos ἀνδροφόνοιο. 
μα \ > / Ud 5 er 
ἢ μὰν Αὐτομέδων, Διώρεος ἄλκιμος υἱός, 
mn \ Xx , a2 / , 
πολλὰ μὲν ἂρ μάστιγι θοῇ ἐπεμαίετο θείνων, 
πολλὰ δὲ μειλιχίοισι προσηύδα, πολλὰ δ᾽ ἀρειῇ" 
τὼ δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ arp ἐπὶ νῆας ἐπὶ πλατὺν “Ελλήσποντον 
Ἂ / 9», οὐ ας / aie / 
ἠθελέτην ἰέναι οὔτ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον μετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιούς, 
3 τὺ ἂν / “ ” ee OS ea , 
ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε στήλη μένει ἔμπεδον, HT ἐπὶ τύμβῳ 
ἣν ff 4 > f 
ἀνέρος ἑστήκῃ τεθνηότος ἠὲ γυναικός, 
ἃ / > / / / ” 
ὡς μένον ἀσφαλέως περικαλλέα δίφρον ἔχοντες, 
» 3 / f / 7 
οὔδει ἐνισκίμψαντε καρήατα ' δάκρυα δέ σφιν 
: \ \ , 4 Ἐπ’ / 
θερμὰ κατὰ βλεφάρων χαμάδις ῥέε μυρομένοισιν 
4 / , \ \ ἐν / 
ἡνιόχοιο πόθῳ " θαλερὴ δὲ μιαίνετο χαίτη 
? a \ ‘ b / 
ζεύγλης ἐξεριποῦσα παρὰ ζυγὸν ἀμφοτέρωθεν. 

/ > / ὃ \ 3 7 / 
μυρομένω δ᾽ ἄρα τώγε ἰδὼν ἐλέησε Κρονίων, 
κινήσας δὲ κάρη προτὶ ὃν μυθήσατο θυμόν " 

«?A δειλώ, τί σφῶϊ δόμεν ἸΠηλῆϊ ἄνακτι 
Ar δ a or | \ > / ee | , 
θνητῷ, ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἐστὸν ἀγήρω τ᾽ ἀθανάτω τε. 
ἂν ὃ / b haat.) ὃ ,ὔ BA ΔΚ 
ἢ ἵνα δυστήνοισι μετ᾽ ἀνδράσιν ἄλγε᾽ ἔχητον ; 


; > \ / / δ, ἃ 3... , 9 \ 
οὐ μὲν yap Ti πού ἐστιν ὀϊζυρώτερον ἀνδρὸς 


πάντων, ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει τε καὶ ἕρπει. 
na τᾷ 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μὰν ὑμῖν γε καὶ ἅρμασι δαιδαλέοισιν 
“ ὋΣ ᾽ 7 5) \ 97 
Extop Ipiapidns ἐποχήσεται" ov yap ἐάσω. 


φ 3 e/ ς νεῖν > ον δ... ,ὔ ” 
7) ουχ ἅλις ως Kal τεύχε EVEL Kat ETTEUV ETAL AUTOS ; 


Ae “ / ~ 
σφῶϊν δ᾽ ἐν γούνεσσι βαλῶ μένος ἠδ᾽ ἐνὶ θυμῷ, 
” \ 2. / , > / 
ὄφρα καὶ Αὐτομέδοντα σαώσετον ἐκ πολέμοιο 
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς : ἔτι yap σφισι κῦδος ὀρέξω, 
κτείνειν, εἰσόκε νῆας ἐὐσσέλμους ἀφίκωνται 
δύῃ τ᾽ ἠέλιος καὶ ἐπὶ κνέφας ἱερὸν ἔλθῃ." 


480 


435 


440 


445 


450 


455 


40 ΙΔΙΑΔΟΣ P. 


«δ > \ Ω 3 / 7 Dh 
Ὡς εὐπὼν ἵπποισιν ἐνέπνευσεν μένος HU. 
\ 5 
τὼ δ᾽ ἀπὸ χαιτάων κονίην οὐδάσδε βαλόντε 
/ an 
ῥίμφ᾽ ἔφερον θοὸν ἅρμα μετὰ Τρῶας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς. 
τοῖσι δ᾽ ἐπ’ Αὐτομέδων μάχετ᾽, ἀχνύμενός περ ἑταίρου, 
7 fh a 
ἵπποις ἀΐσσων ὥστ᾽ αἰγυπιὸς μετὰ χῆνας * 400 
ce \ Ν Υ ἐνὶ ΄, ᾽ ΝΥ 
ῥέα μὲν γὰρ φεύγεσκεν ὑπὲκ Τρώων ὀρυμαγδοῦ, 
ῥεῖα δ᾽ ἐπαΐξασκε πολὺν καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ὀπάζων. 
3 ? 3 “ “ Ὁ 4 / 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἥρει φῶτας, ὅτε σεύαιτο διώκειν * 
πὸ é 5 5 "7 θ᾽ ε υν S/ 

yap πως Hv οἷον ἐονθ᾽ ἱερῷ ἐνὶ δίφρῳ 
5 5 n \ 5 / 5 7] Ω 
ἔγχει ἐφορμᾶσθαι καὶ ἐπίσχειν WKEAS ἵππους. 465. 
ὀψὲ δὲ δή μιν ἑταῖρος ἀνὴρ ἴδεν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν 
᾿Αλκιμέδων, υἱὸς Λαέρκεος Α ἱμονίδαο " 
στῆ δ᾽ ὄπιθεν δίφροιο, καὶ Αὐτομέδοντα προσηύδα" 

“ Αὐτόμεδον, τίς τοί νυ θεῶν νηκερδέα βουλὴν 
ἐν στήθεσσιν ἔθηκε, καὶ ἐξέλετο φρένας ἐσθλάς; 470 
οἷον πρὸς 'Γρῶας μάχεαι πρώτῳ ἐν ὁμίλῳ 
μοῦνος " ἀτάρ τοι ἑταῖρος ἀπέκτατο, τεύχεα δ᾽ “Extop 

>] Ν oS 7 > ᾿ς 3 ¥ ” 
αὐτὸς ἔχων ὦμοισιν ἀγάλλεται Αἰακίδαο. 

Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Αὐτομέδων προσέφη, Διώρεος υἱός, 
“«᾿Αλκίμεδον, τίς γάρ τοι ᾿Αχαιῶν ἄλλος ὁμοῖος 475 
ἵππων ἀθανάτων ἐχέμεν δμῆσίν τε μένος τε, 
εἰ μὴ Πάτροκλος, θεόφιν μήστωρ ἀτάλαντος, 
ζωὸς ἐών ; νῦν αὖ θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κιχάνει. 

3 Ν \ \ / \ e / / 
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν μάστιγα Kal ἡνία συγαλόεντα 
δέξαι, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἵππων ἀποβήσομαι, ὄφρα μάχωμαι." 480 
“Os ἔφατ᾽, ᾿Αλκιμέδων δὲ βοηθόον apy ἐπορούσας 
καρπαλίμως μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία λάζετο χερσίν, 
/ , 
Αὐτομέδων δ᾽ ἀπόρουσε. νόησε δὲ φαίδιμος “Εκτωρ, 
5 / > 5 / / ’ \ ϑ 
αὐτίκα δ᾽ Αἰνείαν προσεφώνεεν ἐγγὺς ἐόντα " 
/ 

“Αἰνεία, Τρώων βουληφόρε χαλκοχιτώνων, 48ῦ 
Py Ὁ 5) , > / 
ἵππω THO ἐνόησα ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο 


ILIAD XVIL 41 


/ a 
ἐς πόλεμον προφανέντε σὺν ἡνιόχοισι κακοῖσιν. 
τώ κεν ἐελποίμην αἱρησέμεν, εἰ σύγε θυμῷ 
σῷ ἐθέλεις, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐφορμηθέντε γε νῶϊ 
ᾧ ἐθέλεις, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐφορμὴ Υ 
τλαῖεν ἐναντίβιον στάντες μαχέσασθαι "Δρηϊ." 490 
“Os ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησεν ἐὺς πάϊς ᾿Αγχίσαο. 
τὼ δ᾽ ἰθὺς βήτην Boéns εἰλυμένω ὥμους 
” A \ rise / / 
αὔῃσι στερεῇσι" πολὺς δ᾽ ἐπελήλατο χαλκός. 
τοῖσι δ᾽ ἅμα Χρομίος τε καὶ ἔΑρητος θεοειδὴς 
ἤϊσαν ἀμφότεροι" μάλα δέ σφισιν ἔλπετο θυμὸὸ 49 
αὐτῶ τε κτενέειν ἐλάαν T ἐριαύχενας ἵππους " 
/ 2 Ade Δ...» Ν > / / 
νήπιοι, OVO ap ἔμελλον ἀναιμωτί ye νέεσθαι 
αὗτις ἀπ᾿ Αὐτομέδοντος. ὁ δ᾽ εὐξάμενος Διὶ πατρὶ 
ἀλκῆς καὶ σθένεος πλῆτο φρένας ἀμφιμελαίνας. 
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ᾿Αλκιμέδοντα προσηύδα, πιστὸν ἑταῖρον - 500 
/ 
“«᾿Αλκίμεδον, μὴ δή μοι ἀπόπροθεν ἰσχέμεν ἵππους, 
3 Ν dy 5.0.3 / / > x ” 
ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἐμπνείοντε μεταφρένῳ " οὐ yap ἔγωγε 
“Ἕκτορα IIpiapidny μένεος σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, 
πρίν γ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος καλλίτριχε βήμεναι ἵππω 
νῶϊ κατακτείναντα, φοβῆσαί τε στίχας ἀνδρῶν 
? / 3 9 ΠΑΡΌΝ AN e ς δ δν. 5) 
Ἀργείων, ἤ κ᾿ αὐτὸς ἐνὶ πρώτοισιν ἁλοίη. 
“Os εἰπὼν Αἴαντε καλέσσατο καὶ Μενέλαον " 


cr 
= 
or 


“Αἴαντ᾽, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορε, καὶ Μενέλαε, 
ἤτοι μὲν τὸν νεκρὸν ἐπιτράπεθ᾽ οἵπερ ἄριστοι, 
> 2 > n / Ce 4 / a 
ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ βεβάμεν Kai ἀμύνεσθαι στίχας ἀνδρῶν, 510 
νῶϊν δὲ ζωοῖσιν ἀμύνετε νηλεὲς ἦμαρ " 
“Ὁ \ ” / / , 
τῇδε γὰρ ἔβρισαν πόλεμον κάτα δακρυόεντα 
“Ἕκτωρ Αἰνείας θ᾽, οἱ Τρώων εἰσὶν ἄριστοι. 
> Ὁ» Φ \ “ la} > 7 a 
ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται" 
\ 
how yap καὶ ἐγώ, τὰ δέ κεν Atl πάντα μελήσει. Πδιῦ 
Ἢ ς x ΚΨ x \ .Λ ὃ Ἂν / » 
ῥα καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος, 
\ / oh 
καὶ βάλεν ᾿Αρήτοιο κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ éiony: 


48 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ P. 


€ b) 3 / 7 \ Nae LQ 
ἡ δ᾽ οὐκ ἔγχος ἔρυτο, διαπρὸ δὲ εἴσατο χαλκός, 
, > nt} \ A n 5) 
νειαίρῃ δ᾽ ἐν γαστρὶ διὰ ζωστῆρος ἔλασσεν. 
ς θ᾿ ἡ ΤῊΝ > \ ἐῶ / 3 7. ¥ £ 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἂν ὀξὺν ἔχων πέλεκυν alfnios ἀνήρ, 
᾽ / 
κόψας ἐξόπιθεν κεράων βοὸς ἀγραύλοιο, 
ἶνα τάμῃ διὰ πᾶσαν, ὁ δὲ προθορὼν ἐρίπῃσιν, 
ee) 9, <P \ , a 5 ? » leat 
ὡς ap’ ὅγε προθορὼν πέσεν ὕπτιος " ἐν δέ οἱ ἔγχος 
/ fy Ree | \ , / an 
νηδυίοισι μάλ᾽ ὀξὺ κραδαινόμενον λύε γυΐα. 
“Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ Αὐτομέδοντος ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ " 
5 ys \ »᾿ 3 ss b] / / 5, 
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἄντα ἰδὼν ἠλεύατο χάλκεον ἔγχος " 
ig \ Ψ at > διῶ ἢ / Ν 
πρόσσω γὰρ κατέκυψε, τὸ δ᾽ ἐξόπιθεν δόρυ μακρὸν 
bd 3 / > \ ᾿] 3 ᾿ς / 
οὔδει ἐνισκίμφθη, ἐπὶ δ᾽ οὐρίαχος πελεμίχθη 
5, ” Ἄν ΝΖ], 3 > / / »” » 
ἔγχεος " ἔνθα δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀφίει μένος ὄβριμος Αρης. 
/ / \ / 2 > \ ¢e / 
καί νύ κε δὴ ξιφέεσσ᾽ αὐτοσχεδὸν ὁρμηθήτην, 
> / 3 " / ol 
εἰ μή σφω᾽ Αἴαντε διέκριναν μεμαῶτε, 
v0 5 , eo ς , , 
ot ῥ᾽ ἦλθον καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ἑταίρου κικλήσκοντος. 
τοὺς ὑποταρβήσαντες ἐχώρησαν πάλιν αὖτις 
“Ἕκτωρ Aiveias τ᾽ ἠδὲ Χρομίος θεοειδής, 
"Apntov δὲ κατ᾽ αὖθι λίπον δεδαϊγμένον ἦτορ, 
κείμενον " Αὐτομέδων δέ, θοῷ ἀτάλαντος “Apni, 
A f > et / \ > / 5) ” 
τεύχεά τ᾽ ἐξενάριξε καὶ εὐχόμενος ἔπος ηὔδα" 
«Ἢ δὴ μὰν ὀλίγον γε Μενοιτιάδαο θανόντος 
κῆρ ἄχεος μεθέηκα, χερείονά περ καταπεφνών.᾽" 
“Os εἰπὼν ἐς δίφρον ἑλὼν ἔναρα βροτόεντα 
θῆκ᾽, ἂν δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔβαινε, πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὕπερθεν 
ς i ee / / Ν a 3 / 
αἱματόεις, WS Tis TE λέων KATA ταῦρον ἐδηδώς. 
2 DD \ / / \. 2£ / 
Aw δ᾽ ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ τέτατο κρατερὴ ὑσμίνη 
ἀργαλέη πολύδακρυς, ἔγειρε δὲ νεῖκος ᾿Αθήνη 
οὐρανόθεν καταβᾶσα" προῆκε γὰρ εὐρύοπα Ζεὺς 
ὀρνύμεναι Δαναούς - δὴ γὰρ νόος ἐτράπετ᾽ αὐτοῦ" 
ἠὔτε πορφυρέην ipw θνητοῖσι τανύσσῃ᾽ 
7, \ 5 5 40 » BI λ / 
evs ἐξ οὐρανόθεν, τέρας ἔμμεναι ἢ πολέμοιο, 


520 


525 


530 


530 


540 


545 


_ 


ILIAD XVII. 49 


x \ la) / “ €# yy 
ἢ καὶ. χειμῶνος δυσθαλπέος, ὅς pa τε ἔργων 
ἀνθρώπους ἀνέπαυσεν ἐπὶ χθονί, μῆλα δὲ κήδει, 550 
ἃ ς / I~ a ἃ 3 \ 
ὡς ἡ πορφυρέῃ νεφέλῃ πυκάσασα € αὐτὴν 
Ἀ rane a 3 x \ la) Ὁ 
δύσετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν ἔθνος, ἔγειρε δὲ φῶτα ἕκαστον. 
πρῶτον δ᾽ ᾿Ατρέος υἱὸν ἐποτρύνουσα προσηύδα, 
ἴφθιμον Μενέλαον --- ὁ γάρ ῥά οἱ ἐγγύθεν ἦεν --- 
> , / δέ ἂν» 3 , ΄, - 
εἰσαμένη Φοίνικι δέμας καὶ ἀτειρέα φωνήν - 555 
«Sol μὲν δή, Μενέλαε, κατηφείη καὶ ὄνειδος 
» ” 4.09 A > lal \ e nr 
ἔσσεται, εἴ κ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος ἀγαυοῦ πιστὸν ἑταῖρον 
τείχει ὕπο Τρώων ταχέες κύνες ἑλκήσουσιν. 
> 7 Wg nm 5», Ν Ν Ὁ“ ” 
ἀλλ, ἔχεο κρατερῶς, ὄτρυνε δὲ λαὸν ἅπαντα. 
Τὴν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος" δ00 
“ Φοῖνιξ, ἄττα γεραιὲ παλαιγενές, εἰ yap ᾿Αθήνη 
/ ͵ > 7] 7 4... 7] 5 f 
δοίη κάρτος ἐμοί, βελέων δ᾽ ἀπερύκοι ἐρωήν " 
“ / f 
τῷ Kev ἔγωγ᾽ ἐθέλοιμι παρεστάμεναι Kal ἀμύνειν 
Πατρόκλῳ" μάλα ya θανὼν ἐ ΐ θυμό 
ρόκλῳ" μάλα γάρ με θανὼν ἐσεμάσσατο θυμόν. 
ἀλλ᾽ “Ἕκτωρ πυρὸς αἰνὸν ἔχει μένος, οὐδ᾽ ἀπολήγει 565 
A “7 nw \ \ n » ld ” 
χαλκῷ Sniowv: TH yap Ζεὺς κῦδος ὀπάζει. 
“Os φάτο, γήθησεν δὲ θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη, 
ὅττι ῥά οἱ πάμπρωτα θεῶν ἠρήσατο πάντων. 
3 a. 7 » oD / 7 
ἐν δὲ βίην ὦμοισι καὶ ἐν γούνεσσιν ἔθηκεν, 
/ e / / 4% 7 x, A 
καί οἱ μυίης θάρσος ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἐνῆκεν, 570 
ἥτε καὶ ἐργομένη μάλα περ χροὸς ἀνδρομέοιο 
> , / / / ς δ αἷς ΣΝ , 
icyavaa δακέειν, Napov τέ οἱ αἷμ᾽ ἀνθρώπου" 
τοίου μιν θάρσευς πλῆσε φρένας ἀμφιμελαίνας. 
βῆ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ, καὶ ἀκόντισε δουρὶ φαεινῷ. 
ἔσκε δ᾽ ἐνὶ Τρώεσσι ἸΠοδῆς, vids ᾿Ηετίωνος, 575 
ἀφνειός T ἀγαθός τε" μάλιστα δέ μιν Tiev "Extop 
, ᾿] / | ed nn 7 / > I 
δήμου, ἐπεί οἱ ἑταῖρος ἔην φίλος εἰλαπιναστής * 
τόν ῥα κατὰ ζωστῆρα βάλε ξανθὸς Μενέλαος 


ἀΐξαντα φόβονδε, διαπρὸ δὲ χαλκὸν ἔλασσεν" 
2 
oO 


50 | IAIAAOS P. 


δούπησεν δὲ πεσών. ἀτὰρ ᾿Ατρείδης Μενέλαος - 580 
νεκρὸν ὑπὲκ 'Γρώων ἔρυσεν μετὰ ἔθνος ἑταίρων. 
“Ἕκτορα δ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ἱστάμενος ὦτρυνεν ᾿Απόλλων, 
᾿Φαίνοπι ᾿Ασιάδῃ ἐναλίγκιος, ὅς οἱ ἁπάντων 
ξείνων φίλτατος ἔσκεν, ᾿Δβυδόθι οἰκία ναίων " 
[τῷ μιν ἐεισάμενος προσέφη ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων] 585 
“<"Rtop, τίς κέ σ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν ταρβήσειεν ; 
ξ᾿ \ , So A \ , 
οἷον δὴ Μενέλαον ὑπέτρεσας, ὃς τὸ πάρος περ 
μαλθακὸς αἰχμητής " νῦν δ᾽ οἴχεται οἷος ἀείρας 
νεκρὸν ὑπὲκ Τρώων, σὸν δ᾽ ἔκτανε πιστὸν ἑταῖρον, 
ἐσθλὸν ἐνὶ προμάχοισι, ἸΤοδῆν, υἱὸν ᾿Ηετίωνος." ὅ90 
Ὡς φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ἄχεος νεφέλη ἐκάλυψε μέλαινα, 
“ Ν \ ‘fd / 5 Ὁ 
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ. 
\ ὦ OF / ¢ > 3 / / 
καὶ τότ᾽ ἄρα Kpovidns ἕλετ᾽ aiyida θυσσανόεσσαν 
μαρμαρέην, Ἴδην δὲ κατὰ νεφέεσσι κάλυψεν, 
ἀστράψας δὲ μάλα μεγάλ᾽ ἔκτυπε, τὴν δ᾽ ἐτίναξεν" 595 
νίκην δὲ Τρώεσσι δίδου, ἐφόβησε δ᾽ ᾿Αχαιούς. 
Πρῶτος Ἰ]Πηνέλεως Βοιώτιος ἦρχε φόβοιο. 
βλῆτο γὰρ ὦμον δουρί, πρόσω τετραμμένος αἰεί, 
” > / / / Loma / », 
_ ἄκρον ἐπιλίγδην " γράψεν δέ οἱ ὀστέον ἄχρις 
αἰχμὴ Πουλυδάμαντος " ὁ γάρ ῥ᾽ ἔβαλε σχεδὸν ἐλθών. 
7. 9 (7? “ Ἂ, ” AA kes A 
Anitov αὖθ Extop σχεδὸν οὕτασε yelp ἐπὶ καρπῳ, 601 
υἱὸν ᾿Αλεκτρυόνος μεγαθύμου, παῦσε δὲ χάρμης" 
τρέσσε δὲ παπτήνας, ἐπεὶ οὐκέτι ἔλπετο θυμῷ 
ἔγχος ἔχων ἐν χειρὶ μωχήσεσθαι 'Τρώεσσιν. 
Ἕκτορα δ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεὺς μετὰ Λήϊτον ὁρμηθέντα 605 
/ , \ an \ / 
βεβλήκει θώρηκα κατὰ στῆθος παρὰ pater: 
ἐν καυλῷ δ᾽ ἐάγη Sodtyov δόρυ, τοὶ δ᾽ ἐβόησαν 
Τρῶες. ὁ δ᾽ Ἰδομενῆος ἀκόντισε Δευκαλίδαο 
δίφρῳ ἐφεσταότος - τοῦ μέν ῥ᾽ ἀπὸ τυτθὸν ἅμαρτεν" 
3 A ς ͵ 5 / , δ 6 / / 
αὐτὰρ ὁ Μηριόναο ὁπάονά θ ἡνίοχον ΤΕ, 610 


ΝΥ 2 
7 


ILIAD. XVII. 51 


Κοίρανον, ὅς ῥ᾽ ἐκ Λύκτου ἐὐκτιμένης ἕπετ᾽ αὐτῷ --- 
\ x Ν an \ 7 > / 
πεζὸς yap τὰ πρῶτα λυπὼν νέας ἀμφιελίσσας 
ἤλυθε, καί κε Τρωσὶ μέγα κράτος ἐγγυάλιξεν, 
> \ / 3 / 5 “ 
εἰ μὴ Kolpavos ὦκα ποδώκεας ἤλασεν ἵππους" 
Ν \ f 9 ͵ \ \ 9S 
καὶ τῷ μὲν φάος ἦλθεν, ἄμυνε δὲ νηλεὲς ἦμαρ, 615 
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ὥλεσε θυμὸν ὑφ᾽ “Extopos ἀνδροφόνοιο --- 
Ν ων δ \ a \ » 3 Se he 32 / 
τὸν βάλ᾽ ὑπὸ γναθμοῖο καὶ οὔατος, ἐκ δ᾽ ap ὀδόντας 
ἊΝ / rf \ ‘A n / / 
ὦσε δόρυ πρυμνόν, dia δὲ γλῶσσαν τάμε μέσσην. 
” ws > 7 \ δ᾽ G» / a » 
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων, κατὰ δ᾽ ἡνία χεῦεν ἔραζε. 
καὶ τάγε Μηριόνης ἔλαβεν χείρεσσι φίχῃσιν 620 
, > / Ὧν 3 A , 
κύψας ἐκ πεδίοιο, καὶ ᾿Ιδομενῆα προσηύδα" 
ςς 7 a “ θ \ : oe A “ 
Μάστιε νῦν, εἵως κε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ἵκηαι " 
, \ \ 8... Ν 6... 3 / 4 9 A ” 
γιγνώσκεις δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ὅτ᾽ οὐκέτι κάρτος ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
“Os ἔφατ᾽, ᾿Ιδομενεὺς δ᾽ ἵμασεν καλλίτριχας ἵππους 
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς" δὴ γὰρ δέος ἔμπεσε θυμῷ. 625 
Οὐδ᾽ ἔλαθ’ Αἴαντα μεγαλήτορα καὶ Μενέλαον 
Ζεύς, ὅτε δὴ Τρώεσσι δίδου ἑτεραλκέα νίκην. 
τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας " 
co / nd / Vad / 7 / 3 
OQ πόποι, ἤδη μέν κε, καὶ ὃς μάλα νήπιός ἐστιν, 
/ e , % \ ἐδ, 3 / 
γνοίη ὅτι Τρώεσσι πατὴρ Ζεὺς αὐτὸς ἀρήγει. 680 
fal \ \ / , 4 of Ὁ > / 
TOV μὲν yap πάντων Bére ἅπτεται, ὅστις ἀφείη, 
A / x 39 / \ 2s 3 / > 9 / 
ἢ κακός, ἢ ayalos* Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἔμπης πάντ᾽ ἰθύνει" 
ἡμῖν δ᾽ αὔτως πῶσιν ἐτώσια πίπτει ἔραζε. 
> > 4 ? 9 / , A > / 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγετ᾽, αὐτοί περ φραζώμεθα μῆτιν ἀρίστην, 
> \ 7 \ \ ’ / Oe Ἁ > \ - 
ἡμὲν ὅπως τὸν νεκρὸν ἐρύσσομεν, ἠδὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ 635 
χάρμα φίλοις ἑτάροισι γενώμεθα νοστήσαντες, 
Ja a os δ᾽ 3 / Ἵ 9 ¥ \ 
οἵ που δεῦρ᾽ ὁρόωντες ἀκηχέδατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἔτι φασὶν 
vA > ὃ / A 4 A 3. Α 
Extopos ἀνδροφόνοιο μένος καὶ χεῖρας ἀάπτους 
A > > » We Ν / / 
σχήσεσθ , GAN ἐν νηυσὶ μελαίνῃσιν πεσέεσθαι. 
yy a ὦν «ς n > f- / 
εἴη δ᾽ ὅστις ἑταῖρος ἀπαγγείλειε τάχιστα 040 
Πηλείδῃ, ἐπεὶ οὔ μιν ὀΐομαι οὐδὲ πεπύσθαι 


52 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ P. 


nA f- fy Ρ - 
λυγρῆς ἀγγελίης, ὅτι οἱ φίλος ὥλεθ᾽ ἑταῖρος. 
ἀλλ᾽ οὔ πη δύναμαι ἰδέειν τοιοῦτον ᾿Αχαιῶν " 
ἠέρι γὰρ κατέχονται ὁμῶς αὐτοί τε καὶ ἵπποι. 
Ζεῦ πάτερ, ἀλλὰ σὺ ῥῦσαι ὑπ᾽ ἠέρος υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν, 645 
ποίησον δ᾽ αἴθρην, δὸς δ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδέσθαι " 
3 \ 7 ee > “ 7 BA cf ” 
ἐν δὲ φάει καὶ ὄλεσσον, ἐπεί VU τοι εὔαδεν οὕτως. 
“Os φάτο, τὸν δὲ πατὴρ ὀλοφύρατο SaxpuyéovTa * 
> / + ee 2 \ / + 2 lal > / 
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἠέρα μὲν σκέδασεν καὶ ἀπῶσεν ὀμίχλην, 
ἠέλιος δ᾽ ἐπέλαμψε, μάχη δ᾽ ἐπὶ πᾶσα hadvOn * 650 
\ 
καὶ τότ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Αἴας εἶπε βοὴν ἀγαθὸν Μενέλαον " 
“Σκέπτεο νῦν, Μενέλαε διοτρεφές, αἴ κεν ἴδηαι 
Ν | te) ! Ve f es 
ζωὸν ἔτ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχον, μεγαθύμου Νέστορος υἱόν, 
ὄτρυνον δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δαΐφρονι θᾶσσον ἰόντα 
al ¢ \ na 
εἰπεῖν ὅττι ῥά οἱ πολὺ φίλτατος WACO ἑταῖρος." 655 
“Os ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος, 
lal teas e/ / / 9 \ / 
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι ὥς Tis TE λέων ἀπὸ μεσσαύλοιο, 
« 7 3 A Sey / Me > 3» 7.3 / 
ὅστ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἄρ κε κάμῃσι κύνας τ᾽ ἄνδρας T ἐρεθίζων, 
“ > 2.» “ 3 la) ¢ tf 
οἵτε μιν οὐκ εἰῶσι βοῶν ἐκ πῖαρ ἑλέσθαι 
/ > / ς \ fal 3 / 
πάννυχοι ἐγρήσσοντες " O δὲ κρειῶν ἐρατίζων 660 
> J Φ Ἵ 5» 4 \ 7 
-ἐθύει, ἀλλ᾽ οὔτι πρήσσει" θαμέες yap ἄκοντες 
ἀντίοι ἀΐσσουσι θρασειάων ἀπὸ χειρῶν, 
καιόμεναί Te δεταί, τάστε τρεῖ ἐσσύμενός περ" 
ἠῶθεν δ᾽ ἀπονόσφιν ἔβη τετιηότι θυμῷ" 
ὡς ἀπὸ Πατρόκλοιο βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος 665 
ἤϊε πόλλ᾽ ἀέκων " περὶ yap die μή μιν ᾽Αχαιοὶ 
ἀργαλέου πρὸ φόβοιο ἕλωρ δηΐοισι λίποιεν. 
\ ῇ 
πολλὰ δὲ Μηριόνῃ τε καὶ Αἰάντεσσ᾽ ἐπέτελλεν " 
/ / 
“Αἴαντ᾽, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορε, Μηριόνη τε, 
ἴω / an -“ 
νῦν τίς ἐνηείης ἸΠατροκλῆος δειλοῖο 670 
/ a : 
μνησάσθω' πᾶσιν yap ἐπίστατο μείλιχος εἶναι 
i‘ a ἴω a 
ζωὸς ἐών - viv αὖ θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κιχάνει." 


Zz >> = 
μ Ν “-“ 


A 5 7 
Ὡς ἄρα φωνήσας ἀπέβη ξανθὸς Μενέλαος, 
πάντοσε παπταίνων ὥστ᾽ αἰετός, ὅν ῥά τέ φασιν 


ΠΛ XVI] 58 


> [4 e / an 
ὀξύτατον δέρκεσθαι ὑπουρανίων πετεηνῶν, 675 
ὅντε Kal ὑψόθ᾽ ἐόντα πόδας ταχὺς οὐκ ἔλαθε πτὼξ 
/ Ae πὸ 2 / / b] / Sey } > [4] 
θάμνῳ ὑπ᾽ ἀμφικόμῳ κατακείμενος, ἀλλά T ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ 
BA / PA "᾽ν \ 3 id 
ἔσσυτο, καί TE μιν ὦκα λαβὼν ἐξείλετο θυμόν. 
ἃ 7 
ὡς τότε σοί, Μενέλαε διοτρεφές, ὄσσε φαεινὼ 
πάντοσε δινείσθην πολέων κατὰ ἔθνος ἑταίρων, 680 
” ff e\ » , 7 
εἴ mov Νέστορος υἱὸν ἔτι ζώοντα ἴδοιο. 
" \ 7 2 5 Saks © / a ee \ , 
τὸν δὲ μάλ᾽ airy ἐνόησε μάχης ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ πάσης 
θαρσύνονθ᾽ ἑτάρους καὶ ἐποτρύνοντα μάχεσθαι. 
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱστάμενος προσέφη ξανθὸς Μενέλαος " 
an Vd 
“«᾿Αντίλοχ᾽, εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε δεῦρο, διοτρεφές, ὄφρα πύθηαι 
λυγρῆς ἀγγελίης, ἣ μὴ ὥφελλε γενέσθαι. 686 
ἤδη μὲν σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν ὀΐομαι εἰσορόωντα 
, [τ A x va / 
γυγνώσκειν ὅτι πῆμα θεὸς Δαναοῖσι κυλίνδει, 
νίκη δὲ ' Τρώων - πέφαται δ᾽ ὥριστος ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
Πάτροκλος, μεγάλη δὲ ποθὴ Δαναοῖσι τέτυκται. 690 
ἀλλὰ σύγ᾽ αἷψ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ, θέων ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
εἰπεῖν, αἴ κε τάχιστα νέκυν ἐπὶ νῆα σαώσῃ 
/ 5 \ / f SU SF if “ ” 
yupvov: ἀτὰρ Taye Tevye ἔχει κορυθαίολος “Extwp. 
“Os far’, ᾿Αντίλοχος δὲ κατέστυγε μῦθον ἀκούσας. 
δὴν δέ μιν ἀμφασίη ἐπέων λάβε, τὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε 695 
δακρυόφι πλῆσθεν, θαλερὴ δέ οἱ ἔσχετο φωνή. 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ὡς Μενελάου ἐφημοσύνης ἀμέλησεν, 
an Ν / \ \ VA % 3 7 lal ς / 
βῆ δὲ θέειν, τὰ δὲ Tedye ἀμύμονι δῶκεν ἑταίρῳ, 
“ : 
Λαοδόκῳ, ὅς οἱ σχεδὸν ἔστρεφε μώνυχας ἵππους. 
Τὸν μὲν δακρυχέοντα πόδες φέρον ἐκ πολέμοιο, [00 
Πηλείδῃ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ κακὸν ἔπος ἀγγελέοντα. 
οὐδ᾽ ἄρα σοί, Μενέλαε διοτρεφές, ἤθελε θυμὸς 
τειρομένοις ἑτάροισιν ἀμυνέμεν, ἔνθεν ἀπῆλθεν 


54 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ P. 


᾿Αντίλοχος, μεγάλη δὲ ποθὴ Πυλίοισιν ἐτύχθη " 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅγε τοῖσιν μὲν Θρασυμήδεα δῖον ἀνῆκεν, 705 
αὐτὸς δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ ἥρωϊ βεβήκει, 
στῆ δὲ παρ᾽ Λἰάντεσσι θέων, εἶθαρ δὲ προσηύδα" 
ΤΙ K aA \ ὃ: \ 5 7 θ “Ὁ 
εἶνον μὲν δὴ νηυσὶν ἐπυπροέηκα θοῆσιν, 
ἐλθεῖν εἰς ᾿Αχιλῆα πόδας ταχύν " οὐδέ μιν οἴω 
a) 3 
νῦν ἰέναι, μάλα περ κεχολωμένον “Extopt δίῳ. 710 
/ 
ov yap πως ἂν γυμνὸς ἐὼν Τρώεσσι μάχοιτο. 
¢€ Lal δὰ 3 / , A > 1 
ἡμεῖς δ᾽ αὐτοί περ φραζώμεθα μῆτιν ἀρίστην, 
> \ 7 
ἡμὲν ὅπως TOV νεκρὸν ἐρύσσομεν, ἠδὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ 
Τρώων ἐξ ἐνοπῆς θάνατον καὶ κῆρα φύγωμεν." 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας: 715 
PE, > 9 ” > \. 3 , 
πάντα κατ᾽ αἶσαν ἔειπες, ἀγακλεὲς ὦ Μενέλαε" 
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν καὶ Μηριόνης ὑποδύντε μάλ᾽ ὦκα 
νεκρὸν ἀείραντες φέρετ᾽ ἐκ πόνου" αὐτὰρ ὄπισθεν 
nw ῇ / \@ / 
νῶϊ μαχησόμεθα Τρωσίν τε kai” Exrope δίῳ, 
> \ 5, e / «Ὁ \ / 
ἶσον θυμὸν ἔχοντες ὁμώνυμοι, οἱ τὸ πάρος περ. 720 
μίμνομεν ὀξὺν “Apna παρ᾽ ἀλλήλοισι μένοντες." 
“Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα νεκρὸν ἀπὸ χθονὸς ἀγκάζοντο 
ὕψι μάλα μεγάλως " ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἴαχε λαὸς ὄπισθεν 
Τρωϊκός, ὡς εἴδοντο νέκυν αἴροντας ᾿Αχαιούς. 
5, Ν ῇ > id Ce 3 Fiery / 
ἴθυσαν δὲ κύνεσσιν ἐοικότες, οἵτ᾽ ἐπὶ κάπρῳ 925 
7 3 \ / if 
βλημένῳ ἀΐξωσι πρὸ κούρων θηρητήρων " 
ἕως μὲν γάρ τε θέουσι διαρραῖσαι μεμαῶτες, 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἐν τοῖσιν ἑλίξεται ἀλκὶ πεποιθώς, 
avy τ᾽ ἀνεχώρησαν διά τ᾽ ἔτρεσαν ἄλλυδις ἄλλος. 
Γ A ¢ 
ὡς Τρῶες etws μὲν ὁμιλαδὸν αἰὲν ἕποντο, 730 
/ / / AS oO > / 
νύσσοντες ξίφεσίν τε καὶ ἔγχεσιν ἀμφιγύοισιν * 
GAN ὅτε δή p Αἴαντε μεταστρεφθέντε κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς 
σταίησαν, τῶν δὲ τράπετο χρώς, οὐδέ τις ἔτλη 
πρόσσω ἀΐξας περὶ νεκροῦ δηριάασθαι. 


ILIAD XVII. δῦ 


ol 


“Os off ἐμμεμαῶτε νέκυν φέρον ἐκ πολέμοιο "3 
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς ' ἐπὶ δὲ πτόλεμος τέτατό σφιν 
5 > f lal / ΟΝ / / > an 
ἄγριος ἠὔτε πῦρ, TO τ᾽ ἐπεσσύμενον πόλιν ἀνδρῶν 
Ϊ / f , δύ Δ 
ὶ ὄρμενον ἐξαίφνης φλεγέθει, μινύθουσι δὲ οἶκοι 
\ 2 , Ἢ ΄ ν Ὁ 2 , ee 
: ἐν σέλαϊ μεγάλῳ : τὸ δ᾽ ἐπιβρέμει ts ἀνέμοιο. 
4 ἃ \ an tf Ae a 3 
| ὡς μὲν τοῖς ἵππων τε Kal ἀνδρῶν αὐχμητάων 740 
\ 
ἀξζηχὴς ὀρυμαγδὸς ἐπήϊεν ἐρχομένοισιν * 
e > [τὰ a ee / Ν I 3 / 
οἱ δ᾽, ὥσθ᾽ ἡμίονοι κρατερὸν μένος ἀμφιβαλόντες 
0.9 ” a f 3 Ν 
. ἕλκωσ᾽ ἐξ ὄρεος κατὰ παυπαλόεσσαν ἅταρπον 
x / ᾽Ν / / 7. > 7 N 
ἢ δοκόν, ἠὲ δόρυ μέγα νήϊον " ἐν dé τε θυμὸς 
’ θ᾽ ς ἴω ye \ ὃ A 4 = 
τείρεῦ ομου καμάτῳ TE καὶ LOPM σπευδόντεσσιν : 745 
ἃ cf 37) 3 an 3 ,ὔ > i ” 
ὡς oly ἐμμεμαῶτε νέκυν φέρον. αὐτὰρ ὄπισθεν 
Αἴαντ᾽ ἰσχανέτην, ὥστε πρὼν ἰσχάνει ὕδωρ 
ὑλήεις, πεδίοιο διαπρύσιον τετυχηκώς, 
[τὰ Riot 3 77 aA > Wet BF 
ὅστε καὶ ἰφθίμων ποταμῶν ἀλεγεινὰ ῥέεθρα 
ἴσχει, ἄφαρ δέ τε πᾶσι ῥόον πεδίονδε τίθησιν 750 
Ἃ 9 f “ / - "6 n e7 
πλάζων " οὐδέ τί μιν σθένεϊ ῥηγνῦσι ῥέοντες " 
ἃ 5. 3. 7 Δ Sen S 3 ,ὔ 
ὡς αἰεὶ Αἴαντε μάχην ἀνέεργον ὀπίσσω 
Τρώων" οἱ δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕποντο, δύω δ᾽ ἐν τοῖσι μάλιστα, 
Αἰνείας τ᾽ ᾿Αγχισιάδης καὶ φαίδιμος “Ἑκτωρ. 
τῶν δ᾽, ὥστε ψαρῶν νέφος ἔρχεται ἠὲ κολοιῶν, ηδῦ 
5 7 4 of. 57 
οὖλον κεκλήγοντες, ὅτε προΐδωσιν ἰόντα 
es Ψ A , , ΔΑ ἢ 
κίρκον, ὅ τε σμικρῇσι φόνον φέρει ὀρνίθεσσιν, 
& ἈΝ 6 > ᾽ / ἣν οἵ A , A 
ὡς ap ὑπ᾽ Αἰνείᾳ te kat“ Kxtopt κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν 
οὖλον κεκλήγοντες ἴσαν, λήθοντο δὲ χάρμης. 
πολλὰ δὲ τεύχεα καλὰ πέσον περί T ἀμφί τε τάφρον 760 
a 7 > > Ἵ yo oe. / ; 
φευγόντων Δαναῶν πολέμου δ᾽ ov γίγνετ᾽ ἐρωή. 


ome 


αὐτὰ τς 


το 
cle τ τ Ὁ. μι. 
᾿ ἸΔΊΗΝ 
Ἵ ᾿ Ὗ 
Ν | 
; 
. i) ka 
if - ͵ ἶ 
ry é 
é f “ἱ 
= 
Ἀ a 
« a 
e 
> 
οὐ νος ’ 
‘ Livy 
fies 
δ ws 
; r 
ΟΥ̓ , 3 
« Ν 
¥ es ar a 
Ἷ ra x εν 
ὰ >: 
; 4 
. ¢ ‘ ‘ 
: | » 4 γ νὰ εὐὐωκἐἐδΔῇ is onl 
{isk Peo SS SOM SS ee a 
~ γ 
Nhe ae ΕΘΝ, χὰ “--- fe 
: wityd\ igen dooney ck’ dine gp ee 
wie ἌΝ 4, . oe \ ye ΑΥ ΝΣ 
ey εἴ , ie ΟἹ “toy MELD) ΟΝ 
ree 5 * , ᾿ ; 
ἘΝ δὰ ( ὥςε ᾿ . δε , i" 
Bie tq im etn Oia inal 
. - * γα 
+ * } Ξ 
ΚΔ ᾿ ‘ x Ἵ * 
ey ee 390) φιροδμ βοράν 
te 
wp Ee 
ie Ae 
» f ‘ 
‘ ν᾽ ΩΝ AG 
cs 


OMHPOYT 
IAIAAO® &. 


HOMER'S ILIAD. 
BOOK XVIII. 


e 
Οπλοποιΐία. 


nO) e \ , 7 \ }] , 

ς οἷ μὲν μάρναντο δέμας πυρὸς αἰθομένοιο, 
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ πόδας ταχὺς ἄγγελος ἦλθεν. 
τὸν δ᾽ εὗρε προπάροιθε νεῶν ὀρθοκραιράων, 

τὰ φρονέοντ᾽ ἀνὰ θυμὸν ἃ δὴ τετελεσμένα Hev* 

5 / a 53 Ν ἃ 7 , 
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμὸν * 5 
“"Ὦ, μοι ἐγώ, τί τ᾽ ἄρ᾽ αὖτε καρηκομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοὺ 

νηυσὶν ἔπι κλονέονται ἀτυζόμενοι πεδίοιο ; 
“μὴ δή μοι τελέσωσι θεοὶ κακὰ κήδεα θυμῷ, 
ὥς ποτέ μοι μήτηρ διεπέφραδε, καί μοι ἔειπεν, 
Μυρμιδόνων τὸν ἄριστον ἔτι ζώοντος ἐμεῖο 10 
χερσὶν ὕπο Τρώων λείψειν φάος ἠελίοιο. 
ἢ μάλα δὴ τέθνηκε Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμος υἱός, 
vf 5 ΦἌ 4 7 b] 7] Dee n 
σχέτλιος " ἢ T ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ 
dap ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν, μηδ᾽ “Ἑκτορι ἶφι μάχεσθαι." 
Kios ὁ ταῦθ᾽ ὥρμαινε κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν, 15 
7, ς» 7 5 > aA , er; 
Toppa οἱ ἐγγύθεν ἦλθεν ἀγαυοῦ Νέστορος υἱός, 
δάκρυα θερμὰ χέων, φάτο δ᾽ ἀγγελίην ἀλεγεινήν " 
“«“"Ὦ, μοι, Πηλέος υἱὲ δαΐφρονος, 7 μάλα λυγρῆς 
2% 


58 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ &. 


πεύσεαι ἀγγελίης, ἣ μὴ ὥφελλε γενέσθαι. 
κεῖται ἸΤάτροκλος, νέκυος δὲ δὴ ἀμφιμάχονται 
nA : ee / 7 = Wow / “ 
γυμνοῦ " ἀτὰρ Taye Tevye ἔχει κορυθαίολος “Εἰκτωρ 
“Os φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ἄχεος νεφέλη ἐκάλυψε μέλαινα. 
> 7 \ \ ς \ / > / 
ἀμφοτέρῃσι δὲ χερσὶν ἑλὼν κόνιν αἰθαλόεσσαν 
χεύατο κὰκ κεφαλῆς, χαρίεν δ᾽ ἤσχυνε πρόσωπον" 
/ \ a 7 5 / / 
νεκταρέῳ δὲ χιτῶνι pédaw ἀμφίζανε τέφρη. 
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐν κονίῃσι μέγας μεγωλωστὶ τανυσθεὶς 
a , \ \ 4 5" of. 
κεῖτο, φίλῃσι δὲ χερσὶ κόμην ἤσχυνε δαΐζων. 
δμωαὶ δ᾽, ἃς ᾿Αχιλεὺς ληΐσσατο Ἰ] ἀτροκλός τε, 
θυμὸν ἀκηχέμεναι μεγάλ᾽ ἴαχον, ἐκ δὲ θύραζε 
ἔδραμον ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα δαΐφρονα, χερσὶ δὲ πᾶσαι 
/ / 7 a) Δ \ a ς / 
στήθεα πεπλήγοντο, λύθεν δ᾽ ὑπὸ γυῖα ἑκάστης. 
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ὀδύρετο δάκρυα λείβων, 


εὐ. δ 
a 


20 


” 
. 


25 


80 


χεῖρας ἔχων ᾿Αχιλῆος --- ὁ δ᾽ ἔστενε κυδάλιμον κῆρ --- 


δείδιε γὰρ μὴ λαιμὸν ἀποτμήξειε σιδήρῳ. 
σμερδαλέον δ᾽ ὠμωξεν" ἄκουσε δὲ πότνια μήτηρ 
ἡμένη ἐν βένθεσσιν ἁλὸς παρὰ πατρὶ γέροντι 
κώὠώκυσέν T ap ἔπειτα : θεαὶ δέ μιν ἀμφαγέροντο, 
πᾶσαι ὅσαι κατὰ βένθος ἁλὸς Νηρηΐδες ἦσαν. 
ἔνθ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔην Γλαύκη τε Θάλειά τε Κυμοδόκη τε 
Νησαίη Σπειώ τε Θόη θ᾽ ᾿Αλίη τε βοῶπις, 
Κυμοθόη τε καὶ ᾿Ακταίη καὶ Λιμνώρεια 
καὶ Μελίτη καὶ Ἴαιρα καὶ ᾿Αμφιθόη καὶ > Ayatn, 
Δωτώ τε Ἰ]ρωτώ τε Φέρουσά τε Δυναμένη τε, 
Δεξαμένη τε καὶ ᾿Αμφινόμη καὶ Καλλιάνειρα, 
Δωρὶς καὶ ἸΤανόπη καὶ ἀγακλειτὴ Γαλάτεια, 
Νημερτής τε καὶ ᾿Αψευδὴς καὶ ΚΚαλλιάνασσα" 
ἔνθα δ᾽ ἔην ἹΚλυμένη ᾿Ιάνειρά τε καὶ ᾿Ιάνασσα, 
Μαῖρα καὶ ᾿Ωρείθυια ἐὐπλόκαμός 7 ᾿Αμάθεια 
ἄλλαι θ᾽ αἱ κατὰ βένθος ἁλὸς Νηρηΐδες ἦσαν.] 


35 


40 


oe 
ILIAD XVIII. 59 


τῶν δὲ καὶ ἀργύφεον πλῆτο σπέος " αἱ δ᾽ ἅμα πᾶσαι 50 
/ a / 
στήθεα πεπλήγοντο, Θέτις δ᾽ ἐξῆρχε γόοιο" 
“ Κλῦτε, κασίγνηται ΝΝηρηΐδες, ὄφρ᾽ εὖ πᾶσαι 
3 ἃ / "ee alae na / A 
εἴδετ᾽ ἀκούουσαι ὅσ᾽ ἐμῷ ἔνι κήδεα θυμῷ. 
» ee if 5 
ὦ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή, ὦ μοι δυσαριστοτόκεια, 
ρὲ oe a ee 7) e\ ee , , 
NT ἐπεὶ AP τέκον VLOV ἀμυμονώ TE κρατερὸν TE, δῦ 
+ ς Va ς ιν Θ΄ 2 5» .-. 5 
ἔξοχον ἡρώων" ὁ δ᾽ ἀνέδραμεν ἔρνεϊ ἶσος " 
τὸν μὲν ἐγὼ θρέψασα, φυτὸν ὡς youre ἀλωῆς, 
νηυσὶν ἐπιπροέηκα κορωνίσιν ἤϊλιον εἴσω 
Τρωσὶ μαχησόμενον " τὸν δ᾽ οὐχ ὑποδέξομαι αὖτις 
οἴκαδε νοστήσαντα, δόμον Ἰ]ηλήϊον εἴσω. (0 
id an 
ὄφρα δέ μοι ζώει καὶ ὁρᾷ φάος ἠελίοιο, 
ἄχνυται, οὐδέ τί οἱ δύναμαι χραισμῆσαι ἰοῦσα. 
ἀλλ᾽ ei, ὄφρα ἴδωμι φίλον τέκος, ἠδ᾽ ἐπακούσω 
Ψ “ ‘a Dive «.Ἀ. “ tL ” 
ὅττι μιν ἵκετο πένθος ἀπὸ πτολέμοιο μένοντα. 
“Os ἄρα φωνήσασα λίπε σπέος" αἱ δὲ σὺν αὐτῇ 65 
ΜΞ 5, \ , a ἧς 
δακρυόεσσαι ἴσαν, περὶ δέ σφισι κῦμα θαλάσσης 
δ ΔΛ \ a ef & / ϑὲν “ 
ῥήγνυτο. ταὶ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ Τροίην ἐρίβωλον ἵκοντο, 
eps & > ; > hit ov Ν 
ἀκτὴν εἰσανέβαινον ἐπισχερώ, ἔνθα θαμειαὶ 
Μυρμιδόνων εἴρυντο νέες ταχὺν ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα. 
τῷ δὲ βαρὺ στενάχοντι παρίστατο πότνια μήτηρ, "Ὁ 
2φ»Ἀ \ 7 7 7 \ In 
ὀξὺ δὲ κωκύσασα κάρη λάβε παιδὸς éfos, 
ley ye / +” , 4 
καί ῥ᾽ ὀλοφυρομένη ἔπεω πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 
“Τέκνον, τί κλαίεις ; τί δέ σε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος ; | 
> ¥ \ “ x \ 4 / 
ἐξαύδα, μὴ κεῦθε" τὰ μὲν δή τοι τετέλεσται 
3 / « » ἣν / 3 bd a ’ - 
ἐκ Διὸς, ὡς apa δὴ πρίν γ᾽ εὔχεο χεῖρας ἀνασχών, 1 
πάντας ἐπὶ πρύμνῃσιν ἀλήμεναι υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
3 / / Ἄν» / ” 5» 
σεῦ ἐπιδευομένους, παθέειν τ᾽ ἀεκήλια ἔργα. 
\ \ 
Τὴν δὲ βαρὺ στενάχων προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλ- 
devs * 
“μῆτερ ἐμή, τὰ μὲν ἄρ μοι ᾿Ολύμπιος ἐξετέλεσσεν " 


60 IAIAAOS 2%. 


? \ aA 4 a 
ἀλλὰ τί μοι τῶν ἦδος, ἐπεὶ φίλος ὥλεθ᾽ ἑταῖρος, 80 
id \ an 
Πάτροκλος, τὸν ἐγὼ περὶ πάντων Tiov ἑταίρων, 
3 a a 
ἶσον ἐμῇ κεφαλῇ " Tov ἀπώλεσα, τεύχεα δ᾽ “Extwp 
ἐ / 9 / , lal O7/ 
δηώσας ἀπέδυσε πελώρια, θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι, 
ne / “ 
καλά τὰ μὲν Πηλῆϊ θεοὶ δόσαν ἀγλαὰ δῶρα, 
» ae ot eer 4 ΕΣ 4 ἧς 
ἤματι τῷ ὅτε σε βροτοῦ ἀνέρος ἔμβαλον εὐνῇ. 85 
al? ὄφελες σὺ μὲν αὖθι μετ᾽ ἀθανάτῃς ἁλίησιν 
\ 
ναίειν, Πηλεὺς δὲ θνητὴν ἀγαγέσθαι ἄκοιτιν. 
a 3. ὦ \ ᾿ ῇ 3. Ἀ / yg 
νῦν δ᾽, ἵνα καὶ σοὶ πένθος ἐνὶ φρεσὶ μυρίον εἴη 
cr ἣν 7 Ν 5 ε , 5 
παιδὸς ἀποφθιμένοιο, TOV οὐχ ὑποδέξεαι αὖτις 
» / ᾽ > \ 3. ν 9 Ν Ν BA 
οἴκαδε νοστήσαντ᾽, ἐπεὶ OVO ἐμὲ θυμὸς ἄνωγεν 90 
/ 2 QI) 97 4 ΓΜ Le 
ζώειν οὐδ᾽ ἄνδρεσσι μετέμμεναι, αἴ κε μὴ “Extop 
a 3 im Ae \ \ \ Ἄ ἐδϑος \ Ia ie 
πρῶτος ἐμῷ ὑπὸ δουρὶ τυπεὶς ἀπὸ θυμὸν ὀλέσσῃ, 
Πατρόκλοιο δ᾽ ἕλωρα Μενοιτιάδεω ἀποτίσῃ.᾽" 
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε Θέτις κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσα" 
δ 5. ,] ὃ 7 , 7 a> 9 7 
ὠκύμορος ON μοι, τέκος, ἔσσεαι, οἱ AYOPEVELS " 95 
Died! f Ψ 4 » ὦ ΄ e a 39 
αὐτίκα γάρ τοι ἔπειτα μεθ᾽ “Extopa πότμος ἑτοῖμος. 
/ / 
Τὴν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς" 
ες 9 7 / 3 \ > S23 ὧν e / 
αὐτίκα τεθναίην, ἐπεὶ οὐκ Ap ἔμελλον ἑταίρῳ 
fal e 7 / 
KTELVOMEVO ἐπαμῦναι" ὁ μὲν μάλα τηλόθι πάτρης 
ἔφθιτ᾽, ἐμεῖο δὲ δῆσεν ἀρῆς ἀλκτῆρα γενέσθαι. 100 


νῦν δ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὐ νέομαί γε φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν, ~ 
, 

οὐδέ τι Πατρόκλῳ γενόμην φάος οὐδ᾽ ἑτάροισιν 

τοῖς ἄλλοις, of δὴ πολέες δάμεν “Ἕκτορι δίῳ, 

> 3 Ν \ > / BA > rs 

GAN ἧμαι παρὰ νηυσὶν ἐτώσιον ἄχθος ἀρούρης, 

τοῖος ἐὼν οἷος οὔτις ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων 105 


ἐν πολέμῳ - ἀγορῇ δέ τ᾽ ἀμείνονές εἰσι Kal ἄλλοι. 
e ” 5 a 7 9.1.3 f > / 
ὡς ἔρις ἔκ Te θεῶν ἔκ T ἀνθρώπων ἀπόλοιτο, 
/ / / a 
καὶ χόλος, bat ἐφέηκε πολύφρονά περ χαλεπῆναι, 
ε 7 
ὅστε πολὺ γλυκίων μέλιτος καταλειβομένοιο 
5 “ " f 2.F > A , 
ἀνδρῶν ἐν στήθεσσιν ἀέξεται ἠῦτε καπνός " 110 


» 


ILIAD XVIII. 61 


e os % lal > / y+ > a 3 7 
ὡς ἐμὲ νῦν ἐχόλωσεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων. 
> \ \ 4 ΝΥ » ,ὔ / 
ἀλλὰ TA μὲν προτετύχθαι ἐάσομεν, ἀχνύμενοί περ, 
Ν > \ / / ys > / 
θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι φίλον δαμάσαντες ἀνάγκῃ. 
νῦν δ᾽ εἶμ᾽, ὄφρα φίλης κεφαλῆς ὀλετῆρα κιχείω, 
"Extopa: κῆρα δ᾽ ἐγὼ τότε δέξομαι, ὁππότε κεν δὴ 115. 
Ζεὺς ἐθέλῃ τελέσαι ἠδ᾽ ἀθάνατοι θεοὶ ἄλλοι. 
οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ βίη Ηρακλῆος φύγε κῆρα, 
Ὁ 
ὅσπερ φίλτατος ἔσκε Διὶ Κρονίωνι ἄνακτι " 
ἀλλά ἑ Moip’ ἐδάμασσε καὶ ἀργαλέος χόλος “Ἥρης. 
ἃ ἜΝ , > ὃ 7 ε / a / 9 
ὡς Kal ἐγών, εἰ δή μοι ὁμοίη μοῖρα τέτυκται, 120 
/ ᾽ b / 7 ἴω Ν , 3 \ > / 
κείσομ᾽, ἐπεί κε θάνω " νῦν δὲ κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἀροίμην 
καί τινα Τρωϊάδων καὶ Δαρδανίδων βαθυκόλπων, 
ἀμφοτέρῃσιν χερσὶ παρειάων ἁπαλάων 
ΚΑ s.. > / 53 i. fol Ψ / 
δάκρυ᾽ ὀμορξαμένην, ἀδινὸν στοναχῆσαι ἐφείην " 
n Sit © x \ 3 \ / / 
γνοῖεν δ᾽ ws δὴ δηρὸν ἐγὼ πολέμοιο πέπαυμαι. 125 
/ > ἂν / , id > , / 39 
μηδέ μ᾽ ἔρυκε μάχης, φιλέουσά περ" οὐδέ με πείσεις. 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα" 
“yal δὴ ταῦτά γε, τέκνον, ἐτήτυμον " οὐ κακόν ἐστιν 
τειρομένοις ἑτάροισιν ἀμυνέμεν αἰπὺν ὄλεθρον " 
ἀλλά τοι ἔντεα καλὰ μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται, 180 
/ / x x θ / “Rh . 
χάλκεα μαρμαίροντα" Ta μὲν κορυθαίολος “LikTwp 
wr % 4 5 > / 85. τὸ ἢ 
αὐτὸς ἔχων ὥμοισιν ἀγάλλεται" οὐδέ ἕ φημι 
3 \ > “A 3 \ , > / 3 A 
δηρὸν ἐπαγλαϊεῖσθαι, ἐπεὶ φόνος ἐγγύθεν αὐτῷ" 
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν μήπω καταδύσεο μῶλον ἤΑρηος, 
πρίν y ἐμὲ δεῦρ᾽ ἐλθοῦσαν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἴδηαι: 185 
bia! < “ eae 5 7 5 δ 
ἠῶθεν γὰρ νεῦμαι, ἅμ᾽ ἠελίῳ ἀνιόντι, 
’ὔ Ἂ Pa 2 £ / ΝΜ 39 
τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ᾽ Ἡφαίστοιο avaxtos. 
“Os ἄρα φωνήσασα πάλιν τράπεθ᾽ υἷος ἐῆος, 
\ me 3 e / / Vi 
καὶ στρεφθεῖσ᾽ ἁλίησι κασιγνήτῃσι μετηύδα" 
“«“Ὁμεῖς μὲν νῦν δῦτε θαλάσσης εὐρέα κόλπον, 140 
4 / / Ψ". οἱ \ / 4 
ὀψόμεναί τε γέρονθ᾽ ἅλιον καὶ δώματα πατρός, 


62 TAIAAOS Σ. 


/ e ν᾽ > 2 Uf 3 eh > & \ » 
καί οἱ πάντ᾽ ἀγορεύσατ᾽ " ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐς μακρὸν ᾽οΟλυμπον 
εἶμι παρ᾽ “Πφαιστον κλυτοτέχνην, αἴ κ᾽ ἐθέλῃσιν - 
υἱεῖ ἐμῷ δόμεναι κλυτὰ τεύχεα παμφανόωντα." 

“Os ἔφαθ᾽, αἱ δ᾽ ὑπὸ κῦμα θαλάσσης αὐτίκ᾽ ἔδυσαν " 
ἡ δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Οὔλυμπόνδε θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα 146 
niev, ὄφρα φίλῳ παιδὶ κλυτὰ τεύχε᾽ ἐνείκαι. 

Τὴν μὲν ἄρ᾽ Οὔλυμπόνδε πόδες φέρον" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
θεσπεσίῳ ἀλαλητῷ ὑφ᾽ “Extopos ἀνδροφόνοιο 
φεύγοντες νῆάς τε καὶ “Ἑλλήσποντον ἵκοντο. 150 
οὐδέ Ke ἸΙἀτροκλόν περ ἐῦκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοὺὴ 
ἐκ βελέων ἐρύσαντο νέκυν, θεράποντ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος" 
αὗτις γὰρ δὴ τόνγε κίχον λαός τε καὶ ἵπποι 
“Ἕκτωρ τε ἹΤριάμοιο πάϊς, φλογὶ εἴκελος ἀλκήν. 

t a : 
τρὶς μέν μιν μετόπισθε ποδῶν λάβε φαίδιμος “Ἑϊκτωρ 155 
e A 4 / δὲ / e / 
ἑλκέμεναι μεμαὼς, μέγα δὲ Τρώεσσιν ομόκλα " 

Ν δὲ ὃ 49 AZ θ lal 2 / > / 
τρὶς δὲ δύ᾽ Αἴαντες, θοῦριν ἐπιειμένοι ἀλκήν, 
νεκροῦ ἀπεστυφέλιξαν" ὁ δ᾽ ἔμπεδον, ἀλκὶ πεποιθώς, 

of. / 5 
ἄλλοτ᾽ ἐπαΐξασκε κατὰ μόθον, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε 
7 / x7 > / ἣν > / ᾽ 
στάσκε μέγα ἰάχων " ὀπίσω δ᾽ οὐ χάζετο πάμπαν. 160 
© δ᾽ 5 Ν / ” / 3 3) ΄ 
ὡς δ᾽ ἀπὸ σώματος οὔτι λέοντ᾽ αἴθωνα δύνανται 
ποιμένες ἄγραυλοι μέγα πεινάοντα δίεσθαι, 
Ὁ e \ > 5. 7 J 7 \ 
ὥς pa Tov οὐκ ἐδύναντο δύω Αἴαντε κορυστὰ 
“Ἕκτορα Πριαμίδην ἀπὸ νεκροῦ δειδίξασθαι. 

/ , 7 f ed BA A 

καί νύ Kev εἴρυσσέν τε Kal ἄσπετον ἤρατο κῦδος,ΘἨ 165 
3 \ / / > / 5 

εἰ μὴ Πηλείωνι ποδήνεμος ὠκέα *Ipis 

ἄγγελος ἦλθε θέουσ᾽ am’ ᾽Ολύμπου θωρήσσεσθαι, 

κρύβδα Διὸς ἄλλων τε θεῶν " πρὸ γὰρ ἧκέ μιν “Ἥρη. 

ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 

“"Opceo, Πηλείδη, πάντων ἐκπαγλότατ᾽ ἀνδρῶν" 170 

7 
Πατρόκλῳ ἐπάμυνον, οὗ εἵνεκα φύλοπις αἰνὴ 
A / 
ἕστηκε πρὸ νεῶν. οἱ δ᾽ ἀλλήλους ὀλέκουσιν, 


ILIAD XVIII. 63 


e A 
οἱ μὲν ἀμυνόμενοι νέκυος πέρι τεθνηῶτος, 


οἱ δὲ ἐρύσσασθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον ἠνεμόεσσαν 
Τρῶες ἐπιθύουσι" μάλιστα δὲ φαίδιμος “Ἑκτωρ 175 
ς / / \ Ὁ Ν > , 
ἑλκέμεναι μέμονεν " κεφαλὴν δέ ἑ θυμὸς ἀνώγει 
a BN “ / ti hd na > \ a 
πῆξαι ava σκολόπεσσι, ταμόνθ᾽ ἁπαλῆς ἀπὸ δειρῆς. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄνα, μηδ᾽ ἔτι κεῖσο: σέβας δέ σε θυμὸν ἱκέσθω, 
/ A 
Πάτροκλον Τρφῆσι κυσὶν μέλπηθρα γενέσθαι " 
σοὶ λώβη, al κέν τι νέκυς ἠσχυμμένος ἔλθη. 180 
Τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς * 
ce τ} ed / / cal 3 ἊΣ 3) a ” 
pt θεά, τίς γάρ σε θεῶν ἐμοὶ ἄγγελον ἧκεν ; 
To δ᾽ i 4 i 3 / 5 
ov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε ποδήνεμος ὠκέα Ἶρις" 
““Ἥρη με Προέηκε, Διὸς κυδρὴ παράκοιτις " 
οὐδ᾽ olde Kpovidns ὑψίζυγος οὐδέ τις ἄλλος 185 
ἀθανάτων, οἱ "᾽ολυμπον ἀγάννιφον ἀμφινέμονται.᾽" 
/ / 
Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ’Axtd- 
λεύς * 
ες a 45. Δ᾽ Sy δ a 5 \ / a 
πῶς T ap iw μετὰ μῶλον ; ἔχουσι δὲ τεύχεα κεῖνοι" 
/ δ᾽ 3 Ἵ / 3 yy ‘al 7 0 
μήτηρ δ᾽ οὔ με φίλη πρίν γ᾽ εἴα θωρήσσεσθαι, 
πρίν γ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐλθοῦσαν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἴδωμαι " 190 
A \ € / ἌΣ > / " 
στεῦτο γὰρ «Ἡφαίστοιο wap οἰσέμεν ἔντεα καλά. 
ἄλλου δ᾽ οὔ τευ οἶδα, τεῦ ἂν κλυτὰ τεύχεα δύω, 
εἰ μὴ Αἴαντός γε σάκος Τελαμωνιάδαο. 
«ς A 
ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ὅδ᾽, ἔλπομ᾽, ἐνὶ πρώτοισιν ὁμιλεῖ, 
ἔγχεϊ δηϊόων περὶ Ἰ]ατρόκλοιο θανόντος. 195 
Tov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε ποδήνεμος ὠκέα Ἶρις" 
έν Αι χε an 37 “ \ / > + 
εὖ νυ Kal ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν ὅ TOL κλυτὰ τεύχε᾽ ἔχονται" 
ἀλλ᾽ αὔτως ἐπὶ τάφρον ἰὼν Τρώεσσι φάνηθι, 
ΓΚ if “᾿ς Ὁ / 3 / , 
ai κέ σ᾽ ὑποδδείσαντες ἀπόσχωνται πολέμοιο 
Τρῶες, ἀναπνεύσωσι δ᾽ ᾿Αρήϊοι υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν 900 
/ > / / 2 92 / / 39 
TELPOMEVOL* Ολγη δέ T ἀνάπνευσις πολέμοιο. 
ἃ a / 
Ἢ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ὡς εἰποῦσ᾽ ἀπέβη πόδας ὠκέα Ἶρις, 


64 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Σ. 


\ of 
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς ὦρτο διίφιλος - ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη 
, 
ὦμοις ἰφθίμοισι Bar αἰγίδα θυσσανόεσσαν, 
ἀμφὶ δέ οἱ κεφαλῇ νέφος ἔστεφε δῖα θεάων 

» rn a / 
χρύσεον, ἐκ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ dale φλόγα πωμφανόωσαν. 
e δ᾽ 4 \ 9, 5 » > «5. 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε καπνὸς ἰὼν ἐξ ἄστεος αἰθέρ᾽ ἵκηται, 

40 2 ΄ \ 7. 3 ΄ὔ 
τηλόθεν ἐκ νήσου, τὴν δήϊον ἀμφιμάχωνται, 
οἵτε πανημέριοι στυγερῷ κρίνονται "Αρηϊ 
5 3 “4 [τ δ᾽ 2 / ὃ / 
ἄστεος ἐκ σφετέρου" ἅμα δ᾽ ἠελίῳ καταδύντι 
/ > \ 

πυρσοί Te φλεγέθουσιν ἐπήτριμοι, ὑψόσε δ᾽ αὐγὴ 
γίγνεται ἀΐσσουσα, περικτιόνεσσιν ἰδέσθαι, 
αἴ κέν πως σὺν νηυσὶν ἀρῆς ἀλκτῆρες ἵκωνται" 
ὡς ἀπ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος κεφαλῆς σέλας αἰθέρ᾽ ἵκανεν. 


205 


210 


στῆ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τάφρον ἰὼν ἀπὸ τείχεος, οὐδ᾽ ἐς ᾿Αχαιοὺς 215 


μίσγετο: μητρὸς γὰρ πυκινὴν ὠπίζετ᾽ ἐφετμήν. 
ἔνθα στὰς Hic’, ἀπάτερθε δὲ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη 


φθέγξατ᾽ - ἀτὰρ Τρώεσσιν ἐν ἄσπετον ὦρσε κυδοιμον. 


ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀριζήλη φωνή, ὅτε τ᾽ ἴαχε σάλπιγξ 
ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕπο θυμοραϊστέων, 
ὡς τότ᾽ ἀριζήλη φωνὴ γένετ᾽ Αἰακίδαο. 

ς ? ς 9 5)... ” / » / 
οἱ δ᾽ ὡς οὖν diov ὄπα χάλκεον Αἰακίδαο, 
μενον ee , 5. ὍΔ ,ὔ “ 
πᾶσιν ὀρίνθη θυμός - ἀτὰρ καλλίτριχες ἵπποι 
Xv ΕΣ 5 Ν 5 a 
ἂψ' ὄχεα τρόπεον" ὄσσοντο yap ἄλγεα θυμῷ. 
ς / > ΚΜ b) \ 9 > 7 lal 
ἡνίοχοι δ᾽ ἔκπληγεν, ἐπεὶ ἴδον ἀκάματον πῦρ 
δεινὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς μεγαθύμου IInrelwvos 
δαιόμενον " τὸ δὲ date θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη. 
τρὶς μὲν ὑπὲρ τάφρου μεγάλ᾽ ἴαχε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 

\ \ / n / > «9 / 
τρὶς δὲ κυκήθησαν Τρῶες κλειτοί τ᾽ ἐπίκουροι. 
ἔνθα δὲ καὶ τότ᾽ ὄλοντο δυώδεκα φῶτες ἄριστοι 
’ \ a ,’ / A ih > x ᾽ Ν 
ἀμφὶ σφοῖς ὄχέεσσι καὶ ἔγχεσιν. αὐτὰρ Αχαιοὶ 
5 7 7 φ x / ’ ͵ 
ἀσπασίως Ἰ]άτροκλον ὑπὲκ βελέων ἐρύσαντες 

/ nA 

κάτθεσαν ἐν λεχέεσσι" φίλοι δ᾽ ἀμφέσταν ἑταῖροι 


220 


225 


230 


—,- 


ILIAD XVIII. 65 


μυρόμενοι" μετὰ δέ σφι ποδώκης εἵπετ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
᾿ς \ / > \ / \ ¢€ ἴω 
δάκρυα θερμὰ χέων, ἐπεὶ εἴσιδε πιστὸν ἑταῖρον 235 
/ > / - / » Jaw An 
κείμενον ἐν φέρτρῳ δεδαϊγμένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ. 
τόν ῥ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ἔπεμπε σὺν ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν 
> / 50) 9 50. 7 7 
ἐς πόλεμον, οὐδ᾽ αὖτις ἐδέξατο νοστήσαντα. 
᾿Ἠέλιον δ᾽ ἀκάμαντα βοῶπις πότνια “Ἥρη 
πέμψεν ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ωκεανοῖο ῥοὰς ἀέκοντα νέεσθαι " 240 
᾿Ἤέλιος μὲν ἔδυ, παύσαντο δὲ δῖοι ᾽Αχαιοὶ 
7 A oh 
φυλόπιδος κρατερῆς Kal ὁμοιΐου πολέμοιο. 
Τρῶες δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἀπὸ κρατερῆς ὑσμίνης 
7 9 ¢€ a of 5 ΄ σ 
χωρήσαντες ἔλυσαν ὑφ᾽ ἅρμασιν ὠκέας ἵππους, 
> δ᾽ > \ > / / ὃ , / - 
ἐς δ᾽ ἀγορὴν ἀγέροντο, πάρος δόρποιο μέδεσθαι. 245 
> an 1 ae / > \ ti 5 3 ͵ », 
ὀρθῶν δ᾽ ἑσταότων ἀγορὴ γένετ᾽, οὐδέ τις ἔτλη 
“ /. \ » ῇ er s 9 \ 
ἕζεσθαι" πάντας yap ἔχε τρόμος, οὕνεκ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
> / \ \ / 3 / aS: An 
ἐξεφάνη, δηρὸν δὲ μάχης ἐπέπαυτ᾽ ἀλεγεινῆς. 
a \ / 7 9 2.9 rf 
τοῖσι δὲ ἸΠουλυδάμας πεπνυμένος ἦρχ᾽ ἀγορεύειν 
e e 
IlavOotdns: ὁ yap οἷος ὅρα πρόσσω καὶ ὀπίσσω. 250 
e x 4 © lal In Φ 59 \ / 
Extops δ᾽ ἦεν ἑταῖρος, in δ᾽ ἐν νυκτὶ γένοντο " 
4 4 “ 
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἂρ μύθοισιν, ὁ δ᾽ ἔγχεϊ πολλὸν ἐνίκα " 
ὅ σφιν ἐὐφρονέων ἀγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν " 
“Audi μάλα φράζεσθε, φίλοι" κέλομαι γὰρ ἔγωγε 
» a +/ \ Ψ 3 a A 
ἄστυδε νῦν ἰέναι, μὴ μίμνειν "He δῖαν 255 
3 / \ / ee & 2 9 \ / / > 
ἐν πεδίῳ Tapa νηυσίν" ἑκὰς δ᾽ ἀπὸ τείχεός εἰμεν. 
bla \ 2 2% > / / / 
ὄφρα μὲν οὗτος ἀνὴρ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι μήνιε δίῳ, 
τόφρα δὲ ῥηΐτεροι πολεμίζειν ἦσαν ᾿Αχαιοί" 
χαίρεσκον γὰρ ἔγωγε θοῇς ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ἰαύων, 
ἐλπόμενος νῆας αἱρησέμεν ἀμφιελίσσας. 260 
νῦν δ᾽ αἰνῶς δείδοικα ποδώκεα Ἰ]ηλείωνα " 
οἷος κείνου θυμὸς ὑπέρβιος, οὐκ ἐθελήσει 
/ > ὃ / “ T fa) \ DA: \ 
μίμνειν ἐν πεδίῳ, ὅθι περ Τρῶες καὶ ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
4 / > / ie eh ὃ 7 
ἐν μέσῳ ἀμφότεροι μένος “Apnos δατέονται, 


66 τ TATAAOS 3. 


ἀλλὰ περὶ TTONLOS TE μαχήσεται ἠδὲ γυναικῶν. 


4 
4 
' 


& 14 
ἀλλ᾽ ἴομεν προτὶ ἄστυ, πίθεσθέ μοι: ὧδε yap ἔσται. 
“Ὁ Ν \ > / Α / 
νῦν μὲν νὺξ ἀπέπαυσε ποδώκεα Πηλείωνα 
“3 / > > + / 9 ΣΕΥ 
ἀμβροσίη" εἰ δ᾽ ἄμμε κιχήσεται ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντας 
ς \ 7 \ 
αὔριον ὁρμηθεὶς σὺν τεύχεσιν, εὖ νύ τις αὐτὸν 
\ 
γνώσεται" ἀσπασίως yap ἀφίξεται ἔϊλιον ἱρὴν 270 
ὅς Ke φύγῃ, πολλοὺς δὲ κύνες Kal γῦπες ἔδονται 
Τρώων" ai γὰρ δή μοι ἀπ᾽ οὔατος ὧδε γένοιτο. 
3 ἌΝ, 5 “ > 7] / / 
εἰ δ᾽ ἂν ἐμοῖς ἐπέεσσι πιθώμεθα, kndopevoi περ, 
/ \ 2 5 A / v4 BA \ A 
νύκτα μὲν εἰν ἀγορῇ σθένος ἕξομεν, ἄστυ δὲ πύργοι 
ὑψηλαί τε πύλαι σανίδες T ἐπὶ τῆς ἀραρυῖαν 275 
μακραὶ ἐὔξεστοι ἐξευγμέναι εἰρύσσονται. 
πρῶϊ δ᾽ ὑπηοῖοι σὺν τεύχεσι θωρηχθέντες 
στησόμεθ᾽ ἂμ πύργους " τῷ δ᾽ ἄλ in ἐθέλ | 
ησόμεθ᾽ ἂμ πύργους " τῷ δ᾽ ἄλγιον, al κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσιν 
ἐλθὼν ἐκ νηῶν περὶ τείχεος ἄμμι μάχεσθαι. 
Ἃ / ee ee eee δι na 3 / 8.6.9 / “4 
ἂψ πάλιν εἰσ ἐπὶ νῆας, ἐπεὶ K ἐριαύχενας ἵππους 280 
/ / », ς Ν 7 > / 
παντοίου δρόμου don ὑπὸ πτόλιν ἠλασκάξων. 
» > ” Ἂς " an bf 
εἴσω δ᾽ ov μιν θυμὸς ἐφορμηθῆναι ἐάσει, 
3 / > 3 / / ‘i 3 Ἅ, 5. 5} 393 
οὐδέ ποτ᾽ ἐκπέρσει" πρίν μιν κύνες ἀργοὶ ἔδονται. 

Τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη κορυθαίολος “Ἰκτωρ" 
“Πουλυδάμα, σὺ μὲν οὐκέτ᾽ ἐμοὶ φίλα ταῦτ᾽ ἀγορεύεις, 
ἃ 7 Nar aii 5 7 
OS κέλεαι KATA ἄστυ AANMEVAL αὖτις ἰοντας. 286 
“ea 3 ᾷ > "4 5, ΄’ 

ἢ οὔπω κεκόρησθε ἐελμένοι ἔνδοθι πύργων ; 

\ \ \ 4 ; / 5», 
πρὶν μὲν γὰρ ἹΤριάμοιο πόλιν μέροπες ἄνθρωποι 
πάντες μυθέσκοντο πολύχρυσον πολύχαλκον * 

a / / 2 
νῦν δὲ δὴ ἐξαπόλωλε δόμων κειμήλια καλά, 290 
πολλὰ δὲ δὴ Φρυγίην καὶ Μῃονίην ἐρατεινὴν 
/ / itt 5 \ / > 7 » 
κτήματα περνάμεν᾽ ἵκει, ἐπεὶ μέγας ὠδύσατο Ζεύς. 
fa oe f δ / tal > , 

νῦν δ᾽ ὅτε πέρ μοι ἔδωκε Kpovov παῖς ἀγκυλομήτεω 
an / / / 

κῦδος ἀρέσθ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσί, θαλάσσῃ τ᾽ ἔλσαι ᾿Αχαιούς, 

/ / “ 7 νι ΘΟ τ ἃ / 
νήπιε, μηκέτι ταῦτα νοήματα φαῖν᾽ ἐνὶ δήμῳ. 295 


ILIAD XVIII 67 


> ᾽ὔ , 9 / > \ Se 
ov γάρ τις Τρώων ἐπιπείσεται" ov yap ἐάσω. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγεθ᾽, ὡς ἂν ἐγὼν εἴπω, πειθώμεθα πάντες. 

fa) \ 4 \ \ 5 fi 
νυν μὲν δόρπον ἕλεσθε κατὰ στρατὸν ἐν τελέεσσιν, 

\ nan / sa / Ψ 
καὶ φυλακῆς μνήσασθε, καὶ ἐγρήγορθε ἕκαστος " 

Τρώων δ᾽ ὃς κτεάτεσσιν ὑπερφιάλως ἀνιάζει, 800 
συλλέξας λαοῖσι δότω καταδημοβορῆσαι, 

“ b / , 3 3 7 + 9 ’ 
τῶν τινὰ βέλτερόν ἐστιν ἐπαυρέμεν ἤπερ ᾿Αχαιούς. 
πρῶϊ δ᾽ ὑπηοῖοι σὺν τεύχεσι θωρηχθέντες 

\ 7 a > / >e\ “A 

νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσιν ἐγείρομεν ὀξὺν “Apna. 
εἰ δ᾽ ἐτεὸν παρὰ ναῦφιν ἀνέστη δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 805 
ἄλγιον, ai κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσι, τῷ ἔσσεται. οὔ μιν ἔγωγε 

Ὕ ’ Hf] beg ~ μ Ky Ἢ 
φεύξομαι ἐκ πολέμοιο δυσηχέος, ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἄντην 
στήσομαι, ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος, ἤ κε φεροίμην. 
ξυνὸς ᾿Ενυάλιος, καί Te κτανέοντα κατέκτα." 

Ὡς “Extop ἀγόρευ᾽, ἐπὶ δὲ Τρῶες κελάδησαν 810 
νήπιοι" ἐκ γάρ σφεων φρένας εἵλετο ἸΤαλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη. 
“Ἕκτορι μὲν γὰρ ἐπήνησαν κακὼ μητιόωντι, 
Πουλυδάμαντι δ᾽ ap’ οὔτις, ὃς ἐσθλὴν φράζετο βουλήν. 

’ » > ¢/- \ / > \ 3 \ 
δόρπον ἔπειθ᾽ εἵλοντο κατὰ στρατόν" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
rh / > , ἴω 
παννύχιοι ἸΤάτροκλον ἀνεστενάχοντο γοῶντες. 815 
τοῖσι δὲ IInreldns adivod ἐξῆρχε γόοιο, 

Ὁ a Sos 9 / / / e / 
χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ ἀνδροφόνους θέμενος στήθεσσιν ἑταίρου, 
πυκνὰ μάλα στενάχων ὥστε Als ἠὐγένειος, 

eo £7 os £ \ Va 4 Ὁ / a \ 
ᾧ pa θ᾽ ὑπὸ σκύμνους ἐλαφηβόλος ἁρπάσῃ ἀνὴρ 
a e e 
ὕλης ἐκ πυκινῆς - ὁ δέ τ᾽ ἄχνυται ὕστερος ἐλθών, 820 
πολλὰ δέ T ἄγκε᾽ ἐπῆλθε μετ᾽ ἀνέρος ἴχνι᾽ ἐρευνῶν, 
εἴ ποθεν ἐξεύροι" μάλα γὰρ δριμὺς χόλος αἱρεῖ" 
ἃ ς \ / Ζ / 
ὡς ὁ βαρὺ στενάχων μετεφώνεε Μυρμιδόνεσσιν * 
/ 

“Ὦ πόποι, ἦ ῥ᾽ ἅλιον ἔπος ἔκβαλον ἤματι κείνῳ, 

θ0 Α Ὁ "4 > 2 "- 
ἀαρσύνων ἥρωα Μενοίτιον ἐν μεγάροισιν " 825 

n 28 oh Spee Veda) , \ \ pee ; 

piv δέ οἱ εἰς ᾽Οπόεντα περικλυτὸν υἱὸν ἀπάξειν 


68 : IAIAAOX &. 


Ἴλιον ἐκπέρσαντα, λαχόντα Te ληΐδος αἶσαν. 
3 > > \ A / / Leg 
ἀλλ᾽ ov Levs ἄνδρεσσι νοήματα πάντα τελευτᾷ " 


ἄμφω γὰρ πέπρωται ὁμοίην γαῖαν ἐρεῦσαι 
i > ol πεῖ / > \ a N92 = 59 \ / 
αὐτοῦ ἐνὶ Τροίῃ, ἐπεὶ οὐδ᾽ ἐμὲ νοστήσαντα 990 

/ 3 if / e / at 
δέξεται ἐν μεγάροισι γέρων ἱππηλάτα Ἰ]ηλεὺς 
οὐδὲ Θέτις μήτηρ, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῦ γαῖα καθέξει. 
νῦν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν, Πάτροκλε, σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ᾽ ὗπο γαῖαν, 

5 \ a / 39 ὦ > Ae) n 
ov σε πρὶν κτεριῶ, πρίν γ᾽ “Extopos ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐνεῖκαι 
τεύχεα καὶ κεφαλήν, μεγαθύμου σοῖο φονῆος " 335 
δώδεκα δὲ προπάροιθε πυρῆς ἀποδειροτομήσω 

, 3 Ν / / / / » 
Τρώων ἀγλαὰ τέκνα, σέθεν κταμένοιο χολωθείς. 
τόφρα δέ μοι παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσι κείσεαι αὔτως, 
ἀμφὶ δὲ σὲ Τρωαὶ καὶ Δαρδανίδες βαθύκολποι 
/ / \ toy f 
κλαύσονται νύκτας TE καὶ ἤματα δακρυχέουσαι, 840 

\ > \ / / / / A 
τὰς αὐτοὶ καμόμεσθα βίηφί Te δουρί Te μακρῷ, 
πιείρας πέρθοντε πόλεις μερόπων ἀνθρώπων." 

“Os εἰπὼν ἑτάροισιν ἐκέκλετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
3 \ \ n / / ” 4 
ἀμφὶ πυρὶ στῆσαι τρίποδα μέγαν, ὄφρα τάχιστα 
Πάτροκλον λούσειαν ἄπο βρότον αἱματόεντα. 345 

ς \ / , Δ te > \ / 
οἱ δὲ λοετροχόον τρίποδ᾽ ἵστασαν ἐν πυρὶ κηλέῳ, 
ἐν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὕδωρ ἔχεαν, ὑπὸ δὲ ξύλα δαῖον ἑλόντες " 

»Ἅ \ / “ » / Sa 
γάστρην μὲν τρίποδος πῦρ ἄμφεπε, θέρμετο δ᾽ ὕδωρ. 
αὐτὰρ ἐπειδὴ ζέσσεν ὕδωρ ἐνὶ ἤνοπι χαλκῷ 

Ρ ) Ρ εἰ Yate 
καὶ τότε δὴ λοῦσάν τε Kal ἤλειψαν λίπ᾽ ἐλαίῳ, 350 
ἐν δ᾽ ὠτειλὰς πλῆσαν ἀλείφατος ἐννεώροιο " 
ἐν λεχέεσσι δὲ θέντες ἑανῷ λιτὶ κάλυψαν 
ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, καθύπερθε δὲ φάρεϊ λευκῷ. 
΄, κ΄ oe , nao 29 Py 
παννύχιοι μὲν ἔπειτα πόδας ταχὺν aud ᾿Αχιλῆα 
Μυρμιδόνες Πάτροκλον ἀνεστενάχοντο γοῶντες"  ϑῦῦ 
\ "ὦ 7 7, os ἢ 
Ζεὺς δ᾽ “Ἥρην προσέειπε κασυγνήτην ἄλοχόν τε" 
“"Empntas καὶ ἔπειτα, βοῶπις πότνια “Ἥρη, 


ILIAD XVIII. 69 


> / + 2 n / 7 Ger lal 
ἀνστήσασ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα πόδας ταχύν" ἢ ῥά vu σεῖο 
ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐγένοντο καρηκομόωντες ᾿Αχαιοί." 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα βοῶπις πότνια “Ἥρη " 800 
ςς ae (ὃ ta] \ “ » 
αἰνότατε Kpovidn, ποῖον τὸν μῦθον ἔειπες. 
καὶ μὲν δή πού τις μέλλει βροτὸς ἀνδρὶ τελέσσαι, 
“ Με 5 ᾿ \ > / / 3 
ὅσπερ θνητός T ἐστὶ καὶ οὐ τόσα μήδεα οἶδεν " 
a Ἂς. 8 ae 4 Ζ + ae. κα 
TOS δὴ ἔγωγ᾽, ἥ φημι θεάων ἔμμεν ἀρίστη, 
ἀμφότερον, γενεῇ τε καὶ οὕνεκα σὴ παράκοιτις 365 
κέκλημαι, σὺ δὲ πᾶσι μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισιν ἀνάσσεις, 
οὐκ ὄφελον Τρώεσσι κοτεσσαμένη κακὰ ῥάψαι ;” 
a Ὁ \ n \ 2 7, peel 3 
ὥς οἱ μὲν τοιαῦτα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀγόρευον" 
«ς 
Ἡφαίστου δ᾽ ἵκανε δόμον Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα 
” 2 / 7 15 ,ὔ 
ἄφθιτον ἀστερόεντα, μεταπρεπέ᾽ ἀθανάτοισιν, 870 
7 Ὁ 4" pes / - 
χάλκεον, OV P AUTOS ποιήσατο κυλλοποδίων. 
\ ΟΥ̓͂Ν, ae “ δ 8 \ / 
Tov δ᾽ εὗρ᾽ ἱδρώοντα ἑλισσόμενον περὶ φύσας, 
σπεύδοντα: τρίποδας γὰρ ἐείκοσι πάντας ἔτευχεν 
ἑστάμεναι περὶ τοῖχον ἐὔσταθέος μεγάροιο, 
χρύσεα δέ of ὑπὸ κύκλα ἑκάστῳ πυθμένι θῆκεν, 810 
” € > ee ᾿ a / 7S a 
ὄφρα οἱ αὐτόματοι θεῖον δυσαίατ᾽ ἀγῶνα 
0 95 Ἁ “ / n 707 
ἠδ᾽ αὖτις πρὸς δῶμα veolato, θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι. 
« 2. / \ 3 / ” > ” 
οἱ δ᾽ ἤτοι τόσσον μὲν ἔχον τέλος, οὔατα δ᾽ οὔπω 
/ ᾽ν ΩΝ eA “ x a 
δαιδάλεω προσέκειτο' TA ῥ᾽ ἤρτυε, κόπτε δὲ δεσμούς. 
» 3» ΜἍ πο. Ὁ “Ὁ ὃ / (ὃ 
opp ove ταῦτ᾽ ἐπονεῖτο ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσιν, 980 
/ / 5 / 
τόφρα οἱ ἐγγύθεν ἦλθε θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα. 
τὴν δὲ ἴδε προμολοῦσα Χάρις λιπαροκρήδεμνος, 
/ \ » μ᾿ > , 
καλή, τὴν ὦπυιε TEPLKAUTOS ἀμφιγυήεις " 
Ψ + ed ς a) he ee Ἂς of ἣν 9} 9. 6 
ἔν T apa οἱ φῦ χειρὶ ἔπος T ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ T ὀνόμαζεν " 
“Ππτε, Θέτι τανύπεπλε, ἱκάνεις ἡμέτερον δὼ 88 
> / }- 3 \ " / 
αἰδοίη τε φίλη τε; πάρος ye μὲν οὔτι θαμίζεις. 
3 3, eS / 4 \ / / ” 
ἀλλ᾽ ἕπεο προτέρω, iva τοι πὰρ ξείνια θείω. 
ἃ » / , ” ὃ, θ / 
Os apa φωνήσασα πρόσω aye dia θεάων. 


70 ΙΔΙΑΔΟΣ 2. 


\ \ »᾽ “Ὁ eres" / 3 7] 
τὴν μὲν ἔπειτα καθεῖσεν ἐπὶ θρόνου ἀργυροήλου, 
καλοῦ δαιδαλέου" ὑπὸ δὲ θρῆνυς ποσὶν ἦεν" 390 
κέκλετο δ᾽ “Ηφαιστον κλυτοτέχνην εἶπέ τε μῦθον 

“Ἥφαιστε, πρόμολ᾽ ὧδε: Θέτις νύ τι σεῖο χατίζει." 

\ ph ek} / Ἄν Ν 3 Vd 

τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα περικλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις " 

“Ἢ ῥά νύ μοι δεινή τε καὶ αἰδοίη θεὸς ἔνδον, 
¢ ἴω , 
pe ἐσάωσ᾽, ὅτε μ᾽ ἄλγος ἀφίκετο τῆλε πεσόντα 395 

\ 5 τὴν a7 , ὃ Ὡ ? 20 Dy. 

μητρὸς ἐμῆς ἰότητι κυνώπιδος, ἥ μ᾽ ἐθέλησεν 

4 \ 27 on ὲ (Ἀ 4 3 n 
κρύψαι χωλὸν ἐόντα " τότ᾽ ἂν πάθον ἄλγεα θυμῷ, 

/ 

εἰ μή μ᾽ Εὐρυνόμη te Θέτις θ᾽ ὑπεδέξατο κόλπῳ, 
Εὐρυνόμη, θυγάτηρ ἀψορρόου ᾿Ωκεανοῖο. 
τῇσι παρ᾽ εἰνάετες χάλκευον δαίδαλα πολλά, 400 

/ , γ), ὦ / / > 
πόρπας Te γναμπτάς θ᾽ ἕλικας κάλυκάς TE καὶ ὅρμους 
5 AS - \ ΝΟΥ, 9 rn 
ἐν σπῆϊ γχλαφυρῷ " περὶ δὲ ῥόος ᾿Ωκεανοῖο 
ἀφρῷ μορμύρων ῥέεν ἄσπετος " οὐδέ τις ἄλλο 

ρῷ μορμύρων ῥέεν ἄσπετος " οὐδέ τις ἄλλος 
v 5 “ " “ > Ψ 
ἤδεεν οὔτε θεῶν οὔτε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων, 
ἀλλὰ Θέτις τε καὶ Ἐὐρυνόμη ἴσαν, αἵ μ᾽ ἐσάωσαν. 405 
ἃ a a 
ἣ νῦν ἡμέτερον δόμον ἵκει" TO με μάλα χρεὼ 
πάντα Θέτι καλλιπλοκάμῳ ζωάγρια τίνειν. 
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν οἱ παράθες ξεινήϊα καλά, 
ΣΙ , > \ 7 > θ / Ὁ Ἃ 4 ” 

ὄφρ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ φύσας ἀποθείομαι ὅπλα τε πάντα. 

Ἦ καὶ am ἀκμοθέτοιο πέλωρ αἴητον ἀνέστη 410 
χωλεύων : ὑπὸ δὲ κνῆμαι ῥώοντο ἀραιαί. 

, / ea 63 / / , « ΄ 
φύσας μέν ῥ᾽ ἀπάνευθε τίθει πυρός, ὅπλα τε πάντα 

he We. > / / a > a 
meer ἐς CRP enY σηλὰοσοποῖ τοὺς ἔπονευτο" 
ore δ᾽ ἀμφὶ ghee ie καὶ ἄμφω χεῖρ᾽ ἀπομόργνυ 
αὐχένα TE αρυβάρὸν καὶ στήθεα λαχνήεντα, 415 
δῦ δὲ χυτῶν᾽, ἕλε δὲ σκῆπτρον παχύ, βῆ δὲ θύραζε 

͵ e \ “Wet: / e Ff » 
χωλεύων " ὑπὸ δ᾽ ἀμφίπολοι ῥώοντο ἄνακτι 
χρύσειαι, ζωῆσι νεήνισιν εἰοικυῖαι. 

fal ? \ / > \ Ν f > δὲ Ν 70) 
τῆς ἐν μὲν νόος ἐστὶ μετὰ φρεσίν, ἐν δὲ καὶ avd) 


ILIAD XVIII. 71 


a Yd 
καὶ σθένος, ἀθανάτων δὲ θεῶν ἄπο ἔργα ἴσασιν. 420 
ai μὲν ὕπαιθα ἄνακτος ἐποίπνυον " αὐτὰρ ὁ ἔρρων 
’ - nr 
πλησίον, ἔνθα Θέτις περ, ἐπὶ θρόνου ἷξε φαεινοῦ, 
» Pg e a + ¢ my ot ped ας Me 
ἔν T ἄρα οἱ PU χειρὶ ἔπος T Edhar ἐκ T ὀνόμαζεν " 
ςς / / 7 e 4 ς / n 
Τίπτε, Θέτι τανύπεπλε, ἱκάνεις ἡμέτερον δῷ 
αἰδοίη τε φίλη τε; πάρος γε μὲν οὔτι θαμίζεις. 425 
» oe 7 ΄ , δον δ Δ 
αὔδα 6 τι φρονέεις - τελέσαι δέ με θυμὸς ἄνωγεν, 
> 7 . / \ 2 / > δῶν 
εἰ δύναμαι τελέσαι γε καὶ εἰ τετελεσμένον ἐστίν. 

Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ’ ἔπειτα Θέτις κατὰ δάκρυ χέουσα" 
“““Ἡφαιστ᾽, ἢ ἄρα δή τις, ὅσαι θεαί cio’? ἐν ᾿Ολύμπῳ, 
 τοσσάδ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶν How ἀνέσχετο κήδεα λυγρά, 480 
ὅσσ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἐκ πασέων Κρονίδης Ζεὺς ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν ; 
ἐκ μέν μ᾽ ἀλλάων ἁλιάων ἀνδρὶ δάμασσεν, 

Αἰακίδη Πηλῆϊ, καὶ ἔτλην ἀνέρος εὐνὴν 
e [Δ] 
πολλὰ μάλ᾽ οὐκ ἐθέλουσα. ὁ μὲν δὴ γήραϊ λυγρῷ 

a a % ΄ 5 / YA ὃ / a " 
κεῖται ἐνὶ μεγάροις ἀρημένος, ἄλλα δέ μοι νῦν" 48ῦ 
υἱὸν ἐπεί μοι δῶκε γενέσθαι τε τραφέμεν τε, 

+ 4 4 4 ¢ δ᾽ 3 ἐδ 7 = > 
ἔξοχον ἡρώων" ὁ δ᾽ ἀνέδραμεν ἔρνεϊ ἶσος " 

Ἔ \ ree. , \ ἃ “a 3 A 
τὸν μὲν ἐγὼ θρέψασα φυτὸν Hs youre ἀλωῆς, 
νηυσὶν ἐπιπροέηκα κορωνίσιν ἔϊλιον εἴσω 
Τρωσὶ μαχησόμενον" τὸν δ᾽ οὐχ ὑποδέξομαι αὖτις 440 

5) / 7 7. ΕΣ 
οἴκαδε νοστήσαντα, δόμον ἸΠηλήϊον εἴσω. 

ΟΝ 
ὄφρα δέ μοι ζώει καὶ ὁρᾷ φάος ἠελίοιο, 
ἄχνυται, οὐδέ τί οἱ δύναμαι χραισμῆσαι ἰοῦσα. 

/ A 59 ς “4 ΕΝ Φ 9 ἴω 
κούρην ἣν ἄρα οἱ γέρας ἔξελον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
τὴν ary ἐκ χειρῶν ἕλετο κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων. 445 

id n "9 / 
ἤτοι ὁ τῆς ἀχέων φρένας ἔφθιεν " αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὺς 
Τρῶες ἐπὶ πρύμνῃσιν ἐείλεον, οὐδὲ θύραξε 

» > / \ \ / / 
εἴων ἐξιέναι. τὸν dé λίσσοντο γέροντες 
᾿Αργείων, καὶ πολλὰ περικλυτὰ δῶρ᾽ ὀνόμαζον. 

» 7 > Ν Ν ” SF 3 \ > ἴω 
ἔνθ᾽ αὐτὸς μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἠναίνετο λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι, 450 


42 IAIAAOS Σ. 


aes" ς / εἶ Ν \ aA f τὰ 
αὐτὰρ ὁ ἸΙάτροκλον περὶ μὲν τὰ ἃ τεύχεα ἕσσεν, 
, / / \ / 
πέμπε δέ μιν πόλεμόνδε, πολὺν δ᾽ ἅμα λαὸν ὄπασσεν. 
πᾶν δ᾽ ἦμαρ μάρναντο περὶ RKaijou πύλῃσιν" 
n a / 
Kal νύ κεν αὐτῆμαρ πόλιν ἔπραθον, εἰ μὴ ᾿Απόλλων 
> εν 
πολλὰ κακὰ ῥέξαντα Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμον υἱὸν 4δῦ 
» BES) sit ’ \ oh 55 ES 
ἔκταν᾽ ἐνὶ προμάχοισι kat” Exrope κῦδος ἔδωκεν. 
: Ἢ 
τοὔνεκα νῦν τὰ σὰ γούναθ᾽ ἱκάνομαι, αἴ κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσθα 
πτνι 9. ees S , / 3 / Ν » 
υἱεῖ ἐμῷ ὠκυμόρῳ δόμεν ἀσπίδα καὶ τρυφάλειαν 
καὶ καλὰς κνημῖδας, ἐπισφυρίοις ἀραρυίας, 
καὶ θώρηχ᾽ " ὃ γὰρ ἣν οἱ, ἀπώλεσε πιστὸς ἑταῖρος 400 
ig an Ν 4 > 
Τρωσὶ Sapeis: ὁ δὲ κεῖται ἐπὶ χθονὶ θυμὸν ἀχεύων." 
Τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα περικλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις " 
A “- ’ 
““θάρσει" μή τοι ταῦτα μετὰ φρεσὶ σῇσι μελόντων. 
at γάρ μιν θανάτοιο δυσηχέος ὧδε δυναίμην 
/ > A ὩΦ , 2A e ἢ 
νόσφιν ἀποκρύψαι, ὅτε μιν μόρος αἰνὸς ἱκάνοι, 465 
ὥς οἱ τεύχεα καλὰ παρέσσεται, οἷά τις aUTE 
> 4 / / va 5) » 
ἀνθρώπων πολέων θαυμάσσεται, ὅς κεν ἴδηται. 
“Os εἰπὼν τὴν μὲν λίπεν αὐτοῦ, βῆ δ᾽ ἐπὶ φύσας, 
τὰς δ᾽ ἐς πῦρ ἔτρεψε, κέλευσέ τε ἐργάζεσθαι. 
n cee J / Sef Qn > iA 
φῦσαι δ᾽ ἐν χοάνοισιν ἐείκοσι πᾶσαι ἐφύσων, 470 
- “ \ an 
παντοίην εὔπρηστον ἀὐτμὴν ἐξανιεῖσαι, 
ἄλλοτε μὲν σπεύδοντι παρέμμεναι, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε, 
ὅππως “Ηφαιστός τ᾽ ἐθέλοι καὶ ἔργον ἄνοιτο. 
Ν 5 Jee. \ ΄ > f / , 
χαλκὸν δ᾽ ἐν πυρὶ βάλλεν ἀτειρέα κασσίτερόν τε 
\ a 
καὶ χρυσὸν τιμῆντα Kal ἄργυρον " αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα ATS 
θῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ μέγαν ἄκμονα, γέντο δὲ χειρὶ 
an PA 
ῥαιστῆρα κρατερήν, ἑτέρηφι δὲ γέντο πυράγρην. 
Ποίει δὲ πρώτιστα σάκος μέγα τε στιβαρόν τε 
πάντοσε δαιδάλλων, περὶ δ᾽ ἄντυγα βάλλε φαεινήν, 
Ig / > 22> / A 
TPLTAAKA MAPMAPEND, EK δ᾽ ἀργύρεον τελαμῶνα. 480 
a id lal 
πέντε δ᾽ ap αὐτοῦ ἔσαν σάκεος πτύχες " αὐτὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ 
ποίει δαίδαλα πολλὰ ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσιν. 


ILIAD XVII. 73 


Ἔν μὲν γαῖαν ἔτευξ᾽, ἐν δ᾽ οὐρανόν, ἐν δὲ θάλασσαν, 
ay / a" ὦ’ Ζ / / 
ἠέλιόν T ἀκάμαντα σελήνην Te πλήθουσαν, 
> \ \ / f ge > \ 3 / 
ἐν δὲ Ta τείρεα πάντα, TAT οὐρανὸς ἐστεφάνωται, 485 
Πληϊάδας θ᾽ “γάδας τε, τό τε σθένος ᾿᾽Ωρίωνος 
ἼΑρκτον θ᾽, ἣν καὶ ἄμαξαν ἐπίκλησιν καλέουσιν, 

iv. Fs > “ / / + 3 / 7 
HT αὐτοῦ στρέφεται καί τ᾽ ᾿᾽Ωρίωνα δοκεύει, 
Y Ow. mes tae A 
οἴη δ᾽ ἄμμορός ἐστι λοετρῶν ᾿Ωκεανοῖο. 
Ἔν δὲ δύω ποίησε πόλεις μερόπων ἀνθρώπων 490 
πρώ a Ponte ta >» ) / 
καλάς. ἐν TH μὲν pa γάμοι T ἐσᾶν εἰλαπίναν τε, 
νύμφας δ᾽ ἐκ θαλάμων δαΐδων ὕπο λαμπομενάων 
> / > \ 7 Ἁ Ὁ ¢ 2 5 ΄ 
ἠγίνεον ἀνὰ ἄστυ, πολὺς δ᾽ ὑμέναιος ὀρώρει" 
κοῦροι δ᾽ ὀρχηστῆρες ἐδίνεον, ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τοῖσιν 
> \ ΄ τ να Neus SF 6 ὡς n 
αὐλοὶ hoppuyyes Te βοὴν ἔχον" αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες 490 
ἱστάμεναι θαύμαζον ἐπὶ προθύροισιν ἑκάστη. 
\ 2 τὰ > a > 4 ” \ - 
λαοὶ δ᾽ εἶν ἀγορῇ ἔσαν ἀθρόοι ἔνθα δὲ νεῖκος 
» , / a OF 5 / “ “ 
ὠρώρει, δύο δ᾽ ἄνδρες ἐνείκεον εἵνεκα ποινῆς 
> εἶ » ‘i id \ ” / Ὧν 3 ἴω 
ἀνδρὸς ἀποφθιμένου- ὁ μὲν εὔχετο πάντ᾽ ἀποδοῦναι, 
δήμῳ πιφαύσκων, ὁ δ᾽ ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι 500 
v ee σεν a e ts 
ἄμφω δ᾽ ἱέσθην ἐπὶ ἴστορι πεῖραρ ἑλέσθαι. 
Ἅ, ἄν.. 2 / b) / > \ 3 / 
λαοὶ δ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισιν ἐπήπυον, ἀμφὶς apwyot 

7 ΟΝ ὦ ἊἝ 5 he id x 7 

κήρυκες δ᾽ ἄρα λαὸν ἐρήτυον " οἱ δὲ γέροντες 
“ ee \ a / e ere 5" τῆν / 
elaT ἐπὶ ξεστοῖσι λίθοις ἱερῷ ἐνὶ κύκλῳ, 

fal δὲ / > / 7s 3 ff - 
σκῆπτρα δὲ κηρύκων ἐν χέρσ᾽ ἔχον ἠεροφώνων " 505 

“ » > Se > \ \ / 
τοῖσιν ἔπειτ᾽ ἤϊσσον, ἀμοιβηδὶς δὲ δίκαζον. 

a ey 9 ts if a / 
κεῖτο δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισι δύω χρυσοῖο τάλαντα, 

a / an , 
τῷ δόμεν ὃς μετὰ τοῖσι δίκην ἰθύντατα εἴποι. 

Τὴν δ᾽ ἑτέρην πόλιν ἀμφὶ δύω στρατοὶ εἵατο λαῶν 
τεύχεσι λαμπόμενοι. δίχα δέ σφισιν ἥνδανε βουλή, 510 
»\ / ἀπ 4 / / 
ne διαπραθέειν ἢ ἄνδιχα πάντα δάσασθαι, 
κτῆσιν ὅσην πτολίεθρον ἐπήρατον ἐντὸς ἐέργοι " 

eo) ” / / ν ἃ / 
οἱ 0 οὔπω πείθοντο, λόχῳ δ᾽ ὑπεθωρήσσοντο. 


4 


14 IATAAOS Σ 


τεῖχος μέν ῥ᾽ ἄλοχοί τε φίλαι καὶ νήπια τέκνα 
᾿ / \ > a ἃ 7 “ ‘ 
ῥύατ᾽, ἐφεσταότες, μετὼ δ᾽ ἀνέρες ods ἔχε γῆρας" δ1ὅ 
5 \ / 
οἱ δ᾽ ἴσαν" ἦρχε δ᾽ dpa σφιν ἴΑρης καὶ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη: 
ΝΕ 7 , νἀ ΤῊΣ Ψ 
ἄμφω χρυσείω, χρύσεια δὲ εἵματα ἕσθην, 
Ν Ν / x / Ὁ“ / 
καλὼ καὶ μεγάλω σὺν τεύχεσιν, ὥστε θεώ περ, 
ἀμφὶς ἀριζήλω : λαοὶ δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ὀλίζονες ἦσαν. 
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ ἵκανον ὅθι σφίσιν εἶκε λοχῆσαι, 520 
> et coer Tie > x, 5, / “Ὁ 
ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι T ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν, 
5» cee 4 ek ὦ ΟἹ 3 / 7 A 
ἔνθ᾽ dpa τοίγ᾽ ἵζοντ᾽ εἴλυμένοι αἴθοπι yarKe. 
an be kd 32 / / \ Ὁ nr 
τοῖσι © ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπάνευθε δύω σκοποὶ εἵατο λαῶν, 
/ e 7 n 3 / Wye na 
δέγμενοι ὁππότε μῆλα ἰδοίατο καὶ ἕλικας βοῦς. 
ς \ / / / ΦΥΙΝΜ 239 bok “ 
οἱ δὲ τάχα προγένοντο, δύω δ᾽ ἅμ᾽ ἕποντο νομῆες 525 
/ , / > 3 / 
τερπόμενοι σύριγξι" δόλον δ᾽ οὔτι προνόησαν. 
οἱ μὲν τὰ προϊδόντες ἐπέδραμον, ὦκα δ᾽ ἔπειτα 
1d ἌΣ Ν lal > / \ , \ 
τάμνοντ᾽ ἀμφὶ βοῶν ἀγέλας καὶ πώεα καλὰ 
ἀργεννῶν ὀΐων, κτεῖνον δ᾽ ἐπὶ μηλοβοτῆρας. 
οἱ δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐπύθοντο πολὺν κέλαδον παρὰ βουσὶν 530 
᾿] Ψ ,ὔ 7 > feb 2 PR 
εἰράων προπάροιθε καθήμενοι, αὐτίκ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἵππων 
Υ > / / 5 " oS 
βάντες ἀερσυπόδων μετεκίαθον, ainva δ᾽ ἵκοντο. 
στησάμενοι δ᾽ ἐμάχοντο μάχην ποταμοῖο παρ᾽ ὄχθας, 
βάλλον δ᾽ ἀλλήλους χαλκήρεσιν ἐγχείησιν. 
ς > ~ 
ἐν δ᾽ Ἔρις, ἐν δὲ ΚΚυδοιμὸς opireor, ἐν δ᾽ ὀλοὴ Kip, 585 
ἄλλον ζωὸν ἔχουσα νεούτατον, ἄλλον ἄουτον, 
ἄλλον τεθνηῶτα κατὰ μόθον ἕλκε ποδοῖιν " 
7 a 
εἷμα δ᾽ ἔχ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ὦμοισι δαφοινεὸν αἵματι φωτῶν. 
ὡμίλευν δ᾽ ὥστε ζωοὶ βροτοὶ ἠδ᾽ ἐμάχοντο, 
, > ete J 7 ” » 
νεκρούς T ἀλλήλων ἔρυον κατατεθνηῶτας. 540 
> he ee, \ / f ” 
Ev δ᾽ ἐτίθει νειὸν μαλακήν, πίειραν ἄρουραν, 
3 al / \ eee I a 5 aun 
εὐρεῖαν τρίπολον " πολλοὶ δ᾽ ἀροτῆρες ἐν αὐτῇ 
, , 3 / ” \ 2 
ζεύγεα δινεύοντες ἐλάστρεον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα. 
ς 3. ot / / id / / > , 
οἱ δ᾽ ὁπότε στρέψαντες ἱκοίατο τέλσον ἀρούρης, 


ὩΣ 


ILIAD XVIII. 75 


nm », 
τοῖσι δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἐν χερσὶ δέπας μελιηδέος οἴνου 545 
60 > \ 3 Vd \ δὲ ee Huy. δῥἢ 
ὁσκεν ἀνὴρ ἐπιών " τοὶ δὲ στρέψασκον ἀν᾽ ὄγμους, 
ce a 
ἱέμενοι νειοῖο βαθείης TéXoov ἱκέσθαι. 
ς Ν 
ἡ δὲ μελαίνετ᾽ ὄπισθεν, ἀρηρομένῃ δὲ ἐῴκει, 
/ a fa) 
χρυσείη περ ἐοῦσα" TO δὴ περὶ θαῦμα τέτυκτο. 
? ) “ 
Ev δ᾽ ἐτίθει τέμενος βαθυλήϊον " ἔνθα δ᾽ ἔριθον ὅδ0 
5 ? 
ἤμων ὀξείας δρεπάνας ἐν χερσὶν ἔχοντες. 
ὃ ΄ 3 ser ἣν 9} > / lal » 
ράγματα δ᾽ ἄλλα μετ᾽ ὄγμον ἐπήτριμα πῖπτον ἔραζε, 
ἄλλα δ᾽ ἀμαλλοδετῆρες ἐν ἐλλεδανοῖσι δέοντο. 
τρεῖς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀμαλλοδετῆρες ἐφέστασαν " αὐτὰρ ὄπισθεν 
- παῖδες δραγμεύοντες, ἐν ἀγκαλίδεσσι φέροντες, 555 
ἀσπερχὲς Tapeyov: βασιλεὺς δ᾽ ἐν τοῖσι σιωπῇ 
σκῆπτρον ἔχων ἑστήκει ET ὄγμου γηθόσυνος κῆρ. 
7 δι. , ς Ν As ἴω Ve 
κήρυκες δ᾽ ἀπάνευθεν ὑπὸ Sput δαῖτα πένοντο, 
βοῦν δ᾽ ἱερεύσαντες μέγαν ἄμφεπον " αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες 
δεῖπνον ἐρίθοισιν λεύκ᾽ ἄλφιτα πολλὰ πάλυνον. 560 
Ἔν δ᾽ ἐτίθει σταφυλῇσι μέγα βρίθουσαν ἀλωὴν 
\ / / a0 8 \ / 9S 
καλὴν χρυσείην" μέλανες δ᾽ ava βότρυες ἦσαν, 
ἑστήκει δὲ κάμαξι διαμπερὲς ἀργυρέῃσιν. 
> \ \ / ΄ \ im cf »Μ 
ἀμφὶ δὲ κυανέην κάπετον, περὶ δ᾽ ἕρκος ἔλασσεν 
/ / > ” > \ 9S ane | > / 
κασσιτέρου" μία δ᾽ οἴη ἀταρπιτὸς ἦεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτήν, 565 
τῇ νίσσοντο φορῆες, ὅτε τρυγόῳφεν ἀλωήν. 
παρθενικαὶ δὲ καὶ ἠΐθεοι ἀταλὰ φρονέοντες 
a > / / / , 
πλεκτοῖς ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν. 
“ >We | la fw / / 
τοῖσιν δ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισι πάϊς φόρμιγγι λιγείῃ 
ἱμερόεν κιθάριζε, λίνον δ᾽ ὑπὸ καλὸν ἄειδεν 570 
λεπταλέῃ φωνῇ " τοὶ δὲ ῥήσσοντες ἁμαρτῆ 
μολπῇ T ἰυγμῷ τε ποσὶ σκαίροντες ἕποντο. 
Ἔν δ᾽ ἀγέλην ποίησε βοῶν ὀρθοκραιράων " 
αἱ δὲ βόες χρυσοῖο τετεύχατο κασσιτέρου τε, 


cr 
at 


an / / 
μυκηθμῷ δ᾽ ἀπὸ κόπρου ἐπεσσεύοντο νομόνδε 


76 IAIAAOS Σ. 


εὖ Ν / \ € Ν lol 
TAP ποταμὸν κελάδοντα, Tapa ῥοδανὸν δονακῆα. 
, an 
χρύσειοι δὲ νομῆες ἅμ᾽ ἐστιχόωντο βόεσσιν 
7 > / 7 / 4 > A δὲ 
τέσσαρες, ἐννέα δέ σφι κύνες πόδας ἀργοὶ ἕποντο. 
᾿σμερδαλέω δὲ λέοντε δύ᾽ ἐν πρώτῃσι βόεσσιν 
a : Wie 4 ᾿ f ς Ν % \ 
ταῦρον ἐρύγμηλον ἐχέτην " ὁ δὲ μακρὰ μεμυκὼς 580 
ty Ν \ it / 507 > Γ᾿ 
ἕλκετο" τὸν δὲ κύνες μετεκίαθον ἠδ᾽ αἰζηοί. 
\ \ > / τς / / 
τῷ μὲν ἀναρρήξαντε Boos μεγάλοιο βοείην 
» Ν [4 e ἊΝ e \ fel 
ἔγκατα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα λαφύσσετον " οἱ δὲ νομῆες 
αὔτως ἐνδίεσαν ταχέας κύνας ὀτρύνοντες. 
ς > » Ζ Ν b] “ ᾿ 
οἱ ὃ ἤτοι δακέειν μὲν ἁπετρώπωντο λεόντων, 585 
ς ΄ \ P1929 4! ς » ” > 3. 7 
ἱστάμενοι δὲ μάλ᾽ ἐγγὺς UNAKTEOV ἔκ τ᾽ ἀλέοντο. 
3 \ A , Ἂς Ψ 7 
Ev δὲ νομὸν ποίησε περικλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις, 
ἐν καλῇ βήσσῃ, μέγαν οἰῶν ἀργεννάων, 
ue , ha ION Pe 
σταθμούς Te κλισίας Te κατηρεφέας ἰδὲ σηκούς. 
Ἔν δὲ χορὸν ποίκιλλε περικλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις, 590 
a yf er a 9. δ “ » / 
τῷ ikedov οἷόν ποτ᾽ ἐνὶ Κνωσῷ εὐρείῃ 
/ δ) ᾽ὔ 3 / 
Δαίδαλος ἤσκησεν καλλιπλοκάμῳ ᾿Δριάδνῃ. 
ἔνθα μὲν ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι ἀλφεσίβοιαι 
3 a 4 3 7 fb Wms), a a 5 
ὠρχεῦντ, ἀλλήλων ἐπὶ καρπῷ YELPAS ἔχοντες. 
ἴω a] e \ \ 5 y » Θ Ν a 
τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χυτῶνας 595 
ESE hye eo oe 5 ἡ 3 ῃ 
εἴατ᾽ ἐὐννήτους, ἧκα στίλβοντας ἐλαίῳ " 
ἠΓ 529 e \ \ < ” ς Ν f 
Kal ῥ᾽ αἱ μὲν καλὰς στεφάνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ μαχαίρας 
εἶχον χρυσείας ἐξ ἀργυρέων τελαμώνων. 
e at \ \ / 3 , / 
οἱ δ᾽ ὁτὲ μὲν θρέξασκον ἐπισταμένοισι πόδεσσιν 
ἡδύ ἣν /~ 5 «ς ω Ν 5 3 7 
Pela PAX, ὡς OTE τις τροχὸν ἄρμενον ἐν παλάμῃσιν 600 
ἑζόμενος κεραμεὺς πειρήσεται, αἴ Ke θέησιν" 
ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖ θρέξασκον ἐπὶ στίχας ἀλλήλοισιν. 
Ν 3 ΔΝ 2 \ / bees d 
πολλὸς δ᾽ ἱμερόεντα χορὸν περιίσταθ᾽ ὅμιλος 
/ \ , eats A 5 \ 
τερπόμενοι peTa δέ σφιν ἐμέλπετο θεῖος ἀοιδὸς 
φορμίξων : δοιὼ δὲ κυβιστητῆρε κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς 605 
μολπῆς ἐξάρχοντος ἐδίνευον κατὰ μέσσους. 


ILIAD XVIII. T7 


Ἔν δ᾽ ἐτίθει ποταμοῖο μέγα σθένος ᾿Ωκεανοῖο 

ἄντυγα πὰρ πυμάτην σάκεος πύκα ποιητοῖο. 
> \ > \ “ / / , 

Αὐτὰρ ἐπειδὴ τεῦξε σάκος μέγα τε στιβαρόν Te, 

Aged ΓΚ € / / Ν > a 
τεῦξ᾽ dpa οἱ θώρηκα φαεινότερον πυρὸς αὐγῆς, 610 

a) re ς , \ / > - 
τεῦξε δέ οἱ κόρυθα βριαρὴν κροτάφοις ἀραρυῖαν, 
καλὴν δαιδαλέην, ἐπὶ δὲ χρύσεον λόφον ἧκεν, 
τεῦξε δέ οἱ κνημῖδας ἑανοῦ κασσιτέροιο. 

Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πάνθ᾽ ὅπλα κάμε κλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις, 
μητρὸς ᾿Αχιλλῆος θῆκε προπάροιθεν ἀείρας. 615 
ἡ δ᾽ ἴρηξ ὡς ἄλτο κατ᾽ Οὐλύμπου νιφόεντος, 
τεύχεα μαρμαίροντα παρ᾽ Ἡφαίστοιο φέρουσα. 


_» = os oe Le 


) ‘ ὌΥΨ ey ae ἐπ 
wely ᾿ 
; a BG 
= A 
i os ers ¢ 
‘ -- ic) ΕΤΟΥΣ 
ΧΆ, ἐν A εὖν ™ Ἢ 
PEI RET Ses hy “hey: οὗ Δ 
Ritts oy + hehe 
ε ἱ 3 ὃ Γ δ 


Me Σ ὴ ro Σ 
at © ΟΊ ΘΗ ae 
ms ea - Sito 
: SU SO Pee SS 
ὙΥΎ. “τὰν ἐν pia 
Ἷ ζ ΤῸ 
: as - δ may 
Ἷ 
: : a 
a ᾿ 
τ ΑΘ ror Fy 
2 i aos χἢ πε ᾿ Hor 
< od Ὁ" 
ν᾽ 
We 
. 
- V : é 


OM HPOYT 
IAIAAOS T. 


HOMER'S ILIAD. 
Ue AA. 


Myvidos ἀπόρρησις. 


9 ἈΝ Ν ὔ ᾽ be al rd 7 
Has μὲν κροκόπεπλος ἀπ᾽ ᾿Ωκεανοῖο ῥοάων 
ὠρνυθ᾽, iv ἀθανάτοισι φόως φέροι ἠδὲ βροτοῖσιν " 
Φ δ᾽ > n “ “ “4 lal 7 
ἡ δ᾽ ἐς νῆας ἵκανε θεοῦ πάρα δῶρα φέρουσα. 
εὗρε δὲ Πατρόκλῳ περικείμενον ὃν φίλον υἱόν, 
κλαίοντα λιγέως + πολέες δ᾽ aud’ αὐτὸν ἑταῖροι 5 
A ee ς ν᾿ 9 Ὁ 7 n / i 
μύρονθ᾽. ἡ δ᾽ ἐν τοῖσι παρίστατο δῖα θεάων, 
» a Sf fe 2A . ae. d ay ᾽ν pie ΟΝ 
ἔν T ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρὶ ἔπος T ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ T ὀνόμαζεν " 
“Τέκνον ἐμόν, τοῦτον μὲν ἐάσομεν, ἀχνύμενοί περ, 
n 5] \ an nA a7 Ξ 
κεῖσθαι, ἐπειδὴ πρῶτα θεῶν ἰότητι δαμάσθη " 
τύνη δ᾽ «Πφαίστοιο πάρα κλυτὰ τεύχεα δέξο, 10 
\ f= 9 ΩΣ 5» : eas ” / a 
καλὰ far, οἱ οὔπω TLS ἀνὴρ ὦμοίσι φοόρησεν. 
«Ὁ » / x \ Fd > + 
ὡς apa φωνήσασα θεὰ κατὰ Tevye ἔθηκεν 
/ An 
πρόσθεν ᾿Αχιλλῆος " τὰ δ᾽ avéBpaye δαίδαλα πάντα. 
Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ ἄρα πάντας ἕλε τρόμος, οὐδέ τις ἔτλη 
ἄντην εἰσιδέειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτρεσαν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 1ὅ 
ὡς εἶδ᾽, ὥς μιν μᾶλλον ἔδυ χόλος, ἐν δέ οἱ ὄσσε 
δεινὸν ὑπὸ βλεφάρων ὡσεὶ σέλας ἐξεφάανθεν " 
7] ων / ” a 2 \ na 
τέρπετο © ἐν χείρεσσιν ἔχων θεοῦ ἀγλαὰ δῶρα. 


80 ITAIAAO® T. 


\ e , 
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ φρεσὶν ἧσι τετάρπετο δαίδαλα λεύσσων, 
αὐτίκα μητέρα ἣν ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 90 

an ¢ ® % 
“Μῆτερ ἐμή, τὰ μὲν ὅπλα θεὸς πόρεν οἷ ἐπιεικὲς 


nn (" 


ἔργ᾽ ἔμεν ἀθανάτων, μηδὲ βροτὸν ἄνδρα τελέσσαι. 
νῦν δ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ἐγὼ θωρήξομαι" ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ αἰνῶς 


, 
δείδω μή μοι τόφρα Μενοιτίου ἄλκιμον υἱὸν 
μυῖαι καδδῦσαι κατὰ χαλκοτύπους ὠτειλὰς 25 | 
evras ἐγγείνωνται, ἀεικίσσωσι δὲ veKpov — 
> 3 ᾿ς / \ \ ῇ »»» / 3» 
ἐκ δ᾽ αἰὼν πέφατα --- κατὰ δὲ χρόα πάντα σαπήῃ. 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα" 
a a / 
“σέκνον, μή TOL ταῦτα μετὰ φρεσὶ σῇσι μελόντων. 
i ee! ον τὶ , ’ ny na Ἔ 
τῷ μὲν ἐγὼ πειρήσω ἀλαλκεῖν ἄγρια φῦλα, 80 
/ ‘vj’ a nan > - / / 
μυίας, at ῥά Te φῶτας ἀρηϊφάτους κατέδουσιν * 
A / / 
ἤνπερ γὰρ κῆταί γε τελεσφόρον εἰς ἐνιαυτόν, 
ἌΣ, ΟΣ ν» \ ” δ ΝΌΟΣ / 
αἰεὶ TOO ἔσται χρὼς ἔμπεδος, ἢ Kal ἀρείων. 
> \ ἀκῶς ἢ ᾽ > \ / “ 3 “ 
ἀλλὰ συγ εἰς ἀγορὴν καλέσας ἥρωας Αχαιούς, 
an > \ 3 / 7] ἴω 
μῆνιν ἀποειπὼν ᾿Αγαμέμνονι, ποιμένι λαῶν, 35 
Ξ , 
αἶψα μάλ᾽ ἐς πόλεμον θωρήσσεο, δύσεο δ᾽ ἀλκήν." 
« » / Ἃ θ \ 2 A 
Os apa φωνήσασα μένος πολυθαρσες ἐνῆκεν, 
5 \ 
Πατρόκλῳ δ᾽ att’ ἀμβροσίην καὶ νέκταρ ἐρυθρὸν 
lal 7 \ 
στάξε κατὰ ῥινῶν, ἵνα οἱ χρὼς ἔμπεδος εἴη. 
Αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ παρὰ θῖνα θαλάσσης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 40 
/ ae i. 5. 4 b , 
σμερδαλέα ἰάχων, ὦρσεν δ᾽ ἥρωας ᾿Αχαιούς. 
καί ῥ᾽ οἵπερ τὸ πάρος γε νεῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι μένεσκον, 
of τε κυβερνῆται καὶ ἔχον oinia νηῶν 
καὶ ταμίαι παρὰ νηυσὶν ἔσαν, σίτοιο δοτῆρες, 
/ \ 
καὶ μὴν οἱ τότε γ᾽ εἰς ἀγορὴν ἴσαν, οὕνεκ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 45 
Σ / \ \ / > / 3. Ὁ rn 
ἐξεφάνη, δηρὸν δὲ μάχης ἐπέπαυτ᾽ ἀλεγεινῆς. 
τὼ δὲ δύω σκάζοντε βάτην ἔΑρεος θεράποντε, 
Ν a : 
Τυδείδης τε μενεπτόλεμος Kal dios ᾿Οδυσσεύς, 
Ng 3 ΄ Ψ \ M4 ¢ / 
ἔγχει ἐρειδομένω " ἔτι yap ἔχον ἕλκεα λυγρά" 


ILIAD XIX. 81 


aA / 
κὰδ δὲ μετὰ πρώτῃ ἀγορῇ ἵζοντο κιόντες. - δ0 
Ls 9 ἴω 
αὐτὰρ ὁ δεύτατος ἦλθεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων, 
ἕλκος ἔχων " καὶ γὰρ τὸν ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ 
οὗτα Κόων ᾿Αντηνορίδης χαλκήρεϊ δουρί. 
αὐτὰρ ἐπειδὴ πάντες ἀολλίσθησαν ᾿Αχαιοί, 
a / 
τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀνιστάμενος μετέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς " δῦ 
, 
“᾿Ατρείδη, 7 ap τι τόδ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισιν ἄρειον 
ἔπλετο, σοὶ καὶ ἐμοί, ὅτε VOL περ, ἀχνυμένω κῆρ, 
θυμοβόρῳ ἔριδι μενεήναμεν εἵνεκα κούρης. 
\ ” > / / 35, Ἂ 3 
τὴν Open ἐν νήεσσι κατακτάμεν ἤΆΑρτεμις io, 
a / 
ἤματι τῷ OT ἐγὼν ἑλόμην Λυρνησὸν ὀλέσσας" (Ὁ 
a , ty 5 
τῷ K οὐ τόσσοι ᾿Αχαιοὶ ὀδὰξ ἕλον ἄσπετον οὖδας 
Ν la 
δυσμενέων ὑπὸ χερσίν, ἐμεῦ ἀπομηνίσαντος. 
“Ἕκτορι μὲν καὶ Τρωσὶ τὸ κέρδιον" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὺς 
δηρὸν ἐμῆς καὶ σῆς ἔριδος μνήσεσθαι ὀΐω. 
3 \ Ἂ \ / eae Vuk > rs / 
ἀλλὰ TA μὲν προτετύχθαι ἐάσομεν, ἀχνύμενοί TEP, 65 
\ pee. ta / / 2 / 
θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι φίλον δαμάσαντες ἀνάγκῃ. 
A >» er / / SN Saas \ 
νῦν δ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ἐγὼ παύω χόλον, οὐδέ τί με χρὴ 
5 te : ime" / 3 eg a 
ἀσκελέως αἰεὶ μενεαινέμεν " ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε θᾶσσον 
ν᾽ “4 f [4 3 ’ὔ’ 
ὄτρυνον πόλεμόνδε καρηκομόωντας ᾿Αχαιούς, 
ὄφρ᾽ ἔτι καὶ Τρώων πειρήσομαι ἀντίος ἐλθών, 70 
αἴ κ᾽ ἐθέλωσ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶν lave: ἀλλά τιν᾽ οἴω 
la) / / ο 
ἀσπασίως αὐτῶν γόνυ κάμψειν, ὅς κε φύγησιν 
/. Dy SP 
δηΐου ἐκ πολέμοιο ὑπ᾽ ἔγχεος ἡμετέροιο." 
7 “ 
“Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἐχάρησαν ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾽Αχαιοὶ 
Qn » , θ ,ὔ Il / - 
μῆνιν ἀπειπόντος μεγαθύμου ἸΠηλείωνος. 15 
an \ \ / » > ὃ “ ἾἌ 7] 
τοῖσι δὲ καὶ μετέειπεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων 
> / 5 Ψ Φ ὄχ, 3 7 ᾽ 4 
[αὐτόθεν ἐξ ἕδρης, οὐδ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισιν ἀναστάς] - 
«°C φίλοι, ἥρωες Δαναοί, θεράποντες Λρηος, 
e if \ \ 5 / 2A, 9 
ἑσταότος μὲν καλὸν ἀκούειν, οὐδὲ ἔοικεν 
Ν / / / 
ὑββάλλειν - χαλεπὸν yap, ἐπισταμένῳ περ ἐόντι. 80 
4% 


82 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ T. 


a wy τ lal , lA 
ἀνδρῶν δ᾽ ἐν πολλῷ ὁμάδῳ πῶς κέν TLS ἀκούσαι 


/ 
ἢ εἴποι; βλάβεται δὲ λιγύς περ ἐὼν ἀγορητής. 
᾿“Πηλείδῃ μὲν ἐγὼν ἐνδείξομαι: αὐτὰρ οἱ ἄλλοι 
/ cer a ἴω if 3 5 lal (4 
σύνθεσθ᾽ ᾿ΛἈργεῖοι, μῦθόν τ᾽ εὖ γνῶτε ἕκαστος. 
πολλάκι δή μοι τοῦτον ᾿Αχαιοὶ μῦθον ἔευπον, 8ῦ 
/ 
καί τέ με νεικείεσκον " ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὐκ αἴτιός εἰμι, 
ἀλλὰ Ζεὺς καὶ Μοῖρα καὶ ἠεροφοῖτις ’Epivis, 
“ > 3 A \ 5 A ” 
οἵτε μοι εἶν ἀγορῇ φρεσὶν ἔμβαλον ἄγριον ἄτην, 
3 eats gum Sia | fal / > \ > lA 
ἤματι τῷ OT ᾿Αχιλλῆος γέρας αὐτὸς ἀπηύρων. 
f A 
ἀλλὰ τί κεν ῥέξαιμι; θεὸς διὰ πάντα τελευτᾷ. 90 
πρέσβα Διὸς θυγάτηρ “Atn, ἣ πάντας ἀᾶται, 
» , ΩΣ γα: \ ig ᾽ \ $523 Se, 
οὐλομένη : τῇ μέν θ᾽ ἁπαλοὶ πόδες " οὐ yap ἐπ᾽ οὔδει 
" > bole d Ὁ ΑΝ. lal 7 / 
πίλναται, ἀλλ᾽ apa hye κατ᾽ ἀνδρῶν κράατα βαίνει 
A ’ » I \ ’ S v4 ig / 
[βλάπτουσ᾽ ἀνθρώπους" κατὰ δ᾽ οὖν ἕτερόν ye πέδησεν]. 
\ \ 7 ld \ » / ba 
Kal yap δή νύ ποτε Ζεὺς ἄσατο, τόνπερ ἄριστον 95 
lal A \ 
ἀνδρῶν ἠδὲ θεῶν hac’ ἔμμεναι" ἀλλ᾽ apa καὶ τὸν 
“Ἥρη θῆλυς ἐοῦσα δολοφροσύνῃς ἀπάτησεν, 
ἤματι τῷ OT ἔμελλε βίην Ἡρακληείην 
᾿Αλκμήνη τέξεσθαι ἐὐστεφάνῳ ἐνὶ Θήβῃ. 
» Ly ae > / / a 
ἤτοι OY εὐχόμενος μετέφη πάντεσσι θεοῖσιν. 100 
“κέκλυτέ μευ, πάντες τε θεοὶ πᾶσαί τε θέαιναι, 
5) 3 ” / \ ἥν , 9 ΄ 
ὄφρ᾽ εἴπω τά με θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἀνώγει. 
/ 
σήμερον ἄνδρα φόωσδε μογοστόκος Εἰλείθυια 
ἐκφανεῖ, ὃς πάντεσσι περικτιόνεσσιν ἀνάξει, 
a 9 ny A Fat) / » 9 A +. £03 
τῶν ἀνδρῶν γενεῆς οἵθ᾽ αἵματος ἐξ ἐμεῦ εἰσίν. 10ὅ 
τὸν δὲ δολοφρονέουσα προσηύδα πότνια “Ἡρη. 
3 7 
“ψευστήσεις, οὐδ᾽ αὖτε τέλος μύθῳ ἐπιθήσεις. 
2 >.» la) bY 3 Ἂ, 4 
εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε viv μοι ὄμοσσον, ᾿᾽Ολύμπιε, καρτερὸν ὅρκον, 
ἢ μὲν τὸν πάντεσσι περικτιόνεσσιν ἀνάξειν, 
οι Ὁ 7 - 
ὅς κεν ἐπ᾽ ἤματι τῷδε πέσῃ μετὰ Ποσσὶ γυναικὸὸ ῤἠ 110 
a ΟῚ a ec A 3 t/ / 3 7 >? 
τῶν ἀνδρῶν οἱ σῆς ἐξ αἵματός εἰσι γενέθλης. 


ILIAD XIX. 83 


ἃ 2 
ὡς ἔφατο" Ζεὺς δ᾽ οὔτι δολοφροσύνην ἐνόησεν, 
ἀλλ᾽ ὄμοσεν μέγαν ὅρκον, ἔπειτα δὲ πολλὸν ἀάσθη. 
/ ah 
“Ἥρη δ᾽ ἀΐξασα λίπεν ῥίον Οὐλύμποιο, 
καρπαλίμως δ᾽ ἵκετ᾽ “Apyos ᾿Αχαιϊκόν, ἔνθ᾽ ἄρα ἤδη 115 
ἰφθίμην ἄλοχον Σθενέλου ἸἹΤερσηϊάδαο. 
ἡ δ᾽ ἐκύει φίλον υἱόν, ὁ δ᾽ ἕβδομος ἑστήκει pels: 
5 δ Ἀν Ν / 4 ee ΒΕ 47 
ἐκ δ᾽ ἄγαγε πρὸ φόωσδε καὶ ἠλιτόμηνον ἐόντα, 
᾿Αλκμήνης δ᾽ ἀπέπαυσε τόκον, σχέθε δ᾽ Εἰλειθυίας. 
αὐτὴ δ᾽ ἀγγελέουσα Δία Κρονίωνα προσηύδα. 120 
‘7, a i > 7 » “ > \ / 
εὖ πάτερ, ἀργικέραυνε, ἔπος τί τοι ἐν φρεσὶ θήσω. 
δ > \ / 5.29 / ἃ ? / » / 
ἤδη ἀνὴρ γέγον᾽ ἐσθλός, ὃς ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀνάξει, 
Εὐρυσθεύς, Σθενέλοιο πάϊς Ueponiadao, 
\ / ” 6.9 Ν > / > / Ἵ 
σὸν γένος " οὔ οἱ ἀεικὲς ἀνασσέμεν ᾿Αργείοισιν. 
ἃ - 
ὡς φάτο, τὸν δ᾽ ἄχος ὀξὺ κατὰ φρένα τύψε βαθεῖαν. 125 
αὐτίκα δ᾽ εἷλ᾽ ἤλτην κεφαλῆς λυιπαροπλοκάμοιο 
χωόμενος φρεσὶν ἧσι, καὶ ὥμοσε καρτερὸν ὅρκον 
μήποτ᾽ ἐς Οὔλυμπόν τε καὶ οὐρανὸν ἀστερόεντα 
9 3 / v A ΓΝ In 
αὖτις ἐλεύσεσθαι “Arny, ἣ πάντας ἀᾶται. 
ἃ : .«Ἀ. » oe. b o ae , 
ὡς ELT@V Eppley AT οὐρανοῦ ἀστερόεντος 130 
+ / / > 7 δ», erat 7 
χειρὶ περιστρέψας " τάχα δ᾽ ἵκετο ἔργ᾽ ἀνθρώπων. 
a) >. % 4 ee a a iat , [δ < a 
τὴν αἰεὶ στενάχεσχ᾽, ὅθ᾽ ἑὸν φίλον υἱὸν ὁρῷτο 
5», > \ 5, ¢ ᾿] > fal ϑ ἢ 
ἔργον ἀεικὲς ἔχοντα ὑπ᾽ Πὐρυσθῆος ἀέθλων. 
A δι τὰ [τ ? i) / / “ 
ὡς καὶ ἐγών, ὅτε δ᾽ αὖτε μέγας κορυθαίολος “Extwp 
> ᾿ 3 7 ιν αὶ 7 , - 
Ἀργείους ONEKECKEY ἐπὶ TPULVYTL νέεσσιν, 135 
ov δυνάμην λελαθέσθ᾽ ἄτης, ἣ πρῶτον ἀάσθην. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἀασάμην καί μευ φρένας ἐξέλετο Ζεύς, 
x 552 ἢ > / / / bem | / 35 oF 
ἂψ' ἐθέλω ἀρέσαι, Sopevai τ᾽ ἀπερείσι’ ἄποινα" 
ἀλλ᾽ ὄρσευ πόλεμόνδε, καὶ ἄλλους ὄρνυθι λαούς. 
δῶρα δ᾽ ἐγὼν ὅδε πάντα παρασχεῖν, ὅσσα τοι ἐλθὼν 140 
\ nk , ς - OL "085 / 
χθιζὸς ἐνὶ κλισίησιν ὑπέσχετο δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεύς. 
> δ᾽ 52 / > ¥ > / / A 
εἰ δ᾽ ἐθέλεις, ἐπίμεινον, ἐπευιγόμενός περ “Apnos: 


84 IAIAAO® T. 


Lal nw VA 
δῶρα δέ τοι θεράποντες ἐμῆς παρὰ νηὸς ἑλόντες 
" 2. 57 3) “ / is ” 
οἴσουσ᾽, ὄφρα ἴδηαι 6 τοι μενοεικέα δώσω. 
\ 
Tov δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλ- 
λεύς" 145 
“°Arpelon κύδιστε, ἀναξ ἀνδρῶν “Aydapemvor, 
A ᾿ 
δῶρα μέν, αἴ κ᾿ ἐθέλῃσθα, παρασχέμεν, ὡς ἐπιεικές, 
HT ἐχέμεν " πάρα σοί. νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα χάρμης 
αἶψα μάλ᾽ - οὐ γὰρ χρὴ κλοτοπεύειν ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντας 
3 Ν / 7 \ / ” BA 
οὐδὲ διατρίβειν " ἔτι yap μέγα ἔργον ἄρεκτον " 150 
ce / 9 99 n 3 Γ » 
ὥς κέ τις αὖτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα μετὰ πρώτοισιν ἴδηται 
ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ Τρώων ὀλέκοντα φάλαγγας. 
& ὃ / J / / > \ , ” 
ὧδε TLS ὑμείων μεμνημένος ἀνδρὶ μαχέσθω. 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πολύμητις Ὀδυσσεύς" 
“μὴ δ᾽ οὕτως, ἀγαθός περ ἐών, θεοείκελ᾽ “AyiAred, 155 
΄ ” re κε >? lal 
νήστιας ὄτρυνε προτὶ Ἴλιον vias ᾿Αχαιῶν 
Τρωσὶ μαχησομένους, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ὀλίγον χρόνον ἔσται 
Ul ΟΞ. Ἃ a e / / 
φύλοπις, εὖτ᾽ ἂν πρῶτον ομιλήσωσι φάλαγγες 
> “ 2 \ \ / , ὅ / 
ἀνδρῶν, ἐν δὲ θεὸς πνεύσῃ μένος ἀμφοτέροισιν. 
ἀλλὰ πάσασθαι ἄνωχθι θοῇς ἐπὶ τηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιοὺς 160 
id \ 7 \ \ r > \ \ 4 7 
σίτου καὶ οἴνοιο' τὸ γὰρ μένος ἐστὶ καὶ ἀλκή. 
b) \ +e fi i 5] 3. ἢ 7 
οὐ γὰρ ἀνὴρ πρόπαν ἦμαρ ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα 
ἄκμηνος σίτοιο δυνήσεται ἄντα μάχεσθαι" 
Ὑ \ a / / 
εἴπερ yap θυμῷ ye μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, 
/ an 
ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται, ἠδὲ κιχάνει 165 
δίψα τε καὶ λιμός, BAABerar δέ τε γούνατ᾽ ἰόντι. 
ἃ / 22 ἈΝ 7 / | an 
ὃς δέ κ᾽ ἀνὴρ οἴνοιο κορεσσάμενος καὶ ἐδωδῆς 
ἀνδράσι δυσμενέεσσι πανημέριος πολεμίζῃ, 
θαρσαλέον νύ οἱ ἦτορ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, οὐδέ τι γυῖα 
πρὶν κάμνει, πρὶν πάντας ἐρωῆσαι πολέμοιο. 170 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε λαὸν μὲν σκέδασον καὶ δεῖπνον ἄνωχθι 
ὅπλεσθαι ". τὰ δὲ δῶρα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων 


ILIAD XIX. 85 


> / 3 , > / σ ΄ ? \ 
οἰσέτω ἐς μέσσην ἀγορήν, iva πάντες ᾽Αχαιοὶ 
5 -“ an a 
ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἴδωσι, σὺ δὲ φρεσὶ σῇσιν ἰανθῆς. 
m Md / Ψ > ᾿) / > / 
ὀμνυέτω δέ ToL ὅρκον, ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀναστάς, 175 
μήποτε τῆς εὐνῆς ἐπιβήμεναι ἠδὲ μιγῆναι " 
ἃ a > / BU ee Fae fal ” a 
[ἣ θέμις ἐστίν, dvak, Hr ἀνδρῶν ἤτε γυναικῶν "] 
\ εἶ Ν 3 a x ay \ ¢/- » 
καὶ δὲ σοὶ αὐτῷ θυμὸς ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ἵλαος ἔστω. 
> \ » , Sa UN / > / 
αὐτὰρ ἔπειτά σε δαιτὶ ἐνὶ κλισίης ἀρεσάσθω 
4 “ / 
πιείρῃς ἵνα μή τι δίκης ἐπιδευὲς ἔχῃσθα. 180 
\ / 
᾿Ατρείδη, σὺ δ᾽ ἔπειτα δικαιότερος Kal ἐπ᾽ ἄλλῳ 
ἔσσεαι" οὐ μὲν γάρ τι νεμεσσητὸν βασιλῆα 
v aes J a vA , / ” 
avop ἀπαρέσσασθαι, ὅτε τις πρότερος χαλεπήνῃ. 
\ 95 An 
Tov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων * 
a / \ fa) Ἅ 
“χαίρω σεῦ, Λαερτιάδη, τὸν μῦθον ἀκούσας" 185 
> / \ ig / \ lA 
ἐν μοίρῃ yap πάντα διίκεο καὶ κατέλεξας. 
lal \ / > / / / f 
ταῦτα © ἐγὼν ἐθέλω ὀμόσαι, κέλεται δέ με θυμός, 
8. δὰ 3 / \ / 3 \ ᾽ \ 
οὐδ᾽ ἐπιορκήσω πρὸς δαίμονος. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
/ Ss / / ,ὔ 
μιμνέτω αὖθι τέως, ἐπειγόμενος περ ΓΛρηος- 
, fal 
μίμνετε δ᾽ ἄλλοι πάντες ἀολλέες, ὄφρα κε δῶρα 190 
3 / Μ Wa \ ΄ 
ἐκ κλισίης ἔλθησι καὶ ὅρκια πιστὰ τάμωμεν. 
σοὶ δ᾽ αὐτῷ τοδ᾽ ἐγὼν ἐπιτέλλομαι ἠδὲ κελεύω * 
΄ » fol a 
κρινάμενος κούρητας ἀριστῆας ἸΤαναχαιῶν 
fal ee A \ > (4 Ὁ“ ans ane 
δῶρα ἐμῆς παρὰ νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν, ὅσσ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ 
θ \ Φ / ὃ / p / ἴω - 
χθιζὸν ὑπέστημεν δώσειν, ἀγέμεν τε γυναῖκας. 195 
7 / 5 Ἂς a 
Ταλθύβιος δέ μοι ὦκα κατὰ στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν 
7 ς / / / 343 / »” 
κάπρον ἑτοιμασάτω, ταμέειν Διί τ᾽ Ἠελίῳ τε. 
\ / / / 
Tov δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς" 
"ὁ 7 “ 
“«᾽᾿Ατρείδη κύδιστε, ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγάμεμνον, 
5 / ἴω 5 / a 
ἄλλοτέ περ καὶ μᾶλλον ὀφέλλετε ταῦτα πένεσθαι, 200 
ς \ / 
ὁππότε TLS μεταπαυσωλὴ πολέμοιο γένηται 
καὶ μένος οὐ τόσον ἦσιν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἐμοῖσιν. 
“ > © \ ζ . / ἃ a /, 
νῦν δ᾽ οἱ μὲν κέαται δεδαϊγμένοι, ods ἐδάμασσεν 


86 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ 1. 


/ rn 
“Ἕκτωρ ἸΙριαμίδης, ὅτε οἱ Ζεὺς κῦδος ἔδωκεν, 
e al ὦ») \ 3 / iO ν pores sk » 
ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἐς βρωτὺν ὀτρύνετον. 7 T ἂν ἔγωγε 205 
νῦν μὲν ἀνώγοιμι πτολεμίζειν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν 
weer ᾽ 7 ψ ae) / ΄ 
νήστιας ἀκμήνους, ἅμα δ᾽ ἠελίῳ καταδύντι 
Ἂς / 
τεύξεσθαι μέγα δόρπον, ἐπὴν τισαίμεθα λώβην. 
\ ? BA x ” I \ > Ces 
πρὶν © οὔπως ἂν ἔμοιγε φίλον κατὼ λαιμὸν LEin 
> , »QO\ al ς / a 
ov πόσις οὐδὲ βρῶσις, ἑταίρου τεθνηῶτος, 910 
Ω νι / “ / 5 7. A 
Os μοι ἐνὶ κλισίῃ Sedaiypévos ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ 
΄ 
a / lad 
κεῖται, ἀνὰ πρόθυρον τετραμμένος, ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἑταῖροι 
ὔ n 
μύρονται" TO μοι οὔτι μετὰ φρεσὶ ταῦτα μέμηλεν, 
" / a Ἵ 
ἀλλὰ φόνος τε καὶ αἷμα καὶ ἀργαλέος στόνος ἀνδρῶν." 
7 7 
Tov δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πολύμητις ᾿Οδυσ- 
‘i 
EUS * 215 
“i la) / J / an 
“ὦ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, Πηλέος υἱέ, μέγα φέρτατ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
/ 5 / 2 
κρείσσων εἷς ἐμέθεν καὶ φέρτερος οὐκ ὀλίγον περ 
” ΠΊΩΝ / a / / / 
ἔγχει, ἐγὼ δέ κε σεῖο νοήματί ye προβαλοίμην 

/ 3 \ / , \ Υ 3 

πολλὸν, ἐπεὶ πρότερος γενόμην καὶ πλείονα οἶδα. 
Τ΄ “Ἢ 5 x / ὃ / 40 > lal 990 
ᾧ τοι ἐπιτλήτω κραδίη μύθοισιν ἐμοῖσιν. 
5 / , 
αἶψά τε φυλόπιδος πέλεται κόρος ἀνθρώποισιν, 
- / \ ‘ \ isi Μ : 
ἧστε πλείστην μὲν καλάμην χθονὶ χαλκὸς ἔχευεν, 
bya 3 ῃ.ΝΨ / 2 \ i / 
ἄμητος δ᾽ ὀλίγιστος, ἐπὴν κλίνησι τάλαντα 

¢ / / 

Ζεύς, ὅστ᾽ ἀνθρώπων Tapins πολέμοιο τέτυκται. 

/ ’ ” yy / ial ? ἣν 
γαστέρι δ᾽ οὔπως ἔστι νέκυν πενθῆσαι Ayatovs: 225 
λίην γὰρ πολλοὶ καὶ ἐπήτριμοι ἤματα πάντα 

, 

πίπτουσιν" πότε κέν τις ἀναπνεύσειε πόνοιο; 
5 \ \ Ν Ν 4 « 7, 
ἀλλὰ χρὴ τὸν μὲν καταθάπτειν ὅς κε θάνῃσιν, 

/ sf ” > a NEA 8 / 
νηλέα θυμὸν ἔχοντας, ἐπ᾽ ἤματι δακρύσαντας " 
oe ὟΝ / \ tal / 
ὅσσοι δ᾽ ἂν πολέμοιο περὶ στυγεροῖο λίπωνται, 230 

an / Ἀν. / ” δι Ψ a 
μεμνῆσθαι πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος, ὄφρ᾽ ETL μᾶλλον 
> ¥. if Ψ Ν pee 
ἀνδράσι δυσμενέεσσι μαχώμεθα νωλεμὲς αἰεί, 

« / as μὴ > ͵ / ” 
ETO AMEVOL χροΐ χαλκὸν ἀτειρέα. μηδέ τις ἄλλην 


ILIAD XIX. 87 


λαῶν ὀτρυντὺν ποτιδέγμενος ἰσχαναάσθω ° 
4 ᾿ ἶ 2 \ \ ” cr 7 
ἥδε γὰρ OTPVYTUS κακὸν ἐσσεταῖι, ὃς κε λίπηται 200 
νηυσὶν ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αργείων - ἀλλ᾽ ἀθρόοι ὁρμηθέντες 
Τρωσὶν ἐφ᾽ ἱπποδάμοισιν ἐγείρομεν ὀξὺν "Δρηα." 
μ᾿ \ / Φ > / / 
H καὶ Νέστορος vias ὀπάσσατο κυδαλίμοιο, 
Φυλείδην τε Μέγητα Θόαντά τε Μηριόνην τε 
καὶ ἹΚρειοντιάδην Λυκομήδεα καὶ Μελάνιππον. 940 
βὰν δ᾽ ἴμεν ἐς κλισίην ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ᾿Ατρείδαο. 
3 ᾿ ΗΑ ae α re la) » lA ae 
αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ἅμα μῦθος ἔην, τετέλεστο δὲ ἔργον " 
¢ \ \ 5 / , A e/ Cue , 
ἑπτὰ μὲν ἐκ κλισίης τρίποδας φέρον, οὕς οἱ ὑπέστη, 
αἴθωνας δὲ λέβητας ἐείκοσι, δώδεκα δ᾽ ἵππους " 
> » 5 la > , »Ἤ 3 / 
ἐκ ὃ ἄγον αἴψα γυναῖκας ἀμύμονα Eepya ἰδυίας 245 
emt, ἀτὰρ ὀγδοάτην Βρισηΐδα καλλιπάρῃον. 
n \ / ᾿ \ / / / 
χρυσοῦ δὲ στήσας ᾿Οδυσεὺς δέκα πάντα τάλαντα 
ἦρχ᾽, ἅμα δ᾽ ἄλλοι δῶρα φέρον κούρητες ᾿Αχαιῶν 
\ \ εὖ 9 Fé > A 7 bY 7 2 / 
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐν μέσσῃ ἀγορῇ θέσαν, ἂν δ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνων᾽ 
ἵστατο: Ταλθύβιος δὲ θεῴ ἐναλίγκιος αὐδὴν 250 
κάπρον ἔχων ἐν χερσὶ παρίστατο ποιμένι λαῶν. 
᾿Ατρείδης δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος χείρεσσι μάχαιραν, 
a ε Ν / / \ ae 7 
ἥ ol Tap ξίφεος μέγα κουλεὸν αἰὲν awpTo, 
᾿κάπρου ἀπὸ τρίχας ἀρξάμενος, Διὶ χεῖρας ἀνασχὼν 
v7 \ δ᾽ » 7 [φῦ ᾽ 7 ~ a a, 
εὔχετο" Tol δ᾽ ἄρα πάντες ἐπ᾽ αὐτόφιν εἵατο σιγῇ 255 
᾿Αργεῖοι, κατὰ μοῖραν, ἀκούοντες βασιλῆος. 
» Α͂ 7, 5S OA > ᾽ \ > / 
εὐξάμενος δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπεν ἰδὼν εἰς οὐρανὸν εὐρύν" 
co a A \ a θ a ef 1 ae 
Ιστω viv Ζεὺς πρῶτα, θεῶν ὕπατος Kal ἄριστος, 
Γῆ τε καὶ ᾿Ηέλιος καὶ ᾿Ερινύες, αἵθ᾽ ὑπὸ γαῖαν 
Ρ] , / Ὁ a 9 / 5 rd 
ἀνθρώπους τίνυνται, OTLS Καὶ ἐπίορκο;" ομοσσ, 200 
\ / oh. - val 
μὴ μὲν ἐγὼ κούρῃ Βρισηΐδι χεῖρ᾽ ἐπενεῖκαι, 
oe + Saag) Ld 7 ” BY; 
οὔτ᾽ εὐνῆς πρόφασιν κεχρημένος οὔτε τευ ἄλλου" 
> > , Weed 4 Seth / > lal 
ἀλλ᾿ ἐμεν ἀπροτίμαστος ἐνὶ κλισίῃσιν ἐμῇσιν. 
> / la) a. 3 / > \ \, 3» a 
εἰ δέ τι τῶνδ᾽ ἐπίορκον, ἐμοὶ θεοὶ ἄλγεα δοῖεν 


88 IAIAAO2 T. 


a 


πολλὰ μάλ᾽, ὅσσα διδοῦσιν ὅτις of ἀλίτηται ὀμόσ- 
σας." 265 


Ἢ 1 2 \ / / / fiw A 
καὶ ATO στόμαχον κάπρου τάμε VHNAEL YAAK * 


Tov μὲν Ταλθύβιος πολιῆς ἁλὸς ἐς μέγα λαῖτμα 


pi ἐπιδινήσας, βόσιν ἰχθύσιν" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
> Ἂν ᾽ / ΓΑ / 
ἀνστὰς ᾿Αργείοισι φιλοπτολέμοισι μετηύδα" 

ςς 7, ἴω 4 9 tr ” » ὃ ὃ ὃ “ θ 

εὖ πάτερ, ἢ μεγάλας ἄτας ἄνὸρεσσι ὀιδοισθα. 270 

οὐκ ἂν δήποτε θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἐμοῖσιν 
2A / 7 ὃ / 3 7 4 

τρείδης ὦρινε διαμπερές, οὐδέ κε κούρην 
5 > ΤΩΝ 3 7 ᾽ , \ 
ἦγεν ἐμεῦ ἀέκοντος ἀμήχανος " ἀλλά ποθι Ζεὺς 
ἤθελ ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν θάνατον πολέεσσι γενέσθαι. 
νῦν δ᾽ ἔρχεσθ᾽ ἐπὶ δεῖπνον, ἵνα ξυνάγωμεν "Αρηα." 275 

“Os dp’ ἐφώνησεν, λῦσεν δ᾽ ἀγορὴν αἰψηρήν. 
οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο ἑὴν ἐπὶ νῆα ἕκαστος, 

ἴω / 
δῶρα δὲ Μυρμιδόνες μεγαλήτορες ἀμφεπένοντο, 
βὰν δ᾽ ἐπὶ νῆα φέροντες ᾿Αχιλλῆος θείοιο " 
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐν κλισίησι θέσαν, κάθισαν δὲ γυναῖκας, 280 
“ 5. kt neat ” ΄ > , 
ἵππους δ᾽ eis ἀγέλην ἔλασαν θεράποντες ἀγαυοί. 

Βρισηὶς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽, ἰκέλη χρυσέῃ ᾿Αφροδίτῃ, 
ὡς ἴδε Πάτροκλον δεδαϊγμένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ, 
> > 3 A / ἈΕῚ / \ δι δ 
ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ χυμένη λίγ᾽ ἐκώκυε, χερσὶ δ᾽ ἄμυσσεν 
στήθεά T ἠδ᾽ ἁπαλὴν ἘΠ ἰδὲ καλὰ πρόσωπα. 285 
εἶπε δ᾽ ἄρα κλαίουσα γυνὴ εἰκυῖα θεῇσιν " 

τῇ ΠΟΤΡΡΕΣΕ μοι δειλῇ πλεῖστον κεχάρισμενε θυμῷ; 
ζωὸν μέν σε ἔλειπον ἐγὼ κλισίηθεν ἰοῦσα, 
νῦν δέ σε τεθνηῶτα κιχάνομαι, ὄρχαμε λαῶν, 
x ’ σε ἐφ Ὁ a ὃ / \ > n 2.08 
ἂψ' aVLOUT * WS μὸι δέχεται κακὸν EK κακοῦ αἰεί. 290 
ἄνδρα μέν, ᾧ ἔδοσάν με πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτηρ, 
εἶδον πρὸ πτόλιος δεδαϊγμένον ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ, 

A 7 

τρεῖς TE κασυγνήτους, τούς μοι μία γείνατο μήτηρ, 
κηδείους, οὗ πάντες ὀλέθριον ἦμαρ ἐπέσπον. 


ILIAD XIX. 89 


οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ᾽ ἔασκες, ὅτ᾽ ἄνδρ᾽ ἐμὸν ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
ἔκτεινεν, πέρσεν δὲ πόλιν θείοιο Μύνητος, 290 
κλαίειν, ἀλλά μ᾽ ἔφασκες ᾿Αχιλλῆος θείοιο 
Ἄ 57 ie »ἢ᾿ ὌνΝ Ν 
κουριδίην ἄλοχον θήσειν, ἄξειν τ᾽ ἐνὶ νηυσὶν 
ἐς Φθίην, δαίσειν δὲ γάμον μετὰ Μυρμιδόνεσσιν. 
a 2.8 / , lf “29 
τῷ σ᾽ ἄμοτον κλαίω τεθνηότα μείλιχον αἰεί. 900 
« BA / ᾽ ἐσ δι" \ / a 
Os ἔφατο κλαίουσ᾽, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο γυναῖκες, 
Πάτροκλον πρόφασιν, σφῶν δ᾽ αὐτῶν κήδε᾽ ἑκάστη. 
3.2% > 5.3 \ / ] a 3 7 
αὐτὸν δ᾽ ἀμφὶ γέροντες ᾿Αχαιῶν ἠγερέθοντο 
/ n a 
λισσόμενοι δειπνῆσαι" ὁ δ᾽ ἠρνεῖτο στεναχίζων " 
“ Λίσσομαι, εἴ τις ἔμοιγε φίλων ἐπιπείθεθ᾽ ἑταίρων, 
/ \ i 4 \ n 
μὴ με πρὶν σίτοιο κελεύετε μηδὲ ποτῆτος 806 
», i 5 ? ΩΤ sp PEA Iseve. IP : 
ἄσασθαι φίλον ἦτορ, ἐπεί μ᾽ ἄχος αἰνὸν ἱκάνει. 
ΓΑ my Ὑ8 ee 4 ff’ \ / + bP) 
δύντα δ᾽ ἐς ἠέλιον pevéw καὶ τλήσομαι ἔμπης. 
“Os εὐπὼν ἄλλους μὲν ἀπεσκέδασεν βασιλῆας, 
δοιὼ δ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδα μενέτην καὶ δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεύς, 810 
Νέστωρ ᾿Ιδομενεύς τε γέρων θ᾽ ἱππηλάτα Φοῖνιξ, 
τέρποντες πυκινῶς ἀκαχήμενον " οὐδέ τι θυμῷ 
τέρπετο, πρὶν πολέμου στόμα δύμεναι αἱματόεντος. 
μνησάμενος δ᾽ ἀδινῶς ἀνενείκατο φώνησέν τε" 
“Ἢ ῥά νύ μοί ποτε καὶ σύ, δυσάμμορε, φίλταθ᾽ 
ς f 
εταίρων, 315 
3 Ν fa / \ Ν an ” 
αὐτὸς ἐνὶ κλισίῃ λαρὸν παρὰ δεῖπνον ἔθηκας 
53 aS / es 4 atte, \ 
αἶψα καὶ ὀτραλέως, ὁπότε σπερχοίατ᾽ ᾽Αχαιοὶ 
Τρωσὶν ἐφ᾽ ἱπποδάμοισι φέρειν πολύδακρυν "Apna. 
n \ a “. A 
νῦν δὲ σὺ μὲν κεῖσαι Sedairypévos, αὐτὰρ ἐμὸν κῆρ 
BA / Re 4 » We 
ἄκμηνον πόσιος Kal ἐδητύος, ἔνδον ἐόντων, 320 
“A lal 3 Ν ΄ &£ » 7 
σῇ ποθῇ. οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακώτερον ἄλλο πάθοιμι, 
350.» " a \ 3 7 / 
οὐδ᾽ εἴ κεν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀποφθιμένοιο πυθοίμην, 
ὅς που νῦν Φθίηφι τέρεν κατὰ δάκρυον εἴβει 
χήτεϊ τοιοῦδ᾽ υἷος - ὁ δ᾽ ἀλλοδαπῷ ἐνὶ δήμῳ 


90 IAITAAO® T. 


, an / 
εἵνεκα ῥιγεδανῆς ᾿Ελένης Τρωσὶν πολεμίζω " 
>\ \ ἃ Ἂ. » / " es 
ἠὲ TOV ὃς Σκύρῳ μοι ἔνι τρέφεται φίλος υἱός. 
[εἴ που ἔτι ζώει γε Νεοπτόλεμος θεοειδής.] 

\ \ 7 θ \ “τ 40 > f 
πρὶν μὲν yap μοι θυμὸς ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἐώλπει 
/ 
οἷον ἐμὲ φθίσεσθαι ἀπ᾽ *Apyeos ἱπποβότοιο 
αὐτοῦ ἐνὶ Τροίῃ, σὲ δέ τε Φθίηνδε νέεσθαι, 880 
ς ” \ A Pe OE ΐ Ἃ / 
ὡς ἄν μοι TOY παῖδα θοῇ ἐνὶ νηὶ μελαίνῃ 
~ 40 2 / / e / v4 
κυρόθεν ἐξαγάγοις καί οἱ δείξειας ἕκαστα, 
na > \ wm, F Ae \ / “ 
κτῆσιν ἐμὴν δμῶάς τε καὶ ὑψερεφὲς μέγα δῶμα. 
" in ' as ϑ' ἢ Ἃ Ἂς Ψ' 
ἤδη γὰρ Ἰ]Πηλῆά γ᾽ ὀΐομαι ἢ κατὰ πάμπαν 
τεθνάμεν, ἤ που τυτθὸν ἔτι ζώοντ᾽ ἀκάχησθαι 335 
γήραΐ Te στυγερῷ, Kal ἐμὴν ποτιδέγμενον αἰεὶ 
λυγρὴν ἀγγελίην, ὅτ᾽ ἀποφθιμένοιο πύθηται." 
“Os ἔφατο κλαίων, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο γέροντες, 
᾿ μνησάμενοι τὰ ἕκαστος ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἔλειπον. 
μυρομένους δ᾽ ἄρα τούσγε ἰδὼν ἐλέησε Kpoviwr, 840 
3 / 
αἷψα δ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 
‘ce T , > 4 \ 7 > / > \ on 
έκνον ἐμόν, δὴ πάμπαν ἀποίχεαι ἀνδρὸς eos. 
9 7 / 
ἢ νύ TOL οὐκέτι πάγχυ μετὰ φρεσὶ μέμβλετ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς; 
κεῖνος ὅγε προπάροιθε νεῶν ὀρθοκραιράων 
ae / 
ἧσται ὀδυρόμενος ἕταρον φίλον " οἱ dé δὴ ἄλλοι 345 
οἴχονται μετὰ δεῖπνον, ὁ δ᾽ ἄκμηνος καὶ ἄπαστος. 
> Aa e / \ > / > \ 
ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι οἱ νέκταρ τε Kal ἀμβροσίην ἐρατεινὴν 
/ 3.2.5 / > “ . \ “ 57 
στάξον ἐνὶ στήθεσσ᾽, ἵνα μή μιν λιμὸς ἵκηται. 
Δ 3 \ 5 / a 3 / 
Ὡς εἰπὼν ὥτρυνε πάρος μεμαυῖαν ᾿Αθήνην " 
ἡ δ᾽ ἅρπῃ εἰκυῖα τανυπτέρυγι λυγυφώνῳ, 350 
0G " 
οὐρανοῦ ἐκ κατέπαλτο δι’ αἰθέρος. αὐτὰρ ᾽Αχαιοὶ 
/ \ / ane 
αὐτίκα θωρήσσοντο κατὰ στρατόν" ἡ δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ 
νέκταρ ἐνὶ στήθεσσι καὶ ἀμβροσίην ἐρατεινὴν 
7 ς»» “ / \ 3 \ / θ᾽ “ 
στάξ᾽, ἵνα μή μιν λιμὸς ἀτερπὴς γούναθ᾽ ἵκουτο, 

3 \ ὃ \ \ \ 5 θ ¥ \ ὃ A ~ 

αὐτὴ δὲ πρὸς πατρὸς ἐρισθενέος πυκινὸν δῶ 355 


ILIAD XIX. 91 


v \ δ᾿.» , “ > 4 / 
ὥχετο. τοὺ δ᾽ ἀπάνευθε νεῶν ἐχέοντο θοάων. 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε ταρφειαὶ νιφάδες Διὸς ἐκποτέονται, 
ψυχραΐί, ὑπὸ ῥιπῆς αἰθρηγενέος Βορέαο, 
ἃ / / 
ὡς τότε ταρφειαὶ κόρυθες λαμπρὸν γανόωσαι 
νηῶν ἐκφορέοντο, καὶ ἀσπίδες ὀμφαλόεσσαι 860 
θώρηκές τε κραταιγύαλοι καὶ μείλινα δοῦρα. 
” 3. 5-5 oe , \ A \ \ 
αἴγλη δ᾽ οὐρανὸν ike, γέλασσε δὲ πᾶσα περὶ χθὼν 
χαλκοῦ ὑπὸ στεροπῆς " ὑπὸ δὲ κτύπος ὥρνυτο ποσσὶν 
ἀνδρῶν" ἐν δὲ μέσοισι κορύσσετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
fal δ΄ / \ nt / \ / ev 
[τοῦ καὶ ὀδόντων μὲν καναχὴ πέλε' τῶ δέ οἱ ὄσσε 365 
/ ς / ἂν / > δ ἐφ 
λαμπέσθην ὡσεί τε πυρὸς σέλας, ἐν δέ οἱ ἦτορ 
ἊΨ Sf » «ς δι νν \ / 
δῦν᾽ ἄχος ἄτλητον" ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα Τρωσὶν μενεαίνων 
ee lal a Va cc ΞΖ Y 
δύσετο δῶρα θεοῦ, τά οἱ "Hdatotos κάμε τεύχων. 
κνημῖδας μὲν πρῶτα περὶ κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκεν 
΄ > / 3 / > / 
καλὰς, ἀργυρεέεοισιν ἐπισφυρίοις ἀραρυίας " 370 
δεύτερον αὖ θώρηκα περὶ στήθεσσιν ἔδυνεν. 
\ + «ἢ 7 
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὥμοισιν βάλετο ξίφος ἀργυρόηλον 
χάλκεον" αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα σάκος μέγα τε στιβαρόν τε 
“ lal Dina / / / 5.9 of £ 
εἵλετο, TOU δ᾽ ἀπάνευθε σέλας γένετ᾽ HUTE μήνης. 
e ᾿ δ΄ δ΄ ἃ 3 / / / 7] 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἂν ἐκ πόντοιο σέλας ναύτῃησι φανήῃ 375 
A / \ \ / c ‘fy? » 
καιομένοιο πυρός " TO δὲ καίεται ὑψόθ᾽ ὄρεσφιν 
σταθμῷ ἐν οἰοπόλῳ " τοὺς δ᾽ οὐκ ἐθέλοντας ἄελλαι 
/ a .3 9 / " 3 / , 
πόντον ἐπ᾽ ἰχθυόεντα φίλων ἀπάνευθε φέρουσιν" 
ὡς am ᾿Αχιλλῆος σάκεος σέλας αἰθέρ᾽ ἵκανεν 
καλοῦ δαιδαλέου. περὶ δὲ τρυφάλειαν ἀείρας 880 
\ ᾿ς 7 eo 9 \ ἃ ΕΝ, 
κρατὶ θέτο βριαρήν" ἡ δ᾽ ἀστὴρ ὡς ἀπέλαμπεν 
vf / / Saf 
ἵππουρις τρυφάλεια, περισσείοντο δ᾽ ἔθειραι 
χρύσεαι, ἃς “Ἥφαιστος tes λόφον ἀμφὶ θαμειάς. 
πειρήθη δ᾽ ἕο αὐτοῦ ἐν ἔντεσι δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
᾽ ΐ > is πον / > \ “ - 
εἰ οἷ ἐφαρμόσσειε καὶ ἐντρέχοι ἀγλαὰ γυῖα" 385 
ἊΝ, 3 δ \ / > ” \ / n 
Ta δ᾽ εὖτε πτερὰ γίγνετ᾽, ἄειρε δὲ ποιμένα λαῶν. 


92 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ T. 


ἐκ δ᾽ ἄρα σύρυγγος πατρώϊον ἐσπάσατ᾽ ἔγχος, 
βριθὺ μέγα στιβαρόν : τὸ μὲν οὐ δύνατ᾽ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν 
᾿πάλλειν, ἀλλά μιν οἷος ἐπίστατο πῆλαι ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
fb / if 

Πηλιάδα μελίην, τὴν πατρὶ φίλῳ πόρε Χείρων 890 
Πηλίου ἐκ κορυφῆς, φόνον ἔμμεναι ἡρώεσσιν. 
ἵππους δ᾽ Αὐτομέδων τε καὶ ΓΛλκιμος ἀμφιέποντες 
ζεύγνυον " ἀμφὶ δὲ καλὰ λέπαδν᾽ ἔσαν, ἐν δὲ χαλινοὺς 

A x \ ay δ / lal 2 / 
γαμφηλῇς ἔβαλον, κατὰ δ᾽ ἡνία τεῖναν ὀπίσσω 
κολλητὸν ποτὶ δίφρον. ὁ δὲ μάστιγα φαεινὴν 89 

\ \ 3 an 3 3. δ΄ 5 / 

χειρὶ λαβὼν ἀραρυῖαν ἐφ᾽ ἵπποιιν avopoucer, © 
Αὐτομέδων : ὄπιθεν δὲ κορυσσάμενος βῆ ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 

A Ν / “ 5 3 / ς / 
τεὐχεσὶ παμφαίνων ὥστ᾽ ἠλέκτωρ ὝὙ περίων. 

/ ae δὲ ᾿ ἐν \ Cy ἵξα, 
σμερδαλέον δ᾽ ἵπποισιν ἐκέκλετο πατρὸς ἑοῖο" 

“Ἐξάνθε τε καὶ Βαλίε, τηλεκλυτὰ τέκνα Ἰ]οδάργης, 
ἄλλως δὴ φράζεσθε σαωσέμεν ἡνιοχῆα 401 
XN lal > Ὡ 3 / a) ὅν 7 
ay Δαναῶν ἐς ὄμιλον, ἐπεί χα ἑῶμεν πολέμοιο, 
μηδ᾽ ὡς Πάτροκλον λίπετ᾽ αὐτοῦ τεθνηῶτα." 

Τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπὸ ζυγόφι προσέφη πόδας αἰόλος ἵππος 
Ξάνθος, ἄφαρ δ᾽ ἤμυσε καρήατι: πᾶσα δὲ χαίτη 40 

/ : ἴω Ν x 5 “ 
ζεύγλης ἐξεριποῦσα παρὰ ζυγὸν οὗδας ἵκανεν " 
αὐδήεντα δ᾽ ἔθηκε θεὰ λευκώλενος “Hp " 

“Kai λίην σ᾽ ἔτι νῦν γε σαώσομεν, ὄβριμ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ - 
ἀλλά τοι ἐγγύθεν ἦμαρ ὀλέθριον - οὐδέ τοι ἡμεῖς 
αἴτιοι, ἀλλὰ θεός τε μέγας καὶ Μοῖρα κραταιή. 410 

b] \ \ € if “ / ¥ 
οὐδὲ yap ἡμετέρῃ βραδυτῆτί τε νωχελίῃ τε 
Τρῶες ἀπ᾽ ὦμοιιν ἸΤατρόκλου τεύχε᾽ ἕλοντο" 
9 \ A ” Ne ee? / , 
ἀλλὰ θεῶν ὠριστος, ὃν ἠὔκομος τέκε Λητώ, 
» ἐ» weet ἣ Vd n » 
ἔκταν᾽ ἐνὶ προμάχοισι Kal” Exrops κῦδος ἔδωκεν. 
νῶϊ δὲ καί κεν ἅμα πνοιῇ Ζεφύροιο θέοιμεν, 415 
ἥνπερ ἐλαφροτάτην φάσ᾽ ἔμμεναι: adda σοὶ αὐτῷ 

/ / 3 a Ἄχ, 3 a ” 

μόρσιμόν ἐστι θεῷ τε καὶ ἀνέρι ἶφι δαμῆναι. 


" οὐδε 4? - 
LIAD XIX. 


βωνήσαντος Ἐρινύες τσ γεθον αὐδήν. 
ey ὀχθήσας προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχριλεύς: 
τί Pe θάνατον Ῥαντεύεαι; οὐδέ τί σε χρή. Ἴ30. 
; ἶδα καὶ αὐτός, ὅ οὶ μόρος ἐνθάδ᾽ ὀλέσθαι, 
voc δι φίλου πατρὸς καὶ μητέρος - ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔμπης 
wy λήξω ee βὰς ἄδην ἐλάσαι πολέμοιο." 


a pa καὶ ἐν πρώτοις ἰάχων ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους. 


ν᾿ ἐν ἀν ν-. ed a” } ae eee e ΟΝ td 2 ἘΠ uses ᾿ ἰδ 
‘ ᾿ wy ΣΎ ΣῪ 1 ἫΝ ΩΣ Ψ 
= Ah, 7) ae ah ἣν ἊΨ 


ae 
on 


| TGS: LOG δ, PAIGE. ΟΝ 
᾿ ν ἅ " i Sse 4 ᾿ y % 
AISA YS.” οὐκ BROS <b) WOR an 


e+ δν oy @& Ἵ 
. : ’ ᾿ τὴν = i 
: x Α εξ © veyed ae a . eh 
e- YW ee RS δι δι χ ΤῊΣ ὅλ} =) tas a: ep 
᾿ ἣ 2 . - + 


7 


5 ἂν ᾿ ¢ .> 4 4 έ ‘ ᾿ς 
νυ ὃ at 4 ᾿ 4 " ' . . ἜΣ we 
. Ν . 3 2 PRU δια ὦ. p#@\S iS) Pipe 


᾿ a : TOE A BOG 
> is ae 
ν τ 4“: τὺ ὅξ, ads" a 


lane Te 


a 
° 
Ἢ ΠΟΤ 5 

Φ 

bd ἢ 
ὯΝ 

- 2 ὧν 

oft χὰ 


OM HPOT 
ἹΛΙΑΔΟΣΎ. 


HOMER'S ILIAD. 
BOOK XxX. 


Θεομαχία. 


ὋὯὯ € \ \ x / / 
ς οὗ μὲν Tapa νηυσὶ κορωνίσι θωρήσσοντο 
> \ / id er Ls > Is b) f 
ἀμφὶ σε, IInréos vie, μάχης axopntov ᾿Αχαιοί, 
Τρῶες δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐπὶ θρωσμῷ πεδίοιο. 
Ζεὺς δὲ Θέμιστα κέλευσε θεοὺς ἀγορήνδε καλέσσαι 
Ν 3 3 ’ / x e ~~ SF 4 - 
κρατὸς ἀπ᾿ Οὐλύμποιο πολυπτύχου ἡ δ᾽ ἄρα πάντη ὅ 
/ 7 % \ n 7 
φοιτήσασα κέλευσε Διὸς πρὸς δῶμα νέεσθαι. 
οὔτε τις οὖν ποταμῶν ἀπέην, νόσφ᾽ ᾿Ωκεανοῖο, 
δΑ..3 Κὶ' / Cf δ΄. 8, Ν 7 
οὔτ᾽ apa νυμφάων, aiT ἄλσεα καλὰ νέμονται 
καὶ πηγὰς ποταμῶν καὶ πίσεα ποιήεντα. 
ἐλθόντες δ᾽ ἐς δῶμα Διὸς νεφεληγερέταο ᾿ 10 
a 3 7, διχ, ἃ \ ἃ 
ξεστῆς αἰθούσῃσιν ἐνίζανον, ἃς Διὶ πατρὶ 
Ἥφαιστος ποίησεν ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσιν. 
ἃ e \ \ » > / 3 ἡ δ᾽ > “ 
ὡς οἱ μὲν Διὸς ἔνδον ἀγηγέρατ᾽ " οὐδ᾽ ἐνοσίχθων 
νηκούστησε θεᾶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἁλὸς ἦλθε μετ᾽ αὐτούς, 
ite δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισι, Διὸς δ᾽ ἐξείρετο βουλήν. 1ὅ 
7 
“Tint αὖτ᾽, ἀργικέραυνε, θεοὺς ἀγορήνδε κάλεσσας ; 
la / 
ἢ τι περὶ Τρώων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν μερμηρίζεις ; 
a Ν n / / ” 
TOV γὰρ νῦν ἄγχιστα μάχη πόλεμός τε δέδηεν. 


96 IAIAAO® Y. 


Tov δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς" 
εἰν ἢ , Aare / ͵ 
ἔγνως, ἐννοσίγαιε, ἐμὴν ἐν στήθεσι βουλήν, 20 
ὧν ἕνεκα ξυνάγειρα" μέλουσί μοι ὀλλύμενοί περ. 
3 > + \ 2 aN / \ 3 ὁ 
ἀλλ᾿ ἤτοι μὲν ἐγὼ μενέω πτυχὶ Οὐλύμποιο 
ἥμενος, ἔνθ᾽ ὁρόων φρένα τέρψομαι " οἱ δὲ δὴ ἄλλοι 
ἔρχεσθ᾽ ὄφρ᾽ ἂν ἵκησθε μετὰ Τρῶας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς, 
> 4 are / oe / > \ is / 
ἀμφοτέροισι δ᾽ ἀρήγεθ᾽, ὅπη νόος ἐστὶν ἑκάστου. 25 
2 MY ? \ (3 3." Ἃ, / - 
εἰ γὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς οἷος ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι μαχεῖται, 
οὐδὲ μίνυνθ᾽ ἕξουσι ποδώκεα Ἰ]ηλείωνα. 
καὶ δέ τέ μιν καὶ πρόσθεν ὑποτρομέεσκον ὁρῶντες " 
a >) “ \ \ x e ih Eg , es! 
νῦν δ᾽, ὅτε δὴ καὶ θυμὸν ἑταίρου χώεται αἰνῶς, 
δείδω μὴ καὶ τεῖχος ὑπὲρ μόρον ἐξαλαπάξῃ." 80 
“Os ἔφατο Κρονίδης, πόλεμον δ᾽ ἀλίαστον ἔγειρεν. 
\ es 7 7 / / 5 » ᾿ 
βὰν δ᾽ ἴμεναι πόλεμόνδε θεοί, δίχα θυμὸν ἔχοντες " 
“Ἥρη μὲν μετ᾽ ἀγῶνα νεῶν καὶ ἸΤαλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη᾽ 
5 \ me / 2 §N9 9 αὶ 
ἠδὲ Ποσειδάων γαιήοχος ἠδ᾽ ἐριούνης 
‘BR / ἃ pe ΟΑ, \ / , 
ρμείας, ὃς ἐπὶ φρεσὶ πευκαλίμῃσι κέκασται" BS 
“Ἥφαιστος δ᾽ ἅμα τοῖσι κίε σθένεϊ βλεμεαίνων, 
χωλεύων, ὑπὸ δὲ κνῆμαι ῥώοντο ἀραιαί. 
ἐς δὲ Τρῶας “Apns κορυθαίολος, αὐτὰρ ἅμ᾽ αὐτῷ 
Φοῖβος ἀκερσεκόμης ἠδ᾽ "Αρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα 
Λητώ τε Ξάνθος τε φιλομμειδής τ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη. 40 
Eis μέν ῥ᾽ ἀπάνευθε θεοὶ θνητῶν ἔσαν ἀνδρῶν, 
τόφρα δ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὶ μὲν μέγα κύδανον, οὕνεκ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
5 / εἶ \ “ 3 / be κὉ lol 
ἐξεφάνη, δηρὸν δὲ μάχης ἐπέπαυτ᾽ ἀλεγεινῆς " 
Τρῶας δὲ τρόμος αἰνὸς ὑπήλυθε γυῖα ἕκαστον, 
δειδιότας, ὅθ᾽ ὁρῶντο ποδώκεα Ἰ]ηλείωνα 45 
t / A> ” “ 
τεύχεσι λαμπόμενον, βροτολοιγῷ ἴσον “Apni. 
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ μεθ᾽ ὅμιλον ᾿Ολύμπιοι ἤλυθον ἀνδρῶν, 
ὦρτο δ᾽ "Epis κρατερὴ λαοσσόος, ave δ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη, 
στᾶσ᾽ ὁτὲ μὲν παρὰ τάφρον ὀρυκτὴν τείχεος ἐκτός, 


ILIAD XX, 97 


» Ἄν ὦ Ψ / > UA \ > f 
ἄλλοτ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀκτάων ἐριδούπων μακρὸν ἀὕὔτει. 50 
ave δ᾽ “Apns ἑτέρωθεν, ἐρεμνῇ λαίλαπι icos, 
3 \ Fu 2 / “ ᾽ὔ ἔς 
ὀξὺ κατ᾽ ἀκροτάτης πόλιος Τρώεσσι κελεύων, 
ἄλλοτε πὰρ Σιμόεντι θέων ἐπὶ Καλλικολώνῃ. 
a \ > / / \,..3 , 
Ὡς τοὺς ἀμφοτέρους μάκαρες θεοὶ ὀτρύνοντες 
σύμβαλον, ἐν δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἔριδα ῥήγνυντο βαρεῖαν. 55 
4 a A 
δεινὸν δὲ βρόντησε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε 
ὑψόθεν" αὐτὰρ ἔνερθε ἸΤοσειδάων ἐτίναξεν 
γαῖαν ἀπειρεσίην ὀρέων T αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα. 
πάντες δ᾽ ἐσσείοντο πόδες πολυπίδακος Ἴδης 
καὶ κορυφαί, Τρώων τε πόλις καὶ νῆες ᾿Αχαιῶν". 60 
ἔδδεισεν δ᾽ ὑπένερθεν ἄναξ ἐνέρων ᾿Αἰδωνεύς, 
/ 2-9 Fi 9 ΤΟΝ : / rer. 
δείσας δ᾽ ἐκ θρόνου ὧλτο Kai ἴαχε, μή οἱ ὕπερθεν 
a 3 Fé A > / 
γαῖαν ἀναρρήξειε ἸΙοσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων, 
pee A \ n 3 fe / 
οἰκία δὲ θνητοῖσι καὶ ἀθανάτοισι φανείη 
σ ὃ λέ 3 , re / θ / 65 
μερδαλέ,, εὐρώεντα, τάτε στυγέουσι θεοί περ. 
τόσσος ἄρα κτύπος ὦρτο θεῶν ἔριδι ξυνιόντων. 
ἤτοι μὲν γὰρ ἔναντα Ἰ]οσειδάωγος ἄνακτος 
ἵστατ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων Φοῖβος, ἔχων ia πτερόεντα, 
ἄντα δ᾽ ᾿Ενυαλίοιο θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη" 
Ἥρῃ δ᾽ ἀντέστη χρυσηλάκατος κελαδεινὴ 70 
Αρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα, κασιγνήτη ἑκάτοιο " 
a δ. / n > 7 ς a 
Λητοῖ δ᾽ ἀντέστη σῶκος ἐριούνιος “Epps, 
ἄντα δ᾽ ap «Ηφαίστοιο μέγας ποταμὸς βαθυδίνης, 
ὃν Ξάνθον καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δὲ Σκάμανδρον. 
“Os οἱ μὲν θεοὶ ἄντα θεῶν ἴσαν" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 75 
“Ἕκτορος ἄντα μάλιστα λιλαίετο δῦναι ὅμιλον 
Tl ὃ a / id γ΄ f © \ » / 
ριαμίδεω " τοῦ yap pa μάλιστά ἑ θυμὸς ἀνώγει 
σ 9 wv , / 
αἵματος aca “Apna ταλαύρινον πολεμιστήν. 
Αἰνείαν δ᾽ ἰθὺς λαοσσόος ὦρσεν ᾿Απόλλων 
ἀντία ἸΠηλείωνος, ἐνῆκε δέ οἱ μένος ἠΐ - 80 


5 


98 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Y. 


viet δὲ Πριάμοιο Λυκάονι εἴσατο φωνήν " : 
a > / / Ν e\ 5 / ᾿. 1 
τῷ μιν ἐεισάμενος προσέφη Διὸς υἱὸς ᾿Απόλλων β 
/ n / 
“Αἰνεία, Τρώων βουληφόρε, ποῦ τοι ἀπείλαί, 
a / n ς / 3 if 
as Τρώων βασιλεῦσιν ὑπέσχεο οἰνοποτάζων, 
Πηλείδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος ἐναντίβιον πολεμίζειν ;” 8ῦ 
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Αἰνείας ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέειπεν " 
“Πριαμίδη, τί με ταῦτα καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα κελεύεις 
᾽ / / e / / 
ἀντία Unrelwvos ὑπερθύμοιο μάχεσθαι; 
> sf \ a) “ "a ” 9.9 a 
οὐ μὲν yap νῦν πρῶτα ποδώκεος ἄντ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος 
στήσομαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἤδη με καὶ ἄλλοτε δουρὶ φόβησεν 90 
ἐξ Ἴδης, ὅτε βουσὶν ἐπήλυθεν ἡμετέρῃσιν, , 
/ \ \ \ / ’ \ 3 Ν \ 
πέρσε δὲ Λυρνησσὸν καὶ ἸΠήδασον: αὐτὰρ ἐμὲ Ζεὺς 
ee ye > of 5. Sard / ΄, A 
εἰρύσαθ᾽, ds μοι ἐπῶρσε μένος λαιψηρά τε γοῦνα. 
ἢ κ᾽ ἐδάμην ὑπὸ χερσὶν ᾿Αχιλλῆος καὶ ᾿Αθήνης, 
ἥ οἱ πρόσθεν ἰοῦσα τίθει φάος ἠδ᾽ ἐκέλευεν 95 
” “. / / \ a > / 
ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ Λέλεγας καὶ Todas ἐναίρειν. 
a > ” 3 2A NM 3 / ” ὃ ia θ 2 
τῷ οὐκ ἔστ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος ἐναντίον ἄνδρα μάχεσθαι 
αἰεὶ γὰρ πάρα εἷς γε θεῶν, ὃς λουγὸν ἀμύνει. 
καὶ δ᾽ ἄλλως Tody ἰθὺ βέλος πέτετ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπολήγει 
πρὶν ypoos ἀνδρομέοιο διελθεῖν. εἰ δὲ θεός περ 100 
Φ / / / "7 / δι 
ἰσον τείνειεν πολέμου τέλος, οὔ με μάλα pea 
/ 5 2 5 / », 3 359 
νικήσει, οὐδ᾽ εἰ παγχάλκεος εὔχεται εἶναι. 
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπεν ἄναξ Διὸς vids, ᾿Απόλλων " 
ce Ὁ» > >» oof \ * A > / 
ἥρως, ἀλλ᾽ aye καὶ σὺ θεοῖς αἰειγενέτησιν 
εὔχεο" καὶ δὲ σέ φασι Διὸς κούρης ᾿Αφροδίτης 10ὅ 
ἐκγεγάμεν, κεῖνος δὲ χερείονος ἐκ θεοῦ ἐστίν. 
/ 
ἡ μὲν yap Atos ἐσθ᾽, ἡ δ᾽ ἐξ ἁλίοιο γέροντος. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἰθὺς φέρε χαλκὸν ἀτειρέα, μηδέ σε πάμπαν 
λευγαλέοις ἐπέεσσιν ἀποτρεπέτω καὶ ἀρειῇ." 
«Δ > \ ” “ U / na 
Os εὐπὼν ἔμπνευσε μένος μέγα ποιμένι λαῶν, 110 
a δὲ ὃ \ , ; θ 7ὔ ἴθ ra 
βῆ δὲ διὰ προμάχων κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι YANK. 


ILIAD XX. 


οὐδ᾽ ἔλαθ᾽ ᾿Αγχίσαο πάϊς λευκώλενον “Ἥρην 
» / / +\ > Ν 3 Ν » lal 
ἀντία Ἰ]ηλείωνος ἰὼν ava οὐλαμὸν ἀνδρῶν " 
«ἴα f \ \ a x 
ἡ δ᾽ ἄμυδις στήσασα θεοὺς μετὰ μῦθον ἔευπεν" 
ane / 
“Φράζεσθον δὴ σφῶϊ, ἸΤοσείδαον καὶ ᾿Αθήνη, 
3 \ ¢ / Ὁ » / ” 
ἐν φρεσὶν ὑμετέρῃσιν, ὅπως ἔσται τάδε ἔργα. 
δ΄. Δ “ΟΣ oF 7 " : -“ 
Αἰνείας ὅδ᾽ ἔβη κεκορυθμένος αἴθοπι χαλκῷ 
“ ἴω / 
ἀντία Ἰ]ηλείωνος, ἀνῆκε δὲ Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων " 
> 2 φῇ > ᾿ς “Ὁ 7 > lal > Vs 
arn’ ἄγεθ᾽, ἡμεῖς πέρ μιν ἀποτρωπῶμεν ὀπίσσω 
ar if 4 » Ἀν / 3 ne 
αὐτόθεν : ἤ τις ἔπειτα Kal ἡμείων ᾿Αχιλῆϊ 
, I \ / / / a 
παρσταίη, Soin δὲ κράτος μέγα, μηδέ τι θυμῷ 
δευέσθω, ἵνα εἰδῇ ὅ μιν φιλέουσιν ἄριστοι 
» ξ ᾽ ι΄. 5 > Ἄ \ Ν rd 
ἀθανάτων, οἱ δ᾽ αὗτ᾽ ἀνεμώλιοι οἱ TO πάρος περ 
/ “ a 
Τρωσὶν ἀμύνουσιν πόλεμον καὶ δηϊοτῆτα. 
4 3 > / / > / 
πάντες δ᾽ Οὐλύμποιο κατήλθομεν ἀντιόωντες 
a f / Ὡς \ , / 
τῆσδε μάχης, ἵνα μή τι μετὰ Τρώεσσι TAO now 
σήμερον" ὕστερον αὖτε τὰ πείσεται ἅσσα οἱ Αἷσα 
γεινομένῳ ἐπένησε λίνῳ, ὅτε μιν τέκε μήτηρ. 
> 59 Ἂ > a) a) > / 3 A 
εἰ δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς οὐ ταῦτα θεῶν ἐκ πεύσεται ὀμφῆς, 
͵ (Pat A OQ? ὦ f > / Ν Yi 
δείσετ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽, ὅτε KEV τις ἐναντίβιον θεὸς EXON 
ἐν πολέμῳ - χαλεποὶ δὲ θεοὶ φαίνεσθαι ἐναργεῖς." 
Τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα Ἰ]οσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων " 
“cc “Ἢ A! / \ 5 ὃ ye / 7 
PN, μὴ χαλέπαινε παρὲκ νόον " οὐδέ τί σε χρή. 
> x bg ᾿ 97) δ \ Ψ / 
οὐκ ἂν ἔγωγ᾽ ἐθέλοιμι θεοὺς ἔριδι ξυνελάσσαι 
; : 
[ἡμέας τοὺς ἄλλους, ἐπειὴ πολὺ φέρτεροί εἰμεν] * 
> ι΄ 6 ἴω \ ” if / 
ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς μὲν ἔπειτα καθεζώμεσθα κιόντες 
> / > / / a So / 
ἐκ πάτου ἐς σκοπιήν, πόλεμος δ᾽ ἄνδρεσσι μελήσει. 
εἰ δέ κ᾿ Αλρης ἄρχωσι μάχης ἢ Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων, 
AD a Υ \ > bia! / 
ἢ ᾿Αχιλῆ᾽ ἴσχωσι καὶ οὐκ εἰῶσι μάχεσθαι, 
αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειτα καὶ ἄμμι παρ᾽ αὐτόφι νεῖκος ὀρεῖται 
φυλόπιδος - μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα διακρινθέντας ὀΐω 
ἂψ ἔμεν Οὔλυμπόνδε, θεῶν μεθ᾽ ὁμήγυριν ἄλλων, 
ἡμετέρῃς ὑπὸ χερσὶν ἀνωγκαίηφι δαμέντας." 


99 


115 


120 


125 


130 


135 


140 


100 IAIAAO® Y. 


Oo A 7 ς Ψ “ 
ς apa φωνήσας ἡγήσατο κυανοχαίτης 
n b] > i ς n / 
τεῖχος ἐς ἀμφίχυτον ᾿Ηρακλῆος θείοιο, 
ὑψηλόν, τό ῥά οἱ Τρῶες καὶ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη 
5 / ΝΜ Ν a ς Ν 3 7 
ποίεον, OPpa τὸ κῆτος ὑπεκπροφυγὼν ANEALTO, 
ὁππότε μιν σεύαιτο ἀπ᾽ ἠϊόνος πεδίονδε. 
ἔνθα Ἰ]οσειδάων κατ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἕζετο καὶ θεοὶ ἄλλοι, 
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἄρρηκτον νεφέλην ὦμοισιν ἕσαντο" 150 
οἱ δ᾽ ἑτέρωσε καθῖζον ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσι Καλλικολώνης 
ἀμφὶ σέ, ἤϊε Φοῖβε, καὶ "Apna πτολίπορθον. 
ὡς οἱ μέν ῥ᾽ ἑκάτερθε καθείατο μητιόωντες 
βουλάς - ἀρχέμεναι δὲ δυσηλεγέος πολέμοιο 
ὦκνεον ἀμφότεροι, Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἥμενος ὕψι κέλευεν. 155 
Τῶν δ᾽ ἅπαν ἐπλήσθη πεδίον, Kal λάμπετο χαλκῷ, 
> an 309 7 a \ [4] / 
ἀνδρῶν ἠδ᾽ ἵππων" κάρκαιρε δὲ γαῖα πόδεσσιν 
> / A ys o4, 3 f ” 3 οὖὍἋΊ 
ὀρνυμένων ἄμυδις. δύο δ᾽ ἀνέρες ἔξοχ᾽ ἄριστοι 
ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέρων συνίτην μεμαῶτε μάχεσθαι, 
Αἰνείας τ᾽ ᾿Αγχισιάδης καὶ δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 160 
Αἰνείας δὲ πρῶτος ἀπειλήσας ἐβεβήκει, 

» / “Ὁ 5 x > / ἴω 
νευστάζων κόρυθι βριαρῇ" ἀτὰρ ἀσπίδα θοῦριν 
πρόσθεν ἔχε στέρνοιο, τίνασσε δὲ χάλκεον ἔγχος. 
Πηλείδης δ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ἐναντίον ὦρτο, λέων ὡς 


/ v4 \ of > / I 
OlWTNS, OVTE καὶ ἄνδρες ἀποκτάμεναν μεμάασιν 165 


> ΄ a ny ς \ an \ δι, 
ἀγρόμενοι, πᾶς δῆμος - ὁ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν ἀτίζων 

ΝΜ > 9. ολ / > “ / ᾽ ἴω 
ἐρχεται, ANN OTE KEV τις ἀρηϊθόων αἰζηῶν 

δουρὶ βάλῃ, éary τε χανών, περί T ἀφρὸς ὀδόντας 
γίγνεται, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίῃ στένει ἄλκιμον ἦτορ, 
οὐρῇ δὲ πλευράς τε καὶ ἰσχία ἀμφοτέρωθεν 170 
μαστίεται, ἑὲ δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐποτρύνει μαχέσασθαι, 
γλαυκιόων δ᾽ iOus φέρεται μένει, ἤν τινα πέφνῃ 

> ΝΥ x 3, Ἃ , 7 96 Os ἃ 

ἀνδρῶν, ἢ αὐτὸς φθίεται πρώτῳ EV ομίλῳ * 

ἃ 3 n> oF / \ \ > / 

ὡς Ayia ὦτρυνε μένος Kal θυμὸς ἀγήνωρ 


ILIAD XX. 


> / / 
ἀντίον ἐλθέμεναι μεγαλήτορος Αἰνείαο. 
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες, 
Ν 4 / / val 3 4 
τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς * 
7 ς 
“Αἰνεία, τί σὺ τόσσον ὁμίλου πολλὸν ἐπελθὼν 
ἔστης ; ἢ σέγε θυμὸς ἐμοὶ μαχέσασθαι ἀνώγει 
, / 3 4 « / 
ἐλπόμενον Τρώεσσιν ἀνάξειν ἱπποδάμοισιν 
n a , > \ Υ ἈΝ J / 
τιμῆς τῆς ἹΙριάμου ; ἀτὰρ εἴ κεν ἔμ᾽ ἐξεναρίξης, 
οὔ τοι τοὔνεκά γε ἸΤρίαμος γέρας ἐν χερὶ θήσει" 
bee / e ἴω ¢ > Ψ I3. 9 Fi 
εἰσὶν yap οἱ παῖδες, ὁ δ᾽ ἔμπεδος οὐδ᾽ ἀεσίφρων. 
9 F / a / / 7 5», 
ἢ vu τί τοι Τρῶες τέμενος τάμον ἔξοχον ἄλλων, 
\ na bed ΞΖ / / 
καλὸν φυταλιῆς καὶ ἀρούρης, ὄφρα νέμηαι, 

ΝΜ > \ / a ff 3 yf \ oF 
al κεν ἐμὲ κτείνῃς ; χαλεπῶς δέ σ᾽ ἔολπα TO ῥέξειν. 
ἤδη μὲν σέγε φημὶ καὶ ἄλλοτε δουρὶ φοβῆσαι. 

¢ “Ὁ Mid f 
ἢ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε πέρ σε βοῶν ἄπο, μοῦνον ἐόντα, 
“ / 

σεῦα κατ᾽ ᾿Ιδαίων ὀρέων ταχέεσσι πόδεσσιν 

/ / 3 » / UA 
καρπαλίμως ; τότε δ᾽ οὔτι μετατροπαλίζεο φεύγων. 
BA > Re J \ ς / > \ 3 \ \ 
ἔνθεν δ᾽ ἐς Λυρνησσὸν ὑπέκφυγες " αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ τὴν 
πέρσα, μεθορμηθεὶς σὺν ᾿Αθήνῃ καὶ Act πατρί, 
ληϊάδας δὲ γυναῖκας, ἐλεύθερον ἦμαρ ἀπούρας, 
5S 3 \ \ \ > / \ ἊΣ ὧν 
ἦγον " ἀτὰρ σὲ Ζεὺς ἐρρύσατο καὶ θεοὶ ἄλλοι. 
> > > lal φ» 3..Λ e ree" a 
ἀλλ᾽ ov viv σε ῥύεσθαι ὀΐομαι, ws ἐνὶ θυμῷ 
βάλλεαι" ἀλλά σ᾽ ἔγωγ᾽ ἀναχωρήσαντα κελεύω 
> \ a ¥ + Aaa J , “ 3.9 “Ὁ 
ἐς πληθὺν ἰέναι, μηδ᾽ ἀντίος ἵστασ᾽ ἐμεῖο, 

Ig \ / 4 \ 7 z ” 39 
πρίν τι κακὸν παθέειν " ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω. 
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ Αἰνείας ἀπαμείβετο φώνησέν τε" 

“Ἰ]ηλείδη, μὴ δή μ᾽ ἐπέεσσί γε νηπύτιον ὡς 
ἔλπεο δειδίξεσθαι, ἐπεὶ σάφα οἶδα καὶ αὐτὸς 
ἠμὲν κερτομίας ἠδ᾽ αἴσυλα μυθήσασθαι. 
ἴδμεν T ἀλλήλων γενεήν, ἴδμεν δὲ τοκῆας, 

lal / 
πρόκλυτ᾽ ἀκούοντες ἔπεα θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων " 

δι \ 

ὄψει δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἄρ πω σὺ ἐμοὺς ides οὔτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐγὼ σούς" 


101 


175 


180 


185 


190 


195 


200 


205 


102 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Y. 


\ x 4 A 3 7 ” 5 
φασὶ σὲ μὲν Ἰ]ηλῆος ἀμύμονος ἔκγονον εἶναι, 
μητρὸς δ᾽ ἐκ Θέτιδος καλλιπλοκάμου ἁλοσύδνης * 
> \ > \ e\ / > / 
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν υἱὸς μεγαλήτορος Ayyicao 
BA > /, 7 / ῬΑ. 9 3 / 
εὔχομαι ἐκγεγάμεν, μήτηρ δέ μοί ἐστ᾽ ᾿Αφροδίτη 
a \ a Ψ f " a 4 
τῶν δὴ νῦν ἕτεροί γε φίλον παῖδα κλαύσονται 
σήμερον" οὐ γάρ φημ᾽ ἐπέεσσί γε νηπυτίοισιν 
Ὄ 7 / xX 2 / 
ὧδε διακρινθέντε μάχης ἐξ ἀπονέεσθαι. 
εἰ δ᾽ ἐθέλεις καὶ ταῦτα δαήμεναι, ὄφρ᾽ εὖ εἰδῆς 
¥, / / \ δέ 5" ὃ 5» 
ἡμετέρην γενεὴν, πολλοὶ OE μιν ἄνὸρες ἰσασιν " 
Δάρδανον αὖ πρῶτον τέκετο νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς, 
/ \ 4 2 \ 7 » Cn 
κτίσσε δὲ Δαρδανίην, ἐπεὶ οὔπω “IXtos ἱρὴ 
5 / 7 , ’ : , 
ἐν πεδίῳ πεπόλιστο, πόλις μερόπων ἀνθρώπων, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἔθ᾽ ὑπωρείας ῴκεον πολυπίδακος Ἴδης. 
Δάρδανος αὖ τέκεθ᾽ υἱὸν ᾿Εριχθόνιον βασιλῆα, 
ἃ \ > / / Ln 5 ν᾿ 
ὃς δὴ ἀφνειότατος γένετο θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων * 
ἴω / “ Ὁ. / / 
TOU τρισχίλιαι ἵπποι ἕλος κάτα βουκολέοντο 
θήλειαι, πώλοισιν ἀγαλλόμεναι ἀταλῇσιν. --- 
τάων καὶ Βορέης ἠράσσατο βοσκομενάων, 
Ὁ; 3 > , / / 
ἵππῳ δ᾽ εἰσάμενος παρελέξατο κυανοχαίτῃ * 
ς - f ” / 7 
αἱ δ᾽ ὑποκυσάμεναι ἔτεκον δυοκαίδεκα πώλους. 
ς 2 ..0" x Led Blak / », 
αἱ δ᾽ ὅτε μὲν σκιρτῴεν ἐπὶ ζείδωρον ἄρουραν, 
»Μ | ees ΒΞ. / \ / 3 \ , 
ἄκρον ἐπ᾽ ἀνθερίκων καρπὸν θέον οὐδὲ κατέκλων " 
5 > Pod \ lal 3. 9 / a 7 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σκιρτῴεν ἐπ᾽ εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης, 
5 2 \ se “Ὁ ς Ν n 7 
ἄκρον ἐπὶ ῥηγμῖνος ἁλὸς πολιοῖο θέεσκον. --- 
Τρώα δ᾽ ᾿Βριχθόνιος τέκετο Τρώεσσιν ἄνακτα" 
\ b] io) a lal 3 7 3 / 
Tpwos δ᾽ αὖ τρεῖς παῖδες ἀμύμονες ἐξεγένοντο, 
Ἶλός τ᾽ ᾿Ασσάρακός τε καὶ ἀντίθεος ΤΙανυμήδης, 
ὃς δὴ κάλλιστος γένετο θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων " 
\ πο / \ a > a 
Tov Kal ἀνηρείψαντο θεοὶ Διὶ οἰνοχοεύειν 
rah “ - ΜΝ... / 7] 
κάλλεος εἵνεκα οἷο, ἵν᾿ ἀθανάτοισι μετείη. 
> ΓΑ 
Ἶλος δ᾽ αὖ τέκεθ᾽ υἱὸν ἀμύμονα Λαομέδοντα, 


210 


215 


220 


225 


290 


285 


ILIAD XX. 103 


Λαομέδων δ᾽ ἄρα Τιθωνὸν τέκετο ἸΤριαμόν τε 
Λάμπον τε Κλυτίον θ᾽ ᾿Ἱκετάονά τ᾽, ὄζον “Apnos: 
᾿Ασσάρακος δὲ Karur, ὁ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αγχίσην τέκε παῖδα" 
αὐτὰρ ἔμ᾽ ᾿Αγχίσης, Πρίαμος δ᾽ ἔτεχ᾽ “Extopa δῖον. 240 
ταύτης τοι γενεῆς τε καὶ αἵματος εὔχομαι εἶναι. 
Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἄνδρεσσιν ὀφέλλει τε μινύθει τε, 
ὅππως κεν ἐθέλῃσιν" ὁ γὰρ κάρτιστος ἁπάντων. 
> , ἌΝ: fe an 7 vA [4 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς, 
« οι, 8 / e / - an 
EOTAOT ἐν μέσσῃ ὑσμίνῃ δηϊοτῆτος. 245 
» X 3 / 2 / / 
ἔστι yap ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι 
πολλὰ μάλ᾽ - οὐδ᾽ ἂν νηῦς ἑκατόζυγος ἄχθος ἄροιτο. 
στρεπτὴ δὲ γλώσσ᾽ ἐστὶ βροτῶν, πολέες δ᾽ ἔνι μῦθοι 
lal ? t \ \ \ ” , aed 
παντοῖοι, ἐπέων δὲ πολὺς νομὸς ἔνθα Kal ἔνθα. 
e al ? + ” al 7a a , 
οπποίον Κα εἴπησθα ἔπος, τοίον K ἐπακούσαις. 250 
3 εἶ / 5» Ν / nw > / 
ἀλλὰ Tin ἔριδας Kal νείκεα νῶϊν ἀνάγκη 
νεικεῖν ἀλλήλοισιν ἐναντίον, ὥστε γυναῖκας, 
vf ΄ » / ΄ 
αἵτε χολωσάμεναι ἔριδος πέρι θυμοβόροιο 
σα 9 / f > ” > A 
VELKEVT ἀλλήλῃσι μέσην ἐς ἄγυιαν ἰοῦσαι, 
πόλλ᾽ ἐτεά τε καὶ οὐκί: χόλος δέ τε καὶ τὰ κελεύει, 255 
5 “ ὅ » bar eg / > / “ 
ἀλκῆς δ᾽ οὔ μ᾽ ἐπέεσσιν ἀποτρέψεις μεμαῶτα 
\ a / > / 3 * of “ 
πρὶν χαλκῷ μαχέσασθαι ἐναντίον " ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε, θᾶσσον 
/ ᾿] > / / 3 / ” 
γευσόμεθ᾽ ἀλλήλων χαλκήρεσιν ἐγχείῃσιν. 
Ἢ pa καὶ ἐν δεινῷ σάκει ἤλασεν ὄβριμον ἔγγχο 
ῥ , ἤ ριμον ἔγχος, 

/ i ye! \ 4 if \ > al 
oTpepoaréw’ péya δ᾽ ἀμφὶ σάκος μύκε δουρὸς ἀκωκῇ. 260 
Πηλείδης δὲ σάκος μὲν ἀπὸ ἕο χειρὶ παχείῃ 
” / 7 \ / » 
ἔσχετο ταρβήσας " φάτο γὰρ δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος 
ῥέα διελεύσεσθαι μεγαλήτορος Αἰνείαο, 

7 ἡ δ᾽ ν- ἢ \ 4 + \ Q Ν 
νήπιος, οὐδ᾽ ἐνόησε κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμὸν 
ὡς οὐ pnidv ἐστὶ θεῶν ἐρικυδέα δῶρα 265 
a / “Ὁ / πον δ / 
ἀνδράσι ye θνητοῖσι δαμήμεναι οὐδ᾽ ὑποείκειν. 
a4 4 
οὐδὲ τότ᾽ Αἰνείαο δαΐφρονος ὄβριμον ἔγχος 


104 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Y. 


ca / a8 \ 5 , Ὁ a 
ῥῆξε σάκος - χρυσὸς yap ἐρύκακε, dopa θεοῖο" 
al a 
ἀλλὰ δύω μὲν ἔλασσε διὰ πτύχας, ai δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτι τρεῖς 
ἦσαν, ἐπεὶ πέντε πτύχας ἤλασε κυλλοποδίων, 270 
τὰς δύο χαλκείας, δύο δ᾽ ἔνδοθι κασσιτέροιο, 
\ A 
τὴν δὲ μίαν χρυσέην" TH ῥ᾽ ἔσχετο μείλινον ἔγχος. 
Δεύτερος att ᾿Αχιλεὺς προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος, 
Ἁ / >’ / ° 9 y 7 > af 
καὶ βάλεν Αἰνείαο κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην, 
ἄντυγ᾽ ὕπο πρώτην, ἣ λεπτότατος θέε χὰάλκός, 275 
λεπτοτάτη δ᾽ ἐπέην ῥινὸς βοός " ἡ δὲ διαπρὸ 
ΠΠηλιὰς ἤϊξεν μελίη, λάκε δ᾽ ἀσπὶς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῆς. 
Αἰνείας δ᾽ ἐάλη καὶ ἀπὸ ἕθεν ἀσπίδ᾽ ἀνέσχεν 
/ 
δείσας " ἐγχείη δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπὲρ νώτου ἐνὶ γαίῃ 
ἔστη ἱεμένη, διὰ δ᾽ ἀμφοτέρους EXe κύκλους 280 
> / 3 Ζ ε a= 3 / / \ 
ἀσπίδος ἀμφιβρότης " ὁ δ᾽ ἀλευάμενος δόρυ μακρὸν 
4 \ > + ε 7, 7 ᾽ aA ᾿ 
ἔστη, κὰδ δ᾽ ἄχος οἱ χύτο μυρίον ὀφθαλμοῖσιν, 
ταρβήσας ὅ οἱ ἄγχι πάγη βέλος. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
ἐμμεμαὼς ἐπόρουσεν, ἐρυσσάμενος ξίφος ὀξύ, 
e 
σμερδαλέα ἰάχων " ὁ δὲ χερμάδιον λάβε χειρὺὴ 285 
Αἰνείας, μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ᾽ ἄνδρε φέροιεν, 
- = ΕΣ, e or er , » “ὦ 
οἷοι νῦν βροτοί εἰσ᾽ " ὁ δέ μιν ῥέα πάλλε καὶ οἷος. 
» > / \ b] 7 / / 
ἔνθα κεν Αἰνείας μὲν ἐπεσσύμενον βάλε πέτρῳ 
KA A > Ν / / Εν x 9 
ἢ κόρυθ᾽, ἠὲ σάκος, τό οἱ ἤρκεσε λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον, 
τὸν δέ κε Πηλείδης σχεδὸν ἄορι θυμὸν ἀπηύρα, 290 
5 \ 4. "5 \ / ts > / 
εἰ μὴ ap ὀξὺ νόησε ἸΙοσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων. 
3 / 3 Ὁ if a \ a ” 
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖς μετὰ μῦθον ἔειπεν * 
“0 ard 5 ” 7, 2 # 
πόποι, ἢ μοι ἄχος μεγαλήτορος Αἰνείαο, 
ὃς τάχα Πηλείωνι δαμεὶς "Αἰδόσδε κάτεισιν, 
/ 
πειθόμενος μύθοισιν ᾿Απόλλωνος ἑκάτοιο, 295 
/ > / / 4 / Ν BA 
νήπιος, οὐδέ TL OL χραισμήσει λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον. 
> \ / an e bs / » / 
ἀλλὰ τίη νῦν οὗτος ἀναίτιος ἄλγεῶ πάσχει, 
par ἕνεκ᾽ ἀλλοτρίων ἀχέων, κεχαρισμένα δ᾽ αἰεὶ 


ILIAD XX. 405 


lal -“ / \ 3 \ > \ Μ 
δῶρα θεοῖσι δίδωσι, τοὶ οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἔχουσιν ; 
ἀλλ᾽ aye? ἡμεῖς πέρ μιν ὑπὲκ θανάτου ἀγάγωμεν, 800 
μή πως καὶ Κρονίδης κεχολώσεται, αἴ κεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 

ῇ / / 7 δέ. 3 ae! / 
τόνδε κατακτείνῃ " μόριμον δέ οἵ ἐστ᾽ ἀλέασθαι, 
Bld : 3 \ ἈΝ ν᾿ blé 
ὄφρα μὴ ἄσπερμος γενεὴ Kat ἄφαντος ὄληται 
Δαρδάνου, ὃν Kpovidns περὶ πάντων φίλατο παίδων 
ot ἕθεν ἐξεγένοντο γυναικῶν τε θνητάων. 805 
5 iA \ » / 
ἤδη yap ἸΤριάμου γενεὴν ἤχθηρε Κρονίων " 
νῦν δὲ δὴ Αἰνείαο Bin 'Γρώεσσιν ἀνάξει 
καὶ παίδων παῖδες, τοί κεν μετόπισθε γένωνται." 

Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα βοῶπις πότνια “Ἡρη " 
ζει. , ᾽ 5 \ \ Son , 

ἐννοσίγαι᾽, αὐτὸς σὺ μετὰ φρεσὶ σῇσι νόησον 810 
Αἰνείαν, ἤ κέν μιν ἐρύσσεαι, ἤ κεν ἐάσεις 

ἤ ἤ 

[Πηλείδῃ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δαμήμεναι, ἐσθλὸν ἐόντα]. 

: ; nw / 
ἤτοι μὲν γὰρ νῶϊ πολέας ὠμόσσαμεν ὅρκους 
πᾶσι μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισιν, ἐγὼ καὶ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη, 

Ξ νον , > / \ δ 
μήποτ᾽ ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀλεξήσειν κακὸν ἦμαρ, 315 

m 5 aes ἢ i fa) \ a f 

μηδ᾽ ὁπότ᾽ ἂν Tpoin μαλερῷ πυρὶ πᾶσα δάηται 
δαιομένη, δαίωσι δ᾽ ᾿Αρήϊοι υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν." 

Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ toy’ ἄκουσε Ἰοσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων, 
βῆ ῥ᾽ ἴμεν ἄν τε μάχην καὶ ἀνὰ κλόνον ἐγχειάων, 

« 

ἷξε δ᾽ ὅθ᾽ Αἰνείας ἠδ᾽ ὁ κλυτὸς ἣεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 320 

> / a“ \ » a 2 “Ὁ / ᾽ 7 
αὐτίκα τῷ μὲν ἔπειτα κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν χέεν ἀχλύν, 

Ae € 

Πηλείδῃ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ ὁ δὲ μελίην εὔχαλκον 
> / 3 / / > / 
ἀσπίδος ἐξέρυσεν μεγαλήτορος Αἰνείαο " 

‘ x \ / a § A x 
Kal THY μὲν προπάροιθε ποδῶν ᾿Αχιλῆος ἔθηκεν, 

a g γ» pil We ὁ (ak! 4“ 
Αἰνείαν δ᾽ ἔσσευεν ἀπὸ χθονὸς ὑψόσ᾽ ἀείρας. 825 
πολλὰς δὲ στίχας ἡρώων, πολλὰς δὲ Kal ἵππων 
Αἰνείας ὑπερᾶλτο θεοῦ ἀπὸ χειρὸς ὀρούσας, 
ἷξε δ᾽ ἐπ’ ἐσχατιὴν πολυάϊκος πολέμοιο, 

/ 

ἔνθα τε Καύκωνες πόλεμον μέτα θωρήσσοντο. 


δ Χ 


106 ΠΟ JAIAAO® Y. 


lal \ he. Oe 5 / 9 / 2 / 
τῷ δὲ μάλ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ἦλθε Ἰ]οσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων, 880 
v4 
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 
“« Αἰνεία, τίς σ᾽ ὧδε θεῶν ἀτέοντα κελεύει 
ἀντία IInrelwvos ὑπερθύμοιο μάχεσθαι, 
ἃ “νι / \ / 3 / 
ὃς σεῦ ἅμα κρείσσων καὶ φίλτερος ἀθανάτοισιν ; 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀναχωρῆσαι, ὅτε Kev συμβλήσεαι αὐτῷ, 335 
\ A: 2 \ a / by A “" ᾽ / 
μὴ καὶ ὑπὲρ μοῖραν δόμον "Αἴδος εἰσαφίκηαι. 
> Χ 3 / 229 \ / \ / > / 
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί x ᾿Αχιλεὺς θάνατον καὶ πότμον ἐπίσπῃ, 
θαρσήσας δὴ ἔπειτα μετὰ πρώτοισι μάχεσθαι" 
οὐ μὲν γάρ τίς σ᾽ ἄλλος ᾿Αχαιῶν ἐξεναρίξει." 
“Os εἰπὼν λίπεν αὐτόθ᾽, ἐπεὶ διεπέφραδε πάντα. 340 
A a! \ 
ainpa δ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος am ὀφθαλμῶν σκέδασ᾽ ἀχλὺν 
¢ a 
Oeorecinv: ὁ δ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγ᾽ ἔξιδεν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν, 
>? / S27 5S \ ἃ / / 
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ dpa εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμόν" 
a lal e 
“Ὦ πόποι, ἢ μέγα θαῦμα τόδ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρώμαι. 
/ a a 
ἔγχος μὲν τόδε κεῖται ἐπὶ χθονός, οὐδέ TL φῶτα 345 
λεύσσω τῷ ἐφέηκα κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων. 
[ 
ἢ ῥα καὶ Αἰνείας φίλος ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσιν 
5 / » Ν ” > ᾿ 
ἦεν " ἀτάρ μιν ἔφην μὰψ' αὔτως εὐχετάασθαι. 
ἐρρέτω " οὔ οἱ θυμὸς ἐμεῦ ἔτι πειρηθῆναι 
» ἃ \ n 7 5, 5 γ 
ἔσσεται, ὃς καὶ νῦν φύγεν ἄσμενος ἐκ θανάτοιο. 350 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ Δαναοῖσι φιλοπτολέμοισι κελεύσας 
τῶν ἄλλων Τρώων πειρήσομαι ἀντίος ἐλθών." 
Ἦ καὶ ἐπὶ στίχας ἄλτο, κέλευε δὲ φωτὶ ἑκάστῳ " 
“ce / lal ΠΤ / ἐδ \ σ OL “A. / 
μηκέτι νῦν Τρώων ἑκὰς ἕστατε, δῖοι ᾿Αχαιοί, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἄντ᾽ ἀνδρὸς ἴτω, μεμάτω δὲ μάχεσθαι. 355 
> f / f #3 beer ed / baa 
ἀργαλέον δέ μοί ἐστι, καὶ ἰφθίμῳ περ ἐόντι, 
ig Vad / 3 / \ lal 7 
τοσσούσδ᾽ ἀνθρώπους ἐφέπειν καὶ πᾶσι μάχεσθαι" 
οὐδέ κ᾽ Αρης, ὅσπερ θεὸς ἄμβροτος, οὐδέ κ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη 
τοσσῆσδ᾽ ὑσμίνης ἐφέποι στόμα καὶ πονέοιτο " 
J 27 \ > \ 7 / / 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅσσον μὲν ἐγὼ δύναμαι χερσίν τε ποσίν TE 800 


ILIAD XX. 107 


καὶ σθένει, οὔ μέ τί φημι μεθησέμεν, οὐδ᾽ ἠβαιόν, 
> \ / \ > / > Fé Pb] yA 
ἀλλὰ para στιχὸς εἶμι διαμπερές, οὐδέ τιν᾽ οἴω 
- 7 Ψ whe ” 353 
Τρώων χαιρήσειν, ὅστις σχεδὸν ἔγχεος ἔλθῃ. 
Ὡς har ἐποτρύνων : Τρώεσσι δὲ φαίδιμος “Extwp 
κέκλεθ᾽ ὁμοκλήσας, φάτο δ᾽ ἴμμεναι ἄντ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος" 365 
“Τρῶες ὑπέρθυμοι, μὴ δείδιτε Ἰ]ηλείωνα. 
καί κεν ἐγὼν ἐπέεσσι καὶ ἀθανάτοισι μαχοίμην " 
» “ Eee / > ᾿ \ / / > 
ἔγχεϊ δ᾽ ἀργαλέον, ἐπειὴ πολὺ φέρτεροί εἰσιν. 
οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς πάντεσσι τέλος μύθοις ἐπιθήσει, 
ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν τελέει, τὸ δὲ καὶ μεσσηγὺ κολούει. 870 
τῷ δ᾽ ἐγὼ ἀντίος εἶμι, καὶ εἰ πυρὶ χεῖρας ἔοικεν, 
> \ a 4 / > " / ” 
εἰ πυρὶ χεῖρας ἔοικε, μένος δ᾽ αἴθωνι σιδήρῳ. 
Ὁ ΓΠΑΛῪ ἘΝ / Padi: 25 / ov eee! 
ς par ἐποτρύνων, οἱ δ᾽ ἀντίοι ἔγχε᾽ ἄειραν 
Τρῶες - τῶν δ᾽ ἄμυδις μίχθη μένος, ὦρτο δ᾽ airy. 
καὶ τότ᾽ ἄρ᾽ “Ἕκτορα εἶπε παραστὰς Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλ- 
λων" 375 
“<“Extop, μηκέτι πάμπαν ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ προμάχιζε, 
ἀλλὰ κατὰ πληθύν τε καὶ ἐκ φλοίσβοιο δέδεξο, 
/ 4 Ψ ἐν / >\ \ 5 / bb] 
μή πώς σ᾽ ἠὲ βάλῃ, ἠὲ σχεδὸν ἄορι τύψῃ. 
Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, “Ἑκτωρ δ᾽ αὖτις ἐδύσετο οὐλαμὸν ἀνδρῶν 
7 Pe Ν σις. 9, i ς 
ταρβήσας, ὅτ᾽ ἄκουσε θεοῦ ὄπα φωνήσαντος. 880 
ἐν δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς Τρώεσσι θόρε, φρεσὶν εἱμένος ἀλκήν, 
/ 2 if lal 9. Ὁ 3 / 
σμερδαλέα ἰάχων, πρῶτον δ᾽ ἕλεν ᾿Ιφιτίωνα, 
ἐσθλὸν ᾿Οτρυντείδην, πολέων ἡγήτορα λαῶν, 
ἃ A / A. 3 Aw / 
ov νύμφη τέκε Vis ᾿Οτρυντῆϊ πτολιπόρθῳ 
Tyuor ὕπο νιφόεντι, “ὑδης ἐν πίονι δήμῳ " 88 
τὸν δ᾽ ἰθὺς μεμαῶτα Ban ἔγχεϊ δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
΄ \ 7 eg »¥ A 7 
μέσσην κὰκ κεφαλήν" ἡ δ᾽ ἄνδιχα πᾶσα κεάσθη. 
δούπησεν δὲ πεσών, ὁ δ᾽ ἐπεύξατο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς ° 
“ Κεῖσαι, ᾿᾽Οτρυντείδη, πάντων ἐκπαγλότατ᾽ ἀνδρῶν " 
ἐνθάδε τοι θάνατος, γενεὴ δέ τοί ἐστ᾽ ἐπὶ λίμνῃ 890 


108 ΙΔΙΑΔΟΣ Υ. 


/ v4 / Pwlmy os 
Γυγαίῃ, ὅθι τοι τέμενος ππατρώϊόν ἐστιν, 
"TrA@ ἐπ᾽ ἰχθυόεντι καὶ ρμῳ δινήεντι." 

“Os ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος, τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν. 
τὸν μὲν ᾿Αχαιῶν ἵπποι ἐπισσώτροις δατέοντο 
πρώτῃ ἐν ὑσμίνῃ" ὁ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ Δημολέοντα, 395 
b] \ > n 7, 3 7] ev 
ἐσθλὸν ἀλεξητῆρα μάχης, ᾿Αντήνορος υἱόν, 

7] \ / / \ / 
vote κατὰ κρόταφον, κυνέης διὰ χαλκοπαρῇου. 
οὐδ᾽ ἄρα χαλκείη κόρυς ἔσχεθεν, ἀλλὰ Ov αὐτῆς 
3 \ e / ene) 3 , 9 / \ 
αἰχμὴ ἱεμένη ῥῆξ᾽ ὀστέον, ἐγκέφαλος δὲ 
ἔνδον ἅπας πεπάλακτο" δάμασσε δέ μιν μεμαῶτα. 400 
ς / oa, > ff > Sf. 
ἱπποδάμαντα δ᾽ ἔπειτα καθ᾽ ἵππων ἀΐξαντα, 

/ (v4 / f 5 / 
πρόσθεν ἕθεν φεύγοντα, μετάφρενον οὔτασε δουρί. 
αὐτὰρ ὁ θυμὸν ἄϊσθε καὶ ἤρυγεν, ὡς ὅτε ταῦρος 
» e / ς td > ’ 37 
ἤρυγεν ἑλκόμενος ᾿Ελικώνιον ἀμφὶ ἄνακτα 

ἡ e / ΄ / A 3 4 
κούρων EXKOVT@Y* γάνυται δέ τε τοῖς ἐνοσίχθων: 405 
ἃ A / : eee 4 fio Te / Ν > 7 
ὡς ἄρα τόνγ᾽ ἐρυγόντα Nit ὀστέα θυμὸς ἀγήνωρ" 
αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ σὺν δουρὶ μετ᾽ ἀντίθεον ἸΤολύδωρον 
Πριαμίδην. τὸν δ᾽ οὔτι πατὴρ εἴασκε μάχεσθαι, 
οὕνεκά οἱ μετὰ παισὶ νεώτατος ἔσκε γόνοιο, 

ΣΎΝ, » , \ ΄ > ΟἿ - 
και οἱ φίλτατος ἔσκε, πόδεσσι δὲ πάντας ἐνίκα" 410 
δὴ τότε νηπιέῃσι, ποδῶν ἀρετὴν ἀναφαίνων, 
θῦνε διὰ προμάχων, εἵως φίλον ὥλεσε θυμόν. 

- 3 
Tov βάλε μέσσον ἄκοντι ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
νῶτα παραΐσσοντος, ὅθι ζωστῆρος ὀχῆες 
χρύσειοι σύνεχον καὶ διπλόος ἤντετο θώρηξ᾽ 415 
> \ \ / > 3 \ » > Zz 
ἀντικρὺ δὲ διέσχε παρ᾽ ὀμφαλὸν ἔγχεος αἰχμή, 

\ δ᾽ », > > id / / > 4 

γνὺξ δ᾽ ἔριπ᾽ οἰμώξας, νεφέλη δέ μιν ἀμφεκάλυψεν 
7 \ - 8. 4) + ae \ / 
κυανέη, προτὶ of δ᾽ ἔλαβ᾽ ἔντερα χερσὶ Nac Geis. 
/ 
“Ἕκτωρ δ᾽ ὡς ἐνόησε κασίγνητον Πολύδωρον 
5, \ 4 / \ / 
ἔντερα χερσὶν ἔχοντα, λιαζόμενον προτὶ. γαίῃ, 420 


Mh ares 


Kap pa οἱ ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ᾽ ἀχλύς " οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἔτλη 


ILIAD XX. 109 


δηρὸν ἑκὰς στρωφᾶσθ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ ἀντίος HAV ᾿Αχιλῆϊ 

ὀξὺ δόρυ κραδάων, φλογὶ εἴκελος. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 

« 350. ἃ » 4 \ > 4 ae BA 

ὡς εἶδ᾽, ὡς ἀνέπαλτο, Kal εὐχόμενος ἔπος ηὔδα" 

‘ce? \ 3 \ aA > / / 42 Ζ 

Eyyvs ἀνὴρ ὃς ἐμόν γε μάλιστ᾽ ἐσεμάσσατο θυμόν, 

“ e “ BY / 299 A 4 \ 

OS μοι ἑταῖρον ἔπεφνε τετιμένον * οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἔτι δὴν 420 

b) / ΄ ΕΑ , , 2) 

ἀλλήλους πτωώσσοιμεν AVA πτολέμοιο γεφύρας. 

Ἦ καὶ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσεφώνεεν “Extopa δῖον " 
“ἄσσον ἴθ᾽, ὥς κεν θᾶσσον ὀλέθρου πείραθ᾽ ἵκηαι." 

Τὸν δ᾽ οὐ ταρβήσας προσέφη κορυθαίολος “Extap " 
“Πηλείδη, μὴ δή μ᾽ ἐπέεσσί γε νηπύτιον ὡς 481 
ἔλπεο δειδίξεσθαι, ἐπεὶ σάφα οἶδα καὶ αὐτὸς 
+ gD. / 799 ” / 
ἡμὲν κερτομίας HO αἴσυλα μυθήσασθαι. 
οἶδα δ᾽ ὅτι σὺ μὲν ἐσθλός, ἐγὼ δὲ σέθεν πολὺ χείρων. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῦται, 435 
αἴ κέ σε χειρὀτερός περ ἐὼν ἄπὸ θυμὸν ἕλωμαι 
δουρὶ βαλών, ἐπειὴ καὶ ἐμὸν βέλος ὀξὺ πάροιθεν." 

Ἦ ῥα καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δόρν, καὶ Toy’ ᾿Αθήνη 
πνοιῇ ᾿Αχιλλῆος πάλιν ἔτραπε κυδαλίμοιο, 
ἧκα μάλα ψύξασα" τὸ δ᾽ ap ἵκεθ᾽ “Ἑκτορα δῖον, 440 
αὐτοῦ δὲ προπάροιθε ποδῶν πέσεν. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
ἐμμεμαὼς ἐπόρουσε, κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων, 
σμερδαλέα ἰάχων " τὸν δ᾽ ἐξήρπαξεν ᾿Απόλλων 
ῥεῖα μάλ᾽ ὥστε θεός, ἐκάλυψε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἠέρι πολλῇ. 
τρὶς μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπόρουσε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 445 
ἔγχεϊ χαλκείῳ, τρὶς δ᾽ ἠέρα τύψε βαθεῖαν. 
> eg \ \ 7 πε ¢ ,ὔ = 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ TO τέταρτον ἐπέσσυτο δαίμονι ἶσος, 
δεινὰ δ᾽ ὁμοκλήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 

“RE αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον" ἢ τέ τοι ἄγχι 
ἦλθε κακόν" νῦν αὖτέ σ᾽ ἐρύσσατο Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων, 
ᾧ μέλλεις εὔχεσθαι ἰὼν ἐς δοῦπον ἀκόντων. 451 
> / 9 ΄ δ, & > Δ 
ἢ θήν σ᾽ ἐξανύω γε, καὶ ὕστερον ἀντιβολήσας, 


110 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Y. 


7 / Ν ἐδ la) > / / > 
el πού τις καὶ ἔμουγε θεῶν ἐπιτάρροθὸς ἐστιν. 
νῦν αὖ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπιείσομαι, ὅν κε κιχείω. 
ὰ > \ / ? 9 > 3 / / ” 

Ὡς εἰπὼν Δρύοπ᾽ οὗτα κατ᾽ αὐχένα μέσσον ἄκοντι" 
ἤριπε δὲ προπάροιθε ποδῶν. ὁ δὲ τὸν μὲν ἔασεν, 456 
Δημοῦχον δὲ Φιλητορίδην, niv τε μέγαν τε, 

5 / \ δ ’ uf \ \ ” 
Kay γόνυ δουρὶ βαλὼν ἠρύκακε" τὸν μὲν ἔπειτα 
οὐτάζων ξίφεϊ μεγάλῳ ἐξαίνυτο θυμόν. 
αὐτὰρ ὁ Λαόγονον καὶ Δάρδανον, υἷε Βίαντος, 460 
5 > \ 2 nf A 
ἄμφω ἐφορμηθεὶς ἐξ ἵππων ὦσε χαμᾶζε, 
τὸν μὲν δουρὶ βαλών, τὸν δὲ σχεδὸν ἄορι τύψας. 
Τρῶα δ᾽ ᾿Αλαστορίδην --- ὁ μὲν ἀντίος ἤλυθε γούνων, 
εἴ πώς ev πεφίδοιτο, λαβών, καὶ ζωὸν ἀφείη 
μηδὲ κατακτείνειεν ὁμηλικίην ἐλεήσας, 465 
͵ 3 Ν La of ἃ > / ” 
νήπιος, οὐδὲ TO ἤδη, ὃ οὐ πείσεσθαι ἔμελλεν " 
3 ζ΄ / > \ 3 8. δυο ων / 
ov γάρ τι γλυκύθυμος ἀνὴρ ἣν οὐδ᾽ ayavodpar, 
> \ ων, 9 , e \ Ὁ / 4 
ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἐμμεμαώς. ὁ μὲν ἥπτετο χείρεσι γούνων 
es ra ? ¢ \ & 9S 9. @& 
ἱέμενος λίσσεσθ᾽, ὁ δὲ φασγάνῳ οὗτα καθ᾽ ἧπαρ" 
ἐκ δέ οἱ ἧπαρ ὄλισθεν, ἀτὰρ μέλαν αἷμα κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ 470 
κόλπον ἐνέπλησεν " τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν 
θυμοῦ δευόμενον. ὁ δὲ Μούλιον οὗτα παραστὰς 
\ : 53 \ 2 Aaa δὰ 9? εἰ} 
δουρὶ κατ᾽ οὖς " εἶθαρ δὲ δι’ οὔατος ἦλθ᾽ ἑτέροιο 

᾿ Ἔ 
αἰχμὴ χαλκείη. ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αγήνορος υἱὸν "Ἑχχεκλον 
μέσσην κὰκ κεφαλὴν ξίφει ἤλασε κωπήεντι, 475 
πᾶν δ᾽ ὑπεθερμάνθη ξίφος αἵματι" τὸν δὲ κατ᾽ ὄσσε 
ἔλλαβε πορφύρεος θάνατος καὶ Μοῖρα κραταιή. 
Δευκαλίωνα δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽, ἵνα τε ξυνέχουσι τένοντες 
’ a A / " a \ » 
ἀγκῶνος, τῇ τόνγε φίλης διὰ χειρὸς ἔπειρεν 

A e a 
αἰχμῇ χαλκείῃ " ὁ δέ μιν μένε χεῖρω βαρυνθείς, 480 

"4 PAC» iz / ς \ / > / / 
πρόσθ᾽ ὁρόων θάνατον" ὁ δὲ φασγάνῳ αὐχένα θείνας 
THN αὐτῇ πήληκι κάρη βάλε: μυελὸς αὖτε 

ξ a 
σφονδυλίων ἔκπαλθ'᾽, ὁ δ᾽ ἐπὶ χθονὶ κεῖτο τανυσθείς. 


ILIAD XX. 111 


δι ΑΝ « ae > ae ae / Ὁ} 
αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ ῥ᾽ ἰέναι μετ᾽ ἀμύμονα ἸΠ]είρεω υἱόν, 
“Ῥίημον, ὃς ἐκ Θρήκης ἐριβώλακος εἰληλούθει" 485 

\ 4 / A ‘4 Ψ. Ὁ / / 
Tov βάλε μέσσον ἄκοντι, πάγη δ᾽ ἐν πνεύμονι χαλκός, 
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξ ὀχέων. ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αρηΐθοον θεράποντα, 
ἂψ' ἵππους στρέψαντα, μετάφρενον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ 

oe? > \ 3 τ > / / «δ 
we, ἀπὸ δ᾽ ἅρματος ὦσε" κυκήθησαν δέ οἱ ἵπποι. 

Ὡς δ᾽ ἀναμαιμάει βαθέ᾽ ἄγκεα θεσπιδαὲς πῦρ 490 
οὔρεος ἀζαλέοιο, βαθεῖα δὲ καίεται ὕλη, 
πάντη τε κλονέων ἄνεμος φλόγα εἰλυφάζξει, 


ἃ Ὁ ΓΗ an \ 7 “ / > 
ὃς ὅγε πάντη θῦνε σὺν ἔγχεϊ, δαίμονι ἶσος, 


/ > / Ce 2 ef nr / 
κτεινομένους ἐφέπων " ῥέε δ᾽ αἵματι γαῖα μέλαινα. 
e 3 Ψ / / ” 3 , 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε τις ζεύξῃ βόας ἄρσενας εὐρυμετώπους 495 
͵7 A \ 9... / b] » ‘al 
τριβέμεναι κρῖ λευκὸν ἐὐκτιμένῃ ἐν don, 
“καὶ / + 3 yr “ ς \ / Pg / 
ῥίμφα τε λέπτ᾽ ἐγένοντο βοῶν ὑπὸ πόσσ᾽ ἐριμύκων, 
ἃ ς Le “ , , “4 
ὡς ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆος μεγαθύμου μώνυχες ἵπποι 
al Φ “ 7 / \ > / “ που S 
στεῖβον ὁμοῦ νέκυάς τε καὶ ἀσπίδας : αἵματι: δ᾽ ἄξων 
νέρθεν ἅπας πεπάλακτο καὶ ἄντυγες at περὶ δίφρον, 500 
te 
ἃς dp ad’ ἱππείων ὁπλέων ῥαθάμιγγες ἔβαλλον 
vA > ἢ os ES , e Cola ον “ | / 
αἵ τ᾽ ἀπ᾿ ἐπισσώτρων ὁ δὲ ἵετο κῦδος ἀρέσθαι 
ΙΑ - 
Πηλείδης, λύθρῳ δὲ παλάσσετο χεῖρας ἀάπτους. 


" 


oo ue «Ὁ aon 
tae — 
πο ὦ > 
ν᾿. 
φὴς 
. 
¢ 
7 « 
eA BD at 
f ‘ , 
ν 4 Pei 
” ‘ 
~ ᾿. Me Ἂ 
KP AG 
4 
Ὁ ἢ 
rane 
_ 
=" 
2 
. 3 
5" 
δ 
' 
᾿ 
᾿ 
᾿ x 
ἢ 
‘ 
of πα 
. ν᾿ . 
᾿ Φ 9 
= < 
ie 
ἢ 


, Ἑ 
ἐκ ἢ ἀλλο το ΟΝ, 


mo Mee * Sere 


. 


, oY _ 
TGA ς Tear rye 


PO WA ays HY AAe 


ooo: 6a. ia 
‘ -. " ᾿ > 7 
my τ Αι SRA δ ἢ “ἧς 
- a Σ 


ss9 AMY S yn Wasi sks 5 
ΣᾺ ὅν τ δία 
οὐκ χηιϑοῦν ὃ 


* 


? ‘oe ~ 
ys) 4 Ἵ > Ar ἊΜ 


% 


JID > φῶ “ἀκ 


“ey 
Ψ, 
ef + 
ye Ts 
: ἔχει 
=i is ¥* 
‘ 
᾽ 
ϑ Jad ΤΥ 
‘a 4 
+ 
& 
b- 
.* * 
ra 
΄- Ya 7 
y eta ὥ 
γι 
. 
? 


OMHPOYT 
IAIAAO® ©. 


HOMER'S ILIAD. 
BOOK XXI. 


Μάχη παραποτάμιος. 


᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πόρον ἷξον ἐῦρρεῖος ποταμοῖο, 
/ ie ἃ > / , , 
Ξάνθου δινήεντος, ὃν ἀθάνατος τέκετο Ζεύς, 
ἔνθα διατμήξας τοὺς μὲν πεδίονδε δίωκεν 
πρὸς πόλιν, ἧπερ ᾽Αχαιοὶ ἀτυζόμενοι φοβέοντο 
” a / v4 / f “ 
ἤματι τῷ προτέρῳ, ὅτε μαίνετο φαίδιμος “Ἑϊκτωρ " 5 
mr 23 4 Ζ / 3. 2 Ζι Οἱ 
τῇ ῥ᾽ οἵγε προχέοντο πεφυζότες, ἠέρα δ᾽ “Ἥρη 
/ , a 4 / ς 4 Ν 
πίτνα πρόσθε βαθεῖαν ἐρυκέμεν - ἡμίσεες δὲ 
93 Ἂς > nr / 3 
ἐς ποταμὸν εἰλεῦντο βαθύρροον ἀργυροδίνην, 
3 3 Ψ / / / ᾽ 3 \ ep 
ἐν δ᾽ ἔπεσον μεγάλῳ πατάγῳ, βράχε δ᾽ αἰπὰ ῥέεθρα, 
ὄχθαι δ᾽ ἀμφὶ περὶ μεγάλ᾽ ἴαχον " οἱ δ᾽ ἀλαλητῷ 10 
5», BA δ of ¢ , \ ͵7 
ἔννεον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα, ἑλισσόμενοι περὶ δίνας. 
id > fp te Mes € nn \ > Ἂ > / 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅθ᾽ ὑπὸ ῥιπῆς πυρὸς ἀκρίδες ἠερέθονται 
/ / \ \ 7 3 ξ A 
φευγέμεναι ποταμόνδε" τὸ δὲ φλέγει ἀκάματον πῦρ 
97 3 / \ \ 7, 31 ὦ 
ὄρμενον ἐξαίφνης, ταὶ δὲ πτώσσουσι καθ᾽ ὕδωρ 
ὡς ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αχίλλῆος Ξάνθου βαθυδινήεντος 1ὅ 
n ef / 5» Ν “ \ > ΄᾿ 
πλῆτο poos κελάδων ἐπιμὶξ ἵππων τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν. 
eg! e \ ’, \ / 3 ge uk ΚΑ 
Αὐτὰρ ὁ Διογενὴς δόρυ μὲν λίπεν αὐτοῦ ἐπ᾽ ὄχθῃ 
/ / ¢ Se / ri 
κεκλιμένον μυρίκῃσιν, ὁ δ᾽ ἔσθορε δαίμονι ἶσος, 


114 IAIAAOX Φ. 


’ τ » \ \ \ / " 
φάσγανον οἷον ἔχων, κακὰ δὲ φρεσὶ μήδετο ἔργα, 

» Ἀν ud ΄ la \ x 33 \ 
τύπτε δ᾽ ἐπιστροφάδην τῶν δὲ στόνος WpVUT ἀεικὴς 20 
» , ἢ / 9 ΡΩΝ ¢ 
ἄορι θεινομένων, ἐρυθαίνετο δ᾽ αἵματι ὕδωρ. 
ὡς δ᾽ ὑπὸ δελφῖνος μεγακήτεος ἰχθύες ἄλλοι 
φεύγοντες πιμπλᾶσι μυχοὺς λιμένος εὐόρμου, 
δειδιότες " μάλα γάρ τε κατεσθίει ὅν κε λάβησιν" 

. 

ἃ fal a \ a es 
ws Τρῶες ποταμοῖο κατὰ δεινοῖο ῥέεθρα 25 

an « ἴω 
πτῶσσον ὑπὸ κρημνούς. ὁ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ κάμε χεῖρας ἐναίρων, 
ζωοὺς ἐκ ποταμοῖο δυώδεκα λέξατο κούρους, 

/ 

ποινὴν ἸΤατρόκλοιο Μενοιτιάδαο θανόντος. 

\ I&eA ᾿ 4 / > oh , 
Tous ἐξῆγε θύραζε τεθηπότας ἠὔῦτε νεβροὺς, 
δῆσε δ᾽ ὀπίσσω χεῖρας ἐὐτμήτοισιν ἱμᾶσιν, 80 
τοὺς αὐτοὶ φορέεσκον ἐπὶ στρεπτοῖσι χιτῶσιν, 
δῶκε δ᾽ ἑταίροισιν κατάγειν κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας. 

» Ν ΙΝ, 5 / o/s / 

αὐτὰρ ὁ arp ἐπόρουσε δαϊζέμεναι μενεαίνων. 
"Ev@ υἱεῖ ἸΙριάμοιο συνήντετο Δαρδανίδαο 
3 a 7 x , e 3 3 Ἂς 
ἐκ ποταμοῦ φεύγοντι, Λυκάονι, τόν ῥά ποτ᾽ αὐτὸς 8ῦ 
Aye λαβὼν ἐκ πατρὸς ἀλωῆς οὐκ ἐθέλοντα, 
> ΄ὔ , ς > er | \ 3 7: a 
ἐννύχιος προμολών " ὁ δ᾽ ἐρινεὸν ὀξέι χαλκῷ 
τάμνε νέους ὄρπηκας, ἵν᾽ ἅρματος ἄντυγες εἶεν " 
a A : 
τῷ δ᾽ ap ἀνώϊστον κακὸν ἤλυθε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
/ fal + 
καὶ τότε μέν μιν Λῆμνον ἐὐκτιμένην ἐπέρασσεν 40 
\ ” 5 \ ἘΝ 9 £ 9 5 
νηυσὶν ἄγων, ἀτὰρ υἱὸς ᾿Γήσονος ὦνον ἔδωκεν" 
κεῖθεν δὲ ξεῖνός μιν ἐλύσατο, πολλὰ δ᾽ ἔδωκεν, 
Ἴμβριος ᾿Ηετίων, πέμψεν δ᾽ ἐς δῖαν ᾽᾿Αρίσβην" 
ἔνθεν ὑπεκπροφυγὼν πατρώϊον ἵκετο δῶμα. 
ἕνδεκα δ᾽ ἤματα θυμὸν ἐτέρπετο οἷσι φίλοισιν 45. 
ἐλθὼν ἐκ Anuvotos δυωδεκάτῃ δέ μιν αὖτις 
χερσὶν ᾿Αχιλλῆος θεὸς ἔμβαλεν, ὅς μιν ἔμελλεν 
πέμψειν εἰς ᾿Αἴδαο καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα νέεσθαι. 
τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 


ILIAD XXI. 115 


Γ᾿ Ν / / Tame / bl AS Weg 7 
γυμνόν, ἄτερ κὀρυθός τε καὶ ἀσπίδος, οὐδ᾽ ἔχεν ἔγχος, 50 
> . \ δὰ .᾽ 3 Ν , Ν 77 a \ 
ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ῥ᾽ ἀπὸ πάντα χαμαὶ βάλε" τεῖρε yap 

ἱδρὼς 

Ft wae ἡ lal / Jem Ἂς 7 925.3 , 
φεύγοντ᾽ ἐκ ποταμοῦ, κάματος δ᾽ ὑπὸ γούνατ᾽ ἐδάμνα " 
> ¥ δι Ἂν 5 \ ἃ 7 f 
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμόν " 

/ i an an C2 νὴ 

“ἊὮ πόποι, ἦ μέγα θαῦμα τόδ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρῶμαι" 
ἢ μάλα δὴ Τρῶες μεγαλήτορες, οὕοπερ erepvov, δὅδ 
αὗτις ἀναστήσονται ὑπὸ ζόφου ἠερόεντος, 
οἷον δὴ καὶ ὅδ᾽ ἦλθε φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ, 

Λῆμνον ἐς ἠγαθέην πεπερημένος " οὐδέ μιν ἔσχεν 

/ ¢€ es a ἃ , 3. ff > 7 
πόντος ANOS πολιῆς, ὃ πολέας ἀέκοντας ἐρύκει. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ καὶ δουρὸς ἀκωκῆς ἡμετέροιο 60 

γ v be ee" \ ᾽ ᾿ fF 
γεύσεται, ὄφρα ἴδωμαι ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ἠδὲ δαείω 
te Ds € an \ a 3 , », b] / . 

ἢ ἄρ᾽ ὁμῶς καὶ κεῖθεν ἐλεύσεται, ἤ μιν ἐρύξει 
γῆ φυσίζοος, ἥτε κατὰ κρατερόν περ ἐρύκει." 

“Os ὥρμαινε μένων " ὁ δὲ οἱ σχεδὸν ἦλθε τεθηπώς, 
γούνων ἅψασθαι μεμαώς, περὶ δ᾽ ἤθελε θυμῷ 65 
ἐκφυγέειν θάνατόν τε κακὸν καὶ κῆρα μέλαιναν. 

” ς \ , \ > sf A 3 \ 
ἤτοι ὁ μὲν δόρυ μακρὸν ἀνέσχετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 

> / 4 ς 3. 6 7 \ ἐδ 7] 
οὐτάμεναι μεμαώς, ὁ δ᾽ ὑπέδραμε καὶ λάβε γούνων 

4 5 / ae Sore \ / τ, ἢ / 
κύψας. ἐγχείη δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπὲρ νώτου ἐνὶ γαίῃ 
” Res A \ oo» ’ ‘hed 
ἔστη, ἱεμένη χροὸς ἄμεναι ἀνδρομέοιο. 70 

>’ uN « > 2 f \ ς \ Σ / Ἑ 
αὐτὰρ 0 τῇ ἐτέρῃ μὲν ἐλὼν ἐλλίσσετο γούνων, 

A F., SS ΕΝ 4 > / +>Q\ ' 
τῇ δ᾽ ἑτέρῃ ἔχεν ἔγχος ἀκαχμένον οὐδὲ μεθίει " 
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 

“Tovvodpai a’, ᾿Αχιλεῦ" σὺ δέ μ᾽ αἴδεο καί μ᾽ ἐλέησον" 
Φ 3 2 DAO δ. Δ 4 ’ ’ 
ἀντί τοί εἰμ᾽ ἱκέταο, διοτρεφές, αἰδοίοιο. 15 
Tap yap σοὶ πρώτῳ πασάμην Δημήτερος ἀκτήν, 

” δ ΦΨ > - 5... , > > A 
ἤματι τῳ OTE μὶ εἷλες εὐκτιμένῃ EV ἁλωῇ, 

/ Φ ὦ / ” A / fh 
καί μ᾽ ἐπέρασσας ἄνευθεν ἄγων πατρός τε φίλων τε 

nw - 7 5 
Λῆμνον ἐς ἠγαθέην, ἑκατόμβοιον δέ τοι ἦλφον. 


116 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ ®. 


fal | eas) 
νῦν δὲ λύμην τρὶς τόσσα πορών ἠὼς dé μοί ἐστιν 80 
moe δυωδεκάτη, OT ἐς Ἴλιον εἰλήλουθα 
πολλὰ παθών νῦν αὖ με τεῆς ἐν χερσὶν ἔθηκεν 
a / 
μοῖρ᾽ ὀλοή" μέλλω που ἀπεχθέσθαι Διὶ πατρί, 
oa 4 i ” Ψ, / / 
ὅς μέ σοι αὖτις ἔδωκε" μινυνθάδιον δέ με μήτηρ 
γείνατο Λαοθόη, θυγάτηρ ΓΑλταο γέροντος, 8ῦ 
ἴΛλτεω, ὃς Λελέγεσσι φιλοπτολέμοισιν ἀνάσσει, 
Πήδασον αἰπήεσσαν ἔχων ἐπὶ Σατνιόεντι. 
τοῦ δ᾽ ἔχε θυγατέρα IIpiapmos, πολλὰς δὲ καὶ ἄλλας " 
a , / + 19. Le 
τῆσδε δύω γενόμεσθα, σὺ δ᾽ ἄμφω δειροτομήσεις. 
ἤτοι τὸν πρώτοισι μετὰ πρυλέεσσι δάμασσας, 90 
ἀντίθεον ἸΙολύδωρον, ἐπεὶ βάλες ὀξέϊ δουρί" 
ἴω \ \ 3 FO? “9 \ \ BA 3 \ > +s 
νῦν δὲ δὴ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐμοὶ κακὸν ἔσσεται" οὐ yap ὀΐω 
A " ’ θ $ if S83) σα , 
σὰς χεῖρας φεύξεσθαι, ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ἐπέλασσέ γε δαίμων. 
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω, σὺ δ᾽ evi φρεσὶ βάλλεο σῇσιν" 
Ἂ an 3 5 Ν > € lA ¢/ 3 
μή με κτεῖν᾽, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος “ExTopds εἶμι, 9 
ὅς τοι ἑταῖρον ἔπεφνεν ἐνηέα τε κρατερόν TE.” 
“Os ἄρα μιν Ἰ]ριάμοιο προσηύδα φαίδιμος υἱὸς 
λισσόμενος ἐπέεσσιν, ἀμείλικτον δ᾽ ὄπ᾽ ἄκουσεν" 
7 
“Νήπιε, μή μοι ἄποινα πιφαύσκεο μηδ᾽ ἀγόρευε" 
\ \ \ 9 a ” 5 
πρὶν μὲν yap Πάτροκλον ἐπισπεῖν αἴσιμον Hap, 100 
τόφρα τί μοι πεφιδέσθαι ἐνὶ φρεσὶ φίλτερον Hev 
Τρώων, καὶ πολλοὺς ζωοὺς ἕλον ἠδ᾽ ἐπέρασσα. 
a 3 3 4 er , ΄ Ψ ἣν 
νῦν δ᾽ οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅστις θάνατον φύγῃ, ὅν κε θεός γε 
Ἰλίου προπάροιθεν ἐμῇς ἐν χερσὶ βάλῃσιν, 
καὶ πάντων Τρώων, πέρι δ᾽ αὖ ἸΤριάμοιό γε παίδων. 105 
ἀλλά, φίλος, θάνε καὶ σύ Tin ὀλοφύρεαι οὕτως ; 
κάτθανε καὶ ἸΠἄάτροκλος, ὅπερ σέο πολλὸν ἀμείνων. 
οὐχ ὁράᾳς οἷος καὶ ἐγὼ καλός τε μέγας τε; 
Ν 3 5 as a \ / / / 
πατρὸς δ᾽ εἴμ᾽ ἀγαθοῖο, θεὰ δέ με γείνατο μήτηρ" 
ἀλλ᾽ ἔπι τοι καὶ ἐμοὶ θάνατος καὶ μοῖρα κραταιή ---- 110 


ILIAD XXI. 1 


» aa 3 N\ x f x / 3 
ἔσσεται ἢ ἠὼς ἢ Seid ἢ μέσον ἣμαρ--- 
e / tu? 5 a 7 2 Ν ο 
ὁππότε τις καὶ ἐμεῖο “Apes ἐκ θυμὸν ἕληται, 
rx “ \ / x >? \ a De a0 
ἢ Oye δουρὶ βαλών, ἢ ἀπὸ νευρῆφιν ὀϊστῴῷ. 
Ὡς φάτο, τοῦ δ᾽ αὐτοῦ λύτο γούνατα καὶ φίλον ἦτορ" 
ΝΜ / £3 > / id δ᾽ [τ “ / J 
ἔγχος μέν ῥ᾽ ἀφέηκεν, ὁ δ᾽ ἕζετο χεῖρε πετάσσας 115 
ἀμφοτέρας. ᾿Αχιλεὺς δὲ ἐρυσσάμενος ξίφος ὀξὺ 
΄, \ a by > Ve a / ς » 
τύψε κατὰ κληῖδα Tap αὐχένα, πᾶν δέ οἱ εἴσω 
“ , 3 ς 3... oF \ a... / 
δῦ ξίφος ἄμφηκες " ὁ δ᾽ dpa πρηνὴς ἐπὶ γαίῃ 
lal / > > δ. 7 aes al \ n 
κεῖτο ταθείς, ἐκ δ᾽ αἷμα μέλαν ῥέε, Sede δὲ γαῖαν. 
τὸν δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς ποταμόνδε λαβὼν ποδὸς ἧκε φέρεσθαι, 
καί οἱ ἐπευχόμενος ἔπεω πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευεν " 151 
“cc ay θ al an - a Av vA 4“, ee) \ 
νταυθοῖ νῦν κεῖσο μετ᾽ ἰχθύσιν, οἵ σ᾽ ὠτειλὴν 
.» τ. / > / > / / 
αἷμ᾽ ἀπολυχμήσονται ἀκηδέες " οὐδέ σε μήτηρ 
ἐνθεμένη λεχέεσσι γοήσεται, ἀλλὰ Σκάμανδρος 
οἴσει δινήεις εἴσω ἁλὸς εὐρέα κόλπον. 125 
θρώσκων τις κατὰ κῦμα μέλαιναν φρῖχ᾽ ὑπαΐξει 
> 4 Ὁ“ ΡΝ ΄ > / / 
ἰχθύς, ὅς Ke φάγῃσι Λυκάονος ἀργέτα δημόν. 
φθείρεσθ᾽, εἰσόκεν ἄστυ κιχείομεν ᾿Ιλίου ἱρῆς, 
ς a \ / 9. \ > αἵ oh 
ὑμεῖς μὲν φεύγοντες, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ὄπιθεν κεραΐζων. 
EAN σ΄ 3 “Ὁ »» 9 «ἢ > / 
οὐδ᾽ ὑμῖν ποταμός περ ἐὕρροος apyupodivyns 180 
ἀρκέσει, ᾧ δὴ δηθὰ πολέας ἱερεύετε ταύρου 
ρκέσει, ᾧ δὴ Sn ρ ρους, 
\ ~ ee Ψ 7] / ¢/ 
ζωοὺς δ᾽ ἐν δίνησι καθίετε μώνυχας ἵππους. 
> \ ν ἃ bl / \ , > / Fd 
ἀλλὰ Kal ὡς ὀλέεσθε κακὸν μόρον, εἰσόκε πάντες 
τίσετε ἸΤατρόκλοιο φόνον καὶ λοιγὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
οὺς ἐπὶ νηυσὶ θοῇσιν ἐπέφνετε νόσφιν ἐμεῖο." 135 
“Os ἄρ᾽ ἔφη, ποταμὸς δὲ χολώσατο κηρόθι μᾶλλον, 
ὥρμηνεν δ᾽ ἀνὰ θυμὸν ὅπως παύσειε πόνοιο 
δῖον ᾿Αχιλλῆα, Τρώεσσι δὲ λοιγὸν ἀλάλκοι. 
τόφρα δὲ Πηλέος υἱός, ἔχων δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος, 
᾿Αστεροπαίῳ ἐπᾶλτο κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων, "140 
υἱέϊ ἸΠηλεγόνος " τὸν δ᾽ ᾿Αξιὸς εὐρυρέεθρος 


118 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Φ. 


γείνατο καὶ Περίβοια, Ακεσσαμενοῖο θυγατρῶν 
πρεσβυτάτη τῇ γάρ ῥα μίγη ποταμὸς βαθυδίνης. 
ψπ, ἘΦ “9 \ > , e ᾽ » / 5 Lal 
τῷ ῥ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἐπόρουσεν, ὁ δ᾽ ἀντίος ἐκ ποταμοῖο 
ἔστη ἔχων δύο δοῦρε" μένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκεν 14 
Ξάνθος, ἐπεὶ κεχόλωτο δαϊκταμένων αἰζηῶν, 
τοὺς ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἐδάϊζε κατὰ ῥόον οὐδ᾽ ἐλέαιρεν. 
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες, 
Ν / / 5 / δὲ A. ζ ὲ 
τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς 
“Tis, πόθεν εἷς ἀνδρῶν, ὅ μευ ἔτλης ἀντίος ἐλθεῖν; 150 
δυστήνων δέ τε παῖδες ἐμῷ μένει ἀντιόωσιν." 
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖ Πηλεγόνος προσεφώνεε φαίδιμος υἱός " 
«TI / ΄ , \ 2 , 
ηλείδη μεγάθυμε, τίη γενεὴν ἐρεείνεις ; 
εἴμ᾽ ἐκ ἸΤαιονίης ἐριβώλου, τηλόθ᾽ ἐούσης, 
Παίονας ἄνδρας ἄγων δολιχεγχέας + de δέ μοι νῦν 155 
ἠὼς ἑνδεκάτη, OT ἐς Ἴλιον εἰλήλουθα. 
> \ 3 \ \ 2 ᾽ fa) > if 
αὐτὰρ ἐμοὶ γενεὴ ἐξ ᾿Α ξιοῦ evpupéorTos, 
ΓΑ ξιοῦ, ὃς κάλλιστον ὕδωρ ἐπὶ γαῖαν ἵησιν,] 
ὅς τέκε ἸΤηλεγόνα κλυτὸν ἔγχεϊ" τὸν δ᾽ ἐμέ φασιν 
γείνασθαι" νῦν αὖτε μαχώμεθα, φαίδιμ ᾿Αχιολλεῦ." 160 
“Os φάτ᾽ ἀπειλήσας, ὁ δ᾽ ἀνέσχετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
Πηλιάδα μελίην " ὁ δ᾽ ἁμαρτῇ δούρασιν ἀμφὶς 
ἥρως ᾿Αστεροπαῖος, ἐπεὶ περιδέξιος ἣεν" 
"ἘΞ κα / \ \ / / > \ \ 
καί ῥ᾽ ἑτέρῳ μὲν δουρὶ σάκος βάλεν, οὐδὲ διαπρὸ 
en / Ν \ 5 iA a na 
ῥῆξε caxos: χρυσὸς yap ἐρύκακε, δῶρα θεοῖο" 165 
a 3. / la! > ΔΛ / x 
τῷ δ᾽ ἑτέρῳ μιν πῆχυν ἐπυγράβδην βάλε χειρὸς 
lol / δ᾽ e / € 2 € \ > » 
δεξιτερῆς, σύτο δ᾽ αἷμα Kedawedés: ἡ δ᾽ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ 
γαίῃ ἐνεστήρικτο, λιλαιομένη χροὸς ὦσαι. 
δεύτερος αὖτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς μελίην ἰθυπτίωνα 
ρ χιλεὺς μελίη 
7 / > fal / 7 
Αστεροπαίῳ ἐφῆκε, κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων. 170 
καὶ τοῦ μέν ῥ᾽ ἀφάμαρτεν, ὁ δ᾽ ὑψηλὴν βάλεν ὄχθην, 
x I. VAD We a of Λ » 
μεσσοπαγὲς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔθηκε κατ᾽ ὄχθης μείλινον ἔγχος. 


ILIAD XXI. 119 


Pa 
> a 
Πηλείδης δ᾽ ἄορ ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος παρὰ μηροῦ 
ἄλτ᾽ ἐπί οἱ μεμαώς " ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα μελίην ᾿Αχιλῇος 
> ΄ 5 A 52-7 \ 7 
οὐ δύνατ᾽ ἐκ κρημνοῖο ἐρύσσαι χειρὶ παχείῃ. 175 

\ 
τρὶς μέν μιν πελέμιξεν ἐρύσσεσθαι μενεαίνων, 
τρὶς δὲ μεθῆκε Bins: τὸ δὲ τέτρατον ἤθελε θυμῷ 
3 
ἄξαι ἐπυγνάμψας δόρυ μείλινον Αἰακίδαο, 
> \ 
ἀλλὰ πρὶν ᾿Αχιλεὺς σχεδὸν ἄορι θυμὸν ἀπηύρα. 

/ aA 
γαστέρα γάρ μιν τύψε παρ᾽ ὀμφαλόν, ἐκ δ᾽ dpa πᾶσαι 180 
΄ 
χύντο χαμαὶ χολάδες - τὸν δὲ σκότος ὄσσε κάλυψεν 
> 
acOpuaivovt: ᾿Αχιλεὺς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ὀρούσας 

7 ΄ 2 3 / \ > / + 5 
τεύχεά T ἐξενάριξε καὶ εὐχόμενος ἔπος ηὔδα" 

“ Keio’ οὕτως " χαλεπόν τοι ἐρισθενέος Κρονίωνος 
παισὶν ἐριζέμεναι, ποταμοῖό περ ἐκγεγαῶτι. 185 
φῇσθα σὺ μὲν ποταμοῦ γένος ἔμμεναι εὐρυρέοντος, 

> \ > \ \ , x ” 53 
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ γενεὴν μεγάλου Διὸς εὔχομαι εἶναι. 
/ % > \ lal > Sf, , 
τίκτε μ᾽ ἀνὴρ πολλοῖσιν ἀνάσσων Μυρμιδόνεσσιν, 
Πηλεὺς Αἰακίδης - ὁ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Αἰακὸς ἐκ Διὸς ἦεν. 
T a / \ 7, \ lal ir ie 190 
ᾧ κρείσσων μὲν Ζεὺς ποταμῶν ἁλιμυρηέντων, 
κρείσσων αὖτε Διὸς γενεὴ ποταμοῖο τέτυκται. 
καὶ γὰρ σοὶ ποταμός γε πάρα μέγας, εἰ δύναταί τι 
n 2 ᾿] 3 Ν Δ \ ἡ / , 
ypatopety: ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι Διὶ ἹΚρονίωνι μάχεσθαι, 

an b] \ h 7. > / 
τῷ οὐδὲ κρείων ᾿Αχελώϊος ἰσοφαρίζει, 
οὐδὲ βαθυρρείταο μέγα σθένος ᾿Ωκεανοῖο, 195 
ἐξ οὗπερ πάντες ποταμοὶ Kai πᾶσα θάλασσα 
καὶ πᾶσαι κρῆναι καὶ φρείατα μακρὰ νάουσιν " 
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Διὸς μεγάλοιο κεραυνὸν 
δεινήν τε βροντήν, ὅτ᾽ ἀπ᾽ οὐρανόθεν σμαραγήσῃ." 

Ss € lee) a > / / BA 

H pa καὶ ἐκ κρημνοῖο ἐρύσσατο χάλκεον ἔγχος, 200 
Ν \ > 5 / A τι \ /- 9 > / 
Tov δὲ κατ᾽ αὐτόθι λεῖπεν, ἐπεὶ φίλον ἦτορ ἀπηύρα, 
κείμενον ἐν ψαμάθοισι, δίαινε δέ μιν μέλαν ὕδωρ. 
τὸν μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐγχέλυές τε καὶ ἰχθύες ἀμφεπένοντο, 


120 IAIAAOS Φ. 


\ 
δημὸν ἐρεπτόμενοι ἐπινεφρίδιον κείροντες " 
oe FN ς Amt) 5. \ f € a 
αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ ῥ᾽ ἰέναι μετὰ Ilaliovas ἱπποκορυστάώς, 205 
2d sf i \ » / 
οἵ ῥ᾽ ἔτι πὰρ ποταμὸν πεφοβήατο δινήεντα, 
ὡς εἶδον τὸν ἄριστον ἐνὶ κρατερῇ ὑσμίνῃ 
χέρσ᾽ ὕπο Ἰ]ηλείδαο καὶ ἄορι ἶφι δαμέντα. 
ἔνθ᾽ Exe Θερσίλοχόν τε Μύδωνά te ᾿Αστύπυλόν τε 
Μνῆσόν τε Θρασίον τε καὶ Αἴνιον ἠδ᾽ ᾿Οφελέστην" 210 
καί νύ x’ ἔτι πλέονας κτάνε Ilaiovas ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
> \ / / \ ,ὔ 
εἰ μὴ χωσάμενος προσέφη ποταμὸς βαθυδίνης, 
ἀνέρι εἰσάμενος, βαθέης δ᾽ ἐκ φθέγξατο δίνης’ 

“Ὦ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, περὶ μὲν κρατέεις, περὶ δ᾽ αἴσυλα ῥέζεις 
5 “ ΨΦῸΞΣ ΔΛ) PI ‘g \ 3 / 
ἀνδρῶν * αἰεὺ γὰρ TOL ἀμύνουσιν θεοὶ αὐτοί. 215 

BA fal » , lal ΄ 2 7 
εἴ τοι Τρῶας ἔδωκε Κρόνου παῖς πάντας ὀλέσσαι, 
ἐξ ἐμέθεν γ᾽ ἐλάσας πεδίον κάτα μέρμερα ῥέζε" 
μέθεν γ ς τὰ μέρμερα p 
re \ / ’ὔ 3 \ es 
πλήθει yap δή μοι νεκύων ἐρατεινὰ ῥέεθρα, 
» VA / / i €7 > ee - 
οὐδέ τί πη δύναμαι προχέειν ῥόον εἰς ἅλα δῖαν 
,ὔ \ \ / 5... / 
OTELVOMEVOS νεκύεσσι, σὺ δὲ κτείνεις ἀϊδήχως. 220 
3 Ὡς \ ΑΨ 3 3 <9/ bY [οὶ ΚΣ 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ καὶ ἔασον" ἄγη μ᾽ ἔχει, ὄρχαμε λαῶν. 

Τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλ- 

λεύς- 
“ ἔσται ταῦτα, Σκάμανδρε διοτρεφές, ὡς σὺ κελεύεις. 
Τρῶας δ᾽ οὐ πρὶν λήξω ὑπερφιάλους ἐναρίξζων, 
πρὶν ἔλσαι κατὰ ἄστυ Kal” Exrops πειρηθῆναι 225 
5 / 5 / / " es ΡΣ 
ἀντιβίην, ἤ κέν με δαμάσσεται, ἤ κεν ἐγὼ τόν. 

« 3 \ 3 5 7 / φ 

Ὡς εἰπὼν Τρώεσσιν ἐπέσσυτο, δαίμονι ἶσος. 
καὶ τότ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνα προσέφη ποταμὸς βαθυδίνης - 
q / 

“Ἃ, πόποι, ἀργυρότοξε, Διὸς τέκος, οὐ σύγε βουλὰς 
εἰρύσαο Κρονίωνος, ὅ τοι μάλα πόλλ᾽ ἐπέτελλεν 280 
Τρωσὶ παρεστάμεναι καὶ ἀμύνειν, εἰσόκεν ἔλθῃ 
δείελος ὀψὲ δύων, σκιάσῃ δ᾽ ἐρίβωλον ἄρουραν." 

Ἦ καὶ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς μὲν δουρικλυτὸς ἔνθορε μέσσῳ 


” 
al ea πα 


ILIAD XXI. 121 


ὅπ ΝΆ sf ς εν τς δι " ΄ 
κρημνοῦ ἀπαΐξας " ὁ δ᾽ ἐπέσσυτο οἴδματι θύων, 

/ S ” e/ / kd δὲ \ 
πάντα δ᾽ ὄρινε ῥέεθρα κυκώμενος, ὦσε δὲ νεκροὺς 235 
πολλούς, οἵ pa κατ᾽ αὐτὸν ἅλις ἔσαν, ods κτάν᾽ ᾿Αχι- 

devs * 
τοὺς ἔκβαλλε θύραζε, μεμυκὼς ἠὔτε ταῦρος, 

Ἢ \ \ , \ oR 4 
χέρσονδε" ζωοὺς δὲ σάω κατὰ καλὰ ῥέεθρα, 

/ > / 7 / 
κρύπτων ev δίνῃσι Babeinow μεγάλῃσιν. 
δεινὸν δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα κυκώμενον ἵστατο κῦμα, 240 
4 ἀν} / - / ae > A / 
ὦθει δ᾽ ἐν σάκεϊ πίπτων poos* οὐδὲ πόδεσσιν 
εἶχε στηρίξασθαι. ὁ δὲ πτελέην ἕλε χερσὶν 

2 f / a ἄπ ν᾿ «ς a > lal 
εὐφυέα μεγάλην - ἡ δ᾽ ἐκ ῥιζῶν ἐρυποῦσα, 
\ ce ὃ al > / δὲ ἈΝ θ 
κρημνὸν ἅπαντα διῶσεν, ἐπέσχε δὲ καλὰ ῥέεθρα 
ὄζοισιν πυκινοῖσι, γεφύρωσεν δέ μιν αὐτὸν 245 
Μ “sige ad Be | ary εὖ ie, Vado Mage / > t 
εἴσω πᾶσ᾽ ἐρυποῦσ᾽ - ὁ δ᾽ ap ἐκ δίνης avopovcas 
ἤϊξεν πεδίοιο ποσὶ κραιπνοῖσι πέτεσθαι, 

/ de lala Ie 2g f La > be eke 7 SN 
δείσας. οὐδέ T ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν 
ἀκροκελαινιόων, ἵνα μιν πταύσειε πόνοιο 
δῖον ᾿Αχιλλῆα, Τρώεσσι δὲ λοιγὸν ἀλάλκοι. 250 

(δ δ ὦ , Ψ Adorn wey ΄ 
Πηλείδης δ᾽ ἀπόρουσεν ὅσον 7 ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωή, 
αἰετοῦ οἴματ᾽ ἔχων μέλανος, τοῦ θηρητῆρος, 
ὅσθ᾽ ἅμα κἀρτιστός τε καὶ ὥκιστος πετεηνῶν" 
a ες \ + 5 \ ¥ * \ 
TO εἰκὼς ἤϊξεν, ἐπὶ στήθεσσι δὲ χαλκὸς 
σμερδαλέον κονάβιζεν - ὕπαιθα δὲ τοῖο λιασθεὶξς δῦ 
ΜᾺ SD of 4} Ψ ΄ > a 
hedy, ὁ δ᾽ ὄπισθε ῥέων ἕπετο μεγάλῳ ὀρυμαγδῴ. 
e es peek Te | \ 5 Ν > \ 7 / 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὀχετηγὸς ἀπὸ κρήνης μελανύδρου 
es 
ἂμ φυτὰ καὶ κήπους ὕδατι ῥόον ἡγεμονεύῃ, 
χερσὶ μάκελλαν ἔχων, ἀμάρης ἐξ ἔχματα βάλλων " 

n / / ς \ lal “ 
τοῦ μέν TE προρέοντος ὑπὸ ψηφῖδες ἅπασαι 260 
5 a \ δέ “ὦ ὦ . ud 
ὀχλεῦνται" TO δέ τ᾽ ὦκα κατειβόμενον κελαρύζει 

4 » al Fc 7 \ \ bd 
χώρῳ ἔνι προαλεῖ, φθάνει δέ τε Kal τὸν ἄγοντα" 

“ na er 
ὡς αἰεὶ ᾿Αχιλῆα κιχήσατο κῦμα pooto, 


6 


122 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Φ. 


καὶ λαιψηρὸν ἐόντα " θεοὶ δέ τε φέρτεροι ἀνδρῶν. 
ὁσσάκι δ᾽ ὁρμήσειε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 265 
στῆναι ἐναντίβιον, Kal γνώμεναι εἴ μιν ἅπαντες 

J , 7 \ 3 \ > \ », 

ἀθάνατοι φοβέουσι, τοὶ οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἔχουσιν, 
τοσσάκι μιν μέγα κῦμα διιπετέος ποταμοῖο 

TrAL ὦμους καθύπερθεν ὁ δ᾽ ὑψόσε ποσσὶν ἐπήδα 


θυμῷ avidfwv: ποταμὸς δ᾽ ὑπὸ γούνατ᾽ ἐδάμνα 270 


λάβρος, ὕπαιθα ῥέων, κονίην δ᾽ ὑπέρεπτε ποδοῖιν. 
/ ’ wv στνν > > \ > 7 

1Πηλείδης δ᾽ ὦμωξεν ἰδὼν εἰς οὐρανὸν εὐρύν " 

“ec a ᾿ 5 lal 9 Ἂς ς 7 

Ζεῦ πάτερ, ὡς οὔτις με θεῶν ἐλεεινὸν ὑπέστη 

ἐκ ποταμοῖο σαῶσαι" ἔπειτα δὲ καί τι πάθοιμι. 
ἄλλος δ᾽ οὔτις μοι τόσον αἴτιος Οὐρανιώνων, 275 
ἀλλὰ φίλη μήτηρ, ἥ με ψεύδεσσιν ἔθελγεν " 
4 +2 / e \ / 7 
ἥ μ᾽ ἔφατο Τρώων ὑπὸ τείχεϊ θωρηκτάων 
λαιψηροῖς ὀλέεσθαι ᾿Απόλλωνος βελέεσσιν. 
ὥς μ᾽ open “Ἑκτωρ κτεῖναι, ὃς ἐνθάδε γ᾽ ἔτραφ᾽ ἄριστος" 

a Ν 
τῷ κ᾽ ἀγαθὸς μὲν ἔπεφν᾽, ἀγαθὸν δέ κεν ἐξενάριξεν. 280 

Qn / / / / Ὁ lal 

νῦν δέ με λευγαλέῳ θανάτῳ εἵμαρτο ἁλῶναι 
> / + te | / A « Ὁ / 
ἐρχθέντ᾽ ἐν μεγάλῳ ποταμῷ, ws παῖδα συφορβόν, 
ὅν ῥά T ἔναυλος ἀποέρσῃ χειμῶνι περῶντα." 

“Os φάτο, τῷ δὲ μάλ᾽ ὦκα Ποσειδάων καὶ ᾿Αθήνη 

7 5 \ 7 / of 9., 
στήτην ἐγγὺς ἰόντε, δέμας δ᾽ ἄνδρεσσιν ἐΐκτην, 285 

Ν Ν a / 2 , 2. ἿὟ / 

χειρὶ δὲ χεῖρα λαβόντες ἐπιστώσαντ᾽ ἐπέεσσιν. 

“ Ν Ψ 9S / > / 
τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε ἸΤοσειδάων ἐνοσίχθων " 

“ Πηλείδη, μήτ᾽ ἄρ τι λίην τρέε μήτε τι τάρβει" 
τοίω γάρ τοι νῶϊ θεῶν ἐπιταρρόθω εἰμέν, 
Ζηνὸς ἐπαινήσαντος, ἐγὼ καὶ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη - 290 
ὡς οὔ τοι ποταμῷ γε δαμήμεναι αἴσιμόν ἐστιν" 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅδε μὲν τάχα λωφήσει, σὺ δὲ εἴσεαι αὐτός " 
αὐτὰρ σοὶ πυκινῶς ὑποθησόμεθ᾽, αἴ κε πίθηαι " 

la ς sh. 

μὴ πρὶν παύειν χεῖρας ὁμοιΐου πολέμοιο, 


ILIAD XXI. 123 


recy 
πρὶν κατὰ ᾿Ιλιόφι κλυτὰ τείχεα λαὸν ἐέλσαι 295 
ταν ἃ [τ 7 \ 3. ΔΓ Ν > / 
Τρωϊκόν, ὅς κε φύγησι. σὺ δ᾽ "Extops θυμὸν ἀπούρας, 
x \ n > 
arp ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν" δίδομεν δέ τοι εὖχος ἀρέσθαι." 
\ / 
Τὼ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ὡς εἰπόντε μετ᾽ ἀθανάτους ἀπεβήτην, 
ὃ ὃς A: ¢ a / / ς ω ” > / 
αὐτὰρ ὁ βῆ --- μέγα yap pa θεῶν ὥτρυνεν ἐφετμή --- 
> μὲ lal n 
ἐς πεδίον " τὸ δὲ πᾶν TARO ὕδατος ἐκχυμένοιο, 800 
πολλὰ δὲ τεύχεα καλὰ δαϊκταμένων αἰζηῶν 
aA \ J fa) a, δ ἡ , ἐν > / 
πλῶον καὶ νέκυες. τοῦ δ᾽ ὑψόσε γούνατ᾽ ἐπήδα 
\ [ad 5» δὶ t ae Moats / 3 ” 
πρὸς ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος av’ ἰθύν, οὐδέ μιν ἔσχεν 
/ 
εὐρυρέων ποταμὸς " μέγα yap σθένος éuBan ᾿Αθήνη. 
3 » A 
οὐδὲ Σκάμανδρος ἔληγε τὸ ὃν μένος, GAN ἔτι μᾶλλον 805 
, / / \ la) «7, 
χώετο Τ]ηλείωνι, κόρυσσε δὲ κῦμα ῥόοιο 
€ f° tag's fi t \ / 8. Such 
ὑψόσ᾽ ἀειρόμενος, Σιμόεντι δὲ κέκλετ᾽ ἀΐὔσας " 
“Φίλε κασίγνητε, σθένος ἀνέρος ἀμφότεροί περ 
“ / 
σχῶμεν, ἐπεὶ τάχα ἄστυ μέγα Ἰ]ριάμοιο ἄνακτος 
3 Ψ “ \ \ Ρ > / 
ἐκπέρσει, ρῶες δὲ κατὰ μόθον οὐ μενέουσιν. 910 
ie 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπάμυνε τάχιστα, Kal ἐμπίπληθι ῥέεθρα 
(vA > / / 52> / > Α 
ὕδατος ἐκ πηγέων, πάντας δ᾽ ὀρόθυνον ἐναύλους, 
σ \ / fe) \ $2 3 τ ” 
ἵστη δὲ μέγα κῦμα, πολὺν δ᾽ ὀρυμαγδὸν ὄρινε 
“ “4 / 
φιτρῶν καὶ λάων, ἵνα παύσομεν ἄγριον ἄνδρα, 
ὃς δὴ νῦν κρατέει, μέμονεν δ᾽ ὅγε ἶσα θεοῖσιν. 315 
φημὶ yap οὔτε βίην χραισμησέμεν οὔτε τι εἶδος, 
” \ Ξ a / / 7 7 
οὔτε τὰ τεύχεα καλά, τά που μάλα νειόθι λίμνης 
7] xy ᾽ν} 7 / \ / Ἄν Ν 
κείσεθ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ἰλύος κεκαλυμμένα - κὰδ δέ μιν αὐτὸν 
e/ 7 / 
εἰλύσω ψαμάθοισιν, ἅλις χέραδος περιχεύας, 
μυρίον, οὐδέ οἱ ὀστέ ἐπιστήσονται ᾽Αχαιοὶ 890 
/ 
ἀλλέξαι: τόσσην οἱ dow καθύπερθε καλύψω. 
lal rn / / \ 
αὐτοῦ οἱ Kal σῆμα τετεύξεται, οὐδέ τί μιν χρεὼ 
» Αἰσήγ of ΄ ᾽ 139 
ἔσται τυμβοχοῆσ᾽, ὅτε μιν θάπτωσιν ᾿Αχαιοί. 
lal aA / f 
Ἦ καὶ ἐπῶρτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ κυκώμενος, ὑψόσε θύων, 
a 4 / ~ 
μορμύρων ἀφρῷ τε Kal αἵματι καὶ νεκύεσσιν. 825 


124 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Φ. 


/ 2 oy a 7 a 
πορφύρεον δ᾽ ἄρα κῦμα διυπετέος ποταμοῖο 
σ δ 19 Ν \ > ψῇ Pe 
ἵστατ᾽ ἀειρόμενον, Kata δ᾽ ἥρεε ἸΪηλείωνα. 
“Ἥρη δὲ μέγ᾽ dtice περιδδείσασ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ, 
μή μιν ἀποέρσειε μέγας ποταμὸς βαθυδίνης. 
/ 
αὐτίκα δ᾽ “Hdaicrtov προσεφώνεεν, ὃν φίλον υἱόν: 330 
“Ὄρσεο, κυλλοπόδιον, ἐμὸν τέκος - ἄντα σέθεν γὰρ 
mf , , oh 5 
Ξάνθον δινήεντα μάχῃ ἠΐσκομεν εἶναι" 
GAN ἐπάμυνε τάχιστα, πιφαύσκεο δὲ φλόγα πολλήν. 
> \ > \ / ue: A / 
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ Ζεφύροιο καὶ ἀργεστᾶο Νότοιο 
εἴσομαι ἐξ ἁλόθεν χαλεπὴν ὄρσουσα θύελλαν, 88ὅ 
[χὰ » Ν / x \ - fi 
ἥ Kev ἀπὸ Τρώων κεφαλὰς καὶ τεύχεα κήαι, 
φλέγμα κακὸν φορέουσα. σὺ δὲ Ἐάνθοιο παρ᾽ ὄχθας 
/ an? 3 2 » \ “ / / x 
δένδρεα Kai, ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἵει πυρί" μηδέ σε πάμπαν 
μειλιχίοις ἐπέεσσιν ἀποτρεπέτω καὶ ἀρειῇ " 
μηδὲ πρὶν ἀπόπαυε τεὸν μένος, ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότ᾽ ἂν δὴ 840 
φθέγξομ᾽ ἐγὼν ἰάχουσα, τότε σχεῖν ἀκάματον πῦρ." 
“Os ἔφαθ᾽, Ἥφαιστος δὲ τιτύσκετο θεσπιδαὲς πῦρ. 
πρῶτα μὲν ἐν πεδίῳ πῦρ δαίετο, καῖε δὲ νεκροὺς 
πολλούς, οἵ ῥα κατ᾽ αὐτόθ᾽ ἅλις ἔσαν, ods κτάν᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
πᾶν δ᾽ ἐξηράνθη πεδίον, σχέτο δ᾽ ἀγλαὸν ὕδωρ. 345 
¢€ = Ts Mi 20 \ / ἐν J \ 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ὀπωρινὸς Βορέης νεοαρδέ᾽ ἀλωὴν 
3 ες; / if / Ψ 3 / 
αἷψ᾽ ἀγξηράνῃ - χαίρει δέ μιν ὅστις ἐθείρῃ" 
ἃ 2 / / A \ 3. | 4 \ 
as ἐξηράνθη πεδίον πᾶν, Kad δ᾽ ἄρα νεκροὺς 
a ς es \ / / / 
κῆεν" ὁ δ᾽ ἐς ποταμὸν τρέψε φλόγα παμφανόωσαν. 
re / eo Ae > \ an 
KQLOVTO πτελέαι TE καὶ (TEAL HOE μυρικαιυ, 350 
3 \ ; > ΚῸΝ ; »ῸΝ , 
καίετο δὲ λωτός T ἠδὲ θρύον ἠδὲ κύπειρον, 
Ν \ \ δ: 7 [τ rn 7 
τὰ περὶ καλὰ ῥέεθρα ἅλις ποταμοῖο πεφύκει" 
/ 7 -3 / f pee , e \ / 
TelpovT ἐγχέλυές τε καὶ ἰχθύες οἱ κατὰ Sivas, 
of κατὰ καλὰ ῥέεθρα κυβίστων ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 
πνοιῇ τειρόμενοι πολυμήτιος Ηφαίστοιο. 355 
/ > KN n »ἤ, a tee θυ. / 
καίετο δ᾽ ts ποταμοῖο ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν" 


ILIAD XXI. 125 


“«““Ἡφαιστ᾽, οὔτις colye θεῶν δύνατ᾽ ἀντιφερίζειν, - 
2 Od 3a Les @ \ / / 
οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ σοίγ᾽ ὧδε πυρὶ φλεγέθοντι μαχοίμην. 
Ay ἔριδος, Τρῶας δὲ καὶ αὐτίκα δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
ἄστεος ἐξελάσειε" τί μοι ἔριδος καὶ ἀρωγῆς ;” 860 
Φῆ πυρὶ καιόμενος, ἀνὰ δ᾽ ἔφλυε καλὰ ῥέεθρα. 
a f. a 
ὡς δὲ λέβης ζεῖ ἔνδον, ἐπειγόμενος πυρὶ πολλῷ, 
7 ὃ ς / / 
Kvionv μελδόμενος ἁπαλοτρεφέος σιάλοιο, 
πάντοθεν ἀμβολάδην, ὑπὸ δὲ ξύλα κάγκανα κεῖται, 
ὡς τοῦ καλὰ ῥέεθρα πυρὶ φλέγετο, ζέε δ᾽ ὕδωρ " 365 
οὐδ᾽ ἔθελε προρέειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἴσχετο" τεῖρε δ᾽ ἀὐτμὴ 
Ἡφαίστοιο βίηφι πολύφρονος. αὐτὰρ by “Ἥρην 
\ f » / 7 
πολλὰ λισσόμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 
««“ / \ ΕΝ ϑιν ον e/7 5 / 
Hpn, τίπτε σὸς vids ἐμὸν ῥόον ἔχραε κήδειν 
ἐξ ἄλλων ; οὐ μέν τοι ἐγὼ τόσον αἴτιός εἰμι 870 
“ δ uy: / “ ͵ > / 
ὅσσον οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες, ὅσοι Τρώεσσιν ἀρωγοί. 
> 2 \ > \ > "4 3 \ 7 
ἀλλ᾿ TOL μὲν ἐγὼν ἁποπαύσομαι, εἰ σὺ κελεύεις, 
, \ \ @ > \ δι. ΤᾺ \ ERD «9 fa) 
παυέσθω δὲ καὶ οὗτος. ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐπὶ καὶ τόδ᾽ ὀμοῦμαι, 
, bata , 5 τ Nile 
μήποτ᾽ ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀλεξήσειν κακὸν ἦμαρ, 
/ a an 
μηδ᾽ ὁπότ᾽ ἂν Tpoin μαλερῷ πυρὶ πᾶσα Santas 375 
f / x35 foe Ὁ 3 n 4) 
καιομένη, καίωσι δ᾽ ᾿Δρήϊοι υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ Toy ἄκουσε θεὰ λευκώλενος “Ἥρη, 
αὐτίκ᾽ ἄρ᾽ “Hdaiorov προσεφώνεεν, ὃν φίλον υἱόν " 
“Ἥφαιστε, σχέο, τέκνον ἀγακλεές " οὐ γὰρ ἔοικεν 
ἀθάνατον θεὸν ὧδε βροτῶν ἕνεκα στυφελίζειν." 880 
“Os ἔφαθ᾽, Ηφαιστος δὲ κατέσβεσε θεσπιδαὲς πῦρ, 
bY 3ι τ Δ “ ' Vane ft 
ἄψορρον δ᾽ ἄρα κῦμα κατέσσυτο καλὰ ῥέεθρα. 
> \ 2 » Pet / / / . \ 7 
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ Ἐξάνθοιο δάμη μένος, οἱ μὲν ἔπειτα 
παυσάσθην : “Ἥρη γὰρ ἐρύκακε χωομένη περ. 
ἐν δ᾽ ἄλλοισι θεοῖσιν ἔρις πέσε βεβριθυῖα 385 
ἀργαλέη, diva δέ σφιν ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θυμὸς ἄητο᾽ 
σὺ δ᾽ » tr a ω B a δ᾽ 9 rn 6 , 
ν δ᾽ ἔπεσον μεγάλῳ πατάγῳ, βράχε δ᾽ εὐρεῖα χθών, 


126 IAIAAO®. ©. 


\ 
ἀμφὶ dé σάλπυιγξεν μέγας οὐρανός. die δὲ Ζεὺς 
ἥμενος Οὐλύμπῳ : ἐγέλασσε δέ οἱ φίλον ἦτορ 
γηθοσύνῃ, ὅθ᾽ ὁρᾶτο θεοὺς ἔριδι ξυνιόντας. 390 
” bd CaS > / \ 3 ,ὔ ‘cs ‘ai 9 
ἔνθ᾽ οἵγ᾽ οὐκέτι δηρὸν ἀφέστασαν " ἦρχε yap “Apys 

, n 3 / 
ῥινοτόρος, καὶ πρῶτος ᾿Αθηναίῃ ἐπόρουσεν 

΄ », ” 1 / / na 
χάλκεον ἔγχος ἔχων, καὶ ὀνείδειον φάτο μῦθον" 

“Tinrr αὖτ᾽, ὦ κυνάμυια, θεοὺς ἔριδι ξυνελαύνεις 
θάρσος ἄητον ἔχουσα, μέγας δέ σε θυμὸς ἀνῆκεν; 89 
Φ 3 / e/ / 7 ey: an 
ἢ ov μέμνῃ ὅτε Τυδείδην Διομήδε᾽ ἀνῆκας 

3 ‘p > \ \ f » [2 ἴω 
οὐτάμεναι, αὐτὴ δὲ πανόψιον ἔγχος ἑλοῦσα 
ἰθὺς ἐμεῦ ὦσας, διὰ δὲ χρόα καλὸν ἔδαψας ; 

A 3 i [ἴω 9 f 3 / e/ 3 oo 99 
τῷ σ᾽ av νῦν ὀΐω ἀποτισέμεν ὅσσα μ᾽ Eopyas. 

/ 

“Os εἰπὼν οὔτησε κατ᾽ αἰγίδα θυσσανόεσσαν 400 
σμερδαλέην, ἣν οὐδὲ Διὸς δάμνησι κεραυνός " 
τῇ μιν ΓΑρης οὔτησε μιαιφόνος ἔγχεϊ μακρῷ. 

e Laer 7 / C/- \ / 
ἡ δ᾽ ἀναχασσαμένη λίθον εἵλετο χειρὶ παχείῃ 

ΓΑ bd / / Ψ ἐῷ 

κείμενον ἐν πεδίῳ, μέλανα, τρηχύν τε μέγαν τε, 404 
, > 

τόν ῥ᾽ ἄνδρες πρότεροι θέσαν ἔμμεναι οὖρον ἀρούρης * 

τῷ βάλε θοῦρον Αρηα κατ᾽ αὐχένα, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα. 

ς Ν 3 ἐν id / , 9 ᾿ \ / 

ἑπτὼ δ᾽ ἐπέσχε πέλεθρα πεσών, ἐκόνισε δὲ χαίτας, 

τεύχεά T ἀμφαράβησε" γέλασσε δὲ Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη, 

καί οἱ ἐπευχομένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 409 

ee ee SEE ΄, 3 ΄ a 3. τ 
Νηπύτι᾽, οὐδέ νύ πώ περ ἐπεφράσω ὅσσον ἀρείων 

εὔχομ᾽ ἐγὼν ἔμεναι, ὅτι μοι μένος ἰσοφαρίζεις. 

οὕτω κεν τῆς μητρὸς ἐρινύας ἐξαποτίνοις, 

e / \ / Ὁ 3.3 \ 

ἥ Tot χωομένη κακὰ μήδεται, οὕνεκ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοὺς 

κάλλιπες, αὐτὰρ Τρωσὶν ὑπερφιάλοισιν ἀμύνεις." 

“Os ἄρα φωνήσασα πάλιν τρέπεν ὄσσε φαεινώ. 41 
τὸν δ᾽ ἄγε χειρὸς ἑλοῦσα Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη 
πυκνὰ μάλα στενάχοντα" μόγις δ᾽ ἐσαγείρετο θυμόν. 
τὴν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε θεὰ λευκώλενος “Ἥρη, 

᾽ " MiB id. | / 5, / is 
αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίην ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 


4 
7 

᾿ 
‘ 


ILIAD XXI. : 127 


“, πόποι, αἰγιόχοιο Διὸς τέκος, ᾿Ατρυτώνη, 420 
καὶ δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἡ κυνάμυια ἄγει βροτολοιγὸν "Apna 
δηΐου ἐκ πολέμοιο κατὰ κλόνον - ἀλλὰ μέτελθε.᾽" 
“Os φάτ᾽, ᾿Αθηναίη δὲ μετέσσυτο, χαῖρε δὲ θυμῷ, 
καί ῥ᾽ ἐπιεισαμένη πρὸς στήθεα χειρὶ παχείῃ 
ἤλασε" τῆς δ᾽ αὐτοῦ λύτο γούνατα καὶ φίλον ἦτορ. 425 
᾿ \ oe eed “ Φ' svt Ν / 
τὼ μὲν ap ἄμφω κεῖντο ἐπὶ χθονὶ πουλυβοτείρῃ, 
ἡ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπευχομένη ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευεν " 
“Τοιοῦτοι νῦν πάντες, ὅσοι Τρώεσσιν ἀρωγοί, 
Ss [ale ie | / / a 
elev, OT ᾿Αργείοισι payolato θωρηκτῇσιν, 
ὧδέ Te θαρσαλέοι καὶ τλήμονες, ὡς ᾿Αφροδίτη 430 
5, ” Ss 2 a 7 > / 
ἦλθεν “Apes ἐπίκουρος, ἐμῷ μένει ἀντιόωσα " 
τῷ κεν δὴ πάλαι ἄμμες ἐπαυσάμεθα πτολέμοιο 
ἐ μμ μ μ ᾽ 
5 , > , wt , / 2) 
Ἰλίου ἐκπέρσαντες ἐὐκτίμενον πτολίεθρον. 
“Os φάτο, μείδησεν δὲ θεὰ λευκώλενος “Ἡρη. 
αὐτὰρ ᾿Απόλλωνα προσέφη κρείων ἐνοσίχθων " 485 
“ Φοῖβε, τίη δὴ νῶϊ διέσταμεν ; οὐδὲ ἔοικεν 
3 / er sg ns \ ” Sf ai) 3. \ 
ἀρξάντων ἑτέρων " TO μὲν αἴσχιον, αἴ κ᾽ ἀμαχητὶ 
ἴομεν Οὔλυμπόνδε, Διὸς ποτὶ χαλκοβατὲς δῶ. 
ἄρχε" σὺ γὰρ γενεῆφι νεώτερος " οὐ γὰρ ἔμοιγε 
/ 3 * r ’ % f 5 
καλὸν, ἐπεὶ πρότερος γενόμην καὶ πλείονα οἶδα. 440 
νηπύτι᾽, ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες " οὐδέ νυ τῶνπερ 
μέμνηαι, ὅσα δὴ πάθομεν κακὰ Ἴλιον ἀμφὶ 
nw Aw ἴω ee 9 / / 
μοῦνοι νῶϊ θεῶν, ὅτ᾽ ἀγήνορι Λαομέδοντι 
\ \ ᾿ / hi 2 5 Ν 
πὰρ Διὸς ἐλθόντες θητεύσαμεν εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν 
al lal id : 
μισθῷ ἔπι ῥητῷ" ὁ δὲ σημαίνων ἐπέτελλεν. 445 
BA 724% / / / a 54 
ἤτοι ἐγὼ Τρώεσσι πόλιν πέρι τεῖχος ἔδειμα 
3 7 \ 4 / Δ΄} OF / 7 
EUPU TE καὶ μάλα καλον, LY ἄρρηκτος πόλις εἴη" 
Φοῖβε, σὺ δ᾽ εἰλίποδας ἕλικας βοῦς βουκολέεσκες 
"ὃ 4 n 7 ς 7] 
NS ἐν κνημοίσι πολυπτύχου υληεσσης. 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ μισθοῖο τέλος πολυγηθέες Ὧραι 450 


128 | IAIAAOS ©. 


2¢/ aes nw / 
ἐξέφερον, τότε νῶϊ βιήσατο μισθὸν ἅπαντα 
/ 
Λαομέδων ἔκπαγλος, ἀπειλήσας δ᾽ ἀπέπεμπεν. 
\ 31 of T3219 ! \ a ¢ 
σοὶ μὲν Oy ἠπείλησε πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὕπερθεν 
/ 
δήσειν, καὶ περάαν νήσων ἔπι τηλεδαπάων * 
a / 
στεῦτο © Oy ἀμφοτέρων ἀπολεψέμεν οὔατα YAAK. 455 
Ae 7 > 0 / / A 
νῶϊ δέ T ἄψορροι κίομεν KEKOTNOTL θυμῷ, 
fa) ἈΝ \ / 
μισθοῦ χωόμενοι, TOV ὑποστὰς οὐκ ἐτέλεσσεν. 
la \ a a / ie νι 2: ee / 
τοῦ δὴ νῦν λαοῖσι φέρεις χάριν, οὐδὲ μεθ᾽ ἡμέων 
A oS lal e ' 3 , 
πειρᾷ ws Ke Τρῶες ὑπερφίαλοι ἀπόλωνται 
, n \ \ ewe 4 2, 7 4) 
πρόχνυ κακῶς, σὺν παισὶ καὶ aidolns ἀλόχοισιν." 400 
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπεν ἄναξ ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων " 
nee? , ᾽ 2 we , ΄ 
ἐννοσίγαι᾽, οὐκ ἄν με σαόφρονα μυθήσαιο 
5», 2 \ “ lal “ / 
ἔμμεναι, εἰ δὴ σοίγε βροτῶν ἕνεκα πτολεμίζω 
a) ¢ Ψ 
δειλῶν, οἱ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε 
, / J 
ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν, ἀρούρης καρπὸν ἔδοντες, 465 
ς \ 4 
ἄλλότε δὲ φθινύθουσιν ἀκήριοι. ἀλλὰ τάχιστα 
, ΄ εἰποῦν He ἐν Beis , ς᾽) 
παυσώμεσθα μάχης " οἱ δ᾽ αὐτοὶ δηριαάσθων. 
«Δ » / / > ,ὔ 3 »Ά , e 
Os dpa φωνήσας πάλιν ἐτράπετ᾽ + αἴδετο yap pa 
/ 7 
πατροκασιγνήτοιο μυγήμεναν EV παλάμῃσιν. 
\ \ / f / / A 
Tov δὲ κασιγνήτη μάλα νείκεσε, πότνια θηρῶν 470 
" 3 ᾿ 7 A, 29 / " na 
[Ἄρτεμις ἀγροτέρη, καὶ ὀνείδειον φάτο μῦθον] " 
/ fg / / 
“Φεύγεις δή, ἑκάεργε, ἸΤοσειδάωνι δὲ νίκην 
A 5 4 / / e i Μ 
πᾶσαν ἐπέτρεψας, μέλεον δέ οἱ εὖχος ἔδωκας " 
νηπύτιε, τί νυ τόξον ἔχεις ἀνεμώλιον αὔτως ; 
[μή σευ νῦν ἔτι πατρὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἀκούσω AN 
Ν ἃ / a 
εὐχομένου, ὡς TO πρὶν ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσιν, 
/ 
ἄντα ἸΠοσειδάωνος ἐναντίβιον πολεμίζειν." 
ε , \ 5 / / 
‘Os φάτο, τὴν δ᾽ οὔτι προσέφη ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων, 
\ 
ἀλλὰ χολωσαμένη Διὸς αἰδοίη παράκοιτις 
/ 3 / 5 / 5 / 
VELKEGEV LOY EALPAV ὀνειδείοις ἐπέεσσιν " 480 
«ς A δὲ \ nr 7 / 100 / > | ee | A 
Πῶς δὲ ov viv μέμονας, κύον ἀδδεές, avTL ἐμεῖο 


aoe ο-" 


ILIAD XXI. 129 


/ ‘ / εὐ. / 3 / 
στήσεσθαι; χαλεπή ToL ἐγὼ μένος avTipépec Oat, 
τοξοφόρῳ περ ἐούσῃ, ἐπεὶ σε λέοντα γυναιξὶν 
Ζεὺς θῆκεν, καὶ ἔδωκε κατακτάμεν ἥν κ᾽ ἐθέλῃσθα. 

» , / > ° bd a 2 / 

ἤτοι βέλτερόν ἐστι KaT οὔρεα θῆρας ἐναίρειν 485 
aypotépas τ᾽ ἐλάφους ἢ Kpelacoow ἶφι μάχεσθαι. 

εἰ δ᾽ ἐθέλεις πολέμοιο δαήμεναι, ὄφρ᾽ εὖ εἰδῆς, 

“ » . Ὁ , ’ / 4) 

ὅσσον Peep εἴμ᾽, OTL μοι μένος ἀντιφερίξεις, 

Ἢ pa καὶ δμφδτέραξ ἐπὶ πᾷς χεῖρας ἔμαρπτεν 
σκαιῇ, δεξιτερῇ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀπ᾽ μῶν αἴνυτο τόξα, 490 
αὐτοῖσιν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔθεινε παρ᾽ οὔατα μειδιόωσα 
ἐντροπαλιζομένην " ταχέες δ᾽ ἔκπιπτον ὀϊστοί, 
δακρυόεσσα δ᾽ ὕπαιθα θεὰ φύγεν ὥστε πέλεια, 

Pa fF Δ᾽ δ τοῦ" - , δι“ ἡ ! 
ἥ ῥά θ᾽ vm’ ἴρηκος κοίλην εἰσέπτατο πέτρην, 
Pisses / 2Q> x A e\ 7 " a 
χηραμόν" οὐδ᾽ apa THYE ἁλώμεναι αἴσιμον ἣεν" 495 
ὡς ἡ δακρυόεσσα φύγεν, λίπε δ᾽ αὐτόθι τόξα. 
Λητὼ δὲ προσέειπε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης " 
ἐξ ἡ, 5 ON ον » , ᾽ ἢ \ 
Λητοῖ, ἐγὼ δέ τοι οὔτι μαχήσομαι" ἀργαλέον δὲ 
πληκτίζεσθ᾽ ἀλόχοισι Διὸς νεφεληγερέταο" 
ἀλλὰ μάλα πρόφρασσα μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσιν 500 
5 ' δ. τῷ “ [οὶ a9 
εὔχεσθαι ἐμὲ νικῆσαι ἐρατερῆφι βίηφιν. 
“Os ἄρ᾽ ἔφη, Λητὼ δὲ συναίνυτο καμπύλα τόξα 
πεπτεῶτ᾽ ais ἄλλα μετὰ στροφάλιγγι κονίης. 
ἡ μὲν τόξα λαβοῦσα πάλιν κίε θυγατέρος ἧς " 
ἡ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ “Orvptrov ἵκανε, Διὸς ποτὶ χαλκοβατὲς δῶ, 505 
δακρυόεσσα δὲ πατρὸς ἐφέζετο γούνασι κούρη, 
> \ Per Bde 9 / ἅ \ / \ \ x e 
ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀμβρόσιος éavos Tpéue* τὴν δὲ προτὶ ot 
\ / Nin, 9 / ς \ / 
εἷλε πατὴρ Κρονίδης, καὶ ἀνείρετο ἡδὺ γελάσσας" 
“Tis νύ σε τοιάδ᾽ ἔρεξε, φίλον τέκος, Οὐρανιώνων 
[μαψιδίως, ὡσεί τι κακὸν ῥέζουσαν ἐνωπῇ ;” 510 
Tov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπεν eictépavos κελαδεινή" 


6* 


130 IAIAAOS Φ. 


Ψ / 
“on μ᾽ ἄλοχος στυφέλιξε, πάτερ, λευκώλενος “Ἥρη, 
Ἃ Ὁ » / » \ n 3 na 99 
ἐξ ἧς ἀθανάτοισιν ἔρις Kal νεῖκος ἐφῆπται. 
«Δ e \ “ Ν 3 7] > if 
ὡς οἱ μὲν τοιαῦτα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἄγορενον, 
A » 
αὐτὰρ ᾿Απόλλων Φοῖβος ἐδύσετο Ἴλιον ἱρήν" 
/ "4 δ lal 9... 7 7 
μέμβλετο γάρ οἱ τεῖχος ἐὐδιμήτοιο πόληος, 
/ / 
μὴ Δαναοὶ πέρσειαν ὑπὲρ μόρον ἤματι κείνῳ. 
7 
οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι πρὸς ᾽Ολυμπον ἴσαν θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες, 
e / 
οἱ μὲν χωόμενοι, οἱ δὲ μέγα κυδιόωντες " 
ef Ἂ \ \ 
κὰδ δ᾽ ἷζον πὰρ Ζηνὶ κελαινεφεῖ. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
A a 14 
Τρῶας ὁμῶς αὐτούς τ᾽ ὄλεκεν καὶ μώνυχας ἵππους. 
id > o \ x\ 93 3 οἷ 3 ι ἢ Ω 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε καπνὸς ἰὼν εἰς οὐρανὸν εὐρὺν ἵκηται 
ἄστεος αἰθομίνοιο, θεῶν δέ ἑ μῆνις ἀνῆκεν, 
πᾶσι δ᾽ ἔθηκε πόνον, πολλοῖσι δὲ κήδε᾽ ἐφῆκεν, 
ἃ , f 
ὡς ᾿Αχιλεὺς Τρώεσσι πόνον καὶ κήδε᾽ ἔθηκεν. 
id 7] reg 7 / ζ ᾽ \ , 
Εστήκει δ᾽ ὁ γέρων ἸΠρίαμος θείου ἐπὶ πύργου, 
5 7, 3 / = Die | n / 3 Ν «ς ον > nw 
ἐς δ᾽ évona’ ᾿Αχιλῆα πελώριον" αὐτὰρ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ 
Τρῶες ἄφαρ κλονέοντο πεφυζότες, οὐδέ τις ἀλκὴ 
/ > ς > 3 7 ’ \ , na A 
ryiyve?’> ὁ δ᾽ οἰμώξας ἀπὸ πύργου βαῖνε yapate, 
ὀτρυνέων παρὰ τεῖχος ἀγακλειτοὺς πυλαωρούς " 
‘6c , 3 Ν 7 + bi] > / \ 
Πεπταμένας ἐν χερσὶ πύλας ἔχετ᾽, εἰσόκε λαοὶ 
ἔλθωσι προτὶ ἄστυ πεφυζότες - ἢ yap ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
ΡῚ \ e/ / ἴω » '' >» 
ἐγγὺς ὅδε κλονέων " νῦν οἴω Aolye ἔσεσθαι. 
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί K ἐς τεῖχος ἀναπνεύσωσιν ἀλέντες, 
αὗτις ἐπανθέμεναι σανίδας πυκινῶς ἀραρυίας - 
ΩΣ \ Wake: Sig eas nA Ψ 2) 
εἰδια γὰρ μὴ ODAOS ἀνὴρ ἐς τεῖχος ἅληται. 


515 


520 


525 


530 


535 


\ / 4 , ΄ 4 lal 
“Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄνεσάν τε πύλας Kal ἀπῶσαν ὀχῆας" 


αἱ δὲ πετασθεῖσαι τεῦξαν φάος. αὐτὰρ ᾿Απόλλων 
ἀντίος ἐξέθορε, Τρώων ἵνα λοιγὸν ἀλάλκοι. 

οἱ δ᾽ ἰθὺς πόλιος καὶ τείχεος ὑψηλοῖο, 

δίψῃ καρχαλέοι, κεκονιμένοι ἐκ πεδίοιο 


δ40 


---- 


φεῦγον " ὁ δὲ σφεδανὸν ἔφεπ᾽ ἔγχεϊ λύσσα δέ οἱ κῆρ 


ILIAD XXI. 131 


poe 2’ + / 7 \ “ > Sf 
αἰὲν ἔχε κρατερή, μενέαινε δὲ κῦδος ἀρέσθαι. 
Ἔνθα κεν ὑψίπυλον Τροίην ἕλον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν,. 
εἰ μὴ ᾿Απόλλων Φοῖβος ᾿Αγήνορα δῖον ἀνῆκεν, 545 
har ᾿Αντήνορος υἱὸν ἀμύμονά τε κρατερόν Te. 
2 / Lf ff ,ὔ / \ / e | te 
ἐν μέν οἱ κραδίῃ θάρσος βάλε, πὰρ δέ οἱ αὐτὸς 
” “ / / [οὶ 2 4 
ἔστη, ὅπως θανάτοιο βαρείας κῆρας ἀλάλκοι, 
a 7 7 7D ee ee a A 
φηγῷ κεκλιμένος - κεκάλυπτο δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἠέρι πολλῇ. 
αὐτὰρ by ὡς ἐνόησεν ᾿Αχιλλῆα πτολίπορθον, 550 
yo \ 7 ae / , , 
ἔστη, πολλὰ δέ οἱ κραδίη πόρφυρε μένοντι " 
2 / Ἂν 5 Ν A , , 
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμὸν" 
ἐξ Ὦ > Ια > ὔ ς εἶ an? a 
μοι ἐγών" ef μέν κεν ὑπὸ κρατεροῦ ᾿Αχιλῆος 
i A cof ᾽ / / 
φεύγω, τῇπερ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀτυζόμενοι φοβέονται, 
ΜΡ ὩΣ ἍΕ 7 \e 3 ΄ / 
αἱρήσει με καὶ ὥς, καὶ ἀνάλκιδα δειροτομήσει. 555 
> of pa! f \ e 7 5.9, 
εἰ δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ τούτους μὲν ὑποκλονέεσθαι ἐάσω 
Πηλείδῃ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ, ποσὶν δ᾽ ἀπὸ τείχεος ἄλλῃ 
7 oN / 3 7. " > XN “ 
φεύγω πρὸς πεδίον ᾿Ιλήϊον, ὄφρ᾽ ἂν ἵκωμαι 
Ἴδης τε κνημοὺς κατά τε ῥωπήϊα δύω " 
ς / > oN 4 / A 
€OTEPLOS δ᾽ ἂν ἔπειτα λοεσσάμενος ποταμοῖο, 560 
e ΠΝ Ν \ 40 > / 
ἱδρῶ ἀποψυχθεὶς ποτὶ "Tov ἀπονεοίμην. 
ἀλλὰ τίη μοι ταῦτα φίλος διελέξατο θυμός ; 
μή μ᾽ ἀπαειρόμενον πόλιος πεδίονδε νοήσῃ 
καί με μεταΐξας μάρψῃ ταχέεσσι πόδεσσιν. 
> ὦ > Ὁ / \ a bs 7 
οὐκέτ᾽ ἔπειτ᾽ ἔσται θάνατον καὶ κῆρας ἀλύξαι" δθῦ 
λίην γὰρ κρατερὸς περὶ πάντων ἔστ᾽ ἀνθρώπων. 
> A / e νὰ / 7 Ye 
εἰ δέ κέν ot προπάροιθε πόλιος κατεναντίον ἔλθω * 
καὶ γάρ θην τούτῳ τρωτὸς χρὼς ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ, 
ἐν δὲ ἴα ψυχή, θνητὸν δέ ἕ φασ᾽ ἄνθρωποι 
[ἔμμεναι αὐτάρ οἱ Kpovidns Ζεὺς κῦδος ὀπάζει]. 570 
“Os εὐπὼν ᾿Αχιλῆα ἀλεὶς μένεν, ἐν δέ οἱ ἦτο 
χώνη μ TOP 
ἄλκιμον ὡρμᾶτο πτολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι. 


132 IAIAAOX Φ. 


nvTe πάρδαλις εἶσι βαθείης ex ξυλόχοιο 
ἀνδρὸς θηρητῆρος ἐναντίον, οὐδέ τι θυμῷ 
ρ ὩΡρη nP > LG 
ταρβεῖ οὐδὲ φοβεῖται, ἐπεί κεν ὑλαγμὸν ἀκούσῃ: 575 
" Ν Ἃ / x a / art / 
εἴπερ yap φθάμενός μιν ἢ οὐτάσῃ, ἠὲ βάλῃσιν, 
> » \ \ \ 7 3 > f 
ἀλλά τε Kal περὶ δουρὶ πεπαρμένη οὐκ ἀπολήγει 
> fol / 9 ΒΑ, 4 ὟΝ an 
ἀλκῆς, πρίν γ᾽ ἠὲ ξυμβλήμεναι, ἠὲ δαμῆναι " 
ἃ Ἵ / [Δὲ > n an > ͵7 
ὡς ᾿Αντήνορος υἱὸς ἀγαυοῦ, δῖος ᾿Αγήνωρ, 
> »᾿ ’ \ 7 te | a 
οὐκ ἔθελεν φεύγειν, πρὶν πειρήσαιτ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος, 580 
> > G49 157 23 / \ / > ΜΝ / > WIE 
ἀλλ᾽ oy ἄρ᾽ ἀσπίδα μὲν πρόσθ᾽ ἔσχετο πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην, 
ἐγχείῃ δ᾽ αὐτοῖο τιτύσκετο, καὶ μέγ᾽ ἀὕτει" 
“Ἢ δή που μάλ᾽ ἔολπας ἐνὶ φρεσί, φαίδιμ’ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ, 
ἤματι τῷδε πόλιν πέρσειν Τρώων ἀγερώχων, 
νηπύτι᾽, ἦ τ᾽ ἔτι πολλὰ τετεύξεται ἄλγε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ. 585 
Ρ] Sf ς 7 A". ἂν > , ᾽ 
ἐν γάρ οἱ πολέες τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι ἀνέρες εἰμέν, 
Δ \ / I / 3 / \ ta 
οἱ καὶ πρόσθε φίλων τοκέων ἀλόχων τε καὶ υἱῶν 
Ἴλιον εἰρυόμεσθα" σὺ δ᾽ ἐνθάδε πότμον ἐφέψεις, 
ὧδ᾽ ἔκπαγλος ἐὼν καὶ θαρσαλέος πολεμιστής." 
Ἢ ῥα καὶ ὀξὺν ἄκοντα βαρείης χειρὸς ἀφῆκεν, 590 
Ae Vp te Ψ / ς \ [A 2 (9 Ὁ / 
καί ῥ᾽ ἔβαλε κνήμην ὑπὸ γούνατος οὐδ᾽ ἀφάμαρτεν. 
ἀμφὶ δέ.μιν κνημὶς νεοτεύκτου κασσιτέροιο 
7ὔ 7] / 3» 3, Ν Ν ” 
σμερδαλέον κονάβησε" πάλιν δ᾽ ἀπὸ χαλκὸς ὄρουσεν 
/ Mt τ Ὁ / le) pee 4 A 
βλημένου, οὐδ᾽ ἐπέρησε, θεοῦ δ᾽ ἠρύκακε δῶρα. 
Πηλείδης δ᾽ ὡρμήσατ᾽ ᾿Αγήνορος ἀντιθέοιο 595 
δεύτερος " οὐδέ τ᾽ ἔασεν ᾿Απόλλων κῦδος ἀρέσθαι, 
ἀλλά μιν ἐξήρπαξε, κάλυψε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἠέρι πολλῇ, 
ς »)» δ᾽ a , x / 7 
ἡσύχιον δ᾽ ἄρα μιν πολέμου ἔκ πέμπε νέεσθαι. 
αὐτὰρ ὁ Πηλείωνα δόλῳ ἀποέργαθε λαοῦ " 
> lal \ ¢€ Ψ >] / Fed > \ 
αὐτῷ yap ἑκάεργος ᾿Αγήνορι πάντα ἐοικὼς 600 
», ’ θ δῶ e Ἦν > 7 \ ὃ ᾿ 
ἔστη πρόσθε ποδῶν" ὁ δ᾽ ἐπέσσυτο ποσσὶ διώκειν. 
εἷος ὁ τὸν πεδίοιο διώκετο πυροφόροιο, 
, 
τρέψας πὰρ ποταμὸν βαθυδινήεντα Σκάμανδρον, 


ILIAD XXI. 133 


/ 
τυτθὸν ὑπεκπροθέοντα δόλῳ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔθελγεν ᾿Απόλλων, 
μ᾿ >  ΒΑᾺ / θ Ν Ὁ - 
ὡς αἰεὶ ἔλποιτο κυχήσεσθαι ποσὶν οἷσιν" 605 
an 9S ¢ 

Topp ἄλλοι Τρῶες πεφοβημένοι ἦλθον ὁμίλῳ 
Ca / ee / δι» oF > / 
ἀσπάσιοι προτὶ ἄστυ, πόλις δ᾽ ἔμπλητο ἀλέντων. 

2:9" ὧν ἄτα ῦ δὲ / ῥ \ / b) \ 
οὐδ᾽ apa Toly ἔτλαν πόλιος Kal τείχεος ἐκτὸς 

ἴω ιν 7 Ν , ed , 
μεῖναι ἔτ᾽ ἀλλήλους, Kal γνώμεναι ὅς τε πεφεύγοι, 
ὅς T ἔθαν᾽ ἐν πολέμῳ : ἀλλ᾽ ἐσσυμένως ἐσέχυντο 610 

ῇ a / fa) 

ἐς πόλιν, ὅντινα τῶνγε πόδες καὶ γοῦνα σαώσαι. 


alg) They Le ee, eee eo ee 
ΜΌΝ " ene ὴ ὧν 

ae bi ws ar Om us Bis YT = " 
ΤῸΝ , S ~) a 


wa t rsh }* TALITY * 


. i.) ἔσο ¢ te “ha prs “a s ~~. 
At a TEE REBAR Stee aie 1 armans ng , 
5 ᾿ δ᾽ ΝΞ Ὶ + ᾿ς 
ἜΣ . Ura Oo uso 6377-9 παν του 
‘es ὁ Ἵ -ν j ῳ ] on SN — = 4 
4" aS CLA Lowes ¢ PES 
Matyas aro cage aoa 


: ar I SES Ἢ ΔΆ TE LK Bs 

: 4 . ε΄, ὁ- * ω ᾿ 

5 ν Veyesday rv 20 οὐ φυσι Ε 
ee af 4 a ᾿ Pd 

Oia ἀτρ 74)" DINOS. AAG eee ὃ 


_ a ee. me 
τ: AOD OTLOY 10S Gooey 


οὲ 
᾿ ee. 


‘aia 


2 
᾿ i 
- 
. 
7 ~ 
. 
, 
+ 
: 
Pp - 
᾿ 
᾿ 
᾽ . 
* 
: 
+ 
. 
‘ 
. ᾿ 
ἃ ον 
> ᾿ = 


OMHPOYT 
[IAIAAO® X. 


HOMER’ ILIAD. 
BOOK XXII. 


ν > , 
ExKTopos avatpects. 


“Os of μὲν κατὰ ἄστυ, πεφυζότες HU TE νεβροί, 
e na 3 ,ὔ / ie / ij / 
ἱδρῶ ἀπεψύχοντο πίον τ᾽ ἀκέοντό τε δίψαν, 
κεκλιμένοι καλῇσιν ἐπάλξεσιν" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
τείχεος ἄσσον ἴσαν, σάκε᾽ ὦμοισι κλίναντες. 
“Ἕκτορα δ᾽ αὐτοῦ μεῖναι ὀλοιὴ Μοῖρ᾽ ἐπέδησεν, 5 
Ἰλίου προπάροιθε πυλάων τε Σκαιάων. 
αὐτὰρ Ἰ]ηλείωνα προσηύδα Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων ' 
“Timre με, Πηλέος υἱέ, ποσὶν ταχέεσσι διώκεις, 
> \ % -Ν \ BA > / 7 , 
αὐτὸς θνητὸς ἐὼν θεὸν ἄμβροτον ; οὐδέ νύ πώ με 
5᾿ ς / > ἘΝ eS: x “ 7] 
ἔγνως ὡς θεός εἰμι, σὺ δ᾽ ἀσπερχὲς μενεαίνεις. 10 
5 / ὃ 
ἢ νύ τοι οὔτι μέλει Τρώων πόνος ods ἐφόβησας, 
ε \ A 
οἱ δή τοι εἰς ἄστυ ἄλεν, σὺ δὲ δεῦρο λιάσθης. 
οὐ μέν με κτενέεις, ἐπεὶ οὔτοι μόρσιμός εἰμι." 
/ 
Tov δὲ μέγ᾽ ὀχθήσας προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς" 
Yo 9 P Ie A ’ 
“ἔβλαψάς μ᾽, ἑκάεργε, θεῶν ὀλοώτατε πάντων, 1ὅ 
a / 9) 
ἐνθάδε viv τρέψας ἀπὸ τείχεος " ἢ κ᾽ ἔτι πολλοὶ 
γαῖαν ὀδὰξ εἷλον πρὶν Ἴλεον εἰσαφικέσθαι. 
fal ΠΣ .κ \ i: a > Λ \ 3 8 / 
νῦν δ᾽ ἐμὲ μὲν μέγα κῦδος ἀφείλεο, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐσάωσας 


136 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ X. 


Cre if > Ν "7 / Ψ st > / 
ῥηϊδίως, ἐπεὶ οὔτι τίσιν γ᾽ ἔδδεισας ὀπίσσω. 
a 9 N / y Or / 7 5g 
ἢ σ᾽ ἂν τισαίμην, εἴ μοι δύναμίς γε παρείη. 20 
“Os εἰπὼν προτὶ ἄστυ μέγα φρονέων ἐβεβήκει, 
4 Ψ Sey > / \ ” 
σευάμενος ὥσθ᾽ ἵππος ἀεθλοφόρος σὺν ὄχεσφιν, 
ὅς ῥά τε ῥεῖα θέησι τιταινόμενος πεδίοιο " 
ἃ 3 ἢ Ν / \ / 3 a , 
ὡς ᾿Αχιλεὺς λαιψηρὰ πόδας Kal γούνατ᾽ ἐνώμα. 
Τὸν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων ἸΤρίαμος πρῶτος ἴδεν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν, 25 
/ 3 ee) es ae? | Mek ΟΣ / : / 
παμφαίνονθ᾽ ὥστ᾽ ἀστέρ᾽, ἐπεσσύμενον πεδίοιο, 
Ὁ“ ΘΟ 3 , 3 > / / ς 3 \ 
ὅς pa τ᾽ ὀπώρης εἶσιν, ἀρίζηλοι δέ οἱ αὐγαὶ 
φαίνονται πολλοῖσι μετ᾽ ἀστράσι νυκτὸς ἀμολγῷ " 
e+ to / τὴν , 
ὄντε κὺυν Site ges Gapsed καλέουσιν. 
ME BIE: μὲν ὅδ᾽ ἐστί, κακὸν δέ τε σῆμα τέτυκται, 80 
καί τε φέρει πολλὸν Tee δειλοῖσι βροτοῖσιν" 
ὡς τοῦ χαλκὸς ἔλαμπε περὶ στήθεσσι θέοντος. 
pHotey δ᾽ ὁ γέρων; κεφαλὴν δ᾽ ὅγε ph Pop χερσὶν 
ὑψόσ᾽ ἀνασχόμενος, μέγα δ᾽ οἰμώξας ἐγεγώνει 
λισσόμενος φίλον υἱόν" ὁ δὲ προπάροιθε πυλάων 8 
ς / sane δ ἃ ae ea iT: : 
ἑστήκειν, ἄμοτον μεμαὼς ᾿Αχιλῆϊ μάχεσθαι " 
τὸν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων ἐλεεινὰ προσηύδα ΧΕΙΡῸΣ ἀνε. : 
“"EKTOP, μή μοι leiden: φίλον τέκος, σὰ ἐν τοῦτον 
οἷος ἄνευθ᾽ ἄλλων, ἵνα ἔς τάχα πότμον ἐπίσπῃς 
ΠΠηλείωνι δαμείς, ἐπειὴ πολὺ φέρτερός ἐστιν, 40 
σχέτλιος " αἴθε θεοῖσι φίλος τοσσόνδε γένουτο 
ὅσσον ἐμοί" τάχα κέν E κύνες καὶ γῦπες ἔδοιεν 


5 


/ / D sah 3 ᾿ / x δ» 
κείμενον " ἣ κέ μοι αἰνὸν ἀπὸ πραπίδων ἄχος ἔλθοι" 
“ 3 en ca) \ 3 a iD 4 
ὅς μ᾽ υἱῶν πολλῶν TE Kal ἐσθχῶν εὖνιν ἔθηκεν, 

/ \ A / x / 
κτείνων Kal περνὰς νήσων ἔπι τηλεδαπάων. 45 
“ 4 a 
καὶ yap νῦν δύο παῖδε, Λυκάονα καὶ ἸΤολύδωρον, 
᾽ Ἅᾳ. 3 / / 3 a > / 

ov δύναμαι ἰδέειν Τρώων εἰς ἄστυ ἀλέντων, 

/ a 
τούς μοι Λαοθόη τέκετο, κρείουσα γυναικῶν. 
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ \ ba \ a 4 Dino ” 

μὲν ζώουσι META στρατῷ, ἢ T ἂν ἔπειτα 


ILIAD XXII. 137 


χαλκοῦ τε χρυσοῦ T ἀπολυσόμεθ᾽ - ἔστι yap ἔνδον" 50 
πολλὰ γὰρ Wace παιδὶ γέρων ὀνομάκλυτος "Αλτης. 

εἰ δ᾽ ἤδη τεθνᾶσι καὶ εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο δόμοισιν, 

ἄλγος ἐμῷ θυμῷ καὶ : ἡ τεκόμεσθα" 

γος ἐμῴ θυμῷ καὶ μητέρι, τοὶ τεκόμε 
λαοῖσιν δ᾽ ἄλλοισι μινυνθαδιώτερον ἄλγος 
ἔσσεται, ἢν μὴ καὶ σὺ θάνῃς ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δαμασθείς. δῦ 
> a 5. ὍΕΓῚ, - SN , ” / 
ἄλλ, εἰσέρχεο τεῖχος, ἐμὸν τέκος, ὀφρα TAWTNS 
Τρῶας καὶ Τρωάς, μηδὲ μέγα κῦδος ὀρέξης 
Πηλείδῃ, αὐτὸς δὲ φίλης αἰῶνος ἀμερθῆς. 

\ + Je ee \ / » / ee A 
πρὸς δ᾽ ἐμὲ Tov δύστηνον ἔτι φρονέοντ᾽ ἐλέησον, 

, “ € Ν 7 “ἢ τὰ / b) a 
δύσμορον, ὅν pa πατὴρ Kpovidns ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῷ 60 
αἴσῃ ἐν ἀργαλέῃ φθίσει, κακὰ πόλλ᾽ ἐπιδόντα, 
vids T ὀλλυμένους ἑλκηθείσας τε θύγατρας, 

Ν ἡ “" f: \ h / 
καὶ θαλάμους κεραϊζομένους, Kal νήπια τέκνα 

’ a a 
βαλλόμενα προτὶ γαίῃ ἐν αἰνῇ δηϊοτῆτι, 
« td Ἁ 3 a e \ % 3 Ὁ 
ἑλκομένας τε νυοὺς ὀλοῇς ὑπὸ χερσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν. 65 
/ 
αὐτὸν δ᾽ ἂν πύματόν με κύνες πρώτησι θύρῃσιν 
ὠμησταὶ ἐρύουσιν, ἐπεί κέ τις ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ 
τύψας ἠὲ βαλὼν ῥεθέων ἐκ θυμὸν ἕληται, 
ods τρέφον ἐν μεγάροισι τραπεζῆας θυραωρούς, 

“ ἥν 9 Ἃ La / > / \ A 
οἵ κ᾽ ἐμὸν αἷμα πιόντες, ἀλύσσοντες περὶ θυμῷ, 70 
κείσοντ᾽ ἐν προθύροισι. νέῳ δέ τε πάντ᾽ ἐπέοικεν, 
> “ / “ 7 5 7. “ 
ἀρηϊκταμένῳ, δεδαϊγμένῳ ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ, 

a / \ \ / “ / 
κεῖσθαι" πάντα δὲ καλὰ θανόντι περ, ὅττι φανήῃ" 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πολιόν τε κάρη πολιόν τε γένειον, 
αἰδῶ T αἰσχύνωσι κύνες κταμένοιο γέροντος, 15 
τοῦτο δὴ οἴκτιστον πέλεται δειλοῖσι βροτοῖσιν." 

"H ῥ᾽ ὁ γέρων, πολιὰς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀνὰ τρίχας ἕλκετο 

χερσὶν 
τίλλων ἐκ κεφαλῆς " οὐδ᾽ “ἕκτορι θυμὸν ἔπειθεν. 
/ 
μήτηρ δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέρωθεν ὀδύρετο δακρυχέουσα, 


138 ἼΛΙΑΔΟΣ X. 


/ 
κόλπον ἀνιεμένη, ἑτέρηφι δὲ μαζὸν ἀνέσχεν" 80 
/ 
καί μιν δακρυχέουσ᾽ ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" : 
/ 
“"Extop, τέκνον ἐμόν, τάδε τ᾽ αἴδεο Kal μ᾽ ἔλξησον 
> 7 5" Ε / \ > / 
αὐτὴν, εἴποτέ τοι λαθικηδέα μαζὸν ἐπέσχον. 
a a / t yo ἊΝ 7. 5 
τῶν μνῆσαι, φίλε τέκνον, ἄμυνε δὲ δήϊον ἄνδρα 
/ , 
τείχεος ἐντὸς ἐών, μηδὲ πρόμος ἵστασο τούτῳ" 85 
OXETALOS* εἴπερ γάρ σε κατακτάνῃ, οὔ σ᾽ ET ἔγωγε 
κλαύσομαι ἐν λεχέεσσι, φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή, 
209) Ψ , YA , , A 
οὐδ᾽ ἄλοχος TroAVSwpos* ἄνευθε δέ σε μέγα νῶϊν 
2A / \ \ , , ἐδ 49 
ργείων παρὰ νηυσὶ κύνες ταχέες κατέδονται. 
ε 7, 
Ὡς τώγε κλαίοντε προσαυδήτην φίλον υἱόν, 90 
πολλὰ λισσομένω " OVS” Extops θυμὸν ἔπειθον, 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅγε μίμν᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα πελώριον ἄσσον ἰόντα. 
e \ / Eat Sa ele Ae 2 + , 
ὡς δὲ δράκων ἐπὶ χειῇ ὀρέστερος ἄνδρα μένῃσιν, 
\ \ I. > 5 [4 , / 4. ἢ 
βεβρωκὼς κακὰ φάρμακ᾽ " ἔδυ δέ τέ μιν χόλος αἰνὸς, 
/ a 
σμερδαλέον dé δέδορκεν ἑλισσόμενος περὶ χειῇ * 95 
At ces ” ” , 5 ε , 
ὡς “Extwp ἄσβεστον ἔχων μένος οὐχ ὑπεχώρει, 
πύργῳ ἔπι προὔχοντι φαεινὴν ἀσπίδ᾽ ἐρείσας. 
5 / 3 ea 5 \ ἃ / / 
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπε πρὸς ὃν μεγαλήτορα θυμόν ' 
««Ὑ air ἢ a a , \ / SF 
Q μοι ἐγών, εἰ μέν κε πύλας Kal τείχεα δύω, 
Πουλυδάμας μοι πρῶτος ἐλεγχείην ἀναθήσει, 100 
Ὁ Pe Se \ \ / ς / 
ὅς μ᾽ ἐκέλευε Τρωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι 
νύχθ᾽ ὕπο τήνδ᾽ ὀλοήν, ὅτε T ὥρετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ πιθόμην ἢ τ᾽ ἂν πολὺ κέρδιον ἦεν " 
a 5 A Ae \ 5 / > A 
νῦν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ὥλεσα λαὸν ἀτασθαλίῃσιν ἐμῇσιν, 
αἰδέομαι Τρῶας καὶ Τρωάδας ἑλκεσιπέπλους, 105 
μή ποτέ τις εἴπησι κακώτερος ἄλλος ἐμεῖο" 
““Extop Hoe βίηφι πιθήσας ὥλεσε λαόν." 
ἃ δε ὃ > \ \ δ. ἢ oh \ , v 
ὼς épéovoww: ἐμοὶ δὲ TOT ἂν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη 
ἄντην ἢ ᾿Αχιλῆα κατακτείναντα νέεσθαι, 
“ “ Ν 4 
née κεν αὐτὸν ὀλέσθαι ἐὐκλειῶς TPO πόληος. 110 


— 


ILIAD XXII. 139 


9 
εἰ δέ κεν ἀσπίδα μὲν καταθείομαι ὀμφαλόεσσαν 
᾿ / / / \ bs a 3 / 
καὶ κόρυθα βριαρήν, δόρυ δὲ πρὸς τεῖχος ἐρείσας 
> \ 38 μι n > , b / δ» 
αὐτὸς ἰὼν ᾿Αχιλῆος ἀμύμονος ἀντίος ἔλθω 
/ ΔΙ ’ (3 / % / ἥν he ὦ 3 “a 
Kat οἱ ὑπόσχωμαι EXévnv καὶ κτήμαθ᾽ aw αὐτῇ, 
πάντα μάλ᾽ ὅσσα τ᾽ ᾿Αλέξανδρος κοίλῃς ἐνὶ νηυσὶν 115 
> / / > (Lg / > / 
ἠγάγετο Tpoinvd, ἥτ᾽ ἔπλετο νείκεος ἀρχή, 
ὃ , ? ὃ BA A δ, δι \ > an 
ὡσέμιεν ᾿Ατρείδησιν ἄγειν, ἅμα δ᾽ ἀμφὶς ᾿Αχαιοῖς 
ἄλλ᾽ ἀποδάσσεσθαι, ὅσα τε πτόλις ἥδε κέκευθεν " 
Τρωσὶν δ᾽ αὖ μετόπισθε γερούσιον ὅρκον ἕλωμαι — 
μήτι κατακρύψειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἄνδιχα πάντα δάσασθαι. 130 
[κτῆσιν ὅσην πτολίεθρον ἐπήρατον ἐντὸς ἐέργει "] 
ἄλλὰ τίη μοι ταῦτα φίλος διελέξατο θυμός ; 
f δι, \ ~/ ka ς id ᾿] ᾽ 3 / 
μή μιν ἐγὼ μὲν ἵκωμαι ἰών, ὁ δέ μ᾽ οὐκ ἐλεήσει 
ἠδέ 7 5 δέ ? δέ a: 97, 
οὐδέ τί μ᾽ αἰδέσεται, κτενέει δέ με γυμνὸν ἐόντα 
” δ a > Pie ΣΕ ΗΜ , , 
αὔτως ὥστε γυναῖκα, ἐπεί K ἀπὸ τεύχεα δύω. 125 
> lA Qn + > \ ὃ \ δ᾽ 2 Ν Ψ 
οὐ μέν πως νῦν ἔστιν ἀπὸ δρυὸς οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ πέτρης 
-- “a, > ζέ Ὁ“ θέ γ10 ’ 
ᾧ ὀαριζέμεναι, ἅτε παρθένος ἠΐθεός τε, 
παρθένος ἠΐθεός T ὀαρίζετον ἀλλήλοιιν. 
/ 9 > 3 ὃ , ¢ ’ὔ 
βέλτερον adr’ ἔριδι ξυνελαυνέμεν ' ὅττι τάχιστα 
εἴδομεν ὁπποτέρῳ Kev ᾿Ολύμπιος εὖχος ὀρέξη." 180 
¢ : € 5 
‘Os ὥρμαινε μένων, ὁ δέ οἱ σχεδὸν ἦλθεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
ἶσος ᾿Ενυαλίῳ, κορυθάϊκι πτολεμιστῇ, 
σείων Πηλιάδα μελίην κατὰ δεξιὸν ὦμον 
δεινήν: ἀμφὶ δὲ χαλκὸς ἐλάμπετο εἴκελος αὐγῇ 
xX Ν el ’ Ἃ ᾽ / >’ , 4 
ἢ πυρὸς αἰθομένου ἢ ἠελίου AVLOYTOS. 135 
“Extopa δ᾽, ὡς ἐνόησεν, ἕλε Tpdpos* οὐδ᾽ ap’ ἔτ᾽ ἔτλη 
αὖθι μένειν, ὀπίσω δὲ πύλας λίπε, βῆ δὲ φοβηθείς. 
Πηλείδης δ᾽ ἐπόρουσε ποσὶ κραιπνοῖσι πεποιθώς. 


Se / ” 3 , an 
ἠῦτε κίρκος ὄρεσφιν, ἐλαφρότατος πετεηνῶν, 


ῥηϊδίως οἴμησε μετὰ τρήρωνα πέλειαν " 140 
ἡ δέ θ᾽ ὕπαιθα φοβεῖται, ὁ δ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ὀξὺ λεληκὼς 


140 IAIAAOX X. 


3 sh ς / Ἐπ ΞΕ \ 3 ᾽ὔ 
ταρφέ᾽ ἐπαΐσσει, ἑλέειν τέ E θυμὸς ἀνώγει" 
Ψ...3.,..5 Ν 3 Ά / / » ὦ 
ὡς ἄρ᾽ ὅγ᾽ ἐμμεμαὼς ἰθὺς πέτετο, τρέσε δ᾽ “Ἑκτωρ 
a Ψ / 
τεῖχος ὕπο Τρώων, λαιψηρὰ δὲ γούνατ᾽ ἐνώμα. 
e \ Ν \ Ae: \ 3 / 
ot δὲ Tapa σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα 145 
τείχεος αἰὲν ὑπὲκ κατ᾽ ἀμαξυτὸν ἐσσεύοντο, 
\ 2 7 4 ” \ 
κρουνὼ © ἵκανον καλλιρρόω, ἔνθα τε πηγαὶ 
δοιαὶ ἀναΐσσουσι Σκαμάνδρου δινήεντος. 
aA Ν 
ἡ μὲν γάρ θ᾽ ὕδατι λιαρῷ ῥέει, ἀμφὶ δὲ καπνὸς 
“ 3 3 an ς \ bs zi 4 
γίγνεται ἐξ αὐτῆς ὡσεὶ πυρὸς αἰθομένοιο " 150 
Ὁ bel 4 “4 / “" / 9 an / 
ἡ δ᾽ ἑτέρη θέρεϊ προρέει εἰκυῖα χαλάζῃ, 
3 / nr 3 
ἢ χιόνι ψυχρῇ, ἢ ἐξ ὕδατος κρυστάλλῳ. 
7 5... iad B® 3 / \ b / Ἅ, \ 4 
ἔνθα δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτάων πλυνοὶ εὐρέες ἐγγὺς ἔασιν 
\ sh. [τ σ“ / 
καλοὶ λαΐνεοι, ὅθι εἵματα σιγαλόεντα 
πλύνεσκον Τρώων ἄλοχοι καλαί τε θύγατρες 155 
Ν \ 2 8 2 / \ 3 “Ὁ -- 3 “ 
τὸ πρὶν ἐπ᾽ εἰρήνης, πρὶν ἐλθεῖν υἷας ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
᾽ν , , e aia Sf ta 
TH pa παραδραμέτην, φεύγων, ὁ δ᾽ ὄπισθε διώκων " 
/ \ 3 ΑΝ »” 7 / oe ee | / 
πρόσθε μὲν ἐσθλὸς ἔφευγε, δίωκε δέ μιν μέγ᾽ ἀμείνων 
/ ’ \ > e 7. Φ \ / 
καρπαλίμως, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην 


* 
a 


ἀρνύσθην, & τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγμεται ἀνδρῶν, 160 
ἀλλὰ περὶ ψυχῆς θέον “Extopos ἱπποδάμοιο. 

e eo Me / \ / ᾿ς “ 

ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἀεθλοφόροι περὶ τέρματα μώνυχες ἵπποι 

ει} / an Xx δὲ 4 lal BA 

ῥίμφα μάλα tpwyaot* TO δὲ μέγα κεῖται ἄεθλον, 

ἢ τρίπος ἠὲ γυνή, ἀνδρὸς κατατεθνηῶτος " 

ὡς τὼ τρὶς Πριάμοιο πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην 165 
καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι" θεοὶ δέ Te πάντες ὁρῶντο. — . 


ay 
SS Ξ ΣΧΝ, 


τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε' 

“Ἂ πόποι, ἢ φίλον ἄνδρα διωκόμενον περὶ τεῦχος 
ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρῶμαι" ἐμὸν δ᾽ ὀλοφύρεται ἧτορ 
“Ἕκτορος, ὅς μοι πολλὰ βοῶν ἐπὶ μηρί᾽ ἔκηεν 170 
Ἴδης ἐν κορυφῇσι πολυπτύχου, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε 
ἐν πόλει ἀκροτάτῃ" νῦν αὖτέ ἑ δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 


5 


ILIAD ΧΧΤΙ. 141 


Ν , / x , 8 , 
ἄστυ πέρι ἸΠριάμοιο ποσὶν ταχέεσσι διώκει. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγετε φράζεσθε, θεοί, καὶ μητιάασθε 


or 


47 3 f , 3 ἢ aT) 17 
ἠέ μιν ἐκ θανάτοιο σαώσομεν, ἠέ μιν ἤδη ; 
Πηλείδῃ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δαμάσσομεν ἐσθλὸν ἐόντα.᾽" 
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη" 
2% ΄, > t , ᾿ » 
ὦ πάτερ ἀργικέραυνε, κελαινεφές, οἷον ἔειπες * 
” \ γ / , " 
ἄνδρα θνητὸν ἐόντα, πάλαι πεπρωμένον αἴσῃ, 
dy ἐθέλεις θανάτοιο δυσηχέος ἐξαναλῦσαι ; 180 
ἔρδ᾽ - ἀτὰρ οὔ τοι πάντες ἐπαινέομεν θεοὶ ἄλλοι.᾽" 
Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς -" 
“θάρσει, Τριτογένεια, φίλον τέκος " οὔ νύ τι θυμῷ 
/ / 5 7 / » Ly 
πρόφρονι μυθέομαι, ἐθέλω δέ τοι ἤπιος εἶναι" 
ἔρξον ὅπη δή τοι νόος ἔπλετο, μηδέ τ᾽ ἐρώει." 185 
ἃ ἘΝ “ 7 a ’ 7 
Ὡς εἰπὼν wtpuve πάρος μεμαυΐαν ᾿Αθήνην " 
an \ 3 > / v4 > A 
βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ Οὐχύμποιο καρήνων ἀΐξασα. 
ἽἝκτορα δ᾽ ἀσπερχὲς κλονέων ἔφεπ᾽ ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλ- 
λεύς. 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε νεβρὸν ὄρεσφι κύων ἐλάφοιο δίηται, 
ὄρσας ἐξ εὐνῆς, διά T ἄγκεα καὶ διὰ βήσσας" 190 
Ἄ ’ ” / ; / ¢ \ ΄ 
τὸν δ᾽ εἴπερ τε λάθῃσι καταπτήξας ὑπὸ θάμνῳ, 
> Ze, ee if VA » ” ef 
ἀλλά τ᾽ ἀνιχνεύων θέει ἔμπεδον, ὄφρα Kev εὕρῃ" 
ὡς “Εκτωρ ov λῆθε ποδώκεα Ἰ]ηλείωνα. 
e ΓΑ : ad 7 fi / 
ὁσσάκι δ᾽ ὁρμήσειε πυλάων Δαρδανιάων 
μὰ / > f. ξὺ ὃ / 6 Ν 4 
ἀντίον ἀΐξασθαι, ἐὐδμήτους ὑπὸ πύργους, 195 
εἴ πώς οἱ καθύπερθεν ἀλάλκοιεν βελέεσσιν, 
7, / b / \ 
τοσσάκι μιν προπάροιθεν ἀποστρέψασκε παραφθὰς 
᾿ / + Ae ee \ \ / / ᾽ συν 
πρὸς πεδίον" αὐτὸς δὲ ποτὶ πτόλιος πέτετ᾽ αἰεί. 
ς δ΄ 3 ᾽ 7 3 / 4 ὔ 
ὡς δ᾽ ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται φεύγοντα διώκειν " 
Φ 3 
οὔτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὁ τὸν δύναται ὑποφεύγειν οὔθ᾽ ὁ διώκειν" 5300 
ἃ « Ν > / / / 50) A > / 
ὡς ὁ τὸν ov δύνατο μάρψαι ποσίν, οὐδ᾽ ὃς ἀλύξαι. 


πῶς δέ kev" Extawp κῆρας ὑπεξέφυγεν θανάτοιο, 


142 TAIAAOS X. 


> ¢ cy / 
εἰ μή οἱ πύματόν Te Kal ὕστατον ἤντετ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων 
> z “ τὰ an / / lal 
ἐγγύθεν, ὅς οἱ ἐπῶρσε μένος λαιψηρά τε γοῦνα; 
Λαοῖσιν δ᾽ ἀνένευε καρήατι δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 205 
οὐδ᾽ ἔα ἱέμεναι ἐπὶ “Ἕκτορι πικρὰ βέλεμνα, 
μή τις κῦδος ἄροιτο βαλών, ὁ δὲ δεύτερος ἔλθοι. 
5 Od ὃ} \ Vs 3 ih δὶ \ > / 
ἀλλ, OTE δὴ TO τέταρτον ἐπὶ κρουνοὺς ἀφίκοντο, 
καὶ τότε δὴ χρύσεια πατὴρ ἐτίταινε τάλαντα, 
ἐν δ᾽ ἐτίθει δύο κῆρε τανηλεγέος θανάτοιο, 210 
τὴν μὲν ᾿Αχιλλῆος, τὴν δ᾽ “Exropos ἱπποδάμοιο, 
ἕλκε δὲ μέσσα λαβών ' ῥέπε δ᾽ “Extopos αἴσιμον ἦμαρ, 
ὥχετο δ᾽ εἰς ᾿Αἴδαο, λίπεν δέ ἑ Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων. 
Πηλείωνα δ᾽ ἵκανε θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη, 
> la) 9 2f / » i / 
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη ἔπεα πτερόεντω προσηύδα" 215 
“Nov δὴ voi γ᾽ ἔολπα, διίφιλε φαίδιμ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ, 
οἴσεσθαι μέγα κῦδος ᾿Αχαιοῖσι προτὶ vias, 
“Ἕκτορα δῃώσαντε, μάχης ἅτόν περ ἐόντα. 
” ς aA », Sor / 5, / 
ov οἱ νῦν ἔτι γ᾽ ἔστι πεφυγμένον ἄμμε γενέσθαι, 
οὐδ᾽ εἴ κεν μάλα πολλὰ πάθοι ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων 220 
προπροκυλινδόμενος πατρὸς Διὸς αἰγιόχοιο. 
> \ \ \ “ A Nor / 3. ἃ ’ὔ 
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν νῦν στῆθι καὶ ἄμπνυε, τόνδε δ᾽ ἐγώ τοι 
> / ¥ 5 ‘ ” 
οἰχομένη πεπιθήσω ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι. 
“Os har ᾿Αθηναίη, ὁ δ᾽ ἐπείθετο, χαῖρε δὲ θυμῷ, 
στῆ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπὶ μελίης χαλκογλώχινος ἐρεισθείς. 225 
ς δ᾽ ” \ Ν BY / > ¢/ δὲ 
ἡ δ᾽ ἄρα τὸν μὲν ἔλειπε, κιχήσατο δ᾽ “Ἑκτορα δῖον 
Δηϊφόβῳ εἰκυῖα δέμας καὶ ἀτειρέα φωνήν" 
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 
“Hoe?, ἢ μάλα δὴ σε βιάζεται ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
» , / \ , / 
ἄστυ πέρι ἸΠΙριάμοιο ποσὶν ταχέεσσι διώκων " 280 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ στέωμεν καὶ ἀλεξώμεσθα μένοντες." 
Τὴν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε μέγας κορυθαίολος “Extap * 
“ Δηϊφοβ᾽, ἢ μέν μοι τὸ πάρος πολὺ φίλτατος ἦσθα 


a 
᾿ 


ILIAD XXII. 148 


γνωτῶν, ods “Ἑκάβη ἠδὲ Πρίαμος τέκε παῖδας " 
νῦν δ᾽ ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον νοέω φρεσὶ τιμήσασθαι, 235 
ἃ », > n “ > > No Sf 3 “ 
ὃς ἔτλης ἐμεῦ εἵνεκ᾽, ἐπεὶ ἴδες ὀφθαλμοῖσιν, 
τείχεος ἐξελθεῖν, ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἔντοσθε μένουσιν." 
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε θεὰ γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη " 
ἐξ }0 a“? 9 \ \ \ \ ,ὔ 7 
ἠθεῖ", 7) μὲν πολλὰ πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτηρ 
λίσσονθ᾽ ἑξείης γουνούμενοι, ἀμφὶ δ᾽ ἑταῖροι, 240 
αὖθι μένειν - τοῖον yap ὑποτρομέουσιν ἅπαντες" 
> ΠΝ Ν » \ > / if “ al 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐμὸς ἔνδοθι θυμὸς ἐτείρετο πένθεϊ λυγρῴ. 
“ 3 3 \ n be / f 
νῦν δ᾽ ἰθὺς μεμαῶτε μαχώμεθα, μηδέ τι δούρων 
ἔστω φειδωλή, ἵνα εἴδομεν εἴ κεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
Po 2 3) / ! 
νῶϊ κατακτείνας ἔναρα βροτόεντα φέρηται 245 
n » ’ ” La) \ / ” 
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυράς, ἤ Kev σῷ δουρὶ δαμήῃ. 
“Os φαμένη καὶ κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη. 
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες, 
τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε μέγας κορυθαίολος “Ἰκτωρ " 
“OU σ᾽ ἔτι, Πηλέος υἱέ, φοβήσομαι, ὡς τὸ πάρος 
περ 250 
\ A. τῇ / , / »Qs Dn 
τρὶς περὶ ἄστυ μέγα IIpidpovu Siov, οὐδέ ποτ᾽ ἔτλην 
μεῖναι ἐπερχόμενον" νῦν αὗτέ με θυμὸς ἀνῆκεν 
/ > 7 “ Ὁ. 3 5 ς / 
στήμεναι ἀντία σεῖο" ἕλοιμί Kev, ἤ κεν ἁλοίην. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δεῦρο θεοὺς ἐπιδώμεθα " τοὶ γὰρ ἄριστοι 
μάρτυροι ἔσσονται καὶ ἐπίσκοποι ἁρμονιάων " 255 
> \ 9 ft 9.» ~ > [ον $y 3 \ Ἶ 
οὐ γὰρ ἐγώ σ᾽ ἔκπαγλον ἀεικιῶ, αἴ κεν ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς 
, / \ \ \ > / 
δώῃ καμμονίην, σὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ἀφέλωμαι - 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἄρ κέ TE συλήσω κλυτὰ τεύχε᾽, ᾿Αχιλλεῦ, 
\ 9. A / / ἃ Ν MieZz γ᾽ 
νεκρὸν ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν δώσω πάλιν : ὡς δὲ σὺ ῥέζειν. 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλ- 
Neus * 260 
co , > ΄ Qe I 
Exrop, μὴ μοι, ἄλαστε, συνημοσύνας ἀγόρευε. 
ὡς οὐκ ἔστι λέουσι καὶ ἀνδράσιν ὅρκια πιστά, 


144 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ X. 


Oe / td e Υ͂ Ν x” 
οὐδὲ λύκοι TE καὶ ἄρνες ὁμόφρονα θυμὸν ἔχουσιν, 
3 \ 
ἀλλὰ κακὰ φρονέουσι διαμπερὲς ἀλλήλοισιν, 
aA 3 5 re) \ \ Ν / ΕΣ mo 
ὡς οὐκ ἐστ ἐμὲ καὶ TE PLANMEVAL, οὔτε TL VOW 265 
ὅρκια ἔσσονται, πρίν γ᾽ ἢ ἕτερόν γε πεσόντα 
“ 9 7 7 7 
αἵματος ἄσαι "Apna, ταλαύρινον πολεμιστήν. 
A an \ 
TavToins ἀρετῆς μιμνήσκεο" νῦν σε μάλα χρὴ 
αὐχμητήν T ἔμεναι καὶ θαρσαλέον πολεμιστήν. 
οὔ τοι ἔτ᾽ ἔσθ᾽ ὑπάλυξις, ἄφαρ δέ σε Παλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη 270 
» 5 “Ὁ lA lal ’ 3 , / 9 3 Mf 
ἔγχει ἐμῴ δαμάᾳ: νῦν δ᾽ ἀθρόα πάντ᾽ ἀποτίσεις 
7] >) 9 n ς / ἃ BA 3, “᾿ / 33 
κήδε᾽ ἐμῶν ἑτάρων, OVS ἔκτανες ἔγχεϊ θύων. 
Ψ ς ὗς δὰ, \ oh , ” 
H pa καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος. 
καὶ τὸ μὲν ἄντα ἰδὼν ἠλεύατο φαίδιμος “Ἑκτωρ * 
Ὁ“ 4,8 - 7 Ν 3 τῷ 7 / 5, 
ἕζετο γὰρ προϊδών, τὸ δ᾽ ὑπέρπτατο χάλκεον ἔγχος, 275 
ἐν γαίῃ δ᾽ ἐπάγη" ἀνὰ δ᾽ ἥρπασε ἸΤαλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη, 
dap δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δίδου, λάθε δ᾽ “Εκτορα, ποιμένα λαῶν. 
“Ἑκτωρ δὲ προσέειπεν ἀμύμονα Ἰ]ηλείωνα " 
““Ἤμβροτες, οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πώ τι, θεοῖς ἐπιείκελ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ, 
3 Ν δι \ 5 Ν , ” » 
ἐκ Διὸς ἠείδης τὸν ἐμὸν μόρον. ἤτοι ἐφῆς γε" 280 
> A > \ 4. le | / ” / 
ἀλλά τις ἀρτιεπὴς καὶ ἐπίκλοπος ἔπλεο μύθων, 
ὄφρα σ᾽ ὑποδδείσας μένεος ἀλκῆς τε λάθωμαι. 
» / ug 7 3 7 
οὐ μέν μοι φεύγοντι μεταφρένῳ ἐν δόρυ πήξεις, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἰθὺς μεμαῶτι διὰ στήθεσφιν ἔλασσον, 
v Μ ’ a . Dg εἶ » 7 
εἴ Tou ἔδωκε θεός νῦν αὖτ᾽ ἐμὸν ἔγχος ἄλευαι 285 
χάλκεον. ὡς δή μιν σῷ ἐν χροὶ πᾶν κομίσαιο. 
᾽ ᾿ , / , / 
καί κεν ἐλαφρότερος πόλεμος 'Γρώεσσι γένουτο 
σεῖο καταφθιμένοιο-: σὺ γάρ σφισι πῆμα μέγιστον." 
Ἦ ῥα καὶ ἀμπεπαλὼν προΐει δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος, 
καὶ βάλε Ἰ]ηλείδαο μέσον caxos οὐδ᾽ ἀφάμαρτεν: 290 
τῆλε δ᾽ ἀπεπλάγχθη σάκεος δόρυ. χώσατο δ᾽ “Extwp, 
Ὡ εἰν Ὁ 7 > rs a ” ’ 
ὅττι pa οἱ βέλος ὠκὺ ἐτώσιον ἔκφυγε χειρὸς, 
στῆ δὲ κατηφήσας, οὐδ᾽ ἄλλ᾽ ἔχε μείλινον ἔγχος. 


ILIAD XXII. 


AnidoBov δ᾽ ἐκάλει λευκάσπιδα μακρὸν ἀΐὔσας " 
” / , / «ς 9 ἐν Cu 9 v4 3 
ἤτεέ μιν δόρυ μακρόν" ὁ δ᾽ οὔτι οἱ ἐγγύθεν Hev. 
"Extap δ᾽ ἔγνω ἧσιν ἐνὶ φρεσὶ φώνησέν τε" 


145 


295 


“°( πόποι, ἢ μάλα δή με θεοὶ θάνατόνδε κάλεσσαν " 


Δηΐφοβον γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἐφάμην ἥρωα παρεῖναι" 
ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἐν τείχει, ἐμὲ δ᾽ ἐξαπάτησεν ᾿Αθήνη. 


νῦν δὲ δὴ ἐγγύθι μοι θάνατος κακός, οὐδέ T ἄνευθεν, 800 


9 f 
οὐδ᾽ ἀλέη - ἢ γάρ pa πάλαι τόγε φίλτερον ev 
%, 7ὔ ᾿ Δ \ rum. ὁ Bor “ / 
nvi τε καὶ Διὸς viet ExnBor, of we πάρος γε Ὁ 
πρόφρονες εἰρύατο" νῦν avTé με μοῖρα κιχάνει. 
\ ἂν » / AS “ > / 
μὴ μὰν ἀσπουδί γε καὶ ἀκλειῶς ἀπολοίμην, 
ἀλλὰ μέγα ῥέξας τι καὶ ἐσσομένοισι πυθέσθαι." 
a » / as / Ios 
Os apa φωνήσας εἰρύσσατο φάσγανον ὀξύ, 
ta / 
TO οἱ ὑπὸ λαπάρην τέτατο μέγα τε στιβαρόν τε, 
” ; es \ “ ἢ > X ¢e / 
οἴμησεν δὲ ἀλεὶς ὥστ᾽ αἰετὸς ὑψυπετήεις, 
ὅστ᾽ εἶσιν πεδίονδε διὰ νεφέων ἐρεβεννῶν 
e / x » > 2 \ Ἃ lal / 
ἁρπάξων ἢ apy ἀμαλὴν ἢ πτῶκα λαγωόν" 
A “ Μ a / 5 7 
ὡς “Εκτωρ οἴμησε τινάσσων φάσγανον ὀξύ. 
7 , / 
ὡρμήθη δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεύς, μένεος δ᾽ ἐμπλήσατο θυμὸν 
> / / \ / / / 
ἀγρίου, πρόσθεν δὲ σάκος στέρνοιο κάλυψεν 
\ / / A 
καλὸν δαιδάλεον, κόρυθι δ᾽ ἐπένευε φαεινῇ 
/ 
τετραφάλῳ : καλαὶ δὲ περισσείοντο ἔθειραι 
/ 
χρύσεαι, ἃς “Ἥφαιστος ἵει λόφον ἀμφὶ θαμειάς. 
οἷος δ᾽ ἀστὴρ εἶσι μετ᾽ ἀστράσι ὃς ἀμολγῷ 
np μ ράσι νυκτὸς ἀμολγῷ 
iva aA 4 ει > »“"ἷ“ὟῬ > / 
ἕσπερος, ὃς κάλλιστος ἐν οὐρανῷ ἵσταται ἀστήρ, 
ἃ 2 a 5 , ἃ 
ὡς αἰχμῆς ἀπέλαμπ᾽ εὐήκεος, ἣν ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
/ lal 7 \ ¢/ 7 
πάλλεν δεξιτερῇ φρονέων κακὸν “Ἑκτορι δίῳ, 
> / / / “ yA ΄ 
εἰσορόων χρόα καλόν, ὅπη εἴξειε μάλιστα. 
“ \ Vi. oF ig \ » / / - 
τοῦ δὲ καὶ ἄλλο τόσον μὲν ἔχε χρόα χάλκεα τεύχη, 
/ 
καλά, τὰ ILatpoxrXo1o βίην ἐνάριξε κατακτάς * 
φαί 8 4 ληϊὸ Ra Ay ON, Se Bi Fee 
aiveto δ᾽ 7) κληΐδες aT ὥμων αὐχέν᾽ ἔχουσιν, 
fi 


305 


310 


315 


146 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ X. 


λαυκανίην, ἵνα τε ψυχῆς ὦκιστος ὄλεθρος’ 325 
a ® “ a a 7 
τῇ ῥ᾽ ἐπὶ οἵ μεμαῶτ᾽ ἔλασ᾽ ἔγχεϊ δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
> \ » wel: “Ὁ 5 > / ” Led / 
ἀντικρὺ δ᾽ ἁπαλοῖο dv αὐχένος HAVO’ ἀκωκή" 
/ 
οὐδ᾽ dp amr ἀσφάραγον μελίη τάμε χαλκοβάρεια, 
‘4 / 
ὄφρα τί μιν προτιείποι ἀμειβόμενος ἐπέεσσιν. 
/ Ὁ 3 Α͂ 
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐν κονίῃς " ὁ δ᾽ ἐπεύξατο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς: 880 
“ / 
“Ἕκτορ, ἀτάρ που ἔφης ἸΤατροκλῆ ἐξαναρίζων 
lal ” >] 5 \ > > \ 2 / / 57 
σῶς ἔσσεσθ᾽, ἐμὲ δ᾽ οὐδὲν ὀπίζεο νόσφιν ἐόντα, 
ὃν \ fer > / 
νήπιε." τοῖο δ᾽ ἄνευθεν ἀοσσητὴρ μέγ᾽ ἀμείνων 
\ ” A pO! / θ / 
νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσιν ἐγὼ μετόπισθε λελείμμην, 
Ὁ ΄ 2 oF \ \ f ae 9 \ 
ὃς TOL γούνατ ἐλυσα. GE MEV κῦνες NO οἰωνοὶ 990 
ε , 99h) A \ \ a 4 199 
ἑλκήσουσ᾽ ἀϊκῶς, τὸν δὲ κτεριοῦσιν ᾿Αχαιοί. 
/ 
Tov δ᾽ ὀλυγοδρανέων προσέφη κορυθαίολος “Εἰκτωρ " 
a 4 la) / 
“λίσσομ᾽ ὑπὲρ ψυχῆς καὶ γούνων σῶν τε τοκήων, 
/ a 
μή με Ea παρὰ νηυσὶ κύνας καταδάψαι ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
᾽ \ \ m t j ‘ 
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν χαλκόν τε ἅλις χρυσόν τε δέδεξο, 840 
nr \ / / 
δῶρα τά τοι δώσουσι πατὴρ καὶ πότνια μήτηρ, 
“ \ 7 ch Δι / / ” , 
σῶμα δὲ οἴκαδ᾽ ἐμὸν δόμεναι πάλιν, ὄφρα πυρός με 
“Ὁ , / , 
Τρῶες καὶ Τρώων ἄλοχοι λελάχωσι θανόντα." 
Ν f \ \ 
Tov δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς “Ayr 
λεύς" 
/ Ld 7 
“μὴ με, κύον, γούνων γουνάζεο μηδὲ τοκήων * 345 
xX / ᾽ if Ψ 
αὖ γάρ πως αὐτὸν με μένος καὶ θυμὸς ἀνείη 
ΑΝ ee ϑ 7 a 
Ou ἀποταμνόμενον κρέα ἔδμεναι, οἷά μ᾽ ἔοργας " 
ἃ > ” 7 A a , a 5 / 
ὡς οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὃς σῆς γε κύνας κεφαλῆς ἀπαλάλκοι, 
» 07 Ρ» / \ 2 fi 94 0 
οὐδ᾽ εἴ κεν δεκάκις τε Kal εἰκοσινήριτ᾽ ἄποινα 
/ / / / 
στήσωσ᾽ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἄγοντες, ὑπόσχωνται δὲ Kal ἄλλα " 350 
50.) ” ᾽ > \ ἌΝ / » ͵ 
οὐδ᾽ εἴ κεν σ᾽ αὐτὸν χρυσῷ ἐρύσασθαι ἀνώγοι 
/ / A 
Δαρδανίδης Upiapwos: οὐδ᾽ ὡς σέγε πότνια μήτηρ 
9 / / ¢ 
ἐνθεμένη λεχέεσσι γοήσεται, Ov τέκεν αὐτή, 
> Ἁ ie \ 
ἀλλὰ κύνες TE καὶ οἰωνοὶ κατὰ πάντα δάσονται." 884 


— ν 


ILIAD XXII. 147 


Tov δὲ καταθνήσκων προσέφη κορυθαίολος “Extap " 
εἰ Ὁ ’ 9 , ῇ SNIP V9 910 
ἢ σ᾽ εὖ γιγνώσκων προτιόσσομαι, οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔμελλον 
li 9 \ / / > \ / 
πείσειν " ἢ yap σοίγε σιδήρεος ἐν φρεσὶ θυμός. 
φράζεο νῦν μή τοί τι θεῶν μήνιμα γένωμαι, 
ἤματι τῷ ὅτε κέν σε Ἰ]άρις καὶ Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων 
ἐσθλὸν ἐόντ᾽ ὀλέσωσιν ἐνὶ Σκαιῆσι πύλῃσιν." 360 
ray ” 2 / / / / 
Ὡς dpa μιν εἰπόντα τέλος θανάτοιο κάλυψεν, 
ψυχὴ δ᾽ ἐκ ῥεθέων πταμένη "Δἰδόσδε βεβήκει, 
τ ΄ 7 a> e¢ an \ of 
ὃν πότμον γοόωσα, λυποῦσ᾽ ἁδροτῆτα Kal ἥβην. 
ἣν a n 
Tov καὶ τεθνηῶτα προσηύδα δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς * 
/ A an © 
“«Τέθναθι" κῆρα δ᾽ ἐγὼ τότε δέξομαι, ππότε Kev δὴ 
Ζεὺς ἐθέλῃ τελέσαι ἠδ᾽ ἀθάνατοι θεοὶ ἄλλοι." 8606 
3 ς Δαν ἡ a i, ὦ / 9} 
Η ῥα καὶ ἐκ νεκροῖο ἐρύσσατο χάλκεον ἔγχος, 
\ ge med μὴ > e νυ me | 4 +m / 
καὶ Toy ἄνευθεν ἔθηχ᾽, ὁ δ᾽ am’ ὦμων τεύχε᾽ ἐσύλα 
αἱματόεντ᾽ - ἄλλοι δὲ περίδραμον υἷες ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
€ > \ 
οἱ καὶ θηήσαντο φυὴν καὶ εἶδος ἀγητὸν 370 
“ 50) » ~ > / / 
Exropos+ οὐδ᾽ ἄρα οἵ τις ἀνουτητί ye παρέστη. 
ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν ἰδὼν ἐς πλησίον ἄλλον " 
“0, πόποι, ἣ μάλα δὴ μαλακώτερος ἀμφαφάασθαι 
¢ n \ δον 
“Extop ἢ ὅτε νῆας ἐνέπρησεν πυρὶ κηλέῳ. 
« ” ” \ 3 / / 375 
Os dpa τις εἴπεσκε Kal οὐτήσασκε παραστάς. 
“ ς 7 
τὸν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἐξενάριξε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
A / > / 
στὰς ἐν ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευεν " 
50Ὸ.Χ f 
“«Ὦ φίλοι, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες, 
Μ 
ἐπειδὴ τόνδ᾽ ἄνδρα θεοὶ δαμάσασθαι ἔδωκαν, 
- ¢ of 
ὃς κακὰ πόλλ᾽ ἔρρεξεν, ὅσ᾽ ov σύμπαντες οἱ ἄλλοι, 880 
4 “ 
εἰ δ᾽ ἄγετ᾽ ἀμφὶ πόλιν σὺν τεύχεσι πειρηθῶμεν, 
ἴω la v4 14 
ὄφρα κέ TL γνῶμεν 'Τρώων νόον, ὅντιν᾽ ἔχουσιν, 
* an 7 
ἢ καταλείψουσιν πόλιν ἄκρην τοῦδε πεσόντος, 
4, Letine af 
ἠὲ μένειν μεμάασι kal” Exropos οὐκέτ᾽ ἐοντος. 
“ 4 
ἀλλὰ τίη μοι ταῦτα φίλος διελέξατο θυμός ; 385 


148 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ X. 


lal \ if / » BA 
κεῖται πὰρ νήεσσι νέκυς ἄκλαυτος ἄθαπτος | 
/ n , . 
Πάτροκλος : τοῦ δ᾽ οὐκ ἐπιλήσομαι, ὄφρ᾽ ἂν ἔγωγε 
ζωοῖσιν μετέω καί μοι φίλα γούνατ᾽ ὀρώρῃ. 
εἰ δὲ θανόντων περ καταλήθοντ᾽ εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο, 
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ καὶ κεῖθι φίλου μεμνήσομ᾽ ἑταίρου. 890 
νῦν δ᾽ ἄγ᾽ ἀείδοντες παιήονα, κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
Ν 7 a 4 / ὃ > 9. 
νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσι νεώμεθα, τόνδε δ᾽ ἄγωμεν. 
ἠράμεθα μέγα κῦδος - ἐπέφνομεν “Extopa δῖον, 
᾿ rn \ ΕἾ aA aA > / 99 
ᾧ Τρῶες κατὰ ἄστυ θεῷ ὡς εὐχετόωντο. 
Ἦ pa καὶ “Ἑκτορα δῖον ἀεικέα μήδετο ἔργα. 395 
“- / Ε 
ἀμφοτέρων μετόπισθε ποδῶν τέτρηνε τένοντε 
5 \ > / / ν᾿ b] n ς id 
ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, Boéous δ᾽ ἐξῆπτεν ἱμάντας, 
ἐκ δίφροιο δ᾽ ἔδησε, κάρη δ᾽ ἕλκεσθαι Eacev * 
3 / 2 39 / » / \ / } ee Σ 
és δίφρον δ᾽ ἀναβάς, ava τε κλυτὰ τεύχε᾽ ἀείρας, 
μάστιξέν ῥ᾽ ἐλάαν, τὼ δ᾽ οὐκ ἄκοντε πετέσθην. 400 
“ > 4 ς / / > \ x an 
τοῦ δ᾽ ἣν ἑχλκομένοιο Kovicanros, ἀμφὶ δὲ χαῖται 
κυάνεαι πίτναντο, κάρη δ᾽ ἅπαν ἐν κονίησιν 
κεῖτο πάρος χαρίεν" τότε δὲ Ζεὺς δυσμενέεσσιν 
δῶκεν ἀεικίσσασθαι én ἐν πατρίδι γαίη. 
ἃ an \ / / WA ς / / 
ὡς τοῦ μὲν κεκόνιτο κάρη ἅπαν" ἡ δέ νυ μήτηρ 405 
τίλλε κόμην, ἀπὸ δὲ λυπαρὴν ἔρριψε καλύπτρην 
/ ᾿ς Ν / / ANS. 12 A: 
τηλόσε, κώκυσεν δὲ μάλα μέγα TALS ἐσιδοῦσα. 
ὦμωξεν δ᾽ ἐλεεινὰ πατὴρ φίλος, ἀμφὶ δὲ λαοὶ 
κωκυτῷ T εἴχοντο καὶ οἰμωγῇ κατὰ ἄστυ. 
a \ / γα OF SA at 3 ee 5 Βι; ἫΝ 
τῳ δὲ μάλιστ᾽ ἂρ Env ἐναλίγκιον, ὡς εἰ ἅπασα 410 
57 5 id 4 of 4. ἂν 
ἴλιος ὀφρυόεσσα πυρὶ σμύχοιτο κατ᾽ ἄκρης. 
/ / 
λαοὶ μέν pa γέροντα μόγις ἔχον ἀσχαλόωντα, 
ἐξελθεῖν μεμαῶτα πυλάων Δαρδανιάων. 
΄ὕ 9.) ΄ \ , 
πάντας δ᾽ ἐλλιτάνευε κυλινδόμενος KATA κόπρον, 
ἐξονομακλήδην ὀνομάζων ἄνδρα ἕκαστον " 415 


«ς 


7 / / ’ 5 ϑ'.κ(αὶ / / 
Σχέσθε, φίλοι, καί μ᾽ οἷον ἐάσατε, κηδόμενοί περ, 


ἐξελθόντα πόληος ἱκέσθ᾽ ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν, 


ILIAD XXII. 149 


/ a / lal > ἢ | / 
λίσσωμ᾽ ἀνέρα τοῦτον ἀτάσθαλον ὀβριμοεργόν, 
” Ld Vd > / 2 Cas 3 / 
ἤν TOS ἡλικίην αἰδέσσεται HO ἐλεήσῃ 
an / a \ / 
γῆρας. καὶ δέ vu τῷδε πατὴρ τοιόσδε τέτυκται, 430 
/ 7 3 f fa 
ΠΠηλεύς, ὅς μιν ἔτικτε καὶ ἔτρεφε πῆμα γενέσθαι 
/ / >». 3 \ \ / 7 a a 
Τρωσί" μάλιστα δ᾽ ἐμοὶ περὶ πάντων ἄλγε᾽ ἔθηκεν. 
Ψ ’ “Ὁ 
τόσσους γάρ μοι παῖδας ἀπέκτανε τηλεθάοντας " 
lal ff f 
TOV πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι, ἀχνύμενός περ, 
ς Be & \ 
ὡς ἑνός, οὗ μ᾽ ἄχος ὀξὺ κατοίσεται "Aidos εἴσω, 425 
/ fal 
"Extopos* ws ὄφελεν θανέειν ἐν χερσὶν ἐμῇσιν" 
τῷ κε κορεσσάμεθα κλαίοντέ τε μυρομένω τε, 
/ > ec P ” / »Q> > \ b] , 99 
μήτηρ θ᾽, ἥ μιν ἔτικτε δυσάμμορος, ἠδ᾽ ἐγὼ αὐτός. 
Δ a 
ὥς ἔφατο κλαίων, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο πολῖται" 
lal ¢ ἴω an ; 
Τρωῇσιν δ᾽ “Ἑκάβη ἀδινοῦ ἐξῆρχε γόοιο " 480 
/ \ \ a 
“Τέκνον, ἐγὼ δειλὴ τί vu βείομαι, αἰνὰ παθοῦσα, 
oa. 2 “ ο / 49) 
σεῦ ἀποτεθνηῶτος ; ὅ μοι νύκτας TE καὶ ἦμαρ 
3 % Ae 3) / a) | re, 
εὐχωλὴ KATA ἄστυ πελέσκεο, πᾶσι T ὄνειαρ, 
a \ / \ ἃ 
Τρωσί τε καὶ Τρωῇσι κατὼ πτόλιν, οἵ σε θεὸν ὡς 
δειδέχατ᾽ " ἢ γάρ κέ σφι μάλα μέγα κῦδος ἔζσθα 48 
Ν ἴω 5 an 
ζωὸς ἐών" νῦν αὖ θάνατος Kat μοῖρα κιχάνει. 
\ / 
“Os ἔφατο κλαίουσ᾽, ἄλοχος δ᾽ οὔπω τι πέπυστο 
/ / 5 \ 
“Extopos* ov γάρ οἵ τις ἐτήτυμος ἄγγελος ἐλθὼν 
» weg ~~) δ ἡ / ” / , 
ἤγγειλ᾽ ὅττι ῥά οἱ πόσις ἔκτοθι μίμνε πυλάων, 
\ al / a 
ἀλλ᾽ ἥγ᾽ ἱστὸν ὕφαινε μυχῷ δόμου ὑψηλοῖο 440 
δέ / ’ δὲ θ / /~ > Sf 
ἔπλακα πορφυρέην, ἐν δὲ Opova ποικίλ᾽ ἔπασσεν. 
/ os 7 n 
κέκλετο δ᾽ ἀμφιπόλοισιν ἐὐπλοκάμοις κατὰ δῶμα 
> x A nn “ / δ" 
ἀμφὶ πυρὶ στῆσαι τρίποδα μέγαν, ὄφρα πέλουτο 
"RB θ \ δ \ 4 Ἃ / 
KTopt θερμὰ λοετρὰ μάχης Ex νοστήσαντι, 
νηπίη, οὐδ᾽ ἐνόησεν ὅ μιν μάλα τῆλε λοετρῶν 445 
n n 5 / 
χερσὶν ᾿Αχιλλῆος δάμασε γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη. 
“ lal \ 7 
K@KUTOD δ᾽ ἤκουσε καὶ οἰμωγῆς ἀπὸ πύργου" 


150 IAIAAOS X. 


an ν᾿ / n \ / rie / 
τῆς δ᾽ ἐλελίχθη γυῖα, χαμαὶ SE οἱ ἔκπεσε KEPKIS. 
ἡ δ᾽ αὗτις δμωῆσιν ἐὐπλοκάμοισι μετηύδα" 
“ce a / 4 18 PRRs ped Vd 
Δεῦτε, δύω μοι ἕπεσθον, ἴδωμ᾽ ὅτιν᾽ ἔργα τέτυκται. 
>] / ¢ an > \ 35, > > 3 \ > ial 
atooins ἑκυρῆς ὀπὸς ἔκλυον, ἐν δ᾽ ἐμοὶ αὐτῇ 451 
- A 9 > \ / / \ lal 
στήθεσι πάλλεται ἦτορ ava στόμα, νέρθε δὲ γοῦνα 
uf 
πήγνυται" ἐγγὺς δή Te κακὸν Πριάμοιο τέκεσσιν. 
xX A. 5 5 BA By A 5 n ἈΨ 3 1.4 fs 3 SR 
αὖ yap aT OVATOS Ein ἐμεῦ ἔπος" ἀλλὰ μάλ, αἰνῶς 
δείδω μὴ δή μοι θρασὺν “Ἑκτορα δῖος ᾿Αχώλλεύς, 40 
nr 3 / / ὃ / ὃ / 
μοῦνον ἀποτμήξας πόλιος, πεδίονδε δίηται, 
καὶ δή μιν καταπαύσῃ aynvopins ἀλεγεινῆς, 
Φ Μ᾿ 3 2 \ BA ee ae Ta) / 5 a] 
ἥ μιν ἔχεσκ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὔποτ᾽ ἐνὶ TANOVE μένεν ἀνδρῶν, 
ἀλλὰ πολὺ προθέεσκε, τὸ ὃν μένος οὐδενὶ εἴκων." 
ὰ / 
ὥς φαμένη μεγάροιο διέσσυτο μαινάδι ἴση, 460 
παλλομένη κραδίην " ἅμα δ᾽ ἀμφίπολοι κίον αὐτῇ. 
\ oe ss 
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πύργον Te Kal ἀνδρῶν ἵξεν ὅμιλον, 
ἔστη παπτήνασ᾽ ἐπὶ τείχεϊ, τὸν δ᾽ ἐνόησεν 
ς ΄ , / / ΟἹ 
ἑλκόμενον πρόσθεν πόλιος - ταχέες δέ μιν ἵπποι 
ἕλκον ἀκηδέστως κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν. 465 
\ lal \ 
τὴν δὲ κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν ἐρεβεννὴ νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν, 
BA 2.8 / > \ x \ Pees Pc 
ἤριπε δ᾽ ἐξοπίσω, ἀπὸ δὲ ψυχὴν ἐκάπυσσεν. 
τῆλε δ᾽ ἀπὸ κρατὸς βάλε δέσματα σιγαλόεντα, 
5) 7 ‘4 : ee \ \ > / 
ἄμπυκα, κεκρύφαλόν T ἠδὲ πλεκτὴν ἀναδέσμην 
κρήδεμνόν θ᾽, ὅ ῥά οἱ δῶκε χρυσέη ᾿Αφροδίτη 470 
" Oe? / PAS 4 ~/ 
ἤματι τῷ OTE μιν κορυθαίολος ἠγάγεθ᾽ “Extop 
3 ᾿ / 9 x / ie va 
ἐκ δόμου ᾿Πετίωνος, ἐπεὶ πόρε μυρία ἕδνα. 
5 > / 4 \ > ἣν [τέ Ψ 
ἀμφὶ δέ μιν γαλόῳ τε καὶ εἰνατέρες ἅλις ἔσταν, 
feud \ / > > / 5 / 
αἵ é μετὰ σφίσιν εἶχον ἀτυζομένην ἀπολέσθαι. 
ἡ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἄμπνυτο καὶ ἐς φρένα θυμὸς ἀγέρθη, 47 
> 7 \ “A 5 
ἀμβλήδην γοόωσα μετὰ 'Ῥρωῇσιν ἔειπεν" 
“"Extop, ἐγὼ δύστηνος " in ἄρα γεινόμεθ᾽ αἴσῃ 
5 / \ \ > / 7 \ lal 
ἀμφότεροι, σὺ μὲν ἐν Τροίῃ Πριάμου κατὰ δῶμα, 


ILIAD XXII. 151 


x / 
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ Θήβησιν ὑπὸ ἸΪλάκῳ ὑληέσσῃ 
/ / \ a 
ἐν δόμῳ ᾿Ηετίωνος, 6 μ᾽ ἔτρεφε τυτθὸν ἐοῦσαν, 480 
,ὔ wad id \ bd / 
δύσμορος αἰνόμορον " ws μὴ ὦφελλε τεκέσθαι. 
la) \ \ \ ? .Λ / ς \ ‘A / 
νῦν δὲ σὺ μὲν Aidao δόμους ὑπὸ κεύθεσι γαίης 
5 > \ or. Y nes > / “ / 
ἔρχεαι, αὐτὰρ ἐμὲ στυγερῷ ἐνὶ πένθεϊ λείπεις 
7 / 7. / 
χήρην ἐν μεγάροισι" πάϊς δ᾽ ἔτι νήπιος αὔτως, 
A 7 i Ὁ ΡΝ. / 3) \ ΄ 
OV τέκομεν GUT EYW TE δυσάμμοροι * οὔτε GU τούτῳ 485 
» “ " > \ Va 5 \ = 
ἔσσεαι, “Exrop, ὄνειαρ, ἐπεὶ θάνες, οὔτε σοὶ οὗτος. 
if \ / / ra / ἴω 
ἤνπερ γὰρ πόλεμόν γε φύγῃ πολύδακρυν ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
“-δ “ 7 
αἰεί τοι τούτῳ γε πόνος καὶ κήδε᾽ ὀπίσσω 
” bs 7 - δι .9 / > , 
ἐσσοντ * ἄλλοι γὰρ οἱ ὠπουρήσουσιν ἀρούρας. 
ΓΟ 7 an 
ἦμαρ δ᾽ ὀρφανικὸν παναφήλικα παῖδα τίθησιν " 490 
/ 
πάντα δ᾽ ὑπεμνήμυκε, δεδάκρυνται δὲ παρειαί. 
“ , 7. Ν 
δευόμενος δέ τ᾽ ἄνεισι πάϊς ἐς πατρὸς ἑταίρους, 
/ I / A 
ἄλλον μὲν χλαίνης ἐρύων, ἄλλον δὲ χυτῶνος " 
“ ας, Ξ / \ > / 
τῶν δ᾽ ἐλεησάντων κοτύλην τις τυτθὸν ἐπέσχεν, 
χείλεα μέν T ἐδίην᾽, ὑπερῴην δ᾽ οὐκ ἐδίηνεν. 495 
\ \ \ ’ 
τὸν δὲ καὶ ἀμφιθαλὴς ἐκ δαυτύος ἐστυφέλιξεν, 
\ ’ / 
χερσὶν πεπληγὼς καὶ ὀνειδείοισιν ἐνίσσων * 
΄ \ A 
‘gop οὕτως " ov σὸς γε πατὴρ μεταδαίνυται ἡμῖν." 
/ ,. 7 
δακρυόεις δέ τ᾽ ἄνεισι πάϊς ἐς μητέρα χήρην, 
3 / ἃ \ \ £20 ie So *® / ἈΝ ΜΞ 
Αστυάναξ, ὃς πρὶν μὲν ἑοῦ ἐπὶ γούνασι πατρὸς 500 
A > Μ \ aA / / 
μυελὸν οἷον ἔδεσκε Kal οἰῶν πίονα δημόν " 
Pt ΨΩ» ᾧΦ “ ΄ 4 / 
αὐτὰρ ὅθ᾽ ὕπνος ἕλοι, παύσαιτό τε νηπιαχεύων, 
ef 1» me) / ‘ > / 7 
εὕδεσκ᾽ ἐν λέκτροισιν, ἐν ἀγκαλίδεσσι τιθήνης, 
DIA Ψ an / > ΄ὕ a 
εὐνῇ ἔνι μαλακῇ, θαλέων ἐμπλησάμενος κῆρ. 
n \ f- Ν 
νῦν δ᾽ ἂν πολλὰ πάθῃσι, φίλου ἀπὸ πατρὸς ἁμαρτών, 
/ ἃ n / / 
᾿Αστυάναξ, ov Τρῶες ἐπίκλησιν καλέουσιν " δ00 
Φ / ” / \ I / 
οἷος yap σφιν ἔρυσο πύλας Kal τείχεα μακρά. 
“ / 
νῦν δὲ σὲ μὲν παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσι, νόσφι τοκήων, 
>A > ὍΝ » / Ms 7 
αἰόλαι εὐλαὶ ἔδονται, ἐπεί κε κύνες KOPETWVTAL, 


= ae τος TATAAO® Xx? 


ee 
᾿ 
Le 


γυμνόν " ἀτάρ τοι εἵματ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάροισι κέονταν 


οὐδὲν σοίγ᾽ ὄφελος, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐγκείσεαι αὐτοῖς, 
ἀλλὰ πρὸς Τρώων καὶ Τρωϊάδων κλέος εἶναι. 
ἃ ” 7% 3. 5 Ny ΄ oi Ane , 
ὥς ἔφατο κλαίουσ᾽, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο γυναῖκες. 515 


OMHPOT 
IAIAAO® ¥. 


HOMER'S ILIAD. 
BOOK XXIII. 


*APOXa ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ. 


- ᾿ 

“Os οἱ μὲν στενάχοντο κατὰ πτόλιν" αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
> \ mF + iy 3 7ὔ “ 
ἐπειδὴ νῆάς τε καὶ ᾿Εὐλλήσποντον ἵκοντο, 

e a) εν Ὁ / Ὰ pipe an “Ψ 
οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο ἑὴν ἐπὶ νῆα ἕκαστος " 
Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅγε οἷς ἑτάροισι φιλοπτολέμοισι μετηύδα " 5 
“Μυρμιδόνες ταχύπωλοι, ἐμοὶ ἐρίηρες ἑταῖροι, 
\ / ς >. oF , θ 4, “ 
μὴ δή πω ὑπ᾽ ὄχεσφι λυώμεθα μώνυχας ἵππους, 
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἵπποισι καὶ ἅρμασιν ἄσσον ἰόντες 
, / A \ f Ἁ \ / 
Πάτροκλον kraiwpev* ὃ yap γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων. 
> \ 3 / ᾿ Ὁ a 7 if 
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί κ᾿ ὀλοοῖο τεταρπώμεσθα γόοιο, 10 
“ of / 5 ΄ ΄ oP 
ἵππους λυσάμενοι δορπήσομεν ἐνθάδε πάντες. 

“Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ὠμωξαν ἀολλέες, ἦρχε δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
οἱ δὲ τρὶς περὶ νεκρὸν ἐὕτριχας ἤλασαν ἵππους 
μυρόμενοι" μετὰ δέ σφι Θέτις γόου ἵμερον ὧρσεν. 
δεύοντο ψάμαθοι, δεύοντο δὲ τεύχεα φωτῶν 15 
δάκρυσι" τοῖον yap πόθεον μήστωρα φόβοιο. 

rn a “ / 
τοῖσι δὲ Πηλείδης ἀδινοῦ ἐξῆρχε γόοιο, 

lal | ae , 7 / Φ 7 
χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ ἀνδροφόνους θέμενος στήθεσσιν ἑταίρου " 


ΙΧ 


154 IAIAAOX W. 


“ Xaipé μοι, ὦ Πάτροκλε, καὶ εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο δόμοισιν " 
΄ a “ay 7 \ / e id 
πάντα yap ἤδη ToL τελέω TA πάροιθεν ὑπέστην, 20 
ay ὃ πον «ἡ , \ Si sR δά θ 
KTopa δεῦρ᾽ ἐρύσας δώσειν κυσὶν ὠμὰ δάσασθαι, 
δώδεκα δὲ προπάροιθε πυρῆς ἀποδειροτομήσειν 
Τρώων ἀγλαὰ τέκνα, σέθεν κταμένοιο χολωθείς." 
Ἦ ῥα καὶ “Ἕκτορα δῖον ἀεικέα μήδετο ἔργα, 
πρηνέα πὰρ λεχέεσσι Μενοιτιάδαο τανύσσας 25 
> ¥ e ΧΟ eae) / v4 
ἐν kovins. οἱ δ᾽ ἔντε᾽ ἀφωπλίζοντο ἕκαστος 
/ / 7 Wi oe / t/ 
χάλκεα μαρμαίροντα, λύον ὃ ὑψήηχέας ἔππους, 
κὰδ δ᾽ ἷζον παρὰ νηὶ ποδώκεος Αἰακίδαο 
μυρίοι" αὐτὰρ ὁ τοῖσι τάφον μενοεικέα δαίνυ. 
pe Υ͂. 
πολλοὶ μὲν βύες ἀργοὶ ὀρέχθεον ἀμφὶ σιδήρῳ 80 
“ 9 
σφαζόμενοι, πολλοὶ δ᾽ ὄϊες καὶ μηκάδες αἶγες " 
πολλοὶ δ᾽ ἀργιόδοντες ὕες, θαλέθοντες ἀλοιφῇ, 
εὑόμενοι τανύοντο διὰ φλογὸς “Ηφαίστοιο " 
J Δι \ / / » 4 
πάντη δ᾽ ἀμφὶ νέκυν κοτυλήρυτον ἔρρεεν αἷμα. 
Αὐτὰρ τόνγε ἄνακτα ποδώκεα Ἰ]ηλείωνα 8ῦ 
εἰς ᾿Αγαμέμνονα δῖον ἄγον βασιλῆες ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
σπουδῇ παρπεπιθόντες, ἑταίρου χωόμενον κῆρ. 
eo ¢ \ Re re ® 7 
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ κλισίην ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ἵξον ἰόντες, 
> / » , 7 
αὐτίκα κηρύκεσσι λιγυφθόγγοισι κέλευσαν 
> \ Ν “ ἕ Ne > / 
ἀμφὶ πυρὶ στῆσαι τρίποδα μέγαν, εἰ πεπίθοιεν 40 
Πηλείδην λούσασθαι ἄπο βρότον αἱματόεντα. 
αὐτὰρ Oy ἠρνεῖτο στερεῶς, ἐπὶ δ᾽ ὅρκον ὄμοσσεν " 
οὐ να ΟΝ Ψ / Beat \ » 
v μὰ Ζῆν᾽, ὅς tis τε θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος, 
5 » > \ \ / μὴ eae 
ov θέμις ἐστὶ λοετρὰ καρήατος ἄσσον ἱκέσθαι, 
/ 3. A 4 θέ \ An / A 
πρίν γ᾽ ἐνὶ Πάτροκλον θέμεναι πυρὶ σῆμά τε χεῦαν 4 
/ / , > \ ” $3 , υ 
κείρασθαί τε κόμην, ἐπεὶ οὔ μ᾽ ἔτι δεύτερον ὧδε 
feo 39 δ᾽ o/ » A ͵ 
ἵξετ᾽ ἄχος κραδίην, ὄφρα ζωοῖσι μετείω. 
GAN ἤτοι νῦν μὲν στυγερῇ πειθώμεθα Sait: 
ἠῶθεν δ᾽ ὄτρυνον, ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγάμεμνον, 


ILIAD XXIII. 155 
ὕλην τ᾽ akéwevar παρά τε σχεῖν ὅσσ᾽ ἐπιεικὲς 50 


% » / ς \ / > / 
νεκρὸν ἔχοντα νέεσθαι ὑπὸ ζόφον ἠερόεντα, 
" do as fal \ ᾽ i, > ΑΔ nan 
ὄφρ᾽ ἤτοι τοῦτον μὲν ἐπιφλέγῃ ἀκάματον πῦρ 
n A ἡ κα ΟΣ ΒΝ ἫΝ, ΄ 2) 
θᾶσσον ἀπ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν, λαοὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ ἔργα τράπωνται. 
Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα τοῦ μάλα μὲν κλύον ἠδ᾽ ἐπίθοντο. 
> 7 δ / 2 / “ : 
ἐσσυμένως δ᾽ ἄρα δόρπον ἐφοπλίσσαντες ἕκαστοι, δῦ 
ig > > / \ 3 Sf. Ἂ, 3,4 
δαίνυντ᾽, οὐδέ τι θυμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐΐσης. 
ὍΣ aX 3 \ / cee f b) of Ψ 
αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος ἐξ ἔρον ἕντο, 
ς \ / » “ Ψ 
οἱ μὲν κακκείοντες ἔβαν κλισίηνδε ἕκαστος, 
1Πηλείδης δ᾽ ἐπὶ θινὶ πολυφλοίσβοιο θαλάσσης 
κεῖτο βαρὺ στενάχων, πολέσιν μετὰ Μυρμιδόνεσσιν, 60 
> “Ὁ “ nA 3, 5 ν 5... 7 
ἐν καθαρῷ, ὅθι κύματ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἠϊόνος κλύζεσκον * 
bd \ μὴ / Λ a 
εὖτε TOV ὕπνος ἔμαρπτε, λύων μελεδήματα θυμοῦ, 
/ > f / \ / / “ 
νήδυμος ἀμφιχυθείς - μάλα γὰρ κάμε φαίδιμα γυῖα 
“ Ν 3 of. i 5 / 
Extop ἐπαΐσσων προτὶ “Idov ἠνεμόεσσαν. 
ἦλθε δ᾽ ἐπὶ ψυχὴ ἸΠατροκλῆος δειλοῖο, 65 
/ 3 > a / 0 / ΔΧΜ tn. 3 a 
πάντ᾽ AUTO, μέγεθός τε Kal ὄμματα KAN’, εἰκυῖα, 
καὶ φωνήν, καὶ τοῖα περὶ χροὶ εἵματα ἕστο" 
a o, Wi 34 6 \ A / \ rn Ψ 
στῆ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς καί μιν πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν " 
“Ἐὕδεις, αὐτὰρ ἐμεῖο λελασμένος ἔπλευ, ᾿Αχιλλεῦ. 
οὐ μέν μευ ζώοντος ἀκήδεις, ἀλλὰ θανόντος " 70 
/ “ ξ΄ 7 > A / 
θάπτε pe ὅττι τάχιστα, πύλας ᾿Αἴδαο περήσω. 
a V4 ee ad / 7 / 
THAE μ᾽ ἐέργουσι ψυχαί, εἴδωλα καμόντων, 
οὐδέ μέ πω μίσγεσθαι ὑπὲρ ποταμοῖο ἐῶσιν, 
ἀλλ᾽ αὔτως ἀλάλημαι av εὐρυπυλὲς "Αἴδος δῶ. 
; A \ / 9 
καί μοι δὸς τὴν χεῖρ᾽, ὀλοφύρομαι" οὐ γὰρ ET αὖτις "δ 
i > ᾽ ef. > / \ / 
vicopat €& "Aidao, ἐπήν με πυρὸς λελάχητε. 
> \ εἴ / 3 I > / £ / 
ov μὲν yap ζωοί ye φίλων ἀπάνευθεν ἑταίρων 
᾿ \ 
βουλὰς ἑζόμενοι βουλεύσομεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμὲ μὲν κὴρ 
/ y 
ἀμφέχανε στυγερή, ἥπερ λάχε γεινόμενὸν περ" 
a n a / “ 
καὶ δὲ σοὶ αὐτῷ μοῖρα, θεοῖς ἐπιείκελ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ, 80 


. 


156 IAIAAOX W. 


/ cr re 7 ἢ , ’ 7 
τείχει ὕπο Τρώων εὐηγενέων ἀπολέσθαι. 
ἄλλο δέ τοι ἐρέω καὶ ἐφήσομαι, αἴ κε πίθηαι. 
μὴ ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέ;,, ᾿Αχιλλεῦ, 
3 Bt na ς > / > ς lA I 
ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοῦ, ὡς ἐτράφημεν ἐν ὑμετέροισι δόμοισιν, 
εὖτέ με τυτθὸν ἐόντα Μενοίτιος ἐξ ᾽Οπόεντος 85 
» ς ’ , a> po / ef n 
ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ᾽ avdpoxtaa ins ὕπο λυγρῆς, 
5 a co al a ? f 
ἤματι τῷ ὅτε παῖδα κατέκτανον ᾿Αμφιδάμαντος, 
νήπιος, οὐκ ἐθέλων, ἀμφ᾽ ἀστραγάλοισι χολωθείς " 
ἔνθα με δεξάμενος ἐν δώμασιν ἱππότα 1]ηλεὺς 
+ / Te rd \ Ν / 4. κ / 
ἔτραφέ τ᾽ ἐνδυκέως καὶ σὸν θεράποντ᾽ ὀνόμηνεν * 90 
ἃ Ν 5 ae / la € \ ΟἿ 3 ἢ} 
ὡς δὲ καὶ ὀστέα νῶϊν ὁμὴ σορὸς ἀμφικαλύπτοι 

, ) , , , , 7, 2) 

[χρύσεος ἀμφιφορεύς, τὸν τοι πόρε πότνια μήτηρ]. 

Τὸν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιολ- 


λεύς- s 
/ / 7 A 7 
“τίπτε μοι, ἠθείη κεφαλή, δεῦρ᾽ εἰλήλουθας 
͵ A Ψ we 5 7 > \ > / 
Kat μοι ταῦτα ἕκαστ᾽ ἐπιτέλλεαι; αὐτὰρ ἐγώ TOL 95 


7 /~ 3 9 7 \ / e \ 7 
πάντα μάλ, EKTENEW καὶ πείσομαι WS σὺ κελεύεις. 
ἀλλά μοι ἄσσον στῆθι: μίνυνθά περ ἀμφιβαλόντε 
ἀλλήλους, ὀλοοῖο τεταρπώμεσθα γόοιο." 

Ὡς ἄρα φωνήσας ὠρέξατο χερσὶ φίλῃσιν 

oh 

οὐδ᾽ ἔλαβε: ψυχὴ δὲ κατὰ χθονὸς ἠὔτε καπνὸς 100 
” lal \ δ᾽ 2 Det 7A ἍΝ, \ 
ὥχετο TeTPLYVIA. ταφὼν δ᾽ ἀνόρουσεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
χερσί τε συμπλατάγησεν, ἔπος δ᾽ ὀλοφυδνὸν ἔειπεν * 

“"*() πόποι, ἦ ῥά τίς ἐστι καὶ εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο δόμοισιν 

\ \ ἴδ 3 \ / > 5 ie 
ψυχὴ Kal εἴδωλον, ἀτὰρ φρένες οὐκ ἔνι πάμπαν. 
παννυχίη γάρ μοι Ἰατροκλῆος δειλοῖο 105 
/ 

ψυχὴ ἐφεστήκει γοόωσά τε μυρομένη τε, 
καί μοι ἕκαστ᾽ ἐπέτελλεν, ἔϊκτο δὲ θέσκελον αὐτῷ." 

9 ζ΄ A \ n id 5 Ὁ 9 , 

ς φάτο, τοῖσι δὲ πᾶσιν ὑφ᾽ ἵμερον ὦρσε γόοιο: 
g \ a / e / 3 \ 

μυρομένοισι δὲ τοῖσι φάνη ῥοδοδάκτυλος Has 
3 \ / 3 “4 . > \ / 3 / 
ἀμφὶ νέκυν ἔλεεινον. ἀτὰρ κρείων ᾿Αγαμέμνων 110 


+ OER ep Se a Ios Ὁ“ 
οὐρῆάς T wTpUVE καὶ ἀνέρας ἀξέμεν ὕλην 

Δ) > na pe, | » Ἄγ ae > \ > / 
πάντοθεν ἐκ κλισιῶν" ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἐσθλὸς ὀρώρει, 
Μηριόνης, θεράπων ἀγαπήνορος ᾽᾿Ἰδομενῆος. 

ς Su δ) ς / / 3 \ ” 
οἱ δ᾽ ἴσαν ὑλοτόμους πελέκεας ἐν χερσὶν ἔχοντες 

’ > / \ 2, eS > a / > la) 

σειράς T εὐπλέκτους" πρὸ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ οὐρῆες κίον αὐτῶν" 115 


ILIAD XXIIL 157 


πολλὰ δ᾽ ἄναντα κάταντα πάραντά τε δόχμιά τ᾽ ἦλθον. 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ κνημοὺς προσέβαν πολυπίδακος ἤ]δης, 
> >) Ἃ a e , re - A 
αὐτίκ᾽ ἄρα δρῦς ὑψικόμους ταναήκεϊ χαλκῷ 
τάμνον ἐπειγόμενοι " ταὶ δὲ μεγάλα κτυπέουσαι 
; πῖπτον. τὰς μὲν ἔπειτα διαπλήσσοντες ᾿Αχαιοὺ [130 
” τ ς \ 9\ , \ nA 
ἔκδεον ἡμιόνων " ταὶ δὲ χθόνα ποσσὶ δατεῦντο 
3 ἢ / ae 7.» / 
ἐλδόμεναι πεδίοιο διὰ ῥωπήϊα πυκνά. 

/ a 4 io \ / ἃ \ ὩΣ ΄ὔ 
πάντες δ᾽ ὑλοτόμοι φιτροὺς φέρον" ὡς γὰρ ἀνώγει 
Μηριόνης, θεράπων ἀγαπήνορος ᾿Ιδομενῆος. 
κὰδ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀκτῆς βάλλον ἐπισχερώ, ἔνθ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αχιὰ- 

λεὺς 125 
/ / "4 3 / +O\ Ἂχ » A 
φράσσατο Ἰ]ατρόκλῳ μέγα ἠρίον ἠδὲ of αὐτῷ. 

Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πάντη παρακάββαλον ἄσπετον ὕλην, 
εἴατ᾽ ἄρ᾽ αὖθι μένοντες ἀολλέες. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
αὐτίκα Μυρμιδόνεσσι φιλοπτολέμοισι κέλευσεν 
χαλκὸν ζώννυσθαι, ζεῦξαι δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ὄχεσφιν ἕκαστον 180 
ἵππους - οἱ δ᾽ ὥρνυντο καὶ ἐν τεύχεσσιν ἔδυνον, 
ἂν δ᾽ ἔβαν ἐν δίφροισι παραιβάται ἡνίοχοί τε. 

/ \ ἡ an \ \ / ιν αὶ a 
πρόσθε μὲν ἱππῆες, μετὰ δὲ νέφος εἵπετο πεζῶν, 

/ a Ν ff / / ς a 
μυρίοι" ἐν δὲ μέσοισι φέρον ἸΤάτροκλον ἑταῖροι. 
θριξὶ δὲ πάντα νέκυν καταείνυσαν, ἃς ἐπέβαλλον 18 
, A 
κειρόμενοι" ὄπιθεν δὲ κάρη ἔχε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
᾽ ΄ὕ 54 1 \ a 7 IFA HOS 
ἀχνύμενος " ἕταρον yap ἀμύμονα πέμπ᾽ "Αἰδόσδε. 

Οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε χῶρον ἵκανον ὅθι σφίσι πέφραδ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 

/ 3 / ς 7 / e/ 
κάτθεσαν, αἶψα δέ οἱ μενοεικέα νήεον ὕλην. 
ἔνθ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἄλλ᾽ ἐνόησε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς' 140 


158 IAIAAOS W. 


\ b] Ψ, na \ > / / 
στὰς ἀπάνευθε πυρῆς ξανθὴν ἀπεκείρατο χαίτην, 
ἴω A , % 
THY pa Σπερχειῷ ποταμῷ τρέφε τηλεθόωσαν" 
> / > + 5 IO \ ao NLL f 
ὀχθήσας δ᾽ ἄρα εἶπεν ἰδὼν ἐπὶ οἴνοπα πόντον " 
7 Ξ 
“Σπερχεί᾽;, ἄλλως σοίγε πατὴρ ἠρήσατο [ηλεύς, 
eee A id / > / n 
κεῖσέ με νοστήσαντα φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν 145 
f , / δ Ἔ x « ie 
σοί Te κόμην κερέειν ῥέξειν θ᾽ ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην, 
/ 2. SS 3 > / n a. ¢ 2 
πεντήκοντα δ᾽ ἔνορχα παρ᾽ αὐτόθι μῆλ᾽ ἱερεύσειν 
ν : 
és πηγάς, ὅθι τοι τέμενος βωμός Te θυήεις. 
ἃ add Lees f \ ὔ e / b) ὅν 
ὡς ἠρᾶθ᾽ ὁ γέρων, σὺ δέ οἱ νόον οὐκ ἐτέλεσσας. 
νῦν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὐ νέομαί γε φίλην ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν, 150 
Πατρόκλῳ ἥρωϊ κόμην ὀπάσαιμι φέρεσθαι." 
ray > SS 3 \ v4 3 / β 
Os εἰπὼν ἐν χερσὶ κόμην ἑτάροιο φίλοιο 
θῆκεν, τοῖσι δὲ πᾶσιν ὑφ᾽ ἵμερον ὧρσε γόοιο. 
if ν᾽ 3.5 7 Μ“ ig - 3 / 
καί νύ κ᾽ ὀδυρομένοισιν ἔδυ φάος ἠελίοιο, 
εἰ μὴ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς αἶψ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνονι εἶπε παραστάς " 155 
“Α τρείδη ----σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς ᾿Αχαιῶν 
πείσονται μύθοισι --- γόοιο μὲν ἔστι καὶ ὦσαι. 
A > +o Ἂς on / \ a 7 
νῦν δ᾽ ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον καὶ oetrvov ἄνωχθι 
ὅπλεσθαι: τάδε δ᾽ ἀμφιπονησόμεθ᾽ οἷσι μάλιστα 
ae / 3 7 \ 3 e \ af ’ 35 
κήδεός ἐστι νέκυς" παρὰ δ᾽ οἱ Tayo! ἄμμι μενόντων.᾽ 160 
Αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ τόγ᾽ ἄκουσεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων,. 
αὐτίκα λαὸν μὲν σκέδασεν κατὰ νῆας ἐΐσας, 
, x 9 i la \ la Ὁ 
κηδεμόνες δὲ παρ᾽ αὖθι μένον καὶ νήεον ὕλην, 
fe Ν \ e / By \. oe 
ποίησαν δὲ πυρὴν ἑκατόμποδον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα, 
3 \ a e J Ν / 3 / A 
ἐν δὲ πυρῇ ὑπάτῃ νεκρὸν θέσαν ἀχνύμενοι κῆρ. 165 
πολλὰ δὲ ἴφια μῆλα καὶ εἰλίποδας ἕλικας Bods 
, n By / 5 Sf 5 > "ἡ , 
πρόσθε πυρῆς ἔδερόν τε καὶ ἄμφεπον" ἐκ δ᾽ dpa πάντων 
δημὸν ἑλὼν ἐκάλυψε νέκυν μεγάθυμος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
3 / 3 an ἣν \ Ἂν, / / 
ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, περὶ δὲ δρατὰ σώματα νήει" 
/ na 
ἐν δ᾽ ἐτίθει μέλιτος Kal ἀλείφατος ἀμφιφορῆας, 170 
\ / / / | ae » Ω 
πρὸς λέχεα κλίνων " πίσυρας δ᾽ ἐριαύχενας ἵππους 


ILIAD XXIII. 159 


ἐσσυμένως ἐνέβαλλε πυρῇ, μεγάλα στεναχίζων. 
> / a ΝΜ fal F i 
ἐννέα TOYE ἄνακτι τραπεζῆες κύνες ἦσαν" 

\ ᾿ “ ΝΣ fal 7 7 
καὶ μὲν τῶν ἐνέβαλλε πυρῇ δύο δειροτομήσας, 
δώδεκα δὲ Τρώων μεγαθύμων υἱέας ἐσθλοὺς 175 

a “7 \ \ \ / ” 
χαλκῷ Sniowy: Kaka δὲ φρεσὶ μήδετο ἔργα" 
ἐν δὲ πυρὸς μένος ἧκε σιδήρεον, ὄφρα νέμοιτο. 
5 ξέ tM a ng IX δ᾽ > / e a 3 
ὠμωξέν T ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα, φίλον δ᾽ ὀνόμηνεν ἑταῖρον 

“Χαῖρέ μοι, ὦ ἸΤάτροκλε, καὶ εἰν ᾿Αἴδαο δόμοισιν " 

΄ Ν 4 / \ / € / 
πάντα yap ἤδη τοι τελέω TA πάροιθεν ὑπέστην. 180 

’ Ν ge 7 cer 3 7 
δώδεκα μὲν Τρώων μεγαθύμων υἱέας ἐσθλούς, 

μ᾿ [χά Ν 3 la) > / t/ 3 BA 
TOUS ἅμα σοὶ πάντας πῦρ ἐσθίει" “Extopa δ᾽ οὔτι 
δώσω Πριαμίδην πυρὶ δαπτέμεν, ἀλλὰ κύνεσσιν." 

“Os par ἀπειλήσας " τὸν δ᾽ οὐ κύνες ἀμφεπένοντο, 
ἀλλὰ κύνας μὲν ἄλαλκε Διὸς θυγάτηρ ᾿Αφροδίτη 18 
5 Ν ΄ὔ ς Ν Ὁ ‘3 / 
ἤματα καὶ νύκτας, ῥοδόεντι δὲ χρῖεν ἐλαίῳ 
> / ~ / > ΓΑ ec fi 
ἀμβροσίῳ, ἵνα μή μιν ἀποδρύφοι ἑλκυστάζων. 

A Ps a 
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ κυάνεον νέφος ἤγαγε Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων 
οὐρανόθεν πεδίονδε, κάλυψε δὲ χῶρον ἅπαντα, 

« 3 a / \ \ / > / 

οσσον ETTELYE νέκυς, μὴ πρὶν μένος ἠελίοιο 190 
/ ao \ \ / » »QO\ / 

σκήλει᾽ ἀμφὶ περὶ χρόα ἴνεσιν ἠδὲ μέλεσσιν. 

Οὐδὲ πυρὴ Πατρόκλου ἐκαίετο τεθνηῶτος. 
ἔνθ᾽ abt ἄλλ᾽ ἐνόησε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς * 
στὰς ἀπάνευθε πυρῆς δοιοῖς ἠρᾶτ᾽ ἀνέμοισιν, 

Boppy καὶ Ζεφύρῳ, καὶ ὑπέσχετο ἱερὰ καλά" 195 
πολλὰ δὲ Kal σπένδων χρυσέῳ δέπαϊ λιτάνευεν 
ἐλθέμεν, ὄφρα τάχιστα πυρὶ φλεγεθοίατο νεκροί, 
ὕλη τε σεύαυιτο καήμεναι. ὠκέα δ᾽ Ἶϊρις 
oe 7 Αἱ ἢ 7, ᾿ ΠΑ, 
ἀράων ἀΐουσα μετάγγελος AO ἀνέμοισιν. 
3 οἱ μὲν ἄρα Zepvpoto δυσαέος ἀθρόοι ἔνδον 200 
> / / / nF he > / 
εἰλαπίνην δαίνυντο" θέουσα δὲ Ἶρις ἐπέστη 
βηλῷ ἔπι λιθέῳ. τοὶ δ᾽ ὡς ἴδον ὀφθαλμοῖσιν, 


160 ' ἼΔΙΑΔΟΣ Ψ. 


f 9 7. ἃ 
πάντες ἀνήϊξαν, καλεόν τέ μιν εἰς ἕ ἕκαστος " 
ἡ δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἕζξεσθαι μὲν ἀνήνατο, εἶπε δὲ μῦθον " 
“Ody ἕδος" εἶμι γὰρ αὖτις ἐπ᾽’ ᾿Ωκεανοῖο ῥέεθρα, 205 
Αἰθιόπων ἐς γαῖαν, ὅθι ῥέζουσ᾽ ἑκατόμβας 
> / “ \ δὺς \ / iC. Ae 
ἀθανάτοις, ἵνα δὴ καὶ ἐγὼ μεταδαίσομαι ἱρῶν." 
ἀλλ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς Βορέην ἠδὲ Ζέφυρον κελαδεινὸν 
> lal > lal At 7. € x ͵ 
ἐλθεῖν ἀρῶται, καὶ ὑπίσχεται ἱερὰ καλά, 
7 \ ” £ @ > an 
ὄφρα πυρὴν ὄρσητε KANMEVAL, ἡ EVL KELTAL _ 210 
Πάτροκλος, Tov πάντες ἀναστενάχουσιν ᾿Αχαιοί." 
ς \ H&S wh > la) yo / \ le 5 / 
H μὲν ἄρ᾽ ὡς εἰποῦσ᾽ ἀπεβήσετο, τοὶ δ᾽ ὀρέοντο 
5 a 3 7 / , 
ἠχῇ θεσπεσίῃ, νέφεα κλονέοντε πάροιθεν. 
3 \ / “ ΙΑ 3 \ la) 
αἶψα δὲ πόντον ἵκανον ἀήμεναι, ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα 
πνοιῇ ὕπο λιγυρῇ " Τροίην δ᾽ ἐρίβωλον ἱκέσθην, 215 
ἐν δὲ πυρῇ πεσέτην, μέγα δ᾽ ἴαχε θεσπιδαὲς πῦρ. 
παννύχιοι δ᾽ ἄρα τοίγε πυρῆς ἄμυδις φλόγ᾽ ἔβαλλον, 
an / ς \ / 3 \ > \ 
φυσῶντες λυγέως " O δὲ πάννυχος ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
, > fal e \ / > / 
χρυσέου EK κρητῆρος, ἐλὼν δέπας ἀμφικύπελλον, 
οἶνον ἀφυσσάμενος χαμάδις χέε, δεῦε δὲ γαῖαν, 220 
ψυχὴν κικλήσκων ἸΤατροκλῆος δειλοῖο. 
Ὁ Ν x & \ > » 2 7 / 
ὡς δὲ πατὴρ οὗ παιδὸς ὀδύρεται ὀστέα καίων, 
/ v4 \ \ > / A 
νυμφίου, ὅστε θανὼν δειλοὺς ἀκάχησε τοκῆας, 
ἃ 7 \ ς / 3 "δ > Ζ / 
ὡς ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἑτάροιο ὀδύρετο ὀστέα καίων, 
Ὃ cf x “7 5 x /. 
ἑρπύζων Tapa πυρκαϊήν, ἀδινὰ στεναχίζων. 225 
Ἦμος δ᾽ ‘Ewoddpos εἶσι φόως ἐρέων ἐπὶ γαῖαν, 
c / / e \ ee / 9. # 
GVTE μέτα κροκόπεπλος ὑπεὶρ ἅλα κίδναται ἠώς, 
“ “ἊΝ 2 / J \ / 
τῆμος TupKain ἐμαραίνετο, παύσατο δὲ φλόξ. 
ον » 9 ” “Ὁ ΒΤ / 
of δ᾽ ἄνεμοι πάλιν αὗτις ἔβαν oixovde νέεσθαι 
8 
Θρηΐκιον κατὰ πόντον " ὁ δ᾽ ἔστενεν οἴδματι θύων. 380 
Πηλείδης δ᾽ ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς ἑτέρωσε λιασθεὶς 
7 / ἌΓ \ \ Ὁ » 
κλίνθη κεκμηώς, ἐπὶ δὲ γλυκὺς ὕπνος ὄρουσεν. 
7 / 
οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Ατρείωνα ἀολλέες ἠγερέθοντο, 


ILIAD XXIII. 


TOV μιν ἐπερχομένων ὅμαδος καὶ δοῦπος ἔγειρεν. 

ἕζετο δ᾽ ὀρθωθεὶς καί σφεας πρὸς μῦθον ἔευπεν " 
“᾿Ατρείδη τε καὶ ἄλλοι ἀριστῆες Ἰ]αναχαιῶν, 

πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ πυρκαϊὴν σβέσατ᾽ αἴθοπι οἴνῳ 


nr δ / 7] \ / > \ M4 
πᾶσαν, OTOO COV ἐπέσχε πυρὸς μένος " αὑτὰρ ἔπειτα 


ὀστέα Ἰ]ατρόκλοιο Μενοιτιάδαο λέγωμεν 
9S ξ > / \ / 
ev διαγυγνώσκοντες " apippadéa δὲ τέτυκται" 
5 A \ "7 lal \ eb ” 
ἐν μέσσῃ yap ἔκειτο πυρῇ, Tol δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄνευθεν 
ἐσχατιῇ καίοντ᾽ ἐπιμίξ, ἵπποι τε καὶ ἄνδρες. 
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐν χρυσέῃ φιάλῃ καὶ δίπλακι δημῷ 
/ 3 , 3 ἣς > ΕἾ 7 ” Ψ 
θείομεν, εἰσόκεν αὐτὸς ἐγὼν "Aids κεύθωμαι. 
τύμβον δ᾽ οὐ μάλα πολλὸν ἐγὼ πονέεσθαι ἄνωγα, 
> + Maia 5 / na ” \ \ ha > \ 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιεικέα τοῖον " ἔπειτα δὲ Kal. τὸν ᾿Αχαιοὺ 
> UA ot 4 / / “ 3 tal 
εὐρύν θ᾽ ὑψηλὸν τε τιθήμεναι, οἵ κεν ἐμεῖο 
ἢ)» “ 
δεύτεροι ἐν νήεσσι πολυκλήϊσι λίπησθε." 
\ oe 
“Os fal’, οἱ δ᾽ ἐπίθοντο ποδώκεϊ Ἰ]ηλείωνι. 
πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ πυρκαϊὴν σβέσαν αἴθοπι οἴνῳ, 
ὅσσον ἐπὶ φλὸξ ἦλθε, βαθεῖα δὲ κάππεσε τέφρη᾽ 
/ en oe “2 > / > / \ 
κλαίοντες δ᾽ ἑτάροιο ἐνηέος ὀστέα λευκὰ 
ἄλλεγον ἐς χρυσέην φιάλην καὶ δίπλακα δημόν, 
ἐν κλισίῃσι δὲ θέντες ἑανῷ λιτὶ κάλυψαν " 
/ \ fel / 7 
τορνώσαντο δὲ σῆμα θεμείλιά τε προβάλοντο 
> \ / 5 \ \ : set an » 
ἀμφὶ πυρήν " εἶθαρ δὲ χυτὴν ἐπὶ γαῖαν ἔχευαν. 


χεύαντες δὲ τὸ σῆμα πάλιν κίον. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 


> nn \ ΕΝ ᾿ ΔΛ > \ > “ 
αὐτοῦ λαὸν ἔρυκε καὶ ἵζανεν εὐρὺν ἀγῶνα, 
νηῶν δ᾽ ἔκφερ᾽ ἄεθλα, λέβητάς τε τρίποδάς τε, 
Ὁ“ > £ 4 lal > wv / 
ἵππους θ᾽ ἡμιόνους τε βοῶν T ἴφθιμα κάρηνα, 
εἰ \ a 9... / / / 
ἠδὲ γυναῖκας ἐὐζώνους, πολιόν τε σίδηρον. 

ς ἴω \ an 7 » ἄν ἊΨ 

ἱππεῦσιν μὲν πρῶτα ποδώκεσιν ἀγλά᾽ ἄεθλα 
θῆκε γυναῖκα ἄγεσθαι ἀμύμονα ἔργα ἰδυῖαν 

\ / 
καὶ τρίποδ᾽ ὠτώεντα δυωκαιεικοσίμετρον, 


161 


290 


240 


200 


260 


162 '  TATAAOS ®. 


TO πρώτῳ" ἀτὰρ αὖ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἵππον ἔθηκεν 265 
© / ’ 3 7 / ς 7 / 
ἑξέτε᾽ ἀδμήτην, βρέφος ἡμίονον κυξουσαν * 
> i n 7 ” f. / 
αὐτὰρ TO τριτάτῳ ἄπυρον κατέθηκε λέβητα 
7 , 7 / \ f° » 
καλὸν, τέσσαρα μέτρα κεχανδότα, λευκὸν ET αὕτως" 
τῷ δὲ τετάρτῳ θῆκε δύω χρυσοῖο τάλαντα, 
πέμπτῳ δ᾽ ἀμφίθετον φιάλην ἀπύρωτον ἔθηκεν. 270 
an 3.8 \ \ an b] 3 / ” 
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔευπεν" 
“᾿Ατρείδη τε καὶ ἄλλοι ἐὐκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί, 
ς Tal PWNS SF / εν ἐν 53 “ 
ἱππῆας τάδ᾽ ἄεθλα δεδεγμένα κεῖτ᾽ ἐν ἀγῶνι, 
εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν ᾿Αχαιοί, 
ἢ τ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα λαβὼν κλισίηνδε φεροίμην. 25 
Μ \ ef ΕῚ ee) A 7 oa 
ἴστε γὰρ ὅσσον ἐμοὶ ἀρετῇ περιβάλλετον ἵπποι 
ΡῚ 7 f / ’ ΓΑ » " 3 \ 
ἀθάνατοί τε yap εἰσι, Ἰ]οσειδάων δ᾽ ἔπορ᾽ αὐτοὺς 
ἴω new ς = 
πατρὶ ἐμῷ IInrji, ὁ δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἐγγυάλιξεν. 
5 Αι \ 5 Ν 7] \ / 4 
ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ἐγὼ μενέω καὶ μώνυχες ἵπποι" 
τοίου γὰρ κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἀπώλεσαν ἡνιόχοιο, 280 
ἠπίου, 6 σφωῖν μάλα πολλάκις ὑγρὸν ἔλαιον 
χαιτάων κατέχευε, λοέσσας ὕδατι λευκῷ. 
Ν TS ee / if 57 “ / 
τὸν THY ἑσταότες πενθείετον, οὔδεϊ δέ σφιν. 
χαῖται ἐρηρέδαται, τὼ δ᾽ ἕστατον ἀχνυμένω Kip. 
ἄλλοι δὲ στέχλλεσθε κατὰ στρατόν, ὅστις ᾿Αχαιῶν 285 
“ 7 ,ὔ A Ὁ oe a 3) 
ἵπποισίν τε πέποιθε καὶ ἅρμασι κολλητοῖσιν. 
“Os φάτο Ἰ]ηλείδης, ταχέες δ᾽ ἱππῆες ἄγερθεν. 
> \ ἴω Ν 5» » an BA 
ὦρτο πολὺ πρῶτος μὲν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Εὔμηλος, 
3 7 / 64 ἃ ς A δ" & 
Αδμήτου φίλος vids, ὃς ἱπποσύνῃ ἐκέκαστο" 
a 3... 9 \ f i \ / 
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Τυδείδης ὦρτο κρατερὸς Διομήδης, 290 
vA \ \ ¢/ , e 9 6.5 7 
ἵππους δὲ Τρωοὺς ὕπαγε ζυγόν, οὕς ποτ᾽ ἀπηύρα 
Ν 
Αἰνείαν, ἀτὰρ αὐτὸν ὑπεξεσάωσεν ᾿Απόλλων. 
τῷ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδης ὦρτο ξανθὸς Μενέλαος 
ἐ 
4 € Ν \ \ »Μ > , , 
διογενής, ὑπὸ δὲ ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν ὠκέας ἵππους, 
Αἴθην τὴν ᾿Αγαμεμνονέην τὸν ἑόν τε ἸΤόδαργον " 295 


Sy 
ἢ ‘ 


ILIAD XXIII. 163 


τὴν ᾿Αγαμέμνονι 60x ᾿Αγχισιάδης ᾿Εἰχέπωλος 
δῶ ΨΥ / c.f Ἐπ Ὁ Ἂς ΔΓ > ’ 
ὥρ᾽, ἵνα μή οἱ ἕποιθ᾽ ὑπὸ ΐλιον ἠνεμόεσσαν, 
> > > “ δ la 4 / e 
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοῦ τέρποιτο μένων " μέγα γάρ οἱ ἔδωκεν 
Ζεὺς ἄφενος, ναῖεν δ᾽ by ἐν εὐρυχόρῳ Σικυῶνι" 
\ wv “> € \ \ 9 l4 rf 2 ie 
τὴν Oy ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ἦγε, μέγα δρόμου ἰσχανόωσαν. 300 
> / \ ᾿Α ban A e / ped 
Αντίλοχος δὲ TETAPTOS εὕτριχας ὡπλίσαθ᾽ ἵππους, 
\ 
Νέστορος ἀγλαὸς vids, ὑπερθύμοιο ἄνακτος, 
τοῦ Νηληϊάδαο" ἸΠυλοιγενέες δέ οἱ ἵπποι 
3 / t Ψ \ , ea \ 
ὠκύποδες φέρον ἅρμα. πατὴρ δέ οἱ ἄγχι παραστὰς 
μυθεῖτ᾽ εἰς ἀγαθὰ φρονέων νοέοντι καὶ αὐτῷ" 805 
“᾿Αντίλοχ᾽, ἤτοι μέν σε, νέον περ ἐόντ᾽, ἐφίλησαν 
Ζεύς τε Ἰ]οσειδάων τε, καὶ ἱπποσύνας ἐδίδαξαν 
παντοίας " τῷ καί σε διδασκέμεν οὔτι μάλα χρεώ" 
οἶσθα γὰρ εὖ περὶ τέρμαθ᾽ ἑλισσέμεν " ἀλλά τοι ἵπποι 
βάρδιστοι θείειν - τῷ τ᾽ οἴω λοίγι᾽ ἔσεσθαι. 810 
a bard \ 5 3 7 3 \ \ 5 \ 
τῶν δ᾽ ἵπποι μὲν ἔασιν ἀφάρτεροι, οὐδὲ μὲν αὐτοὶ 
/ ” / 3 nN f 
πλείονα ἴσασιν σέθεν αὐτοῦ μητίσασθαι. 
5 \ S. γι fal 
ἀλλ᾽ aye δὴ σύ, φίλος, μῆτιν ἐμβάλλεο θυμῷ 
/ 
παντοίην, ἵνα μή σε παρεκπροφύγῃησιν ἄεθλα. 
, , f 737.3 / ΣΝ i 
μήτι τοι δρυτόμος μέγ᾽ ἀμείνων ἠὲ Bindu " 315 
μήτι δ᾽ αὖτε κυβερνήτης ἐνὶ οἴνοπι πόντῳ 
n \ 347 > / 5 ef 
νῆα θοὴν ἰθύνει ἐρεχθομένην ἀνέμοισιν " 
4 
μήτι δ᾽ ἡνίοχος περιγίγνεται ἡνιόχοιο. 
5 35 ἃ / δι» νι Ὁ e Ν 
ἀλλ᾽ ὃς μέν θ᾽ ἵπποισι καὶ ἅρμασιν οἷσι πεποιθὼς 
ἀφραδέως ἐπὶ πολλὸν ἑλίσσεται ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα, 320 
ivf \ , ane / +Q\ , 
ἵπποι δὲ πλανόωνται ava δρόμον, οὐδὲ κατίσχει" 
ἃ / 7 INA 3 / Ψ oe 
Os δέ κε κέρδεα εἰδῇ ἐλαύνων ἥσσονας ἵππους, 
> \ / o,f / / 5 ΄ =) "ὁ / 
αἰεὶ τέρμ᾽ ὁρόων στρέφει ἐγγύθεν, οὐδέ ἑ λήθει 
ὅππως τὸ πρῶτον τανύσῃ βοέοισιν ἱμᾶσιν, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἔχει ἀσφαλέως καὶ τὸν προὔχοντα δοκεύει. 325 
na , 
σῆμα δέ τοι ἐρέω μάλ᾽ apippadés, οὐδέ σε λήσαι. 


164 IAIAAOS YW. 


- , i e/ > “sf 3 φ' Ν Μ 
ἕστηκε ξύλον αὖον, ὅσον T ὄργυι᾽, ὑπὲρ αἴης, 
BY eae δ , \ γ᾽ 5) ΄ὔ " 
ἢ δρυὸς ἢ πεύκης. τὸ μὲν οὐ καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, 
Ade δὲ τοῦ ἑκάτερθεν ἐρηρέδαται δύο λευκὼ 
rn n n , / 
ἐν ξυνοχῆσιν ὁδοῦ, λεῖος δ᾽ ἱππόδρομος ἀμφίς - 880 
ἤ τευ σῆμα βροτοῖο πάλαι κατατεθνηῶτος, 
ἢ τόγε νύσσα τέτυκτο ἐπὶ προτέρων ἀνθρώπων, 
καὶ νῦν τέρματ᾽ ἔθηκε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
nA \ pie Ὁ / , \ ee oe 
τῷ σὺ μάλ᾽ ἐγχρίμψας ἐλάαν σχεδὸν ἅρμα Kal ἵππους, 


αὐτὸς δὲ κλινθῆναι ἐὐπλέκτῳ ἐνὶ δίφρῳ 335 


9 5 3 ε = J Ν lal 9 \ \ \ 4 
HK ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ Toil: ἀτὰρ τὸν δεξιὸν ἵππον 
Υ͂ e / 3 / 4 δ΄ ὦ / Ma 
κένσαι ὁμοκλήσας, εἶξαί τέ οἱ ἡνία χερσίν. 
> ΄, / > \ 3 / 
ἐν νύσσῃ δέ τοι ἵππος ἀριστερὸς ἐγχριμφθήτω, 
e 7 , / 5 ς 4 
ὡς ἄν ToL πλήμνη γε δοάσσεται ἄκρον ἱκέσθαν 
κύκλου ποιητοῖο" λίθου δ᾽ ἀλέασθαι ἐπαυρεῖν, 840 
μή πως ἵππους τε τρώσῃς κατά θ᾽ ἅρματα ἄξῃς" 
΄ δὲ ἴω 5», 2 / δὲ ᾿ 3 n 
χάρμα ὁὲ τοῖς ἄλλοισιν, ἐλεγχείη OF TOL αὕτῳ 
ἔσσεται. ἀλλά, φίλος, φρονέων πεφυλαγμένος εἶναι. 
5 7 3 3 vd / , 
εἰ yap K ἐν νύσσῃ ye παρεξελάσῃσθα διώκων, 
οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅς κέ σ᾽ ἕλησι μετάλμενος οὐδὲ παρέλθῃ, 345 
> b] ” / 9 / an 9 7 
οὐδ᾽ εἴ κεν μετόπισθεν ᾿Αρείονα δῖον ἐλαύνοι, 
"AS fa 4) “ ἃ 9 θ , 7, 9 
ρήστου ταχὺν ἵππον, ὃς ἐκ θεόφιν γένος ἦεν, 
ἢ τοὺς Λαομέδοντος, οἱ ἐνθάδε γ᾽ ἔτραφεν ἐσθλοί." 
“Os εἰπὼν Νέστωρ Νηλήϊος ἂψ' ἐνὶ χώρῃ 
] 5 b] \ e \ . ς / / > .f ~ 
ἕζετ᾽, ἐπεὶ ᾧ παιδὶ ἑκάστου πείρατ᾽ ἔειπεν. 850 
Μηριόνης δ᾽ ἄρα πέμπτος ἐὕὔτριχας ὡπλίσαθ᾽ ἵππους. 
ἂν δ᾽ ἔβαν ἐς δίφρους, ἐν δὲ κλήρους ἐβάλοντο" 
πάλλ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεύς, ἐκ δὲ κλῆρος θόρε Νεστορίδαο 
᾿Αντιλόχου" μετὰ τὸν δ᾽ ἔλαχε κρείων Εὔμηλος " 
τῷ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπ’ ᾿Ατρείδης, δουρικλειτὸς Μενέλαος " 355 
a ἐδ b] \ M fe x / 5 3, ᾿ Ὁ i 
τῷ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Μηριόνης Ady’ ἐλαυνέμεν ὕστατος αὖτε 
Τυδείδης, dy’ ἄριστος ἐών, Nay’ ἐλαυνέμεν ἵππους. 


ee ee 


ILIAD XXIII. 165 


/ % 
στὰν δὲ μεταστοιχί, σήμηνε δὲ τέρματ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
Ζ > / “ \ \ \ Ke 

τηλόθεν ἐν λείῳ πεδίῳ - παρὰ δὲ σκοπὸν εἷσεν 
3 , / > / \ CsA 
ἀντίθεον Φοίνικα, ὀπάονα TATPOS εοιο, 360 
8 7 ἢ \ > / 3 / 
ὡς μεμνέῳτο δρόμου Kal ἀληθείην ἀποείποι. 

Οἱ δ᾽ ἅμα πάντες ἐφ᾽ ἵπποιιν μάστιγας ἄειραν, 

l4 / 9° € “ ς / Fd ἜΝ / 
πέπληγόν θ᾽ ἱμᾶσιν, ὁμόκλησάν τ᾽ ἐπέεσσιν 
3 / ἰὼ AG / / 
ἐσσυμένως " οἱ δ᾽ ὦκα διέπρησσον “πεδίοιο, 

, A , ΤΑ τ 7 / pe 
νόσφι νεῶν, ταχέως * ὑπὸ δὲ στέρνοισι κονίη 365 
ul 6 bE NA «“ / zy ΄ 
ἵστατ᾽ ἀειρομένη ὥστε νέφος ἠὲ θύελλα, 
χαῖται δ᾽ ἐρρώοντο μετὰ πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο. 
ἅρματα δ᾽ ἄλλοτε μὲν χθονὶ πίλνατο πουλυβοτείρῃ, 
ἄλλοτε δ᾽ ἀΐξασκε μετήορα. τοὶ δ᾽ ἐλατῆρες 
ἕστασαν ἐν δίφροισι, πάτασσε δὲ θυμὸς ἑκάστου 810 

f @ 
νίκης ἱεμένων " κέκλοντο δὲ οἷσιν ἕκαστος 
ἵπποις, οἱ © ἐπέτοντο κονίοντες πεδίοιο. 

"AN ὅτε δὴ πύματον τέλεον δρόμον ὠκέες ἵπποι 
ἂψ' ἐφ᾽ ἁλὸς πολιῆς, τότε δὴ ἀρετή γε ἑκάστου 
φαίνετ᾽, ἄφαρ δ᾽ ἵπποισι τάθη δρόμος" ὦκα δ᾽ ἔπειτα 81 

δ Ue / 4 “ 
αἱ Φηρητιάδαο ποδώκεες ἔκφερον ἵπποι. 
τὰς δὲ μετ᾽ ἐξέφερον Διομήδεος ἄρσενες ἵπποι, 

Τρώϊοι, οὐδέ τι πολλὸν ἄνευθ᾽ ἔσαν, ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἐγγύς " 

: \ , > / BA 

αἰεὶ yap δίφρου ἐπιβησομένοισιν ἐΐκτην, 
~ / 
πνοιῇ & Ἑὐμήλοιο μετάφρενον εὐρέε T ὦμω 880 
, Ἵ .ἡ > ΄σ \ \ τὸ ͵ 
θέρμετ᾽ " ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ γὰρ κεφαλὰς καταθέντε πετέσθην. 
͵ ΄ Xd ͵ 2 fA, ἢ 7ὔ ” 
Kal νύ κεν ἢ παρέλασσ᾽, ἢ ἀμφήριστον ἔθηκεν, 
εἰ μὴ Τυδέος vit κοτέσσατο Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων, 
Ὁ Ὁ.“ δ ω 3 7 
ὅς ῥά οἱ χειρῶν ἔβαλεν μάστυγα φαεινήν. 
΄-“» Do 28 ἂν 3 al / 7 , 
τοῖο δ᾽ ἀπ᾿ ὀφθαλμῶν χύτο δάκρυα χωομένοιο, 88ῦ 

e μὴ \ “ ” \ \ a Sn A 
οὕνεκα τὰς μὲν Opa ETL καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἰούσας, 
οἱ δέ οἱ ἐβλάφθησαν ἄνευ κέντροιο θέοντες. 

/ / 
οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίην ἐλεφηράμενος λάθ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων 


166 IATAAOX Ψ. 


/ ἣ a 
Τυδείδην, μάλα δ᾽ ὦκα μετέσσυτο ποιμένα λαῶν, 
δῶκε δέ οἱ μάστιγα, μένος δ᾽ ἵπποισιν ἐνῆκεν. 

ἡ δὲ μετ᾽ ᾿Αδμήτου υἱὸν κοτέουσ᾽ ἐβεβήκει, 
σ , e 9 \ / e , Te 
ἵππειον δέ οἱ HEE θεὰ ζυγόν" at δέ οἱ ἵπποι 
ἀμφὶς ὁδοῦ δραμέτην, ῥυμὸς δ᾽ ἐπὶ γαῖαν ἐλύσθη. 
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐκ δίφροιο παρὰ τροχὸν ἐξεκυλίσθη, 
ἀγκῶνάς τε περιδρύφθη στόμα τε ῥῖνάς τε, 
θρυλίχθη δὲ μέτωπον ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσι" τὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε 
δακρυόφι πλῆσθεν, θαλερὴ δέ οἱ ἔσχετο φωνή. 
Τυδείδης δὲ παρατρέψας ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους, 
πολλὸν τῶν ἄλλων ἐξάλμενος - ἐν yap ᾿Αθήνη 
ἵπποις ἧκε μένος καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ κῦδος ἔθηκεν. 
τῷ δ᾽ dp ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδης εἶχε ξανθὸς Μενέλαος. 
>] Ρ > Ff Ce wc \ Cais 
Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ἵπποισιν ἐκέκλετο πατρὸς ἑοῖο" 
Pe’) \ Pais , ef ΄ 
ὕμβητον καὶ σφῶϊ" τιταίνετον ὅττι τάχιστα. 

δ Ν ‘A 3 , 3} 
ἤτοι μὲν κείνοισιν ἐριζέμεν οὔτι κελεύω, 
Τυδείδεω ἵπποισι δαΐφρονος, οἷσιν ᾿Αθήνη 

“ » / Se} > A la) » 
νῦν ὦρεξε τάχος καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ κῦδος ἔθηκεν. 
ἵππους δ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδαο κιχάνετε, μηδὲ λίπησθον, 
καρπαλίμως, μὴ σφῶϊν ἐλεγχείην καταχεύῃ 
Αἴθη θῆλυς ἐοῦσα" Tin λείπεσθε, φέριστοι ; 
® \ 3 / \ \ / ” 
ὧδε yap ἐξερέω, Kal μὴν τετελεσμένον ἔσται" 

» Aw \ 5 7 7 » 
οὐ σφῶϊν κομιδὴ παρὰ Νέστορι ποιμένι λαῶν 
ἔσσεται, αὐτίκα δ᾽ vupe κατακτενεῖ ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ, 
αἴ « ἀποκηδήσαντε φερώμεθα χεῖρον ἄεθλον. 

5 Cod a \ ὃ . / 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐφομαρτεῖτον καὶ σπεύδετον ὅττι τάχιστα. 
ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐγὼν αὐτὸς τεχνήσομαι ἠδὲ νοήσω, 

A: Shean 5 ͵ 5 , 7 33 

στεινωπῷ ἐν ὁδῷ παραδύμεναι, οὐδέ με λήσει. 


“Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δὲ ἄνακτος ὑποδδείσαντες ὁμοκλὴν 
lal 7 3 
μᾶλλον ἐπεδραμέτην ὀλίγον χρόνον - αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειτα 


στεῖνος ὁδοῦ κοίλης ἴδεν ᾿Αντίλοχος μενεχάρμης. 


890 


990 


405 


410 


415 


ILIAD XXIII. “167 


e \ » / χὰ rs > \ “ὃ 9° 
P@YXLOS Env γαίης, ἡ χειμέριον AXEV VOWP 420 
4 / ¢ Ὁ / \ la) ce 

ἐξέρρηξεν ὁδοῖο, βάθυνε δὲ χῶρον ἅπαντα" 

a. £3 _ > / ς \ » / 
τῇ p εἶχεν Μενέλαος ἁματροχιὰς ἀλεείνων. 
~ / \ / ” ft 4 

ντίλοχος δὲ παρατρέψας ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους 
9 Ν e an >’ , \ / 0. " 
ἐκτὸς ὁδοῦ, ὀλίγον δὲ παρακλίνας ἐδίωκεν. 
᾿Ατρείδης δ᾽ ἔδδεισε καὶ ᾿Αντιλόχῳ ἐγεγώνει " 425 

“«“᾿Αντίλοχ᾽, adpadéws ἱππάζεαι" ἀλλ᾽ ἄνεχ᾽ ἵππους" 
στεινωπὸς γὰρ ὁδός, τάχα δ᾽ εὐρυτέρῃ παρελάσσεις, 

/ > / / ef / 99 
μή πως ἀμφοτέρους δηλήσεαι ἅρματι κύρσας. 

“Os ἔφατ᾽, ᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ἔτι καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἔλαυνεν 
κέντρῳ ἐπισπέρχων, ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς. 480 
«“ Ν / μὴ / 7 
ὅσσα δὲ δίσκου οὖρα κατωμαδίοιο πέλονται, 

« > > \ > A > / re ce 

ὅντ᾽ αἰζηὸς ἀφῆκεν ἀνήρ, πειρώμενος ἥβης, 
τόσσον ἐπεδραμέτην" αἱ δ᾽ ἠρώησαν ὀπίσσω 
re / 4. .¥ \ e \ / 3 7 

τρείδεω" αὐτὸς γὰρ ἑκὼν μεθέηκεν ἐλαύνειν, 
μή πως συγκύρσειαν ὁδῷ ἔνι μώνυχες ἵπποι, 435 
ol pee | 7 9... / \ > 3 \ 

ippous T ἀνστρέψειαν ἐὐπλεκέας, κατὰ δ᾽ αὐτοὶ 
ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ἐπειγόμενοι περὶ νίκης. 
τὸν καὶ νεικείων προσέφη ξανθὸς Μενέλαος " 

“᾽᾿Αντίλοχ᾽, οὔτις σεῖο βροτῶν ὀλοώτερος ἄλλος" 

5 5 ν Ν DA ὌΝ i 82} “ ΕῚ , 
Epp, ἐπεὶ οὔ σ᾽ ἔτυμον γ᾽ ἔφαμεν πεπνῦσθαι ᾿Αχαιοί, 440 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ μὰν οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἄτερ ὅρκου olan ἄεθλον." 

a ’ δ ~ 3 / / / 

Ὡς εἰπὼν ἵπποισιν ἐκέκλετο φώνησέν τε: 
“ μή μοι ἐρύκεσθον μηδ᾽ ἕστατον ἀχνυμένω κῆρ. 
φθήσονται τούτοισι πόδες καὶ γοῦνα καμόντα 
a / ~ 
ἢ ὑμῖν ἄμφω yap ἀτέμβονται νεότητος." 445 

“Os pa’, οἱ δὲ ἄνακτος ὑποδδείσαντες ὁμοκλὴν 

lal > / 7 / ” / 
μᾶλλον ἐπεδραμέτην, τάχα δέ σφισιν ἄγχι γένοντο. 

᾿Αργεῖοι δ᾽ ἐν ἀγῶνι καθήμενοι εἰσορόωντο 
ἵππους " τοὶ δὲ πέτοντο κονίοντες πεδίοιο. 
᾿ lal lal / 
πρῶτος δ᾽ ᾿Ιδομενεύς, Κρητῶν ayos, ἐφράσαθ᾽ ἵππους " 


168 ; IATAAOS W. 


Aa \ lal a 
ἧστο γὰρ ἐκτὸς ἀγῶνος ὑπέρτατος ἐν περιωπῇ, 

lal lA n 
τοῖο δ᾽ ἄνευθεν ἐόντος ὁμοκλητῆρος ἀκούσας 
” 7 39 “ὦ > 7 BA 
éyvo* φράσσατο δ᾽ ἵππον ἀριπρεπέα προὔχοντα, 
A \ a 95 , 
ὃς TO μὲν ἄλλο τόσον φοῖνιξ ἣν, ἐν δὲ μετώπῳ 

a ’ Se / 
λευκὸν σῆμ᾽ ἐτέτυκτο περίτροχον UTE μήνη. 

“Ὁ 1 ων, % \ lal > 3 / » 
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Ἀργείοισιν ἔευπεν " 

“Ὦ φίλοι, ᾿Αργείων ἡγήτορες ἠδὲ μέδοντες, 

Ὁ > \ 4 5 / 2% A 6 an 
οἷος ἐγὼν ἵππους αὐγάζομαι ἠὲ Kal ὑμεῖς ; 
» / “ἢ ” σ“ 
ἄλλοι μοι δοκέουσι παροίτεροι ἔμμεναι ἵπποι, 
ἄλλος δ᾽ ἡνίοχος ἰνδάλλεται" αἱ δέ που αὐτοῦ 
ἔβλαβεν ἐν πεδίῳ, al κεῖσέ γε φέρτεραι ἦσαν. 
» \ \ a »Ἄ \ "ἢ δ 
ἤτοι γὰρ τὰς πρῶτα ἴδον περὶ τέρμα βαλούσας, 
ἴω >] BA ’ 3 Z / / ” 
νῦν © οὔπη δύναμαι ἰδέειν - πάντη δέ pol ὄσσε 
Τρωϊκὸν ἂμ πεδίον παπταίνετον εἰσορόωντι. 
5 Ν e i 4 ς / +S .9 id 
He τὸν ἡνίοχον φύγον ἡνία, οὐδ᾽ ἐδυνάσθη 
> f \ ΄ \ > ass τὰ 
εὖ σχεθέειν περὶ τέρμα, καὶ οὐκ ἐτύχησεν ἑλίξας ; 
»Μ 3 / 5. ,ἢ, / ϑῳ Lea 
ἔνθα μιν ἐκπεσέειν ὀΐω σύν θ᾽ ἅρματα ἄξαι, 
/ 
αἱ δ᾽ ἐξηρώησαν, ἐπεὶ μένος ἔλλαβε θυμὸν. 
3 1. δὰ A δά > / > \ », 
ἀλλὰ ἴδεσθε καὶ ὕμμες ἀνασταδὸν " οὐ γὰρ ἔγωγε 
5 a! 
εὖ διαγιγνώσκω " δοκέει δέ μοι ἔμμεναι ἀνὴρ 
Αἰτωλὸς γενεήν, μετὰ δ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἀνάσσει, 
Τυδέος ἱπποδάμου υἱός, κρατερός Διομήδης. 

Τὸν δ᾽ αἰσχρῶς ἐνένιπεν ᾿᾽Οἴλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας" 
“᾿Ἰδομενεῦ, τί πάρος λαβρεύεαι ; αἱ δέ τ᾽ ἄνευθεν 
“ 5 / / / f 
ἵπποι ἀερσίποδες TONES πεδίοιο δίενται. 
οὔτε νεώτατός ἐσσι μετ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισι τοσοῦτον 

” 5] 7 lal A / ” 
οὔτε τοι ὀξύτατον κεφαλῆς ἔκ SépKeTat ὄσσε" 
ἀλλ᾽ αἰεὶ μύθοις λαβρεύεαι. οὐδέ τί σε χρὴ 
, » / \ A, od / ” 
λαβραγόρην ἔμεναι" Tapa yap καὶ ἀμείνονες ἄλλοι. 
ἵπποι δ᾽ αὐταὶ ἔασι παροίτεραι, αἱ τὸ πάρος περ; 
᾿ὐμήλου, ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔχων εὔληρα βέβηκεν." 


451 


455 


460 


465 


470 


47 


480 


Οὐ ee eee ἃ eee ee ee ee ee δ oe 


ILIAD XXII. 


A \ 4 
Τὸν δὲ χολωσάμενος Κρητῶν ἀγὸς ἀντίον ηὔδα 
“Αἶαν, νεῖκος ἄριστε, κακοφραδές, ἄλλα τε πάντα 
’, 
δεύεαι ᾿Αργείων, ὅτι ToL νόος ἐστὶν ἀπηνής. 
δεῦρό νυν, ἢ τρίποδος περιδώμεθον ἠὲ λέβητος " 
ἴστορα δ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδην ᾿Αγαμέμνονα θείομεν ἄμφω, 
ὁππότεραι πρόσθ᾽ ἵπποι, ἵνα γνώῃς ἀποτίνων." 
“Os ἔφατ᾽, ὥρνυτο δ᾽ αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Οἴλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας 
χωόμενος χαλεποῖσιν ἀμείψασθαι ἐπέεσσιν. 
ae 2 δὲ i "Ὁ ὅν , 9 , 
καί νύ κε δὴ προτέρω ET ἔρις γένετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισιν, 
εἰ μὴ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς αὐτὸς ἀνίστατο καὶ φάτο μῦθον ' 
“Μηκέτι νῦν χαλεποῖσιν ἀμείβεσθον ἐπέεσσιν, 
Aiav ᾿Ἰδομενεῦ τε, κακοῖς, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ἔοικεν. 
μ 
καὶ δ᾽ ἄλλῳ νεμεσᾶτον, ὅτις τοιαῦτά γε ῥέζοι. 
» . ἄνα κα ἴω > > a 7 9 / 
GAN ὑμεῖς ἐν ἀγῶνι καθήμενοι εἰσοράασθε 
ἵππους " οἱ δὲ τάχ᾽ αὐτοὶ ἐπευγόμενοι περὶ νίκης 
> FEI 3 Ξ / \ ’ὔ td 
ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐλεύσονται" τότε δὲ γνώσεσθε ἕκαστος 
ἵππους ᾿Αργείων, οἱ δεύτεροι οἵ τε πάροιθεν." 
“Os φάτο, Τυδείδης δὲ μάλα σχεδὸν ἦλθε διώκων, 
΄ 5 tt + / ς A Cf 
pacts δ᾽ αἰὲν ἔλαυνε KaTwpabov: οἱ δέ οἱ ἵπποι 
ὑψόσ᾽ ἀειρέσθην ῥίμφα πρήσσοντε κέλευθον. 
Ψ οὖ ae / £ ς ΄ ΝΜ 
αἰεὶ δ᾽ ἡνίοχον κονίης ῥαθάμυγγες ἔβαλλον, 
ἅρματα δὲ χρυσῷ πεπυκασμένα κασσιτέρῳ τε 
“ > , νυ 9 Cur Ὗ 
ἵπποις ὠκυπόδεσσιν ἐπέτρεχον " οὐδέ τι πολλὴ 
γίγνετ᾽ ἐπισσώτρων ἁρματροχιὴ κατόπισθεν 
> ee: / \ δὲ Γὃ / 
ἐν λεπτῇ κονίῃ" τὼ δὲ σπεύδοντε πετέσθην. 
a δὲ / % Ἂν a \ δ᾽ =) 7 € \ 
στῆ δὲ μέσῳ ἐν ἀγῶνι, πολὺς δ᾽ ἀνεκήκιεν ἱδρὼς 
vA » / ae ἣ / “ 
ἵππων ἔκ τε λόφων καὶ ἀπὸ στέρνοιο χαμᾶζε. 
ΝΥΝ 3 ὃ / \ θ / / 
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐκ δίφροιο χαμαὶ θόρε παμφανόωντος, 
- δῶν ον / \ , ὦ 
κλῖνε δ᾽ ἄρα μάστιγα ποτὶ ζυγόν. οὐδ᾽ ἐμάτησεν 
ἴφθιμος Σθένελος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐσσυμένως AaB’ ἄεθλον, 
δῶκε δ᾽ ἄγειν ἑτάροισιν ὑπερθύμοισι γυναῖκα 
καὶ τρίποδ᾽ ὠτώεντα φέρειν ὁ δ᾽ ἔλυεν ὑφ᾽ ἵππους. 


109 


485 


490 


495 


500 


505 


510 


170 IAIAAOS Ψ. 


Τῷ δ᾽ dp ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος Νηλήϊος ἤλασεν ἵππους, ‘ 
κέρδεσιν, οὔτι τάχει γε, TapapOdpevos Μενέλαον: 515 
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς Μενέλαος ἔχ᾽ ἐγγύθεν ὠκέας ἵππους. 

Ὁ \ mw Cf > / [χὰ ii D δα 
ὅσσον δὲ τροχοῦ ἵππος ἀφίσταται, ὅς ῥά τ᾽ ἄνακτα 

/ \ 
ἕλκῃσιν πεδίοιο τιταινόμενος σὺν ὄχεσφιν" 
τοῦ μέν τε Ψψαύουσιν ἐπισσώτρου τρίχες ἄκραι 
οὐραῖαι" ὁ δέ τ᾽ ἄγχι μάλα τρέχει, οὐδέ τι πολλὴ ὅϑ0 
χώρη μεσσηγύς, πολέος πεδίοιο θέοντος " 

ὔ 

τόσσον δὴ Μενέλαος ἀμύμονος ᾿Αντιλόχοιο 

/ 2 3 \ \ an ADS? / ) 

λείπετ᾽ " ἀτὰρ τὰ πρῶτα καὶ ἐς δίσκουρα λέλευπτο, 
δ ᾿ 
ἀλλά μιν αἶψα κίχανεν - ὀφέλλετο γὰρ μένος ἠὺ 
ἵππου τῆς ᾿Αγαμεμνονέης, καλλίτρυιχος Αἴθης. 525 
> Ψ >, + te / / > / 
εἰ δέ K ETL προτέρω γένετο δρόμος ἀμφοτέροισιν, 


a Ἄ 


τῷ κέν μιν παρέλασσ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἀμφήριστον ἔθηκεν 
9 κέν μιν Tap μφήρ κεν. 
> \ / f 5.λ, 3 an 
αὐτὰρ Μηριόνης, θεράπων ἐὺς ᾿Ιδομενῆος, 
λείπετ᾽ ἀγακλῆος Μενελάου δουρὸς ἐρωήν" 
i \ 7 ὦ / t/ 
βάρδιστοι μὲν yap οἱ ἔσαν καλλίτριχες ἵπποι, 530 
A “3 “Ὁ b) Ἄ, 3 / e/ ᾽ ’ 2: A 
ἤκιστος δ᾽ ἣν αὐτὸς ἐλαυνέμεν App ἐν ἀγῶνι. 
υἱὸς δ᾽ ᾿Αδμήτοιο πανύστατος ἤλυθεν ἄλλων, 
cf ef : ae / , A 
ἕλκων ἅρματα καλά, ἐλαύνων πρόσσοθεν ἵππους. 
τὸν δὲ ἰδὼν ὠκτειρε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
Χ 9 DE 9 ee 9 / 7 , 5. 9 Be 
στὰς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐν Αργείοις ἔπεα πτερόεντ ἀγόρευεν" 535 
cA A 3 \ Bd > , , “ 
οἴσθος ἀνὴρ ὦριστος ἐλαύνει μώνυχας ἵππους. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δή οἱ δῶμεν ἀέθλιον, ὡς ἐπιεικές, 
ὃ “a 3 3 \ \ A / 7 «7 39 
evTep * ἀτὰρ Ta πρῶτα φερέσθω Τυδέος υἱός. 
a ΝΜ ’ e 35 of i 5 / ς Pd / 
Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα πάντες ἐπήνεον ws ἐκέλευεν. 
/ 7 / e Ξ vf 3 Ν 3 / 
καί νύ KE οἱ πόρεν ἵππον ---ἐπήνησαν yap ᾿Αχαιοί--- 540 
> A ἀρ cee / / Ἵ «;; 
εἰ μὴ ἄρ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος, μεγαθύμου Νέστορος υἱός, 
Πηλείδην ᾿Αχιλῆα δίκῃ ἠμείψατ᾽ ἀναστάς -" 
“Ὦ ᾿Αχιλεῦ, μάλα τοι κεχολώσομαι, αἴ κε τελέσσῃς 
τοῦτο ἔπος - μέλλεις γὰρ ἀφαιρήσεσθαι ἄεθλον, 


ILIAD XXL 171 


Ta φρονέων ὅτι οἱ βλάβεν ἅρματα καὶ Taye ἵππω 545 
αὐτός T ἐσθλὸς ἐών. GAN ὥφελεν ἀθανάτοισιν 
» “4 » / 9S θ ὃ ,ὔ 
εὔχεσθαι" τό κεν οὔτι πανύστατος ἦλθε διώκων. 
, f n 
εἰ δέ μιν οἰκτείρεις Kal ToL φίλος ἔπλετο θυμῷ, 
5», 5 / \ a ” Ν x 
ἐστι TOL EV κλισίῃ χρυσὸς πολύς, ἐστι δὲ χαλκὸς 
καὶ πρόβατ᾽, εἰσὶ δέ τοι δμωαὶ καὶ μώνυχες ἵπποι" ὕδ0. 
n ἘΠ ’ > x / \ an ” 
TOV οἱ ἔπειτ᾽ ἀνελὼν δόμεναι Kal μεῖζον ἄεθλον, 
51 Ν 53 / Qn ~ , 3 ἢ 5 / 
ἠὲ καὶ αὐτίκα νῦν, Wa σ᾽ αἰνήσωσιν ᾿Αχαιοί. 
\ > > ᾿, » , ᾿] ᾽ ἴων / 
τὴν δ᾽ ἐγὼ ov δώσω" περὶ δ᾽ αὐτῆς πειρηθήτω 
> ὃ al Ὁ 8.59} ὃ 3 \ 7 7 49 
ἀνδρῶν ὅς κ᾽ ἐθέλῃσιν ἐμοὶ χείρεσσι μάχεσθαι. 
“Os φάτο, μείδησεν δὲ ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεὺς δδῦ 
, > , a e I 5 € nA 
χαίρων Αντιλόχῳ, OTL οἱ φίλος Nev ἐταίρος " 
καί μιν ἀμειβόμενος ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 
““᾿Αντίλοχ᾽, εἰ μὲν δή με κελεύεις οἴκοθεν ἄλλο 
Εὐμήλῳ ἐπιδοῦναι, ἐγὼ δέ κε καὶ τὸ τελέσσω. 
δώσω οἱ θώρηκα, τὸν ᾿Αστεροπαῖον ἀπηύρων, 560 
χάλκεον, ᾧ πέρι χεῦμα φαεινοῦ κασσιτέροιο 
ἀμφιδεδίνηται" πολέος δέ οἱ ἄξιος ἔσται." 
Ἦ ῥα καὶ Αὐτομέδοντι φίλῳ ἐκέλευσεν ἑταίρῳ 
᾿ς ὦ , ew 9 πεν 
οἰσέμεναι κλισίηθεν: ὁ δ᾽ ὠχετο καί οἱ ἔνεικεν. 
id 
[Εὐμήλῳ δ᾽ ἐν χερσὶ τίθει" ὁ δ᾽ ἐδέξατο χαίρων.) δθῦ 
Τοῖσι δὲ καὶ Μενέλαος ἀνίστατο θυμὸν ἀχεύων, 
"A ΝΥ 7 By x / 2 3 ἊΝ "7 n 
ντυλόχῳ ἄμοτον κεχολωμένος " ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα κῆρυξ 
χερσὶ σκῆπτρον ἔθηκε, σιωπῆσαί T ἐκέλευσεν 
᾿Αργείους " ὁ δ᾽ ἔπειτα μετηύδα ἰσόθεος das: 
4 / a 
“᾽᾿Αντίλοχε, πρόσθεν πεπνυμένε, ποῖον ἔρεξας. 570 
" \ 5 \ 3 / fe , t/ 
ἤσχυνας μὲν ἐμὴν ἀρετήν, βλάψας δέ μοι ἵππους, 
\ \ / / ¢/ \ / 5 
τοὺς σοὺς πρόσθε βαλών, οἵ ToL πολὺ χείρονες ἦσαν. 
» 2 w Ss Fe / ς / Ἰδὲ 45 
ἀλλ ἄγετ, Ἀργείων ἡγήτορες NOE MEOCOVTES, 
ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέροισι δικάσσατε, μηδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀρωγῇ "" 
Ul " > an / 
μήποτέ τις εἴπησιν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων " δγδ 


172 IAIAAOS Ψ. 


> f 
“᾿Αντίλοχον ψεύδεσσι βιησάμενος Μενέλαος 

Yj ¢) δ iO 
οἴχεται ἵππον ἄγων, OTL οἱ πολὺ χείρονες ἦσαν 
“ SAN \ ἢ > a / 9 
ἵπποι, αὐτὸς δὲ κρείσσων ἀρετῇ τε βίη τε. 


DERN 19) 9 AN ee / aay wey , 
εἰ δ᾽ ἄγ᾽ ἐγὼν αὐτὸς δικάσω, καί μ᾽ οὔτινά φημι 
7 / lal n δ: ὃ 
ἄλλον ἐπιπλήξειν Δαναῶν " ἰθεῖα γὰρ ἔσται. 580 ὃ 
᾿Αντίλοχ᾽, εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε δεῦρο, διοτρεφές, ἣ θέμις ἐστίν, 
\ “ a Ne 2 \ ¢ / 
στὰς ἵππων προπάροιθε καὶ ἅρματος, αὐτὰρ ἱμάσθλην | 
Φ \ / 
χερσὶν ἔχων ῥαδινήν, ἧπερ TO πρόσθεν ἔλαυνες, 
ἵππων ἁψάμενος γαιήοχον ἐννοσίγαιον 
\ \ / an 
ὄμνυθι μὴ μὲν ἑκὼν TO ἐμὸν δόλῳ ἅρμα πεδῆσαι." 585 
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ᾿Αντίλοχος πεπνυμένος ἀντίον ηὔδα" 
co fa) \ \ 5, / ’ > 
ἄνσχεο νῦν" πολλὸν γὰρ ἔγωγε νεώτερος εἰμ 
an Ν , \ \ 4 δι / 
σεῖο, ἄναξ Μενέλαε, σὺ δὲ πρότερος καὶ ἀρείων. 
93 3 - ’ > \ e / 7 
οἶσθ᾽ οἷαι νέου ἀνδρὸς ὑπερβασίαι τελέθουσιν" 
/ \ / ig \ 7 ἴω 
κραϊπνότερος μὲν γάρ τε νόος, λεπτὴ δέ τε μῆτις. ὅ90 
A τ 7 / “ 7 > \ 
τῷ TOL ἐπιτλήτω κραδίη" ἵππον δέ TOL αὐτὸς ; 
/ \ > / > / / ” 5» 
δώσω, τὴν ἀρόμην. εἰ καί νύ κεν οἴκοθεν ἄλλο 
ay. 2 / 5 > / fa) 
μεῖζον ἐπαυτήσειας, apap κέ τοι αὐτίκα δοῦναι 
/ XN / / ” f 
βουλοίμην ἢ colye, διοτρεφές, ἤματα πάντα 
a 5 / 
ἐκ θυμοῦ πεσέειν καὶ δαίμοσιν εἷναι adLTpOS.” 595 
Ἢ fa, καὶ ἵππον ἄγων μεγαθύμου Νέστορος υἱὸς 
a \ 
ἐν χείρεσσι τίθει Μενελάου. τοῖο dé θυμὸς ᾽ 
= Me 
ἰάνθη, ὡσεί τε περὶ σταχύεσσιν ἐέρση 
ληΐου ἀλδήσκοντος, ὅτε φρίσσουσιν ἄρουραι" 
ἃ 7 
ὡς ἄρα σοί, Μενέλαε, μετὰ φρεσὶ θυμὸς ἰάνθη. 600 
/ / 
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 
r¢ tig / a / ᾿] \ € / 3 Ἁ 
Αντίλοχε, νῦν μέν τοι ἐγὼν ὑποείξομαι αὐτὸς 
/ 50. > / 
χωόμενος, ἐπεὶ οὔτι παρήορος οὐδ᾽ ἀεσίφρων 
3 a > ΄ / 4 
ἦσθα πάρος: νῦν avTE νοον νίκησε νεοίη. 
» GQ 3) 9 7 > / ἣν / 
δεύτερον αὖτ᾽ ἀλέασθαι ἀμείνονας ἠπεροπεύειν. 605 
> ΄ / ee τὰ > \ / 3 “ 
οὐ γάρ κέν με τάχ᾽ ἄλλος ἀνὴρ παρέπεισεν ᾿Αχαιῶν" 


eee  ... ὦ - , , δ. 


ΤΥ 
ν᾽ 


ἀλλὰ σὺ γὰρ δὴ πόλλ᾽ ἔπαθες καὶ πόλλ᾽ ἐμόγησας, 
/ Ν > \ Ἐὰν - / “4 2.43 an 
aos Te πατὴρ ἀγαθὸς Kai ἀδελφεός, εἵνεκ᾽ ἐμεῖο " 


ILIAD XXIII. 173 


a / > / Ἰδὲ an 
τῷ TOL λισσομένῳ ἐπιπείσομαι, ἠδὲ καὶ ἵππον 

ra > A IA Ὁ“ 7 \ ζὸ Ἢ 
δώσω, ἐμήν περ ἐοῦσαν, ἵνα γνώωσι καὶ οἵδε 610 
e Se eX + \ ς / Ἄν Ν / 99 
ὡς ἐμὸς οὔποτε θυμὸς ὑπερφίαλος καὶ ἀπηνής. 

Ἢ pa καὶ ᾿Αντιλόχοιο Νοήμονι δῶκεν ἑταίρῳ 
id / 
ἵππον ἄγειν" ὁ δ᾽ ἔπειτα λέβηθ᾽ ἕλε παμφανόωντα. 
Μηριόνης δ᾽ ἀνάειρε δύω χρυσοῖο τάλαντα 
τέτρατος, ὡς ἔλασεν. πέμπτον δ᾽ ὑπελείπετ᾽ ἄεθλον, 615 

lal / 

ἀμφίθετος φιάλη" τὴν Νέστορι δῶκεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
"A / ie Dn 3 “ / eo / 

ργείων av ἀγῶνα φέρων, καὶ ἔειπε παραστάς ' 

“« νῦν, καὶ σοὶ τοῦτο, γέρον, κειμήλιον ἔστω, 

, ͵ AL oo ay cat a Sak 
ΤΠατρόκλοιο τάφου μνῆμ᾽ ἔμμεναι" οὐ γὰρ ἔτ᾽ αὐτὸν 
ὄψει ἐν ᾿Αργείοισι - δίδωμι δέ τοι τόδ᾽ ἄεθλον 620 

ΨΥ 3 x / 7 > \ / 
αὔτως ov yap TUE γε μαχήσεαι, οὐδὲ παλαίσεις, 
» / eee! \ 3 ν 3 \ / 
οὐδέ T AKOVTLOTUV ἐσδύσεαι, οὐδὲ πόδεσσιν 
θ 77 5" x \ 4 a > / 49 
εύὔσεαι" ἤδη γὰρ χαλεπὸν κατὰ γῆρας ἐπείγει. 
«Δ > \ > \ / e ἣν -LDES- ἢ / 
Ὡς εἰπὼν ἐν χερσὶ τίθει" ὁ δ᾽ ἐδέξατο χαίρων, 
/ / yg / * / or 
καὶ μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα TPbONVOG * 625 
oN x ὃ} a / / / \ a 5 
αὶ δὴ ταῦτά γε πάντα, τέκος, κατὰ μοῖραν ἔειπες " 
5 Ἂς Po ΧΆ lal / i, +>Q3 + A 
οὐ yap ἔτ᾽ ἔμπεδα yvia, φίλος, πόδες, οὐδ᾽ ἔτι χεῖρες 
» ᾽ ΄ὕ 3 A 2 Ἅ 
ὠὦμων ἀμφοτέρωθεν ἐπαΐσσονται ἐλαφραί. 
wypP ἃ ς / / / * / 
εἴθ᾽ ὃς ἡβώοιμι Bin τέ μοι ἔμπεδος εἴη, 
δ 
ὡς ὁπότε κρείοντ᾽ ᾿Αμαρυγκέα θάπτον Exetol 680 
/ an na 
Βουπρασίῳ, παῖδες δ᾽ ἔθεσαν βασιλῆος ἄεθλα" 
» θ᾽ », e “Ὁ > \ / 4 wi” Σιν ἢ 9.5 ἴω 
ev? οὔτις μοι ομοῖος ἀνὴρ γένετ᾽, οὔτ᾽ ap ᾿Ιἱπειῶν 
οὔτ᾽ αὐτῶν ἸΤυλίων οὔτ᾽ Αἰτωλῶν μεγαθύμων. 
\ 
πὺξ μὲν ἐνίκησα Κλυτομήδεα, "Hvoros υἱόν, 
3 “ {τ 
Αγκαῖον δὲ πάλῃ Τ]λευρώνιον, ὅς μοι ἀνέστη " 635 
f 
Ἴφικλον δὲ πόδεσσι παρέδραμον ἐσθλὸν ἐόντα, 
δουρὶ δ᾽ ὑπειρέβαλον Φυλῆά τε καὶ ἸΙολύδωρον. 


174 ae IAIAAOS ¥. 


” / > / ’ / 
οἰοισίν μ᾽ ἵπποισι παρήλασαν ᾿Ακτορίωνε, 
, , ἢ = / ἜΤ 
πλήθει πρόσθε βαλόντες, ἀγασσάμενοι περὶ νίκης, 
οὕνεκα δὴ τὰ μέγιστα παρ᾽ αὐτόφι λείπετ᾽ ἄεθλα. 640 
ς δ ἢν / ς \ 3 ς 4 
οἱ δ᾽ ap ἔσαν δίδυμοι" ὁ μὲν ἔμπεδον ἡνιόχευεν, 
5», 4 7 >} ¢ Ἢ 5 “4 4 
ἔμπεδον ἡνιόχευ᾽, ὁ δ᾽ ἄρα μάστιγι κέλευεν. 
ὥς ποτ᾽ ἔον " νῦν αὖτε νεώτεροι ἀντιοώντων 
ἔργων τοιούτων " ἐμὲ δὲ χρὴ γήραϊ λυγρῷ 
/ / ’ 9) / ς / 
πείθεσθαι, τότε δ᾽ αὖτε μετέπρεπον ἡρωεσσιν. 645 
ἀλλ᾽ ἴθι καὶ σὸν ἑταῖρον ἀέθλοισι κτερέϊζε. 
fal S39 δὴν / 7 / / +2 
τοῦτο δ᾽ ἐγὼ πρόφρων δέχομαι, χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, 
« 9. τῇ / > / 3 7 / 
ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι ἐνηέος, οὐδέ ce λήθω 
τιμῆς ἧστέ μ᾽ ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοῖς. 
σοὶ δὲ θεοὶ τῶνδ᾽ ἀντὶ χάριν μενοεικέα δοῖεν." 650 
“Os Pass, {Πηλείδης δὲ πολὺν καθ᾽ ὅμιλον ΑΑΡΩΝ 
sie , ἐπεὶ πάντ᾽ αἶνον ἐπέκλυε Νηλείδαο. 
αὐτὰρ ὁ πυγμαχίης ἀλεγεινῆς θῆκεν ἄεθλα" 
ἡμίονον ταλαεργὸν ἄγων κατέδησ᾽ ἐν ἀγῶνι 
ἑξέτε᾽ ἀδμήτην, HT ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι" 655 
τῷ δ᾽ ἄρα νικηθέντι τίθει δέπας ἀμφικύπελλον. 
A | \ \ fa} 5 3 / ” 
στῆ © ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν " 
“᾽Ατρείδη τε καὶ ἄλλοι ἐῦκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί, 
5 ᾿ \ a / e/ > / 
ἄνδρε δύω περὶ τῶνδε κελεύομεν, ὥπερ ἀρίστω, 
πὺξ μάλ᾽ ἀνασχομένω πεπληγέμεν. ᾧ δέ κ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων 
’ / / \ ff, εἰ / 
δώῃ καμμονίην, γνωωσι δὲ πάντες Αχαιοί, 661 
δ 7 Ν », 7 if 
ἡμίονον ταλαεργὸν ἄγων κλισίηνδε νεέσθω " 
αὐτὰρ ὁ νικηθεὶς δέπας οἴσεται ἀμφικύπελλον." 
«Δ Ψ 3 » ’ SE5R 9 0 3. eR Sah 7 
Os ἔφατ᾽, ὦρνυτο δ᾽ αὐτίκ᾽ ἀνὴρ nis τε μέγας τε 
εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης, υἱὸς ἸΠανοπῆος ᾿᾿πειός " 665 
Ψ 200 yo ΔΝ a 7 agile 
ἅψατο δ᾽ ἡμιόνου ταλαεργοῦ φώνησέν τε" 
“?Acoov ἴτω ὅστις δέπας οἴσεται ἀμφικύπελλον " 
ἡμίονον δ᾽ οὔ φημί tw ἀξέμεν ἄλλον ᾿Αχαιῶν 


“ " 
a a ἔς δ 


“ἀνε. τὰ ΝΥΝ. ἀν» διδεῖ 


ILIAD XXIII. 175 


πυγμῇ νικήσαντ᾽, ἐπεὶ εὔχομαι εἶναι ἄριστος. 
9 > Ψ “ , > , 20 »+ 5 
ἢ οὐχ ἅλις ὅττι μάχης ἐπιδεύομαι; οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πως ἣν 670 
ἐν πάντεσσ᾽ ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα γενέσθαι. 
& \ b] / ¥ \ \ / ” 
ὧδε yap ἐξερέω, TO δὲ καὶ τετελεσμένον ἔσται" 
5 / Re 7 9 3 α. .9 / 
ἀντικρὺ χρόα τε ῥήξω σύν τ᾽ ὀστέ᾽ ἀράξω. 
κηδεμόνες δέ οἱ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἀολλέες αὖθι μενόντων, 
οἵ κέ μιν ἐξοίσουσιν ἐμῇς ὑπὸ χερσὶ δαμέντα." 675 
e / \ a 
‘Os ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ dpa πάντες ἀκὴν ἐγένοντο σιωπῇ. 
> / 
Εὐρύαλος δέ οἱ οἷος ἀνίστατο, ἰσόθεος φώς, 
Μηκιστέος υἱὸς Ταλαϊονίδαο ἄνακτος, 
5 7 / 
ὅς ποτε OnBacd ἦλθε δεδουπότος Οἰδιπόδαο 
ἐς τάφον - ἔνθα δὲ πάντας ἐνίκα Kadpeiwvas. 680 
τὸν μὲν Τυδείδης δουρικλυτὸς ἀμφεπονεῖτο, 
΄ " ͵ οι ear ΄ } 
θαρσύνων ἔπεσιν, μέγα δ᾽ αὐτῷ βούλετο νίκην. 
“ 7 φ ἴω Ζ 3 Ν 5 
ζῶμα δέ οἱ πρῶτον παρακάββαλεν, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα 
δῶκεν ἱμάντας ἐτμήτους βοὸς ἀγραύλοιο. 
\ \ / / 3 / > a 
τὼ δὲ ζωσαμένω βήτην ἐς μέσσον ἀγῶνα, 685 
» Ν, ὩΣ 7 \ A ef 
ἄντα δ᾽ ἀνασχομένω χερσὶ στιβαρῇσιν aw ἄμφω 
"ἃ ει ΜΝ \ / an a Bg 
σύν ῥ᾽ ἔπεσον, σὺν δέ σφι βαρεῖαι χεῖρες ἔμιχθεν. 
ὃ \ δὲ / ὃ v4 7 4 Μ ὃ, ὃ \ 
εὐνὸς δὲ χρόμαδος γενύων γένετ᾽, ἔρρεε δ᾽ ἱδρὼς 
Δ lal 
πάντοθεν ἐκ μελέων - ἐπὶ δ᾽ wpvuTo δῖος ᾿᾿πειός, 
κόψε δὲ παπτήναντα παρήϊον " οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτι δὴν 690 
ἑστήκειν " αὐτοῦ yap ὑπήριπε φαίδιμα γυῖα. 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅθ᾽ ὑπὸ φρικὸς Βορέω ἀναπάλλεται ἰχθὺς 
/ / a 
Oi’ ἐν φυκιόεντι, μέλαν δέ ἑ κῦμα κάλυψεν, 
ἃ \ » / , > \ / > \ 
ὡς πληγεὶς ἀνέπαλτ᾽. αὐτὰρ μεγάθυμος ᾿᾿ὑπειὸς 
χερσὶ λαβὼν ὥρθωσε:" φίλοι δ᾽ ἀμφέσταν ἑταῖροι, 695 
vA 4 or an b) / / 
οἵ μιν ἄγον δι’ ἀγῶνος ἐφελκομένοισι πόδεσσιν, 
Φ \ 4 / / eel gel 4 
Alka TAYU TTVOVTA, κάρη βάλλονθ᾽ ἑτέρωσε" 
κὰδ δ᾽ ἀλλοφρονέοντα μετὰ σφίσιν εἷσαν ἄγοντες, 
αὐτοὶ δ᾽ οἰχόμενοι κόμισαν δέπας ἀμφικύπελλον. 


176 IAIAAOZ Ψ. 


/ 3 A 
Πηλείδης δ᾽ aiy ἄλλα κατὰ τρίτα θῆκεν ἄεθλα, "00 
δεικνύμενος Δαναοῖσι, παλαισμοσὕύνης ἀλεγεινῆς " 
Aa \ / / / Rn »Ὲ / 
τῷ μὲν νικήσαντι μέγαν τρίποδ᾽ ἐμπυριβήτην, 
τὸν δὲ δυωδεκάβοιον ἐνὶ σφίσι Tiov ᾿Αχαιοί" 
» \ \ / Al? 8 / ” 
ἀνδρὶ δὲ νικηθέντι γυναῖκ᾽ ἐς μέσσον ἔθηκεν, 
πολλὰ δ᾽ ἐπίστατο ἔργα, τίον δέ ἑ τεσσαράβοιον. 705 
an 7 2 \ \ lal 3 ? / 5», 
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν " 
“«Ὄρνυσθ᾽ οἱ καὶ τούτου ἀέθλου πειρήσεσθον." 
ὡς ἔφατ᾽, ὦρτο δ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγας Τελαμώνιος Alas: 
x 
ἂν δ᾽ Οδυσεὺς πολύμητις ἀνίστατο, κέρδεα εἰδώς. 
/ ’ 5 ’ὔ f ’ / 5 lal 
ζωσαμένω ὃ ἄρα Twye βάτην ἐς μέσσον ὠγῶνα, 710 
ἀγκὰς δ᾽ ἀλλήλων λαβέτην χερσὶ στιβαρῇσιν 
ς eS, Te / / \ Wh / 
ὡς ὅτ᾽ ἀμείβοντες, τούστε κλυτὸς pape τέκτων, 
δώματος ὑψηλοῖο, βίας ἀνέμων ἀλεείνων. 
τετρίγει δ᾽ ἄρα νῶτα θρασειάων ἀπὸ χειρῶν 
ς , A \ \ , Aer, ς 7, 
ἑλκόμενα στερεῶς " κατὰ δὲ νότιος ῥέεν ἱδρώς " 715 
πυκναὶ δὲ σμώδιγγες ἀνὰ πλευράς TE καὶ ὦμους 
—/ ‘4 5 7 ς \ 4~ 9? >. & 
αἵματι φοινικόεσσαι avédpapov* οἱ δὲ μάλ᾽ αἰεὶ 
νίκης ἱέσθην τρίποδος πέρι ποιητοῖο. 
οὔτ᾽ ᾿Οδυσεὺς δύνατο σφῆλαι οὔδει τε πελάσσαι, 
οὔτ᾽ Αἴας δύνατο, κρατερὴ δ᾽ ἔχεν ts Ὀδυσῆος. 720 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥ᾽ avialov ἐὔκνήμιδας ᾿Αχαιούς, 
\ ‘4 / / / » 
δὴ τότε μιν προσέειπε μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας " 
“ Διογενὲς Λαερτιάδη, πολυμήχαν᾽ ᾿Οδυσσεῦ, 
ον eee Yer Le ἰκ , ἈΠ Oo as \ , , 4) 
ἢ μ᾽ ἀνάειρ᾽, ἢ ἐγὼ σέ" τὰ δ᾽ αὖ Aut πάντα μελήσει. 
“Os εἰπὼν ἀνάειρε" δόλου δ᾽ οὐ λήθετ᾽ ᾿Οδυσσεύς" 725 
/ a 
Ko’ ὄπιθεν κώληπα τυχών, ὑπέλυσε δὲ γυῖα" 
κὰδ δ᾽ ἔβαλ᾽ ἐξοπίσω" ἐπὶ δὲ στήθεσσιν ᾿Οδυσσεὺς 
/ \ a) 9 ἴω / / / 
κάππεσε:" λαοὶ δ᾽ avd θηεῦντό τε θάμβησάν Te. 
δεύτερος αὖτ᾽ ἀνάειρε πολύτλας δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεύς, 
/ 
κίνησεν δ᾽ ἄρα τυτθὸν ἀπὸ χθονός, οὐδέ τ᾽ ἄειρεν, 730 


ILIAD XXIII. 177 


9 \ , y φοὺν \ \ / ” 
ἐν δὲ γόνυ γνάμψεν " ἐπὶ δὲ χθονὶ κάππεσον ἄμφω 
πλησίοι ἀλλήλοισι, μιάνθησαν δὲ κονίῃ. 
/ 4 ᾿ / i 3 of bee / 
καί νύ κε TO τρίτον αὗτις ἀναΐξαντ᾽ ἐπάλαιον, 
> AS % \ > ΕἾ > / \ / 
εἰ μὴ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς AUTOS ἀνίστατο καὶ κατέρυκεν" 
“Μηκέτ᾽ ἐρείδεσθον, μηδὲ τρίβεσθε κακοῖσιν" Ἰ18ῦ 
νίκη δ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισιν" ἀέθλια δ᾽ io? ἀνελόντες 
ἔρχεσθ', ὄφρα καὶ ἄλλοι ἀεθλεύωσιν ᾿Αχαιοί." 
Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα τοῦ μάλα μὲν κλύον ἠδ᾽ ἐπίθοντο, 
καί p ἀπομορξαμένω κονίην δύσαντο χιτῶνας. 
Πηλείδης δ᾽ ai ἄλλα τίθει ταχυτῆτος ἄεθλα, 140 
ἀργύρεον κρητῆρα, τετυγμένον " ἕξ δ᾽ ἄρα μέτρα 
χάνδανεν, αὐτὰρ κάλλει ἐνίκα πᾶσαν ἐπ᾽ aiav 
» > 
πολλόν, ἐπεὶ Σιδόνες πολυδαίδαλοι εὖ ἤσκησαν, 
/ est BA 3, 4.8 Ζ f 
Φοίνικες δ᾽ ἄγον ἄνδρες ἐπ᾽ ἠεροειδέα πόντον, 
an / lal 
στῆσαν δ᾽ ἐν λιμένεσσι, Θόαντι δὲ δῶρον ἔδωκαν: 745 
υἷος δὲ ἸΤριάμοιο Λυκάονος ὦνον ἔδωκεν 
Πατρόκλῳ ἥρωϊ ᾿Ἰησονίδης Eivnos. 
καὶ τὸν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς θῆκεν ἀέθλιον οὗ ἑτάροιο, 
ὅστις ἐλαφρότατος ποσσὶ κραιπνοῖσι πέλοιτο " 
. 5 an a , \ / a 
δευτέρῳ av βοῦν θῆκε μέγαν καὶ πίονα δημῷ, 750 
ἡμιτάλαντον δὲ χρυσοῦ Noi Oni’ ἔθηκεν. 
nn νὰ 2 \ \ rn 9 9 / » 
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔευπεν " 
“"Opvuc® οἱ καὶ τούτου ἀέθλου πειρήσεσθε." 
ὡς ἔφατ᾽, ὥρνυτο δ᾽ αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Οἴλῆος ταχὺς Αἴας, 
ἂν δ᾽ ᾿Οδδυσεὺς πολύμητις, ἔπειτα δὲ Νέστορος vids, 755 
᾿Αντέλοχος " ὁ γὰρ αὖτε νέους ποσὶ πάντας ἐνίκα. 
[στὰν δὲ μεταστοιχί: σήμηνε δὲ τέρματ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλείς.] 
τοῖσι δ᾽ ἀπὸ νύσσης τέτατο δρόμος " ὦκα δ᾽ ἔπειτα 
ἔκφερ᾽ ᾿Οἱλιάδης - ἐπὶ δ᾽ ὥρνυτο δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεὺς 
» Poa Lo ee / \ ey, 
ἄγχι μάλ᾽, ὡς OTE τίς TE γυναικὸς eUCw@VOLO 760 
στήθεός ἐστι κανών, ὅντ᾽ εὖ μάλα χερσὶ τανύσσῃ 


Pokal 


178 , ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Ψ. 


/ Shes οἷ / > / + ee 

πηνίον ἐξέλκουσα παρὲκ μίτον, ἀγχόθι δ᾽ ἴσχει 
στήθεος - ὡς ᾿Οδυσεὺς θέεν ἐγγύθεν, αὐτὰρ ὄπισθεν 
ἴχνια τύπτε πόδεσσι πάρος κόνιν ἀμφιχυθῆναι" 
κὰδ δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ κεφαλῆς χέ᾽ ἀὐτμένα δῖος Οδυσσεὺς 765 

Tals ae a , ” γα δὰ / . \ 
αἰεὶ ῥίμφα θέων - ἴαχον δ᾽ ἐπὶ πάντες ᾿Αχαιοὶ 

/ ig , / x / / 
νίκης ἱεμένῳ, μάλα δὲ σπεύδοντι κέλευον. 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πύματον τέλεον δρόμον, αὐτίκ᾽ ᾿Οδυσσεὺς 
εὔχετ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίῃ γχλαυκώπιδι ὃν κατὰ θυμόν " 
“κλῦθι, θεά, ἀγαθή μοι ἐπίρροθος ἐλθὲ ποδοῖιν." 770 
ὡς par’ evyopuevos: τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε ἸΤαλλὰς ᾿Αθήνη, 
γυῖα δ᾽ ἔθηκεν ἐλαφρά, πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὕπερθεν. 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ τώχ᾽ ἔμελλον ἐπαΐξασθαι ἄεθλον, 
ἔνθ᾽ Αἴας μὲν ὄλισθε θέων--- βχλάψεν yap "Αθήνη --- 

ne A ! ey 5) , > , 
τῇ ῥα βοῶν κέχυτ᾽ ὄνθος ἀποκταμένων ἐριμύκων, 775 
ods ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς " 
>’ 7. γ΄ “ ἄς, Od 
ἐν δ᾽ ὄνθου βοέου πλῆτο στόμα τε ῥῖνάς τε. 

n> Lois ἢ ἢν / 7 ἴω >) , 

κρητῆρ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἀνάειρε πολύτλας δῖος ᾿Οδυσσεύς, 
ὡς ἦλθε φθάμενος ' ὁ δὲ βοῦν ἕλε φαίδιμος Αἴας. 

“ \ , \ \ » Ν » / 
στῆ δὲ κέρας μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχων Boos ἀγραύλοιο, 780 
DA > ΓΑ \ eo / », 
ὄνθον ἀποπτύων, μετὰ δ᾽ ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν " 

“ἊὮ πόποι, ἢ μ᾽ ἔβλαψε θεὰ πόδας, ἣ τὸ πάρος περ 

κα At 4 ante , 20 9 , 4) 
μήτηρ ὡς Ὀδυσῆϊ παρίσταται ἠδ᾽ ἐπαρήγει. 

Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα πάντες ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἡδὺ γέλασσαν. 
᾿Αντίλοχος δ᾽ ἄρα δὴ λοισθήϊον ἔκφερ᾽ ἄεθλον ηϑῦ 
μειδιόων, καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν " 

“ Kidcow ὕμμ᾽ ἐρέω πᾶσιν, φίλοι, ὡς ἔτι καὶ νῦν 
ἀθάνατοι τιμῶσι παλαιοτέρους ἀνθρώπους. 

Αἴας μὲν γὰρ ἐμεῖ᾽ ὀλίγον προγενέστερός ἐστιν, 
οὗτος δὲ προτέρης γενεῆς προτέρων T ἀνθρώπων: 790 
5 / / / Yeah > / \ 
ὠμογέροντα δέ piv dao ἔμμεναι: ἀργαλέον δὲ 
ποσσὶν ἐριδήσασθαι ᾿Αχαιοῖς, εἰ μὴ ᾿Αχιλλεῖ." 


ILIAD XXIII. 179 


“Os φάτο, κύδηνεν δὲ ποδώκεα IIndelwva. 
τὸν δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς μύθοισιν ἀμειβόμενος προσέειπεν" 
“ἸΑντίλοχ᾽, οὐ μέν τοι μέλεος εἰρήσεται aivos, 795 
> ΄, ε , > ἃ n> js 39 
ἀλλά TOL ἡμιτάλαντον ἐγὼ χρυσοῦ ἐπιθήσω. 
“Os εὐπὼν ἐν χερσὶ τίθει, ὁ δ᾽ ἐδέξατο χαίρων. 
> \ ὃ \ \ ὃ / ” 
αὐτὰρ IIndeldns κατὰ μὲν δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος 
θῆκ᾽ ἐς ἀγῶνα φέρων, κατὰ δ᾽ ἀσπίδα καὶ τρυφάλειαν, 
τεύχεα Σαρπήδοντος, ἅ μιν ILatpoxXos ἀπηύρα. 800 
“ 83... 2 Ἀ εν la 2 ? / » 
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν " 
+ ἴω 
“Ανδρε δύω περὶ τῶνδε κελεύομεν, ὥπερ ἀρίστω, 
τεύχεα ἑσσαμένω, ταμεσίχροα χαλκὸν ἑλόντε, 
ἀλλήλων προπάροιθεν ὁμίλου πειρηθῆναι. 
ὁππότερός κε φθῇσιν ὀρεξάμενος χρόα καλόν, 80 
, Ὁ ,5 / ὃ ᾽ὔ > + \ , ὁ ἢ 
ψαύσῃ δ᾽ ἐνδίνων διά τ᾽ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα, 
A \ 3 \ ὃ , Ἰὃ 4 > / λ 
τῷ μὲν ἐγὼ δώσω τόδε φάσγανον ἀργυρόηλον, 
\ sh \ Ne Ὁ a b) / 
καλὸν Θρηΐκιον, TO μὲν ᾿Αστεροπαῖον ἀπηύρων * 
τεύχεα δ᾽ ἀμφότεροι ξυνήϊα ταῦτα φερέσθων " 809 
ἢ Ain \ , 5 / 9 
[καί σφιν δαῦτ᾽ ἀγαθὴν παραθήσομεν ἐν κλισίῃσιν.) 
Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, ὦρτο δ᾽ ἔπειτα μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας, 
ἂν δ᾽ ἄρα Τυδείδης ὦρτο, κρατερὸς Διομήδης. 
eon 9 M © e ὦ ἘΣ ΕΝ 7 
οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἑκάτερθεν ὁμίλου θωρήχθησαν, 
ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέρω συνίτην μεμαῶτε μάχεσθαι, 
δεινὸν δερκομένω" θάμβος δ᾽ ἔχε πάντας ᾿Αχαιούς. 815 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σχεδὸν ἦσαν ἐπ᾽ ἀλλήλοισιν ἰόντες, 
\ Mee Ἀγ \ \ ΡΥ / 
τρὶς μὲν ἐπήϊξαν, τρὶς δὲ σχεδὸν ὡρμήθησαν. 
5 > ByA \ " a) 2 a / 2 33.4 
ἔνθ᾽ Αἴας μὲν ἔπειτα κατ᾽ ἀσπίδα πάντοσ᾽ ἐΐσην 
we, οὐδὲ χρό᾽ ἵκανεν " ἔρυτο γὰρ ἔνδοθι θώρηξ' 
Τυδείδης δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα ὑπὲρ σάκεος μεγάλοιο 820 
αἰὲν ἐπ᾽ αὐχένι κῦρε φαεινοῦ δουρὸς ἀκωκῇ. 
καὶ τότε δή ῥ᾽ Αἴαντι περιδδείσαντες ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
/ 5.5 ih bt Gabe θα, / 
παυσαμένους ἐκέλευσαν ἀέθλια io’ ἀνελέσθαι. 


~ 


180 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ ¥. 


αὐτὰρ Τυδείδῃ δῶκεν μέγα φάσγανον ἥρως 
σὺν κολεῷ τε φέρων καὶ ἐϊτμήτῳ τελαμῶνι. 89 : 
Αὐτὰρ Πηλείδης θῆκεν σόλον αὐτοχόωνον, | 
ἃ \ 5.4 ee / / 3 f 
ὃν πρὶν μὲν ῥίπτασκε μέγα σθένος ᾿Ηετίωνος " 
ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι τὸν ἔπεφνε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
Ν > ἄνα ὦ VA \ ” / 
Tov δ᾽ ἄγετ᾽ ἐν νήεσσι σὺν ἄλλοισι κτεάτεσσιν. 
στῆ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς καὶ μῦθον ἐν ᾿Αργείοισιν ἔειπεν" 880 
“"Opvuc® οἱ καὶ τούτου ἀέθλου πειρήσεσθε" 
ΡΥ e \ 7 \ 3 Mg Γι » / 
εἴ οἱ καὶ μάλα πολλὸν ἀπόπροθι πίονες aypol, 
ἕξει μιν καὶ πέντε περιπλομένους ἐνιαυτοὺς 
/ 
χρεώμενος " ov μὲν γάρ οἱ ἀτεμβόμενός ye σιδήρου 
ποιμὴν οὐδ᾽ ἀροτὴρ ela’ ἐς πόλιν, ἀλλὰ παρέξει." 88 
ὃ 5 f 
Ὡς par’, ὦρτο δ᾽ ἔπειτα μενεπτόλεμος Τ]ολυποίτης, 
ἂν δὲ Λεοντῆος κρατερὸν μένος ἀντιθέοιο, 
ἂν δ᾽ Αἴας Τελαμωνιάδης καὶ δῖος ᾿Ε'πειός. 
ο a / 
ἑξείης δ᾽ ἵσταντο, σόλον δ᾽ ἕλε δῖος ᾿Επειός, 
ἧκε δὲ δινήσας " γέλασαν δ᾽ ἐπὶ πάντες ᾿Αχαιοί. 840 
δεύτερος αὖτ᾽ ἀφέηκε Λεοντεύς, ὄζος "Αρηος " 
\ , Soo Ψ , , 7 
TO τρίτον αὖτ᾽ ἔρριψε μέγας Τελαμώνιος Αἴας, 
[χειρὸς ἄπο στιβαρῆς, καὶ ὑπέρβαλε σήματα πάντων. 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ σόλον εἷλε μενεπτόλεμος ἸΠολυποίτης, 
ὅσσον τίς T ἔρριψε καλαύροπα βουκόλος ἀνήρ" 845 
ἡ δέ θ᾽ ἑλισσομένη πέτεται διὰ Bods ayeralas " 
Γ \ > lal ς / \ 3,5 , 
τόσσον παντὸς ἀγῶνος ὑπέρβαλε" τοὶ δ᾽ ἐβόησαν. 
5 , 3 Ἂν , n Ἴ 
ἀνστάντες δ᾽ ἕταροι Ἰολυποίταο κρατεροῖο 
νῆας ἔπι γλαφυρὰς ἔφερον βασιλῆος ἄεθλον. 
¢e al 
Αὐτὰρ ὁ τοξευτῇσι τίθει ἰόεντα σίδηρον, 850 
κὰδ δ᾽ ἐτίθει δέκα μὲν πελέκεας, δέκα δ᾽ ἡμιπέλεκκα, 
ἱστὸν δ᾽ ἔστησεν νηὸς κυανοπρῴροιο 
τηλοῦ ἐπὶ ψαμάθοις, ἐκ δὲ τρήρωνα πέλειαν 
λεπτῇ μηρίνθῳ δῆσεν ποδός, ἧς ἄρ᾽ ἀνώγει 


ILIAD XXII. 


PA 
τοξεύειν. “ds μέν κε βάλῃ τρήρωνα πέλειαν, 
a > 7 / 3 / 7 
πάντας ἀειράμενος TEACKEAS οἶκόνδε φερέσθω" 
ἃ fe / / ” ς , 
ὃς δέ κε μηρίνθοιο τύχῃ, ὄρνιθος ἁμαρτών --- 
ῳ \ \ a e b ” ς / 49 
ἥσσων γὰρ δὴ κεῖνος ---ὁ δ᾽ οἴσεται ἡμιπέλεκκα. 
\ > 
“Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, ὦρτο δ᾽ ἔπειτα Bin Τεύκροιο ἄνακτος, 
x ἊΝ; n 
av δ᾽ apa Μηριόνης, θεράπων ἐὺς ᾿Ἰδομενῆος. 
κλήρους δ᾽ ἐν κυνέῃ χαλκήρεϊ πάλλον ἑλόντες, 
fa \ al ᾿ / / 2 / 3 SN 
Τεῦκρος δὲ πρῶτος κλήρῳ λάχεν. αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἰὸν 
- > / 50. 3 / BA 
ἧκεν ETLKPATEWS, OVS ἠπείλησεν ἄνακτι 
> an , «7 \ ς / 
ἀρνῶν πρωτογόνων ῥέξειν κλευτὴν ἑκατόμβην. 
” \ Ψ 7 ΄, ς 99 , 
ὄρνιθος μὲν ἅμαρτε" μέγηρε γάρ οἱ TOY ᾿Απόλλων " 
αὐτὰρ ὁ μήρινθον βάλε πὰρ πόδα, τῇ δέδετ᾽ ὄρνις " 
ἀντικρὺ δ᾽ ἀπὸ μήρινθον τάμε πικρὸς ὀϊστός. 
«ς \ 5», 2. Sfice Ν 3 / € δὲ Θ 
ἡ μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἤϊξε πρὸς οὐρανόν, ἡ δὲ παρείθη 
/ ¥ A 5 Ν ie 3 la 
μήρινθος ποτὶ γαῖαν: ἀτὰρ κελάδησαν ᾿Αχαιοί. 
ey > + , See \ 
σπερχόμενος δ᾽ apa Μηριόνης ἐξείρυσε χειρὸς 
, > \ \ De. \ » / e 4 
τόξον " ἀτὰρ δὴ ὀϊστὸν ἔχεν πάλαι, ὡς ἴθυνεν. 
αὐτίκα δ᾽ ἠπείλησεν ἑκηβόλῳ ᾿Απόλλωνι 
ἀρνῶν πρωτογόνων ῥέξειν κλειτὴν ἑκατόμβην. 
ὕψι δ᾽ ὑπὸ νεφέων εἶδε τρήρωνα πέλειαν * 
ae? ἐν 7 φ \ / / / 
τῇ ῥ᾽ ὅγε δινεύουσαν ὑπὸ πτέρυγος βάλε μέσσην, 
ἀντικρὺ δὲ διῆλθε βέλος - τὸ μὲν Arp ἐπὶ γαίῃ 
/ / / / > x CG. SF 
πρόσθεν Mnpiovao πάγη Tod0s: αὐτὰρ ἡ ὄρνις 
e A , 
ἱστῷ ἐφεζομένη νηὸς κυανοπρῴροιο 
> Ὁ 7 \ \ \ \ / 
αὐχέν᾽ ἀπεκρέμασεν, σὺν δὲ πτερὰ πυκνὰ λίασθεν. 
᾽ \ > 9 7] A 7] nA δ᾽. 9 3 an 
ὠκὺς δ᾽ ἐκ μελέων θυμὸς πτάτο, τῆλε δ᾽ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ 
κάππεσε" λαοὶ δ᾽ αὖ θηεῦντό Te θάμβησάν τε. 
A > Ψ / / / / A 
av δ᾽ dpa Μηριόνης πελέκεας δέκα πάντας ἄειρεν, 
Τεῦκρος δ᾽ ἡμιπέλεκκα φέρεν κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας. 
f 7 
Αὐτὰρ Πηλείδης κατὰ μὲν δολιχόσκιον ἔγχος, 
/ 
κὰδ δὲ λέβητ᾽ ἄπυρον, βοὸς ἄξιον, ἀνθεμόεντα 


181 


855 


860 


865 


870 


880 * 


885 


182 a, IAIAAOS YW. ie 


θῆκ᾽ ἐς ἀγῶνα φέρων" καί ῥ᾽ ἥμονες ἄνδρες ἀνέσταν 
Ἃ Nok a? δα δος / 3 - / > 7 
ἂν μὲν ἄρ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδης εὐρυκρείων ᾽Αγαμέμνων, 
“HK 5 » iF 7 DA. τ Ὁ 5 a 
ἂν δ᾽ ἄρα Μηριόνης, θεράπων ἐὺς ᾿Ιδομενῆος. 
τοῖσι δὲ καὶ μετέειπε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς * 
“«᾽᾿Ατρείδη- ἴδμεν γὰρ ὅσον προβέβηκας ἁπάντων 890 
ἠδ᾽ ὅσσον δυνάμει τε καὶ ἥμασιν ἔπλευ ἄριστος " , 
ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν τόδ᾽ ἄεθλον ἔχων κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας 
ἔρχευ, ἀτὰρ δόρυ Μηριόνῃ ἥρωϊ πόρωμεν, 
ΡΝ A κα 47 I wee 9 
εἰ σύγε σῷ θυμῷ ἐθέλοις " κέλομαι γὰρ ἔγωγε. 
“Os par’, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησεν ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ᾿Αγαμέμνων. 
δῶκε δὲ Μηριόνῃ δόρυ χάλκεον" αὐτὰρ by ἥρως 896 
Ταλθυβίῳ κήρυκι δίδου περικαλλὲς ἄεθλον. 


OMHPOT 
IAIAAO® Q. 


HOMER'S ILIAD. 
BOOK XXIV. 


Ἕκτορος λύτρα. 


Adto δ᾽ ἀγών, λαοὶ δὲ θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ἕκαστοι 
> / ae Ἐς Ν Ν , / 
ἐσκίδναντ᾽ ἰέναι. τοὶ μὲν δόρποιο μέδοντο 
ef a / ᾿ aN, 2 \ 
ὕπνου τε γλυκεροῦ ταρπήμεναι. αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχίλλεὺς 
a I © ἐν f > , e 
κλαῖε φίλου ἑτάρου μεμνημένος, οὐδέ μιν ὕπνος 
/ 
ἥρει πανδαμάτωρ, GAN ἐστρέφετ᾽ ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα, 5 
/ a ς δι 
Πατρόκλου ποθέων ἁδροτῆτά τε καὶ μένος ἠὺ 
2g ὁ / 7 \ » ta) \ / 2 
ἠδ᾽ ὁπόσα τολύπευσε σὺν αὐτῷ καὶ πάθεν ἄλγη, 
fal 4 , 
ἀνδρῶν τε πτολέμους ἀλεγεινά τε κύματα πείρων " 
rn / \ f ΑΓ 
τῶν μιμνησκόμενος θαλερὸν κατὰ δάκρυον εἶβεν, 
Lf 5 
ἄλλοτ᾽ ἐπὶ πλευρὰς κατακείμενος, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε 10 
ec 7 \ / \ ee \ > x 
ὕπτιος, ἄλλοτε δὲ πρηνής " τοτὲ δ᾽ ὀρθὸς ἀναστὰς 
7 δι » \ (oe 4 2 / > / Ge 
δινεύεσκ᾽ ἀλύων παρὰ Oi ἁλός. οὐδέ μιν ἠὼς 
'ς ΄ ¢ \ Ὁ 7.,2.. 
φαινομένη λήθεσκεν ὑπεὶρ ἅλα T ἠϊόνας τε. 
ἀλλ᾽ Oy ἐπεὶ ζεύξειεν ὑφ᾽ ἅρμασιν ὠκέας ἵππους, 
/ 
“Ἕκτορα δ᾽ ἕλκεσθαι δησάσκετο δίφρου ὄπισθεν, 15 
\ yee} ἐς \ fa! , , 
τρὶς δ᾽ ἐρύσας περὶ σῆμα Μενοιτιάδαο θανόντος 
9S ah, | / / / >» 
αὗτις ἐνὶ κλισίῃ παυέσκετο, τόνδε δ᾽ ἔασκεν 
> / > / / a ye / 
ἐν Kove ἐκτανύσας προπρηνέα. τοῖο δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλων 


184 . IAIAAOS Q. 


a > , 3 oh es) PS / 
πᾶσαν ἀεικείην ἄπεχε χροΐ, POT ἐλεαίρων, 
καὶ τεθνηότα περ" περὶ δ᾽ αἰγίδι πάντα κάλυπτεν 90 
/ C/ 7 > ὃ 7 € ,ὔ 
χρυσείῃ, ἵνα μὴ μιν ἀποδρύφοι ἑλκυστάζων. 
rn / 
Ὡς ὁ μὲν “Εκτορα δῖον ἀείκιζεν μενεαίνων " 
x 3.5 / / θ \ 3 , 
τὸν δ᾽ ἐλεαίρεσκον μάκαρες θεοὶ εἰσορόωντες, 
, ! 339 ᾽ 5. a ΄ 
κλέψαι δ᾽ ὀτρύνεσκον ἐὕσκοπον ᾿Αργειφόντην. 
ἔνθ᾽ ἄλλοις μὲν πᾶσιν ἑήνδανεν, οὐδέ ποθ᾽ “Ἥρῃ 25 
rh 
οὐδὲ ἸΠοσειδάων᾽ οὐδὲ γλαυκώπιδι κούρῃ, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἔχον ὥς σφιν πρῶτον ἀπήχθετο Ἴλιος ἱρὴ 
, 
καὶ Πρίαμος καὶ λαός, ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ἕνεκ᾽ ἄτης, 
ἃ / / Ὁ ς / “ 
ὃς νείκεσσε θεάς, ὅτε οἱ μέσσαυλον ἵκοντο, 
A, δ᾽ "7 ae e ’ of, > ) 
τὴν δ᾽ ἤνησ᾽ ἥ οἱ πόρε μαχλοσύνην ἀλεγεινὴν. 80 
b] ιν ἐπι lal / / 3 Sat ὁ 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ ῥ᾽ ἐκ τοῖο δυωδεκάτη γένετ᾽ ἠώς, 
καὶ τότ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι μετηύδα Φοῖβος ᾿Απόλλων" 
“ Σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, δηλήμονες : οὔ νύ ποθ᾽ ὑμῖν 
“ oo a : τὰ 7 
Εκτωρ pnpt ἔκηε βοῶν αἰγῶν τε τελείων ; 
\ an A . 
TOV νῦν οὐκ ETANTE, νέκυν περ ἐόντα, σαῶσαι, 35 
@ τ , 3 / % / x , . ω 
ἡ τ᾿ ἀλόχῳ ἰδέειν καὶ μητέρι καὶ τέκεϊ ᾧ 
\ U / Ass ἢ / 5 
καὶ πατέρι ἸΠριάμῳ λαοῖσί τε, τοί KE μιν ὦκα 
ἐν πυρὶ κήαιεν καὶ ἐπὶ κτέρεα κτερίσαιεν. 
ἀλλ᾽ ὀλοῷ ᾿Αχιλῆϊ, θεοί, βούλεσθ᾽ ἐπαρήγειν, 


ie 


ᾧ οὔτ᾽ ap φρένες εἰσὶν ἐναίσ ὕτε νό 40 
¢ ρ φρένες εἰσὶν ἐναίσιμοι οὔτε νόημα 
\ 2 δἷ VA / 3. A BA - 
γναμπτὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσι, λέων δ᾽ ὡς ἄγρια οἶδεν, 
ὅστ᾽ ἐπεὶ a in Bi L ayn Juno 
bot é p μεγάλῃ τε Bin καὶ ἀγήνορι θυμῷ 
7 aS Pe na “ a 
εἴξας elo ἐπὶ μῆλα βροτῶν, ἵνα δαῖτα λάβῃσιν" 
\ / 
ὡς ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἔλεον μὲν ἀπώλεςεν, οὐδέ οἱ αἰδὼς 
id Ὁ 25.397 / / 3 O35 2.2 
[γύίγνεται, ἥτ᾽ ἄνδρας μέγα civerat ἠδ᾽ ὀνίνησιν]. 45 
/ / 7 /. ‘ 
μέλλει μέν πού τις καὶ φίλτερον ἄλλον ὀλέσσαι, 
/ e 
NE κασίγνητον ὁμογάστριον ἠὲ καὶ υἱόν" 
J 
ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι κλαύσας Kal ὀδυράμενος μεθέηκεν " 


ἀν. δ ἃ 


τλητὸν γὰρ Μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισιν. 


ILIAD XXIV. 185 


αὐτὰρ oy “Extopa δῖον, ἐπεὶ φίλον ἦτορ ἀπηύρα, δ0 
iv ᾿] 4 Ν᾿ a x. 6 ff I 
ἵππων ἐξάπτων περὶ σῆμ᾽ ἑτάροιο φίλοιο 
> / ς , / 5 3 7 Sar or 
ἕλκει" οὐ μήν οἱ τόγε κάλλιον οὐδέ τ᾽ ἄμεινον. 
\ lal la) an 
μὴ ἀγαθῷ περ ἐόντι νεμεσσηθῶμέν οἱ ἡμεῖς " 
\ \ \ lal > / / 22 
κωφὴν yap δὴ γαῖαν ἀεικίζει μενεαίνων. 
Τὸν δὲ χολωσαμένη προσέφη λευκώλενος Ἥρη: δῦ 
“ εἴη κεν καὶ τοῦτο τεὸν ἔπος, ἀργυρότοξε, 
e ane 
εἰ δὴ ὁμὴν ᾿Αχιλῆϊ καὶ “Extope θήσετε τιμήν. 
“ \ / γι; / , 
Εκτωρ μὲν θνητός τε γυναῖκά τε θήσατο μαζὸν " 
3 \ + A > n / ἃ oe X > + 
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεύς ἐστι θεᾶς γόνος, ἣν ἐγὼ αὐτὴ 
/ Ae / \ > \ / 7 
θρέψα τε καὶ ἀτίτηλα καὶ ἀνδρὶ πόρον παράκουτιν, 60 
Πηλέϊ, ὃς περὶ κῆρι φίλος γένετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισιν. 
a ee » / , > \ \ a 
πάντες © ἀντιάασθε, θεοί, γάμου: ἐν δὲ σὺ τοῖσιν 
πεν , Ν Ψ > BNL igor 9 
δαίνυ᾽ ἔχων φόρμιγγα, κακῶν ἕταρ᾽, αἰὲν ἄπιστε. 
᾿ 4 
Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη νεφεληγερέτα Ζεύς’ 
““Ἤρη, μὴ δὴ πάμπαν ἀποσκύδμαινε θεοῖσιν" 65 
> \ \ / δ 4 3 \ ν ὦ 
οὐ μὲν γὰρ τιμή γε μί᾽ ἔσσεται" ἀλλὰ καὶ “Ἑϊκτωρ 
" αἱ ἴω “ ἐ 
φίλτατος ἔσκε θεοῖσι βροτῶν οἱ ἐν ᾿Ιλίῳ εἰσίν" 
a 3 " 3 ? \ A ς v4 , 
ὡς yap ἔμοιγ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὔτι φίλων ἡμάρτανε δώρων. 
3 rd / \ 3 f \ 3./. 
οὐ yap μοί ποτε βωμὸς ἐδεύετο δαιτὸς ἐΐσης, 
λοιβῆς τε κνίσης τε" τὸ γὰρ λάχομεν γέρας ἡμεῖς. "Ὸ 
ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι κλέψαι μὲν ἐάσομεν ---- οὐδέ πη ἔστιν 
λάθρῃ ᾿Αχιλλῆος --- θρασὺν "Exropa* ἢ γάρ οἱ αἰεὶ 
, e » 5 
μήτηρ παρμέμβλωκεν ὁμῶς νύκτας TE καὶ ἣμαρ. 
ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις καλέσειε θεῶν Θέτιν ἄσσον ἐμεῖο, 
ὄφρα τί οἱ εἴπω πυκινὸν ἔπος, ὥς κεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 75 
δώρων ἐκ ἸΠριάμοιο λάχῃ ἀπό θ᾽ “ἕκτορα λύσῃ." 
“Os ἔφατ᾽, ὦρτο δὲ Ἶρις ἀελλόπος ἀγγελέουσα, 
μεσσηγὺς δὲ Σάμου τε καὶ Ἴμβρου παιπαλοέσσης 
SYA Λ / b] 7 Ν / 
évOope μείλανι πόντῳ " ἐπεστονάχησε δὲ λίμνη. 
ἡ δὲ μοχλυβδαίνῃ ἰκέλη ἐς βυσσὸν ὄρουσεν, 80 


186 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ ὦ. 


ἥτε κατ᾽ ἀγραύλοιο βοὸς κέρας ἐμβεβαυῖα 
ἔρχεται ὠμηστῇσιν ἐπ᾽ ἰχθύσι κῆρα φέρουσα. 
εὗρε δ᾽ ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ᾽ ἄλλαι 
ela?’ ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί: ἡ δ᾽ ἐνὶ μέσσῃς 
κλαῖε μόρον οὗ παιδὸς ἀμύμονος, ὅς οἱ ἔμελλεν 8 
φθίσεσθ᾽ ἐν Tpoin ἐριβώλακι, τηλόθι πάτρης. 
ἀγχοῦ δ᾽ ἱσταμένη προσέφη πόδας ὠκέα Ἶρις" 
““Ὄρσο, Θέτι: καλέει Ζεὺς ἄφθυτα μήδεα εἰδώς. 
τὴν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα" 
“Τίπτε με κεῖνος ἄνωγε μέγας θεός ; αἰδέομαι δὲ 90 
μίσγεσθ᾽ ἀθανάτοισιν, ἔχω δ᾽ aye ἄκριτα θυμῷ. 
εἶμι μέν, οὐδ᾽ ἅλιον ἔπος ἔσσεται, ὅττι κεν εἴπῃ." 
“Os ἄρα φωνήσασα κάλυμμ᾽ ἕλε δῖα θεάων 
κυάνεον, τοῦ δ᾽ οὔτι μελάντερον ἔπλετο ἔσθος. 
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι, πρόσθεν δὲ ποδήνεμος ὠκέα Ἶρις 95 
ἡγεῖτ᾽ - ἀμφὶ δ᾽ dpa σφι λιάζετο κῦμα θαλάσσης. 
ἀκτὴν δ᾽ ἐξαναβᾶσαι ἐς οὐρανὸν ἀϊχθήτην, 
εὗρον δ᾽ εὐρύοπα ἸΚρονίδην, περὶ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἅπαντες 
ela” ὁμηγερέες μάκαρες θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες. 
ἡ δ᾽ ἄρα πὰρ Διὶ πατρὶ καθέζετο, εἶξε δ᾽ ᾿Αθήνη. 100 
Ἥρη δὲ χρύσεον καλὸν δέπας ἐν χερὶ θῆκεν 
καί ῥ᾽ εὔφρην᾽ ἐπέεσσι" Θέτις δ᾽ ὥρεξε πιοῦσα. 
τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε" 
“Ἤλυθες Οὐλυμπόνδε, θεὰ Θέτι, κηδομένη περ, 
πένθος ἄλαστον ἔχουσα μετὰ φρεσίν" οἶδα καὶ αὐτός " 
ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἐρέω τοῦ σ᾽ εἵνεκα δεῦρο κάλεσσα. 100 
ἐννῆμαρ δὴ νεῖκος ἐν ἀθανάτοισιν ὄρωρεν 
“Ἕκτορος ἀμφὶ νέκυι καὶ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ πτολιπόρθῳ" 
κλέψαι δ᾽ ὀτρύνουσιν ἐὔσκοπον ᾿Αργειφόντην " 
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ τόδε κῦδος ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ προτιάπτω, 110 
αἰδῶ καὶ φιλότητα τεὴν μετόπισθε φυλάσσων. 


ILIAD XXIV. 187 


ainpa μάλ᾽ ἐς στρατὸν ἐλθὲ καὶ vidi σῷ ἐπίτειλον. 
ΓΑ / ς 3 yh ἐδ 3 Ἂς lee 4 7 
σκύζεσθαί οἱ εἰπὲ θεούς, ἐμὲ δ᾽ ἔξοχα πάντων 
> / a “ Ν rd 
ἀθανάτων κεχολῶσθαι, ὅτι φρεσὶ μαινομένῃσιν 
"Extop ἔχει παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν οὐδ᾽ ἀπέλυσεν, 115 
να » ἡ / 5 ἊΝ ΄, 
ai κέν πως ἐμέ Te Selon ἀπὸ θ᾽ “Extopa λύσῃ. 
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ ἸΙριάμῳ μεγαλήτορι Ἶριν ἐφήσω 
Ζ n an 
λύσασθαι φίλον υἱόν, ἰόντ᾽ ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
δῶρα δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ φερέμεν, τά κε θυμὸν ἰήνῃ." 
Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε θεὰ Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, 130 
a Q\. ᾽ ΨΥ Ἶ 5. 
βῆ δὲ κατ᾽ Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων ἀΐξασα. 
φ ae / & 44 ” Ss sf 
ἷξεν δ᾽ ἐς κλισίην οὗ υἱέος - ἔνθ᾽ ἄρα τόνγε 
e 9 > \ L f- δ 3 3 5 \ Lg A 
Eup ἀδινὰ στενάχοντα " φίλοι δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἑταῖροι 
ἐσσυμένως ἐπένοντο καὶ ἐντύνοντο ἄριστον " 
τοῖσι δ᾽ ὄϊς λάσιος μέγας ἐν κλισίῃ ἱέρευτο. 125 
LOX Lee ee eee eS σον , 7 
ἡ δὲ μάλ᾽ ἄγχ᾽ αὐτοῖο καθέζετο πότνια μήτηρ, 
/ / / ” 2 δ D439 Φ 23 , 
χειρί TE μιν ees ἔπος T ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ a ge , 
“ Téxvov ἐμόν, τέο pexpes ΟΣ καὶ ἀχεύων. 
τὴν ἔδεαι κραδίην, το οὔτε τι σίτου 
οὔτ᾽ εὐνῆς ; ἀγαθὸν δὲ γυναικί περ ἐν φιλότητι 180 
μίσγεσθ᾽ - οὐ γάρ μοι δηρὸν βέῃ, ἀλλά τοι ἤδη 
ἄγχι παρέστηκεν θάνατος καὶ Μοῖρα κραταιή. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐμέθεν ξύνες ὦκα, Διὸς δέ τοι ἄγγελός εἰμι. 
σκύζεσθαί σοί φησι θεούς, ἐὲ δ᾽ ἔξοχα πάντων © 
ἀθανάτων κεχολῶσθαι, ὅτι φρεσὶ μαινομένῃσιν 135 
“BK a: at \ \ f 3 te 29 / 
KTOp ἔχεις παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν οὐδ᾽ ἀπέλυσας. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ λῦσον, νεκροῖο δὲ δέξαι ἄποινα." 
Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλ- 
λεύς * 
“cc n>” ” a » / Ν % + 
THO εἴη" ὃς ἄποινα φέροι, καὶ νεκρὸν ἄγοιτο, 
εἰ δὴ πρόφρονι θυμῷ Ολύμπιος αὐτὸς ἀνώγει." 140 
“Os οἵγ᾽ ἐν νηῶν ἀγύρει μήτηρ τε καὶ υἱὸς 


188 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Q. 


πολλὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔπεα TTEPOEVT ἀγόρευον. 
Ἶριν δ᾽ ὥτρυνε Κρονίδης εἰς ἔϊλιον ἱρήν " 

“Βάσκ᾽ ἴθι, Ἶρι ταχεῖα" λυιποῦσ᾽ ἕδος Οὐλύμποιο 
ἄγγειλον Ἰ]ριάμῳ μεγαλήτορι Ἴλιον εἴσω 145 
λύσασθαι φίλον υἱόν, tovT ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
δῶρα δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ φερέμεν, τά κε θυμὸν ἰήνῃ, 

> 7 ” “ 4 " > / 
οἷον, μηδέ τις ἄλλος ἅμα Τρώων ἴτω ἀνήρ. 
κῆρύξ τίς οἱ ἕποιτο γεραίτερος, ὅς κ᾽ ἰθύνοι 
Ls / 4 ” 2." 3 \ \ 5 
ἡμιόνους καὶ ἄμαξαν ἐὔτροχον, ἠδὲ καὶ αὖτις 150 
Ἂ, ” \ oF \ ” a ? - 
νεκρὸν ἄγοι προτὶ ἄστυ, τὸν ἔκτανε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
μηδέ τί οἱ θάνατος μελέτω φρεσὶ μηδέ τι τάρβος " 
τοῖον γάρ οἱ πομπὸν ὀπάσσομεν ᾿Αργειφόντην, 
ἃ vy “ v Ἵ ne / 
os ἄξει εἴως Kev ἄγων ᾿Αχιλῆϊ πελάσσῃ. 
αὐτὰρ ἐπὴν ἀγάγῃσιν ἔσω κλισίην ᾿Αχιλῆος, 155 
oy τ 3 \ / 3 4“ 2S Ἃ > / 
οὔτ᾽ αὐτὸς κτενέει ἀπό T ἄλλους πάντας épvEEL > 
7 4 2 7 at OY ἢ). Pe? / 
οὔτε γάρ ἐστ᾽ ἄφρων οὔτ᾽ ἄσκοπος οὔτ᾽ ἀλυτήμων, 
ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἐνδυκέως ἱκέτεω πεφιδήσεται ἀνδρός." 

“Os ἔφατ᾽, ὦρτο δὲ Ἶρις ἀελλόπος ἀγγελέουσα. 
ἷξεν δ᾽ ἐς ἸΤριάμοιο, κίχεν δ᾽ ἐνοπήν τε γόον τε. 160 

a x on > \ / », > [9] 
παῖδες μὲν πατέρ᾽ ἀμφὶ καθήμενοι ἔνδοθεν αὐλῆς 
δάκρυσιν εἵματ᾽ ἔφυρον, ὁ δ᾽ ἐν μέσσοισι γεραιὸς 
ἐντυπὰς ἐν χλαίνῃ κεκαλυμμένος " ἀμφὶ δὲ πολλὴ 
κόπρος ἔην κεφαλῇ τε καὶ αὐχένι τοῖο γέροντος, 
τήν ῥα κυλινδόμενος καταμήσατο χερσὶν ἑῇσιν. 10 

, SA x , 9. 2h \ ee ἢ 

θυγατέρες δ᾽ ἀνὰ δώματ᾽ ἰδὲ νυοὶ ὠδύροντο, 

a , Δ \ f Kon? x 
TOV μιμνησκόμεναι οἱ δὴ πολέες τε καὶ ἐσθλοὶ 

\ - 5.4 f rd \ ? , 

χερσὶν ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αργείων κέατο ψυχὰς ὀλέσαντες. 
στῆ δὲ παρὰ ἸΙρίαμον Διὸς ἄγγελος, ἠδὲ προσηύδα 
τυτθὸν φθεγξαμένη " τὸν δὲ τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα: 11Ὸ 

“Θάρσει, Δαρδανίδη IIpiape, φρεσί, μηδέ τι τάρβει- 
οὐ μὲν γάρ τοι ἐγὼ κακὸν ὀσσομένη τόδ᾽ ἱκάνω, 


ILIAD XXIV. 


/ v4 > 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαθὰ φρονέουσα Atos δέ τοι ἄγγελός εἰμι, 
/ 
ὅς σευ ἄνευθεν ἐὼν μέγα κήδεταν ἠδ᾽ ἐλεαίρει. 
7] “Ὁ 
λύσασθαί σ᾽ ἐκέλευσεν ᾿Ολύμπιος “Extopa δῖον, 

An ne \ NY 
δῶρα δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ φερέμεν, τά κε θυμὸν ἰήνῃ, 

> , 
οἷον, μηδέ τις ἄλλος ἅμα Τρώων ἴτω ἀνήρ. 

n ¢ , 
κῆρύξ Tis τοι ἕποιτο γεραίτερος, ὅς κ᾽ ἰθύνου 
ἡμιόνους καὶ ἄμαξαν ἐὔτροχον, ἠδὲ καὶ αὖτις 

μὴ bY a , 
νεκρὸν ἄγοι προτὶ ἄστυ, τὸν ἔκτανε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
/ 
μηδέ τί τοι θάνατος μελέτω φρεσὶ μηδέ τι τάρβος ' 

a / Ν ae ὁ ? 4 
τοῖος γάρ ToL πομπὸς ἅμ᾽ ἕψεται ᾿Ἀργειφόντης, 
“ Ἅ. 7.8 “ by 2 ne / 
os σ᾽ ager eiws Kev ἄγων ᾿Αχιλῆϊ πελάσσῃ. 

> Ν 5 \ > / BA / > nan 
αὐτὰρ ἐπὴν ayaynow ἔσω κλισίην ᾿Αχιλῆος, 

ΕΣ > \ 7 2 / yo. , > , 
οὔτ᾽ αὐτὸς κτενέει ἀπό T ἄλλους πάντας ἐρύξει" 

A ft 9 γ᾽ 9/ a Ps oe) , 
οὔτε yap ἐστ᾽ ἄφρων οὔτ᾽ ἄσκοπος οὔτ᾽ ἀλιτήμων, 
ἀλλὰ μάλ᾽ ἐνδυκέως ἱκέτεω πεφιδήσεται ἀνδρός." 

ς \ ἄξιο, ns > ms «2 , , > , 9 

Η μὲν ἄρ᾽ ὡς εἰποῦσ᾽ ἀπέβη πόδας ὠκέα “Ipis, 
αὐτὰρ Oy υἷας ἄμαξαν ἐὔτροχον ἡμιονείην 
Lg / 2 , / Ν nm 5 Ψ 2 bs 
ὁπλίσαι ἠνώγει, πείρινθα δὲ δῆσαι ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς. 

> \ 3... 7 7 / 
αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐς θάλαμον κατεβήσετο κηώεντα, 
κέδρινον, ὑψόροφον, ὃς γλήνεα πολλὰ κεχάνδει" 
ἐς δ᾽ ἄλοχον ‘ExaBnv ἐκαλέσσατο φώνησέν τε" 

“ Δαιμονίη, Διόθεν μαι Ολύμπιος ἄγγελος ἦλθεν 
λύσασθαι φίλον υἱόν, ἰόντ᾽ ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
δῶρα δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλῆϊ φερέμεν, τά κε θυμὸν ἰήνῃ. 
> > Ὁ ἊΡ , ? ὔ / \ ” 3 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε μοι τόδε εἰπέ, τί τοι φρεσὶν εἴδεται εἶναι ; 

δ. ἴων / 
αἰνῶς yap μ᾽ αὐτόν γε μένος καὶ θυμὸς ἄνωγεν 
Keio ἰέναι ἐπὶ νῆας ἔσω στρατὸν εὐρὺν ᾿Αχαιῶν. 

“Os φάτο, κώκυσεν δὲ γυνὴ καὶ ἀμείβετο μύθῳ" 
mre aes , " GF \ ΄, 

ὦ μοι, πῆ δή τοι φρένες οἴχονθ᾽, ἧς τὸ πάρος περ 
» δ at ies / / 507 φ » / 
ἔκλευ ἐπ᾽ ἀνθρώπους ξείνους ἠδ᾽ οἷσιν ἀνάσσεις ; 
πῶς ἐθέλεις ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν ἐλθέμεν οἷος, 


189 


175 


180 


185 


190 


195 


200 


190 IAIAAOS Q. 


5 \ \ \ 
ἀνδρὸς ἐς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὅς Tot πολέας τε καὶ ἐσθλοὺς 
cy 5 / 7 “ / io 
υἱέας ἐξενάριξε" σιδήρειόν νύ ToL ἧτορ. 205 
7 al 
εἰ yap σ᾽ αἱρήσει Kal ἐσόψεται ὀφθαλμοῖσιν 
> \ mel Ὅτ ἝΝ “ yA ea / 
ὠμηστὴς καὶ ἄπιστος ἀνὴρ ὅδε, οὔ σ᾽ ἐλεήσει, 
> 7 / 2 107 a \ / ” 
οὐδέ τί σ᾽ αἰδέσεται. νῦν δὲ κλαίωμεν ἄνευθεν 
v4 > / a ΤΩΝ. a | 
ἥμενοι ἐν μεγάρῳ " τῷ δ᾽ ὥς ποθι Μοῖρα κραταιὴ 
/ 5 / / “ / 5 f 
γεινομένῳ ἐπένησε λίνῳ, OTE μιν τέκον αὐτή, 210 
5 n / 
ἀργίποδας κύνας ἄσαι, ἑῶν ἀπάνευθε τοκήων, 
A an \ / - 14 
ἀνδρὶ πάρα κρατερῷ, τοῦ ἐγὼ μέσον ἧπαρ ἔχοιμι 
a / 
ἐσθέμεναι tpochica: τότ᾽ ἄντιτα ἔργα γένουτο 
a 4 / 
παιδὸς ἐμοῦ, ἐπεὶ οὔ ἑ κακιζόμενόν γε κατέκτα, 
ἀλλὰ πρὸ Τρώων καὶ ΤΤρωϊάδων βαθυκόλπων 215 
ς ΕΣ ov / , ” 7.5 n_ 39 
ἑσταὐότ᾽, οὔτε φόβου μεμνημένον οὔτ᾽ ἀλεωρῆς. 
\ >] 5 / / te / 
Τὴν δ᾽ adte προσέειπε γέρων Ipiapos θεοειδής " 
“cc , D2 , a ae Yd / > \ 
μή μ᾽ ἐθέλοντ᾽ ἰέναι κατερύκανε, μηδέ μοι αὐτὴ 
ὄρνις ἐνὶ μεγάροισι κακὸς πέλευ" οὐδέ με πείσεις. 
εἰ μὲν γάρ τίς μ᾽ ἄλλος ἐπιχθονίων ἐκέλενεν, 220 
3 € / 3 fal 
ἢ οἱ μάντιές εἰσι, θυοσκόοι ἢ ἱερῆες, 
al / a n 
ψεῦδός κεν φαῖμεν καὶ νοσφιζοίμεθα μᾶλλον " 
a > 5... \ A a aS ey 2 BY 
νῦν δ᾽ --- αὐτὸς yap ἄκουσα θεοῦ καὶ ἐσέδρακον ἄντην --- 
13 \ > e/ ” 7 5 / 5 
εἶμι, καὶ οὐχ ἅλιον ἔπος ἔσσεται. εἰ δέ μοι αἶσα 
/ lal 
τεθνάμεναι Tapa νηυσὶν ᾿Αχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων, 225 
/ > ᾿ / / 3 \ 
βούλομαι" αὐτίκα yap με κατακτείνειεν ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
» Ne OR Yee eS) AN ΣΝ r 5... » ὁ as 
ἀγκὰς ἑλόντ᾽ ἐμὸν υἱόν, ἐπὴν γόου ἐξ ἔρον εἵην. 
Ἢ \ “ > , i 2-2 / 
καὶ φωριαμῶν ἐπιθήματα KAN ἀνέῳγεν, 
/ 
ἔνθεν δώδεκα μὲν περικαλλέας ἔξελε πέπλους, 
ef. / 
δώδεκα δ᾽ ἁπλοΐδας χλαίνας, τόσσους δὲ τάπητας, 380 
4 \ / if , ϑι ας ἐν a val 
τόσσα δὲ φάρεα καλά, τόσους δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖσι χιτῶνας. 
“ \ , ” / / / 
χρυσοῦ δὲ στήσας ἔφερεν δέκα πάντα τάλαντα, 
/ / 
ἐκ δὲ OV αἴθωνας τρίποδας, πίσυρας δὲ λέβητας, 
/ Ὁ“ δ A , 
ἐκ δὲ δέπας περικαλλές, ὅ οἱ Θρῆκες πόρον ἄνδρες 


τ τὶ ὦ 
᾿ ls 
? 


ILIAD XXIV. 191 


ἐξεσίην ἐλθόντι, μέγα κτέρας " οὐδέ νυ τοῦπερ 235 
/ ae i.e x ᾿ς ς , \ ed A 
φείσατ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάροις ὁ γέρων, περὶ δ᾽ ἤθελε θυμῷ 
λύσασθαι φίλον υἱόν. ὁ δὲ Τρῶας μὲν ἅπαντας 
αἰθούσης ἀπέεργεν ἔπεσσ᾽ αἰσχροῖσιν ἐνίσσων " 
“<"Eppete, λωβητῆρες, ἐλεγχέες " οὔ νυ καὶ ὑμῖν 
” 4 [4 ed 2 ῳ᾽ , 
οἴκοι ἔνεστι γόος, ὅτι μ᾽ ἤλθετε κηδήσοντες ; 240 
ἢ ὀνόσασθ᾽ ὅτι μοι Kpovidns Ζεὺς ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν, 
aQ> 9 t . A v 3 Ν ᾽ ἈΠ 5Α 
Taio ὀλέσαι τὸν ἄριστον ; ἀτὰρ γνώσεσθε καὶ Vupes. 
ῥηΐτεροι γὰρ μᾶλλον ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν δὴ ἔσεσθε 
κείνου τεθνηῶτος ἐναιρέμεν. αὐτὰρ ἔγωγε, 
πρὶν ἀλαπαζομένην τε πόλιν κεραϊζομένην τε 245 
ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἰδεῖν, Bainv δόμον "Αἴδος εἴσω." 
3 \ x / ἘΝ ΧᾺ , e + + 5᾽ 
Η καὶ σκηπανίῳ diem ἀνέρας " οἱ δ᾽ ἴσαν ἔξω 
σπερχομένοιο γέροντος. ὁ δ᾽ υἱάσιν οἷσιν ὁμόκλα, 
νεικείων “EXevov τε Udpw τ᾽ ᾿Αγάθωνά τε δῖον 
Πάμμονά τ᾽ ᾿Αντίφονόν τε, βοὴν ἀγαθόν τε ἸΤολίτην 250 
Δηΐϊφοβόν τε καὶ “ἸἹππόθοον καὶ Δῖον ἀγαυὸόν " 
> fi \ ς / te 
ἐννέα τοῖς ὁ γεραιὸς ομοκλήῆσας ἐκέλευεν " 
“Σπεύσατέ μοι, κακὰ τέκνα, κατηφόνες. αἴθ᾽ ἅμα 
πάντες 
Ἕκτορος ὠφέλετ᾽ ἀντὶ θοῆς ἐπὶ νηυσὶ πεφάσθαι" 
ὦ μοι ἐγὼ πανάποτμος, ἐπεὶ τέκον υἷας ἀρίστους 255 
Τροίῃ ἐν εὐρείῃ, τῶν δ᾽ οὔτινά φημι λελεῖφθαι, 
/ / SF 2. / ο ." e LA 
Μήστορά τ᾽ ἀντίθεον καὶ Tpwidov ἱππιοχάρμην 
“ ἣν “Ὁ ἃ ee >> , IQ\ OF 
Extopa θ᾽, ὃς θεὸς ἔσκε μετ᾽ ἀνδράσιν, οὐδὲ ἐῴκει 
ΕΣ , lal 7... ” 5 \ al 
avopos γε θνητοῦ πάϊς ἔμμεναι, ἀλλὰ θεοῖο " 
τοὺς μὲν ἀπώλεσ᾽ “Apns, τὰ δ᾽ ἐλέγχεα πάντα λέλειπται, 
ψεῦσταί T ὀρχησταί τε, χοροιτυπίῃσιν ἄριστοι, 261 
> lal o>. 9 / > / ς n 
ἀρνῶν ἠδ᾽ ἐρίφων ἐπιδήμιοι ἁρπακτῆρες. 
+ xX / ” 5 / / 
οὐκ ἂν δή μοι ἄμαξαν ἐφοπλίσσαιτε τάχιστα, 
“ “- e a 
ταῦτά Te πάντ᾽ ἐπιθεῖτε, ἵνα πρήσσωμεν ὁδοῖο ;” 


192 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ ὦ. 


\ e \ 
“Ὡς fal’, οἱ δ᾽ dpa πατρὸς ὑποδδείσαντες ὁομοκλὴν 
2 \ ” 5» 9." € / 
ἐκ μὲν ἄμαξαν ἄειραν ἐὕὔτροχον ἡμιονείην, 200 
καλὴν πρωτοπαγῆ, πείρινθα δὲ δῆσαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς, 
Χ νι» \ , \ “ ς / 
κὰδ δ᾽ ἀπὸ πασσαλόφι ζυγὸν ἥρεον ἡμιόνειον, 
7 ’ / i > 2 > / 
πύξινον ὀμφαλόεν, εὖ οἰήκεσσιν ἀρηρός " 
5 3, / vA “= / 
ἐκ δ᾽ ἔφερον ζυγόδεσμον ἅμα ζυγῷ ἐννεάπηχυ. 270 
καὶ TO μὲν εὖ κατέθηκαν ἐὐξέστῳ ἐπὶ ῥυμῷ, | 
/ ” / > \ * / “Ψ Ψ, 
πέζῃ ἔπι πρώτῃ, ἐπὶ δὲ κρίκον ἕστορι βάλλον, 
\ 7.¢ i » 3599 Ὁ / > x 5», 
τρὶς δ᾽ ἑκάτερθεν ἔδησαν ἐπ᾽ ὀμφαλόν, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα 
¢€ / / ¢ \ “Ὁ Ἵ ἣν 
ἑξείης κατέδησαν, ὑπὸ yAwyiva δ᾽ éxaprpav. 
ἐκ θαλάμου δὲ φέροντες ἐὐξέστης ἐπ᾽ ἀπήνης 275 
΄ ¢ / a 5 / o eof 
νήεον Extopéns κεφαλῆς ἀπερείσι᾽ ἄποινα, 
ζεῦξαν δ᾽ ἡμιόνους κρατερώνυχας ἐντεσιεργούς, 
τούς ῥά ποτε pido Μυσοὶ δόσαν ἀγλαὰ δῶρα. 
“ \ / e/ / ἃ e \ 
ἵππους δὲ ἸΤριάμῳ ὕπαγον ζυγόν, ods ὁ γεραιὸς 
αὐτὸς ἔχων ἀτίταλλεν ἐὐξέστῃ ἐπὶ φάτνῃ. 280 
Τὼ μὲν ζευγνύσθην ἐν δώμασιν ὑψηλοῖσιν 
Ἂ \ p \ \ f 9: Sof 
κῆρυξ καὶ UIpiapos, πυκινὰ φρεσὶ unde ἔχοντες " 
ἀγχίμολον δέ σφ᾽ ἦλθ᾽ “ExaBn τετιηότι θυμῷ, 
9 ” 2 PAD \ / fal 
οἶνον ἔχουσ᾽ ἐν χειρὶ μελίφρονα δεξυτερῆφιν, 
χρυσέῳ ἐν δέπαϊ, ὄφρα λείψαντε κιοίτην" 285 
a 2.» / yg 2 oe Ἅ δὴ > sae ‘ 
στῆ © ἵππων προπάροιθεν ἔπος T ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν" 
“TH Ἄ \ / \ 7 » ιν 
ἢ, σπεῖσον Διὶ πατρί, καὶ εὔχεο οἴκαδ᾽ ἱκέσθαι 
x 5 7 3 [οὶ ΡΣ N\A / \ Z 
ἂψ' ἐκ δυσμενέων ἀνδρῶν, ἐπεὶ ἂρ σέγε θυμὸς 
5 3 \ Qn 3 “Ὁ x 3 2 Ψ' 
ὀτρύνει ἐπὶ νῆας, ἐμεῖο μὲν οὐκ ἐθελούσης. 
ἀλλ᾽ εὔχευ σύγ᾽ ἔπειτα κελαινεφέϊ ἹΚρονίωνι 290 
᾿Ιδαίῳ, ὅστε Τροίην κατὰ πᾶσαν ὁρᾶται, 
" >] 5 / \ ” [γέ ς > a 
αἴτει δ᾽ οἰωνόν, ταχὺν ἄγγελον, ὅστε οἱ αὐτῷ 
fa / / 
φίλτατος οἰωνῶν, καί εὗ κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον, 
Ν > an 
δεξιόν, ὄφρα μιν αὐτὸς ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι νοήσας 
ἊΝ / aN an 7 lal Α 
τῷ πίσυνος ἐπὶ νῆας ἴης Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων. 295 


ILIAD XXIV. 193 


/ \ 
εἰ δέ τοι οὐ δώσει ἑὸν ἄγγελον εὐρύοπα Ζεύς, 

> Μ / 2 oF 2 , ’ 
οὐκ ἂν ἔγωγέ σ᾽ ἔπειτα ἐποτρύνουσα κελοίμην 

Ἄς στον , 5} ξ a 9) 
νῆας ἐπ᾽ ᾿Αργείων ἰέναι, μάλα περ μεμαῶτα. 

Τὴν δ᾽ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσέφη ἸΙρίαμος θεοειδής - 
“ὦ γύναι, οὐ μέν τοι τόδ᾽ ἐφιεμένῃ ἀπιθήσω " 800 
ἐσθλὸν γὰρ Διὶ χεῖρας ἀνασχέμεν, αἴ κ᾽ ἐλεήσῃ." 

3 € age / 4 5 4... 4 Ν 

Η pa καὶ ἀμφίπολον ταμίην ὠτρυν᾽ ὁ γεραιὸς 
χερσὶν ὕδωρ ἐπιχεῦαι ἀκήρατον" ἡ δὲ παρέστη 

/ > / , / 2 τοῦ Ν » 
χέρνιβον ἀμφίπολος πρόχοόν θ᾽ ἅμα χερσὶν ἔχουσα. 
νιψάμενος δὲ κύπελλον ἐδέξατο ἧς ἀλόχοιο " 305 

bd 2) ΤῊ \ / Ὁ “ a \ 5s 
evyeT ἔπειτα στὰς μέσῳ ἕρκεϊ, λεῖβε δὲ οἶνον 

> % > , \ 7 ” » 
οὐρανὸν εἰσανιδών, καὶ φωνήσας ἔπος ηὔδα" 

“Zed πάτερ, Ἴδηθεν μεδέων, κύδιστε μέγιστε, 
δός μ᾽ ἐς Ἀχιλλῆος φίλον ἐλθεῖν ἠδ᾽ ἐλεεινόν, 

/ > ᾽ ’ \ BA e \ 3 fal 
πέμψον δ᾽ οἰωνόν, ταχὺν ἄγγελον, OTTE TOL αὕτῳ 810 
φίλτατος οἰωνῶν, καί EV κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον, 
δεξιόν, ὄφρα μιν αὐτὸς ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι νοήσας 
τῷ πίσυνος ἐπὶ νῆας ἴω Δαναῶν ταχυπώλων." 

Ὡς ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος, τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε μητίετα Ζεύς. 

> / ’ > \ : “4 ἴω 
αὐτίκα δ᾽ αἰετὸν ἧκε, τελειότατον πετεηνῶν, 315 

, an > A&A \ \ / 
μόρφνον θηρητῆρ᾽, ὃν Kal περκνὸν καλέουσιν. 
ὅσση δ᾽ ὑψορόφοιο θύρη θαλάμοιο τέτυκται 
ἀνέρος ἀφνειοῖο, ἐὺ κληϊσ᾽ ἀραρυΐα, 

, 3. ΨὉ re / 7 / SYA / 
τόσσ᾽ ἄρα τοῦ ἑκάτερθεν ἔσαν πτερά" εἴσατο δέ σφιν 
δεξιὸς ἀΐξας ὑπὲρ ἄστεος. οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες 320 

/ * la} pe \ \ af 
γήθησαν, καὶ πᾶσιν ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θυμὸς ἰάνθη. 

3 ¢ \ Ὁ ἄν. , ,ὔ 

Σπερχόμενος δ᾽ ὁ γεραιὸς ἑοῦ ἐπεβήσετο δίφρου, 

» Dn BF / \ 7 a > , 
ἐκ δ᾽ ἔλασε προθύροιο καὶ αἰθούσης ἐριδούπου. 

/ \ 6 / vA / " / 
πρόσθε μὲν ἡμίονοι ἕλκον τετράκυκλον ἀπήνην. 
τὰς ᾿Ιδαῖος ἔλαυνε δαΐφρων" αὐτὰρ ὄπισθεν 325 
ἵπποι, TOUS ὁ γέρων ἐφέπων μάστιγι κέλευεν 


9 


194 IAIAAOS ©. 


/ ped f- xe / Ψ 
καρπαλίμως κατὰ ἄστυ" φίλοι δ᾽ ἅμα πάντες ἕποντο 

/ / 
πόλλ᾽ ὀλοφυρόμενοι ὡσεὶ θάνατόνδε κιόντα. 
οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν πόλιος κατέβαν, πεδίον δ᾽ ἀφίκοντο, 
οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἄψορροι προτὶ ἔϊλιον ἀπονέοντο, 880 
παῖδες καὶ γαμβροί, τὼ δ᾽ οὐ λάθον εὐρύοπα Ζῆν 
> / / 3 a 3. 9 / v. 
ἐς πεδίον προφανέντε' ἰδὼν δ᾽ ἐλέησε γέροντα. 
αἶψα δ᾽ ap’ “Ἑρμείαν, υἱὸν φίλον, ἀντίον ηὔδα" 

ἐξα / \ ar ΄, ΄, / tae 

Eppeta* σοὶ yap Te μάλιστά ye hidTaToy ἐστιν 
ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι, καί T ἔκλυες ᾧ κ᾽ ἐθέλῃσθα." 835 

/ 2 of \ / " 9 οὐκ, aA 3 A 
Back’ ἴθι, καὶ ἹΤρίαμον κοίλας ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν 
ἃ 4 2 ς Si ἣν 7 f_ 3 Ὧν 4 
ὡς ἄγαγ᾽, ὡς μήτ᾽ ἄρ τις ἴδη μήτ᾽ ἄρ τε νοήσῃ 
τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν, πρὶν Ἰ]ηλείωνάδ᾽ ἱκέσθαι." 

“Os ἔφατ᾽, οὐδ᾽ ἀπίθησε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης " 
αὐτίκ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ ὑπὸ ποσσὶν ἐδήσατο καλὰ TELA 840 
> , 4 / / 3 Ν pie ees \ 
ἀμβρόσια χρύσεια, τά μιν φέρον nuev eh ὑγρὴν 
ἠδ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἀπείρονα γαῖαν ἅμα πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο " 
εἵλετο δὲ ῥάβδον, τῇτ᾽ ἀνδρῶν ὄμματα θέλγει 
& 5 Ne \ 2 i) ADR J > / 
ὧν ἐθέλει, τοὺς δ᾽ αὖτε Kal ὑπνώοντας ἐγείρει " 

\ \ \ » / \ ’ 7 
τὴν μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχων πέτετο κρατὺς ᾿Αργειφόντης. 84 
αἷψα δ᾽ ἄρα Τροίην τε καὶ “Ελλήσποντον ἵκανεν, 
βῆ δ᾽ ἰέναι κούρῳ αἰσυμνητῆρι ἐοικώς, 
πρῶτον ὑπηνήτῃ, τοῦπερ χαριεστάτη ἥβη. 

Οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν μέγα σῆμα παρὲξ "ἵλοιο ἔλασσαν, 

wn a ῷ ΔΨ / se ” / 
στῆσαν AP ἡμιόνους TE καὶ ἵππους, ὄφρα πίοιεν, 300 
3 ἜΝ ὃ} \ ΝΑ “ ” 0 a 
ἐν ποταμῷ" δὴ yap καὶ ἐπὶ κνέφας ἤλυθε γαῖαν. 
τὸν δ᾽ ἐξ ἀγχιμόλοιο ἰδὼν ἐῤράσσατο κῆρυξ 
“Ἑρμείαν, ποτὶ δὲ Πρίαμον φάτο φώνησέν τε" 

“Φράζεο, Δαρδανίδη - φραδέος νόου ἔργα τέτυκται. 
ἄνδρ᾽ ὁρόω, τάχα δ᾽ ἄμμε διαρραίσεσθαι ὀΐω. 355 
, > a \ 7 Dp? ὦ "7 » 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ φεύγωμεν ἐφ᾽ ἵππων, 7 μιν ἔπειτα 

’ὔ e , / ” +." 9 , 99 
γούνων ἁψάμενοι λυιτανεύσομεν, αἱ K ἐλεήσῃ. 


ILIAD XXIV. 195 


ΚΖ / ν᾿ cal 
Ὡς φάτο, σὺν δὲ γέροντι νόος χύτο, δείδιε δ᾽ αἰνῶς, 
5) ν, τὰ ῃ " 36 \ * , 
ὀρθαὶ δὲ τρίχες ἔσταν ἐνὶ γναμπτοῖσι μέλεσσιν, 
A / ΓΑ Vd 
στῆ δὲ ταφών αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐριούνιος ἐγγύθεν ἐλθών, 800 
χεῖρα γέροντος ἑλών, ἐξείρετο καὶ προσέειπεν" 
“TIF r SO Seer os 0 ΄ 
ἢ, πάτερ, ὧδ᾽ ἵππους τε καὶ ἡμιόνους ἰθύνεις 
/ ¢ f 
νύκτα δι’ ἀμβροσίην, ὅτε θ᾽ εὕδουσι βροτοὶ ἄλλοι; 
> \ δ΄ ς δ. δῇ td / 3 4 
οὐδὲ avy ἔδδεισας μένεα πνείοντας ᾿Αχαιούς, 
Ὁ» , Ν"..,3 ne 9 ν᾽ » 
οἵ τοι δυσμενέες καὶ ἀνάρσιοι ἐγγὺς ἔασιν; 369 
fa) 7 Ψ 16 θ \ ὃ \ / / 
τῶν εἴ Tis σε ἴδουτο θοὴν διὰ νύκτα μέλαιναν 
END. 2 / Fier SE Δ XN / / ” 
Toca dd ὀνείατ᾽ ἄγοντα, Tis ἂν δή τοι νόος εἴη ; 
ἌΣ. 9 ee / 2 / [4 / τὰ 2 o 
οὔτ᾽ αὐτὸς νέος ἐσσί, γέρων δέ τοι οὗτος ὀπηδεῖ, 
” Dig? “4 v4 / ἃ 
ἄνδρ᾽ ἀπαμύνασθαι, ὅτε τις πρότερος γαλεπήνῃ. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐδέν σε ῥέξω κακά, καὶ δέ κεν ἄλλον 870 
a I BA 
σεῦ ἀπαλεξήσαιμι φίλῳ δέ σε πατρὶ ἐΐσκω." 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα γέρων ἸΠρίαμος θεοειδής " 
“cc Ὁ / <e / / , [4 5 , 
οὕτω πη τάδε γ᾽ ἐστί, φίλον τέκος, ὡς ἀγορεύεις. 
3, ὍΣ ἢ ee 5 na ἴω ς ζΖ nN 
ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι τις Kal ἐμεῖο θεῶν ὑπερέσχεθε χεῖρα, 
“Ὁ ς n 
ὅς μοι τοιόνδ᾽ ἧκεν ὁδοιπόρον ἀντιβολῆσαι, 870 
» Φ \ \ / \ 5. 2 / 
αἴσιον, οἷος δὴ σὺ δέμας Kal εἶδος ἀγητός, 
7 7 is / 2 oe 9 , 99 
πέπνυσαί TE VOM, μακάρων δ᾽ ἔξ ἐσσι τοκήων. 
> £ 
Tov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης " 
\ a : lol 
“yal δὴ ταῦτά ye πάντα, γέρον, κατὰ μοῖραν ἔειπες. 
/ 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε μοι τόδε εἰπὲ καὶ ἀτρεκέως κατάλεξον, 880 
/ / 7 
ἠέ πη ἐκπέμπεις κειμήλια πολλὰ καὶ ἐσθλὰ 
yA > ᾽ , “ / r 7 
ἄνδρας ἐς ἀλλοδαπούς, ἵνα περ τάδε τοι σόα μίμνῃ, 
A 10 7 / ” epee 
ἢ ἤδη πάντες καταλείπετε Ἴλιον ἱρὴν 
/ lal \ 3 \ ” wv 
δειδιότες * τοῖος yap ἀνὴρ ὥριστος ὄλωλεν ‘ 
\ an a ,ὔ ΄ ἢ δ κ ἦν κ΄) 
σὸς παις" οὐ μὲν γὰρ TL μάχης ἐπεδεύετ Αχαιῶν. 385 
Tov δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα γέρων Ἰ]ρίαμος θεοειδής - 
τε 1 \ fins , , Ἀγ δον, ; , 
τίς δὲ σύ ἐσσι, φέριστε, τέων δ᾽ ἔξ ἐσσι τοκήων ; 
“ {τ 3 92.3 Scie 9 
ὥς μοι καλὰ TOV οἶτον ἀπότμου παιδὸς ἔνισπες. 


196 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ ©. : 


Tov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης * 
“πειρᾷ ἐμεῖο, γεραιέ, καὶ εἴρεαι “Extopa δῖον. 890 
\ \ 3. EX / \ / 7” f 
TOV MEV ἐγὼ μάλα πολλὰ μάχῃ ἔνι κυδιανείρῃ 
3 ΓΙ "᾿ Ν P39 » > \ \ ἣν ᾽ 
ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὄπωπα, καὶ εὖτ᾽ ἐπὶ νηυσὶν ἐλάσσας 
3 / / oh ’ 7.» ἴω, 
Apyetous κτείνεσκε, δαΐζων ὀξέϊ χαλκῷ 
ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἑσταότες θαυμάζομεν " οὐ yap ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
εἴα μάρνασθαι, κεχολωμένος ᾿Ατρείωνι. 395 
τοῦ yap ἐγὼ θεράπων, μία δ᾽ ἤγαγε νηῦς evepyns * 
Μυρμιδόνων δ᾽ ἔξ εἰμι, πατὴρ δέ μοί ἐστι ἸΤολύκτωρ * 
3 \ \ ee 2 / / \ \ e 4 Φ 
πζνειὸς μὲν by ἐστί, yepion δὲ δὴ ὡς σύπερ ὧδε, 
ἕξ δέ οἱ υἷες ἔασιν, ἐγὼ δέ οἱ ἕβδομός εἰμι" 
τῶν μέτα παλλόμενος μλήρῳ λάχον ἐνθάδ᾽ ἕπεσθαι. 400 
νῦν δ᾽ ἦλθον πεδίονδ᾽ ἀπὸ νηῶν " ἠῶθεν γὰρ 
θήσονται περὶ ἄστυ μάχην ἑλίκωπες ᾿Αχαιοί. 
> / \ C/ / 9 Ν 7 
ἀσχαλόωσι γὰρ οἵδε καθήμενοι, οὐδὲ δύνανται 
» > / “4 a 3 lal bb) 
ἴσχειν ἐσσυμένους πολέμου βασιλῆες ᾿Αχαιῶν. 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα γέρων Ἰ]ρίαμος θεοειδής - 405 
“ εἰ μὲν δὴ θεράπων Ἰ]ηληϊάδεω ᾿Αχιλῆος 
5 » / a > / 4 
εἷς, ἄγε δή μοι πᾶσαν ἀληθείην κατάλεξον, 
ἢ ἔτι πὰρ νήεσσιν ἐμὸς πάϊς, ἠέ μιν ἤδη 
nol κυσὶν μελεϊστὶ ταμὼν προὔθηκεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς." 
Τὸν δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης" 410 
“ὦ γέρον, οὔπω τόνγε κύνες φάγον οὐδ᾽ οἰωνοί, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι κεῖνος κεῖται ᾿Αχιλλῆος παρὰ νηΐ 
» ’ / / / Mae coe 
αὔτως ἐν κλισίησι" δυωδεκάτη δέ οἱ ἠὼς 
’ 3 / / e Ν , > / 5 \ 
κειμένῳ, οὐδέ TL OL χρὼς σήπεται, οὐδέ μιν εὐλαὶ 
ἔσθουσ᾽, αἵ ῥά τε φῶτας ἀρηϊφάτους κατέδουσιν. 41 
ἢ μέν μιν περὶ σῆμα ἑοῦ ἑτάροιο φίλοιο 
ο΄ > , 2X [τ Ὁ 7 
ἕλκει ἀκηδέστως, ἠὼς ὅτε Oia φανήῃ" 
> 7 > re al > Χ > ’ 
οὐδέ μιν αἰσχύνει" θηοῖό ey αὐτὸς ἐπελθών. 
οἷον ἐερσήεις κεῖται, περὶ δ᾽ αἷμα νένυπται 


ILIAD XXIV. 197 


οὐδέ ποθι μιαρός " σὺν δ᾽ ἕλκεα πάντα μέμυκεν, 420 
[τέ aD, Ὁ λα δὶ / \ > > a \ + 

ὅσσ᾽ ἐτύπη " πολέες yap ἐν αὐτῷ χαλκὸν ἔλασσαν. 

ὥς τοι κήδονται μάκαρες θεοὶ υἷος ἐῆος, 

ον» ’ a ’ / } ete κ 99 
καὶ νέκυὸς περ ἐόντος, ἐπεί σφι φίλος περὶ κῆρι. 

« id / 

Ὡς φάτο, γήθησεν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων, καὶ ἀμείβετο μύθῳ" 
“ὦ τέκος, ἢ ῥ᾽ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἐναίσιμα δῶρα διδοῦναι 425 
3 ζ΄ > \ ” pe ΙΝ, n yA Su Sh 
ἀθανάτοις, ἐπεὶ οὔποτ᾽ ἐμὸς παῖς, εἴποτ᾽ ἔην γε, 
λήθετ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάροισι θεῶν, οἱ ᾽ολυμπον ἔχουσιν" 
τῷ οἱ ἀπεμνήσαντο καὶ ἐν θανάτοιό περ αἴσῃ. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε δὴ τόδε δέξαι ἐμεῦ πάρα καλὸν ἄλεισον, 
αὐτόν τε ῥῦσαι, πέμψον δέ με σύν γε θεοῖσιν, 480 
ὄφρα κεν ἐς κλισίην Ἰ]ηληϊάδεω ἀφίκωμαι." 

\ 5 
Tov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης * 
Aad “ , , > Ud / 

“πειρᾷ ἐμεῖο, γεραιέ, νεωτέρου, οὐδέ με πείσεις, 
“ lal “ 
ὅς με κέλεαι σέο δῶρα παρὲξ ᾿Αχιλῆα δέχεσθαι. 

\ \ 7h Ὁ ὃ ὃ Ά, δέ \ a “- 
τὸν μὲν ἐγὼ δείδοικα καὶ αἰδέομαι περὶ κῆρι 435 

7, / Ι 

συλεύειν, μή μοί τι κακὸν μετόπισθε γένηται. 

\ 5.ϑ.,.ἃ 4 \ / \ v7 e / 
σοὶ δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ πομπὸς Kai κε κλυτὸν "Apros ἱκοίμην, 
3 Ψ whe A, AK \ e , 
ἐνδυκέως ἐν νηὶ θοῇ ἢ πεζὸς ὁμαρτέων " 
οὐκ ἄν τίς τοι, πομπὸν ὀνοσσάμενος, μαχέσαιτο." 

9 ΠῚ: +. 3 Λ “ Ν ΟἹ 

Η καὶ ἀναΐξας ἐριούνιος ἅρμα καὶ ἵππους 440 

/ / LA 6 ᾿ / / 

καρπαλίμως μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία λάζετο χερσίν, 

> ες 7 SS ον Ὁ Α {s > of 
ἐν δ᾽ ἔπνευσ᾽ ἵπποισι Kal ἡμιόνοις μένος Hi. 

> Ss. \ A a \ / “ 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ πύργους τε νεῶν καὶ τάφρον ἵκοντο, 

ς 4 / \ / Qn / 
ot δὲ νέον περὶ δόρπα φυλακτῆρες πονέοντο * 
τοῖσι δ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ὕπνον ἔχευε διάκτορος ᾿Αργειφόντης 44 

lal » > Ww / \ > lal 3 fa! 
πᾶσιν, apap δ᾽ wike πύλας Kal ἀπῶσεν ὀχῆας, 

> δ Μ᾽ / / ἌΝ... Ν ENP Diy?) HDi oD / 
ἐς δ᾽ ἄγαγε ἸΤρίαμόν τε καὶ ἀγλαὰ Sap ἐπ᾽ ἀπήνης. 

\ “ 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ κλισίην Πηληϊάδεω ἀφίκοντο 
/ 

ὑψηλήν, τὴν Μυρμιδόνες ποίησαν ἄνακτι 

“ / 

Sodp ἐλάτης κέρσαντες " ἀτὰρ καθύπερθεν ἔρεψαν 450 


198 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Q. 


λαχνήεντ᾽ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντες * 

3 Ν ὃ “ e ‘e » \ / 3 
ἀμφὶ ὃὲέ οἱ μεγάλην αὐλὴν ποίησαν ἄνακτι 

A a n \ 

σταυροῖσιν πυκινοῖσι" θύρην δ᾽ ἔχε μοῦνος ἐπιβλὴς 
ELNATLVOS, τὸν τρεῖς μὲν ἐπιρρήσσεσκον ᾿Αχαιοί, 
τρεῖς δ᾽ ἀναοίγεσκον μεγάλην κληΐδα θυράων, 4δῦ 
τῶν ἄλλων - ᾿Αχιλεὺς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπιρρήσσεσκε καὶ οἷος " 
ὃ F ee 10᾽ ty / 2 / ἊΝ / 

ἡ pa TO ρμείας ἐριούνιος ᾧξε γέροντι, 
ἐς δ᾽ ἄγαγε κλυτὰ δῶρα ποδώκεϊ Ἰ]Πηλείωνιυ, 

> “ > 2 / λιν | / , / 
ἐξ ἵππων δ᾽ ἀπέβαινεν ἐπὶ χθόνα φώνησέν τε" 

“«Ὦ γέρον, ἤτοι ἐγὼ θεὸς ἄμβροτος εἰλήλουθα, 400 
“Ἑρμείας : σοὶ γάρ με πατὴρ ἅμα πομπὸν ὄπασσεν" 
ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ἐγὼ πάλιν εἴσομαι, οὐδ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆος 
3 \ Μ \ ζΖ » 
ὀφθαλμοὺς εἴσειμι " νεμεσσητὸν δέ κεν εἴη 
> / \ Ὁ \ 3 ἢ ” 
ἀθάνατον θεὸν ὧδε βροτοὺς ἀγαπαζέμεν ἄντην " 
τύνη δ᾽ εἰσελθὼν λαβὲ γούνατα Ἰ]Πηλείωνος, 465 
καί μιν ὑπὲρ πατρὸς καὶ μητέρος HUKOMOLO 

, ΠΝ, “ δ) aN ἂρ έωϑό ὦ 43 
λίσσεο καὶ τέκεος, va οἱ σὺν θυμὸν ὀρίνης. 

“Os ἄρα φωνήσας ἀπέβη πρὸς μακρὸν ᾽Ολυμπον 
“Ἑρμείας - Πρίαμος δ᾽ ἐξ ἵππων ἄλτο χαμᾶζε, 

nr 5 ς 
Ἰδαῖον δὲ κατ᾽ αὖθι λίπεν" ὁ δὲ μίμνεν ἐρύκων 470 
~ € / / 2 FAN / 3/ 
ἵππους ἡμιόνους τε" γέρων δ᾽ ἰθὺς κίεν οἴκου, 
τῇ ῥ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἵζεσκε διίφιλος. ἐν δέ μιν αὐτὸν 
©. 3.550. > 9 ΄ / tal \ /3 ” 
εὗρ᾽, ἕταροι δ᾽ ἀπάνευθε καθείατο" τῷ δὲ δύ᾽ οἴω, 
ἥρως Αὐτομέδων τε καὶ ἔΛλκιμος, ὄζος ΓΑρηος, 
ποίπνυον παρεόντε" νέον δ᾽ ἀπέληγεν ἐδωδῆς 475 
ἔσθων καὶ πίνων " ἔτι καὶ παρέκειτο τράπεζα. 
τοὺς δ᾽ ἔλαθ᾽ εἰσελθὼν ἹΤρίαμος μέγας, ἄγχι δ᾽ ἄρα στὰς 
χερσὶν ᾿Αχιλλῆος λάβε γούνατα καὶ κύσε χεῖρας 
\ 3 / “ e / / ® 
δεινὰς ἀνδροφόνους, at ot πολέας κτάνον υἷας. 
ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἂν ἄνδρ᾽ ἄτη πυκινὴ λάβῃ, dor ἐνὶ watpy 480 

lal / ” 5" A 

φῶτα κατακτείνας ἄλλων ἐξίκετο δῆμον, 


ILIAD XXIV. 199 


na 7 
ἀνδρὸς ἐς ἀφνειοῦ, θάμβος δ᾽ ἔχει εἰσορόωντας, 
/ 

ὡς ᾿Αχιλεὺς θάμβησεν ἰδὼν Upiapov θεοειδέα. 
θάμβησαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι, ἐς ἀλλήλους δὲ ἴδοντο. 
τὸν καὶ λισσόμενος Τ]ρίαμος πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν" 485 

“Myjoat πατρὸς σοῖο, θεοῖς ἐπιείκελ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ, 

δή Ψ ΕῚ , ar Acs x / 1) n 
τηλίκου ὥσπερ ἐγών, ὀλοῷ ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῴ. 

a \ / ᾿ 

καὶ μέν που κεῖνον περιναιέται ἀμφὶς ἐόντες 

/ ’ > / / > 3 \ Ἢ \ > A 
τείρουσ᾽, οὐδέ Tis ἐστιν ἀρὴν καὶ λουγὸν ἀμῦναι. 

aA ΄ὔ 

ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι κεῖνός γε σέθεν ζώοντος ἀκούων 490 

/ 7 9 n 3 / >. DF BA , 
χαίρει τ᾽ ἐν θυμῷ, ἐπί τ᾽ ἔλπεται ἤματα πάντα 

/ 

ὄψεσθαι φίλον υἱὸν ἀπὸ Τροίηθε pororTa: 
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ πανάποτμος, ἐπεὶ τέκον υἷας ἀρίστους 
Τροίῃ ἐν εὐρείῃ, τῶν δ᾽ οὔτινά φημι λελεῖφθαι. 

/ / 9 er > +f & bf] a 
πεντήκοντά μοι ἦσαν, OT ἤλυθον υἷες Αχαιῶν" 49 
ἐννεακαίδεκα μέν μοι ins ἐκ νηδύος ἦσαν, 

\ : ae ” 5 νὲἈ / A 
τοὺς δ᾽ ἄλλους μοι ἔτικτον ἐνὶ μεγάροισι γυναῖκες. 
“ Ν ον a ” 4 Ν & > »- 
τῶν μὲν πολλῶν θοῦρος *Apns ὑπὸ γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσεν " 
ἃ ¥ » » “ 4 4 3 Ἂ 
ὃς δέ μοι οἷος ἔην, εἴρυτο δὲ ἄστυ καὶ αὐτούς, 
= “ 
τὸν σὺ πρώην κτεῖνας ἀμυνόμενον περὶ πάτρης, δ00 
Eh a a “4 at / an 3 A 
KTOpa* τοῦ νῦν εἵνεχ᾽ ἱκάνω νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν, 
, \ a , v Jee fe 9. eh 
λυσόμενος παρὰ σεῖο, φέρω δ᾽ ἀπερείσι᾽ ἄποινα. 
ἀλλ᾽ αἰδεῖο θεούς, ᾿Αχιλεῦ, αὐτόν 7 ἐλέησον, 
a / ΟῚ 
μνησάμενος σοῦ πατρὸς " ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐλεεινότερός περ, 
ἔτλην δ᾽ of οὔπω τις ἐπιχθόνιος βροτὸς ἄλλος, 505 
> A. ὃ / \ , Ὡς ν᾽ 3 / 99 
ἀνδρὸς παιδοφόνοιο ποτὶ στόμα χεῖρ᾽ ὀρέγεσθαι. 
5 @) pa lal δ᾽ » α Ν δ “Ὁ 3 / ἢ 

ς φάτο, τῷ ὃ ἄρα πατρὸς Up ἰμερον ὦρσε γοοίο 

ἁψάμενος δ᾽ ἄρα χειρὸς ἀπώσατο ἧκα γέροντα. 

\ \ fi e ΝΕ ἰδὲ 3 , 
τὼ δὲ μνησαμένω, ὁ μὲν “Ἑκτορος ἀνδροφόνοιο 
Kral’ ἀδινά, προπάροιθε ποδῶν ᾿Αχιλῆος ἐλυσθείς, 510 
αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς κλαῖεν ἑὸν πατέρ᾽, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε 
Πάτροκλον " τῶν δὲ στοναχὴ Kata δώματ᾽ ὀρώρει. 


a 


200 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ ὦ. 


> \ > Pe ‘A / aA P) ζ 
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί pa γόοιο τετάρπετο δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
/ δ..5 \ / 9 - ΦΧ \ / 
[καί οἱ ἀπὸ πραπίδων HAO ἵμερος ἠδ᾽ ἀπὸ γυίων,] 
9 02-9 3 \ / 9S 7 Ν Ν ᾽ 7 
αὐτίκ᾽ ἀπὸ θρόνου ὦρτο, γέροντα δὲ χειρὸς ἀνίστη, 515 
3 / / , 
οἰκτείρων πολιόν τε κάρη πολιόν τε γένειον, 
/ / 
καί μιν φωνήσας ἔπεα πτερόεντα προσηύδα" 
> 9 af f 
“°A Sein’, ἢ δὴ πολλὰ κάκ᾽ ἄνσχεο σὸν κατὰ θυμόν. 
fa x ee a ? la) 3 / 5 
πῶς ἔτλης ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Αχαιῶν ἐλθέμεν οἷος, 
Ν / \ 
ἀνδρὸς ἐς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὅς τοι πολέας TE καὶ ἐσθλοὺς 520 
es / 7 Ζ / 3 
υἱέας ἐξενάριξα ; σιδήρειόν νύ τοι ἦτορ. 
Y \ / / ‘ 5, 
ἀλλ aye δὴ κατ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἕζευ ἐπὶ θρόνου, ἄλγεα δ᾽ ἔμπης 
a na ᾽ 
ἐν θυμῷ κατακεῖσθαι ἐάσομεν, ἀχνύμενοί περ. 
/ a a / 
ov yap τις πρῆξις πέλεται κρυεροῖο γόοιο. 
ἃ n val 
ὡς yap ἐπεκλώσαντο θεοὶ δειλοῖσι βροτοῖσιν, 525 
4 ᾽ 7 ᾽ Ν / > =? 7 3 / 
ζώειν ἀχνυμένοις " αὐτοὶ δέ τ᾽ ἀκηδέες εἰσίν. 
\ ‘a / / 3 \ A 
δοιοὶ yap τε πίθοι κατακείαται ἐν Διὸς οὔδει 
’ - / a “ WS 7 
δώρων οἷα δίδωσι, κακῶν, ἕτερος δὲ ἐάων " 
ες , > 2 ξ ὃ , ; \ / 
ᾧ μέν κ᾽ ἀμμίξας δοίη Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, 
f a = 
ἄλλοτε μέν TE κακῷ ὅγε κύρεται, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ ἐσθχῷ - 530 
- ’ A lal x lj 
ᾧ δέ κε TOV λυγρῶν δοίη, χλωβητὸν ἔθηκεν " 
/ , A tA 
καί ἑ κακὴ βούβρωστις ἐπὶ χθόνα δῖαν ἐλαύνει, 
φοιτᾷ δ᾽ οὔτε θεοῖσι τετιμένος οὔτε βροτοῖσιν. 
ἃ Ae / \ nr 
ὡς μὲν καὶ IInrHi θεοὶ δόσαν ἀγλαὰ δῶρα 
3 A / \ 27 9 Ὁ5 θ , : sae κ 
EK γενετῆς " πάντας γὰρ ἐπ ἀνθρωπους ἐκέκαστο ὅϑῦ 
’ 
ὄλβῳ τε πλούτῳ τε, ἄνασσε δὲ Μυρμιδόνεσσιν, 
, a 
καί οἱ θνητῷ ἐόντι θεὰν ποίησαν ἄκοιτιν. 
3 ΩΣ Ν Ν la) al Ν δ Ὁ e ” 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ καὶ τῷ θῆκε θεὸς κακόν, ὅττι οἱ οὔτι 
παίδων ἐν μεγάροισι γονὴ γένετο κρειόντων, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἕνα παῖδα τέκεν παναώριον " οὐδέ νυ τόνγε ὅ40 
/ > \ / / ’, 
γηράσκοντα κομίζω, ἐπεὶ μάλα τηλόθι πάτρης 
® ,Φ-᾿ / / / Ἰδὲ \ / 
ἣμαι ἐνὶ Tpoln, σέ Te κήδων ἠδὲ σὰ τέκνα. 
\ Ul / \ \ \ > i sf 3 
καὶ σέ, γέρον, τὸ πρὶν μὲν ἀκούομεν ὄλβιον εἶναι " 


ILIAD XXIV. 901 


ὅσσον Λέσβος ἄνω, Μάκαρος ἕδος, ἐντὸς ἐέργει 
καὶ Φρυγίη καθύπερθε καὶ ᾿λλήσποντος ἀπείρων, 545 
τῶν σε, γέρον, πλούτῳ τε καὶ υἱάσι φασὶ κεκάσθαι. 
αὐτὰρ ἐπεί τοι πῆμα τόδ᾽ ἤγαγον Οὐρανίωνες, 
αἰεί τοι περὶ ἄστυ μάχαι T ἀνδροκτασίαι τε" 
ΝΜ δ᾽ trl 45 ΄ \ \ θ , 
ἄνσχεο, μηδ᾽ ἀλίαστον ὀδύρεο σὸν κατὰ θυμόν. 
οὐ γάρ τι πρήξεις ἀκαχήμενος υἷος ἐῆος, 550 
᾽ 5 t > , \ \ ye , 4) 
οὐδέ μιν ἀνστήσεις, πρὶν καὶ κακὸν ἄλλο πάθῃησθα. 
Ν 
Τὸν δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα γέρων Ipiapuos θεοειδής " 
4 by 6, 
“ μή μέ πω ἐς θρόνον ἵζε, διοτρεφές, ὄφρα κεν "ExTwp 
an πὶ ἃ. / ᾽ / ᾽ \ » 
κῆται ἐνὶ κλισίῃσιν ἀκηδής, ἀλλὰ τάχιστα. 
λῦσον, ἵν᾿ ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ἴδω: σὺ δὲ δέξαι ἄποινα 555 
[πολλά, τά τοι φέρομεν" σὺ δὲ τῶνδ᾽ ἀπόναιο, καὶ ἔλθοις 
σὴν ἐς πατρίδα γαῖαν, ἐπεί με πρῶτον ἔασας 
ΡΥ , ἀπ Pa νν ΄, > / 9 
αὐτόν τε ζώειν καὶ opav φάος ἠελίοιο]. 
Τὸν δ᾽ dp ὑπόδρα ἰδὼν προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλ- 
x 
devs - 
“μηκέτι νῦν μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε, γέρον " voéw δὲ καὶ avTos δθ0 
“Ἑκτορά τοι λῦσαι" Διόθεν δέ μοι ἄγγελος ἦλθεν 
μήτηρ, ἥ μ᾽ ἔτεκεν, θυγάτηρ ἁλίοιο γέροντος. 
καὶ δέ σε γιγνώσκω, Τ]ρίαμε, φρεσίν, οὐδέ με λήθεις, 
“ a / > 4 \ Le a A ? ἴω 
ὅττι θεῶν τίς σ᾽ ἦγε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας ᾿Λχαιῶν. 
οὐ γάρ κε τλαίη βροτὸς ἐλθέμεν, οὐδὲ μάλ᾽ ἡβῶν, δθῦ 
5 Ὁ / ᾽ Ν x if / > ᾽’ Ἄν na 
3 
ἐς στρατόν" οὐδὲ yap ἂν φυλάκους λάθοι, οὐδέ κ᾽ ὀχῆα 
ῥεῖα μετοχλίσσειε θυράων ἡμετεράων. 
poo a , A Boe. Sf ΑΝ 9a 7 
τῷ νῦν μή μοι μᾶλλον ἐν Adyeot θυμὸν ὀρίνῃς, 
, +3909 ἂν ἘΝ 2.74 / 27 
μή σε, γέρον, οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐνὶ κλισίῃσιν ἐάσω 
καὶ ἱκέτην περ ἐόντα, Διὸς δ᾽ ἀλίτωμαι ἐφετμάς." δ10 
Ὃς ἔφατ᾽, ἔδδεισεν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων καὶ ἐπείθετο μύθῳ. 
Πηλείδης δ᾽ οἴκοιο λέων ὡς ἄλτο θύραζε, 
οὐκ οἷος, ἅμα τῷγε δύω θεράποντες ἕποντο, 


Q* 


— 


202 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ ©. 


ἥρως Αὐτομέδων ἠδ᾽ Λλκιμος, οὕς pa μάλιστα 
Te ᾿Αχιλεὺς ἑτάρων, μετὰ Ἰ]ἀτροκλόν γε θανόντα, 575 
a νοις Ν / , “ ς / 
ot TOP ὑπὸ ζυγόφιν λύον ἵππους ἡμιόνους τε, 
ἐς δ᾽ ἄγαγον κήρυκα καλήτορα τοῖο γέροντος, 
\ 1 gees. / ΜΝ 5... " ΡῈ π᾿, PE / 
κὰδ δ᾽ ἐπὶ δίφρου eicav: ἐὐξέστου δ᾽ am ἀπήνης 
i c / cer χα }. bio uesp 
ἥρεον Extopéns κεφαλῆς ἀπερείσι ἄποινα. 
κὰδ δ᾽ ἔλιπον δύο φάρε᾽ ἐὕννητόν τε χιτῶνα, 580 
9, 7 / , 3 , / 
ὄφρα νέκυν πυκάσας δώῃ oikdvde φέρεσθαι. 
δμωὰς δ᾽ ἐκκαλέσας λοῦσαι κέλετ᾽ ἀμφί T ἀλεῖψραι, 
, 3 7 ie, \ / 3) ΕΥ͂. 
νόσφιν ἀειράσας, ὡς μὴ Πρίαμος ἴδοι υἱόν, 
μὴ ὁ μὲν ἀχνυμένῃ κραδίῃ χόλον οὐκ ἐρύσαυτο 
παῖδα ἰδών, ᾿Αχιλῆϊ δ᾽ ὀρινθείη φίλον ἦτορ 585 
Υ Ze / ἂν εὐ / b ᾽ 
καί ἑ κατακτείνειε, Διὸς δ᾽ ἀλίτηται ἐφετμάς. 
Ν eee) a4 i \ A \ a > 7 
τὸν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν δμωαὶ λοῦσαν καὶ χρῖσαν ἐλαίῳ, 
ἀμφὶ δέ μιν φᾶρος καλὸν βάλον ἠδὲ χυτῶνα, 
> \ / 3, > Ἁ / 3 / ᾽ 7 
αὑτὸς τον Αχιλεὺς λεχέων ἐπέθηκεν ἀείρας, 
\ >» o& ” 3... / ᾿ τῶν Wee 7 ᾿ 
σὺν δ᾽ ἕταροι ἤειραν ἐὐξέστην ἐπ᾽ ἀπήνην. 590 
ὑμωξέν τ᾽ ap ἔπειτα, φίλον δ᾽ ὀνόμηνεν ἑταῖρον " 
Of τ᾽ ap } μηνεν ἑταῖρον 
“M7 μοι, ἸΪάτροκλε, σκυδμαινέμεν, αἴ κε πύθηαι 
εἰν "Αἰδός περ ἐὼν Ott” Extopa δῖον ἔλυσα 
\ " ἄν y Say, a ” 
πατρὶ φίλῳ, ἐπεὶ οὔ μοι ἀεικέα δῶκεν ἄποινα. 
σοὶ δ᾽ αὖ ἐγὼ καὶ τῶνδ᾽ ἀποδάσσομαι ὅσσ᾽ ἐπέοικεν." 595 

Ἢ pa, καὶ ἐς κλισίην πάλιν ἤϊε δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 
ἕζετο δ᾽ ἐν κλισμῷ πολυδαιδάλῳ, ἔνθεν ἀνέστη, 

Ω me , \ \ / / nr 
τοίχου Tov ἑτέρου, ποτὶ δὲ Πρίαμον φάτο μῦθον " 

“Υἱὸς μὲν δή τοι λέλυται, γέρον, ὡς ἐκέλευες, 
κεῖται δ᾽ ἐν λεχέεσσ᾽ " ἅμα δ᾽ ἠοῖ φαινομένηφιν 600 
” 3 \ » ο aA ὃ Ν ὔ θ ὃ , 
ὄψεαι αὐτὸς ἄγων " viv δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου. 

\ 4 come ES / > / / 
καὶ yap τ᾽ ἠὕὔκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου, 

“- nw 7 
τῆπερ δώδεκα παῖδες ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ὄλοντο, 
ς 7 
ὃξ μὲν θυγατέρες, ἕξ δ᾽ υἱέες ἡβώοντες. 


ILIAD XXIV. 


τοὺς μὲν ᾿Απόλλων πέφνεν ἀπ᾽ ἀργυρέοιο βιοῖο 
χωόμενος Νιόβῃ, τὰς δ᾽ "Ἄρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα, 
[τά + ae an aE / , 
οὕνεκ᾽ apa Λητοῖ ἰσάσκετο καλλυπαρῇῳ " 
an ὃ Ν , ¢ δ᾽ > \ / x 
φῆ δοιὼ TEKEELY, 1) ὃ αὑτὴ γείνατο πολλούς * 
\ 3. τὖἦν \ / 3 3 > \ rd ΕΣ 
τὼ δ᾽ ἄρα, καὶ δοιώ περ ἐόντ᾽, ἀπὸ πάντας ὄλεσσαν. 
e \ i ag Ἃ a 4 Sa , 3 , 5 
οἱ μὲν ap ἐννῆμαρ KéaT ἐν φόνῳ, οὐδέ τις ἦεν 
7 x \ / Ζ / 
κατθάψαι, λαοὺς δὲ λίθους ποίησε Κρονίων" 
τοὺς δ᾽ ἄρα τῇ δεκάτῃ θάψαν θεοὶ Οὐρανίωνες. 
e ΟΝ ὁ / 7 rd \ ’ὔ lA 
ἡ δ᾽ apa σίτου μνήσατ᾽, ἐπεὶ κάμε δακρυχέουσα. 
νῦν δέ που ἐν πέτρῃσιν, ἐν οὔρεσιν οἰοπόλοισιν, 
ἐν Σιπύλῳ, ὅθι φασὶ θεάων ἔμμεναι εὐνὰς 
/ νυ 35 be) 7. > / 
νυμφάων, ait ἀμφ᾽ ’Ayvedwiov ἐρρώσαντο, 
” “ > ΒΘ ον A > / , 
ἔνθα λίθος περ ἐοῦσα θεῶν ἐκ κήδεα πέσσει. 
ἀλλ᾽ aye δὴ καὶ νῶϊ μεδώμεθα, δῖε γεραιέ, 
/ », , i fh an / 
σίτου, ἔπειτά κεν αὖτε φίλον παῖδα κλαίοισθα, 
Ἴλιον εἰσαγαγών" πολυδάκρυτος δέ τοι ἔσται." 
Ἦ καὶ ἀναΐξας ὄϊν ἄργυφον ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 


208 


605 


610. 


620 


σφάξ' - ἕταροι δ᾽ ἔδερόν Te Kal ἄμφεπον εὖ κατὰ κόσμον, 


f / φ ἡ, 9 , an / Ὅν... “ 
μίστυλλοὸν T ἀρ ἐπισταμενως πεῖράν τ ὀβελοῖσιν, 
ὥπτησάν τε περιφραδέως ἐρύσαντό τε πάντα. 
Αὐτομέδων δ᾽ ἄρα σῖτον ἑλὼν ἐπένειμε τραπέζῃ 

a > , χω νΝ 4 tal > - 

καλοῖς ἐν κανέοισιν atap κρέα νεῖμεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
νοι... 4. 9. / or, 6 al / a » 

οἱ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ὀνείαθ᾽ ἑτοῖμα προκείμενα χεῖρας ἴαλλον. 
> \ 5 4 / ‘>> 7 3 » “ 

αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος ἐξ ἔρον ἕντο, 

ἤτοι Δαρδανίδης IIpiapos θαύμαζ᾽ ᾿Αχιλῆα, 

ὅσσος ἔην οἷός τε" θεοῖσι γὰρ ἄντα ἐῴκει. 

αὐτὰρ ὁ Δαρδανίδην Πρίαμον θαύμαζεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς, 

3 J v δὲ αι \ \ a > / 
εἰσορόων ὄψιν τ᾽ ἀγαθὴν καὶ μῦθον ἀκούων. 

> \ Υ \ | 0 > > / e f 
auTap ἐπεὶ τάρπησαν ἐς ἀλλήλους ορόωντες, 
τὸν πρότερος προσέειπε γέρων Ἰ]ρίαμος θεοειδής " 

“ Λέξον νῦν με τάχιστα, διοτρεφές, ὄφρα κεν ἤδη 


625 


630 


204 ΙΛΙΑΔΟΣ Q. 


Sar a Ψ ὅν A , 6 δέ ᾿ 
νῷ ὕπο γλυκερῷ ταρπώμεθα κοιμηθέντες 
> / / ” € Ν ‘a > a 
οὐ γὰρ Tw μύσαν ὄσσε ὑπὸ βλεφάροισιν ἐμοῖσιν, 
3 Φ “Ὁ ς Ν Ν 5 \ “ ” / 
ἐξ ov ons ὑπὸ χερσὶν ἐμὸς παῖς ὦὥλεσε θυμὸν, 
> , > / \ / / 7 
ἀλλ᾽ αἰεὶ στενάχω καὶ κήδεα μυρία πέσσω, 
fal , 
αὐλῆς ἐν χόρτοισι κυλινδόμενος KATA KOT POV. 640 
νῦν δὴ καὶ σίτου πασάμην καὶ αἴθοπα οἶνον 
’ 
λαυκανίης καθέηκα: πάρος γε μὲν οὔτι πεπάσμην." 
Ἢ ῥ᾽, ᾿Αχιλεὺς δ᾽ ἑτάροισιν ἰδὲ δμωῇσι κέλευσεν 
/ WAC Sad > 4 / “ες OF Ν 
δέμνι᾽ ὑπ᾽ αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι καὶ ῥήγεα καλὰ 
V4 7 
πορφύρε᾽ ἐμβαλέειν, στορέσαι T ἐφύπερθε τάπητας, 645 
/ > 4S θ / » Ἄ θ “ θ 
χλαίνας τ᾽ ἐνθέμεναι οὔλας καθύπερθεν ἕσασθαι. 
αἱ δ᾽ ἴσαν ἐκ μεγάροιο δάος μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχουσαι, 
9 A oy , \ if > War ! , 
αἶψα δ᾽ ἄρα στόρεσαν δοιὼ λέχε᾽ ἐγκονέουσαι. 
Ν ΄ 
τὸν δ᾽ ἐπικερτομέων προσέφη πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεύς * 
“Ἐκτὸς μὲν δὴ λέξο, γέρον φίλε, μή τις ᾿Αχαιῶν 650 
ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐπέλθησιν βουληφόρος, οἵτε μοι αἰεὶ 
\ io 4 A / > / 
βουλὰς βουλεύουσι παρήμενοι, ἣ θέμις ἐστίν" 
Lal yy / Μ 7 \ 7 / 
τῶν εἴ Tis σε ἴδοιτο θοὴν διὰ νύκτα μέλαιναν, 
> fe ἢ 3 / 2 / / Len 
αὐτίκ᾽ ἂν ἐξείποι ᾿Αγαμέμνονι ποιμένι λαῶν, 
/ Ὁ 
καί κεν ἀνάβλησις λύσιος νεκροῖο γένηται. 655 
3 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε μοι τόδε εἰπὲ καὶ ἀτρεκέως κατάλεξον, 
“ 7 “ “Ὁ 
ποσσῆμαρ μέμονας κτερεϊζέμεν “Extopa δῖον, 
” / 9 ida , \ ee es 9 
ὄφρα τέως αὐτός τε μένω Kal λαὸν ἐρύκω. 
\ 059 / >» Me / , 
Tov δ᾽ ἠμείβετ᾽ ἔπειτα γέρων IIpiapos θεοειδής 
> \ / / / / 
“ εἰ μὲν δή μ᾽ ἐθέλεις τελέσαι τάφον “Ἑκτορι δίῳ, 660 
RDS / e/ ? fal / / 
ὧδέ KE μοι ῥέζων, ᾿Αχιλεῦ, κεχαρισμένα θείης. 
οἶσθα γὰρ ὡς κατὰ ἄστυ ἐέλμεθα, τηλόθι δ᾽ ὕλη 
ἀξέμεν ἐξ ὄρεος " μάλα δὲ Τρῶες δεδίασιν. 
ἐννῆμαρ μέν κ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐνὶ μεγάροις γοάοιμεν, 
A lal / 
τῇ δεκάτῃ δέ κε θάπτοιμεν δαινῦτό τε λαός, 665 
ς , , ΄ » ee es 7, ᾿ 
ἑνδεκάτῃ δέ κε τύμβον ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ποιήσαιμεν, 
A \ ,ὕ , 7 ee 2 49 
τῇ δὲ δυωδεκάτῃ πολεμίξομεν, εἴπερ ἀνάγκη. 


ILIAD XXIV. 205 


Tov δ᾽ αὖτε προσέειπε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλλεύς * 
PS \ n l > - - 920m @ \ ΄ 
ἔσται τοι καὶ ταῦτα, γέρον ἸΙρίαμ᾽, ὡς σὺ κελεύεις, 
σχήσω γὰρ τόσσον πόλεμον χρόνον ὅσσον ἄνωγας." 670 
Ὡς ἄρα φωνήσας ἐπὶ καρπῷ χεῖρα γέροντος , 
” / ,ὔ , a oe A 
ἔλλαβε δεξιτερήν, μή πως Seicer’ ἐνὶ Oupo. 
οἱ Ν ee »] ὃ / ὃ / > 0 7 
μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐν προδόμῳ δόμου αὐτόθι κοιμήσαντο, 
an + / \ \ / ΟΥ 
κῆρυξ καὶ Τ]ρίαμος, πυκινὰ φρεσὶ μήδε᾽ ἔχοντες, 
> *. ἂν \ - “Ὁ / b] Γι ~ 
αὑτὰρ Αχίλλεὺς εὗδε μυχῳ κλισίης εὐπήκτου 675 
τῷ δὲ Βρισηὶς παρελέξατο καλλιπάρῃος. 
ἼΛλλοι μέν pa θεοί τε καὶ ἀνέρες ἱπποκορυσταὶ 
- 4 a , e 
εὗδον παννύχιοι, μαλακῷ δεδμημένοι ὕπνῳ " 
> 5 > € / > £ ef » 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ “Ἑρμείαν ἐριούνιον ὕπνος ἔμαρπτεν, 
ὁρμαίνοντ᾽ ἀνὰ θυμὸν ὅπως IIpiayov βασιλῆα 680 
fal ΡῚ / Ν᾿ e & is 
νηῶν ἐκπέμψειε, λαθὼν ἱεροὺς πυλαωρούς. 
A δ 3S. © Ν an / \ n ν᾽ 
στῆ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς καί μιν πρὸς μῦθον ἔειπεν " 
“Ὦ γέρον, οὔ νύ τι σοίγε μέλει κακόν, οἷον ἔθ᾽ εὕδεις 
ἀνδράσιν ἐν δηΐοισιν, ἐπεί σ᾽ εἴασεν ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
καὶ νῦν μὲν φίλον υἱὸν ἐλύσαο, πολλὰ δ᾽ ἔδωκας. 685 
a lal , an 
σεῖο δέ Ke ζωοῦ καὶ τρὶς τόσα δοῖεν ἄποινα 
a \ / 7] 5 2. Ne 
παῖδες τοὶ μετόπισθε λελειμμένοι, αἴ K ᾿Αγαμέμνων 
΄, > ὃ , δὰ ΄ὕ ᾽ 199 
γνώῃ σ᾽ ᾿Ατρείδης, γνώωσι δὲ πάντες ᾿Αχαιοί. 
ἑ | e ry 
‘Os ἔφατ᾽, ἔδδεισεν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων, κήρυκα δ᾽ ἀνίστη. 
rn lal “ 
τοῖσιν δ᾽ “Eppelas ζεῦξ᾽ ἵππους ἡμιόνους τε, 690 
εαΓ , eee > \ », x A > , 
ῥίμφα δ᾽ ap αὐτὸς ἔλαυνε κατὰ στρατόν, οὐδέ τις 
ἔγνω. 
"AAW ὅτε δὴ πόρον ἷξον ἐῦρρεῖος ποταμοῖο, 
[Ξάνθου δινήεντος, ὃν ἀθάνατος τέκετο Ζεύς,] 
“BR / \ ΕΙΣ = /9 / \ Ν ” 
ρμείας μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπέβη πρὸς μακρὸν "᾽Ολυμπον, 
Ἠὼς δὲ κροκόπεπλος ἐκίδνατο πᾶσαν ἐπ᾽ αἶαν, 695 
οἱ © εἰς ἄστυ ἔλων οἰμωγῇ TE στοναχῇ TE 
Ω 6 / \ / 7] Φ 7] BA 
ἵππους, ἡμίονοι δὲ νέκυν φέρον. οὐδέ τις ἄλλος 


206 IAIAAOS Q. 


5 ᾿ 5 ἃ A ᾽ὔ A 
ἔγνω πρόσθ᾽ ἀνδρῶν καλλιζώνων τε γυναικῶν, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα Κασσάνδρη, ἰκέλη χρυσέῃ ᾿Αφροδίτῃ, 
Πέργαμον εἰσαναβᾶσα φίλον πατέρ᾽ εἰσενόησεν, 00 
τ ‘SES. / / 7 > / 
ἑσταότ᾽ ἐν δίφρῳ, κήρυκά Te ἀστυβοώτην" 
Ν γν OF  Φ' δ χ᾽ 4 3) / 5 7 
τὸν δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἡμιόνων ἴδε κείμενον ἐν λεχέεσσιν " 
κώκυσέν T ἄρ᾽ ἔπειτα γέγωνέ τε πᾶν κατὰ ἄστυ" 
““Ὄνψεσθε, Τρῶες καὶ Tpwddes,”Extop’ ἰόντες, 
5" Ν , ΄, Ἃ / 
εἴποτε καὶ ζώοντι μάχης ἔκ νοστήσαντι 705 
, Ἂν ΤΥ ἢ ΄ ’ 24 / , 2) 
χαίρετ᾽, ἐπεὶ μέγα χάρμα πόλει T ἣν παντί τε δήμῳ. 
Ὡς ἔφατ᾽, οὐδέ τις αὐτόθ᾽ ἐνὶ πτόλεϊ λίπετ᾽ ἀνὴρ 
IQ / of \ 3. .Ὁ “ J 
οὐδὲ γυνή" πάντας yap ἀάσχετον ἵκετο πένθος " 
> “ \ 4 / Ἂ BA 
ἀγχοῦ δὲ ξύμβληντο πυλάων νεκρὸν ἄγοντι. 
a Ι Ὧν ΔΛ id , \ J / 
πρῶται TOVY ἄλοχος Te φίλη καὶ πότνια μήτηρ 710 
/ 3.5 SF 3." > of 
τιλλέσθην, ἐπ᾽ ἄμαξαν ἐὔτροχον ἀΐξασαι, 
ἁπτόμεναι κεφαλῆς " κλαίων δ᾽ ἀμφίσταθ᾽ ὅμιλος. 
καί νύ κε δὴ πρόπαν ἦμαρ ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα 
“Μ᾿ ὃ / 3 , Ν Α 
κτορα δακρυχέοντες ὀδύροντο πρὸ πυλάων, 
εἰ μὴ ap ἐκ δίφροιο γέρων λαοῖσι μετηύδα" 715 
“Hi€aré μοι οὐρεῦσι διελθέμεν" αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα 
5 Oe Sh a, Oe αὐ τὰ , 4) 
ἄσεσθε κλαυθμοῖο, ἐπὴν ἀγάγωμι δόμονδε. 
“Ὡς ἔφαθ', οἱ δὲ διέστησαν καὶ εἶξαν ἀπήνῃ. 
6 ” 9 \ 3 7 % 7 \ Ν 5», 
οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ εἰσώγαγον κλυτὰ δώματα, τὸν μὲν ἔπειτα 
τρητοῖς ἐν λεχέεσσι θέσαν, παρὰ δ᾽ εἷσαν ἀοιδοὺς 720 
θρήνων ἐξάρχους, οἵτε στονόεσσαν ἀοιδὴν 
οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐθρήνεον, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο γυναῖκες. 
A 3.5 ὃ / "3 9 / 
τῆσιν δ᾽ ᾿Ανδρομάχη λευκώλενος ἦρχε γόοιο, 
“ 3 ὃ f ΄ \ \ By 
Extopos ἀνδροφόνοιο κάρη μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχουσα" 
“"Avep, ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος νέος ὥλεο, κὰδ δέ με χήρην "3 
/ 
λείπεις ἐν μεγάροισι" πάϊς δ᾽ ἔτι νήπιος αὔτως, 
[οἵ , 4 ϑ J , ie 2 / ¥ 
ὃν τέκομεν OUT ἐγώ τε δυσάμμοροι, οὐδέ μιν οἴω 
/ 
ἥβην ἵξεσθαι" πρὶν yap πόλις ἥδε κατ᾽ ἄκρης 


rey 
4 2 
ὦ “ 


πέρσεταο" ἢ γὰρ ὄλωλας ἐπίσκοπος, ὅστε μιν αὐτὴν 


ILIAD XXIV. 207 


ῥύσκευ, éyes δ᾽ ἀλόχους κεδνὰς καὶ νήπιω τέκνα: 80 
at δή τοι τάχα νηυσὶν ὀχήσονται γλαφυρῇσιν, 
καὶ μὲν ἐγὼ μετὰ τῇσι" σὺ δ᾽ αὖ, τέκος, ἢ ἐμοὶ αὐτῇ 
“ », ΝΜ >? / > / 
ἕψεαι, ἔνθα κεν ἔργα ἀεικέα ἐργάζοιο, 
> / Yo. 3 / » >? A 
ἀθλεύων πρὸ ἄνακτος ἀμειλίχου " ἤ τις ᾿Αχαιῶν 
ῥίψει χειρὸς ἑλὼν ἀπὸ πύργου, λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον, 135 
; 
χωόμενος, ᾧ δή που ἀδελφεὸν ἔκτανεν "ExTwp 
x i> >\ \ er 3 \ / \?> A 
ἢ πατέρ᾽, ἠὲ καὶ VLOV, ἐπεὶ μάλα πολλοὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν 
“Ἕκτορος ἐν παλάμῃσιν ὀδὰξ ἕλον ἄσπετον οὖδας. 
᾽ \ / ” \ \ 2 A. a 
οὐ yap μείλιχος ἔσκε πατὴρ τεὸς ἐν δαὶ λυγρῇ " 
A / ἃ Ν 10 ,ὔ Ἂν... Of, 
τῷ καὶ μιν λαοὶ μὲν οὐύρονται κατὰ ἄστυ, 740 
> \ \ a / \ 7 Μ 
ἀρητὸν δὲ τοκεῦσι γόον καὶ πένθος ἔθηκας, 
“Extop* ἐμοὶ δὲ μάλιστα λελείψεται ἄχγεα λυγρά. 
οὐ γάρ μοι θνήσκων λεχέων ἐκ χεῖρας ὄρεξας. 
οὐδέ τί μοι εἶπες πυκινὸν ἔπος, οὗτέ κεν αἰεὶ 
; , \ ν δ ͵ ” r 
μεμνήῇμην νύκτας TE καὶ ματα ὁὀακρυχεέεουσα. 740 
“Δ yA / 2 Sud \ » A 
Ὡς ἔφατο κλαίουσ᾽, ἐπὶ δὲ στενάχοντο γυναῖκες. 
τῇσιν δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ “Ἑκάβη ἀδινοῦ ἐξῆρχε γόοιο " 
cot/ 2) n A / \ I / 
Exrop, ἐμῷ θυμῷ πάντων πολὺ φίλτατε παίδων, 
ἢ μέν μοι ζωός περ ἐὼν φίλος ἦσθα θεοῖσιν - 
e 2-97 a / + Pree 4 / 7 
οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα σεῦ κήδοντο Kal ἐν θανάτοιό περ αἴσῃ. 750 
ἄλλους μὲν yap παῖδας ἐμοὺς πόδας ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
/ 9 4 ἊΨ. if id \ 3 if 
MTEPVATY , OVTLY ἔλεσκε, πέρην AOS ἀτρυγέτοιο, 
ἐς Σάμον ἔς τ᾽ Ἴμβρον καὶ Λῆμνον ἀμιχθαλόεσσαν " 
a 9 ἌΝ WS \ / ” a 
σεῦ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἐξέλετο ψυχὴν ταναήκεϊ χαλκῷ, 
πολλὰ ῥυστάζεσκεν ἑοῦ περὶ σῆμ᾽ ἑτάροιο, 7155 
/ 
Πατρόκλου, τὸν ἔπεφνες " ἀνέστησεν δέ μιν οὐδ᾽ ὥς. 
νῦν δέ μοι ἑρσήεις καὶ πρόσφατος ἐν μεγάροισιν 
κεῖσαι, τῷ ἴκελος ὅντ᾽ ἀργυρότοξος ᾿Απόλλων 
᾽ a. 7, > , , 2) 
οἷς ἀγανοῖς βελέεσσιν ἐπουχόμενος κατέπεφνεν. 


208 IAIAAOS ὦ. 


“Os ἔφατο κλαίουσα, γόον δ᾽ ἀλίαστον ὄρινεν. 760 
τῇσι δ᾽ ἔπειθ᾽ “EXévn τριτάτη ἐξῆρχε γόοιο" 
co > n a / \ /- / 
Extop, ἐμῴ θυμῷ δαέρων πολὺ φίλτατε πάντων, 


ΩΣ 


ἢ μέν μοι πόσις ἐστὶν ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδής, 
ὅς μ᾽ ἄγαγε Τροίηνδ᾽ " ὡς πρὶν ὦφελλον ὀλέσθαι. 
» Ν ἴω if ' ES) 9 x » , Ν 
ἤδη γὰρ νῦν μοι τόδ᾽ ἐεικοστὸν ἔτος ἐστὶν 65 
ἐξ οὗ κεῖθεν ἔβην καὶ ἐμῆς ἀπελήλυθα πάτρης" 
> Rte, d lel af \ ” 2) ὦ 4 
ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω σεῦ ἄκουσα κακὸν ἔπος οὐδ᾽ ἀσύφηλον * 
> 3 v / \ » de / ee 
αλλ, εἰ τίς ME καὶ ἄλλος ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν EVITTTOL 
δαέρων, ἢ γαλόων, ἢ εἰνατέρων εὐπέπλων, 
Ἃ ςε Ψ ς Ν \ \ A » bey’: 
ἢ ἑκυρή --- ἑκυρὸς δὲ πατὴρ ὡς ἤπιος αἰεί--- 770 
3 Ν \ / 494. 9 / Δ / 
ἀλλὰ σὺ TOVY ETEETOL παραιφάμενος KATEPUKCS, 
[σῇ τ᾽ ἀγανοφροσύνῃ καὶ σοῖς ἀγανοῖς ἐπέεσσιν.] 
τῷ σέ θ᾽ ἅμα κλαίω καὶ ἔμ᾽ ἄμμορον ἀχνυμένη κῆρ" 
> / / S29. SSF: pe / 3 / 
ov γάρ Tis μοι ἔτ᾽ ἄλλος ἐνὶ Τροίῃ εὐρείῃ 
ἤπιος οὐδὲ φίλος, πάντες δέ με πεφρίκασιν." 775 

« » 7 ’ 3 Ν 3...,.3ἢ fa! 3 / 

Ὡς ἔφατο κλαίουσ᾽, ἐπὶ δ᾽ ἔστενε δῆμος ἀπείρων. 
λαοῖσιν δ᾽ ὁ γέρων Ἰ]ρίαμος μετὰ μῦθον ἔειπεν" 

“ΑΛ ἕξετε νῦν, Τρῶες, ξύλα ἄστυδε, μηδέ τι θυμῷ 
δείσητ᾽ ᾿Αργείων πυκινὸν λόχον " ἢ γὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς 
πέμπων μ᾽ ὧδ᾽ ἐπέτελλε μελαινάων ἀπὸ νηῶν, 780 

\ \ / \ ΄, ἢ 2799 
μὴ πρὶν πημανέειν, πρὶν δωδεκάτη μόλῃ ἠώς. 

Ὡς ἔφαθ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ἀμάξησιν βόας ἡμιόνους τε 
ζεύγνυσαν, αἶψα δ᾽ ἔπειτα πρὸ ἄστεος ἠγερέθοντο. 
ἐννῆμαρ μὲν τοίγε ἀγίνεον ἄσπετον ὕλην" , 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δὴ δεκάτη ἐφάνη φαεσίμβροτος ἠώς, 785 

\ fs 9) 967 AS υ ΟΣ f 
καὶ ToT ap ἐξέφερον Opacvy” Exropa δακρυχέοντες, 

5 \ Cae 9 / \ , b] 9. +27 “ 
ἐν δὲ πυρῇ ὑπάτῃ νεκρὸν θέσαν, ἐν δ᾽ ἔβαλον πῦρ. 

Ἦμος δ᾽ ἠριγένεια φάνη ῥοδοδάκτυλος Has, 

A ee ae) \ \ ad » Ud 
τῆμος ap ἀμφὶ πυρὴν κλυτοῦ “ ExTopos ἔγρετο Naos. 

ΦΙῈ Δ, 3 / 63. 2.5. id fe 2 3) ar 
[αὐτὰρ ἐπεί ῥ᾽ ἤγερθεν ὁμηγερέες τ᾽ ἐγένοντο, | 790 


ILIAD XXIV. 209 


lol \ \ oe \ ip 5y4 / 
πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ πυρκαϊὴν σβέσαν αἴθοπι οἴνῳ 
al ς \ / 
πᾶσαν, ὁπόσσον ἐπέσχε πυρὸς μένος " αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα 
> / \ / / / * ὦν / 
ὀστέα λευκὰ λέγοντο κασίγνητοί θ᾽ ἕταροί τε 
, ἣν \ / ze A 
μυρόμενοι, θαλερὸν δὲ κατείβετο δάκρυ παρειῶν. 
\ / / b] ΄ θῃ ς , ROP 
Kal Taye χρυσείην ἐς λάρνακα θῆκαν eXorTes, 795 
/ a 
πορφυρέοις πέπλοισι καλύψαντες μαλακοῖσιν " 
/ 6 
αἷψα δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐς κοίλην κάπετον θέσαν, αὐτὰρ ὕπερθεν 
“Ὁ , 
πυκνοῖσιν λάεσσι κατεστόρεσαν μεγάλοισιν " 
δ ὦ δὲ A Se 4“ \ δὲ \ 4 ἊΣ 
ῥίμφα δὲ σῆμ᾽ ἔχεαν, περὶ δὲ σκοποὶ εἵατο πάντη, 
μὴ πρὶν ἐφορμηθεῖεν ἐῦκνήμιδες ᾿Αχαιοί. 800 
A / 
χεύαντες δὲ TO σῆμα πάλιν κίον: αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα 
εὖ συναγειρόμενοι δαίνυντ᾽ ἐρικυδέα δαῖτα 
δώμασιν ἐν ἹΤριάμοιο, διοτρεφέος βασιλῆος. 
€ / 6, 
Ὡς οἵγ᾽ ἀμφίεπον τάφον “Extopos ἱπποδάμοιο. 


tC, Oe ee et ae. 
x art ont | Pe ΧΟ. i) Ὦ am ae Vo an 
‘io ΟΣ ει en ee 
ὌΝ A ‘ ‘ ᾿ a a ae 
; as Bs ia 
oe πο πὴ τ 


eee + ‘OO ὙΞ BE ' PN g eS ΣΝ 
δ τὶ ines en Peis ued nae τον νάς γυ- ‘2600 
MES! QI Α Ἄλλο OTS ‘SOT BR $6 “ell 


ἢ 


ye ΣΑΣ waa ay HONK’ ay ety it ν 


of ᾿ς 
= 


“πὐοο hits OA TA ἐλ | fs 
εὐ 5 ἀξ ἃ STR SiS HS rik estoy 1S 
tay Ki RS DIQHT OR TER : 


ee ‘ , t 
Cray OTIS arose 80 Say’! sie 


ait ὍΤΟΥ <a ΧΆ iss Atego 
ates ab Bs Sy WOR ul pete 
poss shore See inS sy 
uh iat? otdsan hee Snkieidee 
orth Geer? γοάοτυ bh aay Pitney 
Fn 
at 
Pa ᾽ 1 age 3 


4 ΚΑΙ 
« { Pe be] 
Ἂς i 
᾿ ae ’ e ‘ 
ΜῚ 
f 
or em + 
2 
' 
τ 
: 


NOTHKS. 


os 


ILIAD XVI. 


ἸΠατρόκλεια. The sixteenth book has come down to us from 
the old Greeks with this title, because it narrates the brave 
deeds and the tragic death of Patroclus, the friend of Achilles. 


Vy. 1-100.—Patroclus Entreats Permission from Achilles, with 
his Troops and in his Armor, to Go to the Relief of the 
Greeks in their Extreme Peril. 

1. “Ὡς of μέν: Such resumptive and transitional lines often 
mark the beginning of a book, 6. g. vi., 1x., Xil., XVill., XX., XXii. ; 
but they are found also elsewhere than at the beginning, e. g. xii. 
673, xvi. 101.— περὶ νηός : Sc. the ship of Protesilaus (xv. 705), 
who had been the first to land and first to fall on the shores of 
Troy (ii. 702). The battle over this ship, Hector striving to set 
it on fire and Ajax to defend it, is vividly described at the close 
of the preceding book. 

2. παρίστατο: Was meanwhile standing before, sc. while they 
were fighting. It is the relative imperfect, emphasized by 
μὲν... δέ, The coming of Patroclus is not narrated. The last 
mention of him is in xv. 390-405, when, excited by the din of 
battle which he saw and heard asgsailing the Grecian fortified 
camp, he leaves the wounded Eurypylus, to whom he has been 
ministering, and sets out for the tent of Achilles.—3. ὥστε, lit. 
and so—as; that is, the demonstrative and connective = the 
relative adverb.— κρήνη .. «ὕδωρ: The same simile is applied to 
Agamemnon (ix. 14.15). Brave men are always great weepers, 
was almost a proverb among the Greeks. Compare Achilles 
himself, i. 849, xix. 5, xxiii. 17. The distress of Patroclus, too 
great for words, is expressed only by his attitude and his tears. 
Perhaps his silence is partly owing also to his fear of the fiery 
nature of Achilles; cf. xi. 653-654. 


214 NOTES. 


ἢ. δεδάκρυσαι: Why are you bathed in ἐθα 78. --- Πατρόκλεις : For 
the Homeric forms of this heteroclite, see Lex.—kovpyn νηπίη: 
Like an infant girl. The sew adds force to the illustration.— 
9, εἱανοῦ ἁπτομένη: Laying hold of her dress. Cf. xxii. 498: 
xAaivns ἐρύων, pulling by the cloak, sc. a fatherless boy entreat- 
ing a friend of his father.— καί te: τε connective, καί concessive: 
although in haste.— 10. ὄφρα ἀνέληται: Till she take her up. The 
repeated ἀνελέσθαι, ἀνέληται pictures the importunity. By her 
tears and looks and actions she pleads, Z'ake me up, take me.up. 
Tenderness, and even playfulness, mingles with the reproof of 
Achilles to his friend. —11. κατά: Tmesis, usually so called; 
rather an adverb, down. In Homer this class of words seems to 
be in a transition state between adverbs and prepositions, not 
yet having become fully either connected with cases of nouns or 
compounded with verbs. See my paper on “ The Prepositions in 
the Homeric Poems,” in Transactions of Amer. Philol. Ass. (1874). 

12. je...mupavoxent: Have you something to tell, lit. bring to 
light, make known. These are all feigned questions, asked not 
so much for information as to try and taunt Patroclus.— 13. Φθίης 
ἐξ: Hrom Phthia,the home and country of Achilles and by adop- 
tion of Patroclus. Cf. xxiii. 89.-- οἷος: You only. 

14. Μενοίτιον: The father of Patroclus (xxiii. 85).— φασί: They 
say. 'That the father of Patroclus still lives he speaks of as mat- 
ter of hearsay; that his own father lives he affirms. Observe the 
emphatic position of ζώειν and ζώει, the thing of chief interest 
to speaker and hearer.— 16. τεθνηώτων, if they were dead, implies 
the condition of which ke... ἀκαχοίμεθα is the conclusion.— 
17. avy’: You. ‘The nearest and dearest friend of the wronged 
and injured Achilles,— ὡς = ὅτι οὕτως. 

18. ὑπερβασίης ... ois: For their own transgression. The 
Grecks had made the wrong-doing of Agamemnon their own 
by permitting it. Cfi.231-232. ὑπερβασία is always used ina 
moral sense in the Iliad and Odyssey; ὑπερβαίνω and ἁμαρτάνω 
rarely, as in ix.501.. See my “ Theol. of Gr. Poets,” p.175.— 19. = 
i, 8363, where these words are addressed to Achilles by his 
mother. Since neither Achilles here, nor Patroclus in his reply, 
makes any allusion to the errand on which the former had sent 
the latter (xi. 611-615), viz., to inquire what hero had just then 
been borne off wounded from the field (sc. Machaon), the minute 
critics infer that the author of the sixteenth book knows nothing 
of that errand. But the disasters which have meanwhile be- 


ILIAD XVI. 215 


fallen the Greeks (to say nothing of the lapse of time) are quite 

- sufficient to have effaced so trifling a fact from their thoughts, 
and the poet shows his poetic genius and his truth to nature by 
ignoring it. 

20. Πατρόκλεις : Patroclus is seldom named in the Patrocleia 
except in the way of apostrophe; cf. 584, 622, 744, 754, 787, 812, 
848. The poet increases the sympathy of his reader or hearer 
by thus expressing his own. So, when Menelaus was treacher- 
ously wounded by the archer Pandarus, he is twice apostrophized 
within the space of twenty verses (iv. 127-146).— 21. Πηλέος: 
Dissyllabic by synizesis. Koch and Hentze read HyAjos and 
shorten the first syllable of υἱέ. But see i. 489 and iv. 838. The 
last syllable of υἱέ is long in the arsis, as in iv. 338. 

23. yap δή: For verily.— 24. βεβλημένοι οὐτάμενοί τε: Wounded 
by shot or (and) stroke-— 25. Διομήδης : Wounded by an arrow 
shot from the bow of Paris (xi. 376).— 26. Ὀδυσεύς, by a stroke 
of the spear of Sokus (xi. 480 seqq.); ᾿Αγαμέμνων, by a thrust of 
the spear of Koon (xi. 248 seqq.).— 27. Εὐρύπυλος, also by an 
arrow from Paris (xi. 580). Patroclus came from the care of the 
wounded Eurypylus (xv. 399; cf. xi. 809-848). These lines, 
24-27, are repeated from the appeal of Nestor to Patroclus (xi. 
659-662). Machaon is not named, for he was not one of the 
ἄριστοι. The reader will see how these references link this book 
to books xi.and xv. Most of the books of the Iliad are linked 
to each other by similar references. For the illustration of this 
fact and its bearing on the unity of the Iliad, see Mure’s Hist. of 
Gr. Lit. vol. i. bk. v., and Theol. of Gr. Poets, p. 111. 

28. τοὺς pév: Correlative to σὺ δέ, and this verse is intended 
only to set forth the unreasonable wrath and persistent inaction 
of Achilles by contrast with the wounds and sufferings of the 
other heroes in behalf of the Greeks and their unavoidable ab- 
sence under the physician’s care.—iyrpot: Army physicians in 
general. Referred to also in xiii. 213. Podalirius and Machaon 
are specified (xi. 833).— 29. ἀμήχανος : Intractable, inevorable.— 
80. οὗτός ye: Such anger as this may it never seize me. γε em- 
phatic.— 31. aivapérn: Patally (lit. dreadfully) valiant. “ Valiant 
only for evil.” ἐπὶ κακῷ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔχων, Schol.—t σεν ἄλλος, 
k.t.A.: What good will another (any one but yourself) derive from 
you to the latest posterity. Cf. xi. 762: αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεὺς οἷος τῆς 
ἀρετῆς ἀπονήσεται, Nestor to Patroclus. 

33. dpa: Corrective as well as inferential, so then Peleus was 


216 NOTES. 


not as is generally supposed.— σοίγε; Observe the emphasis to 
you. 

34, yAauky: Shimmering —=cold and unfeeling. So most of 
the commentators. Diintzer renders dark-blue, gray. The word 
occurs only here in Homer, though TAavxy is the name of one of 
the Nereids in attendance on Thetis (xviii. 39), and γλαυκῶπις is 
the favorite epithet of Athene. The meaning of the compound 
is as much a matter of dispute as that of the simple. As epithets 
of the sea, cf. ἁλὸς πολιῆς, 1. 350, xxiii. 874 et passim; οἴνοπα 
πόντον, i. 350; ἠεροειδέα πόντον, Xxill. 744; ἅλα pappapény, Xiv. 
273. μαρμαρέη = γλαυκή, Shimmering, gleaming. After a care- 
ful examination of the color epithets of Homer, Mr. Gladstone 
concludes that they are vague and general rather than nicely 
discriminating, and some have even inferred that the poet him- 
self, if not his countrymen and contemporaries to whom he sang, 
were color-blind! This passage, 33-35, is imitated by Vergil, 
Aen, iv. 8365: Nec tibi diva parens, etc. 

36-45 = xi. 794-803 (part of Nestor’s long speech to Patroclus), 
with the necessary changes of person, construction, etc. Such 
repetitions, word for word, are characteristic of the Iliad, though 
they are found more or less in all poetry that is sung or recited. 
— 37. twa: Sc. deomporinv.— πὰρ. Ζηνός: Apollo is the god of 
oracles and prophecies (i. 72), but Zeus is their ultimate source ; 
hence the epithet πανομφαίῳ which he bears (viii. 250).— μήτηρ: 
Thetis bemoans the short-lived and ill-fated destiny of her son 
in his hearing (1.417); and in ix. 410 seqq. Achilles says his 
mother had disclosed to him alternative fates, viz. a short life 
and immortal fame, or loss of fame and a long life, according as 
he chose to remain and fight or abandon the war and go home. 
— 38. ἀλλ᾽: Yet.— éepé wep: Me at any rate, doubly emphatic.— 
39. φόως: A light, the constant symbol of help, deliverance, suc- 
cess, joy, in Homer.— 40. And give for my shoulders these your arms 
to wear.— 48. ὀλίγη, x.7.A.: And that there may be a little respite 
Srom the fight. So itis generally understood, though it is quite 
tautological. Koch repeats ἀνάπνευσις, even a little respite is still 
a respite from the fight. Cowper renders: Short respite, it is all 
that war allows; and Lord Derby gets still another idea: For 
little pause has yet been theirs. 

46-48. ἦ yap ἔμελλεν, κι τ. A.: Hor he was destined to ask, that 
is, he was asking for that which was destined to be death and a sad 
Sate for himself. Compare the similar prophetic forecast of evil 


to Patroclus when Achilles sent him from his tent to inquire of 
Nestor what hero he had borne wounded from the field (xi. 604: 
κακοῦ δ᾽ ἄρα οἱ πέλεν ἀρχή). 

51. Not literally true as a mere matter of fact. Cf. note on 37. 
But the prophecy is not what he cares for, οὔτε ἐμπάζομαι : but 
this is the dreadful pang that reaches my heart and soul.— 53. ἀνήρ: 
Sc. Agamemnon.— tov ὁμοῖον: 1718 equal: Sc. Achilles.— 54, 6 te: 
Diintzer reads ὅτε, when; Pratt and Leaf make 6 = ὅτε, because ; 
and of editors who take 6 as the masc. pron. some refer it to 
Agamemnon and others to Achilles. Probably it is the masce. 
pron. referring to Achilles, and whether we render who, and he, 
when, or because, it gives the reason why Agamemnon wished to 
rob Achilles of his prize, viz. because the latter has excelled the 
former in prowess.— δῦ. ἐπεί = because I have siffered surrows in 
my soul, i.e. toiled and suffered for Agamemnon and the Greeks. 
Cf. ix. 8321, where he uses the same words and explains them by 
his constant exposure of his life in battle. 

56. κούρην: The daughter of Brises (i.392).— apa: You know. 
—57. πόλιν: Lyrnessus (ii. 690).— 59. Goer... μετανάστην: In ap- 
position with pe to be supplied as acc. of the person after ἕλετο, 
taken from me as if I were a worthless alien. Repeated from 
iv. 648. Ἐν 

60. ἀλλὰ... ἐάσομεν: But we will let these things be past and 
gone, or, as we say, let bygones be bygones. Words repeatedly 
put into the mouth of Achilles (cf. xviii. 112, xix. 65) and no one 
else, and highly expressive of his impetuous nature. Abruptness, 
sententiousness, and intensity characterize all the speeches of 
Achilles, and even that of the Shade of Achilles in the Odyssey, 
Of. Theol. of Gr. Poets, p. 116.— οὐδ᾽ ἄρα πως ἦν: So then it was 
not possible, as we supposed or intended. dpa corrective, Cf. 33. 
— 61. ἤτοι ἔφην ye: 1 said to be sure.— 62. od πρὶν . «« ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότ᾽ 
ἂν δή -- οὐ apy... πρίν ye =not... until, but more strongly 
implying that then he would put a stop to his wrath. Cf. ix. 
650 seqq. 

64. τύνη: You verily.— 66. εἰ δή: Si quidem = since.— 68. κε- 
κλίαται: Are leaning on the surf of the sea, their only support, as 16 
were, not the shore, but the breakers 69. And the whole city 
of the Trojans has come upon them full of confidence. Observe 
how the contrast between the situation of the Greeks and that 
of the Trojans is emphasized by the juxtaposition of ᾿Αργεῖοι and 
Tpdeav.— 71. ἐναύλους: Trenches. So most of the commentators. 


10 


Peay | 217 


918 NOTES. 


Some, however, refer it to the channels, water-beds, of the rivers 
on the plain. This accords better with Homeric usage (cf. xii. 
312), and makes perhaps a better antithesis to στρατόν, the camp. 
— 73. ἥπια εἰδείη: Tf he were kindly disposed to me=if he had 
not quarrelled with me and made me hisenemy. Not necessarily 
inconsistent, as many commentators think, with the embassy sent 
by Agamemnon and the refusal of Achilles to be reconciled, as nar- 
rated in the ninth book. Cf. ἄγρια οἶδεν, said of Achilles, xxiy.41. 

75. μαίνεται: Rages, as we say the battle rages. The spear is 
very often personified in the animated descriptions of the Iliad. 
— 77. ἐχθρῆς ἐκ κεφαλῆς: Out of his hated head (mouth). Such 
scornful and savage references to Agamemnon and Diomed, after 
Patroclus had reported them as wounded, justify the latter’s 
inference that his friend was born of the sea or the rocks.— 
78. περιάγνυται: Sc. dy: But the voice of Hector reverberates, lit. 


. breaks around. 


80. καὶ ds: Hven 80 = yet.— 81. πυρός: Gen. of source, instead 
of dat. of instrument = with fire. — 82. ἀπό: Adverb. Cf. 11.— 
83. μύθου τέλος: The sum of advice = the whole matter. So ix. 
56.— 85. πρός: Before, in the sight of. Achilles’ thirst for fame 
and glory is often selfish.—ot: Sc. Δαναοί. ---- 86. ἀπονάσσωσιν: 
Send back, probably to her former dwelling-place, ναίω. --- wort: 
Adverb; Anglice, too. Achilles here demands the very things 
which he refused when offered him in bk. ix. Hentze considers 
the lines interpolated and brackets them in his edition. Faési 
finds in them indubitable proof that the two books are not from 
the same author. But the evidence of the same authorship from 
countless points of resemblance, in language, style, and concep- 
tion, is stronger. Compare xvi. 3.4 with ix. 14. 15, xxi. 55 with 
ix. 321, xxi. 83 with ix. 56, and other points as we proceed. 

87. When you have driven them from the ships come back. This 
is the μύθου τέλος, hence it has no connective, and the verb is 
inf. instead of imp.—89. λιλαίεσθαι: The inf. for the imp. so- 
called, but in such cases the inf. depends more or less on some 
word or thought that precedes; here, like ἰέναι (87), 1t goes back 
to μύθου τέλος, of which it is epexegetical. So with the series 
of infinitives that follow.— 90. ἀτιμότερον: Sc. than I now am, by 
showing that the Greeks can get along without me. 

94. ἐμβήῃ: Interfere. The rest of the line is parenthetical and 
hence asyndetic. — 95. φάος: Cf. 39. — 96. τοὺς δέ: Greeks and 
Trojans,— δηριάασθαι : Pres. inf., continue to fight. 


ILIAD XVI. | 219 


97-100. An invocation not unfrequently addressed to the 
Greek trinity by Homer’s heroes for something which they 
deem impracticable (Il. ii. 871, iv. 288, vii. 182; Od. vii. 311, 
xxiv. 376 et al.). Here it is bracketed in most recent editions, 
and was rejected by Zenodotus and Aristarchus as unsuitable to 
the connection and containing a wish too selfish and savage for 
Achilles himself.— 99, νῶϊν : Elsewhere gen. or dat., is here taken 
as nom. (Faési, Diintzer) or acc. (Koch, 2d ed.), or altered to 
νῶϊ (Hentze). It may, however, be dat. (La Roche) =/for us two, 
that we might escape.— ἐκδῦμεν is taken by most editors as opt. 
Wolf wrote, with the MSS., ἐκδύμεν = ἐκδύμεναι, inf. after γένοιτο 
or doinre implied in the invocation. So Od. xvii. 354. 


Vy. 101-123. Ajax is Compelled to Fall Back before Hector, and 
the Trojans Set Fire to the Ship of Protesilaus. 

101. Cf. 1.— 102. οὐκέτ᾽ ἔμιμνε: Was no longer able to maintain 
his position. The whole line is repeated from xv. 727, where he 
fell back a little, ἀνεχάζετο τυτθόν : here he is being overpowered 
by the purpose of Zeus and the missiles of the Trojans. — 
105. βαλλομένη : Impf. part., continually hit.— καναχὴν ἔχε = κανά- 
xe (x11. 36, only stronger): kept ringing terribly.— βάλλετο : Se. 
aang. — 106. κάπ = κατά, in, or along. — φάλαρ᾽ = the gleaming 
plates of the φάλος. φάλαρα only here, but τετραφάληρον, v. 743 
et al.—108. But they were not able to move him, though pressing 
hard upon him with their missiles. Some refer αὐτῷ to the shield. 
109. ἀργαλέῳ . . . ἄσθματι: The same said of Hector (xv. 10).— 
111. κακὸν κακῷ: Hil pressed upon evil = disaster followed dis- 
aster. Cf. xix. 290: ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί. 

112. This invocation of the Muse is justified perhaps by the 
importance of the matter, viz. the firing of one of the ships 
(cf. xi. 219).. But Diintzer regards 102-113 as an unsuitable in- 
terpolation, and connects 114 directly with 101, which, however, 
would require Ἕκτωρ d¢.— 114. Without a connective because 
explanatory of 112, 113. 7 

115. αἰχμῆς depends on ὄπισθεν: Behind the point near -the 
wooden shaft.— 116. ἀντικρὺ ἀπάραξε: Broke it right off.— τὸ μέν: 
This part indeed, sc. the mutilated shaft, κόλον δόρυ, opposed to 
aixpn, 118.—117. αὕτως" Thus mutilated.— 118. βόμβησε πεσοῦσα: 
Fell ringing.—119. γνῶ . .. ῥίγησέν te: Recognized ...and shuddered 
at the doings of the gods. So Crusius and many others make 
the second verb parenthetical and govern ἔργα only by yva.— 


΄ 


220 NOTES. 


120. 8 pa: That so then. 6 = ὅτι, both being originally pronouns 
and then conjunctions, like that in English. This clause is in 
apposition with ἔργα, of which it is epexegetical: that so then 
Zeus had utterly cut short (ἐπὶ... κεῖρεν) their (the Greeks’) plans 
of battle.— 123. vat θοῇ : Sc. the ship of Protesilaus, Cf.1. Pro- 
tesilaus himself being dead, the firing of his ship reflected no dis- 
honor on him.— τῆς . «« φλόξ: And soon the quenchless flame spread 
through the ship; τῆς κατ᾽, lit. down over it; 580 κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν, 
down over the eyes. 


Vv. 124-256, Achilles now Hurries Patroclus to the Fight, Clad 
in his Armor: Himself Marshals the Myrmidons and Exhorts 
them to Bravery, and Prays to Zeus for the Safe Return of 
his Friend, 


124, Thus the stern of the ship was enveloped in flame, transi- 
tional clause. μέν, correlative to αὐτάρ, links the action of 
Achilles to the burning of the ship.— 127. ἰωήν: The rush and 
roar.— 128, I fear now that they may take the ships and things be 
done which cannot be escaped, i.e.irremediable. μή with the subj. 
after the verb of fearing understood. It may depend on ὄρσεο, 
line 127 being parenthetical, as Faési edits and explains. But 
the short and disconnected clauses are more Achillean. — 
129, θᾶσσον: Quicker, or right quich.— ἀγείρω with κε =a soft- 
ened future, and I will, or while I forsooth assemble the troops, © 

131-1389. Repeated from iii, 330-338, the arming of Paris, 
varied necessarily in 184, and purposely in 139. The same 
description is applied to the arming of Agamemnon in xi. 15- 
46, ᾿Αγαμέμνονος ᾿Αριστεία, still more altered and expanded.— 
134. ποικίλον ἀστερόεντα: Particolored and bestarred. ἀστερόεντα 
elsewhere is an epithet only of οὐρανόν, except in xviii. 370, where 
it is applied to the palace of Hephaestus.— 135. ἀμφὶ... βάλετο 
applies to σάκος as well as ξίφος, for the shield as well as the 
sword had a belt slung around the shoulder. The old German 
epic, the Nibelungen Lied, dwells on the armor of its hero with 
the-like loving though less elaborate detail.— 139. For the sin- 
gle combat Paris takes but one spear, ἄλκιμον ἔγχος (iil. 338); 
for battle, Agamemnon (xi. 43) and Patroclus here take two, 
δοῦρε. The spear or lance of Achilles (ἔγχος, 140) was of wood, 
as its history shows (143, 144), and too ponderous to be borne by 
any other hero. ἄλκιμα is plural, δοῦρε dual, τά plural again, but 
all neuter, and so ἀρήρει is singular. 


ILIAD XYVI. 221 


140-144. This is one of many ways in which the poet scts 
forth the superiority of his hero. These lines were rejected by 
Zenodotus and bracketed by Ameis-Hentze as inconsistent with 
139. But?—142. ἸΤηλιάδα, so called because cut from the sum- 
mit of Mount Pelion. Editors find a play on words in mda, 
Πηλιάδα, Πηλίου, and perhaps IInAevs.— Xelpov, the most upright 
of the Centaurs (xi. 831), teacher of Asclepios and Achilles in 
the healing and other arts (ibid.), gave this huge, oft-mentioned 
Pelian lance to Peleus at his marriage with Thetis. 

145. Automedon serves Achilles in the ninth book in pre- 
paring food for his guests (ix. 209)—another link between that 
book and this.— 146. ῥηξήνορα: An epithet applied only to 
Achilles, the crusher of heroes. —149. ElavOov καὶ Βαλίον: Chest- 
nut and Piebald. So xix.400. These were the immortal steeds 
given by the gods to Peleus. Pratt and Leaf. Cf. 867. Given 
doubtless at his marriage festival. Xanthus was the name also 
of one of Hector’s horses, and Podargus, Swiftfoot, or Whitefoot, 
another (viii. 185). Zephyrus is a swift and strong wind in 
Homer, nay, the swiftest of the winds. Cf. xix. 416.— 152. And 
he put the faultless Pedasus in the side fastenings, traces usually 
so called, of which, however, there is no trace in Homer. Sce 
Autenrieth’s Lex. The rapnopos was a third extra horse, not 
attached to the pole, nor drawing by traces, but, like the extra 
wheel of a modern artillery wagon, reserved for an exigency. 
Hector drives four horses abreast (viii. 185). Pedasus was the 
name of a city in the Troad destroyed by Achilles (xx. 92, 194). 
also of a city on the border of Pylus, offered to Achilles by 
Agamemnon (ix. 294).— 153. High-gated Thebe was the city of 
Ketion, father of Andromache (vi. 416). 

155. ἐποιχόμενος: Going to them, sc. from tent to tent, thus 
showing his intense interest. So Ajax, xvii. 356. — θώρηξεν ... 
σὺν τεύχεσιν: Armed them all throughout their tents with their 
armor.— 157. τοῖσίντε, κι τ. λ.: Which (lit.and they) have untold 
Jierceness in (lit. round about, i.e. filling and possessing) their 
hearts.— 160. And now (lit. and also) they go in herds.— 162. ἄκρον: 
The surface of the dark water.—¢édvov αἵματος: Belching the 
bloody gore, intensive. Cf. βρότον αἱματόεντα, XVili. 8345.— 108, πε- 
ριστένεται: Js too strait,i.e.is over-filled. The number of unusual 
words in this description is quite noticeable. ἀγεληδόν, λάψον- 
tes, and περιστένεται are all ἅπαξ ecipnuéva. —164. toto. = thus. 
So ¢alis in Latin poetry. 


222 NOTES. 


168-172. The catalogue also gives fifty ships to Achilles (ii. 
685), and to Philoctetes fifty men to a ship, who were at once 
rowers and skilful archers (ii. 719, 720). So the followers (ἄνδρες 
ἑταῖροι) of Achilles (twenty-five hundred in all) sat on the row- 
ers’ benches (ἐπὶ κληΐσιν) in their voyage to Troy, but now they 
are all armed and marshalled for the fight. The recurrence of 
five and its multiples here will be observed. Hector’s followers 
also are arranged in five divisions under five commanders (xii. 
87).— 172. Achilles himself, far surpassing them all, was com- 
mander-in-chief. 

173. τῆς ifs: The first. So in N. T. Greek, following the 
Hebrew, μιᾶς τῶν σαββάτων, the first day of the week. Mark 
XVi. 2.— ἀἰολοθώρηξ: Of glancing mail. Cf. Verg. Aen. II. 470: 
luce coruscus ahena.—174. Σπερχειοῖο: A river in Thessaly. 
The commander of the first division of the Thessalian hero’s 
troops is the son of that hero’s sister, the daughter of Peleus, by 
a Thessalian river-god—a woman wedded to a god, as Achilles 
himself was the son of a goddess of the sea wedded to a man.— 
177. ἐπίκλησιν; Nominally, or by repute. —178. ὅς ῥ᾽: Who ac- 
cordingly.— ἕδνα: Bridal gifts. The husband gives to or for the 
wife cattle, sheep, or other valuables according to her rank, 
beauty, or worth—in its origin a purchase. Sometimes also the © 
wife brings a dower to the husband (xxii.51). Both these are 
called ἔδνα. The names Πολυδώρη, 175 (cf. vi. 394), and Πολυμήλη 
(rich in flocks), 180, are suggestive of such: gifts. 

179. τῆς ἑτέρης: The second, so the Latin alter. —180. wap- 
θένιος: The son of an unmarried mother. καλή goes with χορῷ, 
beautiful in the dance, where Hermes saw her and became enam- 
oured of her.— 183. χρυσηλακάτου: An epithet applied exclusive- 
ly to Artemis, generally rendered, of the golden arrows, though 
some, as Voss and Diintzer, contend for giving ἡλακάτη here its 
ordinary signification —of the golden spindle. κελαδεινῆς, also 
epithet of Artemis as goddess of the chase, and in xxi. 511 it is 
used substantively as the name of the goddess. It refers pri- 
marily to the hurrah and hurly-burly of the chase. Cf. ix. 547. 

184, ὑπερῷα: The upper chamber, the apartments of the women. 
Cf. 11.514, and Od. passim, where it is often used of Penelope’s 
chamber.—185. ἀκάκητα: Deliverer from evil, equivalent to σῶκος, 
saviour, and épiovvos, helper or luck-bringer, the other epithets of 
Hermes.— 186. Ev8epov: The name seems to be repeated to em- 
phasize the idea that he was the ducky son of a luck-bringing 


a 
ms 


ILIAD XVI. 993 


father, and well-gifted by him in running and fighting.— 188. πρό: 
Forth, adverb.— 189. ἘἜϊχεκλῆος ... μένος : Periphrasis for Echecles 
himself as a man of might. So we say his majesty, his excel- 
lency, etc.—’Axropidao: Actor is also the name of the father of 
Menoetius and the grandfather of Patroclus (xi. 785). 

190. ἠγάγετο: Mid. —took her to himself, took her to wife.— 
ἐπεὶ πόρε, x. 7.A.: So Hector and Andromache (xxii. 471, 472).— 
191. 6 γέρων Φύλας: The grandfather of the boy Eudorus, 151.— 
192. ἀμφαγαπαζόμενος : Intensive, embracing him, as it were, with 
both arms. Achilles himself being a demigod, the leaders of the 
first two divisions of his troops are demigods also. The reader 
of the Iliad cannot fail to notice the great number of illegitimate 
sons, and also of homicides, in the higher classes, and the man- 
ner in which they are received, as an index of the state of society 
and morals in the heroic age. 

193. ᾿Αρήϊος, in most even of the German cditions printed 
with a capital “A = belonging or devoted to Ares, applied 
to Achilles, 166, and to two of his captains, 179, 193, but 
most frequently to Menelaus.— 195. μάρνασθαι — acc. of respect, 
in fighting.—IIndetwvos ἑταῖρον: After the friend of the son of 
Peleus, sc. Patroclus, of whom this is a standing designation (xvii. 
204, xxi. 96 et al.).— 196. Φοῖνιξ : Companion and tutor of Achil- 
les’ childhood and youth, who, now somewhat in years, fancies 
that he had made his pupil all that he was, and who, for his in- 
fluence with that pupil, was chosen to conduct the embassy to 
his tent (ix. 168, 432 seqq.). Next to Nestor the most interesting 
old man in the Iliad, named by him to conduct the embassy, 
and, like him, telling long stories of the olden time (ix. 434-605), 
Phoenix and Automedon are among the many links which con- 
nect the ninth book with the sixteenth. Cf. note on 86. 

198. When he had set them in goodly array then he laid upon 
them a strong speech (strict orders). The same formula introduces 
the stern address of Agamemnon to Chryses, when he sends him 
from his presence and forbids him to return (i.25). The use of 
δέ in a conclusion, ἐπειδὴ ... δέ, is not unfrequent in Homer.— 
200. por: Ethical dative =J pray you.— 202. ὑπό: During all 
my wrath. Cf. xxii. 102, 1. 1. -- καί: Render when; parataxis (a 
co-ordinate clause instead of a subordinate) is characteristic of 
Homeric simplicity.— 203-206 is, of course, language ascribed to 
the Myrmidons when they were chafing under the wrathful in- 
action of their chief. It resembles the complaints of Patroclus 


224 NOTES. 


above, 30-35.— χόλῳ = χόλῃ: Gall, the primary meaning of the 
word.— dpa: See note 88. --- ἔχεις: Dost hold. — 205 Ξ 11. 236, 
where it expresses the homesickness and discontent of the 
Grecian army as voiced by Thersites.— περ, at all events, intensi- 
fies the demand.— 206. χόλος here in its ordinary sense—less re- 
spectful than μηνιθμόν, which Achilles ascribes to himself, 62, 202, 
and the μῆνιν, which the poet ascribes to him (i. 1), and which 
properly denotes the anger of the gods (xxii. 358).— ὧδε; Thus, 
or such, sc. as We sce. 

207. Such things you were continually saying to me gathered 
thick about me.— ἐβάζετε imperf. and with two acc. Cf. ix. 58.— 
207-209: And now the great work of batile for which aforetime at 
least ye longed is at hand; now (iit. here = now as in English) δέ 
every one with stout heart enter the batile (pres. imper.) with the 
Trojans.— ἕης = ἧς : While this speech is characteristic of Achil- 
les, it is a model military harangue for any age. 

211, paddrAov...ap0ev: Were more closely joined.— 212. τοῖχον: 
The wall of a house; τεῖχος, of a city.—éGpapy: Closely joins, 
same root as dpGev, here = puts together. — πυκινοῖσι: Compactly 
laid. — 213. βίας . .. ἀλεείνων: For protection against the violent 
blasts of the wind.— 216. Well rendered by Cowper: “Shield, 
helmet, man pressed helmet, man and shield.” — 217. νευόντων: 
As they nodded, i. 6. shook their plumes.— ἐφξέστασαν: Stood by one 
another. This powerful description of battle is repeated from 
xlil, 181-183, which latter, according to tradition, was a part of 
the verses recited by Homer in his contest with Hesiod for the 
prize of poetic excellence. 

218. θωρήσσοντο: Prepared for battle (xviii. 189). Pratt and 
Leaf.— 219. Patroclus and Automedon are the nearest persons 
in attendance on Achilles in the ninth book also. — 221. And 
opened the cover off, ἂπό = off = of. — 223. ἄγεσθαι: To take with 
him,mid. Cf. 190. — 224. “ Windproof cloaks and carpets soft.” 
Lord Derby. —otAwv ταπήτων: Here rather woollen rugs. The 
verse is soft and musical. 

225-227. No other man but Achilles drank from it the sparkling 
wine, nor did Achilles himself wse it in offering a libation to any 
god but Jupiter. The irregular construction (anacoluthon) and 
the double negative (ot8€...otre...ovre) makes the expression 
very emphatic.— ὅτι μή — except, usually εἰ μή in Homer. Cf. 
xvii. 477, xxiii. 792.— 228. τό ῥα τότ᾽: This cup now at this time. 
pa resumptive.— θεείῳ: Sulphur was often used for purifying by 


the ancients, as for disinfecting byus. Cf. Od. xxii. 481 seqq.— 
229, 230. vi’: Act. of washing the cup.—viaro, mid. of wash- 
ing his own hands. The reader will be reminded of the divers 
washings and purifications of the Jews. Mark vii. 4. All offer- 
ings to the gods must be pure and perfect.—- 231. μέσῳ Epxet: In 
the centre of the open court, where was the altar of Ζεὺς “Epxetos. 
Cf. Od. xxii. 334. 

233-235. A most interesting and instructive glimpse of the 
religious ideas and usages of the Greeks in the earliest age. 
Dodona (in Thessaly, or Epirus, or on the borders of both, or, as 
some think, two of the same name) was to northern Greece in 
the mythical and heroic age what Delphi was to all Greece in 
historic times, an oracle and a sanctuary. Thither Odysseus in 
the Odyssey (xiv. 327 seqq.) 

“*voyaged to explore the will 

Of Jove on high Dodona’s holy hill;”’ 
and (one of innumerable incidental analogies between the two 
poems) thither the hero of the Iliad looks in prayer for a bless- 
ing on his friend and followers as he sends them forth to battle. 
Odysseus hears the counsel of Zeus in regard to his return home 
from the rustling leaves of the sacred oak (Od. xiv. 328).— 
233. Ζεῦ ava: This form of the vocative ἄνα is used only in ad- 
dressing a god, especially Zeus, Cf. 111. 351.— Δωδωναῖε, so called 
from the site of his sanctuary and oracle, 234.— Πελασγικέ, from 
the Pelasgi, the early inhabitants who founded the oracle, and 
whom Odysseus, in the guise of a Cretan prince, finds also in Crete, 
and calls them δῖοι Πελασγοί (Od. xix. 177).---- τηλόθι ναίων, in dis- 
tant Dodona, far from Troy, though near to Phthia, the home of 
Achilles, whose fathers worshipped at his shrine. 

234, Δωδώνης μεδέων: Cf. Ἴδηθεν μεδέων, 111. 320.— δυσχειμέρου: 
Cf. 11.750, where the same epithet is applied to Dodona.— ἀμφί: | 
Ady. round about the oracle, where Zeus dwells and rules.— 
Σελλοί, like "EAAo, a name etymologically related to Ἕλληνες, 
the oldest inhabitants of the land, to whom the service of the 
god belonged. Ameis-Hentze. Here the name seems to denote 
a sacred tribe or priestly family who dwelt near the sanctuary 
and were devoted to the service of the god, although no trace 
of an hereditary priesthood remains in the time of the Trojan war. 
The primitive and original Hellas bordered on Phthia and fur- 
nished a part of Achilles’ troops (ii. 683), and the Greeks in 
general are not yet called Ἕλληνες in Homer.— 235. σοί: Dat. 


10* 


ILIAD XVI. 225 


226 _ NOTES. 


for the gen. “Perhaps it means thine from ods.” Pratt and 
Leaf.— ὑποφῆται = προφῆται: The interpreters or declarers of the 
will of Zeus. The word occurs only here in Homer. The same 
is true of ἀνιπτόποδες and χαμαιεῦναι, with unwashed hands, sleep- 
ing on the ground, which probably denote not only the primeval 
simplicity and rudeness, but the ascetic habits of the priests of 
Dodona. 

236-238. Borrowed and accommodated from i. 453-455, the 
prayer of Chryses to Apollo for the removal of the pestilence. 
They seem less appropriate here. 

239. γάρ, explanatory, introduces the prayer. The connective 
is usually omitted in such cases.— νηῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι = ἐν νηῶν ἀγύρει 
(xxiv. 141): In the gathering or arena of the ships.— 241. τῷ: 
Therefore. —Gpa modes: Send with him, let honor attend him.— 
242. ἦτορ ἐνὶ dpéow: His heart within him, lit. in his vitals, 
φρέσιν nearly in its physical sense. Cf. 481. — ὄφρα: Until. — 
243. καὶ οἷος: Alone also as well as with me.—émiornra: Will 
know, subj. =a softened fut. — 244. τότε: Then only.—245. pat- 
vové’: Ind. pres. denoting matter of fact and customary action.— 
ἐγώ wep: Emphatically egotistic. Cf. 83, 89 et al. 

249. ἔκλυε: He heard him, but granted his petition only in 
part. Cf. Verg. Aen. xi. 794, 795: Audiit, et voti Phoebus 
succedere partem Mente dedit, partem volucres dispersit in 
auras. Prayers may be heard, and yet the petition be granted 
only in part or not at all. — 251. Without a connective be- 
cause explanatory of ἕτερον pev... ἕτερον δέ of the previous 
line. — 254. ἀπέθηκε: Laid it away.— 255, 256. So ix. 186 seqq. 
Achilles was found by the embassy inactive, but singing the 
praises of heroes to the lyre which he had taken from the spoils 
when he destroyed the city of Eetion. 


Vv. 257-305, The Myrmidons now Pour out like a Nest of 
Wasps or Hornets and Drive Back the Trojans, and Patro- 
clus Extinguishes the Fire in the Burning Ship. 

259. σφῆκες: Lat. vespac, Engl. wasps. — 260. εἰνοδίοις: Living 
by the road-side, as explained in the next line. Found only here. 
— ἐριδμαίνωσιν, found only here, is a causative of ἐριδαινέμεν, stir 
up to fight = irritate.— @ovres, found only here and ix. 540, as 
is their wont, boy-like. — 261. Rejected as spurious by ancient 
and modern critics because it is mere tautology, and because 
κερτομέοντες by etymology and usage means only to provoke (cut 


ILIAD XVI. 997 


to the heart) by words,— 262 seqq. Foolish children, for they bring 
a common evil upon many, and if a traveller come along (παρὰ κιών) 
and disturb them unintentionally, they then (δέ in a conclusion) 
with stout heart fly every one right forward.— 266. With the heart 
and spirit of these wasps = like these the Myrmidons at this time, 
x.t.A. A justly admired simile drawn out into many picturesque 
details, which, as is often the case with Homer’s similes, have no 
special application to this particular case, but illustrating viv- 
idly the fierceness and pertinacity with which the Myrmidons 
rushed on to victory or utter extinction. 

271. τιμήσομεν --τιμήσωμεν : Subj. Cf. γνῷ, 273.— 272. ἀγχέμα- 
xot: Not the predicate of θεράποντες, as Crusius makes it, but 
attributive, as in 248, and ἄριστοι is to be supplied as predicate 
from the previous line, he is by far the bravest warrior at the 
_ ships of the Greeks, and his close-jighting followers are the bravest. 
Cf. ii. 769, 770. — 273, 274 aptly repeated from i. 411, 412. --- 
274. ἄτην: His folly and madness. Cf. Agamemnon’s confession 
of his acts of folly, ἐμὰς ἄτας, ix. 116 seq., and the personified 
"Arn, ix. 505 seqq., xix. 91 seqq. This speech of Patroclus sets 
in a beautiful light his loyalty and devotion to Achilles.— 
276. And they fell in a mass upon the Trojans, ἐν . « .« ἔπεσον, lit. 
fell in, but used of a headlong rush upon troops or ships passim. 
Cf. xv. 624, and ev... ὄρουσαν above, 258. 

279. Himself and attendant, Patroclus and Automedon, 219. 
Automedon is the chariotecr of Patroclus.— 281. ἐλπόμενοι: Be- 
lieving and fearing that A. had renounced his wrath and chosen 
Friendship, i. e. reconciliation to Agamemnon. See ἔλπομαι with 
the same construction after it, and in a similar sense, ix. 160. 

284. ἀκόντισε, κ.τ.λ. : Hurled (lit. shot with) his glittering spear. 
— 287. Πυραίχμην: Cf. ii. 848, where also we have the rest of this 
line, and the next, with variations. — 290. μιν ἀμφὶ φόβηθεν: So 
Diintzer instead of the more common puy ἀμφεφόβηθεν, or ἀμφι- 
φόβηθεν, and I have followed his reading because of the strange- 
ness of the compound ἀμφιφοβέομαι, especially followed by the 
acc.— 294. And so the ship was left there half-burned. Cf. 123. 
ἡμιδαής an emphatic predicate, found only here.— 296. ἀνά, along, 
different from παρά, which could mean past. 

298. κινήσῃ» removes.— στεροπηγερέτα, only here, instead of the 
usual νεφεληγερέτα to avoid the repetition of νεφέλη, and at the 
same time more appropriate to the connection, the lightning- 
gatherer scatters the cloud.— 299, é«... ἔφανεν, shine out, are 


228 NOTES. 


clearly seen. The reader will observe the prevailing use of the 
aorist, the historical tense in the similes of the Iliad. This is 
partly to make the illustration more vivid, as if 7¢ also were a 
fact which the poet has seen, partly a kind of gnomic aorist, and 
partly perhaps because the old second aorist gives us the root of 
the verb in its shortest and simplest form, and so in its most 
generic signification without distinction of time. 

299-3800 = viii. 557, 558, but more appropriate here than there, 
where it is bracketed.— 300. And so the boundless ether is broken 
up (cleared up) beneath the sky (οὐρανόθεν ...tm-).— 301 seq. So 
the Greeks... recovered breath for a little while, but the battle did 
not cease (lit. cessation of the battle did not come). The sudden 
clearing of the skies by a thunder shower illustrates admirably 
the sudden and marvellous relief and light.and joy that came to 


the Greeks by the appearance of Patroclus, like the Thunderer — 


himself, in their behalf, sweeping away the cloud of Trojans that 
hovered over them; and yet the poet, by way of anticipation, 
beautifully hints that the storm was not over—the clouds were 
to return after the rain.— 808 seq. For not by any means yet were 
the Trojans utterly routed and driven away from the ships. 


Vv. 306-418. The Battle Breaks up into Single Combats, in 
which each Grecian Hero Slays his Man. Hector Flees with 
his Followers, and Patroclus Slays Many Trojans, The Aris- 
teia of Patroclus, 

306=xv. 328. Epic commonplace. κεδασθείσης Ξ- σκεδασθείσης, 


varied for the sake of the metre: when the battle was dispersed, 


i.e. broken up into single combats.— 308, αὐτίκ᾽ apa in sense fol- 
lows στρεφθέντος and precedes βάλε: immediately (just as soon 
as) Areilycus had turned to flee then Patroclus hit him— 811. 
Thoas, here the name of a Trojan, is the name of an Aetolian 
(Grecian) hero (ii. 638), and of the ruler of Lemnos (xiv. 230, 
xxlii. 745). Grecian and Trojan cities sometimes bear the same 
name, 6. g. Pedasus, vi. 35; cf.ix.152. Homer seems to conceive 
of the Trojans as kindred in race and language to the Greeks, 
It was the allies and auxiliaries that made the Trojan army such 
a medley of barbarous tongues (iv. 437, 438).— 312. Thoas hay- 
ing exposed his chest Menelaus struck him right past his shield. 
— 818. Φυλείδης: Meges (ii. 627, xili. 692).— 314. ἔφθη ὀρεξάμενος: 
Anticipated the attack (ἐφορμηθέντα ) of Amphiclus by reaching 
him in the upper part of his leg = hit him jirst.— 315. μυών, from 
μῦς, aS musculus from mus, muscle ; νεῦρα, sinews. 


νὰ. . 


vy 


ILIAD XVI. 229 


817. Νεστορίδαι: Antilochus and Thrasymedes, 321.—6 μέν 
would regularly be followed by 6 δέ in 821 appositive and dis- 
tributive of Neoropida, but subject and object are changed by 
the intervening lines, and τοῦ δέ in 321 refers to Maris.— οὔτασ᾽: 
Struck or thrust, usually with weapon in hand. So he is met by 
Maris, spear in hand, αὐτοσχεδὰ δουρί, 319.— 322. οὐδ᾽ ἀφάμαρτεν: 
Parenthetical, ὦμον being acc. of specification with ἔφθη ὀρεξά- 
pevos, hit haifa Jirst in the shoulder.— 823. πρυμνὸν βραχίονα: The 
upper arm. Of. πρυμνὸν σκέλος, 314.— 324. μυώνων: The muscles, 
sc. of the shoulder. Cf. iv. 503, 504.— 325. Epic commonplaces 
brought together with slight variation.— 326. Zhus they both 
(brothers; cf. 320) slain by two brothers. — 328. ἀκοντισταί, only 
here, for the usual aiypnrai, lancers, sons of Amisodarus, a Lycian, 
as appears from his sons being friends and followers of Sarpedon, 
leader of the Lycians (ii. 876).— Χίμαιραν, with the same epithet 
ἀμαιμακέτην, in vi. 179, and there also expressly referred to Lycia. 
— 331. βλαφθέντα;: Entangled, overpowered in the press.— 888, 334 
=v. 82,83; xx. 476, 477. Epic commonplace. 

335. συνέδραμον: Hncountered each other.— 338. καυλόν: The hilt 
of the sword ; possibly = φάλον, the knob of the helmet, as the 
sword of Menclaus was broken about the κόρυθος φάλον of Paris 
(iii. 362).— 340. ἔσχεθε: Intrans., as we might say, the skin alone 
held. 

343. Pierced him as he was about to mount his chariot, the horses 
often, and very naturally, put for the two-wheeled war chariot. 
— 344, κατά, as in 123.— 346. ἀντικρὺ ...ἐξεπέρησεν: Passed right 
through and came out under the brain beneath.— 849. τό: Sc. αἷμα, 
and the blood gushed through his mouth and nostrils, lit. gaping he 
made it gush up through his mouth and down through his 
nostrils. These minute and almost anatomical details, though 
characteristic of Homer’s battle scenes, are disgusting when ren- 
dered too literally. 

351. ἄρ᾽ resumptive and transitional. — 852. éwéxpaov, aorist in 
a simile, cf. 299; accompanied, however, below, 355, by a present, 
itendfinds, to express a continued action. We have to express 
them both by the present; they fall upon them suddenly... and 
they go on seizing and carrying them away.— 353-355. Ravenous, 
seizing them out from the flock which in the mountains have become 
separated by the carelessness of the shepherd; and they, the wolves, 
seeing them thus scattered, soon carry them off, having no power 
of resistance. δϑιέτμαγεν is not gnomic, but preliminary, the sep- 


. =) “- 
’ rez 
at. 


aration of the sheep being preliminary to their attack and seiz- 
ure by the wolves.— 357. And they bethought themselves of, i. e. 
betook themselves to ill-sounding flight, and forgot impetuous valor, 
i. 6. ceased even to think of it.— 357. The student will observe 
how Homer’s epithets are part and parcel of the things: all 
flight in battle is ill-sounding, resounding with the shouts of 
the pursuers and the cries of the pursued, and all valor is im- 
petuous ; so also of persons: Menelaus is ᾿Αρηΐφιλος Μενέλαος 
and Paris is Ἀλέξανδρος θεοειδής quite irrespective of the con- 
text. 

358. Αἴας ὁ μέγας, the son of Telamon, as distinguished from 
Ajax the swift, the son of Oileus, 890. --- 359. ter’: Was always 
eager.— 361. σκέπτετ᾽ : Was watching, and thus protecting himself 
against.— 362, 363. He wus already, to be sure, becoming conscious 
of the turn in the tide of battle, but even so he continued to stand 
his ground and endeavored to save his trusty comrades. The use 
of the imperfect is significant all through this passage. For the 
different interpretations of ἑτεραλκέα, see the Lexicons. 

365. αἰθέρος ἐκ Sins: Out of the sacred ether = out of and after 
a clear sky.—teivy: Spreads = raises.— 366. τῶν, of the Trojans, 
limiting ἰαχή τε φόβος re.— ἐκ νηῶν: Out from the ships, parallel 
to αἰθέρος ἐκ dins.— 367. And in disorder they crossed again the 
trench. Cf. 369. οὐ κατὰ μοῖραν — ἀκόσμως : Cf. xii. 225: οὐ 
κόσμῳ. Koch.—368. σὺν τεύχεσι: With his armor safe, but not 
his followers, whom he left behind in the ditch. — 871. ἄξαντ᾽: 
Daal with reference to the span of horses attached to each 
chariot.— ἐν πρώτῳ ῥυμῷ: At the extremity of the pole, which, be- 
ing slender, was peculiarly liable to break. Cf. vi. 40.— ἀνάκτων: 
Their masters.— λίπον here opposed to ἔκφερον of Hector’s horses 
above = left behind them. 

874. ἄελλα: The eddying dust (cf. iii. 18). And high under the 
clouds spread the eddying dust.— 378. There, I say, he guided his 
horses with loud shouts.— 879. ἀνεκυμβαλίαζον: Were overturned 
with rattling noise, like the clash of cymbals. Observe the imp., 
the men were continually falling under the axles, and one after 
another the chariots were overturned. 

381 is omitted in the best MSS. It is found again 867, 
where it belongs. — 382. And upon Hector his spirit impelled 
him. κέκλετο: Aor., from root κελ, to urge.— 383. ἵετο: Cf. 359. 
---τόν : Sc. Hector.— éxdepov: Cf. note on 371. 

884. κελαινή : Al. κελαινῇ dat. agreeing with λαίλαπι. So Cru- 


230 NOTES. 


ILIAD XVI. 231 


sius and Koch. —BéBpule, 7s inundated, from βαρύς, heavy. — 
385, ὀπωρινῷ: In late summer.— 386 seqq. is very interesting for 
its ethical doctrine, sc. that storms and floods are from Zeus for 
the punishment of wicked men (cf. Gen. vi. 5 seqq., Psa. evii. 34), 
especially unjust judges, who by might (not right) in the agora 
judge unrighteous (lit. crooked —so wrong = wrung, and per- 
verted = twisted ) judgments, and drive out justice, not fearing 
the vengeance of the gods, Compare the formula of indictment in 
the common law: “ Not having the fear of God before their 
eyes.” — 389. τῶν: These wicked men’s streams, i.e. the streams 
in their fields, are all swollen as they run. So Crusius and La 
Roche. Others refer τῶν ad sensum to ὕδωρ, 385.— 390. And 
many hillsides gullies then cleave asunder.— 392. ἐπὶ κάρ: Rush- 
ing headlong from the mountains.— μινύθει, intrans., are minished, 
i.e. wasted.— 393. The foregoing simile is intended to illustrate es- 
pecially the running and the snorting of the horses in their flight. 
The details only serve to finish the picture. Zeus is in the back- 
ground both of the storm and the rout. The same is true of the 
simile 297-302 above, and, indeed, of not a few of the grandest 
similes of the Iliad. 

394, éwéxepoe: When he had cut up (broken up) tie front ranks, 
he forced them back again towards the ships. ἀπέκερσε, cut off, is 
suggested as an amendment by some editors. 

397. Bracketed by Faesi-Franke and Ameis-Hentze as an inter- 
polation added to explain peony’ of the previous line, which, 
however, is sufficiently intelligible without the interpolation 
from the νῆας and πόληος, which precede. The space over 
which Patroclus was pursuing and slaughtering the Trojans 
is manifestly that between the lofty wall of the city and the 
ships and camp of the Greeks. Perhaps the river (Scamander) 
may be added as an intermediate station, where he would, of 
course, slay many (compare Achilles’ separation and slaughter 
of the Trojans at the river, xxi. 1 seqq.), and so the line may be 
genuine. 

400 — 312. Such verses are repeated as a sort of refrain.— 
401 seqq. ὁ δέ, Patroclus; ὁ μέν, Hector; ὁ δέ, 404, Patroclus 
again.— 402. δεύτερον opposed to πρῶτον, 399. Patroclus jirsé 
hit Pronous with a missile, Bade: in the second place he attacked, 
(ὁρμηθείς) Thestor... and, with spear in hand, pierced him (viée) © 
in the jaw.-— 408. ἀλείς : Crouching. —éx...pévas: For he was 
JSrightened out of his senses.— 406. And taking hold by the spear 


232 NOTES. 


(still sticking in his jaw), he dragged him over the chariot-rim. 
— 407. ἱερὸν ἰχθύν: Supply ἕλκε from the previous line. Some 
explain ἱερόν = huge; others sacred to Poseidon, or the gift of 
the gods, etc.— 408. χαλκῷ is, of course, the hook made of copper 
or bronze, as utensils generally were in the Homeric age.— 
409. κεχηνότα: With mouth wide open. like the fish. The illus- 
tration is apt in every particular. 

412, ἄνδιχα: And it was alse split in two.— 415 seqq. The num- 
ber and the names of the slain Lycians are arbitrary, cf. viii. 274 
seqq. An Erymas fell also, 8345; an Achaean Echius, xv. 339; 
the Heraclid Tlepolemus, v. 655. Diintzer. The patronymic 
Δαμαστορίδην seems to be added to distinguish this Tlepolemus 
from the Heraclid of Rhodes (ii. 653, v. 628 seqq.), who was 
doubtless an historical or traditional personage. The catalogue 
of Lycians slain here prepares the way for the intervention and 
death of their leader, Sarpedon. 


Vv. 419-507, Sarpedon Rallies the Lycians and Meets Patroclus, 
Falls by his Spear, and Calls upon Glaucus to Avenge his 
Death. 2 

419. ἀμιτροχίτωνας: Wearing coat of mail without girdle, or 
with girdle, according as the initial α is negative or copulative. 
μίτρη is a plated girdle and χιτών a coat of mail in Homer.— 
421. καθαπτόμενος : With reproving words. — 422. ἔστε: Impr., 
though some take it as a sarcastic question or exclamation,— 
424, ὅστις ὅδε: Who this man is that is so mighty. 424-425 = 
v. 175-176. ᾿ 

427. Patroclus is in his chariot, 880, on the ground apparent- 
ly,.404 and 411, and yet here he dismounts without any inter- 
vening mention of these changes. Such discrepancies in a poet 
will trouble only the minute critics. 

430 seqq. Here, again, small critics are troubled because Heré, 
the last time they heard of her, had gone from Mt. Ida to Olym- 
pus (xv. 79 seqq.), and now (though we are not told where the 
scene is laid) here she is back again, apparently on Mt. Ida, with- 
out any explanation as to how she got there! In answer, if an- 
swer were needful, it were perhaps enough to say that that is 
not the most inexplicable thing in the character and conduct of 
the goddess. Just such a discussion between Zeus and Athene 
precedes the death of Hector, xxii. 167 seqq.— 431. τοὺς ἰδών: 
Sceing them thus rushing to the mortal conflict.— ἐλέησε; Was 


= 


ILIAD XVI. 233 


moved with compassion for his favorite son Sarpedon, as the follow- 
ing context shows. So ἐλέησε stands without any object, vi. 484. 

488. ὅτε, al. ὅ re, 6 being taken as— ὅτι, cf. 120. But ὅτε can 
be both temporal and causal.— 436. ἀπό: Away from, atter avap- 
πάξας. ! 

440-443 — xxii. 178-181, where they are put into the mouth 
of Athene in answer to the suggestion of Zeus in regard to 
saving Hector. Heré here recognizes the power which Zeus 
claims above, 435-488, to save from death a man not only 
doomed to die, 441, but fated to die by the hand of Patroclus, 
434. The apparent contradiction by which Zeus is represented 
sometimes as superior and sometimes as subject to fate is rec- 
onciled in the fact that fate itself is the allotment of Zeus and 
the gods, as is implied in the expressions Διὸς αἶσα, δαίμονος 
αἶσα, μοῖρα θεοῦ, μοῖρα θεῶν (and, indeed, in the very words αἶσα 
and μοῖρα), which so often occur in the Iliad and Odyssey. See 
Theol. of Gr. Poets, p. 157. So the abstract possibility of men’s 
contravening or transcending the fates is implied in the use of 
ὑπέρμορα, ὑπὲρ μοῖραν, παρὰ μοῖραν in such passages as ii. 155, 
xx, 336, Od. xiv. 509, etc., although, in fact, they never do.— 
442. ab: Back again, denoting the reversal of the decree of fate. 
—B8vonxéos, epithet of πόλεμος (ii. 686, vii. 376) and of θάνατος, 
but especially in battle = doleful, lit. of doleful sound. 

448 seq., 6. σ΄. Achilles and two of his captains (173 seqq.), 
Aeneas (xx. 105), Ascalaphus and Ialmenus (ii. 512), besides any 
number of grandsons, great-grandsons, etc., of the gods. See 
note on 172 above. — 449. τοῖσιν: Sc. the immortals, in whom 
you will eacite dire resentment, by your partiality for your own 
sons.— 453. ψυχή, properly the breath of life; αἰών, lifetime — 
454, πέμπειν : Inf. for imper. (cf. 89). Death and sleep are twin 
brothers and swift bearers, 681, 682; hence the office here joint- 
ly assigned them. The conception is so beautiful and so fit that 
the prince of poets might well impute it to the queen of the 
gods.— 455. εἰσόκε --- εἰς 6 xe, and so it is printed in most of the 
editions.— 457. στήλῃ, the tombstone surmounting the tomb or 
mound, is often alluded to. Of. xi. 871, xvii. 484--- τὸ yap γέρας, 
k.T.A.: Epic commonplace (cf. xxiii. 9). γέρας is used yet more 
frequently of the honor due to the gods (cf. iv. 49). 

458 = iv. 68.— 459. ψιάδας, only here, drops of blood in honor 
and as an omen of the bloody death of his son. So xi. 53 Zeus 
sends down from above dewdrops stained with blood, because 


234 NOTES. 


he was that day to hurry away many heroes to Hades.— 460. τόν 
ot: That son of his whom. oi, ethical dative— 461. Tpofy is the 
country, hence the epithet ἐριβώλακι: the city is Ἴλιος. 

462 = iii. 15 et passim.— 465. vetatpav: In the lower (nether) 
part of the stomach, Cf. v. 539.— 466. αὐτοῦ μέν: Missed himself 
indeed, sc. Patroclus, but hit the horse. — 467. δεύτερος: In the 
second place, i, 6. after Patroclus. Cf. 111. 49. See 402 above, 
where δεύτερον is used differently — Πήδασον, the mortal horse 
at the side of the immortal steeds of Achilles, 152 seqq.— οὕτασεν: 
Struck usually with spear in hand, 317, but here with a missile, 
since he missed Patroclus and hit his horse.— 469, μακών: Aor. 
of μηκάομαι, onomatopoetic, properly = bleat; also, as here, of 
wounded animals, of a man, only Od. xviii. 98. 

470. And the other two, immortal horses, pulled apart, and the 
yoke creaked under the strain.—xpixe onomatopoctic.— 471. avy- 
χυτ᾽: Became entangled (confused). — παρήορος : 152.— 472. OF 
this trouble indeed Automedon made (found for himself) an end, 
sc. by cutting the side horse from his fastenings, as described in 
the next line, which, being explanatory, has no connective.— 
474. οὐδ᾽ ἐμάτησεν = without delay, a co-ordinate clause, as often 
in Homer, instead of a subordinate or limiting one.— 475. ἰθυν- 
θήτην: Straightened themselves, that ‘is, placed themselves in line. 
Autenrieth.— év ῥυτῆρσι; x. τ. Δ.» usually rendered, stretched away 
in the traces, but in better accordance with the connection and 
with the trappings of the ancient war-chariot, ran between (lit. 
in or within) the reins, now disentangled and straightened. See 
Autenrieth ad verbum.— τάνυσθεν;: Cf. 375. 

476. τώ: Patroclus and Sarpedon.—atris: Afresh, a renewal 
of the fight after the horses were straightened out, and the first 
line of the description is a repetition of 466 above, and the next 
three (478-480) are a repetition of v. 16-18, with the name of 
Patroclus substituted for that of Diomed (TuSeidyns).— 481. Where 
you know the vitals are closed about (enclose) the thickly wrapped 
heart. — φρένες, etymologically = Lat. renes, Engl. reins, is here 
used in the strictly physical sense, as also 504, cf. at 242. For 
the spiritual sense, cf, 88.— €pxarat, perf. pass. 3d pl. from épyw.— 
ἁδινόν, older editions ἀδινόν : most of the recent editions aspirate - 
the word and render thick, compact, but some, throbbing. 

482-486. Observe, again, the aor. in this simile and that 
which immediately follows. — 484. νήϊον εἶναι — for ship-timber. 
— 486. δεδραγμένος: Clutching. 


ror Ἕ 


΄ 


ILIAD XVI. 235 


487. ἀγέληφι: Dat. after μετελθών, coming 'mid the herd.— 
488. év... βόεσσιν limits ἔπεφνε, kills a bull... among the 
trailing-footed cattle.—490. ὑπὸ ἸΤατρόκλῳ limits xrewopevos.— 
491, μενέαινε: He was indignant, parallel to στενάχων in the illus- 
tration, or, as some prefer, he was still fierce, even in his fall. 
These two similes illustrate different points in the death of Sar- 
pedon—the first the grandeur of his fall; the second the intensi- 
ty of his spirit, which is seen also in the speech that follows. 

492-501. Glaucus, son of Hippolochus, was joint leader with 
Sarpedon of the Lycians (ii. 876); and his name and that of the 
Λύκιοι themselves, and Φοῖβος, who was born in Lycia, and per- 
haps Σαρπηδών also (the creeping dawn), are all associated with 
light and the sun-god. But they are not for that reason all to be 
resolved into myths of the sun, as a certain school of interpreters 
would fain do.— 492. πέπον: Here a term of endearment, Glaucus 
dear ; sometimes of reproach, e. g. 11. 235. These tender passages 
between Glaucus and Sarpedon should be read in connection 
with those in the sixth book, in which Glaucus describes his 
home and country, his lineage and relationship to Sarpedon 
(vi. 118 seqq., especially 199), although the two books, the sixth 
and the sixteenth, belong the latter to the Achilleid, so called, 
and the former to the Iliad proper, which Geddes ascribes to 
different authors.— πολεμιστά: Warrior, emphatically.— 494, éed- 
ϑέσθω: Let war now be your desire and delight.— εἰ θοός ἐσσι: Cf. 
422.— 496. Σαρπηδόνος : Pathetic instead of éuetd—your Sarpedon. 
ἐμεῦ also, in the next line, is emphatic.— 498 seq. very emphatic 
and intense: for I shall be to you a disgrace and reproach through 
all time perpetually. It is not death that he fears, but dishonor 
to himself and his friend and comrade if his armor should fall 
finally into the hands of the enemy.— 500. νεῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι: See 
Autenrieth, Lex. 

502. τέλος θανάτοιο: Death, which is the end of all, genitive = 
an appositive.— 503. The eyes and nostrils are specified, because 
the closing of the eyes and ceasing to breathe are the palpable 
signs of death.— 504. And the vitals (or diaphragm) followed with 
it, sc. the spear.— 506. αὐτοῦ : Local gen., there on the very spot 
where Sarpedon fell. And the Myrmidons held the snorting horses 
(of Sarpedon) right there, though they were eager to flee when the 
chariot was forsaken (bereft) of their masters, Sarpedon and 
Thrasymelus, both slain by Patroclus, 


Vy. 508-637, Glancus, Healed of his Wound by Apollo, Hastens 
with Hector and the Bravest of the Trojans to Rescue the 
Body of Sarpedon, and a Fierce Battle Ensues. 


509. Glaucus had been wounded in the arm by an arrow from 
the bow of Teucer (xii. 387 seqq.), and compelled to withdraw 
from the fight. The distress of Sarpedon when Glaucus was 
wounded and retired is expressed in language similar and paral- 
lel to that in which the grief of Glaucus at the death of Sarpedon 
is expressed here, though it is, of course, less intense. xii. 392: 
Σαρπήδοντι δ᾽ ἄχος γένετο, k.T.A.— ὅτ᾽ = ὅτι : Some editions read 
ὅ τ᾽, in the same sense. ΟἿ, δ4.--- 510. He pressed his wounded 
arm to relieve the pain.— 511. ἕλκος, κι τ. λ.: The wound you know 
which Teucer had inflicted upon him with an arrow as he assailed 
the lofty wall. Cf. xii. 888.— βάλεν takes a cognate acc., viz., ὅ = 
ἕλκος, together with its usual acc. of the person wounded, piv. 
So v. 8601. --- 512. ἀρήν, from dpn, destruction. Clause repeated 
with slight variation from xii, 384.— 518. He prays to Apollo as 
the god of Lycia, 490. 

514. πού: Who methinks art present not only in Lycia, but also 
in Troy, expressing modestly, not confidently, his belief in the 
wider presence of the god of his country and his people.— δήμῳ: 
Territorial = land.— 515, ἀκούειν with the dat., listen to; usually 
with the gen.— πάντοσ᾽, lit. every whither, is used with reference to 
the motion here implied in ἀκούειν -ΞΞ- come and_hear.—- 517. ἀμφὶ 
«««ἐλήλαται; 75 pierced through.— 519. βαρύθει: Is weighed down 
(is pained) by it (the wound). Cf. Lat. gravescit and Engl 
grieved, all from the same root. —520. ἔμπεδον, firm; so 107: 
ἔμπεδον ... ἔχων σάκος. --- 521. ὥριστος --- ὁ ἄριστος. --- 522. οὐδ᾽, 
emphatic, not even his own son. — 528. πέρ: At all events, what- 
ever others may do. 

529. τέρσηνε; usually intransitive as above, 519, is here transi- 
tive.— 530 =i. 888 and viii. 446, with the change only of the last 
verb. — €yve = was conscious ἐχμὸ what he felt within him.— 
531. εὐξαμένοιο, gen. after ἤκουσε, although preceded by οἱ dat. 
for gen.— 534, μετά: Towards or in quest of, as explained by ἐπί 
in 535 and illustrated by per Αἰνείαν, x.r.X., in 586. 

538. λελασμένος els: Thou hast forgotten ; a periphrastic perf, 
So λελασμένος ἔπλευ, xxiii. 69; πεφυγμένον γενέσθαι, xxii. 219. 
Pratt and Leaf. — 542. Sarpedon was civil as well as military 
ruler of Lycia. — 545, ἀπό, off, adverb. — 546, Δαναῶν, gen. of 


236 NOTES. 


ILIAD XVI. 237 


cause. —8ea0i = ὅτε τύσσοι, angry on account of the Greeks, be- 
cause so many of them were destroyed. 

548. κατὰ κρῆθεν, lit. from head down, sc. to foot = through and 
through. ΑἹ. κατ᾽ ἄκρηθεν and κατάκρηθεν. Of. κατ᾽ ἄκρης, xiii. 772. 
— 549. ἄσχετον, intolerable in degree; οὐκ ἐπιεικτόν, τη σοαϑέγ) in 
duration—always with ov«.—551. And among them he himself 
was the bravest in the fight.—aités emphatic: besides the great 
number of his troops, he was distinguished for his personal 
bravery. Cf. 292.— 554. λάσιον κῆρ: The stout (lit. shaggy) heart 
of Patroclus =the stout-hearted Patroclus himself, but with em- 
_ phasis and yeneration. Compare i. 189, said of Achilles. 

557. As brave as heretofore ye were wont to be or even braver.— 
558. Ketrat... Σαρπηδών: Cf. δ41.--- πρῶτος ἐσήλατο: The same 
thing is asserted in the same words of Hector (xii. 438). Sarpe- 
don was the first to assail and mount the wall, but he was re- 
pulsed (xii. 290-435), till Hector, with the special aid of Zeus, 
rallied them, and first penetrated into the camp.— 559. εἰ», per- 
haps, originally denoted a wish, as our 7f is an old imperative = 
gif, give, and so Homer may have used it in this sense without 
any thought of the ellipsis by which this use is commonly 
explained. — 560. tw’: Many a one, as often in the Iliad. — 
561, αὐτοῦ emphatic, defending their leader himself. Compare 
the αὐτὸς ἔφη, ipse dizit, of the disciples of Pythagoras. 

565. They joined batile about the body of the slain.— 568. That 
there might be a deadly battle-struggle over his beloved son, since 
his honor would be in proportion to the number slain in the 
struggle for his body.— payns...mdvos: Cf. φυλόπιδος... ἔργον, 
208. πόνος alone is used for the toil of battle, 651, 726 et al. 
The repetition of ddods adds intensity to the description. 

570. οὔτι κάκιστος litotes for ὥριστος. --- 572. Bovdetw: There 
were many cities bearing this name; probably this is a city in 
Magnesia or Phthiotis. Crusius. — 573. ἀνεψιόν, cousin, same 
root as Lat. nepos and Engl. nephew.— éfevapigas: See note 192. 
— 574, ἱκέτευσε: Came as a suppliant, allied to ἱκνέομαι. So in 
English supplication is coming to or before God.—és: To his 
house, where he was hospitably received, like Phoenix (ix. 480). 
— 575. πέμπον: Cf. ix. 489.— 576. εὔπωλον: Rich in steeds. The 
Troad now abounds in horses, though in the excavations at 
Kissarlik no remains of the horse were found. Schliemann, Ilios, 
pp. 111, 711.— 578-580 = 412-414 above.— 581. ἑτάροιο, gen. of 
cause. — 582. ἴρηκι, so called, according to some, from ἱερός, 


) “ἀν 
ΣΎΝ 


sacred, because the hawk, like other birds of prey, was a bird of 
augury; called also κίρκος (xxii. 139), because the hawk flies 
in a circle. — 584. ἰθύς: Right at.— ΠΙατρόκλεις: Apostrophe 
again (cf. 20), but the third person is resumed at ἔβαλε, 586.— 
587. ῥήξεν ἀπό: Broke off (ἀπό, adv., cf. xv. 537) the tendons of 
this, sc. the neck. Cf. x. 456, where the dual, révovre, is used of 
the two principal tendons or sinews of the neck.— 589. A spear’s 
cast, or a stone’s throw, is often a measure of distance in the 
Iliad, 6. g. xv. 359, iii. 19. Here the illustration is drawn out 
into those picturesque details of which the poet is so fond in his 
similes, — aiyavéyns, usually a light spear, used in the chase or 
the games (ii. 774).— 590. πειρώμενος : Making trial of his strength. 
Cf. xv. 359: σθένεος πειρώμενος.--- 591. ὑπό: In the presence or un- 
der the pressure of the enemy. 

593. mpatos...étpawet: He was the jirst to turn himself after 
the falling back, 588, and slay one of the Greeks.— 595. Ἕλλάδι: 
The primitive Hellas of northern Greece. Cf. 234.— 598. στρεφ- 
θείς repeats and explains ἐτράπετ᾽.--- 599, δούπησεν is an onoma- 
topoetic word expressive of the dull heavy sound of the body 
falling like a dead weight or the dumping of a load of earth. 
— 600. ὡς ΞΞ ὅτε οὕτως, because a brave man had thus fallen.— 
601. They rallied about him (Glaucus) in thronging masses.— 
602. μένος, x. τ. A.: They pressed on vigorously (lit. bore their 
strength right on) against them. 

604. bs... ἐτέτυκτο: Who was (lit. had been made) priest of 
Idean Faas i.e. in the temple or shrine of Zeus on Mt.Ida. Cf. 
AwSevaie, 233. In vili. 48 seqq. Zeus drives to Mt. Ida to direct 
the events of the war, and stops at Gargarum, the highest peak 
of Ida, where he has a τέμενος βωμός te θυήεις. Of. 111. 276, xxiv. 
308: Zed πάτερ, Ἴδηθεν μεδέων. It is not the son, Laogonus, but 
the father, Onetor, that is priest of Idan Zeus, and ‘the priest 
does not go to the war, but his son goes, and is here killed.— 
605 is repeated from v. 78 except the first word.— 607. ᾧχετο, 
was gone, very expressive.— 609. ὑπασπίδια προβιβάντος: As he. 
was advancing under cover of his shield, war technic of the Iliad. 
Cf. xiii. 158, 807. So also 610-613; cf. xiii. 184, 443, 444, and re- 
peated xvii. 526-529.— 611. ἐξόπιθεν : Behind him.—612. ἐπί, adv., 
and the butt-end of the spear quivered too.—613. And there at length 
ait spent its force, lit. the fierce Ares relaxed its force.— 614, 615. A 
stale repetition of the preceding, and wanting in the best MSS. 

616. Such colloquy and repartee as this between Aeneas and 


238 NOTES. 


. =e = 
-—* 
Leia 


ILIAD XVI. 239 


Meriones was not unfrequent between the knights in the battles 
of the Middle Ages.— 617. ὀρχηστήν: A burlesque on the agility 
of Meriones in dodging: my spear would soon have put @ stop to 
ali your dancing, lit. stopped you with all your agility in dancing. 
There is perhaps an allusion here to the Pyrrhic dance, which 
was said to be an invention of Meriones’s countrymen, the Cretans. 
— 623. In scornful response to Aeneas’s ei σ᾽ ἔβαλόν περ. I also, 
af I could only just hit you square. μέσον, lit. in the middle of 
your body. τυχών is here rendered by an adverb.— 625 = v. 654, 
xi. 445. κλυτοπώλῳ: The horses of Hades are famous for the 
swiftness with which they hurry mortals to the abode of the 
dead. So Death is represented as a swift escort of the dead, 
681. 

628. ὦ πέπον: Cf. 492.— 629. πάρος, κι τ. Δ. : The earth will cover 
many «a one jirst, sc. before the Trojans will relinquish the defence 
of their dead comrade.— 630. The issue of war is in strength of 
arms, but the time for talk (lit. the success of words) is in the 
council-chamber. τέλος must be supplied to ἐπέων by a sort of 
zeugma; the antithesis would be more correct if the second 
clause were ἔπεσιν δ᾽ ἔνι βουλῆς. The sense, however, is practi- 
cally clear and vigorous, which is all the poet wants. Pratt and 
Leaf.— 631. Therefore you ought not at all to multiply words (in- 
crease talk). 

633. τῶν is repeated in 635 as gen. after δοῦπος.--- ὄρωρεν: Al. 
ὀρώρῃ and ὀρώρει.---- 636. ῥινοῦ and βοῶν both mean oxhides, and 
thus denote shields of different kinds. ῥινοῦ perhaps includes 
helmets and other things made of leather. So LaRoche. Auten- 
reith renders: the thud of bronze, of leather, and of oxhide shields. 
— 637. νυσσομένων : Piercing each other ; it agrees with τῶν, and 
is reciprocal instead of reflexive. 


Vv. 638-684. The Body of Sarpedon, Scarcely Recognizable, Lies 
Covered with Blood and Dust; Apollo, at the Command of 
Zeus, Removes it, and Sends it to Lycia for Burial. 

One of those touching episodes by which the poet not un- 
frequently interrupts and relieves the conflict and carnage of 
battle. 

638. φράδμων wep: However discerning.— 640. εἴλνυτο διαμπερές : 
Completely covered (lit. rolled, Lat. volvo). — 641. ot: The com- 
batants on both sides.— ὁμίλεον, imperf., were swarming.— μυῖαι 
and βρομέωσι both secm to be onomatopoetic words naturally 


oe 


significant of the hum and swarm of the fly.— 642. σταθμῷ: The 
cattle stall or fold.— 648 = ii. 471.— 644. ἄρα, resumptive. 

646. κατ᾽ αὐτούς: Down upon the combatants themselves: in de- 
tail in contradistinction from the general view of the previous 
line.— ὅρα imperf. with aug. omitted.— 648. ἤδη, at once, opposed 
to ἔτι, 651.— καὶ κεῖνον : Him also, as well as Sarpedon.—653. ὄφρα 
with its clause explains ὧδε and constitutes the subject of δοάσ- 
σατο, where you would expect the inf. In the modern Greek ἵνα 
with the subj. has superseded the inf. 

657. ἔτραπε: Turned, sc. his horses, to flee (cf. viii. 157). So 
ἔχει is often used without an object, the horses and chariot be- 
ing understood.— 658. γνῶ, κι τ. Δι: Hor he was conscious of the 
sacred balance of Zeus, sc. that the scales (of the will and favor of 
Zeus) had turned against the Trojans. — 659, οὐδέ, not even. — 
660. ἐπεί: Because they saw their prince (Sarpedon) stricken to the 
heart (bereft of life).— 661. ἀγύρει: In the crowd or multitude of 
the dead.— 662. For many had fallen (aor. in plupf. sense) over 
him when Zeus strained (intensified) the fierce strife. 

667. Come now, dear Phoebus, if you please, wash away the dark 
blood from Sarpedon going piiond the range of missiles. κάθηρον 
takes (here only) two acc. after the analogy of verbs of taking 
away, and seems to refer only to the removal of the mass of blood 
and dust in which the body lay (689), to be followed by bearing 
it to the river, and there performing the ceremony of bathing, 
anointing, and dressing for the burial.— 668. ἐλθὼν ἐκ βελέων as 
explained by ἐκ βελέων ... ἀείρας, 678 = go bearing Sarpedon 
beyond the range of missiles.— 671. And send it with swift bear- 
ers (senders) to-bear it, viz. Sleep and Death, twin brothers. Cf. 454- 
457 above. πέμπε, pres. imper., denotes a continued action, thus 
differing from the aorists that precede. 

676-683, The Lycians occupy a conspicuous place in the liad 
as the most powerful of the allies of the Trojans, sustaining also 
most intimate relations with the Greeks from the earliest times 
(cf. vi. 150 seqq., 216 seqq.), and the favorites of Zeus and his 
sons, Apollo and Sarpedon, the latter of whom is here borne with 
great pains to an honorable burial-place in Lycia. And in the 
historic age they constituted a very interesting confederacy of 
free cities till Lycia became a Roman province under the Em- 
peror Claudius. The death of Sarpedon, leader of the Lycians 
and son of Zeus, by the hand of Patroclus, his burial with super- 
human honors, and the interposition of Apollo at the command 


240 NOTES. 


ILIAD XVI. 241 


of Zeus, all shed lustre on Patroclus and prepare the way for 
his slaying by Hector, as Hector’s slaying of Patroclus leads on 
and illustrates the death of Hector by the hand of Achilles, 


Vv. 684-711. Forgetful of Achilles’ Charge, Patroclus Presses on 
to the Walls of the City, and is Intent on Taking them by 
Storm, but is Repulsed by Apollo. 

684-691. After giving his orders to his charioteer (perhaps lit- 
erally to the horses also, as of divine pedigree, and so of extraor- 
dinary intelligence), Patroclus pursued the Trojans and Lycians 
on foot.— 685. μέγ᾽ ἀάσϑη: He was greatly infatuated. Cf. ix. 116, 
the confession of Agamemnon (ἀασάμην), and ix. 587, the folly 
and blindness of Oeneus (ἀάσατο δὲ μέγα θυμῷ). The word de- 
notes a kind of supernatural blindness and madness, which could 
be explained only by the supposition of a goddess "Arn, whose 
office it was to blind and befool men and gods (ix. 205 seqq., 
xix. 91 seqq.).—686. νήπιος: Foolish one (lit. child) (ii. 878, vi. 
400). — ἔπος Πηληϊάδαο: The charge, 87 seqq.—688. νόος: The 
mind and will. — 689, 690. Omitted in some of the best MSS. 
Found again xvii. 177, 178, where they are more suitable.— καί: 
Hiven.— ὅτε δ᾽ αὐτός: Hven when he himself may have stirred him 
up to the fight, as in the case of Patroclus (cf. 693 below). Al. 
éré correlative to ὅστε, as in xvii. 178 = and on the other hand 
sometimes stirs him up to fight, so Koch and Ameis-Hentze; but 
that would require the ind. ἐποτρύνει, as in xxii. 178.— 691. καὶ 
τότε: At this time also, as always, correlative to αἰεί, 688. 

692. Cf. xi. 299 et passim; also note on 112.— 693. ΠΠατρόκλεις: 
Cf. 20.— θεοί here takes the place of Zeus, 688.— 694. We have a 
similar catalogue of names in answer to the same question at 
xi. 301 seqq. They are, for the most part, unknown persons.— 
697. φύγαδε, as if a verb of motion had preceded = bethought 
themselves and took to flight. 

698-711 were rejected by Lachmann, and Pratt and Leaf say 
“not without reason, for the context seems to know nothing of 
any such imminent danger to the city, and Hector’s attitude of 
hesitation in 712-714 appears quite inconsistent with it.” But 
there is no MSS. authority for the omission of these lines, and a 
little poetical exaggeration in honor of Patroclus’s prowess is 
quite in place here and prepares the way for the intervention of 
Apollo (cf. xx. 30 of Achilles). — 698. ὑψίπυλον Τροίην: Tpoin is 
more frequently used of the country =the Troad, and Ἴλιος of 


11 


242 NOTES. 


the city. ὑψίπυλον, an epithet of Θήβη (vi. 416), is applied to 
Troy only here, though the height of its wall (cf. 702), as well as 
its elevated situation, is often alluded to, and both correspond 
with the “ fortress-height” laid bare by Schliemann at Hissarlik, 
— 699. ὑπό is explained by the passive sense implied in» éAov.— 
περιπρό: Crusius and La Roche read περὶ apd. The sense is the 
same = around and onward.— 702. tpis... τρίς: Cf. v. 436, 437, 
vi. 435, xxi, 176,177. The number three appears to have become 
already a sacred number in the time of Homer, who frequently 
uses it to express 8 several times repeated act. See Crusius 
in loco.—én’... βῆ = mounted, or gained a footing on. Cf. xii. 
444. ἀγκῶνος : A corner or bastion, sc. the tower on whigh Apollo 
stood, 700, and from which he thrust him back.— 705, 706 =v. 
438, 439 ΟΝ variations.— 709, οὐδ᾽ tm ᾿Αχιλλῆος: And not even 
by Aghilles Troy was destined to fall by wisdom, not by valor; 
not-by the prowess of Achilles, but by the wiles of Ulysses.— 
domwep... ἀμείνων, said of Achilles by Agamemnon (vil. ΜῈΝ and 
of Patroclus by Achilles (xxi. 107). 


Vv. 712-782, Hector, Incited by Apollo, Hurries to Meet Patro- 
_ clus, and Patroclus Slays Hector’s Charioteer, Cebriones, whose 
Body, after a Fierce Conflict, is Borne away by the Greeks, 

712.4 Σκαιῇσι πύλῃς: The western gate, which looked down 
upon the plain and the field of battle (cf. iii. 146 seqq.). σκαιός 
= Lat. scaevus, left, whence Scaevola, the left-handed man. The 
left hand was the west, because, in observing the auspices, the 
Greeks looked towards the north. So in the Semitic as well 
as the Indo-European languages. the left often=the west. Dr. 
Schliemann might well be struck with the remarkable corre- 
spondence of the tower and double gate, which was the only 
entrance of Hissarlik, with the Scaean gates and tower of 
Homer’s Ilios. —713. δίζε: From δίς as dubitabat and doubled 
from duo = he was debating.— 717. ᾿Ασίῳ : Another Asius, the son 
of Hyrtacus, is mentioned (xiii. 384).— 718. Homer makes Hec- 
uba the daughter of Dymas, a Phrygian prince; Euripides calls 
her the daughter of Kisseus. 

723. Then (τῷ) to your sorrow (in dreadful plight) would you 
withdraw from the battle,— 724. ἔφεπε: Drive your horses poe 
Patroclus. 

726. πόνον: Cf. 568.— 727. Cebriones was Hector’s brother. 
Two of Hector’s charioteers were killed in succession by Teucer 


(viii, 120, 312), and then he bade his brother take the reins (viii. 
818); accordingly we find him now acting as Hector’s charioteer 
-—one of many links which connect the books of the so-called 
Achilleid with those added, according to the critics, to make up 
the Iliad. 

᾿ς 733. ἀφ᾽ ἵππων: Horses put for the two - wheeled aliaitol; as 
usual.— 735. περὶ χεὶρ ἐκάλυψεν: Which his hand covered around, 
1. e. as large as he could grasp.— 736. ἐρεισάμενος : Planting him- 
self firmly. Of. xii. 457, where the next line explains its mean- 
ing.— οὐδὲ Srv, x.7.r.: Wor did he (or it, sc. the stone) long fail 
to reach the man, nor did he throw the missile (the stone) in vain. 
Such is, on the whole, as satisfactory as any rendering of a pas- 
sage in which the reading is doubtful and the construction and 
translation still more disputed.— 737. ἁλίωσε is elsewhere intran- 
sitive in the Iliad, and could be here with the stone for its sub- 
ject.— 738. Cf. viii. 318.— 740. σύνελεν : Schol. συνέτριψεν, crushed 
together.— 742. αὐτοῦ πρόσθε ποδῶν : Before his own feet. αὐτοῦ, 
however, can be an adverb = there. Cf. 649.— 745. Even the 
gentle Patroclus indulges in wit and sarcasm under the excite- 
ment of battle.— 747. τήθεα διφῶν: Diving for oysters. Both 
words are ἅπαρ εἰρημένα in Homer, The remains of shell-fish 
used for food were found in the greatest quantities in the debris 
of Hissarlik. ᾿ 

752. ἔχων: With the spring of a lion.— ἴδ4, Observe the fre- 
quent apostrophizing of Patroclus. Cf. 744. --- 762. κεφαλῆφιν, 
like ποδός in the next line, gen. of the part.— λάβεν, seized.— 
763. ἔχεν; held.— 764.— σύναγον = σύμβαλον, joined. 

765. Similes multiply as the battle thickens. These three 
illustrate different points: 751-754, the first spring of the slayer 
upon the slain; 756-761, the chee: struggle for the body; 765- 
771, the din and uproar of the battle. The last has been much 
GRiiied: — 766. πελεμιζέμεν, shake. —'769. πάταγος, κ. τ. λ.: And 
there is a crashing of the breaking branches. Onomatopoetic.— 
— 771. Cf. 691, 357.— 775. μαρναμένων : Gen.after ἀσπίδας, or per- 
haps δοῦρα, ioi, and yeppddia.— 776... .. his art forgotten all. A 
mighty warrior mightily he lay. Derby. Cf. αἰνόθεν αἰνῶς, oid bev 
οἷος, Vii. 39, 97. 

777. ἀμφιβεβήκει, occupied.— 778. ἥπτετο : Were striking, laying 
hold, as it were, of their victims. ἀμῴοτέρων limits βέλεα, and 
the object of ἥπτετο is understood.— 779. But when the sun was 
approaching its setting, lit. the time for the unyoking of oxen. 


ILIAD. XVI. 243 


- 


944 > NOTES. 


This shows that the slaughter of the troops in the previous line 
is to be understood as continuing past midday till towards even- 
ing, and thus this passage is consistent with xi. 84, where the 
slaughter of the forenoon of the same day is described in the 
same words, of which 778 here is a refrain.— 780. ὑπὲρ αἶσαν, 
like our in spite of fate, to be taken in a popular sense, as a poet- 
ical exaggeration. It was not the will of Jove (or, which is the 
same thing, Διὸς αἶσα) that the Greeks should really prevail till 
Achilles should come forth and lead them to victory. Cf. 440 
seqq. and note there. 


Vv. 783-867. After Slaying Many, Patroclus is Stricken, Bewil- 
dered, and Almost Disarmed by Apollo, Hit with a Spear by 
Euphorbus, and Slain by Hector, whose Death in turn he 
Prophesies by the Avenging Hand of Achilles, 


784. seqq. tpis...tpis: Cf. 702 seqq.— 786 —705.— 789. He 
indeed (Patroclus) did not perceive him (Phoebus) approaching 
through the fray. Here, as in the preceding instances, the third 
person is abruptly resumed after the apostrophe. — 792. χειρὶ 
katampyvet: With the flat of the hand, thus adding insult to injury. 
--- στρεφεδίνηθεν, an expressive word found only herein Hom.: whirl 
as in ᾧ vortex, or, as it is well paraphrased by Autenrieth, every- 
thing was in a whirl before his eyes.— 794. And this kept rattling 
as it rolled beneath the feet of the horses: the high-coned crest-per- 
forated helmet. These appositives are added to set forth the 
splendor of the helmet and introduce the pathetic contrast 
which follows. So also the ἱππόκομον πήληκα, 797, adds em- 
phasis to the οὐ θέμις ἦεν Which precedes, and which may be 
taken here in the original sense, 2¢ was not wont, with the further 
association of the idea of wrong and desecration.— 799. pier’: It 
was wont to protect.— τότε Sé,x.7.r.: But at this time Zeus gave tt 
to Hector to wear on his head, but destruction was now nigh him.— 
802. κεκορυθμένον usually with χαλκῷ, shod with bronze.— 803. τερ- 
μιόεσσα, tasselled. See the description of Athene’s aegis with its 
hundred tassels, ii. 447. For the belt of the shield, see xiv. 404, 
405, and cut in Aut. Lex.— 805. ary: Cf. note 685. The part 
which Apollo acts in the slaying of Patroclus is as unmanly and 
unchivalrous as it is ungodlike. But the gods are exempt from 
the laws of human virtue and honor, and even Apollo and 
Athene, the best of the Homeric deities, do very dishonorable 
deeds. They turn their arts and power against Hector in the 


ey re 
Ν =P 


end. Of. xxii. 214 seqq.; alsoiv.93 seqq. The poet honors and 
exalts Patroclus at the expense of the honor of gods and men. 

806. ὄπιθεν: This is the climax of meanness. There is a strange 
mixture of savage ferocity and knightly courtesy in the manners 
of the Homeric chieftains.— 807. Δάρδανος ἀνήρ: Cf.ii.701. Dar- 
dania was the mother-city whence Ilios derived its founder and 
its line of kings (xx. 216 seqq.). It was situated among the spurs 
of Mt. Ida, while Ilios was in the plain (xx. 217).— 808. This was 
the Euphorbus whose soul Pythagoras believed himself to have 
inherited (Hor. Od.i. 28.9). Pratt and Leafi— 810. Yor at this 
very time, on his first arrival with his war-chariot, taught as he 
was in war, he dismounted twenty heroes from their horses (chariots). 
Cf. 785, 702.— 818. ὁ μέν: Euphorbus, opposed to Πάτροκλος δέ, 
816.— 814. And did not even await (stay to meet) Patroclus, dis- 
armed as he was, in deadly fight. 

820-829. As Pratt and Leaf well say, this cowardly attack of 
Hector almost reconciles us to the treachery by which he is him- 
self slain (xxii. 226).— 822. And caused great grief to the army of 
the Achaeans. ἤκαχε from ἄχος, ache, pain.— 823. ἀκάμαντα, epi- 
thet of the river-god Spercheius, 176 (of the sun, xviii. 239), rep- 
resents the unresting, indefatigable, stubborn ferocity of the wild 
boar, which Homer often magnifies (cf. v. 788, xvii. 21). Pratt 
and Leaf quote a Mahratta proverb: a boar will drink between 
two tigers.— 825. ὀλίγης: Too small for them both to drink at 
together.— 827. πεφνόντα: After he had slain many, aor. part. In 
some editions répvovra.— 828. σχεδὸν ἔγχεϊ = with spear in hand. 

830. που, methinks. So 838, 842. — ἁμήν = ἡμέτεραν. --- 
831. ἐλεύθερον ἦμαρ, a favorite concrete and poetical expres- 
sion for liberty, as δούλιον ἦμαρ for slavery (cf. vi. 455, 468), and 
ὀρφανικὸν ἦμαρ for orphanage (xxii. 490).— 833. Fool (cf. 681); 
for in their defence (sc. of the Trojan women) Hector’s swift 
horses with their feet have hurried (lit. reached forth, stretched 
themselves) to jight, as if in conscious sympathy with their 
master.— 834. ἔγχεϊ in antithesis to ποσσίν, as αὐτός to ἵπποι. 
Ameis-Hentze.— 836. ἐνθάδε: Here in Troy, instead of your re- 
turning home in safety.— 887. Such boasting (see also 860) fore- 
shadows his fall.— 838. Quite the opposite of the real charge of 
Achilles. — 839 seqq. Direct address, although the inf. is used 
instead of the imp.— por, ethical dative = pray. 

844. Now at once boast with loud voice, for it is for the last time. 
— 845. Apollo as the agent, Zeus as the author and planner 


ILIAD XVI. 945 


246 NOTES. 


(cf. viii. 473 seqq.)—Zeus whose will is fate, and who gives and 
takes away victory as he pleases (688 seqq.).— 846. αὐτοί: They 
themselves, not you, nor even by your instrumentality.— 847. τοι- 
οὔτοι, such as you are.— 849. μοῖρα here takes the place of Zeus 
in 845. Cf. 441.— 850. τρίτος: In the third and last place. Fate 
and Apollo (and Zeus) are counted as one.— ἐξεναρίζεις : You are 
coming in only for the spoil; here used intentionally and in a 
disparaging sense.— 852. Not even you yourself will live long, no 
verily (οὔ θην), but, etc.— 854. δαμέντ᾽ = δαμέντι, agreeing with τοί. 
The idea is widespread, not to say universal and intuitive, that 
as men draw near to the unseen world the veil is often lifted and 
the unknown future is revealed to their prophetic vision. So 
Socrates to his judges (Plat. Apol. 396, Phaed. 84 e), Cyrus to his 
sons (Cyrop. viii. 7. 6), and the patriarchs of Israel to. their chil- 
dren (Gen. xxvii. 27, xlix. 1); so Hector prophesies the doom of 
Achilles (xxii. 359). Compare also Verg. Aen. x. 739, Cic. de Div. 
i, 30, Xen. Apol. 30. 

855-858 are repeated, in narrating the death of Hector (accord- 
ing to the prophetic warning of Patroclus), in xxii. 361-364,— 
855. τέλος. θανάτοιο: Cf. 502, of which this line is a repetition.— 
856. And his soul, flown from his limbs, was gone to Hades.— 857. λυ- 
moto gives the special reason for his lamentation of his fate, viz. 
because he died in the prime of life and manly vigor. An instruc- 
tive passage in regard to the ideas of the early Greeks touching 
the future life, implying a full belief in the existence and con- 
sciousness of the soul after death, but also a strong feeling that 
the life in Hades is less desirable than the present life.— ἁδροτῆ- 
τα; al. ἀνδροτῆτα, of which the meter scarcely admits.— 858.. καὶ 
τεθνηῶτα, though dead.— 859. aimiv, impending, like a high wall 
and threatening to fall 860. Hector here mingles impiety with 
boasting. — 861. φθήῃ . . . τυπεὶς . . . ὀλέσσαι: may jsirst (sooner 
than slay me) lose his life slain by my spear.— 868. λὰξ προσβάς, 
posito pede nixus (Verg. x. '736).— τὸν δ᾽ ὕπτιον, κ. τ. λ.: And thrust 
him from his spear (as he drew it from the body) flat upon his 
back.— 866 = 383.— 867. See note 381. The horses and also the 
armor of Achilles were the gift of the gods to Peleus on his mar- 
riage to Thetis (xviii. 84 seqq.). 


ILIAD XVII. 


Μενελάου aptoreia. The Brave Deeds, or the Championship, of 
Menelaus. This traditional title of the seventeenth book really 
covers only the first part of the book. The subject of the book, 
as a whole, is the Battle over the Body and the Armor of Patro- 
clus. Book ν. 15 entitled Διομήδους ἀριστεία, and book χὶ. ᾿Αγαμέμ- 
vovos ἀριστεία. ΜροπΠΘΙΔΙ8, as the injured husband of Helen, and 
thus the innocent occasion of the war, was very properly intro- 
duced in a single combat with Paris, the wrongdoer, near the 
opening of the poem, bk. 1. Again, near the middle, bk. xiii., 
his valor is conspicuous, -In the latter he appears as the de- 
fender. of the body of the slain Deipyrus (xiii. 581 seqq.); here 
of the fallen Patroclus. Crusius remarks that it is still only the 
twenty-sixth day of the Iliad, which day began in the eleventh 
book. So protracted a description of a single battle (through 
seven books) would be tedious, were not the scene and the actors 
so often changed, and so infinitely diversified, between the city 
and the ships—between the Trojans and the Greeks not only, 
but between the plain and Mt. Ida or Mt. py enna pees 
men and gods. 


Vv. 1-60. Menelaus Defends the Body of Patroclus and Slays 
Euphorbus, 

1,2. Nor did Patroclus, slain by the Trojans in fierce ὌΝ 
escape the notice of Atreus’s son, the Ares-beloved Menelaus, — 
3= iv. 495, v. 562, 681 et al.: Epic commonplace.— 4. ἀμφὶ . «. 
Baiv’: And as was tobe expected (ἄρα) he walked about him con- 
tinually (imperf. tense): the attitude of a defender. ἀμφί is re- 
placed by περί in the illustration and also in the repetition, 1. 6. 
The simile is an apt illustration of the sympathetic and affection- 
ate nature of the ξανθός, βοὴν ἀγαθὸς Μενέλαος, and of what he 
might be expected to do in behalf of the fallen Patroclus, who 
was.a kindred spirit. The fifth line is all an amplification, first 
in an affirmative and then in a negative form (so frequent in 
Homer, 6. g. iii. 59, ix. 527), of the young mother for her first-born, 


248 NOTES. 


to set forth the tender love and care of Menelaus.— πόρτακι, 
πρωτοτόκος, and κινυρή are found only here in Homer. With 
μήτηρ, of course, βαίνει is to be supplied. The whole makes a 
vivid picture— 7, 8 =v. 800, 301, where Aeneas, defending the 
fallen Pandarus, is described in the same words, but is com- 
pared, not with a heifer, but with a lion.—roty’: Not himself 
(Menelaus), as Paley, but Patroclus. ἀντίος ἔλθοι must be taken 
in the unusual sense of going against a fallen foe to seize his 
body and armor. — 9. οὐδ᾽. . . ἀμέλησε, of course, means did not 
relinguish, but pressed on to secure the body and the arms of the 
slain hero.— Πάνθου υἱός : Euphorbus, who was the first to ρος 
Patroclus (xvi. 807). 

12. This line is several times repeated in the Odyssey as a for- 
mula of address to Menelaus. Some two thousand lines, chiefly 
of such addresses, are common to the Iliad and Odyssey.— 13. €a, 
let alone, i. 6. leave them to me, the conqueror and rightful owner. 
—14. πρότερος, sooner than 1.--- κλευτῶν, the technical epithet of 
allies.— 16. κλέος, sc. of bearing away the body and the arms.— 
17. ἀπό, adverbial. 

19. Zed πάτερ, κ. τ. λ., though not a direct prayer, is an implied 
appeal to Zeus that he will rebuke and smite the arrogant boaster. 
— 20. οὖν —s0 then. Cf. ἄρα, xvi. 32.— μένος, supply ἐστίν, is not so 
great.— 21. οὗτε, lit.and his = whose.— μέγιστος, predicative = μά- 
λιστα, whose spirit in his breast rages most and exceedingly in his 
might.— 22. περί, adverb, adds emphasis. Ad rem., see note xvi. 
823.— 23. Πάνθου vies: Euphorbus, Polydamas (xiv. 449 seqq.), 
and Hyperenor (xiv. 516).— φρονέουσιν, feel.— 24. No, indeed, not 
even the mighty Hyperenor profited by his youthful vigor when he 
scorned me and withstood me. Hyperenor was slain by Menelaus 
(xiv. 516), while he was still in the prime of youthful life and 
just married, as we see here and below, 36.— 27. πόδεσσι . « -. 
κιόντα: 116 did not come back on his own feet at least, but was 
borne off lifeless by the hands of others.— 32. πρίν . . . παθέειν 
depends on κελεύω ... ἰέναι, the intervening clause being paren- 
thetical—a frequent irregularity of construction in the Iliad.— 
ῥεχθὲν ... ἔγνω: A fool knows a thing after it is done—a proverbial 
expression, which, in the connection, suggests the inference: if 
you are wise, you will take warning before it is too late. ἔγνω 
is gnomic aorist. τέ is also often gnomic in Homer. 

34, tices: Now in very deed you shall pay the penalty for my 
brother (Hyperenor) whom you slew, and over whom you boastfully 


ILIAD XVII. 249 


declaimed. For τίσεις in the sense of paying a penalty or atoning 
for, cf. i. 42.— 35. γνωτόν, kinsman, here brother.— 36. véovo: See 
note on 24 above. Then, as now, the newly married wife was 
often taken to a new house, or, at least, a new bridal-chamber. 
Compare the widowed wife and half-jinished house of Protesilaus, 
the first victim of the Trojan war, ii. 701.— 37. apyrév: The read- 
ing and the rendering are both disputed. Ameis-Hentze read 
ἄρρητον, Autenrieth makes it = ἄρρητον, unspeakable, and La 
Roche prefers that reading and rendering, but in deference to 
the majority of the MSS. gives ἀρητόν, accursed, as do most of 
the editions. — 38. κατάπαυμα, a stay of mourning. Abstract for 
concrete, as xxii. 358, μήνιμα : ΧΙ, 236, ὄφελος : ΧΥ]]. 616, φάος. 

39. κεφαλήν: We find mention of the cutting off of the head of 
the slain also xiii. 202, xvii. 126, xviii. 176, 825. So David cuts 
off the head of Goliath (1 Sam. xvii. 51).— 40. The names of his 
parents make the passage more personal and pathetic.— 41, 42. 
But verily the battle shall not long now be untried nor unfought, 

‘whether it be of victory or flight, i. 6. whichever may be its issue. 
The genitives limit πόνος. 

43. οὕτησε, thrust: hence the point of the spear, αἰχμή; was bent 
in the shield.— 44. χαλκόν = domid’.— 43-46 = 111, 847-350 with 
variations, from the duel of Menelaus and Paris.—47. ἀναχαζο- 
μένοιο: Euphorbus falls back, when he sees that his thrust is in- 
effectual.— κατὰ . . . θέμεθλα, in the base (lower part) of his throat. 
στόμαχος is always throat in Homer (cf. iii. 292); stomach only in 
later, especially medical, writers.—48. Pierced ...and pressed upon 
at with his own weight, relying on his stout hand. Repeated from 
xi. 235. —49 = xxii. 3827. — 50 = iv. 504 et passim.— 51. More 
vivid and immediate for omitting the connective.— Xaptrecow 
ὁμοῖαι, like the Graces, instead of like those of the Graces—a figure 
of speech which is more common both in Greek and Latin than 
in English.— 52. wdoxpot occurs only here = πλόκαμοι, locks as 
braided (πλέκω) ; κόμαι, hair of the head as carefully dressed 
(κομέω) ; τρίχες, general name for hair; χαῖται, flowing hair, espe- 
cially mane.—éodyxevto: Were bound up (lit. pinched in wasp- 
like, σφήκες, Xv1i. 259) with gold and silver, sc. bands or orna- 
ments. 

53. οἷον. .. rotlov—qualis... talis in Latin poetry.— 54. οἷο- 
πόλῳ: A tree that grows by itself has a thrift, symmetry, and 
beauty unlike a tree in the forest.— avaBéBpuvxev: Where the water 
has bubbled up plentifully. Al. ἀναβέβροχεν. Both perhaps kin- 

tie 


250 NOTES. 


dred to Bpéyo.—55. καλόν τηλεθάον expands ἐριθηλές, and gives 
the final touch of the painter.— 56. βρύει: And it blossoms with 
white flowers all the more for the shaking and stirring it gets 
from the winds. Cf. dveporpepés, wind - nourished, xi, 256.— 
58. βόθρου, the trench or hole in which it is planted. Observe 
the momentary action expressed by the aorists ἐξέστρεψε and 
ἐξετάνυσσε in contrast with the continued action of τρέφει, 
Sovéovew, and βρύει, all of which, however, in a simile we ex- 
press by the present. — 59. τοῖον: Thus beautiful in his bloom 
and thus prostrate in his fall. Euphorbus is. drawn with such 
picturesque beauty and sympathy that we can scarcely doubt 
the picture is, if not historical, at least drawn from life. Cf. xvi. 
618 and notes there.— 60. ἐσύλα: Proceeded to strip him of his 
armor. The slaying is momentary (aorist), the stripping is con- 
sequent and continuous (imperfect). 


Vv. 61-189. Apollo, in the Form of Mentes, Recalls Hector from 
the Pursuit of Achilles’ Horses’to the Defence of the Fallen 
Euphorbus. Menelaus Retires, and, while he is Summoning 
Ajax to his Assistance, Hector Strips off the Armor of Pa- 
troclus, and would have Carried off the Body but for the 
Interposition of Ajax. 


. 61. τίς τε: τέ in a simile with gnomic force (cf. 32), or perhaps 
only to fill the measure and accentuate and emphasize the ris. 
See Diintzer on 133 below. — 62. ἥτις ἀρίστη : So xvi. 353, the 
wolves are represented as taking their choice among the scat- 
tered flock. “Fine because it is true.” Koppe.— 63. ἐξ, adv. = 
off.— 65. δῃῶν, while he tears her in pieces.— τόνγε, the lion. Cf. 
τοῦγ᾽, 8. — 66. ἰύζουσιν, raise many a loud cry from a distance. 
The word is onomatopoetic, like our scream.— 68. οὔτινι, dat. for 
gen. 

70. φέροι: Bentley and Heyne read ἔφερεν and φέρε to avoid the 
enallage of moods and tenses noticed by the Scholiast. But, as 
Crusius says, the opt. with κέ here states it only as a possibility 
—not what has been, but what might, perchance, have been.— 
71. ἀγάσσατο, envied, lit. thought it too much for him (éyav).— 
73. Mévry: In the catalogue of the ships (ii. 846), Euphemus is 
said to be ἀρχὸς Κικόνων. Mentes was perhaps a subordinate, or 
possibly successor. ‘The name Mentes recurs in the Odyssey 
more than once, particularly as the guest-friend of Odysseus, in 
whose form Athene visits Telemachus. 


ILIAD XVII. 251 


75. ἀκίχητα : What you cannot overtake; explained by the ap- 
positive ἵππους in the next line. Compare xvi. 864 5666. --- 
76—78 = x. 402-404.— 77. To be tamed.or driven by mortal men 
at least.— 80, wepiBds: Cf. 4 above.— Τρώων: In reality he was a 
Dardanian (xvi. 807). But this was substantially the same, 
See note (ibid.). 

» 82—= xiii. 239, of Poseidon; xvi. 726, of Apollo. 2 88: xilis 
124, of Hector as here. — riage, wudrelaslosnd followed. by two 
ner: the whole and of the part.— 85. τὸν ins Menelaus: τὸν 
δέ, Euphorbus.— 87 = 8.— 89. Nor did the son of Atreus fail ta 
notice his piercing cry. Cf. 1.--- 90 ΞΞ xi. 403, xxii. 98 et passim. 

91-105. Cf. xxi. 553 seqq., xxii. 99 seqq. Such soliloquies are 
not unfrequent in the Iliad, always beginning with “0 μοι ἐγών, 
and all constructed on the same plan, εἰ μέν ke..set δέ κεν, x. τ΄ Ae 
— 91. κάτα, adv. = behind. —92. épijs—objective gen.: for the 
sake of honoring me and avenging my wrongs. Cf. i. 159.— 
98. “μή implies a verb of fearing = J fear that. So also μή ras, 
95.— 95. αἰδεσθείς expresses the motive for fighting, viz. from a 
sense of honor or shame. Cf. xxii. 105.— 97. “So the soliloquies 
xxi. 562, xxii. 122 break off abruptly with ἀλλὰ τίη. It is the 
picture of an agitated mind.— 98. πρὸς δαίμονα, against the will 
of God or providence.— 99. He is soon involved in great calamity, 
gnomic aorist.— 100, τῷ, therefore-—101. ἐκ θεόφιν, the opposite 
of πρὸς δαίμονα, lit. from God, under a call or impulse from him, 
and-so with his favor.— 102. πυθοίμην, hear from, learn that he is 
near.— 104, wai... πέρ, even though.— 105. ᾿Αχιληϊ, for Achilles, 
---φέρτατον, the best in these bad circumstances —the best that 
could be expected: better than to leave the body as well.as the 
armor in the hands of the enemy. 

106. Etos: Soin most of the editions, for the sake of the metre: 
the MSS. read ἕως.--- 6, Menelaus.— 106, 107 = xi. 411,412. κατὰ 
φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν: In his mind and in his spirit. φρένα, prop- 
erly, the intellect; θυμόν, the feelings: both together, the whole 
soul.— téopa δέ correlative to εἷος. δέ in a conclusion is not un- 
common in Homer. 

108, 109. Observe the imperf. of the verb and the part. to ex- 
press continued action. — ἐντροπαλιζόμενος, an expressive word 
used (vi. 496) of Andromache turning often to cast a lingering 
look at her departing husband, and (xi. 547) of Ajax facing about 
frequently as he slowly retires before an overpowering force.— 
110. ῥά, as is their wont, —112. παχνοῦται, only here, shudders, 


a 


252 NOTES. 


lit. is chilled, sc. with fear. Cf. ῥίγησεν, Lat. frigere, iii. 259 et 
passim.— 114 = xi. 595, of Ajax.— 115. Αἴαντα μέγαν in distinc- 
tion from Αἴας μείων and ταχύς.--- 116. μάχης ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερά, where 
Hector was fighting (xi. 498), and where he finds Paris (xiii. 765), 
though in xiii. 812 seqq. Idomeneus represents the two Ajaces 
and Teucer as fighting in the centre, and in xiii. 675 Hector is 
not aware of the slaughter of his troops on the left, because he 
was in another part of the field. Faési-Franke suggests (at xiii. 
675) that wherever in the Iliad from one part of the field refer- 
ence is made to another, the latter is always designated as to the 
left, and that the phrase ἐπ᾿ ἀριστερά had become a standing for- 
mula = sidewise, on the other side, citing xvii. 116, 682, with 
numerous others, as illustrations. Paley says: “As Ajax was 
rallying the Greeks, and they were retiring doubtless towards 
the fleet, ‘on the left’ would mean on the side away from the 
Simoceis, as Heyne understands it.” 

120. πέπον: Cf. xvi. 492.— wept... σπεύσομεν, let us hasten to 
defend.— 121. νέκυν wep: The body at least, explained by γυμνόν, 
stripped of its armor, and opposed to raye τεύχε᾽, those arms of 
his, to be sure. _Menelaus takes for granted that Hector had 
already stripped off the armor, although the act is not stated 
till 125 below. 

125. éwel... ἀπηύρα: We may suppose this to have been done 
in the interim, while Menelaus was seeking Ajax. — 126. ἕλχ᾽: 
The imperf. denotes that the action was incomplete, being inter- 


rupted by the intervention of Ajax. — κεφαλὴν tapor: Cf. 859.--- . 


128 = vii. 219, xi. 485: Characteristic of Ajax.— 129.. Character- 
istic of Hector.. So he abandons the defence of Sarpedon’s body, 
mounts his chariot, and flees before Patroclus (xvi. 657 seqq.), 
deeming discretion the better part of valor. So Paris also falls 
back into the crowd of his followers when Menelaus accepts his 
challenge (iii. 35 seqq.). The poet sympathizes with the heroes 
of the Grecks.— 180, 131. But he afterwards overtook the bear- 
ers and clothed himself in the armor of Patroclus (198 seqq.). 
132. καλύψας : Having placed his broad shield as a protection be- 
Sore (lit. about) the son of Menoetius. So καλύπτω is generally 
used by Homer (cf. v. 315 et passim).— 133. ἑστήκειν: Had set 
himself and now stood. So βεβήκει, 187, had gone and now stood. 
περί interchanging with ἀμφί, as above, 4, and both denoting 
the attitude of defence.— tis τε: See note on 61.. Observe also 
the τέ in each of the three following lines.— λέων here must be 


ἢ 


7. 


ILIAD XVII. 253 


a lioness, for it is the lioness that defends her young. λέαινα is 
not found in Homer.— 134. fa: Cf. 110.— 185. ἄνδρες ἐπακτῆρες, 
hunters: only here in the Iliad. — o@évei Brepeaiver: Cf. 22. — 
136. And he draws his eyebrows (lit. the skin over his eyes, ἐπισκύ- 
viov [σκῦτος, cutis]) all down, thus covering his eyes.— 137. βεβήκει 
= ἑστήκειν, 189. 


Vv. 140-197. Hector is Reproached by Glaucus, and Puts on 
the Armor of Achilles, which he had Taken from the Body 
of Patroclus. 


140, 141. Compare the very similar reproof of Hector by Sar- 
pedon, v. 473, to whose place Glaucus has now succeeded as 
‘leader of the Lycians. This rivalry and jealousy between the 
Trojans and their principal ally is frequently apparent.— 140 — 
vii. 18.— 141 =ii. 245.— 142. εἶδος ἄριστε, applied by Hector to 
Paris, iii. 39.— ἄρα: Cf. xvi. 32: so, then, you were much wanting 
in battle, i. e. you were not so brave as we supposed. The nega- 
tive, so common with dpa in this sense, is here implied in éeveo. 
— 143. αὕτως, thus, sc. without reason. — φύξηλιν, only here. — 
144, πόλιν καὶ ἄστυ: Siate and city, civitatem et urbem. So 
Crusius and Autenrieth. Others: city and fortress, or fortress 
and city. Ameis-Hentze: Burg und Stadt. Koch: Stadt und 
Burg. 

147. εἶσι: Will go to fight, as in English, is going to fight.— 
ἐπεὶ . .. αἰεί, repeated from ix. 316, 317, where it expresses Achil- 
les’ complaint of Agamemnon.— 150. σχέτλι᾽, cruel, hardhearted. 
— 151. ᾿Αργείοισιν, dat. after ἕλωρ... γένεσθαι. Glaucus is not 
aware of the removal of the body for honorable burial in Lycia 
(xvi. 678 seqq.).— 152. πολλά — ἐς πολλά: in many ways. Paley. 
— 153. viv δέ, in severe antithesis to ζωὸς ἐών = but now that he 
4s dead.— 155. οἴκαδ᾽ ipev: We will go home, ind. pres.1 pl. This 
is the simplest explanation, although some authorities, ancient 
and modern, make it inf.—imp., let us go home. — πεφήσεται, 
fut. perf. from φαίνω, only here. The order is emphatic and ex- 
pressive: and then Troy will soon see the destruction that impends 
over it, — 156. εἰ, if, not, would that: condition, not a wish. — 
157. ἐσέρχεται, enters, and so possesses, inspires. The pres. denotes 
what is customary and natural.— 159, ἐρυσαίμεθα, draw off, more 
frequently for deliverance and preservation (Lat. servare ), but 
here as prey and spoil. 

163. αὐτόν, the man himself, i. 6. the body, in distinction from 


954 NOTES. 


his armor. — 164. rolov... ἀνέρος : Such a hero, sc. Achilles: — 
θεράπων, Patroclus. —wépar’, has been slain. —%s μέγ᾽ ἄριστος, 
κι το A. =XVi. 271, 272, where see note.— 167. κατ᾽ ὄσσε ἰδών: Look- 
ing him in the eye, i.e. face to face in the battle-ery of the enemy.— 
168. Nor to go right against him in the fight.— ἰθύς implies motion, 
and is used with verbs of motion elsewhere, e.-g. 233 below.— 
ἐπεὶ σέο φέρτερός ἐστιν: This stinging taunt must have been 
harder to bear after the single combat of Hector and Ajax in 
bk. vii. ‘ 

170. τοῖος ἐών --- sensible as you usually are.—171. Oh, strange! 
verily I thought you surpassed in intelligence all, ete.—173. ὦνο- 
σάμην: But now Ihave learned to disparage altogether your intelli- 
gence, since you have made such a speech, who (said and still) say: 
pres. to imply that he still says it—175. otro: Not at all do I 
dread. Made more emphatic and spirited by the omission of the 
connective. The perf. present denotes habit and character.— 
176-178 = xvi. 688-690, where see note.— ἀφείλετο, gnomic aor., 
more instantaneous than the present, which precedes and ‘fol- 
lows it.—éré δ᾽ αὐτός: And sometimes himself stirs him up to 
Jight. ὁτὲ δέ here correlative to ὅστε, as in xviii, 599 et al. to 
ἄλλοτε μέν. Observe the difference between ὁτὲ δέ here and Gre 
δέ in xvi. 690.— 181. ἤ τινα καὶ Δαναῶν: Or whether I shall stop 
(hold back) many a one of the Greeks also, sc. as well as Ajax. τ 

183-185 = viii. 172-174, xi. 285-287: Characteristic of Hector. 
— 186. Until I shall have put on the armor of the illustrious Achil- 
les. ὄφρ᾽ av with subj. aor.=wntil with fut. perf. Ameis-Hentze. 
— 187. évapiga followed by two acc., as verbs of taking. away. 
This arraying himself in the armor of Achilles, in this connection, 
must be considered as the result of, and, in part, the response ‘to, 
the stinging reproaches of Glaucus. Even so it is boastful and 
vainglorious—in other words, Hector-like—and as such excites 
the mingled sorrow and displeasure of Zeus, 201-208. 

190. οὔπω τῆλε goes with ἑταίρους and ὦκα pada with the verb. 
— 191. Cf. 180.— 194. ἄμβροτα, cmmortal, because the gift of the 
gods to Achilles’ father on his marriage to Thetis (xviii. 84).— 
195. oi, dat. for gen. with πατρί = his father.— 197. ynpds, aor. 
part.: when he was old. Only here. There is exquisite pathos - 
in the antithesis: but the son did not grow old in the armor of his 
Sather. 


ILIAD XVII. 955 


Vv. 198-261. Zeus Bemoans Hector’s Blindness to his Impending 
Fate, but, as some Compensation for it, Inspires him with 
Great Courage and Strength to Rally his Troops and Renew 
the Fight. On the other side, Menelaus Rallies the Bravest 
of the Greeks. 

200. Kwijoas...Kapn, shaking his head. — δά, accordingly, as 
might be expected.— 201. Ah, miserable man, not at all is death 
in your mind.— 205. ov κατὰ κόσμον: It was not according to the 
order and fitness of things that a mortal should put on immortal 
armor, and not only slay, but despoil the chief friend of such a 
hero and demigod as Achilles; and in due time he must reap 
the fruits of such pride and arrogance.— 206. viv ye: Now, at any 
rate, in spite of your blind folly and the sad penalty which awaits 
you. — 207. τῶν ποινὴν ὅ: As a compensation for the fact that. 
6 = 6rv.— 209 =i. 528.— 210. ἥρμοσε: Cf. iii. 888. τεύχεα is the 
subject. It is a splendid compliment to Hector that the armor 
of Achilles fitted him. Compare the admiration of the Greeks 
for the form and person of Hector after his death, xxii. 370.— 
211. ἐνυάλιος here an adj.; elsewhere a subs. and name of Ares 
himself: and Ares, the dread god of battle, entered into him.— 
212. μετά with acc. —towards, or in quest of. — 214. μεγαθύμου 
IImAetwvos: Al. μεγαθύμῳ Πηλείωνι. So Aristarchus and many 
modern editors read; and they render thus: and he appeared 
to them all, glittering in Ais armor, like the great-souled son of 
Peleus himself. But ἰνδάλλετο nowhere else has that meaning. 
The sense probably is: and he was seen (and admired) by them 
all, shining in the arms of the great-souled son of Peleus. 

215. ἐποιχόμενος : Going to them severally, one after another. 
Cf. xvi. 155.— 216. Μέσθλην, leader of the Maeonians (ii. 864) ; 
ἹΜέδοντα, only here; Θερσίλοχον, slain by Achilles (xxi. 209); 
᾿Αστεροπαῖον (1, 217), ditto (xxi. 140 seqq.); Ἱππόθοον, leader of 
the Pelasgians (ii. 840), slain by Ajax below, 293; Φόρκυν (1. 218), 
leader of the Phrygians, also slain by Ajax, 312, below; Xpoptov 
τε καὶ “Hvvopov, leaders of the Mysians (ii. 858), where also the 
latter is called οἰωνιστής, augur. It will be seen that most of 
these names appear in the catalogue, thus constituting a con- 
necting link between it and this and other books, and they are 
here rallied only to be slain. 

220. Compare the poet’s description of the multitude and 
various languages of the Trojan army (iv. 483 seqq.). There 


256 NOTES. 


they are called πολύκλητοι, called from far; here περικτιόνων. 
The former is historical; the latter may be considered as rhetor- 
ical.— 221. For it was not because I sought for numbers or was in 
want of numbers. χατίζων implies πληθύος after it.—224. tr’, 
_ from under, al. dr’ .— 225. τὰ φρονέων, κι τ. Χ.: With this intent I 
exhaust (lit. wear out) my people in gifts and maintenance, while I 
augment the courage oj each one of you.— 227. Therefore let each 
one (τίς = πᾶς) of you now set his face right onward for victory or 
death, This or some similar alternative is a very frequent ex- 
pression for a decisive conflict. Cf. xv. 502.—idvs: Cf. 168.— 
228. For such is the converse (meeting, encounter) of war.— 
230. εἴξῃ δέ ot Αἴας: And Ajax yield to him, instead of, and over- 
power Ajax. Such a change of subject in a second clause, or 
hemistich, is characteristic of Homer’s simple language. 

233. And they marched right against the Greeks, bearing down 
heavily upon them. βρίσαντες akin to Bapvs.— 235. tm: Cf, 224, 
— 236. νήπιοι: Exclamation = foolish hope! for in truth he was 
taking away (and was going to take) the life of many over him— 
over that very body of Patroclus which they hoped to drag from 
under his protection.— 237. βοὴν ἀγαθόν, one of the characteris- 
tic and standing epithets of Menclaus (cf. ii. 408), well rendered 
by Mure, good at the rescue. 

238. Ὦ πέπον: Cf. xvi. 492.— 239, αὐτώ περ: Ourselves even, let 
alone the body of Patroclus. — 242. As I fear for my own life, 
lest something should befall it, and ψοιιγ8.---- κεφαλῇ, for life, as in 
iv. 162 et passim.— μή τι πάθῃσιν, euphemism for death, as ἄν τι 
πάθῃ in Attic Greek, e. g. Demos. Phil. i. 11, and in English, if 
anything should- happen. — 248. ἐπεὶ πολέμοιο νέφος --- ἐπεὶ ὡς 
πολέμοιο νέφος: Schol. Grammatically νέφος is subject and 
Ἕκτωρ emphatic appositive. Cf. Τρώων νέφος, xvi. 66; nubes 
belli, Verg. Aen. x. 809.— 244. Cf. 155. 

247 = vill. 227: And with piercing ery he shouted to the Greeks. 
— 248 =11.79. ἡγήτορες properly military leaders, μέδοντες civil 
rulers (guardians).— 250. δήμια, at public expense, publice.—251. ἐκ 
Διός: “The powers that be are ordained of God” according to 
Homer as well as the Bible. See Theol. of Gr. Poets, 180, 181.— 
254. But let each one go self-moved and be indignant, etc. — 256, ὀξύ, 
adv., guickly (lit. sharply). —’OtAfos, in contradistinction from 
Τελαμώνιος, and ταχύς from μέγας, 115.— 260, 261 is for rhetorical 
and poetical exaggeration and effect. 


=e 


ILIAD XVII. O57 


Vy. 262-365. A Fierce Battle Ensues. Zeus Spreads a Dark 
Cloud over the Field. The Trojans Drive Back the Greeks, 
Ajax Rushes forward and Slays many. The Trojans give 
way, but Aeneas, Inspired by Apollo, Rallies and Leads 
them Back to the Fight. 

262 = xiii. 186, xv. 306: Technical introduction to a battle 
scene renewed by the Trojans and led by Hector: And the 
Trojans advanced (struck forward) in dense masses. 

263-273. The rush and roar of the waves against the stream, 
imaged and almost echoed by the verse, aptly illustrate the on- 
rush of the thronging and shouting Trojans (cf. iv. 433 seqq.), as 
met by the firm ranks of the silent, steadfast Greeks. The an- 
cients could not sufficiently admire the perfection of this simile. 
Aristotle (Poet. 22) and Dionysius Hal. (comp. Verb. xv. 110) cite 
it, and speak of the vain attempts of Solon and Plato to rival the 
imitative power of the verse and the despair which led them to 
burn their productions, Wood and K6ppen find in it an allu- 
sion to the Nile. But all rivers are Aumerées, Jove-descended 
(cf. xvi. 174), especially when swollen by rains from heaven.— 
268. φραχθέντες : Walled about with their brazen shields.— 269. The 
thick mist was intended for the protection of the body of Patro- 
clus, as the following lines show.— 272. And so he hated to have 
him (was not willing that he should) become a prey to the dogs of 
the hostile Trojans; for this reason he also, etc. — δηΐων xvoi... 
Ἰρφῇσιν = δηΐων Τρώων κυσί. 

274 — xvi. 569: Technical description of an advance to be 
followed by a repulse.— 275, ὑπέτρεσαν, fled before them, sc. the 
Greeks before the Trojans.— οὐδέ, but not, or neither on the other 
hand, Eager as they were to slay, the Trojaus were still more 
intent on drawing off the bodies of the slain, in which, however, 
they had only a temporary success.— 277. ἐρύοντο, imperf. of an 
action attempted but not completed.— μίνυνθα: And the Grecks 
also were to be separated from this (the body of Patroclus) only for 
ὦ short time, for Ajax very quickly rallied them, lit. wheeled them 
about.— 280, Δαναῶν, gen. after περί. This line is repeated from. 
ii. 674, where Nireus is said to be the most beautiful of all the 
Greeks after the faultless Achilles. Thus is Achilles incidental- 
ly glorified above all comparison even in those books of the 
Iliad in which he is not present on the stage of action, 

283. ἑλιξάμενος, facing about, turning at bay. Cf, ἐλέλιξεν, 978, 
— 285, feta limits ἐκέδασσε, as ῥηϊδίως docs, 283. 


258 NOTES. 


288. τόν, Patroclus.— Λήθοιο: Cf. ii. 841, 842.— Πελασγοῦ: Cf, 
Xvi. 233. Hippothous is named as leader of the Pelasgi in the 
catalogue (ii. 840), and in the list of heroes whom Hector rallies 
about himself above, 217.— 290. Having bound him (τόν is still 
the object) with a strap about the tendons near the ankle. Ina 
still more savage way Achilles perforates from heel to ankle both 
feet of Hector, and, binding him with straps to his chariot, drags 
him with his head trailing in the dust (xxii. 396 seqq.).— 291, 
292 — xv. 449, 450.— χαριζόμενος, showing favor to and thus court- 
ing favor with, because he was not a Trojan, but a Pelasgian and 
an Auxiliary.— 293. δέ = for.— 294, αὐτοσχεδίην --- spear in hand. 
— 295. ἤρικε, broke.— 297. αὐλόν, the socket in the iron of the spear 
which received the wooden shaft, or, as some prefer, the hole in 
the helmet in which the crest was inserted.— 300. κεῖσθαι: He 
let it fall to the ground, there to lie.— 301. «Λαρίσης = Rocktown, 
the chief city of the Pelasgi in Asia Minor (ii. 841). It takes the 
same epithet as Τροίης, viz. ἐριβώλακος, cf. ili. '74.— 301-808. οὐδὲ 
τοκεῦσιν, κι τ. A. = iv. 477-479: A touch of genuine pathos in the 
midst of savage war, which is found both in the Iliad and the 
Achilleid portions of the poem. The meaning is, he did not live 
to requite the love and care of his parents. αἰών = duration, or 
whole period of life. dips, 

306. τυτθόν, barely. ὁ μέν is, of course, Ajax, and ὁ δέ, Hector. 
— Σχεδίον, named as the leader of the Phocians and son of Iphi- 
tus in the catalogue (ii. 517, 518).— 807. ἸΠανοπῆϊ is also named 
among the cities of Phocis that sent contingents to the war (ii. 
520).— 809. διὰ δ᾽ ἀμπερές, κ. τ. λ.: And right through the point of 
the brazen spear held on its way and came out near the base of the 
shoulder.— 310. ἀνέσχεν: Cf. ἀνέδραμεν, 297.— 312. ad, on the other 
hand.— Φόρκυνα: Cf. 218. Observe the two forms of the ace.— 
314. διά is adv.: and the spear drew out the entrails through the 
wound, as water follows the drawing of a spigot.— 314, 315 = 
xiii. 507, 508. — 316, 317 = iv. 505, 506: Observe the difference 
between the imperf. ἐρύοντο, 277, and the aor. ἐρύσαντο, 317. 
The Trojans began to drag away the body of Patroclus, but 
failed in the effort: the Greeks succeeded in bearing off the 
bodies of Phorkys and Hippothous. 

319, 320 — vi. 73, 74: If the Achilleid and the proper Tliad, so 
called by Grote and others, did not have the same author, the 
one borrowed from the other pretty freely.— 321. καὶ ὑπὲρ Διὸς 
atoav: Cf. xvi. 780. The idea is emphasized by κάρτεϊ καὶ σθένεϊ 


ILIAD XVIL. 259 


σφετέρῳ : by their own courage and strength.— 322. ἀλλ᾽, instead 
of εἰ μή.--- 823. The name Περίφας, as well as that of his father, 
Hrvtos, are significant of the voice and speech of the herald. 
Cf. ἠπύτα κῆρυξ, vii. 384. — 324. ot refers to Aeneas. Periphas, 
whose form was assumed by Apollo, was already growing old 
while serving as a herald with the aged father of Aeneas, sc. An- 
chises, and had now relinquished that service.— 326 = xvi. 720. 
- τῷ is governed by ἐεισάμενος and μίν by προσέφη, the former 
referring to Periphas and the latter to Aeneas. 
827 seqq. How could you save lofty Ilium against the will of 
Zeus, viz. when even with his favor (831) you are thus retreating 
within its walls.— 328. As indeed I have seen other men save cities, 
relying on their own courage and strength and manliness, even with 
(ἔχοντας) a people very inferior in number and power. Some take 
ὑπερδέα in the sense of very timid and fearful. The word occurs 
only here.— 331. βούλεται implies choice, preference, and so is fol- 
lowed by #, as in i. 117.— 332. ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοί, opposed to Ζεὺς μέν. 

334, ἐσάντα, face to face, sc. as a god, at the last instant drop- 
ping his disguise. Cf. Verg. Aen. 11. 691 : confessa deam, etc. Al. 
ἐς dvra.— 336. This now is a shame.— 338. ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι yap: But why 
should you thus flee, for still. ἔτι limits ἐπιτάρροθον εἶναι, being 
placed at the beginning of the sentence for emphasis. So in 379. 
— 339 = viii. 22, vii. 180.— 340. ἕκηλοι, wnmolested. 

343 = vy. 497. — ἐλελίχθησαν: Cf. at 278. — 344. Leiocritus is 
the name also of one of the suitors in the Odyssey.— 346=v. 
561. — 347. Lycomedes was one of the seven captains of the 
watch (ix. 84).— 347-349 — xi. 577-579: But the Apisaon, there 
slain by Eurypylus, is son of Phausias, instead of the son of Hip- 
pasus as here.— 350 seqq. Pyraechmes is leader of the Paeonians 
in the catalogue (ii. 848), but he is slain (xvi. 287 seqq.), and ac- 
cordingly Asteropaecus is now their leader (see also 217 above), 
and Apisaon next to him. We shall learn still more of Astero- 
paeus in xxi. 140 seqq., where he is slain by Achilles,— 358. δὲ 
καί, and also.— πρόφρων .. . μάχεσθαι, cager to sight.— 354. εἶχεν — 
ἐδυνήθη, sc. ἰθύνειν, like xvi. 110: he could not advance further. 
Pratt and Leaf.— ἔρχατο : Cf. ppaydévres, x. τ. d., at 268. Their 
shields and spears were a wall of defence for them. 

357. οὔτε τιν᾽, κι τ. Δ. : He gave orders that no one should either 
Sall back behind the body nor fight in advance of the other Greeks.— 
358. ἔξοχον ἄλλων — prae ceteris: As this sentence explains πολλὰ 
“κελεύων, it begins without a connective. — 363, Hor not even they 


260 NOTES. 


(the Greeks) fought a bloodless battle, though far fewer of them 
than of the Trojans lost their lives, for, etc.— 365. αἰπύν: Cf. xvi. 
283. 


Vv. 866-425, Thick Darkness Covers the Combatants about the 
Body of Patroclus, while the Rest of the Field is in the 
Light. The Sons of Nestor and Achilles are still ‘enaraae 
of the Death of his Friend. 

366 = xi. 596, xiii. 673: Formula of transition. — 367. You 
would have thought that the sun was no longer shining (lit. safe) 
nor the moon,i.e. you would have thought that sun and moon 
were extinguished, so thick was the darkness.— ποτέ with οὐ = 
οὔποτε, no longer, cf. 1. 2384. — 371. εὔκηλοι, wnmolested by the 
darkness. Cf. ἕκηλοι, 340.— 872. ὀξεῖα, clear, lit. sharp, as if αὐγή 
were the eye of the sun: compare Germ. auge.— 373, γαίης and 
ὀρέων, gen. of place. — μεταπανόμενοι, with intervals of rest, only 
here.— 875. πολλὸν ἀφεσταότες : Not in close conflict, but standing 
off at a distance from the enemy.— ἐν μέσῳ, sc. of the fight and 
the darkness, or possibly in the centre. Cf. ἐπ᾿ ἀριστερά, 682. 

877. The two sons of Nestor are last mentioned together 
among other heroes who slay each his man (xvi. 317 seqq.). 
They seem to be adverted to here to prepare the way for the an- 
nouncement of the death to Antilochus by Menelaus (679 seqq.) 
and the sending of him to bear the tidings to Achilles (654-691, 
cf. xviii..18). Many modern critics suspect these seven verses 
(377-383) as a later interpolation, and Lachmann adds also the 
preceding eleven verses (366-376).— 379. Πατρόκλοιο, gen. after 
πεπύσθην in the sense heard of.—é’: Of. at 338.— ἔφαντο, they 
thought, said to themselves.— 281. And these two (brothers) were 
Sighting apart (from the body of Patroclus), watching the death or 
flight of their comrades, i.e. ready to protect the fallen or rally 
the fleeing as the case might be, for so Nestor was wont to charge 
them (imperf. of customary action, not = plupf., as Pratt and 
Leaf) as he sent them forth to battle from the black ships. As the 
aged counsellor of the Greeks, Nestor was accustomed to counsel 
all (e.g . iv. 293 seqq., ix. 98 seqq.), and especially his sons (e. g. 
XxXiil. 304 seqq.). Hence the characteristic description repeatedly 
given of him: οὗ καὶ πρόσθεν ἀρίστη φαίνετο βουλή, whose counsel 
aforetime also was usually found to be the best. 

384, Tots: The scene now returns to the struggle over the 
body of Patroclus,— πανημερίοις, all the remainder of the day, for 


ILIAD XVII. 261 


the day was already far advanced (sce at xvi. 777 seqq.). The 
adj. is here used in the sense of the adv., as often in Greek and 
Latin.— ὀρώρει, plupf. form in sense of impf.: But for them all 
day the great struggle of the cruel strife was continually rising.— 
387. παλάσσετο is sing. to agree with γούνατα, notwithstanding 
the intervening subjects, and καμάτῳ καὶ ἱδρῷ must be taken by 
hendiadys = the sweat of their toil, to accord with the meaning 
of παλάσσετο.--- μαρναμένοιιν, as both Greeks and Trojans fought. 
— 388 = xvi. 165. 

390. λαοῖσιν, servants.— μεθύουσαν ἀλοιφῇ, drenched, lit. drunken, 
with fat.— 391. And so they, standing at intervals around, take it 
and stretch it, and forthwith the moisture goes out and the fat sinks 
in.— 392. ἔβη, properly momentary, and δύνει, a more gradual 
process.— 393. διαπρό, throughout. A homely but apt illustration 
of the pulling and straining of Greeks and Trojans for the pos- 
session of the body.— 396. Tpwotv and ᾿Αχαιοῖς are appositives 
of σφίσιν, the parts, of which that denotes the whole.— 398. οὐδέ, 
not even. This line and the next explain how jierce (ἄγριος) the 
fight was: hence there is no connective. — 399. ἰδοῦσ᾽ and piv 
refer only to ᾿Αθήνη, and the meaning is that the battle was so 
well fought on both sides that even the god of war and the god- 
dess of war and of wisdom herself could find no fault with the 
fighting, however angry she might have been with one of the 
parties. Cf. iv. 539 seqq. 

401. ἐτάνυσσε ... πόνον: Cf. xvi. 662.— ot8€...71: And all the 
while not at all was Achilles yet aware, etc. οὐδέ τι precede 
forms of οἶδα seventeen times in the Iliad, and twice, besides 
here, are separated by dpa πω. Koch in loc.—403. μάρναντο may 
include both the fight in which Patrocius was slain and that 
over his dead body.— 404. τό is explained by τεθνάμεν, he never 
expected this, viz. that he would be slain. It can, however, stand 
for διὰ τοῦτο, therefore.—€dmeto here, expected; 395, hoped. — 
405. ἐνιχριμφθέντα: After having pressed forward to the gates.— 
407. That he (Patroclus) would destroy the city without him, nor 
indeed with him.— 408. téye: This, to be sure, viz. that he would 
not live to see the fall of Troy. Cf. i. 352, 416, ix. 410 seqq., xvi. 
50 seqq. γέ prepares the way for τότε ye, 410.---- νόσφιν, inter se, 
when they were by themselves, apart from others.— 410, δὴ τότε 
ye: Just at this time, however, his mother had not told him how great 
a calamity had befallen him, to wit, that he had already lost his far 
dearest friend. τότε often refers to the time of the narrative. 


262 NOTES. 


Thus we reconcile this statement with xviii. 9 seq., where it is 
said Achilles had been expressly told by his mother that Patro- 
clus would die first at the hands of the Trojans. She had many 
times told him the great plan and purpose of Zeus (408, 409); 
she had even told him expressly that Patroclus would fall first 
by the hands of the Trojans (xvili. 9-11); but she had not at 
this time told him that Patroclus was already dead: nay, she 
did not even know it herself, till she learned it from his lips 
(xviii. 80), of so little worth was her superhuman knowledge! - 

413. éyxpiprrovto: Pressing upon or grappling with one an- 
other. Only here in this sense. —415. Jt is not honorable for 
us to go back to the hollow ships, sc. without the body of Patro- 
clus. Cf. 419. --- 416, αὐτοῦ, right here. — 417. This, se. such a 
death, would be far better for us, sc. than to live, if we shall give 
up. Some editors think it necessary to supply ἢ before et.— 
419. καὶ κῦδος, and thus to win glory.— 420, ὥς instead of ὧδε, 
referring to what follows (cf. 414), is not usual. It seems to re- 
sult from its standing between two closely related speeches, and 
has partial reference to the former while it introduces the latter. 
The two speeches are alike in the pluck they exhibit.— 421. παρ᾽ 
ἀνέρι τῷδε: By the side of this man here, sc. Patroclus. So τοῦτον» 
418. The body of Patroclus is the centre of thought and main- 
spring of action on both sides.— 422. épwetrw: Schol. ὑποχωρείτω. 
— 423. Here we have the proper use of ὥς.--- τίς, many ὦ one. 
Observe the iteratives with it.— ὄρσασκεν occurs only here.— 
424 makes the transition from the men (ot μέν) to the horses of 
Achilles (ἵπποι 8€).— σιδήρειος ὀρυμαγδός, the clash of iron spears, 
χαλκός was the ordinary material of weapons, but we have χάλκεον 
in the next line, and hence σιδήρειος here to avoid repetition. 
Some take it here in the sense of strong, wnconquerable, as in 
xxiii. 177, xiv. 204. See Diintzer in loc. 


Vy. 426-484, The Horses of Achilles Stand Motionless as a 
Pillar, Moaning and Weeping over the Death of Patroclus, 
till, Inspired by Zeus, they Hasten again to the Battle, 

426 seqq. This fine passage touching the horses of Achilles is 
imitated by Verg. Aen. ii. 89. See Crusius in loc.—twmo Aia- 
κίδαο: Cf. xvi. 149 seqq.— 427. πυθέσθην, followed by gen. of the 
subst. and part., as 377: as soon as they learned that their char- 
doteer had fallen in the dust. Patroclus was the proper charioteer 
and Achilles the wapa:8arns, though in this battle Patroclus was 


ILIAD XVII. 263 


the παραιβάτης and Automedon the charioteer, as we sce in 429 
seqq., cf. also xvi. 145.— 430. πολλὰ pév... πολλὰ Se... πολλὰ δέ, 
thus repeated, is a favorite figure ingthe Iliad, as it is also in 
Demosthenes, and here it well echoes and emphasizes the many 
and various, though fruitless, exertions of the charioteer. 

432 seqq. πλατὺν “Ἑλλήσποντον : The sea near the entrance of 
the Hellespont, where were the Grecian ships and camp. Cf. 
vii. 86.— 434. But as a column (gravestone): stands immovably 
Jixzed, which may have been set up upon the mound of a hero dead 
or ὦ woman, Compare the monument on the mound of 1188, xi. 
371, and the custom of honoring the dead with a mound and a 
monument, xvi. 457. See description and illustration in Au- 
tenrieth’s: Lex. — 436. ἀσφαλέως — ἔμπεδον, 434, immovable. — 
437. With heads bowed to the ground.— 439. In grief for the loss 
of their charioteer.—— πόθος only here, elsewhere zo67. — θαλερή, 
κι τ. λ.: And their long mane falling out from the cushions by the 

yoke on both sides was defiled with dust. The yoke falling for- 
ward as the horses drooped their heads left the mane free to fall 
down. to.the ground. See cut. under ζυγόν in Autenrieth’s Lex. 
— 442. κινήσας κάρη: Shaking his head in token of disapproba- 
tion of the indignity which threatened the horses and of refusal 
to let them be captured by Hector, 449. 

443, δόμεν, for ἔδομεν : Why did we (gods) give you, etc. Cf. xvi. 
149, 867.— 444, ὑμεῖς δέ is antithetic to θνητῷ : while you are un- 
decaying and immortal.— 445. ἔχητον : The subj. instead of the 
opt. brings it down to the present time: was it that you might 
have and may still have.— 446, 447. The same sentiment in nearly 
the same language is put into the mouth of Odysseus in Od. xviii. 
131,132. Instead of ἀνδρός the Odyssey has ἀνθρώποιο, and we 
should expect the same here. But ἀνδρός is chosen probably 
with reference to such heroes as Peleus and Achilles, and the 
sentiment is that man at his best estate is altogether vanity 
(Psa. xxxix. 5),— ἀνδρός is gen. of comp., πάντων part. gen.— 
γαῖαν ἔπι: The acc. denotes extent: over all the surface of the 
earth. 
εν 450. καὶ τεύχε᾽ — he already has the.armor of Achilles.— αὕτως: 
Thus idly, when he has so little reason to boast in view of the 
final issue.— 452. καὶ Αὐτομέδοντα: That you may bring Autom- 
edon also (as well as yourselves) safe, etc. — 453. ἔτι, still, as I 
promised and have been doing. — 454. In reality they only 
reached the trench and rampart that protected the ships, when 


264 NOTES. 


they were driven back by the appearance of Achilles <a 
228 seqq.).— 455. See at 384. 

458. peta, mid or towards = in quest of. —459. τοῖσι δ᾽ ἐπ’: 
Against them, sc. the Trojans, as the first mentioned and the 
chief quest in the previous line.— 461, 462. ῥέα μὲν yap... ῥεῖα 
δέ: Illustrating the eagle-like speed of the horses, which enabled 
him with equal ease to flee or pursue, as he chose. Observe the 
iteratives in 461 and 462, and the imperf. followed by the opt. 
of repeated action in 463.— 464. For it was not possible for him, 
being alone in the sacred chariot, etc.—tep@: Schol. ἤτοι μεγάλῳ ἢ 
ἱεροὺς ἐλαύνοντι ἵππους.--- 467. ᾿Αλκιμέδων, commander of the fifth 
division of the Myrmidons (xvi. 197). 

470. ἐν στήθεσσιν ἔθηκε: For numerous illustrations of the 
power which the gods have to shape the bodies and move the 
minds of men, see Theol. of Gr. Poets, pp. 153-155.— ἐσθλάς, em- 
phatic: good sense, sound mind, the opposite of νηκερδέα βουλήν. 
— 471. οἷον, as, for instance, or = ὅτι τοῖον, that you fight thus 
alone. — 472, ἀπέκτατο, aor. mid. of ἀποκτείνω, in the sense of 
pres. or perf. pass.— 473. αὐτὸς ... ὥμοισιν, on his own shoulders. 
— 475. yap: How can it be otherwise, for. — 476. To have the 
taming and guide the spirit of horses that are immortal. ἐχέμεν 
with ὃμῆσιν in the sense to have, and with μένος in the sense 
to hold or guide. δμῆσιν is found only here.— 478. κιχάνει, perf. 
pres., has overtaken. — 481. βοηθόον, as epithet of chariot, only 
here = war chariot, or chariot swift in battle.— 483. ἀπόρουσε, the 
opposite of ἐπορούσας, and the same as ἀποβήσομαι with the ad- 
ditional idea of dismounting in haste. 


Vv. 485-626, Hector and Aeneas Strive to Capture the Horses 
of Achilles. Athene Animates Menelaus and Apollo Hector 
in the Fight over the Body of Patroclus. The Greeks Flee, 
Affrighted by the Thunderbolts of Zeus. 

485 = v. 180. Technical address of Aeneas in both parts of the 
poem.— 486. I have observed here these horses of the swift-footed 
grandson of Acacus put forward conspicuously to battle with bad 
charioteers.—- 487, ἡνιόχοισι here includes both the proper char- 
ioteer and the παραιβάτης. --- 488. τώ: These horses, both these: 
emphatic. Al. τῷ, therefore, sc. because of the bad drivers. — 
489. σῷ, emphatic, with your spirit, 1. 6. to co-operate heartily.— 
ἐπεί, x.7.A.: Hor they would not bear the attack of us both, standing 
against us to fight in the battle. 


492. βοέῃς, x. τ. r.: With their shoulders covered by dry, strong 
oxhides, with much brass beaten upon them: Homeric amplification 
of shields.— 498. πολύς, x. τ. X., is that construction so frequent 
in Homer, viz. a co-ordinate clause instead of a subordinate.— 
494, Xpoptos: 218.— 495. pada, x. τ. A. = 234, 895: A favorite re- 
frain in this book.— 496. αὐτώ, the men themselves.— 497. ἄρα, as 
the event showed. — ἀναιμωτί, 363.— 499. φρένας ἀμφιμελαίνας: 
Of Hector, 83. 

502. But hold them breathing (so as to breathe) right on my 
back.— 503. μένεος σχήσεσθαι : Cease from his might (from battle). 
— 505. νῶϊ κατακτείναντα: After having slain us both.— 506. q κ᾽ 
αὐτὸς .-- ἁλοίη instead of ἢ κ᾽ αὐτὸν ἁλῶναι, With more, however, 
of contingency: or perchance (he might) himself be slain among 
the foremost. An irregularity of construction not uncommon, 
The same alternative is found in brief and with the regular 
construction in xii. 172. 

509. Commit the dead to those who are the bravest (after your- 
selves, the first three) to defend him, etc.— οἵπερ ἄριστοι = ἐκείνοις 
οἵ εἰσιν ἄριστοι. --- 511. ζωοῖσιν, antithesis to νεκρόν: the living 
need your help now more than the dead. — νηλεὲς ἦμαρ: The 
cruel day, sc. death. Cf. at xvi. 831.— 512. For here come bearing 
down, aor. in sense of perf. pres.— ἔβρισαν: Cf. at 233.— 514. But 
verily this (the issue of this attack of Hector and Aeneas) lies 
on the knees, i. e. depends on the will of the gods. The origin of the 
figure in this proverb (which is repeated in xx. 485) is disputed, 
some finding in it an allusion to the attitude of suppliants em- 
bracing the knees, some to the distribution of lots or prizes from 
the dap, and others to the knees as the seat of strength and sym- 
bol of power. Mure (Hist. of Gr. Lit. vol. 111. p. 487) finds in it 
an allusion to writing upon a tablet on the knees, and so to writ- 
ten decrees and oracles of the gods. Cf. Batracho-Myomachia, 
2,3: 


ILIAD XVII. 265 


᾽ - 
ἀοιδῆς 

“ ΄ > , ? ~ ᾽ ‘ , ~ 

ἣν νέον ἐν δέλτοισιν ἐμοῖς ἐπὶ γούνασι θῆκα. 


— 515. For I also will throw, and for all this (the result of my 
throw also) Zeus will provide. This line is correlated to the pre- 
ceding by μὲν. .. καὶ... δέ. κέν with ind. fut. intimates the un- 
certainty of all future events. Διί takes the place of θεῶν (1. 514) 
(as Διὸς αἶσα -Ξ- μοῖρα θεῶν and μοῖρα θεοῦ), with perhaps an impli- 
cation by Automedon here that the Supreme will take care of 
him. 


12 


516, 517 = iii. 355, 356.— 518, 519 = v. 538, 5389: The common- 
places of Homeric battles.— 518. ἡ = domis.— ἔρυτο, Lat. servavit. 
- διαπρό: Cf. at 393. — χαλκός --- ἔγχος. --- 521. ἐξόπιθεν κεράων : 
Behind the horns, a particularly vulnerable and fatal place.— 
522. ἵνα. .. πᾶσαν: Cuts through the entire sinew (mass of sinews 
in the back of the neck).— 523. So now he jirst leaped forward 
and then fell flat. The resemblance between the ox and the 
man extends only to the forward leap followed by the sudden 
fall.— 523. And the spear quivering keenly (with all its sharpness) 
in his bowels loosed his limbs (took away his life). 

526-529 — xvi. 610-613, where see notes.— 530 said of Hector 
and Ajax in their single combat (vii. 273), only here ὁρμηθήτην 
is substituted for οὐτάζοντο there.—531. odo’, for σφωέ, acc. dual: 
af the two Ajaxes had not separated the two combatants, eager as 
they were to continue the fight.— 532. Who, as might be expected, 
had come through the throng at the call of their comrade. Of. 507. 
-- κικλήσκοντος, imperf. part., while he was still calling, as it 
were. 

533. ὑποταρβήσαντες : Shrinking before them, lit. under their in- 
fluence; only here. Elsewhere ὑποδείσαντες in the same sense. 
— 535. κατ᾽, adv., adds emphasis to λίπον, left behind. Koch 
reads καταῦθι.--- δεδαϊγμένον ἦτορ, pierced to the heart (in heart). 

538. Verily now a little at least have I relieved my heart of its 
grief for the son of Menoetius dead.— 539. xepelova περ,]. 6. although 
the man I have slain is not the equal of Patroclus and so not a 
full equivalent. — 540. ἐς δίφρον goes with θῆκ᾽ : put into the 
chariot.-— 541. ὕπερθεν, so often used with χεῖρας in passages like 
this, and seemingly superfluous, adds emphasis and vividness: 
hands and feet not only, but from hand to foot all covered with 
blood. — 542. κατά, adv. down: we say, eaten up. — ἐδηδώς, perf. 
part., only here. 

ὅ48, ΑΨ denotes the renewal of the battle, τέτατο its intensity. 
Cf. 400, 401, where ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ... ἐτάνυσσε = ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ τέ- 
rato here, — 545, 546. Ameis-Hentze, Faési- Franke, and Paley, 
following Bekker, Lachmann, and Zenodotus, reject these two 
lines, first, because Zeus, who here sends Athene down from 
heaven = Olympus, in 594 is on Mt. Ida, and, secondly, because 
there is nothing in the connection to justify the statement that 
he had changed his purpose. Other editors reply that he had 
changed some details, though not his general plan. And the 
poet would be less likely to concern himself about discrepancies 


266 NOTES. 


ILIAD XVII. 267 


as to the whereabouts of Zeus, than the petty grammarians of old 
or the minute critics of modern times.— 547. πορφυρέην, here an 
epithet of the rainbow; of the sea, xvi. 391; of death, xvi. 334; 
of a swollen and turbid river, xxi. 326, and elsewhere, seems to 
have denoted originally the darkened hues of the troubled sea 
(from πορφύρω, a reduplicated form of φύρω, to mix), then the 
dark red colors, especially of the rainbow or the cloud, and only 
later at length a definite purple. It will be seen from this pas- 
sage that the rainbow was in the Homeric age the sign of a 
storm and an evil portent, quite unlike its significance to the 
Hebrews (Gen. ix. 13) and to us. — 549. δυσθαλπέος : Ill-warming, 
chilling ; only here.— ἔργων, here, as often elsewhere, of agricult- 
ural works.— 550. Observe the aor, ἀνέπαυσεν, denoting the im- 
mediate effect of the storm, followed by the pres. κήδει, denoting 
its continued blighting influence.— 552. ἔθνος, host.— 555. Φοίνικι: 
Phoenix was the commander of the fourth division of the Myr- 
midons (xvi. 196) and Achilles’ friend and guide from earliest 
infancy (ix. 485 seqq.).— ἀτειρέα, a standing epithet of the voice, 
especially a human voice assumed by a god (cf. xiii. 45). 

556-559. Accommodated from xvi. 498-501, and the first and 
last lines nearly identical. See notes there. 

561. The aged Phoenix is addressed here in the same respect- 
ful and endearing epithets as by Achilles (ix. 607).— ἄττα, like 
papa, and the vulgar daddy of uncultivated families, is a term 
of endearment substantially common to many languages.— παλαι- 
yevés here takes the place of διοτρεφές in ix. 607, and is applied 
in the tragic authors particularly to gods of the old regime.— 
εἰ γάρ, wtinam, a wish and a prayer. Cf. ἠρήσατο, 568.— 563. τῷ, 
then.— 564, ἐσεμάσσατο, gricved.— 565. πυρός: Cf. 366. . 

570. The fly is the image of persistence (cf. xvi. 641),— 
572. Aapdv, delicious.— τέ: Diinster reads δέ and renders it 707. 
— 574. δουρί: A missile is conceived of as an instrument and is 
put in the dative with verbs of throwing. Cf. 111. 80.— 575. ἔσκε 
δ᾽ évi: Diintzer gives the amended reading ἦν δέ τις ἐν to corre- 
spond with v. 9, x. 314. The Eetion here mentioned is not the 
father of Andromache of the same name; his sons had all been 
slain by Achilles (vi. 421).— 577. δήμον, of the common people, as 
in Attic Greek. — εἰλαπιναστής: Schol. σύσσιτος, ὁμοτράπεζος. 
Only here. 

583. Φαίνοπι: Cf. vy. 152, where we have a sympathetic lament 
over his only two sons slain by Diomed.— οἵ, Hector.— 585 is 


263 NOTES. 


not in the best MSS. and is bracketed in all the editions. — 
587. olov = ὅτε τοῖον, Or ὅς οὕτως = you who have thus fled trem: 
bling before. Cf. 5388, where ὑποταρβήσαντες = ὑπέτρεσας here.— 
588. μαλθακός, weak, Lat. mollis: only here. Even Agamemnon 
pronounces Menelaus mad that he should think of encountering 
Hector in single combat (vii. 109).— οἷος, without the help of 
others. — 589. νεκρόν, Podes, — σὸν δ᾽ ἔκτανε, κ. τ. λ., a rhetorical 
addition out of the logical order: and (not only dragged away 
his body, but) slain your faithful friend. 

592—593.— 593. αἰγίδα θυσσανόεσσαν : This farriotié ὦ aegis, made 
by Hephaestus for Zeus (xv. 810), adorned with a hundred tassels 
or tufts of gold, each worth a hundred beeves (ii. 449), and 
described at length v. 738 seqq., is borne sometimes by Athene 
(ii. 446), sometimes by Apollo (xv. 307), and sometimes by Zeus 
himself, as here. — 595. τήν refers to this dreadful aegis. — 
596. δίδου is relative to the continued thunder and lightning 
and aegis-shaking of the previous verse, while ἐφόβησε is absolute 
and denotes the final result. 

597. The rout (φόβοιο) begins where the catalogue begins, 
with Peneleos leader of the Boeotians (ii. 494), who also ap- 
pears as a distinguished warrior (xiil. 92, xiv. 487, xvi. 335).— 
598. πρόσω, κ. τ. λ. : With his face always turned towards the enemy, 
as becomes a hero. Cf. xiii. 92: Πηνέλεων ἥρωα. --- 599. ἄκρον, 
adj., agreeing with ὦμον, at the top. — ἔπιλίγδην, adv., grazing 
(licking) the surface: only here. —-ypapev: The simple verb is 
found only here and in vi. 169. The compound ἐπέγραψεν is 
more frequent, 6. g. iv. 189, xili. 5538.— ἄχρις seems to be used here 
in the sense of ἄκρὼς and ἄκρον : and just scratched his (shoulder) 
bone. The spear might do this and yet only graze the shoulder, 
there being so little flesh there.— 600. 6 yap, explanatory: for he 
it was that came near and hit him.— 601. Leitus also was a 
Boeotian leader, and is mentioned with Peneleos (ii. 494), as well 
as among the heroes rallicd by Poseidon (xiii. 91).— χεῖρ᾽ ἐπὶ 
καρπῷ: In the hand (acc. of specif.) at the wrist.— 603. And he 
fled looking about.— 604. The ἔχων ἐν χειρί has special reference 
to the wound in his hand, 601. 

605. ὁρμηθέντα : As he (Hector) started in pursuit of Leitus.— 
606. Hit Hector in the thorax on the chest near the breast (pap)— 
three degrees of specification, all in the acc.: 1. without a prep., 
2. with κατά, 3. with παρά. στῆθος παρὰ μαΐζόν is very frequent. 
— 608. Δευκαλίδαο, son of Deucalion, who was the son of Minos, 


ἣν 


ILIAD XVII. 269 


who was the son of Zeus. So Idomeneus gives his pedigree 
(xiii. 445 seqq.). 

610. Μηριόναο: Diintzer, followed by Ameis-Hentze, adopts the 
amended reading, Ἰδομενῆος, in order to simplify this passage, 
which is much obscured by its conciseness. But this is unnec- 
essary. Meriones was the usual charioteer and attendant of 
Idomeneus (ii. 650, 651, iv. 254, ΧΙ]. 246, xxiii. 113). But Ido- 
meneus had entered this battle and was now fighting on foot, 
612 (cf. xiii. 240 seqq.), and Meriones here has a chariot and 
Koiranos is acting as his chariotcer. But Meriones has dis- 
mounted, as we see 620, and Idomeneus, after the breaking of 
his spear, which he threw at Hector, seems to have taken the 
place of Meriones in the chariot (609, δίφρῳ epeoradros ), and 
Koiranos loses his own life in the attempt to carry him off the 
field. Thus, when rightly understood, the passage accords with 
the mutual relations of the parties, and such undesigned coinci- 
dences, with apparent discrepancies, confirm the genuineness and 
authenticity of the whole.— 611. Kotpavov is the object of Ban’, 
617, where it is resumed by τόν.---- Av«rov, ἃ city in Crete (ii. 647), 
from which Koiranos had followed Meriones (αὐτῷ), who had ac- 
companied Idomeneus from Crete (ii. 651).— 612-616. This long 
explanatory parenthesis relates to Idomeneus as the principal 
subject of the paragraph: jor he (Idomeneus) had come to battle 
on foot when he first left the curved ships in the morning, and 
would have given to the Trojans a great victory (in the slaying of 
so famous a leader) if Koiranos had not driven the swift-footed 
horses swiftly (and thus brought his own person in the range of 
the missile that was thrown at Idomeneus).— 615. φάος is pred. 
after ἦλθεν : he came as a light, i. e. a deliverer.— 618, δόρυ mpup- 
νόν, properly the butt-end of the spear, must here mean the iron 
point or head.— 619. κατὰ ... ἔραζε: And let the reins fall down 
to the ground (cf. xvi. 459). — 620. Meriones always fights near 
Idomeneus, and is, of course, at hand in such an exigency as this. 
— 621. ἐκ πεδίοιο, with ἔλαβεν, took from the ground with his own 
hands. φίλος, cognate with odds, suus, is used especially of parts 
of the body. 

623. ὅτ᾽: Most recent editions read 6 τ᾽ = ὅτι τε = that. With 
κάρτος, Of course, ἐστίν is to be supplied: that victory is no longer 
(on the side) of the Greeks — ἃ fact made sufficiently manifest by 
the fall of Koiranos and the breaking of the spear of Idomeneus, 
as well as the portents of Zeus, 545 seqq. 


270 NOTES. 


Vv. 626-714. When Ajax Perceives that Zeus is Favoring the 
Trojans, he bids Menelaus Find Antilochus, and Send him 
to Announce to Achilles the Death of Patroclus, 

626. οὐδ᾽ Ziad’... Ζεύς, ὅτε --- οὐδ᾽ ἔλαθ᾽ ... ὅτε Ζεύς: Cf. 1.— 
628. τοῖσι δὲ μύθων ἦρχε: This formula not unfrequently intro- 
duces a conversation between persons (here Ajax and Menelaus) 
both in the Iliad and in the Odyssey. 

629. Alas, now at length the veriest child might know.— 631. τῶν, 
sc. all the Trojans, opposed to ἡμῖν dé. — ἅπτεται, hit and hold 
(xvi. 778).— 632. ἔμπης πάντ᾽, all alike, whether the thrower be 
good or bad. Schol. ὁμοίως.--- 633. While all of ours (lit. to all 
of us) thus (as you see) fall powerless to the ground, ady. adj. and 
verb all combining to express with emphasis the idea of utter 
failure.— 634. αὐτοί περ, ourselves by and for ourselves, although 
forsaken by Zeus.— 637. οὐδ᾽ ἔτι... σχήσεσθ᾽: And say that the 
man-slaying Hector’s might and invincible hands will no longer be 
stayed (hold up), but he will fall upon the black ships. So Faési- 
Franke, Koch, and Ameis-Hentze. And this seems to be the 
simplest construction and most in accord with the usage of σχή- 
σεσθαι and πεσέεσθαι (cf. ix. 234, 235, xiii. 742). Others supply 
ἡμᾶς as the subject of σχήσεσθαι (taking it in the sense of stand, 
sustain, and making μένος the object), and some even make ἡμᾶς 
the subject of πεσέεσθαι also. 

640. εἴη, opt. of wish: would there were some friend (sc. of 
Achilles) who would announce, etc.— 641. οὐδέ, double and em- 
phatic negative: that he has even heard.— 643. οὔ πη, nowhere.— 
645. ῥῦσαι ὑπ᾽, save from under, or deliver from. Cf. 224 above. 
See also ῥῦσαι ἀπό in the Lord’s Prayer, Matt. vi. 13.— 647. And 
in the light even slay us, since now it hath pleased thee thus. This 
prayer of Ajax, so unexpectedly addressed to Zeus, is as remark- 
able for its pathos as for its sublimity, of which it is cited as an 
instance by Longinus, De Subl. ch. vii. 

648 = xiii. 245: Homer’s heroes are not ashamed to weep. 
There it was Agamemnon. Here it is Ajax. Anon it is Achil- 
les himself (i. 849, xviii. 316 et passim).— 650. And the sun shone 
upon them and the battle all over was made visible. Observe ἐπί in 
comp. ἐπέλαμψε, and ἐπί in its original adverbial use, both in the 
sense of on or over. So in 111. 12. In Homer the prepositions 
are in a transitional state, partly used as adverbs, and partly as 
prepositions with nouns and in composition with verbs, and there 


ILIAD XVIL. 271 


is a constantly increasing percentage of compound verbs and of 
nouns governed by prepositions from Homer downwards. See 
my paper on The Prepositions in the Homeric Poems (Trans, Am. 
Phil. Assoc. 1874).— 653. ζωὸν ἔτ᾽ shows the despondency of Ajax. 
Antilochus is selected as the messenger, partly perhaps because 
of his swiftness as a runner (xxiii. 756, Od. iv. 202), but chiefly, 
doubtless, as the next best friend of Achilles after Patroclus 
(Od. xxiv. 78 seqq.). In the Nekuia ( Od. xi. 467 seqq.) the 
souls of Patroclus, Antilochus, and Ajax are intimately associ- 
ated with the soul of Achilles. These correspondences between 
the Iliad and the Odyssey are interesting and instructive. 

657-666. Cf. 109 seqq.: This apt and spirited simile, with 
slight variations, is used xi, 548-557 to illustrate the reluctance 
with which Ajax fell back to the line of the ships, and is there 
followed by a simile drawn from the ass, which the poet does 
not repeat here, because it suits the unyielding obstinacy of Ajax 
and not the ardent temperament of Menelaus.— 657. ὥς τίς τε 
λέων, sc. βῆ, goes away from the fold.— 658. ὅστ᾽ would regularly 
be the subject of ἔβη, 664, but the construction is forgotten in 
the intervening details.— 659. πῖαρ. The fat is the part which 
the lion craves and seeks to take out of the cattle.— 660. And he, 
craving flesh, rushes right on, but accomplishes nothing.— 663. τάστε 
tpet: Which (lit. and these, sc. the torches) he flees, fearing.— 664 is 
the sole point of comparison; the rest only gives life and color 
to the picture.— 666. wept, adv., exceedingly.— 667. πρὸ φόβοιο: 
Compare our for fear, for in English, as πρό in Greek, being 
properly fore, 1. 6. before. 

670. Now let every man remember the gentleness of the unhappy 
Patroclus. This touched the heart of Menelaus the more because 
he was a kindred spirit.— 672 — 478. A pathetic refrain from the 
lips of the particular friends of Patroclus. 

675. ὀξύτατον is neut. acc. used adverbially (cf. xxiii. 477), but 
may be best rendered: is the most sharp-sighted. — 676, πόδας 
ταχύς, only here predicated of the hare, which owes its fleet- 
ness only to its fears. — πτώξ, properly an adj., timid, cowering 
(πτὠώσσω), is here, and here only, used as a noun or name for 
the hare itself.i— 677. ἀμφικόμῳ, leafy, only here. Compare Lat. 
comae.— 679. The unusual frequency with which Patroclus and 
Menelaus are apostrophized, especially when they are in peril, 
indicates a special sympathy of the poet with those gentle spir- 
its. See note xvi. 20, also 702 below.— 681. ἴδοιο: Most editions 


272 NOTES. 


read ἴδοιτο, dropping the apostrophe (cf. xvi. 584), and taking 
ὄσσε as its subject. Cf. xxiii. 477. — ἔτι ζώοντα: Cf. 653. — 
682, 688 = 116, 117, where Menelaus is looking for Ajax, and 
there see notes. i 

685. εἰ δ᾽ ἄγε δεῦρο, a stereotype phrase —come hither, if you 
please.—686. ἣ ph ὥφελλε γενέσθαι: Which would that it had never 
happened, i.e. the sad event, though 7 strictly refers to the sad 
news. — 687. σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν . . . εἰσορόωντα: By the light of your 
own eyes. Cf. 629 seqq.— 689. νίκη» supply éori.— πέφαται, x. 7. X.: 
Cf. 164, x. τ. A.= ὥριστος, al. ὥριστος = ὁ ἄριστος.--- 690. And there 
is great longing for him among the Grecks.— 692. εἰπεῖν, tell Achil- 
les, sc. the facts just mentioned.— 693 = 122. 

694. κατέστυγε: Was horror-stricken (cf. Od. x. 113); only here 
in Tliad.— 695. ἀμφασίη ἐπέων, only here and Od. iv. 704, where 
these same two lines describe the speechless grief and dread of 
Penelope when she heard of the peril and departure of Telem- 
achus. ἐπέων is pleonastic but emphatic. — 696. θαλερή, as an 
epithet of φωνή, may be rendered strong, or manly, or swelling: 
and his strong voice was silenced.— 699, ot σχεδὸν ἔστρεφε: Was 
turning his horses this way and that, and thus keeping them near 
him. In this touching picture we see the reason for the choice 
of Antilochus as messenger, which we are not told in 653 seqq.: 
he is horror-stricken at the sad news—he is speechless — his 
eyes fill with tears—and, without a word in reply to Menelaus, 
he runs, weeping, to bear the news to Achilles. 

703. ἑτάροισιν: Lhe hard-pressed comrades of Antilochus in the 
place from which he had departed, and thus occasioned a great 
longing among the Pylians, who were his followers. The reason 
why Menelaus did not choose to aid them is given in the follow- 
ing lines: he sent Thrasymedes, brother of Antilochus, to their 
assistance, and himself went to the defence of the body of Patro- 
clus. 

708. Ketvov: Him whom you have named for the service, 653. 
— 709. οὐδέ, x.7.A.: But Ido not think that he will come now, be- 
cause his arms are in the hands of the Trojans. This is given as 
a reason for what follows: let us, left to ourselves as we are likely 
to be, consider the best plan. — 713, 714 — 634, 635: There ad- 
dressed by Ajax to Menelaus on discovering that Zeus had turned 
against them, here by Menelaus to the two Ajaces fearing that 
Achilles cannot come to their deliverance.— 713. jpev... ἠδέ, both 
«ον and. — 14, ἐνοπῆς = μάχης. --- Φύγωμεν is here followed both 


ILIAD XVII. 978 - 


by the ace. of the object and by ἐξ with the gen. of place: escape 
death and fate (and escape) out of the battle of (with) the Trojans. 


Vy. 715-761. Menelaus and Meriones Bear off the Body of Patro- 
clus, while the Two Ajaces Defend them against the Trojans, 
who, under Hector and Aeneas, Hotly Pursue them. 

716. ἀγακλεὲς ὦ Μενέλαε: So iv. 189: φίλος ὦ Μενέλαε, and 
Od. iv. 26: διοτρεφὲς ὦ Μενέλαε. The epithet is made more em- 
phatic by being placed before the ὦ.--- 717. ὑποδύντε, subeuntes, 
is preliminary to deipavres and explanatory of it = putting under 
your shoulders and thus raising up. Observe the dual empha- 
sizing the idea of a pair, followed by the plural, which is general. 
— 718. πόνου -- μάχης, as often. Render: battle or struggle. — 
ὄπισθεν, in your rear and in your defence.— 720. With like spirit 
as we have the same name. Compare the dual Αἴαντε, 669. The 
close connection of thought is better expressed by omitting the 
comma before ὁμώνυμοι. --- 721. μίμνομεν, imperf. of customary 
action: we who were wont aforetime to meet the brunt of battle 
standing shoulder to shoulder. 

722. And they accordingly took the body in their arms and raised 
it from the ground to a very great height. -—'723. μάλα μεγάλως 
seems intended to emphasize ὕψι. It can mean, with great effort. 
- ἐπί, at.— 726. mpd, in advance of and set on by.— 727. ἕως = 
τέως, not relative but demonstrative: for a time indeed they run, 
etc.— 728, ἑλίξεται, aor. subj.: but when at length, as is his wont, he 
tums upon (lit.among) them, sc. the dogs. This is followed by 
the gnomic aor.in the principal clause, 729.— 729. διά denotes 
separation: they scatter, —'732. κατ᾽ αὐτούς with μεταστρεφθέντε 
orainoay = turned and stood their ground against them.— 7338. δέ 
introduces the conclusion, as often in Homer: then they changed 
color, that is, turned pale. 

735-745. These eleven lines are suspected by many editors to be 
an addition by a later hand, partly because of the singular repeti- 
tion of 735 in 746, and partly because of the seeming medley of 
similes which would be simplified and straightened out by the 
omission of these lines. The accumulation of similes very unlike 
to illustrate different points is Homeric (cf. ii.455-483 et passim). 
It must be confessed that the simile of the burning city inter- 
rupts the story of the bearing off of the body of Patroclus by two 
heroes under cover of two others, which is so aptly illustrated by 
the similes which precede and follow this. It is not unlike, how- 


12* 


214 NOTES. 


ever, to the fire on the mountains in the series of similes at ii. 455. 
And the simile of the mules, which goes with it, though homely, 
is quite apt.— 735. ἐμμεμαῶτε, inspired with ardor, stronger than 
μεμαῶτε. Cf. Acts ix. 1: ἐμπνέων.--- 786. emt... τέτατο: Cf. 543, 
and notes and references there. The vivid description is well 
rendered by Pratt and Leaf: ‘‘The tug of war grew hard for 
them, fierce as fire that leaps upon a city of men, and, bursting 
suddenly forth, blazes, and the houses are laid low amid the 
mighty glare, and the strength of the wind sets it in a roar.” 
The construction of ἐπιβρέμει, 739, with the acc. is unusual. 
φλεγέθει also, as Pratt and Leaf remark, can be trans. here = 
burns up.— 40, 741. Tots ... ἐπήϊεν ἐρχομένοισιν, pursued them 
(sc. the bearers of the body, cf. 735) as they went. ἔρχομαι in 
Homer is not merely come, but go. Cf. '755 below.— 742. ἀμφιβα- 
λόντες = ἀμφιειμένοι, only the conception is more active: having 
put on great strength.— 743. ἀταρπόν, only here and Od. xiv. 1, 
properly a path from which one does not turn aside. ἀ-τρέπω. 
— 744. δοκόν, only here in the Iliad. Cf. Matt. vil. 3.— 745. σπευ- 
δόντεσσιν, as they speed on their way. 

746. ὄπισθεν: Cf. 718.— 747. ἰσχανέτην, held in check: resumed 
in ἀνέεργον, 752, where we have the object expressed in μάχην 
Τρώων.--- 748. Stretching far away into the plain. πεδίοιο seems 
to be governed by τετυχηκώς in the sense of happening upon, 
διαπρύσιον being, as usual, without a case. Elsewhere it is used 
only of the voice.— 750. And quickly puts (sets) the current of 
them all (ποταμῶν) towards the plain, turning them out of their 
COUT'SE. 

755. τῶν, sc. the Greeks, resumed by κοῦροι ᾿Αχαιῶν, 758. The 
gen. is explained by the ψαρῶν, by which it is followed and at- 
tracted. —Wapav ... ἠὲ κολοιῶν: Cf. xvi. 583. — νέφος, a flock.— 
756. οὖλον, confusedly, lit. thick together. Képpen and Crusius 
render terribly, as if from ὄλλυμι. Cf. 11. 6: οὖλον Ὄνειρον. --- 
760. wept τ᾽ ἀμφί τε, like our round about. 


ILIAD XVIIL 


ὋὉπλοποιία. This title properly applies only to the last half 
of the book, which describes the Making of the Armor of Achil- 
les by Hephaestus. The first half is rather a part of the Patro- 
clea, since it narrates the final struggle for the body of Patroclus. 
This book brings to a close the protracted fight which began in 
the eleventh book—the third day’s battle, as the commentators 
generally reckon, and the twenty-sixth day of the Iliad. 


Vv. 1-75. Achilles, Full of Evil Forebodings, Receives from Antil- 
ochus the News of the Death of Patroclus, and Gives Himself 
up to the Most Passionate Lamentations. His Mother, Thetis, 
Hears his Lamentations, and Comes with her Attendant Ne- 
reids from the Depths of the Sea to Inquire the Cause, 

1 = xi. 596, ΧΙ]. 678. Cf. also xvii, 366.—2. πόδας ταχύς limits, 
not ἄγγελος, but ᾿Αντίλοχος (cf. xvii. 654), and suggests one of the 
reasons for his selection as the messenger (cf. note on xvii. 699). 
— 3. ὀρθοκραιράων: This epithet, found only in the gen. pl., is ap- 
plied also to horned cattle (viii. 231), and well describes the 
shape of the old Greek ship curved up at both ends like the 
horns of the ox or the moon in its first quarter.— 4. This anxious 
thought and fearful foreboding of what had actually taken place 
is a fitting introduction to the pathetic scene which follows— 
5. Frequent introduction to a soliloquy of Homeric heroes, 6. g. 
of Ulysses, xi. 403; _Menelaus, xvii. 90; Agenor, xxi. 552; Achilles 
again, xxi. 53; Hector, xxii. 98. 

7. ἀτυζόμενοι πεδίοιο, fleeing distracted (as by Ate, the goddess 
of madness and blindness) over the plain. Cf. vi. 38,41.— 8. Hear 
that the gods, etc.— 9-11. See note on xvii. 410.— 138. σχέτλιος, 
cruel man, or perhaps here, as the Scholiasts say, rash, persistent, 
sc. in disobedience to my orders (cf. xvi. 91 seqq.). There is no 
express mention of Hector in the orders. But Achilles, now full 
of anxiety and fear of the reality, might well think there was. 

15. Said of Achilles at 1, 198 also; of Ulysses, xi.411.—17. Cf. 
xvii. 696.—19. The language of Menelaus to Antilochus (xvii. 


276 NOTES. 


685) here repeated by the latter with slight variation.— 20, 21. 
These two lines, of more than Spartan conciseness, not only de- 
scribe the whole situation, but point the vengeance of Achilles 
to its proper object.— 21 = xvii. 122, and again 693, a sore grief, 
hence often repeated. 

22. The grief of Achilles is as uncontrolled and uncontrollable 
as his wrath; it is, however, the measure and natural expression 
of his love for his friend. — 23. κόνιν αἰθαλόεσσαν — pulverem 
nigrum = péAaw’... τέφρη, 25: An Oriental way of expressing 
grief. — 25. νεκταρέῳ χιτῶνι, his fragrant tunic, which we may 
suppose was among the χιτῶνες and other articles of apparel 
which his mother had furnished as his outfit for the war (xvi. 
223). — ἀμφίζανε, an expressive word, found only here, lit. sat 
about, i.e. settled upon it and covered it like an outer garment.— 
26. μέγας μεγαλωστί: Cf. xvi. 776.— 28. ληΐσσατο, had taken cap- 
tive, like Briseis, among the spoils of the numerous cities which 
Achilles had taken and destroyed (ii. 690, ix. 328 seqq.). The 
addition of Patroclus’s name is fitting and touching in this con- 
nection. — 82. ἑτέρωθεν, over against the female slaves, on the 
other-side of Achilles,— 33. ὁ 8 ἔστενε, while he (Achilles) groaned 
in his noble heart. The clause is parenthetical; the next line re- 
lates to Antilochus again, and gives the reason why he held the 
hands of Achilles, viz. because he feared that he might cut his 
own throat.— 34. ἀποτμήξειε: The recent editions generally have 
ἀπαμήσειε, mow off, which is perhaps entitled to the preference as 
an uncommon word, found only here, and in keeping with the 
strength of Achilles’ feelings. 

35. Here the description returns to Achilles, whose groans 
were so terrific that his mother heard them in the depths of the 
sea. So in the first book she hears his cries and entreaties 
(i. 858), which line is repeated here, 36.— 36. “πατρὶ γέροντι, Ne- 
reus.— 87. κώκυσεν, shricked, used only of females.— 39-49, This 
catalogue of the sea-nymphs was rejected by the Alexandrian 
critics as Hesiodic rather than Homeric. Hesiod (Theog. 240- 
264) gives a catalogue of fifty daughters of Nereus and Doris. 
Here we have thirty-three. Eighteen names are common to the 
two lists, and several lines are either identical or nearly the same. 
The names refer for the most part to the sea, and its shores, 
islands, caverns, bays, motions, colors, capacities, properties, and 
appearances. Compare the names of the Phaeacian youths, who 
were children of the sea, Od. viii. 111-119 seqq. Many of them 


- 
hi 
cr 


ILIAD XVIII. O77 


are distinguished from the corresponding adjectives by the ac- 
cent, 6. g. Γλαύκη (adj. γλαυκή), Θόη (adj. Gon); others, however, 
have the same accent, as Νημερτής and ᾿Αψευδής, which denote 
truth, and seem to be given to these nymphs because their father, 
Nereus, like Proteus in the Odyssey, had the gift of prophecy, 

‘ and was hence called νημερτής and ἀψευδής, Hesiod (Theog. 
234). So Crusius. On the significance of the names, see more 
in Koch ad loc.— 49 = 88: This repetition is indicative of inter- 
polation.—51. ἐξῆρχε γόοιο, began the lament. So Hecuba, when 
Hector fell (xxii. 430). 

58, εἴδετ᾽, for eiSnre. —54. δυσαριστοτόκεια, an ἅπαξ eip. made 
for the occasion = unhappy mother of the noblest son. — 55-60. 
These lines properly contain only one thought, which would reg- 
ularly be expressed in one sentence. Thus: I who have given 
birth to a heroic son, and brought him up, and sent him to Troy, 
but shall never see him return! But the sentence, broken by 
parentheses and irregular constructions, is a perfect image of a 
mind distracted with grief and fear. #7 would regularly be the 
subject of ὑποδέξομαι, which is the logical conclusion of ἐπεὶ 
τέκον: who when I had given birth, etc., etc., 1. e. after having 
given him birth, etc., etc., shall not receive him back again. But 
in her excited imagination the mother sees her child running up 

Ἴ like a young shoot—she dwells on the image and interjects it in a 
parenthesis; and when she resumes the sad tale, instead of con- 
tinuing the construction which began with ἐπεί, she sets his 
bringing up, and sending to Troy, and his not returning over 
against each other in antithetic clauses, beginning with-rév μέν 
and τὸν δέ, which, however, refer to the same person, while tlic 
verbs are contrasted.— 57. φυτὸν ὡς γουνῷ ἀλωῆς, like a plant in 
a fruitful field. The image of the child’s growth under her care 
and culture still lingers in the mind of the fond mother. . youre 
is a much-disputed word, derived by some from the root γεν 
(γίγνομαι) in the sense of productiveness, by others referred to the 
same root as γόνυ in the sense of curve = corner, or swell. ἀλωῆς 
=a threshing-floor (xx. 496), then any field, garden, or other 
level place like a threshing-floor, 6. g. a vineyard (xviii. 561), an 
orchard or plantation (xxi. 36).— 58. ἐπιπροέηκα: Sent him over, 
i.e. in command of ships, or perhaps with, dat. of instrument or 
accompaniment.— 59. οὐχ negatives νοστήσαντα as well as ὑποδέ- 
Eopat.— 61. ὁρᾷ φάος ἠελίοιο, the antithesis of λείψειν φάος ἠέελίοιο, 
11.— 61, 62. Cf. i. 415 seqq.— 62. ἰοῦσα, concessive, even if I go, 


278 NOTES. 


or by going.— 63. ἐπακούσω in Homer means to hear so as to wn- 
derstand. Pratt and Leaf. With a true mother’s love she will 
go to her son, though she cannot hope to help or save him, but 
only to know and sympathize with his unhappiness. 

66. δακρυόεσσαι, full of tears, lachrymosae.— 67. ῥήγνυτο: Was 
breaking round about them (and parting before them) continually, 
as they went. Cf. θάλασσα διίστατο, of the whales gambolling 
about Poseidon, xiii. 29.— Τροίην ἐρίβωλον, of the country, not the 
city. See at xvi. 461.— 68. ἐπισχερώ, in a row (cf. xi. 668), though 
Déderlein makes it—on the strand. See Koch in loc.— ‘71. κάρη 
λάβε, took his head in her lap as he lay stretched in the dust, 90. --- 
ἔῆος, brave, noble: al. ἑοῖο, her own. 


Vy. 72-148, Interview between Thetis and her Son, in which he 
Declares his Purpose to Avenge the Death of Patroclus by 
Slaying Hector, and she Bids him Wait till she can Bring 
him a New Suit of Armor Made by Hephaestus, 

73, 74, as far as κεῦθε — 1, 362, 363, where Thetis addresses the 
same words to Achilles at. the outbreak of his quarrel with Aga- 
memnon. — 74. τὰ μὲν . . . τετέλεσται: This now is only the ful- 
filment of your own prayers by Zeus.— 70, 77. Cf. i. 409 seqq., 
509 seqq. 

80 supplies the antithesis to 74 as well as 79: Very true, this 
is the fulfilment of my prayer by Olympian Zeus, but what pleas- 
ure do I derive from all this when I have lost my dearest friend. 
— 82. κεφαλῇ — life: Cf. iv. 162.— 84, 85. See note at xvi. 867.— 
86, αὖθι may be taken in a pregnant sense to denote state as well 
as place = would that thou wert still dwelling there unmarried, a 
goddess among other immortals of the sea. It does not imply 
that Thetis was not now dwelling in the sea.— 87. ἀγαγέσθαι: See 
on xvi. 190.— 88. viv 8€: We have here another instance of the 
abrupt intensity of Achilles’ speech. See note, xvi. 60. The 
verb is to be supplied from the foregoing context: but now (this 
happened, sc. the marriage of Peleus and the agency of the gods 
in bringing it about) that you also might have measureless grief 
Sor your son slain.— 93. And pay the penalty for the taking-off 
of Patroclus, i. e. for slaying him and stripping him of his armor. 

95. ola = ὅτι τοῖα, because or when you say such things.— 96. μεθ᾽ 

Exrtopa, after Hector,i.e. after his death. See a good commen- 

tary on this and Achilles’ answer to it in Plat. Apol. cap. xvi. 

98. ἐπεὶ οὐκ Gp’ ἔμελλον: Since as it seems I was not destined.— 


ILIAD XVIII. 279 


99. ὁ μέν, x. τ. A., epexegetical of the foregoing, hence without a 
connective.— 100. δῆσεν, for ἐδέησεν, or ἐδεύησεν, Which is more 
common in Homer: he needed me to be his defender from death. 
-- ἀρῆς, gen. of don: curse, calamity.— 101. viv δέ: The sentence 
is not completed here, but after a long and characteristic digres- 
sion is resumed and repeated in 114. Compare νῦν δέ above, 88. 
— 102. φάος: See at xvi. 39.— 105. Concessive and antithetic to 
the preceding line: a useless burden to the soil, although I am 
superior in war to any of the Greeks. The comparison between 
superiority in battle and excellence of speech in the agora is a 
favorite one in the Iliad. Cf. iv. 400, xv. 283.— 107. For ὡς with 
the opt. in a wish (which is poetical and especially Homeric), see 
the grammars. This curse upon strife and anger, which is fol- 
lowed by a more formal renunciation of his wrath and quarrel in 
xix. 67, gives plausibility to the theory that the moral as well as 
the theme of the Iliad is the Consequences of Unrestrained Anger 
as illustrated by the Wrath of Achilles.— 108. πολύφρονά περ, in- 
definite object answering to the gnomic aorist ἐφέηκε, which has 
constrained (lit. impelled) many a man though ever so wise. So 
of wine (Od. xiv. 464).— 110. ἠΐτε καπνός may be taken of the 
increase and spread of smoke itself with most comnicntators, or, 
as Déderlein, of its bursting forth into a flame. 

112, 118 = xix. 65, 66: Words and verses characteristic of 
Achilles and used only by him. Cf. xvi..60 and note there.— 
114. φίλης κεφαλῆς expresses affection with emphasis. Cf. Hor. 
Od. i. 24.2: tam cari capitis, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 950: Ἰοκάστης κάρα, 
Ant.1: Ἰσμήνης κάρα.---ὀλετῆρα: ἅπαξ cip in Hom.—115, 116, Put 
into the mouth of Achilles again xxii. 365, 866, and in both cases 
in response to a warning of speedy death.— 117. Cf. vi. 180 for 
the same emphatic negative introducing a similar sentiment. — 
121. κείσομ᾽, antithetic to viv δέ, κ. τ. Δ. : 17 will lie inactive when 
1 am dead, but now let me bear away fame and glory. See at xvi. 
85.— 122. twa, many a one.—123. παρειάων, gen. of separation 
after ὀμορξαμένην.--- 124. ἐφείην: Cf. 108.— 125. γνοῖεν, sc. by the 
contrast.— 126. οὐδέ pe πείσεις: Cf.ix.401. Achilles is, as Hor- 
ace says, inexorabilis. Accordingly his mother in what follows 
does not attempt to dissuade him from his purpose, but only 
bids him wait till she can bring him a new suit of armor. 

128. τέκνον is more endearing than vié.— 129. He is intent only 
on vengeance, but his mother imputes to him the more generous 
motive—sympathy and succor for his comrades.— 180, pera... 


280 NOTES. 


ἔχονται: Are in the possession of, literally and emphatically, are 
held in the midst of. — 133. ἐπαγλαϊεῖσθαι: A strong word found 
in Hom. only here = he will shine in and pride himself upon.— 
αὐτῷ, emphatic, himself. — 134. μήπω, not yet, explained by πρίν 
γε; κι τ. λ., in the next line.— 180, vetpar = νέομαι, here and often 
in fut. sense, like εἶμι. 

188. υἷος, gen. of separation after madw. —éfos: Cf. 71. --- 
141. ὀψόμεναί τε, both to sce... and to tell. kai... ἀγορεύσων 
would regularly follow, but the part. gives place to the imper.— 
γέρονθ᾽ . .. πατρός: See at 36. 


Vv. 148-288, The Struggle for the Body of Patroclus Continues. 
In Spite of the Two Ajaces, who still Obstinately Defend it, 
Hector Lays Hold of it, and is on the Point of Dragging it 
off in Triumph, when, Moved by Heré, Achilles Shows Him- 
self Unarmed on the Rampart, and by his Terrible Shout 
Puts the Trojans to Flight, and the Greeks Bear the Body 
to the Ships, 

148. The scene changes, and the poet resumes the narrative of 
the battle as it was left at the close of the Seventeenth Book.— 
149. ὑφ᾽ Ἕκτορος, as if preceded by φοβούμενοι instead of φεύ- 
yovres.— 150 = xv. 233 describes the locality of the ships drawn 
up on the shore of the Hellespont. Cf. also xvii.482.— 151, 152 is 
the conclusion, of which the condition is not brought out till 
166 seqq., the intervening lines being parenthetical and explana- 
tory.— 153. yap δή introduces the parenthesis. αὖτις, again in the 
course of the flight and pursuit. Cf. xvii. 730 seqq.— κίχον, over- 
took.— ads in antithesis to ἵπποι infantry, as opposed to cavalry, 
i. 6. war-chariots.— 155. ποδῶν : Gen. of part taken hold of after 
λάβε.--- μετόπισθε, from behind. A change of position and relation 
from xvii. 735, 746 is here implied which troubles the small crit- 
ics, but is neither impossible nor improbable in the progress of 
the action.—159. κατὰ μόθον, in the tumult of battle.— 161-164. 
Compare this simile of the lion to that of the wild boar in xvii. 
725-728.— 165. A resumption of 151, 152, only shifted to the 
Trojan side and point of view. It is repeated from iii. 378, as 
167 is from xi. 715.— 167. θωρήσσεσθαι depends on ἄγγελος ἦλθε. 
Here, again, the minute critics ask: how could he arm himself, 
when he had lost his own armor and was too big to wear that 
of any other hero! 

170 =i. 146 except the first word.— 172. ἕστηκε, hus arisen.— 


_* 


ILIAD XVIII. 981 


173. νέκνος ... τεθνηῶτος, not tautology, but poetical emphasis and 
exaggeration. Cf. xvi. 526: ἀμφὶ νέκυι κατατεθνηῶτι.--- 175, ἐπι- 
θύουσι, change from the participial construction, cf. 141. Render 
οἱ δέ, 174, while others— 176. Only an exaggeration of the indig- 
nity which Hector is actually contemplating (xvii. 126). Com- 
pare also 179 with xvii. 127.— 178. σέβας, a sacred fear or dread, 
followed by inf. γενέσθαι of the thing to be feared. 

182. tis γάρ: Diintzer and Koch read τίς τ᾽ ἄρ after Aristarchus. 
— 184, Διὸς κυδρὴ παράκοιτις, only here of Heré; of Leto, Od. xi. 
580. — 188. τεύχεα κεῖνοι, al. τεύχε᾽ ἐκεῖνοι : We may suppose the 
demonstrative to have been accompanied by the pointing of the 
finger towards the Trojans.— 189, ot... εἴα — forbade.— 192. ἄλ- 
hou... tev instead of ἄλλον... . τινα by attraction to the following 
gen. τεῦ the interrog. instead of τοῦ the rel., but more spirited 
and Achillean. Observe also the brevity and abruptness of the 
following lines.— 194. ἔλπομ᾽, independent of the foregoing and 
following construction, though quite like the English, is rare 
Greek. 

197. ἡμεῖς, sc. Heré and myself.— 6 = ὅτι.---- ἔχονται: Cf. 130.— 
198. αὕτως, just as you are, unarmed. — 199-201 = xvi. 41-48, 
where Patroclus addresses the same language to Achilles, with 
slight difference, and where see note. 

203. διίφιλος, al. Διὶ φίλος.--- 204. dpors, sc. of Achilles. If the 
goddess had been putting the armor about her own shoulders 
Bader would have been used instead of βάλε. Cf. v. 738, where 
we have a similar description of Athene arming herself. The 
aegis full of tassels, αἰγίδα θυσσανόεσσαν, is described at length 
in ii. 448 as having a hundred θύσανοι, all gold, and each worth 
a hundred beeves.— 205. ἀμφὶ . . . ἔστεφε --- circumdedit: she 
placed around his head (as a corona or nimbus) a golden cloud, 
and out of it (or out from him) she flashed a flame all-shining. 

207. The illustration is drawn from the alarm fires by which 
the inhabitants of a besieged city on an island solicit succor 
from the neighboring islands or the mainland, and it is drawn 
out with all the minuteness of detail characteristic of Homeric 
similes.— καπνός : The smoke which precedes the flame.— αἰθέρ᾽ 
ἵκηται : Reaches the sky.— 209 = 11. 385.— οἵτε, al. οἱ δέ: And they, 
sc. the besieged, referring by synesis to νήσου.--- 210. ἐκ denotes 
the position of the besieged combatants, from their own city, i. e. 
from its walls, usually expressed by ἀπό. Cf. 215 below. — ἅμα 
δ᾽ ἠελίῳ καταδύντι: The beacons of the besieged islanders are 


282 _ NOTES. 


only columns of smoke by day, but the moment the sun sets the 
blaze is seen, like the glory on Achilles’ head, with the illumi- 
nated cloud above it. Pratt and Leaf. — 211. πυρσοί: Signal 
jires. Only here in Hom. —tpéce, κ. τ. Χ.: And high leaps the 
growing radiance.— 213. ἀρῆς ἀλκτῆρες : See at 100. 

215. ἀπὸ τείχεος : Not off from, but from on the wall, as dd? 
ἵπποιϊν, γ. 18, and ἀπὸ. .. ὀχέων, iv. 806, mean from on the char- 
iot. The meaning is that he went and stood on the wall over- 
hanging the trench, and thence shouted— ἐπὶ τάφρον limiting 
ἰών, and ἀπὸ τείχεος limiting or7.— 216. μητρός, x.7.A. Cf. 184, 
— 220. ὕπο: Sounded by life-destroying enemies investing a city.— 
224. ὄσσοντο: Sc. the horses, not less than the men.— 225. ἔκπλη- 

ev: Were panic- stricken, — 228. τρὶς μὲν . . . τρὶς δέ: A favorite 
number and a favorite antithesis. Cf. 155-157, — ὑπὲρ τάφρου 
explains 215. 

This splendid passage—Achilles showing himself and shout- 
ing from the wall, and by his mere person and voice, without 
arms, driving the Trojans panic-stricken to the city—is the turn- 
ing-point in the Iliad, and is brought out with a power and 
grandeur which has no parallel except in the peripeteia of the 
Odyssey, where Ulysses throws off his disguise and scatters the 
mocking but now trembling and flying suitors. One such point 
of transcendent likeness and greatness in the plan of the two 
poems outweighs any number of petty and perhaps fancied dis- 
crepancies in proving a common author. See Theol. of Gr. 
Poets, p. 126. It should be observed, however, that Homer does 
not represent Achilles alone as the author of such superhuman 
achievements, but it is Achilles inspired and enyironed by tbe 
goddess Athene. 

230. καὶ τότε: Hven then, though Achilles was unarmed and 
there was no battle. — 231. By (lit. about) their own chariots 
and spears.— ἀμφί belongs properly to ἔγχεσιν, and only by 
zeugma to ὀχέεσσι, With which ὑπό would be more appropriate. 
Ad rem compare xvi. 378.— 234. εἵπετ᾽ : Sc. towards his tent. 
This implies that audéoray is to be taken in a pregnant sense— 
not stood around, but attended the body mourning as it was car- 
ried on the bier.— 235. εἴσιδε, emphatic, he beheld.— 236. déptpe, 
the same as λεχέεσσι above.— 237, 238 explains the hot tears 
(235) by the pathetic contrast between the recent proud sending 
forth and the present sad return, which indeed was no return 
at all. 


ILIAD XVIII. 283 


Vv. 239-309, Night Puts an End to the Battle. In a War- 
council of the Trojans Polydamas advises them to Retreat 
into the City while they can, before Achilles shall Enter 
the Field on the Morrow. But Hector Rejects the Advice 
and is Applauded by the Trojans, 

239. ἀκάμαντα, wnwearied, epithet of the wild boar, xvi. 823; 
of the river- god Spercheios, xvi. 176; and here of the Sun.— 
βοῶπις : Epithet usually of πότνια Ἥρη; as here, but of the sea- 
nymph ‘AXin, 40 above, and of Κλυμένη, an attendant of Helen, 
ili. 144. Usually rendered ov-eyed, that is, having large, calm 
eyes like those of the ox. But recent explorations in Egypt, 
and especially those of Schliemann in the Troad and at Mycenae, 
give plausibility to the theory that, as applied to the goddess 
Heré, it originally meant cow-faced, or cow-headed (as also γλαυκῶ- 
mis —o0wl-headed). See Schliemann’s Ilios, pp. 281 seqq., and 
Brugsch Bey, ibid. 741 seqq., also Miiller’s Archeol. of Art, ὃ 
352.— 240. πέμψεν: Heré hastened the setting of the sun to favor 
her beloved Greeks, Cf. viii. 484 seqq.— ἀέκοντα: Like a child 
sent to bed before his time. Cf. viii. 484 seqq. But the day has 
been long enough in all reason, having begun with book vi., 
reached noonday xi. 86,and advanced towards the setting sun 
xvi. 779, where see note. 

244. ὑφ᾽ ἅρμασιν limits ἵππους = horses that were yoked to the 
chariots. The gen. would be required if it limited ἔλυσαν.--- 
245. ayépovto: Assembled themselves spontaneously without the 
usual summons, under the pressure of fear and necessity. This 
is further shown by their standing erect instead of sitting as 
usual. — 246. ὀρθῶν ἑσταότων limits dyopy. Cf. vill. 489: Τρώων 
ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο, K.T.A., Where ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο is the active form 
corresponding with the passive ἀγορὴ γένετ᾽ here.— 248. δηρὸν δέ, 
kK. T.A. = ὅς OF ἐπεὶ δηρόν, ἃ Co-ordinate clause in place of a sub- 

, ordinate (parataxis). 

249. πεπνυμένος, prudent, lit. inspired, an epithet applied to 
Antenor and Polydamas as friends of peace and a Fabian policy 
in the Iliad, e. g. iii. 148, vii. 347 seqq.; of Telemachus and his 
father in the Odyssey, 6. g. i. 213, iv. 204, 206; and of heralds in 
both poems, 6. g. Il. vii. 276, Od. ii. 88, Polydamas had shown 
his title to this epithet by similar warnings before, xii. 206 seqq., 
xiii. 726 seqq. — 250. πρόσσω καὶ ὀπίσσω, forward and backward, 
in a literal and material sense (xvi. 265, 111. 218), and then figura- 


ἃ. 
- δὼ. 
φῦ ἀν: 


284 NOTES. 


tively of foresight, especially as derived from knowledge of the 
past, characteristic of the old man (iii. 109), but wanting in Aga- 
memnon when he quarrelled with Achilles, i. 343. Compare the 
foresight of the prophet Calchas, 1. 70.— 251. ig, one = the same. 
Imitated by Verg. Aen. x. 702.— 252. dp, as the event showed.— 
258. Said of Nestor, i. 253, and Thoas, the wisest of the younger 
men, Xv. 285. 

254. api... φράζεσθε: Consider the matter on both sides, that 
is, carefully, with circumspection. It is strengthened by μάλα. 
So περι φράζεσθαι, Od. 1. 76, Cf. 250 above. — 255. μὴ μίμνειν: 
The omission of the connective gives emphasis and force. 


— 257. otros ἀνήρ: To name him were needless and compara- ~ 


tively unmeaning. Achilles was in the thoughts and often on 
the lips of Greeks and Trojans even in his absence from the 
fight, much more upon his reappearance on the field. — μήνιε, 
used especially of the superhuman wrath and vengeance of 
Achilles. Cf. 1.1. 422, 488, xii. 10. — 258. ῥηΐτεροι πολεμίζειν, the 
personal for the impersonal construction: fnirepoy πολεμίζειν, 
k.T.A., but very like the English idiom: they were easier to fight 
with,— 262. οἷος, for τοῖος : Such is his proud spirit.— οὐκ ἐθέλησει 
expresses at once the result of Achilles’ pride and the object of 
Polydamas’s fear.— 264. Midway between the ships and the city 
share between them the might of battle.— 266. πίθεσθε: Observe the 
asyndeton again (cf. 255, 262), and the rapidity of thought and 
intensity of fear expressed by it.— ὧδε, as follows. Sc. 267 seqq. 
— 269. εὖ = too well.— νύ is inferential, then indeed.— 272. at yap 
2 «+ γένοιτο: Would, indeed, that this might be far from my ears, 
j.e. that I might never hear it. Compare the μὴ γένοιτο so fre- 
quent in the writings of St. Paul.— 273. κηδόμενοί wep: Distressed 
as we are.— 274. During the night we will keep our force in the 
agora. So Crusius, Faési-Franke, Diintzer, Ameis-Hentze, Koch, 
and most of the recent commentators, though they all acknowl- 
edge that σθένος in the sense of δύναμις, military force, is unprec- 
edented. La Roche follows Aristarchus in rendering: During 
the night we will gain strength by counsel (in the agora).—aorv, 
obj. of εἰρύσσονται, of which πύργοι, x. τ. Δ.» is the subj. — 276. 
ἐζευγμέναι, joined, that is, fastened to the gate-posts by bars.— 
277. ὑπηοῖοι is more definite than πρῶϊ, towards morning, empha- 
sizing the early morn.— 278. τῷ : Cf. οὗτος ἀνήρ, 257.— 281. παν- 
τοίου, in every direction, hither and thither. 

284, 285—xii. 230,231. Characteristic of the relation between 


Ξ 


ILIAD XVIII. 985 


these two men.— 285. οὐκέτι implies that the advice of Polyda- 
mas is usually acceptable, but thes which you now give thus public- 
ly (in the agora) is no longer so. — 289. πολύχρυσον πολύχαλκον : 
‘These epithets remind one of the discoveries of Schliemann at 
Hissarlik.— 290. δόμων, gen. after ἐξ-.-- 291. Phrygia and Maeco- 
nia are the rich and powerful neighbors and allies of the Tro- 
jans. Of. iii.401. The Lydians are unknown to Homer, who 
must therefore have lived before the rise of their empire.— 292. 
περνάμεν᾽ ἵκει : Have come on sale (lit. exported) to Phrygia.— 298. 
ὅτε πέρ, just when.— 294. To win glory at the ships and coop up the 
Greeks by the sea,-— 295. pyxére... φαῖνε: No longer be setting 
Sorth, pres. imper.— 297 = 11. 139 et al.— 298, 299 = vii. 370, 371, 
where these are the words of Priam.— 300. Doubtless meant as 
a slur on Polydamas.— κτεάτεσσιν : Dat. of cause, unduly troubled 
Sor his possessions.— 801. καταδημοβορῆσαι: Hor public consump- 
tion. Only here.— 302. τῶν is referred by La Roche to κτεάτεσ- 
aw, but by most editors tu λαοῖσι: any of whom it is better should 
enjoy (these possessions) than that the Greeks (should possess 
them).— 303. Repeating the words of Polydamas, 277, but with 
a very different conclusion: not-on the walls and towers, but at 
the hollow ships.— 305. ναῦφιν is gen.— 306. After ἐθέλῃσι, supply 
μάχεσθαι, implied in ἀνέστη. --- 308. φεροίμην : The opt., perhaps, 
implies more of wish than the subj. by which it is preceded.— 
309. The god of war belongs to both sides and slays also the slayer. 
Hence the epithet ἀλλοπρόσαλλον applied to Ares in v. 831.— 
κατέκτα 18 gnomic aorist. 


Vv. 310-855, The Trojans, Bereft of their Senses by Athene, 
Follow the Advice of Hector. The Greeks Bewail Patroclus, 
and Prepare the Body for Burial, 

310-313. A commentary on popular applause, which is well 
worthy of remembrance. — 818, ἄρ᾽ implies that such popular 
blindness is to be expected. 
᾿ς 810. ἐξῆρχε γόοιο: Cf. 51 und note there.— 317. χεῖρας ἀνδρο- 

φόνους: There is genuine pathos in the contrast between those 
hands which were wont to deal out slaughter among men and 
the same hands now laid in sorrowing and pitying tenderness 

on the breast of his friend. See a like pathetic contrast in xxiv. 

478, 479, where Priam hisses the dreadful man-slaying hands of 

Achilles that had slain so many of his own sons.—318. Kis Abyé- 

vetos: See note on xvii. 1384.— 319. ὑπό, from under.— 321. ἐπῆλθε, 


286 NOTES. 


aor. following a pres., so frequent in Homeric similes. ἄχνυται 
denotes the permanent feeling, ἐπῆλθε the more temporary though 
repeated action, and is followed again by the pres., χόλος αἱρεῖ, 

of the permanent feeling. 

824. ἔκβαλον denotes a hasty, inconsiderate utterance. — 326. 
Menoetius, the father of Patroclus, was from Opfis, capital of 
Locris, but had fled with his son, guilty of manslaughter in his 
boyhood, to Peleus in Phthia, whence also he sends his son with 
Achilles to the war (xi. 765 seqq., xxili. 85 seqq.). As to the 
consistency of this promise of Achilles to bring back Patroclus 
covered with glory and rich in spoils after the fall of Troy, with 
his repeated assurances that he had been forewarned of his pre- 
mature fall and did not expect to return, it is hardly worth while ~ 
to attempt any reconciliation of such impassioned utterances in 
so changing circumstances.— 328. τελευτᾷ, bring to pass. Observe 
the emphatic separation of od from its verb.— 329. ἄμφω, Achilles 
and Patroclus.— ὁμοίην, the same, sc. that of Troy, 330.— 335. ke- 
φαλήν: Compare 176 above and xvii. 39.— μεγαθύμου, your proud 
murderer. Not necessarily to be taken ina bad sense. Menelaus 
calls Paris δῖον ᾿Αλέξανδρον (111. 8352). Diintzer places the comma 
after μεγαθύμου: the proud Hector, your murderer. Pratt and 
Leaf make μεγαθύμου qualify σοῖο.--- 336. Achilles executes this 
threat (xxiii. 175, 182).— 388. κείσεαι αὕτως: It was an honor to 
Patroclus thus to lie with captive Trojan women weeping floods of 
tears all around.— 341, καμόμεσθα, in a pregnant sense: won by 
our labors. 

344, ἀμφὶ πυρὶ στῆσαι, pregnant = set and surround with Jire. 
Cf. rip ἄμφεπε, 348.— 345. λούσειαν ἄπο with two acc., as κάθηρον 
in xvi. 667.— 847. ὑπό, x.r.d., another pregnant formula: they 
took wood, and, putting it under, set it on fire. The same formal 
description occurs Od. viii. 485-438 — 346-348 here. — 350. καὶ 
τότε δή in a conclusion = then indeed also.— 351. évvedporo: Nine 
seasons old, old oil as well as old wine being regarded as better. 
For the nine years compare the giants nine years old, nine cubits 
broad, and nine fathoms high, Od. xi. 311, and also Horace’s 
nonumque prematur in annum.— 353. And over the soft linen 
they covered the body with a white funeral robe. Cf. the famous 
φᾶρος ταφήϊον of Laertes, Od. ii. 97.— 354, 355. A sort of refrain 
= 315 expanded and emphasized to suit the case of the Myrmi- 
dons. 

356-369. Enclosed in brackets in some editions and by some 


ILIAD XVIII. 287 


editors pronounced an impertinent interpolation, though it is 
quite in keeping with the frequent wrangles between Zeus and 
Heré, which seem so much like a burlesque on matrimony and 
court-life among the celestials.— 357. You have done it at last, i.e. 
you have succeeded at length in rousing up the swift-footed Achilles. 
— 358. ἀνστήσασ᾽ is supplementary to émpnéas, and καί empha- 
sizes ἔπειτα. Ad rem, cf.170.— ἦ ῥά νυ, κ. τ. λ.: Really now the 
long-haired Greeks must have been your own offspring! judging by 
your affection for them.— 360, 361 =i. 551, 552; also xvi. 439, 
440.— 362. Many a man, even methinks (καὶ δή πού) mortal though 
he is, and who knows not so many wise ways, as I do, is wont (is 
likely, μέλλει) to wreak his vengeance (accomplish his purpose) on 
a man: why, then, ought not I. The argument is a minori ad 
majus.— τελέσσαι is explained by κακὰ paar, 367.— 808, ὅσπερ 
θνητός, x. τ. A., explains and emphasizes βροτός. --- 364. φημι = 
εὔχομαι. --- 365, 366 = iv. 60, 61: Another link between the so- 
called Achilleid and the additional books, the so-called Iliad. 
384 below is another.— 366. σὺ δέ, while you, expands and em- 
phasizes o7n.— 368. ἀγόρευον: Rarely of a conversation between 
two, but several times of a conversation between two gods 
(cf. xxi. 514). 


Vv. 369-427, Thetis Comes to the House of Hephaestus and is 
Kindly Received by him. 

369. In the Iliad the dwelling and workshop of Hephaestus 
are on Mt. Olympus (cf. 142). In the Odyssey his favorite abode 
is on the island of Lemnos (viii. 283).— 370. ἀστερόεντα, shining 
like a star (xix. 381). See note xvi. 184.--- peramper€ ἀθανάτοισιν: 
Distinguished among the palaces of the immortals.— 372. ἑλισσό- 
pevov: Turning this way and that, bustling; versantem, lit. vol- 
ventem.— 373. σπεύδοντα, in his haste.— τρίποδας: Anything hav- 
ing three feet—a kettle to heat water for the bath, as above, 344 
—stands for caldrons, candelabra, tables, or drinking-cups; their 
use here is mere matter of conjecture.— ἐείκοσι πάντας: Twenty 
in all, one for each god, Gladstone thinks, and thus finds an 
argument for just that number of proper “ Olympian deities.” 
Studies on Homer, vol. ii. Cf. Theol. of Gr. Poets, p. 1388.— 375. 
And he put golden wheels under the base (foot) of each. Brass or 
copper is the solid material and gold the ornamental for every- 
thing used by the gods.— 376. αὐτόματοι: The supernatural ele- 
ment characterizes all the works of Hephaestus. His tripods 


288 NOTES. 


are self-moved, His handmaids are gifted with intelligence and 
speech, 419 below.— θεῖον .. . ἀγῶνα, the assembly (place of assem- 
bling) of the gods.— 877. δῶμα, sc. of Hephaestus.— 378. And now 
they were so far finished, only the handles (ears) were not yet 
added; he was just preparing these, and was hammering out the 
rivets.— 881. ot ἐγγύθεν, to his house—chez lui.— 382. προμολοῦσα, 
coming forth from the house or chamber.— Χάρις: Aphrodite is 
the wife of Hephaestus in the Odyssey, and from this discrepancy 
an argument has been drawn against the one-authorship of the 
two poems. But the same principle underlies both conceptions, 
viz. that the divine artist and architect must have Grace and 
Beauty for his wife. Moreover, the amours of Aphrodite with 
Ares, related in the Odyssey (viii. 266 seqq.), might well explain © 
her repudiation.— 883. ἀμφιγυήεις, lame in both legz=xvdrdorodior, 
crook-footed, 871. So understood by the ancients and most mod- 
erns. But Autenricth and Ameis-Hentze make it = ambidexter, 
i. 6. strong-armed, to which rendering its association with περι- 
κλυτός (cf. 393, i. 607 et al.) lends some probability.— 384 = vi. 
253.— ἔν... φῦ, grasped, lit. grew in, grew to. 

385. ἱκάνεις and θαμίζεις are both present perfect in sense.— 
386, αἰδοίη τε φίλη te: Both honored and dear (welcome). — 
πάρος, k.T.A.: Lor heretofore you have not been at all accustomed 
to visit me often.— 387. ἕπεο προτέρω, follow me in (lit. further).— 
388 = Od. v. 91.— 389 =v. 36 and Od. vii. 162 put together. 
Phraseology common to the Odyssey and both parts of the 
Iliad, thus linking them all together.— 390 often repeated in 
Odyssey.—392. ὧδε is better taken in the unusual sense of place 
=come out here. 

994. δεινή τε καὶ αἰδοίη, venerated and honored.— 396. ἰοτητι, at 
the will.— 397. χωλὸν ἐόντα: His lameness, probably at his birth, 
and the shame it caused his mother, are here represented as the 
cause of his Jong and distant fall. In 1. 590 seqq. Hephaestus ~ 
tells his mother how Zeus once hurled him from the celestial 
pavement and he fell half-dead in Lemnos—a different story, but 
quite analogous in the lurid light it throws on the morals and 
manners of the gods. 

398. Θέτις ὑπεδέξατο κόλπῳ --- Υἱ. 136, last clause, where Thetis 
in like manner reccives and protects the infant Dionysus. An- 
other link between the Achilleid and the Iliad, not only in lan- 
guage, but in the conception of the character and functions of 
Thetis. Eurynome (=the Wide-ruling) is not named among 


the Nereids in 39-49 above. In Hes. Theog. 357 she is called a 
daughter of Oceanus.— 400. eivderes, another example of nine as 
a favorite number, cf. xvi. 785.— 401, all doubtless ornaments of 
female dress, but precisely what commentators are not agreed. 
Pratt and Leaf translate brooches and twisted whorls and rings and 
necklaces.— 402. ῥόος ᾿Ωκεανοῖο: Oceanus in Homer is a 7iver and 
the father of rivers, flowing round the earth and so returning 
into itself (ἀψορρόου, 399 above). Cf. xiv. 246, xxi. 195 seqq.— 
403. ἄσπετος, immeasurable, lit. unspeakable.— 405. ἴσαν, 3d pl. 
pluperf. of οἶδα. See Gram. and Lex. Only here in Iliad; not 
unfrequent in Odyssey. — 406. τῷ, therefore. —407. wavta... 
ζωάγρια, all that is due for saving my life. Cf. Od. viii. 462. 
Compare ζώγρει: take me alive and not slay me, vi. 46 et al._— 
409. While I put away my (mid. voice) bellows and all my tools. 
The bellows are, of course, movable and worked by the hands, 
410. πέλωρ ainrov: The hard-puffing (or huge, or insatiate) 
monster, αἴητον is used only as an epithet of Hephaestus, and 
is a word of doubtful origin and meaning. The contrast be- 
tween the huge body and brawny arms of the prince of black- 
smiths and his thin, feeble, shuffling lower limbs is not altogether 
unnatural and is very amusing. Well might inextinguishable 
laughter be excited among the blessed gods when they saw such 
a figure, serving as their cupbearer, puffing and bustling (ποιπ- 
ψύοντα) through their halls! (i. 599 seqq.).— 418. τοῖς ἐπονεῖτο: 
With which he. was toiling, that is, had been toiling till this mo- 
ment, imp. instead of pluperf. to express continued action. — 
414. ἀμφὶ πρόσωπα καὶ ἄμφω χεῖρε: Both sides of his face and both 
his hands.— 416. σκῆπτρον παχύ, ὦ staff thick and stout.— Cvpate= 
foras, forth. Observe the repetition of χωλεύων.--- 417. ὑπό, adv., 
as in 411, doubtless putting their shoulders under his arms, 
subeuntes, and thus supporting him. Cf. ὑποδύντε, viii. 332. In 
regard to the life and intelligence of these handmaids, and the 
material of which they were made, see note 6.— 419, μετὰ φρεσίν: 
Etymologically φρένες = Lat. renes, old Engl. reins. In material 
sense = diaphragm. Translate: in their breasts.— 420. ἔργα, here 
works of art, more frequently of agriculture.— 421. ὕπαιθα — ὑπό, 
417. — ἔρρων, hobbling (lit. dragging) along. — 422. ἔνθα . .. περ: 
Just where Thetis was (in her very presence), he sat.— 423-425 = 
384-386, repeating the welcome just given by his wife.— 426, 427 
= xiv. 195, 196, Od. v.89, 90. In cach instance addressed to a 
god, ὶ f 
13 


ILIAD XVIII. 289 


290 NOTES. 


Vy. 428- -467, Thetis Offers fae Petition and Hephae Eagages 
to Execute her Order. 

. 428=1.413.— 429. Verily now, Hephaestus, of all the goddesses 
in heaven has any one endured so many dreadful sorrows as these 
(τοσσάδε), as the sufferings which Zeus, etc. At 84 above the mar- 
riage is ascribed to the gods in general, and in xxiv. 60 Heré 
assumes the responsibility to herself.— 432. Explanatory of the 
preceding, hence without a connective.—é« ... pe = me alone of 
all, singling me out.— δάμασσεν, he married me, lit. subjected me. 
The very name of ἃ wife (δάμαρ) is from this root and implies 
subjection.— 435. ἀρημένος, oppressed with miserable old age. A 
word of doubtful etymology, perhaps kindred to Bapvs.— ἄλλα 
δέ μοι viv: And other troubles are upon me now.— 436-443 = 56- 
62 repeated. Such repetitions in eulogy and wailing of a dead 
son are as natural as they are touching from the lips of a mother. 
—In 444, 445 she repeats the wrongs of her son in the same 
words which he had used in xvi. 56-58.— 446. Verily, grieving 
for her he was wasting away his soul. 448-450 corroborate the 
statements and repeat many of the words of the Ninth Book, to 
which it is often said there is no allusion in the subsequent 
books.— γέροντες, 6. g. Odysseus, Phoenix, and Ajax (ix. 225, 482, 
029). --- δῶρ᾽ ὀνόμαζον (ix. 121, 515).—Hvatvero (ix. 378, 679). — 
454-456. Apollo disarmed and disabled Patroclus, and thus oe- 
casioned his death (xvi. 793 seqq., cf. 845).— 457. τὰ σὰ γούναθ᾽ 
ixdvopat: J am come a suppliant to these thy knees ; expressed by 
the single word γουνάζομαι (xv. 665), γουνοῦμαι (xxi. 74), and 
ἐλλίσσετο γούνων, the suppliant embracing the knees of the per- 
son supplicated (i. 500).— 460. 6 = és, referring to apn’: jes 
the corselet which I had, etc.— ἀπώλεσε: Cf. xvi. 804. 

404. ὧδε. «. ὡς Ξ-ΞΞ αϑ certainly as. So ds... ὡς, vill. 588-540.— 
465. νόσφιν ἀποκρύψαι: Hide him away ‘from death.— 466. τις «++ 
ἀνθρώπων πολέων, emphatic: many a one among the mass of men, 
—avre, hereafter, as in ix. 135 et al. Crusius and Koch rons 
it again, sc. like the former arms of Achilles. 


Vv. 468-608.. Hephaestus Goes to his Work, and First Makes 
the Shield, a Wondrous Work of Art. 

» 469. κέλευσέ τε ἐργάζεσθαι: The bellows, like the tripods and 

handmaids, are living and self-moving at the bidding of their 

master. — 470. χοάνοισιν, melling pits: only here in Homer. — 


Se 


ILIAD. XVIII. 291 


ἐείκοσι πᾶσαι, twenty in all, one for each pit.— 471. Sending 
Sorth every degree of strong-blowing breath.— παντοίην is explained 
in 472, 473.— εὔπρηστον, only here.— 472. ἄλλοτε δ᾽ αὖτε: At other 
times again (to blow softly or not to blow at all) gust as from 
time to time Hephaestus might wish or the work might require (lit. 
was being performed). The antithesis is implied in the succeed- 
ing line. ἄνοιτο, for ἀνύοιτο.--- 473. ὅππως with iterative optative 
=as from time to time.— Koch calls attention to the unusual 
number of ἅπαξ εἰρημένα, necessitated by the subject-matter, in 
the last part of this book—thirty-nine in the last one hundred 
and fifty lines to only twenty in the preceding four hundred and 
sixty-seven lines. — 474, 475. To the four metals here named; 
suited to the color and nature of the objects to be represented, a 
fifth (xvavos) is added, 564.— 476,477. The anvil, the hammer, 
and the fire-tongs, with the bellows before mentioncd, are the 
simple and sole isnplements with which the divine artiticer a 
duces the marvels of his art. 

478. The shield alone is described in detail (occupying one 
hundred and_thirty lines), and that not as already finished, but 
we see every part and every ornament as it is wrought in by the 
hand of the artist.— 479. πάντοσε δαιδάλλων: Skilfully elaborating 
atin every part (lit. in every direction). δαιδάλλων, from δαίδαλος 
(cf. 482) is found only here and Od. xxiii. 200: δαιδάλλων χρυσῷ 
Te καὶ ἀργύρῳ ἠδ᾽ ἐλέφαντι. --- 480. ἐκ, κι τ. A. And from it (at- 
tached to it) ὦ silver-studded shoulder-strap. Cf. xiv. 404, 405, 
and note xvi, 135.— 481. And then the shield itself (the body. of 
it) had five layers. The shield of Ajax had seven (vii. 220).— 
482. δαίδαλα is a fit and favorite word as applied to the works 
of Hephaestus (cf. 379, 390, 400) (here with πολλά, covering all 
the marvels that falloxt), we ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι, with Sebati 
thought, is used only of him (cf. 380). 

483. “Ev péev...év δέ... ἐν δέ, repeated with each section of the 
work, 490, 541, 550, 561, 573, 587, 590, 607. ἐν, adv. = therein. 
In the centre and front of the shield we have ἃ representation 
of the natural universe — earth, sky and sea, sun, moon, and 
stars.— 485. ta is demonstrative and deictic: those constellations 
all with which the sky is crowned. So τό in 486: that might of 
Orion = Orion, that mighty hunter.— 486. Πληϊάδας θ᾽ “γάδας τε; 
usually explained as “the Sailing” and “the Rainy” constella- 
tions, i. e. severally, favorable to navigation, and bringing rain, 
during their ascendency. But the favorite etymology now is 


292 NOTES. 


“the Wood-pigeons” (πελειάδες) and “the Pigs” (és, Lat, sucu- 


146), thus bringing them under the same category with “Apxros, 
“the Bear,” among the animals which Orion, the mighty hunter, 
chases through the sky. Arcturus, Orion, and Pleiades are men- 
tioned in the book of Job, ix. 9, xxxvili. 31, 32. — 488. αὐτοῦ, 
there, in the same part of the heavens.— Soxever: The head of the 
bear is directed towards Orion; hence the representation that 
the animal is watching the hunter that pursues him.— 489. The 
Bear is the only constellation named, or then known, that never 
sets, lit. has no part in the baths of Oceanus. Compare Verg. 
Georg. 1. 246: Arctos Oceani metuentes aequore tingui, and 
Ovid Met. xiii. 727: Arctos aequoris expers. 

490. Passing from the natural world to the sphere of human 
life, the artist now places (perhaps on the second layer of the 
shield, 481, counting out from the centre and back from the 
front) and makes (perhaps of the second metal, viz. tin, 474) two 
cities— one in peace, with its marriages, festivals, and civil tri- 
bunals; the other in war, with its battles, siege, and ambus- 
cade.— 491. τῇ μέν has its answering τὴν δέ, 509.—492. νύμφας, 
brides, lit. veiled, nuptas (nubo).—SatSav ὕπο λαμπομενάων: By 
the light of blazing torches.— 493. ἠγίνεον, a lengthened form of 
ἄγω. The subject is indefinite: they were conducting brides from 
their chambers to the house of the bridegroom.— πολύς, loud.— 
ὑμέναιος and ὀρχηστῆρες are both ἅπαξ cip.— 494. ἐδίνεον, danced 
in circles.— ἄρα, of course.—495. βοὴν ἔχον, for éBdav—=kept sound- 
ing. Cf. xvi. 105.— ai is deictic: and there the women looked on 
with wonder, standing each before the doors. 

497 introduces a second scene in the first city, viz. a suit and 
strife in the forum. — 498. ποινῆς, quit-money for a man slain. 
So ix. 633.—499. One party protested that he had paid all, de- 
claring it to the people, while the other denied that he had received 
anything. — 500. μηδέν occurs only here in Homer. Of course 
with dvaivero it makes a double negative, which strengthens the 
negation.— 501. And both desired to get a decision (an end of strife, 
πέρας) before a judge (one who knows).— 502. ἀμφὶς ἀρωγοί, par- 
tisans (lit. helpers) on both sides.— 503. And there (οἱ is dleictic, as 
ai, 495) the old men (associate judges with the ἴστωρ)) were sitting 
on seats of hewn stone in the sacred circle (of justice).— 506. τοῖσιν: 
With these (sc. the staves of office placed in their hands by the 
herald, thus investing them with authority, cf. ii. 186) they, sc. 
the judges, then rose up quickly, and, one after another, gave judg- 


ee eS) OH ᾿ς 


= iN 
ie = 
τῶν ὴ 


ILIAD XVIII. 293 


ment.— 508. To give (be given) to him who should plead his cause 
before them the most uprightly. We must suppose the two talents 
of gold to be laid down as a stake by the parties at the com- 
mencement of the trial. 

509. δύω στρατοί: The two armies, sc. of the besiegers and the 
besieged, are mentioned here by way of anticipation, and actually 
appear on the field of battle only at 533, the intervening lines 
being occupied with the motives and plans of the combatants 
and the development of the forces, much of which, of course, is 
poetical imagination and quite incapable of representation by 
the arts of design.— 510. δίχα, x. τ. A. = Od. iii. 150.— σφισίν, the 
besiegers. They were disposed to offer the besieged the alterna- 
tive (diya): utter destruction or else the surrender of one half of 
all the property of the city. Hector contemplates the offer of 
this latter to the Greeks and expresses it in the same words, xxii. 
120, 121, although the latter line is there bracketed in most edi- 
tions.— 513. But they, the besieged, were not at all persuaded, i.e. 
did not consent to either alternative, but secretly (ὑπ-) armed 
themselves for an ambuscade.— 515. ἐφεσταότες, masc. ad sensum, 
though ἄλοχοι and τέκνα are grammatically fem. and neut.— 
μετὰ “δέ: And with them the men whom old age held back from the 
ambuscade.— 516. ot δέ: But the rest, all besides the women and 
children and old men. Opposed to τεῖχος μέν. --- 517. ἕσθην, 
plupf. 3 dual, from ἔννυμι. --- 519. ἀμφὶς ἀριζήλω: Resplendent 
round about ; but the people (troops) under them, sc. under Ares 
and Athene, were /ess in size and splendor. Opposed especially to 
μεγάλω. The contrast was conspicuous between the two gods 
and the men whom they were leading on. 

520. εἶκε: It suited or seemed good, imp. instead of the plupf. 
ἐῴκει, usual in Homer. — 521. ἐν ποταμῷ explains the relative 
clause ὅθι... λοχῆσαι, sc. at the γ067".----πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν: All the 
flocks and herds, sc. of both armies. Borotowy is ἅπαξ eip. in Hom. 
— 523. ἀπάνευθε . . . λαῶν, far from the troops. — 525. And they, 
86. the cattle, guickly came forth.—527. They, sc. the besieged 
lying in ambush, seeing these herds before their eyes, ran upon 
them, and soon after surrounded and cut off the herds and slew the 
herdsmen that were over them. ners is the technic for the herds- 
man’s charge over his herd, 6, g. vi. 25, 424. 

530. οἱ δέ, the besiegers : DOE to of μέν, 527.— 531, εἰράων 
προπάροιθε, along the seats in the agora. So προπάροιθεν ἠιόνος, 
along the shore. εἰράων is found only here, and is used in the 


294 τς NOTES. 


plural to emphasize the idea of number, as dyopai is sometimes 
used. Cf. Od. vili. 16: ἀγοραί re καὶ ἕδραι.---- ἐφ᾽ ἵππων - . « ἀερσι- 
πόδων —on chariots drawn by high-stepping horses.— 533. στησά- 
pevor, having set themselves in array.— 535-538 = Hesiod, Shield 
of Hercules, 156-159. —év, adv., there, that is; among them (cf. 
488). And there Discord (iv. 440), and there Din (v.593), moved 
among them, and there grim Death (ii. 302).— ἕλκε, finite verb in 
place of a part. connected with ἔχουσα. ----ποδοῖιν, part. gen. — 
539 returns to the combatants.—Gore ζωοὶ βροτοί, like ene men. 
Cf. 376, 418. 

541. ‘From the city and civil and military affairs the artist 
now passes to country life — the harvest, the vintage, and coun- 
try dances. We may suppose these scenes to be placed on the 
third layer of the shield and made of the third metal. 

541-549. The preparation of the soil.—541. vedv, new land, that 
is, land that has lain fallow and is now newly ploughed and 
thrice turned (τρίπολον). --- 542. And many ploughmen, circling 
round and round, drove their teams continually forward and back- 
ward in it.— 544, ixotato, iterative opt. answering to δόσκεν in the 
principal clause.— 546. While some, having completed their round 
(στρέψαντες), reached the end of the field from which they started 
and were receiving their cup of wine, others (τοὶ δέ) were still 
making their circuits along the furrows, etc.—orpépackov, itera- 
tive, is opposed to στρέψαντες, aor. part. denoting completed 
action.— 548. 4 refers to vetoio. The jield grew black behind the 
plough, because the soil just upturned is darker than that which 
has been exposed to the air and sun.— 549. This, to be sure, was 
@ surpassing wonder. περί is adv. The wonderful skill of the 
artist was shown in making his material, which was gold, look 
so much like real ploughed | land (οὗ 418). 

550-560. The harvest.— 550. τέμενος, a piece of land set apart 
for the king, 556. Cf. vi. 194, xx. 184. Observe the numerous 
ἅπαξ eip. here: βαθυλήϊον, Zubr, Spemdvas, ἀμαλλοδετῆρες, ἐλλε- 
δανοῖσι, δραγμεύοντες. An unusual subject necessitates unusual 
words.— 552, ἄλλα ... ἄλλα: And armfuls of corn, some were falling 
to the ground in thick succession along the swath, while others the 
binders were binding in sheaves.—Spéypara same root as δράχμα, 
which was originally a handful of ὀβελοί, or copper nails.— ὄγμον 
here a swath, in 546 a furrow, lit.a row (ἄγω). The acc. expresses 
motion along the swath.—émwyrpipa: Cf. 211, where it denotes a sue- 

cession of alarm fires,—554, ἄρ᾽, accordingly, introduces an explana- 


ee δὲ 


ILIAD XVIII. 995 


tion more in detail.—édéoracay, stood near the reapers.— 556. wdpe- 
xov, were bringing them to the binders.—Baotdevs, the master and 
owner, according to the Scholiast and Autenricth’s Hom. Lex, 
But the sceptre and the heralds in the following lines show that 
the king is meant. Such occupations were not deemed unworthy 
of royal personages in the Homeric age. — 558, δαῦτα πένοντο 
Were preparing a feast, apparently for the king and his attend- 
ants. This feast consisted chiefly of an οἱ; slaughtered and dressed 


by the κήρυκες, while the women were to be seen (ai deictic, ef. 


495,503) mixing white barley meal in abundance to make porridge 
or cakes for the dinner of the workmen,— 560. δεῖπνον is in appo- 
sition with ἄλφιτα. The meaning of ἄλφιτα .. . πάλυνον is much 
disputed, some understanding by it only the sprinkling of barley 
meal on the meat of the roasted ox, others of mixing meal for 
porridge or cakes, the principal food of the laboring classes. In 
xi. 641 it is the mixing of barley meal in a thick drink, called 
KUKEL®. vals 

561-572. The third scene in country life, viz. the vineyard and 
the vintage.— 561. μέγα βρίθουσαν, heavily laden.— 562. ava, along 
the vineyard, or, more strictly, the vines. So in 563 ἑστήκει has 
for its grammatical subject ἀλωή understood, with particular ref- 
erence to the vines.— βότρνες and κάμαξι are ἅπαξ cip. So drap- 
πιτός, φορῆες, παρθενικαί Only here in the Iliad.— 563. διαμπερές, 
all through.— 564. ἀμφί, properly both sides, περί, on all sides, but 
used here for variety without distinction of meaning. They both 
go with ἔλασσε: and about it he drew a ditch of steel and around 
a hedge of tin.— xvavény, adj. of material, probably steed, though 
what κύανος was is a disputed point, and it is not among the 
metals mentioned 474.— 565. κασσιτέρου, gen. of material._— ἐπ᾽ 
αὐτήν, over, i. 6. through, as well as to 7t.— 567. ataha φρονέοντες, 
with tender thoughts. — 570. Played the lyre. charmingly, and, ac- 
companying it with soft voice, sang the beautiful lay of Linus, 
Linus was a beautiful youth, whose premature death by fierce 
hounds was much celebrated in ancient song. It is fashionable 
now.to regard him as the personification of Spring and the lay 
as originally a lament over its too early destruction by the heat 
of Summer.— ὑπό, to the sound of the lyre, lit. wnder it.— 571. τοὶ 
δέ, the young men and maidens, the masc. prevailing as usual 
over the fem.: and they, beating the earth in unison and skipping 
with light feet, followed with dance and cry of joy.— 572. ἕποντο, 
followed the music, i. e. kept step with it. 


296 NOTES. 


573-606. Pastoral scenes, herds, flocks, and a peculiar species 
of dance, placed perhaps on the fourth layer of the shield, and 
made largely of the fourth metal, viz. tin. 

1. A herd of cattle kept by men and dogs and attacked by 
᾿ς lions.— 573. ὀρθοκραιράων : Cf. note at xviii. 3.—.574. at βόες, fem., 
because a herd usually consists chiefly of cows. Gold and tin 
both may have been used to represent the different colors of the 
herd, 6. g. yellow and white.— 575. μυκηθμῷ, lowing. Well might 
Heyne remark of this and many other parts of the work of He- 
phaestus: Inflammata poetae mens multa videt, quae sensibus 
subjecta non sunt. — ἀπὸ κόπρου --- from the stable or cow-yard, 
lit. the dung. —576. παρὰ ῥοδανὸν δονακῆα, epexegetical of map 
ποταμὸν κελάδοντα: along the sounding (rippling) river, along the 
bank of waving reeds, <A fit place for the two lions to emerge 
from. Κελάδων is the name ef a river in Elis (vii. 133). The 
reading and derivation of ῥοδανόν are both doubtful.— 578. ἐννέα 
«+ κύνες, probably two for each herdsman, and one the leader of 
the whole flock.— 579. δύ᾽: Travellers remark that lions are often 
found attacking in pairs.— ἐν πρώτῃσι βόεσσιν, among the foremost 
of the cattle, that is, those most remote from the herdsmen, who 
followed the herd (cf. 581).— 580. μακρά, loud, so as to be heard 
afar: often used with ἀΐσας and other words of sound.— 581. ἕλ- 
keto, was being dragged away by the lions.— 583. λαφύσσετον: This 
form of 3 dual imp. is found in a few passages in the Iliad, e. g. 
x. 364, xiii. 346.— 584. αὕτως ἐνδίεσαν, vainly tried to frighten them 
away. Only here, and Autenrieth says: probably for ἐδίεσαν.--- 
585. δακέειν μέν, as regards biting indeed, acc. of respect.— 586. ἐκ 
τ᾽ ἀλέοντο, and stood aloof. 

2. A flock of sheep, and their pasture and their pens. This 
picture is brief, and its peace and quietness is in marked contrast 
with the preceding.— 587. νομόν is not only pastus, but pascua: 
here especially the flock, hence explained by μέγαν, x. τ. Δ.» in the 
next line.— 589. And shepherds’ quarters, and roof-covered huts 
and sheep-folds.— σταθμούς is generic and includes both the huts 
for the shepherds and the folds for the sheep. Cf. xix. 877. 

3. The round-dance.— 590. χορόν, as the object of ποίκιλλε, and 
as illustrated by the similar one which Daedalus skilfully wrought 
(591, 592), must mean the place of dancing, though in 603 it 
means the dance itself. From the use of the word ποίκιλλε (in- 
stead of ποίησε and ἐτίθει, used only and repeatedly in the other 
scenes), the introduction here of περικλυτὸς ἀμφιγυήεις (found in 


. 
4 ᾿ 
ων ἢ <>< 


ILIAD XVIII. - 997 


the narrative, 383, 462, but not in the series of works on the 
shield), the references to Daedalus and Crete, and the mingling 
of the sexes in the dance (unknown to Homer? cf. 567 seqq.), 
the editors generally infer that this scene (590-606) is a later in- 
terpolation. —otxAAe is found only here, though ποικίλμασιν 
occurs vi. 294. It means essentially the same as ἤσκησεν, which 
in the Iliad is always used of artistic working and adorning, 6. g. 
iv. 110, x. 438, xiv. 240, xxiii. 743.— 591. Κνωσῷ, a chief city of 
Crete and capital of Minos (ii. 646).— 592. Δαίδαλος (only here 
in Homer) built the Labyrinth for Minos, and is here represented 
as making an orchestra for Ariadne, the daughter of Minos, who 
guided Theseus out of the Labyrinth.— 593. ἔνθα, in the χορόν 
(cf. 497, 550).— ἀλφεσίβοιαι, only here: beautiful maidens, lit. 
who brought much store of cattle as bridal gifts to their parents 
(xi. 244). 

596. efar’, from ἕννυμι (cf. 517).— ἦκα στίλβοντας ἐλαίῳ: Softly 
glittering as with (the glaze of) oil. So the Scholiasts: “és is 
omitted ”—so not a few of the best modern commentators; and 
so it would seem we must understand ἀποστίλβοντες ἀλείφατος 
(Od. iii. 408), said of the polished stones in front of Nestor’s pal- 
ace on which the princes and elders sat. Some, however, insist 
on it as meaning a literal application of oil to linen garments in 
the process of weaving.— 597. μαχαίρας: Not the proper sword- 
dance, but only the usual and proper dress of young men.— 
598. ἐξ: Cf. 480. 

599. ὁτὲ μέν: Observe the accent of éré. It is not the relative 
adv. (cf. ὅτε, 600), but the indefinite = ἄλλοτε μέν correlative to 
ἄλλοτε δέ (602), and so accompanied by the iterative aor. θρέξα- 
σκον answering to θρέξασκον, 602.— 600. The top illustrates both 
the ease and swiftness with which the dancers move (feta μάλ᾽ 
and the circular motion in the round-dance.— τροχόν would reg- 
ularly be subj. of θέῃσιν, but is placed in the principal clause for 
emphasis and in the acc. instead of the gen., which would reg- 
ularly follow πειρήσεται. The illustration is drawn from the 
maker trying his top, because he would apply the utmost skill 
and force.— 601. κεραμεύς, ἅπαξ cip.—602. While at other times, 
again, they ran in files towards one another: the square dance in- 
stead of the round.— 604. τερπόμενοι agrees with ὅμιλος ad sen- 
sum.— 605. κυβιστητῆρε, divers in xvi. 750: here and elsewhere 
tumblers. — κατ᾽ αὐτούς, among them, that is, throughout their 
ranks; explained and emphasized by κατὰ μέσσους.--- 606. ἐξάρ- 


13* 


298° . NOTES. 


χοντος; 86. ἀοιδοῦ : when the singer began his song. Al. ἐξάρχόντες 
to agree with κυβιστητῆρε.--- 604-606 are found also Od. iv. 17--19 
bracketed in some copies. 

607, 608. The outermost and nethermost layer of the shield is 
filled very fitly by the great river Oceanus, which encompassed 
the earth as the rim encompassed the shield. Thus the shield 
represented the world (nature and man) in miniature.—péya σθένος 
’‘Oxeavoto: Cf. xxi. 195, and note above, xviii. 402. 

Among the innumerable objections which critics have brotight 
against the Homeric Shield of Achilles is the allegation that all 
these figures could not have been comprehended within the 
compass of an ancient shield. Flaxman gave a practical answer 
to this objection by actually doing what the critics pronounced 
to be impossible, that is, he actually represented on a spherical 
surface smaller than that of the ancient shield all the figures in 
the Homeric description. 

Other critics have argued that the Shield of Achilles presup- 
poses a state of the arts far i in advance of the Homeric age, and 
therefore must be regarded as a later interpolation. The fact is 
that it describes works of art far in advance of any age, and quite 
beyond the possibilities of the arts of design, inasmuch as the 
poet ascribes to these works of Hephaestus’ hand (and that not 
in the shield only, but in the handmaids and the blacksmith’s 
tools) not only form and color, which is all that the arts of de- 
sign can compass, but motions, sounds, life, and intelligence. 
which the ‘art and imagination of the poet only can achieve. 
The poet’s description of the armor of other heroes, particularly 
Agamemnon (xi. 20-40), is of the same imaginative and poetical 
east; and it is altogether natural and probable that when ‘He- 
phaestus, the matchless artist of the skies, is to furnish armor 
for the matchless hero of the heroic age, the godlike Achilles, 
he should give us all the miracles of superhuman skill and power 
in the Eighteenth Book of the Iliad. There are many points of 
resemblance between the artistic splendors of this book of the 
Iliad and the exquisite architectural picture of the house of 
Alcinous in the Odyssey (vii. 84 seqq.), but there are also many 
features of marked contrast. There is the same variety and 
richness of materials, the same elaborate and elegant workman- 
ship, the same forms of animal life, the same blending of nature 
and art, the same. happy union of utility and beauty, and, in a 
word, much of the same marvellous poetical imagination. But 


— 
i 


ILIAD XVIII. 299 


there is in the scenes of the Odyssey less of exaggeration and ab- 
solute invention, no transcending of the possibilities and the very 
sphere of the arts of design—nothing of the supernatural and 
the divine. The scenes of the Odyssey, rather than those of the 
Iliad, if either, presuppose a more advanced, a more properly 
artistic and less purely poetical age. But I would rather say 
they both indicate the same exalted genius, varying its creations 
to suit the subject-matter of the poem, the character and rank of 
the hero, and the exigencies of the occasion. 

᾿ This famous “shield” has been imitated by poets (e. g. He- 
siod in his Shield of Hercules, Virgil in his Shield of Aeneas, 
Aen. viii. 407-4538), and discussed at great length by scholars 
in every age. 


Vy. 609-617. Hephaestus Oonstructs in like Manner Corselet, 
Helmet, and Greaves, and Brings all the Arms to Thetis. 
609. Without further detail the poet simply states the fact 

that Hephaestus constructed the other pieces of Achilles’ armor, 

using four times over the same verb red&e.— 613. ἑανοῦ, flexible, 
hence suitable for greaves (cf. xxi. 592).-—616. νιφόεντος --- nivosi. 

In all languages the highest mountains get their name from 

being white with snow, e. g. Lebanon, Himmaleh, Blanc, Nevada, 

White Mountains. 


ILIAD XIX. 


Myvidos amdppyots. This traditional title of the Nineteenth 
Book truly expresses the main point in the contents of the book 
as well as a turning-point in the poem, viz. the Renunciation 
of Achilles’ Wrath against Agamemnon and the turning of it 
against Hector as the slayer of his friend, Patroclus. 


Vv. 1-39, At Break of Day Thetis Brings the Armor to her Son, 
and at his Request she Protects the Body of Patroclus from 
Corruption, : 

1. ὼς κροκόπεπλος: Cf. vill. 1. With this book begins the 
twenty-seventh day of the Iliad. Crusius.— 2 = xi. 2.— 3. ἡ δέ, 
sc. Thetis. See close of book xviii., with which this is closely 
connected. The correlative particles μέν and δέ emphasize the 
relative imperfects ὥρνυθ᾽ and ἵκανε: the sun was just rising as 

Thetis was arriving at the ships. She had‘come to Hephaestus 

after sunset the previous day (xviii. 239 seqq., 369), so that the 

armor was the work of a single night, and scarcely more won- 
derful for the skill and perfection than the speed of the work- 
manship.—4. περικείμενον: Lying with his arms thrown around 
him = ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ χυμένη, 284 below.— 7 = vi. 253. On the weep- 
ing of Homer’s heroes, see note xvii. 648. 


9. ἐπειδὴ πρῶτα, since first, i. 6. ever since, implies that from the 


moment he was jirst smitten down by the will of the gods noth- 
ing could be done to save him.-+ 10. τύνη: See note xvi. 64. 

18. τὰ δ᾽... πάντα: And these with all their elaborate workman- 
ship rang again. Elsewhere in the Iliad we have simple ἔβραχε. 
Cf. iv. 420, xvi. 566.— 15. ἔτρεσαν, perhaps for ὑπέτρεσαν, as in Vv. 
256: fled fearing, sc. at the sight and sound of the divine armor. 
This sets forth in striking contrast the effect on Achilles as de- 
scribed in the following lines.— 16. ὡς εἶδ᾽, ds... χόλος: As soon 
as he saw it, so soon the more anger possessed him. Cf. xiv. 294.— 
ἐν, within, sc. in their sockets. Cf. Od. x. 247: ἐν δέ of ὄσσε 
δακρυόφιν πίμπλαντο: And his eyes in their sockets shone out 
terribly from beneath his eyelids like a flame.—,17. σέλας, sc. 


ILIAD XIX. 301 


πυρός. Of. 366 below.— 19. λεύσσων is complementary part.: 
when he was satisfied with beholding. 

24, τόφρα, meanwhile, i.e. while I am arming and fighting.— 
υἱόν is the object, not of καδδῦσαι, which goes with kara... 
ὠτειλάς, but of the general idea of the sentence more fully ex- 
pressed in ἀεικίσσωσι = disfigure, μοι 15 dat. commodi, and may 
be expressed by my friend.— 27. ἐκ ... πέφαται, lit. for his life is 
killed out! is a parenthetical lamentation forced out of him by 
the thought of such dishonor to the dead body of his friend.— 
κατά is intensive and χρόα is acc. of respect. 

30. τῷ, from him, sc. Patroclus, dat. with acc. after a verb of 
separating, keeping off.— 33. ἔμπεδος, κ. τ. λ.: Entire as in perfect 
health, or even more beautiful.— 37. Ambrosia, the food, and nectar, 
the drink of the gods, are distilled into the nostrils of Patroclus 
like some reviving essence to the fainting or dying. Some, how- 
ever, think there is an allusion to the process of embalming as 

practised by the Egyptians. 


Vy. 40-78. Achilles, with his own Terrific Cries, Convokes an 
Assembly, Publicly Renounces his Wrath against Agamem- 
non, and Urges on the Greeks to Battle, 

42. And so even they who aforetime were wont to stay in the area 
of the ships, both they who were pilots and held the rudders and they 
who were providers at the ships, dispensers of food—yea, even these 
at this time came into the agora.— 45, otver’.. . ἀλεγεινῆς = xviii. 
247, 248, where see note.— 47. σκάζοντε : Even the wounded came 
limping into the assembly at the summons of Achilles. The 
wounding of Diomed is narrated xi. 376, and of Odysseus, xi. 487. 
These two heroes became comrades for the first time in the re- 
connoitre (bk. x.), and after this are often paired together as 
here.— 50. πρώτῃ ἀγορῇ» in the front seats, the seats of honor.— 
51. δεύτατος --- ὕστατος, last, or ὕστερος, after Diomed and Odys- 
seus. A superlative from δύο is anomalous. The wounding of 
Agamemnon is narrated xi. 252.—52. καὶ yap τόν, for him also.— 

J 56. Was this a better thing for us both, sc. when we quarrelled for 
a girl. So most of the recent commentators, punctuating and 
rendering the sentence as interrogative. And so the introduc- 
tory particles ἦ ἄρ τι seem to require. La Roche and Paley, 
however, make the sentence affirmative, and refer τόδε unnat- 
urally to what the two are now doing or going to do, viz. recon- 
ciliation. As a question τόδε is explained by the last clause, and 


302 . NOTES. 


the answer is, of course, an emphatic negative. — 59. Artemis 
brings a swift and easy death to women (cf. vi. 205), as Apollo 
does to men.—60. Δνρνησόν, the home of Briseis (ii. 690).— 
61, ὀδὰξ... οὖδας: A poetical amplification of our bite the dust. 
— 62. ἐμεῦ ἀπομηνίσαντος, gen. abs. denoting the cause: because 
of my fierce anger. — 64. μνήσεσθαι, remember with sorrow. — 
65. Characteristic of Achilles. See note xvi, 60, xviii. 112, 113. 
—70. While I yet once more will go to meet the Trojans and see 
whether, perchance, they will wish to bivouac at the ships. Sarcasm 
is natural to Achilles.— 71. tw’, many a one.— ἢ ἢ. κάμψειν, sc. to 
rest after the fierce fight. — 78, tm’, from under. Cf. 17: ye 
βλεφάρων. 

ἡ, From his seat where he was, not standing in the midst of the 
assembly, because of his wound: But the line is bracketed as 
of doubtful genuineness. Still the speech which follows is as 
abnormal as the place from which he speaks. The language 
does not necessarily mean that he spoke sitting, and éoradros,,» 
79, implies the contrary. 

78 — ii. 110, where also it is the language of Agamemnon. 
79. It is ἜΠΕΤΕΣ to listen to one who ve risen to speak, nor is it 
at all seemly to interrupt ; for it (sc. to be interrupted) 7s hard for 
him, although he is a skilful speaker. The consciousness of wrong- 
doing makes a coward of Agamemnon ever after. Witness his 
cowardly trial of the feelings of his troops and proposal to go 
home (ii. 189 seqq.), his confession of his great mistake (ix. 115 
seqq.), and his instability of purpose elsewhere. Here, as in 
book ii., he feels that the troops are in sympathy with Achilles 
and not with himself, and, like a skilful orator, he begins with 
an effort to conciliate them.— 81. ὁμάδῳ, well rendered hubbub 
here by Pratt and Leaf.— 82. βλάβεται, becomes confused. 83. ἐν- 
δείξομαι, only here: 70 Achilles I will declare myself ; and do the 
rest of you Argives attend and receive with favor my speech, every 
one of you.— 85. τοῦτον . . . μῦθον: The nature of the word which 
the Greeks have often said, and which he wishes now to say, is 
implied in νεικείεσκον, and is indirectly unfolded in what follows, 
but he avoids saying it directly and wanders off into a long story 
which shifts off all the blame upon the supernal powers. This 
popular censure of Agamemnon for his treatment of Achilles 
finds expression in the declamation of Thersites (ii. 239 ‘seqq.) 
and the appeal of Nestor (ix. 104 seqq.).— 86. This disposition 
to lay the blame of his own sins upon Ate and the gods is quite 


—— 


ILIAD XIX. 908 


characteristic οὐ Agamemnon. ΟἿ 11.111.--- 87. Moira and Erinnys 
are manifestly only agents and instruments of Zeus. Compare 
the passage just cited (ii. 111): Ζεύς pe μέγα Κρονίδης ἄτῃ ἐνέδησε 
βαρείῃ, and see Theol. of Gr. Poets, p. 157.— 88. ἄγριον ἄτην, wild 
Solly, or fierce madness. “Arn includes both a supernatural blind- 
ness and madness, and the fatal consequences of that madness, 
sometimes the folly and sometimes the ruin to which it leads 
being the more prominent. See Theol. of Gr. Poets, 175 seqq. 
— 90. θεός without the article is general = god, divine. power, 
numen. 
. 91. πρέσβα is predicate: August is Ate, daughter of Zeus. The 
epithet-is often applied to Heré, cf. v. 721. Ate, as a person, is a 
mysterious and awful being in the Homeric mythology—a sort 
of omnipresent and universal cause of folly and sin, mischief and 
misery—resembling in some aspects the Satan of the Hebrew 
and Greek Scriptures, with, however, many points of unlikeness. 
Compare with the story here (91-133) the very interesting myth 
in ix. 502-512, where the Acrai, the Zeus-born mediators between 
gods and men and reconcilers of men with one another, are rep- 
resented as following "Arn to repair the mischief; and see a 
résumé in Theol. of Gr. Poets, p. 176. In ἀᾶται the verbal root 
of arn is used to express the act and work of Ate in blinding or 
_ befooling men and sometimes gods. The transitive use of. the 
mid. voice is peculiar to this place. Of. ἄσατο, 95, and ix. 116.— 
92. The light and soft feet (tread) here ascribed to Ate are in 
striking contrast to ix.505, where she is said to be σθεναρή τε 
καὶ ἀρτίπος, but both are intended to set forth her power to do 
mischief.— 94. ἕτερόν ye: One at least of two contending parties, 
as in this case Agamemnon in his quarrel with Achilles. — 
95. Ζεύς, al. Ζῆν᾽, thus making doaro trans., like dara, 91 and 
129.— 97. θῆλυς ἐοῦσα, although a female.— 100. εὐχόμενος, boast- 
ing in the pride which precedes a fall.— 101, 102 = viii. 5, 6. 
Characteristic of Zeus.— 103. μογοστόκος Εἰλείθυια: Cf. xi. 270, 
where, as also 119 below, the plural implies that there are more 
- than one.—105. γενεῆς, gen. after ἄνδρα, 103. The best com- 
mentators agree that αἵματος is gen. of respect, and ἐμεῦ gen. 
after ἐξ: who of blood are sprung from me. So, again, in the par- 
allel line, 111. 
107. ψευστήσεις, you will prove false. —110. πέσῃ peta ποσσί, 
euphemism for be born.— 111. Who by blood are of (sprung from) 
your lineage.— 118. ἔκειτα, therein he was much blinded (fooled).— 


304 _ NOTES. 


115. “Apyos ᾿Αχαιϊΐϊκόν : Achaean Argos in the Peloponnesus (ii. 
559, ix. 141), in distinction from Pelasgic Argos, which was in 
Thessaly the domain of Achilles (ii. 681). The Achaean Argos 
was a special favorite of the goddess Heré (iv. 52),— ἤδη, knew 
her situation, as described in the next line.—117. ἑστήκει, had 
commenced. In the Homeric age the first half of the month was 
called μὴν ἱστάμενος, and the second half μὴν φθίνων (Od. xiv. 162, 
xix. 807).— 118. ἐκ and πρό are adverbs, both of motion, not of 
time.— ἠλιτόμηνον : Though falling short of the usual number of 
months, that is, a premature birth.— 119. σχέθε Εἰλειθυίας : Stayed 
the Eileithyiae, that is, checked her birth-pangs. The Eileithyiae 
were the attendants and servants of Heré.— 120, ἀγγελέουσα, im- 
plying a verb of motion: going in person to announce it.— 124. σὸν 
γένος, your descendant, in sarcastic allusion to 105-111. The line 
of descent meant by Zeus was Zeus, Perseus, Electryon, Alemene; 
but the trick of Heré transferred the sovereignty of Argos to 
Sthenelus, the son of Eurystheus, son of Perseus, son of Zeus, 
and even made Hercules subject to Eurystheus and the labors 
which he imposed upon him, 133.— 180. So saying he whirled her 
with his hand and cast her from the starry heaven, and quick she 
came to mingle with the deeds of men.— 132. τήν, her, sc. Ate: he 
ever bewailed her, that is, her blinding and befooling influence.— 
188. tm’... ἀέθλων: Under the labors of (imposed upon him by) 
Hurystheus.— 134, 8 αὖτε = δὴ αὖτε : when now again, i.e. in like 
manner as Eurystheus, Hector, etc. — 1386. Could not forget the 
folly by which I was first befooled. Here ἄτη falls back more into 
the impersonal sense; hence I have preferred, with La Roche, 
Diintzer, Koch, and others, to print it without the capital initial, 
which it has in the foregoing: context. 

136, 187 = ix. 119, 120, except that here Agamemnon says οὶ 
took away his senses, while there he acknowledged yielding to his 
own pernicious purposes (φρεσὶ λευγαλέῃσι mOnoas).— 140..L am 
here in person (ὅδε) to present all the gifts which Odysseus promised 
when he came yesterday (really night before last) to your tent. 
Here we have an explicit recognition of the embassy, the prof- 
fered gifts, and the efforts. at reconciliation in the Ninth Book: 
See notes xvi. 73. 86.— 144. μενοεικέα, satisfactory. 

147. Gifts, indeed — bring them if you choose, as is fit, or keep 
them — it rests with thee. According to this rendering and the 
punctuation of the text παρασχέμεν and ἐχέμεν are inf. for imp. 
But La Roche, Diintzer, Paley, and Pratt and Leaf omit the colon 


' af 
ee εν 


ILIAD XIX. 305 


after ἐχέμεν, and render: to bring gifts, etc., or keep them rests 
with thee.-—149. κλοτοπεύειν : A word of uncertain origin, found 
only here, which the ancients explain by καλολογεῖν, πολυλογεῖν, 
ἀπατᾶν, κ. τ. Ἃ. = make fair speeches, or as nearly the synonym of 
the accompanying διατρίβειν = loiter. — 150, ἄρεκτον = ἄρρεκτον, 
not done.—151 is to be connected with od xpi... διατρίβειν, and 
gives the reason why they should not waste time. —*AyAja in- 
stead of ἐμέ: in proud self-sufficiency.— 153. Thus, sc. as you see 
me slaughtering, let each one of you, remembering me and the 
work of vengeance not yet done, fight with his man (antagonist). 
μεμνημένος can mean remembering the courage and strength 
needful in battle generally. Cf. v. 263. 


Vv, 154-275, At the Advice of Odysseus the Achaeans take 
Breakfast Before they go Forth to Battle, and Briseis is 
Brought with the Gifts of Reconciliation to the Tent of 
Achilles. 

155 =1. 131.— 158. ὁμιλήσωσι often denotes a meeting and en- 
counter of enemies, as here.— 161 =ix. 706.— 163. ἄκμηνος : Schol. 
ἄγευστος : it occurs only in this book, 207, 320, 346.— 165. ἀλλά 
τε, opposed to εἴπερ, as in i. 82, may be rendered yet.— 166. βλά- 
Berar: And his knees are weakened as he goes.— 170. κάμνει, intrans. : 
nor do his limbs grow weary at all.— 172. ὄπλεσθαι only here and 
xxiii. 159, and in both with δεῖπνον ἄνωχθι: bid them prepare 
food. — 74 demonstrative: and those gifts. —176, 177 = ix. 188, 
134, with the substitution here of ἄναξ for dvOpamav.— 178. ἵλαος, 
propitious or propitiated, like a god by gifts and sacrifices. Of. 
ix. 639, where Ajax uses the same word in a like appeal to Achil- 
les.— 180. That you may not be in any respect without due satis- 
Saction.— 181. And you, O son of Atreus, will hereafter be more 
just towards another man (that is, you will learn wisdom by ex- 
perience); and indeed it is not at all a thing to be ashamed of, that 
Ὁ king should conciliate a man when one (the king) has been the 
Jirst to offend. Such is perhaps the most probable rendering of 

» a passage about which scarcely any two commentators agree 
and which not a few would solve by expunging. According 
to the above rendering ἀπαρέσσασθαι is only a more emphatic 
ἀρέσασθαι. In later Greek it means to displease. It occurs only 
here in Homer. 

. 186. For justly hast thou gone through and set in order every- 

thing. Cf. ix. 61: ἐξείπω καὶ πάντα διΐξομαι, where the Pylian 


ἘΞ θα, 
ἕω 
« Υ 


sage undertakes to do just what the wise Odysseus is said to 
have done here.—év μοίρῃ: Cf. κατὰ μοῖραν, ix. 59.— 189, τέως is 
explained by ὄφρα, x.7.X., in 190,— 191. ὅρκια . - . τάμωμεν as in 
111. 73: lit. σιεξ the sacrificial victims which bound the oath or the 
treaty (cf. 197 below); hence the expression cut a treaty. — 
195. ἀγέμεν is inf. for imp., like ἐνεικέμεν, with which it is con- 
nected. Observe the distinction in the meaning of the two 
words: bring the gifts and conduct the women.— 196. Ταλθύβιος, 
herald of Agamemnon. See references and cut in Autenrieth’s 
Lex. 

197. κάπρον: Schol. πρὸς τὰ ὁρκία τρισὶν ἐχρῶντο ᾿Αττικοί, Kd- 
πρῳ, κριῷ, ταύρῳ.--- ταμέειν, to sacrifice, lit. to cut the throats οὗ 
the victims, In iii. 103-105 the Trojans were to bring lambs for 
the Earth and the Sun (emphatically their gods in Troy), and 
the Greeks one for Zeus (their especial divinity). - Here the en- 
gagements are to be witnessed and enforced by Zeus as the 
supreme divinity, and Helios because he, looking down from 
above, sees and hears (ἐφορᾷ καὶ ἐπακούει) all things (iii. 277). 

198, 199 = 145, 146.— 200. At another time verily you ought to 
provide these things even more than you propose... bué now, ete. 
--- ἄλλοτέ περ opposed to νῦν dé.— 202. tow, subj. pres. of εἰμί for 
the usual énow.— 208. οἱ pév...tpeis δέ: But now, while they lie 
mangled, whom Hector, etc....do you two send the troops to take food. 
— 205. ὀτρύνετον, dual, referring to Agamemnon and Odysseus.— 
204 = viii. 216, xi. 300. — 207. Cf. 156, 163. — 208. When we. may 
have avenged the insult.— 209. ἰείη: An unusual form of εἶμι, shall 
come.— 212. ava... τετραμμένος, that is, with his face turned tow- ΄- 
ards the door and his feet in the vestibule, through which he ᾿ 
is to be carried out for burial. — 213. τό = διό: Cf. iii. 176. — 
— ταῦτα, sc. food and drink. 

216 = xvi. 21.—217. εἷς, thow art. The proper accent is much 
disputed. Al. eis and e’s.— 219. Cf. ix. 57, xiii. 355.— 220. ém- 
τλήτω, bear with.— 221. The te is gnomic, like a weak ro. Very 
soon do men grow sick of battle wherein the sword strews haulm 
(straw) in plenty upon the earth, but the harvesting is very scanty 
when once Zeus makes his scales turn, even he that is men’s dispenser 
of war. Pratt and Leaf. All this on the supposition that the 
troops go hungry into battle; hence the necessity of taking nour- 
ishment before a battle.— 222. χαλκός can mean either the sickle 
or the sword; there is here a play upon the word, answering to 
the double sense of καλάμην and ἄμητος. ἄμητος may mean either 


306 NOTES. 


ILIAD XIX. 307 


the harvest or the harvest-time: the harvest is very scanty, or the 
harvest-time is very short — either will suit the illustration.— 
224 = iy. 84.— 225. By fasting is not at all the way for the Greeks 
to mourn the dead ; it is not possible to honor them in that way, 
for they are dying all the while in great numbers and in thick 
succession (πολλοὶ καὶ ἐπήτριμοι), as he goes on to say.— 229. νη- 
λέα, with stout heart.— 230. wept... λίπωνται, may be left over = 
- gurvive.— 231. μεμνῆσθαι depends on χρή, 228.— 234. And let no 
one hold back, waiting for another call of the troops, for such a call 
will be evil to whoever may be left behind at the ships of the Greeks. 
— 234. ὀτρυντύς only here in Homer.— 237 = iv. 352. This prosy 
and prudent speech suits the calculating Odysseus, as well as that 
which precedes becomes the fiery and now vengeful Achilles. 

238. ὀπάσσατο, took with him, lit. caused to follow him.— 
242 = no sooner said than done, μῦθος referring to the speech of 
Odysseus and ἔργον to its execution, which immediately follows. 
Cf. Hym. Herm. 46: ἅμ᾽ ἔπος τε καὶ epyov.— 348. ὑπέστη: Cf. ix. 
122-134.— 244 —ix. 123.— 245. Cf. ix. 128.— 246. ἕπτ᾽: On the 
principle of restoring sevenfold.— 247. Cf. ix. 122.— στήσας, hav- 
ing weighed out. The Homeric τάλαντον was primarily the balance 
(xii. 433, xxii. 209), and then a weight, especially of gold. 

248. ἦρχε, led the way.— 249. ἐν μέσσῃ ἀγορῇ; for public inspec- 
tion before they were taken to the tent of Achilles, 280.— 250. A 
divine voice was an essential qualification for the herald’s office. 
— 252, 253 = 11]. 271, 272. The μάχαιρα was a sacrificial knife 
which became the βασιλεύς in his priestly, not less than the 
sword in his military or the sceptre in his kingly, office. See 
Theol. of Gr. Poets, p. 161. — 254. amo... ἀρξάμενος: Beginning 
the sacred rites with the hair of the goat, sc. by cutting it off from 
the head of the victim (iii..273) and throwing it in the fire. Cf. 
Od. xiv.422: dmapydpevos κεφαλῆς τρίχας ἐν πυρὶ βάλλεν.--- 255. ἐπ᾽ 
αὐτόφιν, in their places.— 257. εὐξάμενος : The prayer follows and 
4s.what he said, Of course the part. has substantially the mean- 
ing of the pres., though it may denote especially the beginning 

- of the prayer and so be regarded as preliminary. 

258. Ἴστω: See note 197. — 259, aié’... ὀμόσσῃ: The same 
office, sc. of punishing in the lower world men who are guilty of 
false swearing here, is referred, iii. 279 (by the use of the dual 
τίνυσθον), to two, viz. Hades and Persephone, but the Erinnyes 
are their agents.— 261. μέν = μήν.---- ἐγώ, as if ὄμνυμι were to fol- 
low instead of the ἴστω, which precedes,— 262, οὔτε is strange 


after μή: it implies a sudden change in the speaker’s mind to 
the attitude of simple asseveration. Pratt and Leaf.— εὐνῆς πρό- 
φασιν (262) and ἀπροτίμαστος (263) are also strange. It is per- 
haps the simplest solution to supply αὐτῇ after κεχρημένος : neither 
having used her for my bed (εὐνῆς mpopaow=koirns χάριν. Schol.) 
nor for any other purpose.— 263, ἀπροτίμαστος = α-προσ-μαστος, 
untouched, the antithesis of χεῖρ᾽ ἐπενεῖκαι.---- 264. With ἐπίορκον, 
@pooa is understood. — 265. Sts... ὀμόσσας: To any one, who- 
ever he may be, that sins against them (σφέ = θεούς) by swearing 
Salsely. 

266. ἀπὸ ordpaxov... τάμε: Cut off the throat. Cf. iii. 292.— 
267. τόν, Sc. κάπρον. The victim on whom a curse had been laid 
could not be eaten, and so here the Greeks cast the goat into 
the sea which was ploughed by their ships, as in iii. 310 the 
Trojans carry the lambs back to Troy to be buried in the earth. 

270. Verily thou givest (causest) great follies (acts of folly and 
madness) to men.— διδοῖσθα — διδοῖς (ix. 164), 2 pers. sing. ind.— 
272. διαμπερές, through and through = thoroughly.— 273. ἀμήχα- 
vos, intractable. — ἀλλά, instead of εἰ μή, introduces the implied 
condition of which οὐκ dy, x. τ. XA. (271-273), 15. the conclusion. 
Achilles sanctions fully the fatalistic theology of Agamemnon 
(86 seqq.).— 275. Evvdyopev “Apna = join battle. 


Vv. 276-339, The Presents are Brought into the Tent of Achil- 
les, where the Women Wail with Piercing Cries about Patro- 
clus. Achilles Refuses to take Food with the other Greeks, 
and Bitterly Bewails his Loss, -- 


276. αἰψηρήν: And he dissolved the assembly quickly dispersed 
(prolepsis), sc. by the strong and hurrying command of Achil- 
les, who had also convened them. — 277. ἐπὶ νῆα: Towards his 
ship, near which were the tents or huts, to which they sever- 
ally dispersed for their meal. So ἐπὶ νῆα, 279.— 281. ἀγέλην, the 
herd or troop of horses which Achilles had taken as booty in 
the war. 

282. And so thereupon Briseis, like to golden Aphrodite.— ἄρ᾽ = 
in the course of the foregoing events, while ἔπειτ᾽ denotes order 
of time. — 284. ἀμφ᾽ αὐτῷ χυμένη, throwing her arms about him. 
Cf. 4 above.— My’ ἐκώκυε: Wailed with piercing cries, always of 
women, and exactly descriptive of their mourning in the East. 

287. μοι δειλῇ, κι τι λ.: Most dear to the heart of me miserable.— 
290. Thus evil after (lit. out of) evil awaits me ever—291. Her 


308 NOTES. 


ILIAD XIX. 309 


husband’s name follows in 296, sc. Mynes, son of Euenus, king of 
Lyrnessus. Cf. ii. 690 seqq. — 293. τούς. .. μήτηρ: Sons of the 
same mother who gave me birth.—por dat. after pia, lit. the same 
with me. Cf. iii. 238. — 294. ὀλέθριον ἦμαρ: Cf. note xvi. 831. 
Compare Andromache’s Jament over seven brothers all slain by 
Achilles in one day, vi. 422.— 295. οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ: Cf. vi. 130. — 
296. πόλιν, Lyrnessus, see note on 291.— 297. κλαίειν depends on 
ἔασκες : you did not leave me to weep. The form of ἔασκες and 
ἔφασκες Cenotes repeated acts and expressions of the kind.— 
298. κουριδίην ἄλοχον, wedded wife (cf. i. 114), not merely the 
concubine or slave. There is no allusion elsewhere to such a 
promise of Patroclus or purpose of Achilles, but it accords with 
the sympathetic nature of Patroclus and the love for Briseis 
which Achilles expresses in ix. 343.—299. δαίσειν, from δαίνυμι, lit. 
distribute=give a marriage feast.— 300. μείλιχον αἰεί, gentle ever. 

301. ἐπί, too, i. 6. in unison.— 302. πρόφασιν: They mourned Pa- 
troclus in appearance, but in reality each their own sorrows —a 
touch of nature which has been much admired by all readers 
of the Iliad in every age. Patroclus was nothing to the other 
women, but the grief of Briseis opens the fountain of their tears, 
for they were captives too. Cf. 245.— 808. αὐτόν, himself, sc. 
Achilles as the principal person. — γέροντες = βασιλῆες, cf. 309. 
So our words senators, aldermen, etc., primarily denote age, then 
honor and office. 

305 = I beseech you, if I have any influence over any of my dear 
Sriends.— On ἐπιπείθεθ᾽ (for ἐπιπείθεται), cf. 1. 345.— 808, δύντα δ᾽ 
és ἠέλιον: Cf, 207. — Kai τλήσομαι ἔμπης: And endure it still, se. 
sad asitis. Cf. 422. 

310. The three principal men, and the three old men, of whom 
Phoenix is a special friend of Achilles, remain to comfort Achil- 
les. They are all called γέροντες in 303 and implied to be βασι- 
λῆες in 809.— 311. Νέστωρ, i. 247 seqq.; ᾿Ιδομενεύς, iv. 251 seqq.; 
Φοῖνιξ, xvi. 196.— 312. The δέ in οὐδέ has an adversative force, 
as it sometimes has by itself: but he was not at all comforted 

τ (cheered).— 313, στόμα, as we say the jaws or the teeth of war, 
pestilence, etc.— 314. pvnodpevos: The entreaties of his friends 
that he will eat only remind him how Patroclus used to spread 
his table (316, etc.), and he ceaselessly sighed, lit.drew up sighs 
and sobs, as it were, from the bottom of his heart. 

315. καὶ ov, thou also, sc. like these yépovres.— 316, λαρόν: Cf. 
xvii. 572.— παρά, before me.— 318 = iii. 132, viii. 516.— 320. ἄκμη- 


310 . NOTES. 


γον: Diintzer supplies ἔσται and renders: shall not taste. Paley 
says: “This seems precisely like our idiom, I have no heart for 
food.” — ἔνδον ἐόντων, though I have them within my tent.— 321. σῇ 
ποθῇ, through my regret for thee, σῇ being = the objective gen.— 
322. τοῦ πατρός, that father’s death, or the death of him my father, 
— 323. Cf. xvi. 11. — 324. χήτεϊ τοιοῦδ᾽ vios, for want of such a 
son ἃ5 1 am. Cf. vi. 463.— ὁ δ᾽, but I that son... am fighting.— 
325, pryedavijs, the hated Helen, as the cause or occasion of the 
war and all its woes,— 326. Or zf I should learn that he is dead 
who is brought up in Skyros, my dear son. Supply πυθοίμην ἀποφ- 
θίμενον from 822, for an acc. and part. can follow πυθοίμην as well 
as a gen. and part.— 327. This line was rejected by Aristophanes 
and Aristarchus on the ground that Neoptolemus is unknown to 
the Iliad.— 329. οἷον ἐμέ, 7 without you. As to the consistency 
of this with xviii. 326 seqq. and other expectations or premoni- 
tions of Achilles, see note ibid.— 332. ἐξαγάγοις, sc. to his home 
in- Phthia.— 333 expresses, though in a rude and simple form, 
the satisfaction which a father feels in the inheritance which 
he leaves to an only son.— 334.  ... τεθνάμεν --- if not already 
dead.— 323 shows that he really accepts the alternative which 
follows in 335, κ. τ. λ.. viz. that with but little life left he is dis- 
tressed by hateful old age and with perpetual expectation of sad 
news from me.— 336. ἐμήν = obj. gen. and ἀποφθιμένοιο ἃ: ΝῊ" 
agrees with ἐμοῦ implied in it. 

338. Cf. 301.— 339. The same principle of human nature as in 
302.— Ta... ἔλευπον, sc. wife and child.— 840 = xvii. 441.— 341= 
viii. 351.— 342. So then, my child, you altogether abandon a brave 
man.— 844, κεῖνος deictic, ὅγε emphatic: there he sits.— optus 
ράων: Sec note xviii. 3.— 346. axpyvos, 320.— ἄπαστος = ἄγευστος, 
only here in the Iliad: hungry and without a taste of foods 
348. ordtov: Cf. 38. 

349 = iv. 73.— 350. ἅρπῃ;» only here. Etymologically, a bird of 
prey. Probably a falcon; here manifestly chosen to illustrate 
only the swiftness of Athene’s: descent from heaven. — 356. 
τοί, sc. the Myrmidons. — 357. Διός limits νιφάδες according 
to Crusius = snowflakes of Zeus ; but according to Déderlein ἐκ- 
ποτέονται = fly forth from Zeus. ‘The latter gives better the force 
of ἐκ. Al. ἐκ ποτέονται.--- 358=xv. 171.— 359. λαμπρὸν γανόωσαι, 
brightly gleaming. — 362. γέλασσε: Of. Verg. ἘΠ]. vii. 55: omnia 
nunc rident.— 865, x.7.A.: And he gnashed his teeth and his eyes 
shone like a flame of fire, for deep in his heart sank a grief that was 


ILIAD XIX. 911 


not to be endured. — 365-868 were rejected as spurious by the 
Alexandrian grammarians as too savage and laughable, but were 
accepted by Wolf and approved by Heyne. — 368. Which He- 
phaestus had skilfully wrought for him, or made with toil and 
skill.—_a is governed by τεύχων. Cf. ii. 101. 

᾿ 869-3738 = 111. 380-335, xi. 17-19, xvi. 181-136.— 874. μήνης, for 
σελήνη here and xxiil.455. Same root as μήν, mensis, moon, and 
month. 

375, ἐκ movrovo—out at sea, ἐκ denoting the point of view from 
which the fire is seen by the sailors.— 377, σταθμῷ ἐν οἰοπόλῳ: 
In a lonely sheepfold, or shepherd’s quarters. Cf. Od. xvii. 20.— 
τοὺς δ᾽ οὐκ, κι τ. λ.: When the storms are bearing them against their 
will far from their friends, etc. — 879. ὥς, κι τ. Χ. : So bright was 
the armor of Achilles, and so welcome the deliverance which he 
brought to the Greeks from the peril and storm which had beset 
them. — 382. ἵππουρις, as a general epithet of the helmet, clings 
to it, though here the plume is expressly said to be of gold.— 
383. λόφον here must mean the ridge or cone, while in xviil. 612 
it means the plume itself. ips is used in both places in the sense 
of set. 

385. Whether they (the arms) fitted him and his splendid limbs 
could run in them. Most of the recent commentators insist 
that ἐφαρμόσσειε must be transitive and take Achilles as its 
subject, but this does not make so apt a sense, and the word is 

found here only in the 11ad.— 886. The arms, made by Hephaes- 
tus, were instinct with life, like the automatic tripods and hand- 
maids of gold made by the same divine artificer (xviii. 376, 417 
seqq.), and, so far from encumbering the wearer, were like wings 
to lift him up.— 387. σύριγγος, usually a shepherd’s pipe, as in x. 
13, is here a pipe-like spear-case, from which Achilles drew his 
spear. It will be remembered that Patroclus did not take the 
spear of Achilles, because none but that hero himself could wield 
it (xvi. 140 seqq.); hence the spear was not lost with the other 
arms, and so was not replaced by Hephaestus (xviii. 610 seqq.), 
and so Achilles now takes his old spear. This is all implied in 
the following lines, 8388-391, which are repeated from xvi. 141-- 
21 where see notes. 

- 392. Αὐτομέδων: Cf. xvi. 145, xvii.429.—"“Adtpos: So ΠΡ XXiv. 
474, 574, but called ᾿Αλκιμέδων, xvi. 197, xvii. 467, 475, 481, 500.— 
ἀμφιέποντες — husily. Cf. Od. iii. 118.— 393. ἀμφί, κ. τ. λ.: And 
they put about their necks the beautiful collars (neck-straps). 


an 
te 


Cf. v. 730. — For ἔσαν La Roche after two MSS. reads ἔσαν.---- 
396. ἀραρυῖαν = εὖ dpapviav.— ἐφ᾽ ἵπποιιν, upon the chariot, so 
usually in the Iliad, because the two-wheeled war-chariot rested 
so largely upon the horses. Cf. xvi. 843.— 397. ὄπιθεν: Achilles, 
as παραιβάτης (combatant), of course mounted behind the driver, 
Automedon.— 898. ἠλέκτωρ Ὑπερίων, the shining one that walks 
aloft. Pratt and Leaf. Cf. vi. 518, where the comparison is ap- 
plied to the ᾿Αλέξανδρος θεοειδής.--- 999. πατρὸς ἑοῖο, given to Pe- 
leus as aw edding- present (xvi. 867). 

400. See xvi. 149, 150. The third horse, Pedasus, τς in 
the passage just cited, being mortal, was slain in the battle (Xvi. 
468, 469).— 401. Sd ees is explained by μηδ᾽ ὡς, x. τ. A., 403: quite 
otherwise (than in the case of Patroclus) take heed to bring safe 
your driver (master) back to the Grecian host.— ἡνιοχῆα here in 
the general sense: strictly Automedon was ἡνιοχεύς and Achilles 
παραιβάτης. --- 402. ἑῶμεν, a word of doubtful derivation, which 
the Scholiasts explained as a 2d aor. of theme ἕω, and interpreted 
by πληρωθῶμεν, κορεσθῶμεν. This doubtless gives the true mean- 
ing: when we shall have got our jill of war.— 408. And do not leave 
me as you left Patroclus dead there, sc. on the battle-field.— λύπετ᾽ 
is ind., and a corresponding imp. is understood with μηδ᾽. 

404. ὑπὸ ζυγόφι, from under the yoke.— aiddos, usually of wrig- 
gling motion, like worms (xxii. 509), or shimmering, glancing, as 
weapons (iii. 83), but here only with πόδας, lively expression for 
the swift-footed horse, Xanthus.—-406 = xvii. 440, with variations, 
where see note.-—407. αὐδήεντα, capablé of articulate speech. Quite 
in harmony with the weeping of Achilles’ horses when they first 
learned the death of Patroclus (xvii. 426), and of a piece with 
the ram of Phrixus in the Odyssey and Balaam’s ass in the Old 
Testament speaking with a human voice. We may regard the 
power as given by Heré both as a distinction and a prophetic 
warning to Achilles, and taken away or checked by the Erinnyes 
(cf. 417 below) under her authority to prevent the animal from 
revealing too much. 

408. Y es, and gladly will we save thee still for the present at least. 
— 410. θεὸς μέγας, sc. Zeus. Moira and Zeus are manifestly at 
one here. See Theol. of Gr. Poets, p. 157.— 418. ὥριστος -ΞΞ 6 
ἄριστος, here Apollo, but elsewhere Zeus, as in 95 above. For 
the facts, see xvi. 804, 818 seqq.——417. The dying Hector proph- 
esies more definitely to Achilles his approaching death at the 
hands of Paris and Apollo (xxii. 359). It adds greatly to the 


312 ' NOTES. 


ILIAD XIX. 313 


heroism and moral dignity of Achilles that in the face of so 
many and such warnings he preferred death to a bereaved and 
dishonored life. 

418. This checking of the voice of the prophetic Xanthus is 
appropriate to the Erinnyes as the goddesses of destiny and the 
guardians of the established order of things. See also on 407 
above. —421. οἶδα καὶ αὐτός: Cf. xviii. 95, 96. — 422. καὶ ἔμπης: 
Cf. 308 and note there.— 423. ἄδην ἐλάσαι πολέμοιο, lit. till I have 
driven them to a satiety of war, 1. 6. given them enough of it. Cf. 
402.— 424. ἔχε in the sense of guide. So iii. 263 et passim. 


14 


ILIAD XxX. 


Θεομαχία. The appearance of the gods in person on the field 
of battle in this book justifies the title with which it has come 
down to us from antiquity, although the proper battle of the gods 
with each other does not come off till the next book. The poet 
doubtless intended this appearance of the gods to signalize the 
reappearance of Achilles on the field and to glorify the hero of 
the poem. And the reason which Zeus gives (26-30), viz. to 
equalize the strife in some measure and prevent Achilles from 
destroying the Trojan city before the appointed time, only makes 
the compliment still more extraordinary. Paley says: “This 
book is remarkable for passages, words, and phrases differing 
from the ordinary style. The latter part of it is largely made up 
of verses repeated from preceding books, and, in the opinion of 
the present editor, it has further been tampered with to some 
extent by later rhapsodists, or d:acxevacrai.” But so strange a 
scene as a battle of the gods would naturally give occasion for 
peculiarities in language, and repetitions from preceding books 
are too common in the Iliad to prove a later author. 


Vv. 1-30, While the Two Armies are Preparing for Battle Zeus 
Convokes an Assembly of the Gods, and Gives them Leave 
‘to Take Part in the Strife on whichever Side they severally 
Choose, that Achilles may not Destroy the City contrary to 
Fate before the Time. 
1. ὥς, transitional. Cf. xviii. 1.—Kopevior, curved. Cf, xviii. 3: 
. ὀρθοκραιράων, and note there. Cognate with curvus, corvus, 
κόραξ, cornu, corona, coronis, cornice. —2. σέ, apostrophe. Cf. 
xvi. 20 and note there. The other Grecian heroes quite disap- 
pear in the splendor of Achilles as he shines out in this last 
battle of the Iliad, which occupies the three following books.— 
3= xi. 56.—The θρωσμῷ πεδίοιο is mentioned also x. 60, and 
located near the ships of the Greeks. xxi. 1 seqq. shows that 
the battle was on the other side of the Scamander from the city. 
4, Θέμιστα: It is the office of Themis to convene assemblies, 


me! - 


ILIAD XX. 315 


whether of gods or men, to preserve order in them, and to dis- 
solve them (Od. ii. 69).— 5. κρατὸς am’, x.7.X., limits κέλευσε and 
denotes the place whence the command was issued, and whither 
also the gods were to convene, viz. the palace of Zeus on the 
summit or highest peak of Mt. Olympus, Cf. 6 and 10 below.— 
7. The presence of all the gods, Oceanus alone excepted, illus- 
‘trates the greatness of the hero and the occasion. Oceanus is 
excepted perhaps because of his remoteness from Mt. Olympus 
and the Trojan war, or, as the Scholiasts say, because his pres- 
ence on Mt. Olympus is unbecoming his age and rank as the 
oldest of the gods and the γένεσις of them (xiv. 201), and of all 
other beings and things (xiv. 246). The Scholiasts say his pres- 
ence would have prevented the battle of the gods.— 11. Compare 
the ξεστῇς αἰθούσῃσιν, in the palace of the luxurious Paris, vi. 948, 
—évifavov: This reading of Aristarchus, adopted by Bekker and 
followed by La Roche, Faési-Franke, Koch, etc., certainly suits 
the connection better than ἐφίζανον of Dindorf and the common 
editions.. The gods seated themselves 1Ν the porticoes hewn out 
of stone, which Hephaestus, with cunning thoughts, had made for 
jather Zeus. 

18. Διὸς ἔνδον --- ἐν Διὸς δώμασι, like the French chez.— 14. νηκού- 
στησε, only here.— ἦλθε: “ Poseidon came at last.” Diintzer.— 
16. Τίπτ᾽ αὖτ᾽: An impatient question, beginning like that of the 
angry and chafing Achilles (1. 202).—17. ἦ tt... peppnpies: 
Are you agitating some question.—18. For their war and battle 
now burns nearest, whether in time = just ready to break out, or in 
place = nearest by, or in feeling and interest, i. e. most Ἀπράκίν con- 
cerns us, scholars differ. 

21. ὧν ἕνεκα, explanatory of βουλήν ΞΞ- τὰ ὧν evera=for what 
purpose.— μέλουσί, sc. the Trojans, as we see below, 26 5666. ΞΕ. 
am concerned for them (the Trojans), although they are perishing. 
— 23. Zeus never appears in person to participate in human 
affairs, like the inferior deities.— 25 countermands the prohibi- 
tion (viii. 10 seqq.).— 27. οὐδὲ μίνυνθ᾽ : Wot even for a little while 

% will they hold (out against).— 80. See the Introduction to this 
book.— ὑπὲρ μόρον, al. ὑπέρμορον --- ὑπὲρ μοῖραν, 336. Ad rem, see 
note xvi. 440-443. 


316 - NOTES. - 


Vv. 31-74. Heré, Pallas, Poseidon, Hermes, and Hephaestus 
Hasten to Help the Greeks; Ares, Apollo, Artemis, Leto, 
Xanthus, and Aphrodite, the Trojans, A Fierce Battle En- 
sues, Jupiter Thunders and Poseidon Shakes the Earth, 

- 83. pet ἀγῶνα νεῶν: See Autenrieth. The same five deities 

who here place themselves on the side of the Greeks have been 

already named as on that side (xv. 213 seqq.), and the first three 
of them have clearly manifested their sympathy and support; 
while Ares, Phoebus, and Aphrodite have been equally pro- 
nounced on the other side, and Leto and Artemis showed their 
sympathy by healing the wounded Aeneas. Gladstone remarks 
(Hom. Stud. vol. ii. § 3) that all the gods whose names are com- 
mon to the Greek and Latin languages take the Trojan side, and 
he thinks that these were originally Pelasgic divinities.— 35. Who 
excels in sagacious thoughts.— ἔπί is here followed by a dative of 
that a or for which he is distinguished, The preposition is 
more frequently omitted after caivuyyar.—37—xvill. 411.— 38. The 
verb is to be supplied from 32.. Ares has the epithet κορυθαίολος 

(most frequently applied to Hector), only here; and ἀκερσεκόμης, 

of unshorn locks, is not found either in the Iliad or Odyssey except 

here. Xanthus in 40 is, of course, the river-god, called Xanthus 

by gods, and by men Scamander, 74. 

42. τόφρα, al. τεῖος. --- κύδανον, exulted, intransitive only here.— 
43 = xviii. 248, xix. 46.— 44 =vii. 215.— 46 = xvii. 214, xviii. 510 
et al.—48. “Epis: See the splendid description of this goddess, 
iv. 440-445.— 49. ὁτὲ μέν . . . ἄλλοτ᾽ = sometimes...at other times. 
See note xviii. 599. στᾶσα is to be understood with ἄλλοτε also. 
— 50. ἀκτάων, sc. the Rhaetean and Sigean promontories between 
which the ships were drawn up (xiv. 36). Shouts from these 
promontories and from the wall overhanging the trench, which the 
Grecians had built to protect their ships and camp (vii. 837 seqq., 
448 seqq.), would reach the whole army. — 52. ὀξύ, with sharp 
(penetrating) voice.— κατ᾽ ἀκροτάτης πόλιος, down from the high- 
est part of the city.— 53. The use of the dative after the preposi- 
tions with a participle expressing motion has so troubled editors 
that some have read θεῶν instead of θέων. But the idea of shout- 
ing is more prominent than that of running, and that may ex- 
plain the use of the dative. 

55. σύμβαλον --- committunt: they bring together in battle. More 
frequently it is intrans.: they join battle. So ῥήγνυντο, usually 


δ. 
= 


3 


ILIAD XX. 317 


intrans., here has a causative sense = caused to break forth.— 
56-60. Extraordinary commotions in the air, the sea, and the 
earth have always been regarded by the common people, espe- 
cially in the early ages, as premonitions of great changes and 
events in human life, and so have become the natural language 
of prophecy in foretelling such events, Cf. Isa. xiii. 10, Matt. 
xxiv. 29, Luke xxi. 25. ; 

61-66. Longinus (Περὶ Ὕψους, 8. 9) has quoted this passage as 
a remarkable example of the sublime in poetry, and Vergil (Aen. 
viii. 241 seqq.) has imitated it.—61. évépgy =inferorum. The 
realm of Hades and the abode of the dead is here represented as 
beneath, under the earth. See also viii. 13-16. In Od. x. 504— 
515 and xi. 1 seqq. the entrance to that world is located beyond 
Oceanus in the West. These representations do not necessarily 
conflict.— 64. οἰκία is sulject of φανείη : and his abode should be laid 
open to mortals and immortals.— 68, ἵστατ᾽, mid. voice: set him- 
self.— 69. ᾿Εἰνυαλίοιο, in xvii. 211 an epithet, is here a substantive, 
the name of Ares as representing the din of battle, which is 
also frequently ascribed to an attendant of Ares, called ’Evvo.— 
γλαυκῶπις ᾿Αθήνη: See note xviii. 239.— 70. For these epithets 
of Artemis, see note xvi. 183. — 72. σῶκος, saviour, only here. — 
ἐριούνιος, helpful, used also as a substantive xxiv. 440. <A third 
epithet of Hermes, ἀκάκητα, averter of evil, occurs xvi. 185, where 
see note.— 74. See note at 38. 


Vv. 75-109, Apollo, in the Form of Lycaon, Son of Priam, Stirs 
up Aeneas to Fight with Achilles, 

δ. ot μέν, correlative to αὐτάρ: thus they, on the one hand, went 

gods against gods, while, on the other hand, Achilles longed to enter 


the conflict against Hector.— 7. τοῦ limits αἵματος : with his blood. 


— 78 = νυ. 289. Observe how these characteristic lines as well as 
epithets stick to gods as well as men.— ταλαύρινον πολεμιστήν, 
the shield-bearing god of war.— 82 shows that Apollo assumed 
the form as well as the voice of Lycaon.— 83. Where are your 
boastful promises which you made to the Trojan chiefs over your 
cups.— 84 shows that ἀπειλαί here has the sense, not of threats, 
but of boasts or boastful promises. 

87, ταῦτα, thus, or these things, viz. to fight against Achilles, — 
91. βουσὶν . . . ἡμετέρῃσιν: A herd of cattle is feminine. Aeneas, 
though a prince, tends cattle.— 92. Mr. Clarke, in his Report on 
the Investigations at Assos, identifies Assos with the Homeric 


7 =a 
δ. 
“ 


2 


318 . NOTES. 


Pedasus (Paper of Archaeol. Inst. of Amer. i. p. 60 seqq.). Of. I. 
vi. 84, xxi.87. “The ending of Péd-asos may be recognized in 
Assos. It means ‘dwelling,’ ‘town,’ being connected with the 
Sanscrit vas, to dwell (whence, through vdstu, the Greeks got 
their astu, ‘town’), and occurs, as Fligier has shown, in old 
town-names from India to Dacia” (Prof. R. C. Jebb, in Fortnightly 
Review, April, 1883, “A Tour in the Troad”). 

94. ἢ κ᾽ ἐδάμην: Hise I should have been slain.— 96. «Λέλεγας: 
Of. x. 429.— 97. τῷ, therefore, as shown by this instance.— 98. πάρα 
Ξ- πάρεστι. Observegthe accent.— 99. καὶ δ᾽ ἄλλως: And also, 
aside from this (the help of the gods), his own spear flies straight 
on.— 100 seqq. But if the god for his part would hold even the 
balance (lit. end, issue) of war, i. e. be an impartial umpire. 

104, καὶ σύ: You say that one of the gods is always present 
with Achilles: do you also pray to the gods, and see if they will 
not come to your assistance.— 105. καὶ δέ -- καὶ γάρ: And well 
you may, for they say that you, etc.— 107, ἁλίοισ γέροντος, sc. Ne- 
reus, an ancient sea-god, who, under Poseidon, ruled the Med- 
iterranean. It is an interesting fact that in modern Greek water 
is called vepl, probably a relic of the ancient language, which, 
though lost in Greek literature, is preserved in the popular 
speech. — 108. ἰθύς, right at him. 


Vv. 110-155. Heré Calls Poseidon and Athene to the Suonae 
of Achilles; but at the Advice of Poseidon the Gods on 
both Sides Withdraw for the Present from Participation in 
the Fight. 


114, στήσασα = καλέσασα, which some editors would adopt as 
the true reading.— 117. ὅδε, here goes Aeneas.— 120. αὐτόθεν can de- 
note either time or place, like our on the spot—=hence or henceforth, ἡ 
i, 6. immediately.— ἤ, or else.— 121. μηδέ τι,κ. 7.d.: Nor let him be 
wanting in any respect in spirit. The verb is regularly followed 
by a gen., and θυμοῦ is preferred here by Déderlein and others. 
— 122. 8 = ὅτι.---- 123. οἱ δ᾽ αὖτ᾽ ἀνεμώλιοι: And that they, on the 
other hand, are empty (powerless) as the wind.— 125. ἀντιόωντες, 
fut. denoting purpose — to take part.— 126. ἵνα, κι τ. Χ. : The mo- 
tive here assigned by Heré is quite different from that expressed 
by Zeus, 26 seqq., and hence these lines were rejected by the 
Alexandrian critics. But it is no uncommon thing for this illus- 
trious couple to differ in their views and feelings|— 127,128. Cf. 
xxiv. 209, 210. The same sentiment is expressed in the same 


ILIAD XX. 319 


words, with variations, in regard to the hero of the Odyssey (vii. 
197, 198) — one of many similar arguments which Mure adduces 
in proof of the one-authorship of the two poems. It will be seen 
that the passage implies that Atoa (Κατακλῶθές τε βαρεῖαι. Od. 
vii. 197) spins out his destiny for every man at his birth, that this 
destiny may be delayed for a time by the gods, but that, sooner or 
later, he must experience whatever has thus been allotted to him, 
γεινομένῳ agrees with οἱ, and λίνῳ is dat. of manner or means.— 
131. χαλεποί, κ. τ. A. = χαλεποὶ δὲ θεοὶ φαινόμενοι ἐναργεῖς: For 
the gods are terrible when they appear in their real forms (lit. 
clearly visible). Of. Od. vii. 201, xvi. 161, where we have the 
analogous sentiment that the gods are not thus clearly visible 
to ordinary mortals in ordinary circumstances. 

133. Do not be vexed beyond reason ; it is not at all proper,— 
134, ξυνελάσσαι, to bring together the gods in strife. So ξυνέηκε 
in 1. 8.— 135 = viii. 211, where it suits the connection, as it does 
not here.— ἡμέας τοὺς ἄλλους, if permitted to stand, is in apposi- 
tion with θεούς. --- 1386. ἔπειτα, hereafter, as in xv. 49,— 187. ἐκ 
πάτου goes With κιόντες : let us go out of the way to a post of obser- 
vation (a rock or hill; ef. Lat. scopulus) and sit down.—Last half 
of 187 =vi. 492.—138. ἄρχωσι, plur. instead of sing.: the so-called 
schema Alemanicum. Al. dpynor.—139. οὐκ after εἰ, because οὐκ 
εἰῶσι = forbid.— 140. καὶ ἄμμι, on our side also— παρ᾽ aitédr = 
παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς : among them, i. 6. against them.— 142. ὁμήγυριν, ἅπαξ 
eip. — 143. ἀναγκαίηφι: So all the recent editions. Crusius reads 
dvayxaing., Heyne ἀνάγκῃ ἶφι. Render perforce. 

144, κυανοχαίτης, Dark-hair, an epithet of the god, used as his 
name. So γαιήοχος, ΧΥ. 174; ἐνοσίχθων, xiii.10. Cf. 69.—145, ἀμ- 
φίχυτον, ἅπαξ cip.: made of earth heaped up around. This earth- 
work fortress, on the plain near the sea (148), was raised by the 
Trojans, under the direction of Athene, as a refuge and defence 
of Hercules when he undertook to save Hesione, daughter of 
Laomedon, from the sea-monster sent by Poseidon to punish 
that king for withholding the promised pay (the famous horses 
of Tros) for building the primeval walls of Troy. — 147. That 
fleeing away before it he might escape the sea-monster.— τό, demon- 
strative: that well-known.— 151. ἑτέρωσε implies a verb of mo- 
tion: but they, the gods on the Grecian side, went in the other 
direction and sat down on the brow of Kallicolone (the Beautiful 
Hill). The gods on the Trojan side seem to have occupied a 
position near the shore, and those on the Grecian side ἃ well- 


320 NOTES. 


known (50) rise of ground farther out in the plain.— 152. Apollo 
is apostrophized and addressed by the same epithet (xv. 365).— 
ἤϊε is usually explained as archer: Autenrieth renders gleaming 
with a query. Diintzer writes ἥϊε.---- πτολίπορθον, only here an 
epithet of Ares.— 153. ot μέν, the inferior deities on both sides 
in antithesis to Zeus, who sat on high and directed the battle, 
155. 


Vy. 156-258, Aeneas and Achilles Encounter each other, and 
the latter Taunts the former with having already Fled 
before him, while the former Boasts at great Length his 
Superior Divine Lineage, 

156. τῶν, the combatants on both sides.— 157. κάρκαιρε;, ἅπαξ 
eip. : Onomatopoetic, like our crack, and “reduplicated like 
μαρμαίρω, μορμύρω, πορφύρω, cpa βάρβαρος, βόρβορος." La 
Roche. — 161. ἀπειλήσας, here with threatening aspect, as de- 
scribed in the next two lines.—165. καὶ ἄνδρες, men also. καί 
refers to σίντης, and denotes a correspondence between the 
ferocity of the lion and that of the men who are eager to kill 
him.— 166. πᾶς δῆμος, a whole district (deme), is an explanatory 
and emphatic appositive to ἄνδρες. --- ἀτίζων, unheeding. ἅπαξ 
eip. — 168. ἐάλη; κ. τ. Δ. : Then with open mouth he gathers himself 
up (for a spring), and his teeth are covered with foam, and in his 
breast his brave heart groans (is impatient for vengeance), — 
169. ἐν κραδίῃ here, like ἐνὶ φρεσίν, xvi. 242, xix. 169, denotes 
the physical part or vital organ, and ἦτορ the heart or spirit that 
throbs in it.— 172. γλαυκιόων, ἅπαξ εἰρ. : With glaring eyes rushes 
right on in his might. This is the most detailed and vivid de- 
scription of the lion ὧν simile in all the Iliad, and it illustrates 
the ‘“lion-hearted ” hero of the Iliad. 

176 ΞΞ 11. 15, vi. 121. Speeches like these of Achilles and 
Aeneas are common in the battles and single combats of the 
Iliad, as they were in those of the Middle Ages, 6. g. Diomed 
and Glaucus (vi. 122 seqq.), Ajax and Hector (vii. 225 seqq.), 
Aeneas and Meriones (xvi. 616 seqq.); and, as a general fact, the 
Grecian hero begins, and then the Trojan far exceeds him in the 
war of words. K6ppen, ad loc., remarks that this is a feature 
drawn from real life among uncultivated people, who rarely 
have a fight without a war of words first between the com- 
batants. 

178. Why have you, after having traversed so much of the field. 


", = me 


ILIAD XX. 321 
(lit. army), taken a stand.— 180. ἀνάξειν may take either a dat. or 
a gen., and here seems to be followed by both: that you shall 
rule the horse-taming Trojans in the kingdom (lit. honor), viz. that 
of Priam ?— 182. γέρας -- τιμήν : the royal dignity.— 183. And he 
is still of strong mind and not infirm of purpose.— 184. τέμενος, a 
domain set apart for kings and princes (vi. 194, ix. 578 seqq.).— 
185. Beautiful for planting, i. e. orchard and vineyard, and for 
tillage.— 186. ai κεν ἐμὲ κτείνῃς depends on ὄφρα νέμηαι.---Ὑ πα 
Achilles says (179-186) of Aeneas’ prospects for the succession. 
to Priam’s throne, and which perhaps implies some jealousy be- 
tween the family of Priam and Anchises, should be taken in. 
connection with the genealogy of the two families as given by 
Aeneas, 215-241.— 187. Cf. 90.— φοβῆσαι, put you to flight. 
188. βοῶν ἄπο, from the care of the herds (cf. 91). Aeneas and 
Paris are often mentioned as having care of cattle.— 189. ceva, 
chased.— 191. Achilles is only repeating all along here the same 
story which Aeneas had told of himself, in somewhat varied 
language, 89-93.— 198. And led the women captive, among them 
Briseis (xix. 295 seqq.).— 198 = xvi. 831 (except the first word), 
where sce note. — 196-198 = xvii. 30-32. The proverb, A fool 
knows a thing after and only after it is done, is found substan- 
tially everywhere. See xvii. 32 and note there.-—197. ἵστασ᾽, 
pres. imp.: don’t be standing.— 198. πρίν . . . παθέειν depends on 
tévat. 

200. νηπύτιον, dim. of νήπιον. --- 201. δειδίξεσθαι, trans. here, as 
also iv. 184, xiii: 810: frighten away. — 202. αἴσυλα, unjust, from 
ἄ-ισος, Autenrieth; or shameful, from αἰδώς, Diintzer.— 904, πρό-, 
khur... ἔπεα, the famous stories: sagas, epics.— ἀκούοντες — ἀκού-. 
σαντες: With more of the idea of continual hearing.— 205. ὄψει, 
by sight, opposed to ἴδμεν, 203. The triviality of these details 
and their tediousness to the impatient Achilles have led many 
critics to reject them. But is not the whole speech intended to 
be a sort of burlesque or travesty of that fondness for talk, boast- 
ing,and display which is characteristic of the Trojans, which is 

τ᾽ seen in so many of the epithets applied to them by the poct, and 
reflected even in the English use of the word hector ?— 207. ado- 
σύδνης; daughter of the sea. ΟἿ. 107. -- 208, 209 =v. 247, 248.— 
208. vids, predicate after ἐκγεγάμεν, in place of efvar.— 210. Now 
surely one at least of these two couples will weep to-day.— 213, 21=4 
vi. 150,151. The conclusion ig to be supplied: listen, or, I will 
tell you. 

14* 


322 NOTES. 


215. αὖ, as if this were only a part of a more extended geneal- 
ogy. Of. ad in 219, 231, 236.. Some authorities, ancient and mod- 
ern, read ἄρ, and Franke makes αὖ here = then. Royal families, 
and royalty itself, have their origin in Jove, the father of gods 
and men. Compare the descent of Agamemnon’s sceptre through 
three generations from Zeus, ii. 100 seqq.— 216. We see from this 
that Dardania was the mother-city, of which Troy was the 
daughter, and that Dardania was situated among the roots and 
spurs of Mt. Ida, while Troy was situated on the plain—which 
accords with the site of Hissarlik, the scene of Schliemann’s 
excavations, but not with that of Bunarbashi, where scholars 
of the last generation, except Grote, have been disposed to 
locate the Ilios of Homer. —“Id\tos ipy: Observe the termina- 
tion and the gender; Ἴλιον, neuter, is found in Homer only in 
2 ty © 

217. πεπόλιστο: Iiad not yet been built, more literally, had not 
become a city. Cf. vii. 453.— 221. τοῦ, gen. of the possessor.— 
τρισχίλιαι: No wonder Troy is called εὔπωλος (cf. v. 551, xvi. 576), 
an epithet which is applied to no other city. The horses of Tros 
also are famous, two of which were driven by Aeneas himself. 
(v. 265 seqq.).— 223. τάων: Some of these, not all, as the sequel 
shows. — καὶ Βορέης, Boreas also, sc. among others. Compare 
Vergil’s mares: sine ullis Conjugiis vento gravidae! (Georg. iii. 
274). 

224. παρελέξατο, covered them. The word is borrowed from 
human intercourse.— 227. They ran over the topmost ears of 
corn and did not break them down. — 229. ῥηγμῖνος, the surf.— 
230. Tros is the eponymous hero who gave his name to the peo- 
ple, Τρῶες, and their country, Tpoin, as Ilus (232) did to Ἴλιος, 
and some think also Priam to Pergamus.— 2384. καί, even. Gany- 
medes was translated, but for his beauty, not his goodness,— 
237. Tithonus also had the doubtful honor of a kind of apothe- 
osis, being wedded to the goddess "Has (xi. 1).— 238 = iii. 147. 
Lampus, Clytius, and Hiketaon appear in the place just cited with 
Priam and other elders of the people, who are too old to fight, 
on the tower of Ilios; in the Fifteenth Book, one after another, 
they each of them lose a son slain in battle (xv. 419-421, 525- 
543, 576-578); and here, for the first time, we learn definitely 
that they are all sons of Laomedon and brothers of Priam. 
Such correspondences link together even the’ so-called Achil- 
leid and Iliad, and indicate their substantial unity. — 240, So 


ILIAD XX. 323 


Aeneas and Hector are both great-great-grandsons of Tros, and 
were of the fifth generation from Dardanus, the founder of the 
royal lines of Dardania and Troy. <Assaracus, Capys, Anchises, 
and Aeneas were sovereigns of Dardania after the separation, and 
the Dardanians are always spoken to or of as not mere allies of 
the Trojans, but in a closer relation (ii. 819, iii. 456). We cannot 
think that Homer would have indulged so often and at such 
length in genealogical and historical details like these if they 
had not been traditions accepted as facts in his own day. 
_ 244, λεγώμεθα, subj. pres.: let us no longer be talking thus.— 
247, Not even a ship of a hundred benches of rowers could carry the 
load. Of course such a ship is mere imagination and hyperbole 
— as much so as the animal ten thousand stadia in length, imag- 
ined and used for illustration by Aristotle in his Politics.— The 
word ἑκατόζυγος is manufactured for the occasion, Aencas imag- 
ines that Achilles is as great a talker as himself.— 248. ἔνι, for 
ἔνεισι, according to Paley, but according to Autenrieth for simple 
εἰσί.--- 249. νομός: And there is a wide range (field) of. words this 
way and that (on both sides), — 251. ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα, cognate 
acc. after νεικεῖν = to multiply strifes and reproaches. So also 
πόλλ᾽ ἐτεά after νεικεῦσ᾽, 254.— 252. ὥστε, lit. and so = as, or like. 
— 253. Who angry about a heart-corroding quarrel.— aire also lit. 
and they = who. — 255. Many things true and also not true. — 
καὶ τά, sc. even these, sc. the not true.—In view of the endless 
repetitions and the trivialities of these lines editors pretty gener- 
ally agree in regarding 244-255 as an interpolation by a later 
and inferior hand.— 257. @accov — an emphatic quick. 


Vv. 259-352. Overcome after a Brief Conflict with Achilles, 
Aeneas is Delivered by Poseidon, because he is not Fated 
to Die yet. 

259. ἐν with the dative implies that the spear stuck in the 
shield, which is expressly said in 272.— 265. pytd? agrees with 
δῶρα: are not easy to. be overpowered, etc.— 268. χρυσός perhaps 

- stands for the whole = the golden shield.—8épa θεοῖο: The plur. 
used for the sing. with perhaps some generalizing (cf. θεῶν δῶρα, 

265) and emphasizing force.— 269. ἔλασσε, sc. Aeneas drove his 

spear through two folds,— αἱ δ᾽ ap’ ἔτι τρεῖς: But then, as you know, 

there were still three more of them. ai τρεῖς =rév (SC. πτυχῶν) τρεῖς. 

— 270. πέντε πτύχας: xviii. 481.— ἤλασε, had beaten out. Used 

of the smith’s hammering in vii. 223 also. — κυλλοποδίων: Cf. 


με... 


xvili. 571.--- Critics from Aristarchus down have very generally 
rejected 269-272 as a clumsy attempt at explanation by a later 
hand, improbable in itself, since it places the gold layer where it 
would be neither ornamental nor useful, and hardly consistent 
with the true meaning of 268, which it attempts to explain. 

274 — iii. 8347.— 275. Near the outermost rim, where the bronze 
ran the thinnest, and the oxhide lay thinnest upon it.— For πρώτην 
instead of πυμάτην, see πρώτῳ ῥυμῷ, vi. 40, and for θέε, used of 
metallic structure, cf. vi. 118, 320.— 277. ἸΠηλιὰς pedin: Cf. xvi. 
143.— 278. ἐάλη, crouched, and lifted the shield away from himself. 
Cf. 261. — 280. ἱεμένη goes with ὑπὲρ νώτου and ἔστη with ἐνὶ 
yain: and so the spear, flying over his back, stood in the ground.— 
Sua... . ἕλε — διεῖλε : cut through, though διά can be regarded as 
a prep. = took its way through.— ἀμφοτέρους, both, sc. the bronze 
and the leather, 275, 276.— 283. ταρβήσας agrees with the subject 
of ἔστη.--- 8, that = because.— 284 repeated below, 442.— 285, 287 
= v. 802-804.— 288, 289, 290 = xvi. 411, vi. 16, and xvi. 828, with 
variations. The commonplace of Homeric battles.— 292. perd, 
mid = among. 

293. μοι axos,x.7.A.: J am grieved for, etc.— 294. “Aidécde = 
“Aidos δόμονδε.--- κάτεισιν, future sense, like εἶσιν and our goes, or 
is going.— 296. οὐδέ = οὐ γάρ: for he, sc. Apollo, will not at all 
avert from him sad death.— 298. Without cause, for the troubles of 
others, sc. those of Priam and Paris, with which Aeneas had no 
personal concern and little sympathy: he is even represented as 
angry with Priam (xiii. 460; cf. 182 above). Bentley, approved 
by La Roche and others, suggests ἀτέων instead of ἀχέων --Ξ- for 
the sins of others.— 300. ἡμεῖς πέρ, let us, however.— 302. μόριμον, 
elsewhere μόρσιμον. --- 808, ἄσπερμος, ἅπαξ cip.: without seed = 
without posterity.— ἄφαντος, extinct.— 305. Cf. 215. According 
to Apollodorus, Dardanus was the son of Zeus and Electra, a 
daughter of Atlas. — 306. ἤχθηρε, ingressive aor.: has come to 
hate, and so will destroy.— 307, 808, The poct has very likely 
here invested with the form of prophecy an actual fact, and per- 
haps he had himself sung as a minstrel in the court of the chil- 
dren’s children of Aeneas. Mitford takes παίδων παῖδες literally, 
and infers that Homer lived in the fourth gencration after the 
Trojan war. According to Strabo (xiii. 1) a family of Aeneadae 
retained, at Gergis in the Troad, a memory of their bygone roy- 
alty in the priestly functions, which they were still allowed to 
exercise in the time of Aristotle. Vergil, of course, follows an- 


324 NOTES. 


ILIAD XX. 395 


other myth or another interpretation of this in his Aeneid, iii. 
97 seqq. 

309. βοῶπις: See note xviii. 239.— 311. ἐρύσσεαι, Lat. servabis. 
— 312 is wanting in the best MSS., and 311 is sufficiently com- 
plete and more spirited without it, ἐάσεις in that case meaning 
simply leave him, let him go to his doom.— 814. ἐγὼ καὶ Παλλάς: 
The first person regularly precedes the third in Greek.— 315, ἐπί 
simply adds emphasis to ἀλεξήσειν, as in ἐπαμύνειν, and the verb 
governs the acc, and dat.— 315-317 = xxi. 374-376.— 316. δάη- 
rat is aor. mid. subj. of δαίω.---- 317. For δαιομένη, δαίωσι, the most 
and best authorities have in xxi. 376 καιομένη, Kaiwot, Which is 
much the more suitable reading. La Roche. 

320. ὁ κλυτὸς ᾿Αχιλλεύς, that esse ions Achilles.— 321. τῷ μέν 
is opposed to ὁ δέ, the antithesis, however, being between the 
acts rather than the persons.— ἀχλύν, Lat. caligo, a mist.— 322. ὃ 
δέ is, of course, Poseidon. According to 276-279 the spear of 
Achilles, after piercing through the shield of Aeneas, stood fixed 
in the ground. We may suppose that the shaft of the spear still 
remained in the shield, while the point pinned the shield to the 
ground, and that the god now drew the spear both from the 
ground and from the shield, although the latter cnly is men- 
tioned, as the main point is the release of Aeneas’ shield.— 
325. And lifting him aloft from the ground he threw him, whither 
and to what effect is stated in the lines which follow.— 327. θεοῦ 
ἀπὸ χειρὸς ὀρούσας: And raised (shot) from the hand of the god. 
329. From x. 429 we learn that the Caucones were encamped 
with the Leleges, the Pelasgi, etc., by the sea,i.e.in the wing of 
the army, which accords with 328 here. 

332. atéovta, foolhardy. Found only here.— 336. ὑπὲρ μοῖραν: 
See note 30 above.— 342. μέγ᾽ ἔξιδεν: He saw out (looked forth 
from the mist) greatly, i.e. with large eyes expressive of astonish- 
ment. 

344, τόδε: A great wonder this (or here) my eyes behold. So 
345 rode is demonstrative — here.— 347. So then Aeneas also.— 

: 348. μὰψ αὕτως, brought together for emphasis to suit the inten- 
sity of Achilles: without reason utterly. The frequent recurrence 
of the transitional and adversative particles ἀτάρ, αὐτάρ, ἀλλά, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγε, ἐρρέτω, ἀλλὰ .. . ἐρρέτω, etc., is characteristic of the 
speeches of Achilles, See the two speeches here and the longer 
one, ix. 307-429. 


326 NOTES. 


Vv. 3853-418, Achilles Rouses the Greeks to Battle and Hector 
the Trojans; but Apollo Holds back Hector himself from 
Attacking Achilles, who Leaps in among the Trojans and 
Slays many of them. 


353. He said, and sprang towards the ranks, sc. of the Greeks.— 


957. πὔὐσούοϑ᾽ demonstrative and intensive: so many men here. 
So τοσσῆσδ᾽, 359: so great a line of battle as this.— 859, ἐφέποι 
στόμα, lit. assail the throat, or, as some take the figure, enter the 
jaws.— πονέοντο for μάχοιτο, aS πόνος often for payn.— 362. But I 
am going right through the line of the enemy. 

365. Commanded the Trojans with loud shouts and said (boasted) 
that he was going against Achilles. — 367. ἐπέεσσι: Hector, like 
Aeneas, thinks others are as valiant in words as he is himself. 
Cf. 244 seqq. It is a conscious weakness of the Trojan heroes, 
which they try to conceal by imputing it to others.— 368. The 
superiority of gods to men, not in goodness, but in might, is a 
proverb, almost a byword, in Homer. Cf. x. 557, xxi. 264 et pas- 
‘sim. — 369. Cf. xix. 107. — 370. τελέει is fut. and κολούει pres. : 
he will accomplish some, and some he breaks off (cuts off) in the 
middle, i.e. leaves unaccomplished. Some regard both verbs as 
aoristic present. — 371. τῷ: The gen. commonly follows ἀντίος, 
and La Roche reads rov here with the support of some good 
authorities. 422 has the dat. after dyrios.— 371, 372. The repeti- 
tion (epanalepsis) is very emphatic, perhaps a little rhetorical. 
Fire stands here as the emblem of the destroyer, and iron as the 
symbol of unyielding strength. 

874. τῶν includes both armies. — 376. Wo longer continue to 
“Sight with Achilles at all in advance of others.— 377. But receive 
him among the mass of common soldiers and from the roar of bat- 
tle. — 885. Tmolus was a mountain near Sardes, and “Y8n was 
afterwards perhaps Sardes itself.— 389. Ketoo, you lie fallen.— 
390. ἐνθάδε, here far away from your birthplace and home — such 
is the point of the sarcasm.— 391. The Gygeian lake was near 
Sardes. The Hyllus wasa branch of the Hermus, which emptied 
into what is now the Gulf of Smyrna. We cannot but be struck 
with the minuteness of geographical detail here and above, 885. 
If not born at Smyrna the poet was.certainly familiar with the 
geography of that section.— τέμενος : Cf. 184. 


394. Iphition the Greeks cut in two with their chariot wheels in — 


the forefront of the battle, and Achilles, over him, pierced, ete.— 


ILIAD XX. 397 


398-400 = xii. 184-186, also xi. 96-98, with slight variations.— 
401 = xi. 423, except the name. — καθ᾽ ἵππων ἀΐξαντα, having 
leaped down from his chariot. — 402 =v. 56.— 404. jpvyev, aor, 
in a simile, as if the illustration were a fact and not a mere illus- 
tration, —“EAikévov, an epithet of Poseidon, probably derived 
from Helice in Achaia, where that god was especially honored 
and worshipped.— ἀμφί, about the altar of Poseidon, where the 
god himself is conceived to be present.— 405. tots, these honors. 
— 406. tévy and ὀστέα, accusatives of the whole and the part. 

408. oT... εἴασκε, never suffered, i. 6. always tried to prevent. 
— 409. veotaros ... γόνοιο, the youngest of his offspring.— 411. At 
this time, now in his childish pranks, showing off his accomplish- 
ments in the use of his feet. — 413. μέσσον: Cf. at xvi. 623. — 
414. In his back as he was darting by. Not gen. abs., but with 
αὐτοῦ understood, depending on vara. — 6... . θώρηξ —iv. 132, 
133: where the golden clasps of the girdle held together and the 
two parts of the corselet met. See Autenrieth’s Lex. ad verb.— 
416. ἀντικρὺ διέσχε: Pressed right through, lit. held on through. 
—418. And took his entrails in his own hands as he sank down to 
the ground. 


Vv. 419-454, To Avenge the Death of his Brother, Hector Hurls 
his Spear at Achilles, and Athene turns it back to the Feet 
of the Thrower; and when Achilles Rushes on to Slay him, 
Apollo Snatches him away in a Thick Mist, 

421. xdp, for κατά: down upon.— οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔτ ἔτλη: And as you 
may well suppose, he could no longer endure to remain at a distance. 
— 422. στρωφᾶσθ᾽ — versari. —avtios ᾿Αχιλῆϊ: See note 371.— 
424. But Achilles, when he saw him, then he leaped for joy.— ὡς «+ 
ὥς, lit. as...80 = when... then, with a little more of immediate 
succession, like as soon as. Cf. xiv. 294, xix. 16.— For ἀνέπαλτο, 
cf, viii. 85.— 425. ἐσεμάσσατο, distressed. Cf. xvii. 564. μάστιξ, 
lash, comes from the same root. 

429. The shortest speeches in the Iliad are put into the mouth 
of Achilles. See another ofa single line at xviii. 182 also. These 
are also the closing words of a much longer speech of Diomed, 
the hero most like Achilles (vi. 143).— 430 = xi. 384.— 431-433 
= 200-202, where see notes, and also at 367.— 485 = xvii. 514, 
where see note.— 487. ὀξὺ πάροιθεν, sharp at the point. As 435 
repeats xvii. 514 word for word, so 437 expresses the same senti- 
ment as xvii. 515 in other words. 


δεν. 
Ὁ ξς oe : 


328 _ NOTES. 


. 488. καὶ τόγ᾽, x. τ. λ.: And this (the spear) Athene with a breath 
turned back from the noble Achilles by breathing very gently, show- 
ing the ease with which a god shapes the course of a missile. 
Compare iv. 130, where the same goddess is represented as turn- 
ing the course of an arrow as easily as a mother wafts aside a fly 
from her sleeping babe. The same thought is expressed (in the 
words peta pad’) of Apollo below, 444.— 442-444 = iii. 879-381, 
with a slight variation at the beginning, which is also a war- 
technic often used elsewhere.— 445 seqq. τρὶς pév... τρὶς 5... 
ἀλλ᾽ Ste δὴ τὸ τέταρτον : This same formula introduces the inter- 
position of Apollo, xvi. 702 seqq.; also v. 486 seqq.ge 447, 448 = 
xvi. 705, 706, and also v. 488, 439, with variations. 

448-454 — = xi. 362-367, where Diomed addresses these lines to 
Hector.— 449. αὖ here and αὖτέ in the next line may be taken as 
a boastful insinuation that this was not the first time Hector ἢ 
had escaped through the interposition of Apollo. Compare αὖτις, 
xxi. 45, where it expresses explicitly a second falling of Lycaon 
into the hands of Achilles—451. Zo whom you may well pray 
(or you doubtless are in the habit of praying) when you go into 
the clash of arms.— 452. Verily I will finish you when I meet you 
again. 

The reader cannot fail to observe the artistic skill with which 
the poet manages the encounter, first of Aeneas, and then of 
Hector, with Achilles, and the deliverance, first of one and then 
of the other, from immediate death at his hands only by the in- 
terposition of a god. And Hector is finally brought to an actual 
encounter only by the death of his younger brother, his aged -- 
father’s favorite son, 


Vv. 455-503. Disappointed and Vexed, Achilles now, like a De- 
structive Fire, Sweeps down upon the Trojans and Pitilessly 
Slaughters his Fleeing, Unresisting, and Beseeching Victims. 

458. Hitting him in the knee stopped his flight.— 461. Attacking 
them both thrust them out of the chariot to the ground.— ἐξ ἵππων 

—e& ὀχέων, 487. — 463. The punctuation differs, most editions 

placing a colon after ᾿Αλαστορίδην, some a comma, and others 

(6. g. Faési-Franke and Koch) a dash. This last suggests the 

true construction and meaning, which is held in suspense to 

469, where ovra occurs as the governing word, the intervening 

lines being parenthetical and preliminary.— 6 μὲν ἀντίος, x. τ. λ. : 

He indeed came into his presence, taking him by the knees and be- 


ILIAD XX. 329 


seeching him if, by any means, he would spare him (eb = οὗ, 80. 
Tros) and let him go alive.— γούνων, gen. after λαβών, expresses 
supplication in the primitive Greek manner. 

468. ὁ μέν, Tros.— 469. ὁ δέ, Achilles,—470. αὐτοῦ, sc. ἥπατος : the 
dark blood flowing down from it filled his bosom.— 472, Observe 
the successive instances of Achilles’ vengeance introduced by 
ὁ δέ, and he, 456, 469, 472, 474, 481,487; αὐτὰρ 6, 460.— 476, 477 
= Xvi. 333, 334, also v. 82, 83. —478. ξυνέχουσι: Cf. 415 above.— 
480. βαρυνϑείς is used especially with χεῖρα, and seems to express 
the hanging down of the hand as if oppressed by a heavy weight. 
Autenrieth renders it disabled. 482. Cast far away his head with 
the helmet too. Such is often the force of αὐτός. Cf. ix. 194: αὐτῇ 
σὺν poppryyt.— 482. The marrow moreover leaped (spirted) out of 
the vertebra.— 483. σφονδυλίων, ἅπαξ εἰρ. : very naturally applied 
in architecture to the segments of a column.— 484, Iletpew: Cf. 
11, 844.— 487. θεράποντα, the charioteer (of Rigmus), as the next 
clause shows. Cf. ἡνίοχος θεράπων, v. 580.— 489. The horses were 
thrown into confusion by the loss of their charioteer. 

490. ἀναμαιμάει, ἅπαξ εἰρ., is intensive and onomatopoetic: 
rages through. So also εἰλυφάζει (492): rolls it along. The pres. 
in all these verbs denotes continued action, answering to the 
imperf. θῦνε in the thing illustrated.— 494. fée... μέλαινα — xv. 
715 et passim. This clause concludes the former simile, and 
suggests that which follows. — 496. ἐὐκτιμένῃ, in a well-situated 
(i. 6. level and smooth) threshing-floor.— 497. λέπτ᾽ ἐγένοντο: The 
subject is to be supplied from the context, ra τριβόμενα, or the 
like: and the grain easily becomes peeled, shelled out of the husks. 
λέπτ᾽, root λεπ = peel inverted. This imagery of the threshing- 
floor is frequently employed with great power in Hebrew poetry, 
where Jehovah is usually the thresher. It is particularly apt as 
well as grand in its application here to the horses and chariot 
of the hero and demigod Achilles.— 499-502 is repeated with 
slight variations from xi. 534 seqq., where the simile is used of 
Hector. Koch and others object to the passage that Achilles 
has been fighting on foot and is found so fighting at the open- 
ing of the next book. But La Roche, Pratt and Leaf, and others 
find a sufficient answer in the fact that Homer’s heroes always 
have their chariots close at hand and leap in or out as occasion 
requires, and that sometimes without the change being noted 
by the poet.— 500. avrvyes, the rims about the chariot.— 501. ἀφ᾽ 
ἱππείων ὁπλέων, from the horses’ hoofs. ὁπλέων from ὁπλή. 


ILIAD XXI. 


Maxn παραποτάμιος, Battle on the Bank of the River. This 
book derives its name very properly from the battle, or rather 
slaughter by Achilles of the flying Trojans, near and in the river 
Scamander. ‘This is carried so far, with such pitiless fury and 
such outrages to the river itself, that the river-god resents the 
affront and rises to overwhelm the hero, who, however, is de- 
livered and avenged by Hephaestus, the god of fire. The proper 
Battle of the Gods with each other is thus introduced, which is 
foreshadowed by their setting themselves in hostile attitude over 
against each other in the Twentieth Book, but actually comes 
off only in the Twenty-first, with a superiority of those on the 
Grecian side in each conflict as marked as the victory which 
Achilles is to gain over Hector in the Twenty-second Book. 
Perhaps no other book of the Iliad so illustrates the genius of 
the poet, or has been so much admired by readers in all ages. 


Vv. 1-33, Achilles, Separating the Flying Trojans into Two Parts, 
Pursues the One over the same Ground over which, under the 
Lead of Hector, they had lately Pursued the Greeks, and 
Drives the Other into the River, where he Slaughters them 
in Heaps. . Wearied at length with Slaughter, he Saves Alive 
Twelve Select Youths and Holds them in Fetters to be Sac- 

_ rificed at the Funeral Pyre of Patroclus, 

1, 2=xiv. 433, 434. — 2. Ἐξάνθου, the river, which the gods 
called Xanthus and men Scamander (xx. 74)—in other words, 
perhaps Xanthus was the older and Scamander the more recent, 
or Xanthus the aristocratic and Scamander the popular name. 
The river is still known by the name Mendere.—év... τέκετο Ζεύς: 
All rivers are Jove-descended and Jove-nurtured, or fallen from 
heaven (xvi. 174, xxi. 223 et al.); of course the chief river of the 
Troad would be emphatically so in the war of Troy.— 3. There 
he separated them into two parts (δια-τμήξας), and drove the one part 
(τοὺς μέν) (across the ford, 1 supra) to the plain towards the city, 
and pursued the other half (ἡμίσεες δέ, 7) till, one after another 


ILIAD XXII. — 831 


(imperf. εἰλεῦντο, 8), they were rolled into the river.—4. ἧπερ, κιτ.λ. : 
by the very same route in which the Greeks were fleeing bewildered— 
a sort of poetical Nemesis.— ἀτυζόμενοι: Cf. af xviii. 7.— 5. ἥματι 
--. Extop: Cf. xvii. 7538-759.— 6. By this route, I say, they poured 
along in their flight.— πεφυζότες, an epic perf. part., found only in 
this book.— 8. εἰλεῦντο, were rolled, or crowded together.— 9. Ob- 
serve the number of onomatopoetic words here: πατάγῳ, βράχε; 
ἴαχον, ἀλαλητῷ, which make the verse all alive and re-echojng 
with the din.— aima is deep as well as high, like altus.— 10. ἀμφὶ 
περί: Cf. xvii. 760.—14. And they fall cowering into the water, 
lit. along the water.— 16. ἵππων is gen. after πλῆτο; ἐπιμίξ, mingled 
together. This simile is apt and striking to any reader, but es- 
pecially so to any one who is familiar with locusts and the way 
of fighting them in the East. 

17. The leaving of his spear there on the bank indicates the 
fearlessness of Achilles and the utter powerlessness of the Tro- 
jans.— 20. And turning upon them this way and that was con- 
tinually striking.— 25. So the Trojans, all along the course of the 
dreadful river, fled cowering beneath the overhanging banks. An- 
other vivid illustration and apt in every particular. — 27. A 
twelvefold satisfaction, as he threatened (xviii. 336).— 28. ποινήν, 
as a satisfaction, appositive of covpovs.— 29. θύραζε, foras, here out 
of the river. — 30. ἱμᾶσιν were the straps by which the braided 
(of metal rings) coats of mail (στρεπτοῖσι χιτῶσιν) were fastened 
to their own (αὐτοί) persons. 


Vv. 34-185, Lycaon, Son of Priam, just Returned from a Captiv- 
ity into which he had been Sold by Achilles, now Falls again 
into his Hands, and, in Spite of Supplications and Tears, is 
Slain by him and Thrown into the River with Bitter Scorn, 

34. After the general description of wholesale slaughter which 
precedes, the poet, as usual, now turns to some particular in- 
stances of special interest.— Δαρδανίδαο: Priam was son of Laom- 
edon and descendant of Dardanus. Cf. iii. 250, 308, xx. 215 seqq. 

— 35, τόν ῥά ποτ᾽, κ. τ. λ.: the very person whom he himself had 

taken and led captive, etc.— 36. ἀλωῆς is here an orchard or plan- 

tation of trees. Cf. at xviii. 57.— 38. τάμνε, imperf.: was cutting 
at the time Achilles took him captive.— ὅὄρπηκας and épwedv may 
be acc. of the whole and the part, the tree and its branches, or 
two acc. after τάμνε in the sense of cutting off, i.e. taking away, 
— ἄντυγες, plur. because made up of two parts, one on either side. 


+ ere 

Oe i, 

_ 7 ew a 
ΤῸΝ 


332 NOTES. 


— 39. ἀνώϊστον, ἅπαξ cip., unexpected. — κακόν in apposition with 
᾿Αχιλλεύς.--- 40. «Λῆμνον, acc. of place whither, because ἐπέρασσεν 
properly means to tarry over and sell beyond the sea (πέραν) .---- 
41. In vii. 468 we find Euneus, son of Jason, sending ships laden, 
with wine from Lemnos to Agamemnon and Menelaus, beneath 
the walls of Troy.— évov = venum: purchase-money or price. In 
xxiii. 741 seqq. we learn that this price was a silver xpyrnp, and 
also that it was Patroclus who brought Lycaon to Lemnos and 
sold him to Euneus, son of Jason, at that price. Thus the Sev- 
enth, Twenty-first, and Twenty-third books fit into each other 
and together tell the whole story.— 42. πολλά : Lycaon himself 
states it definitely at a hundred beeves in value, below, 79.— 
43. Eetion, the Imbrian, is of course not to be confounded with 
Eetion, the father of Andromache (vi. 415), nor with him of the 
same name, xvii. 575. Imbros lay between Lemnos and the 
Troad, so that by being brought there his escape was facili- 
tated.— 43. ᾿Αρίσβην, a city of the Troad near Abydos. Cf. ii. 
836.— 44. ὑπεκπροφυγών here denotes escape, not from danger, as 
usual, nor from bonds or imprisonment, but from a friendly con- 
finement which was perhaps intended to keep him from battle 
and falling again into the hands of the enemy.-—45. οἷσι φίλοισιν, 
dat. of means or manner. — 46. δυωδεκάτῃ: So Zeus returns on 
the twelfth day after eleven days’ absence among the Aethio- 
pians (i. 425). — 50. γυμνόν: Cf. xvi. 815: unarmed, as explained 
in the following clauses.— 538. See note at xviii. 5. 

54 —xx. 344. Characteristic of Achilles.— 55. Achilles would 
as soon have expected to see the dead come up out of Hades as 
Lycaon so soon returned from his captivity in Lemnos.— 59. adés 
is the general name for the sea, and πόντος is the high sea or the 
deep. They are brought together here for emphasis and Achil- 
lean intensity = the broad and deep sea. —62. Whether, forsooth, 
he will in like manner come back from there also, i. e. from Hades 
as he has from Lemnos. 

64. Thus he stood pondering.— ὥρμαινε follows a soliloquy, as 

53 precedes one. Cf. xvii. 100, xviii. 15, and xxii. below, where 
this whole line is repeated except the last word.— 70. Hager (lit. 
sending itself) to be satiated with the flesh of heroes. Such per- 
sonifications of the spear are frequent. Cf. xx. 279.— 71. Com- 
pare the attitude of Thetis as a suppliant at the knees of Zeus, 
1. 500 seqq.— 72. οὐδὲ μεθίει, and did not let γο.--- δ. I am to thee 
in the place of a suppliant who is tobe respected. Suppliants and 


ILIAD XXI. 333 


guests were under the especial protection of Zeus, hence often 
called Zeus ἱκετήσιος, or ξείνιος, and so must be treated with the 
reverence due to the god.—76. Lycaon had eaten with Achilles 
in his first capture, and on that ground now claims to be treated 
as a guest-friend. The claim is of doubtful validity for a captive 
and involuntary guest.— 77. ἀλωῇ: Cf. 36. For the widely diver- 
sified meanings of the epithet ἐϊκτιμένῃ, see Autenrieth’s Lex.— 
78. ἐπέρασσας: See at 40.— 79. ἑκατόμβοιον : See at 41, and com- 
pare vi. 236, where also cattle are the standard of value. Compare 
also ἀλφεσίβοιαι, Xviii. 593: maidens that fetch large store of 
cattle. 

80. And now Iwas ransomed by the payment of three times as 
much. 'The reference is to the ransom by Eetion, 42. The cap- 
tive is more definite in his statement here than the poet was in 
his narration. So Paul, in his speech before Agrippa, gives a 
more detailed account of his conversion than the historian had 
done (Acts xxvi. 13 seqq., ix. 4 seqq.).— λύμην is sync. 2 aor. mid. 
in pass.sense. The ancients took it as an opt.: and now I would 
ransom myself, etc. But the short v forbids.— νῦν relates to the 
past; but it is a past which includes the whole period from the 
close of his captivity to the present time — different from the νῦν 
ad, 82.— 83. Methinks I must be hated by father Zeus. It is an in- 
ference from the situation. See Lex. under μέλλω.--- 87. Of Pe- 
dasus and the Leleges, 806 at xx. 92.— 88. Lycaon dwells on the 
ransom paid for him, the many wives of his father, and the riches 
and honor of his mother’s family, in order to impress Achilles 
that it will be for his interest to spare his life.— 91. ἸΤολύδωρον, 
Priam’s youngest and darling son, whom he tried in vain to 
keep from the war (xx. 407 5666.).--- πρώτοισι μετὰ πρυλέεσσι 
here corresponds with what is said there of Polydorus’ display 
of his accomplishments in the use of his feet.— 93. δαίμων is god, 
especially as providence, numen divinum. Cf. 47, where θεός is 
used in the narration.— 94 iv. 39.— 95. ὁμογάστριος, a son of 
the same mother. He still appeals to low and unworthy consider- 
ations little suited to move a generous foe. 

99. Child, don’t be displaying to me your ransoms nor making 

- speeches. Cf. πιφαύσκεο φλόγα below, 333.— 100. αἴσιμον ἦμαρ: 
So ὀλέθριον ἦμαρ, X1x. 294 = ὄλεθρον, or αἶσαν, Or πότμον, which is 
the usual subject of ἐπισπεῖν. See also note xvi. 831.—101. τί 
softens the expression: 7¢ was somewhat more agreeable to my 
mind.— 102. καί emphatic: of all the Trojans even, but, above all, 


Ἢ 


334 NOTES. 


of Prian’s sons.— 106. φίλος, used perhaps in allusion to Lycaon’s 
claim to be treated as a guest-friend, 75.— καὶ σύ, correlative and 
preliminary to καὶ Πάτροκλος : 80 καὶ ἐγώ, 108, and καὶ ἐμοί, 110.— 
107. A favorite verse with the old Greek philosophers, and often 
cited in every age as a solace in death.— 108, οἷος, lit. what sort 
of a man, may be rendered how with καλός τε μέγας re.— 110. ἔπι 
Ξ-- ἔπεστι. ovis a particle and strengthens the assertion.— 111 is 
parenthetical: he does not know the hour, whether ἐξ wall be 
morning or evening or midday, but it will sutely be.— 112 is to be 
connected with 110. 

114 = Od. iv. 703, where it describes the effect upon Penelope 
of the news of the departutis of her son; also Od. xxii. 67, where 
it expresses the effect upon the astonished suitors of Odysseus’ 
declaring himself and his purpose to slay them,.— αὐτοῦ, there, 
on the spot,— 115. ἀφέηκεν, let fall, stronger than μεθίει, 72, and 
indicative, like the preceding line, of helpless despair.— 117. πᾶν, 
x.7.A.: Cf. xvi. 340.— 120. toropbiba ooo HKE φέρεσθαι, sent dpe to 
float down the river. 

122. Now lie there, lit. thither, with incidental reference to the 
previous throwing. Three acc. follow ἀπολιχμήσονται --- αἷμ᾽ of 
the thing, σέ of the person, and ὠτειλήν of the part, of which σέ 
is the whole. Cf. xviii. 345. Hatred and scorn of everything 
Trojan breathes in every word of this speech.— 126. trate, will 
dart up under the dark ripple.— 1380. His hatred extends even to 
the Trojan river, This insult provokes the river-god, and leads 
at length to his rising to avenge his wrongs and those of his 
people.— 131. Zo whom, no doubt, you have so long been accustomed 
to sacrifice, etc. Bulls and horses were an appropriate offering 
to a river-god. So the Pylians a bull to Alpheus (xi. 728). It is 
only here that horses are specified. : 


Vv. 186-210, Achilles Slays Asteropaeus, Grandson of the River- 
god Axius, and Insults all the River-gods, especially Sca- 
mander, 

136. μᾶλλον: Already angry because of the ἜΤΗ of slaughtered 
men and horses with which Achilles had filled his stream, 16 (cf. 
146), he was yet more provoked by his insulting words —139, 
When he resumed the spear, which he had left leaning on the 
tamarisks upon the bank, 17, the poet does not care to tell us.— 
140. Asteropacus was leader of the Paeonians, as he himself tells 
us, 155.— 141. ἸΤηλεγόνος, hence the name of Pelegonia, a country 


oo 


ILIAD XXI. 335 


bordering on Paeonia.—’Aégiés, the principal river of Paconia, 
Pelegonia, and Macedonia proper. — 142. Akessamenos was a 
king of Thrace.—144. τῷ ῥ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεύς: So most of the recent 
editions. Commonly τῷ δ᾽ ᾿Αχιλεύς. ῥ᾽ is resumptive of 140.— 
ὁ δ᾽ ἀντίος, κι τ. λ.: and he, coming out of the river, stood (found 
himself standing) opposite Achilles.— 150. Two questions in one 
= who of men and whence art thou?—151=vi. 127, where Diomed 
says the same. Observe, it is the parents who lose sons on the 
battle-field, not the sons, that are unhappy.— 153 = vi. 145, except 
the name.— 154, εἶμ᾽, I come.— 155. It is worthy of notice that 
Πυραίχμης is leader of the Paeonians in the catalogue (ii. 848). 
But he is slain by Patroclus (xvi. 287), and now they have an- 
other leader. Another of those incidental coincidences which 
link the books of the Iliad to each other.— 156, ἐνδεκάτη: Cf. at 
45.— 157 is wanting in the Venetian and other good MSS., and 
is probably interpolated from ii. 850. 

162. Πηλιάδα μελίην: Cf. at xvi. 143.—6 δ᾽ ἁμαρτῇ» x.7.A.: βάλε 
or some similar verb is to be supplied from ἀνέσχετο: he threw 
(or fought) with spears in both hands at once, for he was ambi- 
dexter.— 165 = xx. 268, where see note.— 167. 4, sc. the spear, as 
if ἐγχείη instead of δόρυ had preceded. See xx. 279.— 168. Cf. 70 
above.— 172. μεσσοπαγές, planted up to the middle. Many edi- 
tions read μεσσοπαλές : quivering to the middle. Either sets 
forth the force with which the spear was thrown.— 176. πελέ- 
μιξεν, he shook it.—177. And thrice he desisted from the effort.— 
178. ἄξαι ἐπιγνάμψας — to bend and break.—179 = xvi. 828, xx, 
290, with slight variations,— 180. wap’ dpdaddv.. . κάλυψεν = iv, 
525, 526.— 182, évi... ὀρούσας = λὰξ ἐν στήθεσι βαίνων, xvi. 508 
et passim. 

185. παισίν plur. instead of sing. to make it general. So below, 
499.— 186. γένος is acc. of respect, and ποταμοῦ is gen. of origin 
after ἔμμεναι. See, in the next line, γενεήν and Avws.— 190. τῷ, 
therefore.— μέν is correlative to αὖτε, and they may be rendered 
as... 80.—192. Yor a great river (-god), to be sure, is on your side 
of he can help you at all. Still heaping insults upon the Scaman- 
der, which he is sworn to resent.— 194. Achelous is the largest 
river of Greece.— 195. As Achclous was the Mississippi of Greece, 
so Oceanus, which is not a sea but a river (xx. 7), is the father 
of all rivers and seas, wells and fountains on earth, and, indeed, 
the genesis of the gods (xiv. 201), and of all things (xiv. 246). 
See also note at xx. 7,and Theol. of Gr. Poets, p. 141.— 198. But 


336 NOTES. 


even he fears the bolt of great Zeus and the fearful thunder when 
it crashes from heaven. Observe the onomatopoetic words and 
the rush and roar of the verse.— ὅς as well as ὁ is demonstrative 
in Homer. 

201. And he left him down there.— ar’, adv. and emphatic.— 
204. Nibbling, tearing (i. 6. tearing as they nibbled) the fat on the 
kidneys. ‘The omission of the connective between the participles 
intensifies the action. Cf. xvi. 161, 162.— 206. Who, of course, had 
been put to flight and were still fleeing along the eddying river. 
The ῥα of this and of the previous line may refer to the natural 
consequence of the slaying of the leader of the Paeonians — their 
leader slain, they would of course be put to flight, and Achilles 
would of course pursue them.— 207. τὸν ἄριστον, their chief, their 
bravest, sc. Asteropaeus. Cf. xii. 102. —209, 210. See a like mis- 
cellaneous list of names slain by Patroclus (xvi. 694-696) prelimi- 
nary to the interposition of Apollo (xvi. 700), as of Scamander 
here, 212. 


Vy. 211-271, The River-god Remonstrates with Achilles, and 
Bids him Drive the Trojans out upon the Plain and there 
do his Deeds of Violence. Achilles Consents, but in Driving 
them out only adds Insult to Injury, and Deals out More 
Fearful Slaughter. Scamander then Rises to Overwhelm 
him with his Flood. 


214. You surpass (other) men in might, and surpass them not 
less in unseemly deeds.— μέν and δέ correlate more closely the two 
things in which alike he surpasses. περὶ pév... περὶ δέ, bring- 
ing together two points of superiority, are very frequent in 
Homer. 

217. At least drive them out of my stream, and thon over the 
plain proceed with your horrible doings. The aor. part. is prelim- 
inary, and the pres. imperf. denotes continued action.— 218-220. 
Vergil has almost translated these lines (Aen. v. 806-808): ge- 
merentque repleti | Amnes, nec reperire viam atque evolvere pos- 
set | In mare se Xanthus.— 221. But come, now, pray let me alone: 
awe possesses me, leader of armies. It is the language of agitation 
and awe in the presence of the hero and his achievements. 

224. That is, he will keep the promise of the previous line in 
the letter but not in the spirit—not so as to interfere in the 
least with his slaughter of the Trojans and his vengeance on 
Hector.— 225. ἔλσαι, crowd together. Cf. 295 and 607 below, and 


ILIAD XXI. 337 


Xviii. 294.— καὶ Ἕκτορι; x. τ. A.: and bring to trial with (lit. 
against, ἀντιβίην) Hector the questions, whether, etc. 

230. eipvoao, here observed, i.e. obeyed: more frequently, pre- 
served, servare. —232. Selehos = δείλη, 111. “ Déderlein would 
reject 228-233, and then κρημνοῦ ἀπαΐξας = hastening away from 
the bank; so that Achilles fulfils his promise of 223. The ap- 
peal to Apollo — who does not appear to be at hand —is quite 
without effect on the story, and does not seem even to have 
been heard.” Pratt and Leaf. But κρημνοῦ ἀπαΐξας properly 
means leaping from the bank into the river, and we must suppose, 
with Crusius, that in his fury he forgot his promise, or that he 
meant to keep it only in the letter.— 234. And the river dashed 
upon him, raging with its swell (as it swelled).— 236, κατ᾽ αὐτόν, 
along the stream. 

238. ζωούς, the living, in contrast with the dead.— σάω: See 
Xvi. 363.— 241. And the stream, falling upon his shield, was con- 
tinually shoving him along, like the dead bodies, 235.— ov8... 
εἶχε; nor was he able,— 244. διῶσεν, tore away.— ἐπέσχε, checked.— 
245. γεφύρωσεν, and dammed the river itself by falling in entire.— 
247, πεδίοιο, towards the plain. — 248. μέγας θεός, the powerful 
river-god. — 249. ἀκροκελαινιόων, with darkening surface. ἅπαξ 
eip. (ἀπαΐξας, διῶσεν, ἀκροκελαινιόων ) naturally abound in so 
unique a description.— 251. cov... ἐρωή, as far over as a spear’s 
cast.— ἐπί, αν. Cf. iii. 12: ὅσον τ᾽ ἐπὶ λᾶαν inow.— 252. oipar’, 
the swoop.— 255. ὕπαιθα... λιασθείς, bending beneath it. 

257. As when an irrigator (lit. canal-leader) leads the way for 
a stream of water from the dark fountain among his plants and 
garden-plots. — 259, μάκελλαν, mattock. — ἔχματα, obstructions. — 
260. ὑπό, beneath and before it.— 261. And this murmurs as it 
flows swiftly down in its steep channel, and it outstrips even its 
conductor. The last clause contains the point of comparison; 
the rest is mere costume and coloring of the picture, as we see 
in the application of the simile in the next line, viz. the swiftness 
with which the water overtakes and outruns the man who tries 
to direct it. The illustration would be familiar and striking in 
a country where artificial irrigation is common. Observe the 
repetition of the gnomic τε with the connective δέ in each clause; 
the last δέ τε introduces the reason for the fact illustrated: for 
gods are more powerful than men, e. g. Scamander, the river-god, 
than the hero, Achilles.— 265. ὁρμήσειε, set out, that is, endeavor, 
strive.— 266. γνώμεναι, to sce.— 269. Kept striking with staggering 

15 


Jorce his shoulders. The imp. wAdfe answers to the opt. aor. 
ὁρμήσειε in expressing repeated action. So the imperfects in 
the following lines.— 270, 271. ὑπό, ὕπαιθα, and ὑπ- in ὑπ-έρεπτε 
all have essentially the same force, viz. that of an adverb οὗ 
place: wnderneath, repeated for emphasis. — ὑπέρεπτε, lit. was 
eating (nibbling; cf. ἐρεπτόμενοι, 204) away the dust under his 


Seet. 


Vv. 273-804. Achilles Ories to Zeus and Complains that he is 
Doomed to so Shameful a Death, Poseidon and Heré Hear 
his Ories, and, Supported by them, he Passes through the 
Flood. 


273. ὡς is exclamatory: how has no one of the gods undertaken, 
etc.— 274. ἔπειτα, x.7.A.: Then, that is, after being saved from 
so ignoble an end, let me even die, τι παθεῖν, even in Attic prose, 
being a euphemism for death, like our, if anything should hap- 
pen. — 276. But my dear mother, sc. is to blame.—adda, where 
ὅσον would be expected, answering to récov.— 277, 278. These 
lines foreshadow the actual manner of Achilles’ death, viz. by 
the arrows of Paris as the instrument of Apollo. — 280. For a 
brave warrior to be slain by another brave man was an honor- 
able death.— 281, 282. ἁλῶναι ἐρχθέντ᾽, to be taken shut up in a 
great river,— 283. ἔναυλος, properly a water-course or channel, is 
here a winter torrent, and substantially the same at 312 below.— 
286. And, taking his hand in theirs, spoke also words of assurance. 
Cf. vi. 233, where also πιστώσαντο is accompanied with grasping 
of hands. | 

289. τοίω, such, sc. so mighty that you need have no fear. Ob- 
serve how carefully the dual is used in subject and predicates 
here where the support of the two divinities is to be emphasized. 
— 291. ds, as, i. 6. since, gives the ground or reason for the three 
previous lines, viz. that it is not fated to Achilles that he shall be 
slain by a river at any rate, though he must die in some other 
way like other mortals. — 294. παύειν may be rendered by the 
imperative, though it manifestly depends on troénodped. — 
ὁμοιΐου, an epithet applied to death, war, and other calamities, 
which are the common lot of all alike.— 295. ᾿Ιλιόφι is gen. after 
τείχεα, Which is governed by xara = within.— ἐέλσαι: Cf. at 225. 
— 297. ἴμεν, like παύειν, 294.— δίδομεν, we are giving. 

298. μετ᾽ ἀθανάτους, among the immortals, where they were gath- 
ered near the battle-field (xx. 144-152).— 300. τὸ 5€,x.7.A.: And 


338 . NOTES. 


ILIAD XXL 339 


this (the plain) was all filled with water, overflowing the river 
banks,— 302. And his knees leaped high as he rushed right up 
against the current. — 303. ἔσχεν, hold him back, stop him. La 
Roche reads ἴσχεν. 


Vy. 305-341, Scamander Summons Simois to his Assistance, and 
Assails Achilles with Increasing Fury; and Heré Sends He- 
phaestus for his Deliverance. 

305. ἔληγε, did not abate that fury of his.— 306. And, lifting 
himself on high, raised his swelling current.— 307. Prof. Felton, in 
visiting the Troad, saw with great satisfaction that at flood the 
two principal streams flowed into each othcr.— 310. οὐ μενεοῦσιν, 
will not stand against him.— 311 seqq. Lend aid quickly and jill 
the stream with water from the sources, and send on all the torrents, 
and raise a great flood, and stir up a great rush and roar of logs 
and stones.— 317. Nor those beautiful arms made by Hephaestus. 
— λίμνης, lake or sea formed by the overflow of the river, — 
318. μιν αὐτόν, himself, in distinction from his arms: heaping up 
gravel about him in abundance, an infinite quantity.— 320, ἐπιστή- 
σονται -- δυνήσονται. So in English ken = can.— 322, αὐτοῦ, on 
this very spot.— 323. τυμβοχοῆσ᾽, i. 6. τυμβοχοῆσαι. So Dindorf, 
Diintzer, Faési-Franke, Koch, Paley, etc., though they acknowl- 
edge that there is no other example of elision of this ending, 
-ca. Al. τυμβοχόης. The subject is found in the subordinate 
clause: nor when the Greeks come to bury him will there be any 
need for them to raise a mound over him. Such boasting portends 
a fall. — 324, 325. The three participles without any connective 
(asyndeton) express rapidity, intensity, force, and the language 
is as turbid and violent as the scene. — 326. πορφύρεον; See at 
xvii. 547.— 327. κατὰ δ᾽ ἥρεε, and was on the point of overpowering 
him (taking him along down). 

331. ἄντα σέθεν, x. τ. d.: for we deemed that eddying Xanthus was 
your antagonist (against you) in battle. Cf. 73.—332. The imper- 
fect tense, ἠΐσκομεν, perhaps implies reproof by suggesting that 
the speaker may have been mistaken. — 333. But I will go to 
raise out of the sea a fierce blast of the west wind and the swift 
south wind.— πιφαύσκεο: Cf. at 99.— 338. ἐν δ᾽ αὐτὸν ἵει πυρί, 
and put himself in the fire, i. 6. envelop the river itself in Jire. 
Cf. xviii. 346. — 341. φθέγξομ᾽ ἰάχουσα, shall cry aloud, — σχεῖν: 
Of. ἔσχεν, 303, and ἐπέσχε, 244. 


340 NOTES. 


Vv. 8342-384, Hephaestus Sets the whole Plain on Fire, and 
Pursues the River-god with Remorseless Fury, till Heré 
herself, Moved by the Entreaties of Scamander, Bids him 
Cease, 

344. κατ᾽ αὐτόθ᾽: Cf. at 201. Al. κατ᾽ αὐτόν. --- 345. σχέτο, was 
checked. — 346. As when in late summer the north wind quickly 
dries up a freshly-watered field. — ἀλωήν : See at xviii. 57,— 
847. And it rejoices him whoever he may be that has the care of tt. 
— 849. κῆεν, sc. Hephaestus, the subject being changed as in 
343. 

350, 351. Observe the repeated and emphatic καίοντο, καίετο 
at the beginning of these lines. So also τείροντ᾽, 353.— 353. ot 
κατὰ Sivas: of is deictic: those or there in the eddies.— 355. πολυ- 
μήτιος, only here as an epithet of Hephaestus. So πολύφρονος, 
367; only there in the Iliad. The former is a frequent epithet 
of Odysseus in the Iliad, and the latter in the Odyssey.— 356. ts 
ποταμοῖο, the strength and spirit of the river, lit.muscle. Nota 
mere circumlocution for the river.— 358. φλεγέθοντι agrees with 
coiye, and πυρί is dat. of instrument: nor would I fight against 
thee, thus flaming with fire. Cf. 365: πυρὶ φλέγετο. --- 359. καὶ 
αὐτίκα, emphatic — forthwith even.— 360. What have I to do with 
strife and giving succor. 

361. $4 follows a speech only here. The participial clause 
which follows is also unusual. Ἦ ῥ᾽ εὖ γιγνώσκων, xiv. 475, re- 
sembles it.— 362. ἐπειγόμενος, u7ged.— 364. ἀμβολάδην, found only 
here = ἀναβάλλων : bubbling up on all sides. Of course much of 
this description of the λέβης applies to the contents of the kettle. 
The caldron of boiling dard is very apt and forcible as suggesting 
that the whole river was, as it were, a mass of boiling and burn- 
ing fluid.— 366. The river (or river-god, for the poet indulges a 
marvellous freedom in mingling the two conceptions) lost not 
only all power, but the very inclination to flow on.. The Scholiast 
Bays ἔθελε = ἠδύνατο, but it is much more expressive.—toxero = 
σχέτο, 845, only it is imperf. instead of aor. = stopped.— 8€ = for. 
— 367. ἀρχῤφῥάνευ Cf. at 355. 

369. Why has your son fallen upon troubling my stream. Felton. 
— 370. ἐξ ἄλλων: Of all others, singling me out while others are 
even more to blame.— 373. ἐπί, adv. besides, in addition. Some 
connect it more closely with the verb = TJ will swear to this also, 
— 374-376 = xx. 315-317, where see note. I have followed La 


ILIAD XXI. 341 


Roche here instead of Dindorf, reading καιομένη, καίωσι instead 
of δαιομένη, δαίωσι. 

378 = 880.--- 379. σχέο, hold. Cf. σχεῖν, 341.— 880. στυφελίζειν, 
maltreat.— 381, 882. κατέσβεσε and κατέσσυτο are both ἅπαξ εἰρ. 
The latter is followed by acc. ῥέεθρα — flowed down along its fair 
stream (bed).— 383. οἱ μέν, Hephaestus and Scamander. 


Vy. 385-488. The Example thus Set by Hephaestus and Sca- 
mander, the other Gods Fall to in Successive Pairs, and in 
each instance the Champion of the Greeks Comes off Vic- 
torious. Ares Attacks Athene, but she soon Fells him. to 
the Ground with a Stone. Aphrodite undertakes to Lead 
him off the Field, but, Set on by Heré, Athene Smites her 
in the Breast, and she Falls Senseless by his Side, 

385. ἐν... πέσε, fell in among. — βεβριθυῖα — βαρεῖα. Cf. xx. 
55: ἔριδα Bapeiav.— 386. And their spirit in their breasts moved 
(lit. breathed, blew) in opposite directions.— 387, 388. Nature is 
always moved in sympathy with the gods.— σάλπιγξεν, sounded 
trumpet-like. — aie, audiebat. — 389. What a picture of the su- 
preme deity!— 391. ἀφέστασαν, stood off from each other. 

394. Τίπτ᾽. .-. ξυνελαύνεις, why again do you involve the gods in 
mutual strife — κυνάμιυια —impudence personified, the dog being 
the symbol of shamelessness and the fly of persistency. Cf. xvii. 
570. — 395. δέ, for, or while. — 396. Ad rem, see v. 829, 881. --- 
397. αὐτή, and yourself personally, besides setting on Diomed. 
Ad rem, cf. v. 856. — πανόψιον, epithet of the spear, found only 
here, and meaning either all-shining, or, perhaps with adverbial 
force, in the sight of all. 

400. θυσσανόεσσαν: Cf. ii. 447, v. 738, where the shield and its 
hundred θύσανοι are minutely described. — 402. τῇ, there, sc. in 
the aegis.— 405. Compare Vergil’s imitation, Aen. xii. 896 seqq. 
--- 407. ἔπεσχε, covered, a sense which the word has in xxiii. 190, 
2388, and includes at xxi. 244. — πέλεθρα — πλέθρα, here and al- 
ways in Homer square plethra.— 409 = xvi. 829. 

410. οὐδέ νύ πώ, κ. τ. A. = ὃς οὐδέ, k. τ. Δ.» ASSIgNInNg a reason for 
the reproachful address (Νηπύτιε) : fool, who not even yet, as it 
seems, hast perceived.— 411. ὅτι, in that.— 412. Not an impreca- 
tion in which κεν would not be used, but a sarcastic explanation 
of his fall as the proper result of his mother’s curses for taking 
sides with the Trojans and against the Greeks.— μητρὸς ἐρινύας, 
properly the avenging furies invoked by a mother against an 


7 


unnatural child (cf. Theol. of Gr. Poets, pp. 140, 250 seq.), but 
here: the curses of his mother = dpai μητρός, ix. 566. Render: 
you must (lit. would) be thus eapiating the curses of your mother. 
— 414. Compare the epithet ἀλλοπρόσαλλον, turncoat, applied to 
Ares by Athene and Zeus himself, v. 831, 889.— 417. ἐσαγείρετο, 
collected, i. 6. recovered. 

421. Cf. 394.— 422. μέτελθε, go for her—424. A blow with the 
hand is enough for Aphrodite: for Ares a huge stone was re- 
quired.— ἐπιεισαμένη, an aor. of ἔπειμι, found only here, but the 
fut. is found xx. 454.— 425 = 114. 427= 409. This refrain, re- 
peated after successive victims, is much more significant than 
the same narration would be if put in different language. 


Vv. 485-514, Poseidon Provokes Apollo to Fight, which he Pru- 
dently and Respectfully Declines. Artemis Twits Apollo of 
Cowardice, and Heré Punishes her for it. Hermes Defers to 
Leto as the Wife of Zeus, and the latter Goes with her 
Daughter, Artemis, to Jove’s Palace on Mt. Olympus. 

430. ὧδε explanatory of τοιοῦτοι. --- 4829. Then should we have 
ceased, etc.— 484. Cf. 889, 408: “ Dwell such passions in celestial 
minds ?”— 486. νῶϊ, we two. So ἑτέρων, 437: other pairs of com- 
batants. — 439. ἄρχε: The older and stronger god gives the 
younger and weaker the advantage of the first shot.—440 = 
xix. 219. Knowledge is assumed to be the fruit of years. So 
xili, 855. — 448, Poseidon and Apollo were the only gods who 
thus suffered and served mortals for hire. Homer nowhere ex- 
pressly assigns the cause of this humiliation. But later poets 
and mythologists ascribed it to their combination with Heré 
and Pallas Athene to bind and dethrone Zeus (i. 399 seqq.).— 
444, πὰρ Διός, from his presence and at his command.— 445. And 
he meanwhile (imperf. tense) was directing and imposing our labors, 
as explained in the four following lines.— 446. In vii. 452 both 
gods are said to have labored at building the walls.— 448. Bov- 
κολέεσκες, tended from day to day. Used of pasturing horses, xx. 
221. So φνοχόει, used of pouring nectar, 1. 598. 

450. But when now the rejoicing seasons brought around (out) the 
Sull time for the pay. The seasons in general rejoice or bring 
joy. Homer’s epithets all characterize the things generally.— 
453. σοί, dat. after ἠπείλησε. Al. σύν with dnoew.— 454, περάαν: 
Cf. 78. — 455. ἀπολεψέμεν, lit. to peel off. It is ἅπαξ εἰρ. Al. 
ἀποκόψειν. Cutting off cars, hands, etc., especially of captives 


942 NOTES. 


ILIAD ΧΧΙ. 343 


and slaves, was a common practice.— 457. τόν, κι τ. Δ. : Which he 
had promised and not paid. The sea-monster (xx. 147) was said 
to have been sent to punish Laomedon for this fraud. It is wor- 
thy of note how much the gods had to do with the royal family 
of Troy generation after generation, and yet how false they were. 
They were corrupted by such companionship.— 464, This some- 
what pessimistic view of the brevity and misery of human life is 
pretty common in Homer. See vi. 146, where the same. compari- 
son with the leaves of the forest occurs. See also xvii. 446, where 
Zeus pronounces man the most wretched creature that lives and 
moves upon the earth. The doctrine is as true as it is sad, if this 
life is the whole of man.— 465. ζαφλεγέες, full of life and fire. 
ἀκήριοι, in the next line, is just the opposite: lifeless, lit. heart- 
less. Their hearts ceasing to beat.— 467. αὐτοί, by themselves, 
without the participation of the gods. 

468, 469. For he shrank from joining in battle with his father’s 
brother, lit. in the hands of. —470. πότνια, queen, fem. of πόσις, and 
from the same root as δεσ-πότ-ης, δέσποινα -οδεσ-πότ-νια, and Lat. 
potis. Only here with θηρῶν. --- 473. ἐπέτρεψας, have you turned 
over ?— 475-477 bracketed by Dindorf and Koch, but not by 
most editors. 

482, μένος, acc. of respect.— 483. γυναιξίν, to or among women. 
This clause explains τοξοφόρῳ with a sarcastic turn.— 487, 488. 
The conclusion is suppressed : try it, or expressed only bya shake 
of the head, as often elsewhere. Cf. vi. 160 ΞΞ 487, except πολέμοιο. 
. 490. σκαιῇ, hence Σκαιαὶ πύλαι, the Left-hand, i.e. West gate — 
τόξα here manifestly includes bow and arrows, which, indeed, is 
its proper meaning; hence the plural form. Cf. 492,502. αὐτοῖ- 
σιν, in the next line, which most editors treat as unemphatic, 
may be taken as emphasizing this idea: with the bow and the 
arrows too. Cf.ix.194: αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι.---492. ἐντροπαλιζομένην, 
turning this way and that (cf. vi. 496, xvii. 109), that is, writhing 
under the blows. It is in emphatic contrast with the smiling 
Heré (μειδιόωσα).--- ἔκπιπτον, fell out of the bundle which in- 
cluded bow and arrows, and perhaps quiver also.— 498, ὕπαιθα, 
Srom under. So 494, ὕπ᾽ with its gen. ἴρηκος. 

498. δέ, for.— 499. πληκτίζεσθαι, to come to blows with (πλήσσω). 
It is ἅπαξ cip., as are also εἰσέπτατο and χηραμόν.--- ἀλόχοισι, plur. 
generic. Leto appears in Homer only as the mother of Apollo 
and Artemis. Here she is a silent actor.— 500. μάλα πρόφρασσα, 
to your heart’s content. 


344 NOTES. 


502. συναίνυτο, gathered up.—Kapmvda is so much the seé epithet 
of τόξα that it adheres even when it is manifest that it means 
more than the bow.— 504. @vyarépos, gen. direction of motion.— 
505. ἡ δέ, the daughter; opposed to ἡ μέν, the mother.— 506. So 
Aphrodite, when she is wounded, and Achilles, when he is 
wronged, go to their mothers for help and comfort (i. 351, v. 
870, xviii. 835).— 507. ἀμφὶ . . « τρέμε, an expressive sign of bodily 
pain and mental agitation. — 508. ἡδὺ γελάσσας: Cf. at 889. --- 
509, 510 = v. 873, 374. 3874 is not in the best MSS. here, and is 
probably an interpolation, 

511. eiorépavos, with beautiful garland or head-band, only here 
as an epithet of Artemis; in Odyssey not unfrequently of Aph- 
rodite. Compare the καλὰς στεφάνας of the dancing maidens, 
Xvili. 597.— κελαδεινή, as subst. only here; as adj. xvi. 183, xx. 70. 
Crusius and Diintzer print it here with capital initial.— 512. orv- 
φέλιξε: Cf. at 380.— 513. ἐξ denoting source.— ἐφῆπται, hang over. 
Cf. ii. 15.— 514 = xviii. 368, where see note. 


Vv. 515-548, All the Gods, except Apollo, Return to Olympus. 
Achilles Pursues and Incessantly Slaughters the Flying 
Trojans. Priam Gives Orders to have the Gates Left Open 
to Receive them, 

516. μέμβλετο ... ot, he was concerned for. — 517. ὑπὲρ μόρον: It 
was not fated to fall on that day.— 523, θεῶν, x. τ. X., a Co-ordi- 
nate clause instead of a subordinate = which the wrath of the gods 
has kindled. Observe that fires as well as floods are penal, cf. xvi. 
385 5666. 

526. “Eoryxer, had taken his stand and so was now standing.— 
530. étpuvéwv, to command.— 531. Hold the gates open, but keep 
your hands on them that you may close them as soon as the fly- 
ing troops have entered. Cf. 535.— πύλας is only the two doors 
(σανίδας, 535) of one gate, sc. the Scaean. — 533. ὅδε is deictic: 
Sor here is Achilles near at hand. — 584. és τεῖχος ... ἀλέντες, 
crowded into the city. Of. 225, 295.— 536. ἅληται, salio: may leap. 
Al. ἄληται. 

587. The natural order of the two clauses is reversed, as it 
often is in Homer, although ἄνεσαν may be taken in its primary 
sense — unfastened, and then the first clause is generic and the 
second specific.— 538, φάος, light, here =deliverance.— 539. ἀντίος, 
leaped forth from the gate in the face of Achilles. Others say: 
in the face of the Trojans, putting the comma after Τρώων. ---- 
543. κῦδος ἀρέσθαι: Cf. xvi. 89, 90, and note there. 


~~. 


ILIAD XXI. 345 


Vy. 544-611. In Order to Favor the Escape of the Trojans, 
Apollo Stirs up Agenor to Encounter Achilles, and then 
Snatches him away, and himself Assuming his Form, Draws 
off the Son of Peleus in Hot Pursuit. 

544—xvi. 698, where also it prefaces an interposition of Apollo 
in behalf of the Trojans.— 548. θανάτοιο ... κῆρας, a periphrasis 
for θάνατον, cf. ii. 802, 834, xi. 882. Al. θανάτοιο... χεῖρας. κήρ 
itself and κῆρες denote death or modes of death, whereas μοῖρα 
and αἶσα denote allotments in life, or lot and fate in general. 
See Autenrieth ad verbum.— 549. The oak near the Scaean gate, 
and so often mentioned with it, vi. 237. Cf. v. 698, vii. 60. — 
551. πόρφυρε, was agitated like the troubled sea. Cf. xvii. 547, 
and note there. 

553. Cf. note xvii. 91 56αα.--- ὑπό with gen., as if a pass. verb 
had preceded. Render: flee before. Cf. ὑπο-κλονέεσθαι, 556. — 
554. rywep... φοβέονται --- 4, vi. 41. ΑἸ. κλονέονται.--- 555. καὶ ὥς, 
even 80, i, 6. notwithstanding.— 557. ἄλλῃ, another way ; opposed 
to τῇπερ.--- 558. πεδίον Ἰλήϊον, the plain of Ilios. Diintzer and 
Faési-Franke read πεδίον ᾿Ιδήϊον, the plain of Ida.—560 is an 
irregular conclusion to the second supposition, 555-559: then at 
evening...I might return to Ilios. δέ in an apodosis is not un- 
frequent in Homer. Others make 560 and 561 a part of the pro- 
tasis and suppose the apodosis to be suppressed. At any rate 
the soliloquy is a picture of agitation.— 562 — xi. 407, xvii. 97.— 
563. A verb of fearing is implied: I fear that he will perceive me 
taking myself away.— 567 has no express conclusion, but the καὶ 
yap, x.7.A., in the next line, imply the conclusion: it will be 
better. 

571. ἀλείς : Cf. note at xx. 168.— 575. ὑλαγμόν, ἅπαξ eip., proper- 
ly howling, the prolonged barking of the hound.— 576, 577. εἴπερ 
yap..-dAda τε καί: Cf. 1. 81,82: for even if the hunter jirst wound 
it by stroke or throw, yet even though pierced through by the spear, 
at does not desist from the fight till it has at least grappled with 
him or been slain (vanquished). The re in 577 seems to be 

-gnomic. It occurs in both lines in i. 81, 82.— 581 = xii. 294.-— 

585. τετεύξεται, 3 fut. pass.: ave prepared (lit. will be fabricated) 

against it.— 587. καὶ πρόσθε, who even in the presence (and in de- 

fence) of our beloved parents, etc. Cf. xvi. 833. 

592. νεοτεύκτου κασσιτέροιο, xviii. 613.—593. But the brazen spear 
glanced off again from the man who was hit.— 594, θεοῦ δῶρα, 165 


15* 


346 NOTES. 


above.— 597 =xx.443, 444 condensed, which is also repeated from 
111. 880, 381.— 598. ἡσύχιον, wnhurt.— ἔκ πέμπε, al. ἔκπεμπε. Such 
words as ἐκ are in transitu from adverbs to composition with 
verbs and to prepositions governing substantives.— 599. δόλῳ, by 
a stratagem. The same device is borrowed by Vergil in drawing 
Turnus off the field of battle. — 600. αὐτῷ, Agenor himself. — 
601. πρόσθε ποδῶν emphasizes the nearness = right before him.— 
602. elos, while (relative to τόφρα, 606) he was pursuing him tow- 
ards the cultivated field, i. e. away from the field of battle. — 
604. Running just a little before and barely keeping out of his 
reach —all contained in this expressive compound and only em- 
phasized by its adverb. — 606. Meanwhile, correlative to eios.— 
609. καὶ γνώμεναι, and ascertain who might have escaped and who 
had been slain in battle. The opt.implies more doubt, the ind. 
more certainty. Cf. σαώσαι, 611.— 611. σαώσαι takes the number 
which γοῦνα would take if it were the only subject. Al. σάωσαν. 


ILIAD XXII. 


Extopos ᾿Αναίρεσις. The poem has now reached the catas- 
trophe which has been so long in preparation, and for which 
the previous book especially—‘“ the battle of the gods, the flight 
and terror of the Trojans, the insatiable madness and hot pursuit 
of Achilles, the rush to the city, the hurried opening of the gates, 
the crowding in of the dusty and trembling fugitives ””—was all 
only a skilful and magnificent prelude. ‘The Trojans being now 
within the city, except Hector, the field is cleared for the most 
important and decisive action, that is, the battle between Achil- 
les and Hector, and the death of the latter.” Felton. “The 
Slaying of Hector” is the one theme of the book, and the story 
is told with a glow of feeling, a boldness of imagination, and a 
power of language which fully meet the raised expectation of 
the reader.. 


Vv. 1-24, By the Stratagem of Apollo the Trojans are safely 
Gathered within the Oity Walls; only Hector Remains before 
the Gate, and Awaits Achilles as he Returns from the Pur- 
suit of Apollo. 


1. “Qs, as described in the previous book, with which this is 
closely connected.— 2. ἀπεψύχοντο, were cooling off in the breeze 
(ψῦχος, coolness; ψυχή, breath). Cf. xxi.561.—8. Leaning on the 
beautiful breastworks—this completes the picture of their exhaus- 
tion through fatigue and flight.—4. odxe’... κλίναντες, resting their 
shields on their shoulders, thus forming a kind of testudo as they 
advanced in close ranks. Schol. ὡς retyouaynoovres.— 5. ἐπέδη- 
σεν; bound him as with fetters (πόδες, Lat. pedes: so Eng). fetter 
from feet). So iv.517: poip ἐπέδησεν, implying that the fated 
day, the day of death, had now come. 

9. οὐδέ νύ πώ: Not even yet, as it seems, do you recognize me, etc. 
—11. Tpdwv πόνος, the battle with the Trojans. Apollo taunts 
Achilles with forsaking the fight with his proper enemies to 
pursue a god! — 12. Who now, you should know, are gathered into 
the city, while you have turned aside hither.— 13. οὐ μόρσιμός εἰμι, 


348 NOTES. 


Iam not mortal (cf. Lat. mors, mortalis), lit. fated to die—the per- 
sonal instead of the more common impersonal μόρσιμόν ἐστι with 
an inf. Cf. xix. 417. 

15. ἔβλαψάς = ἔθελγες, xxi. 604; βλάψας φρένας, xy. 724: you 
have blinded and misled me.—16. τρέψας: xxi. 603.—19. τίσιν, 
punishment, or vengeance, — 20. τισαίμην, verily I would take ven- 
geance.— 23. ῥά, hence, sc. because running for a prize.— τε, gno- 
mic.— 24 = xv. 269.— λαιψηρά, adv. nimbly. So ἐλεεινά, iit 
87 below. 


Vy. 25-89. Priam Sees Achilles, and Warns and Entreats Hector 
to Make his Escape; but neither the Entreaties of his Father 
nor the Frantic Appeals of his Mother can Move him to Flee, 

26. Rushing over the plain all-shining, like the star which rises 
(comes forth) ‘n the late summer.— 28. νυκτὸς ἀμολγῷ, in the dark- 
ness of the night.— 29. κύν᾽ ᾿Ωρίωνος, the dog-star, or Sirius, called 
the dog of Orion, because it seems to follow that constellation as 
a dog follows the hunter.—éwixAyow, properly cognomen, here 
simply nomen. — 30. κακὸν σῆμα, a bad sign, or ill-omened star, 
for the reason specified in the next line, because heat and fever 
prevail at the season when it seems to rule in the sky. Cf. Verg. 
x. 274, 275: Ille sitim morbosque ferens mortalibus aegris, | Na- 
scitur, et laevo contristat lumine caclum.— 32. The illustration 
is as apt as it is‘brilliant. Achilles was a star of evil omen as 
well as dazzling brilliancy:to the Trojans.— 33. κόψατο: Beat- 
ing the breast or the head is so common a method of expressing 
deep distress, especially in tropical and Oriental countries, that 
κοπετός Came to mean mourning (Acts viii. 2).— χερσίν limits κό- 
aro, but is to be repeated with ἀνασχόμενος. 

38. pot, ethical dat.: don’t for my sake be waiting (pres. imper., 
ef. xx. 197) to encounter this man,.—41. σχέτλιος, cruel man, se. 
Achilles agreeing with the subject of φέρτερός ἐστιν, as most edi- 
tors now punctuate. The older editions generally make a period 
at the close of 40, and put a comma after σχέτλιος.--- τοσσόνδε, so 
much and only so much = as little.— 43. Then surely a dreadful 
pang would depart from my breast. — 44, εὖνιν ἔθηκεν, he hath 
bereaved me. — 45. wepvds: Cf. xxi. 78, 454. — 46. Both were 
slain by Achilles — Polydorus, xx. 407 seqq., cf. xxi. 91; Lycaon, 
xxi. 34 seqq.— 48. αοθόη: Cf. xxi. 85 seqq.— 50. χαλκοῦ τε χρυ- 
σοῦ te, cen. of means, implying, however, that it will take only a 
part of his ample treasures.— 51. Here we have an instance of a 


ir 


ILIAD XXII. 349 


rich dower with the wife. More frequent allusions are made to 
the gifts or purchase-money from the bridegroom to the father 
of the bride (xviii. 593, Od. xviii. 278).—” AArys, father of Laothoe 
(xxi. 85).— 54. Lycaon and Polydorus were dear to the heart 
of father and mother, but Hector, as Troy’s defender and the heir 
to the throne, was dear also to the people. 

56. τέκος is more endearing than vids, and τέκνον more so than 
either. τέκος is here used by the father (cf. 88) and τέκνον by the 
mother, 84 (cf. vi. 254, xviii. 73). — 57. Tpwds = Tpwadas, vi. 442, 
and Tpwiddas, xviii. 122.— 59. πρός, too.— ru φρονέοντ᾽: Still in 
the possession of my faculties, with a touching implication that 
he might better have lost them before the death of his son.—- 
60. ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῷ: On the threshold of old age, sc. which leads 
from old age to death, the very exit from life. See L. and S. Lex. 
— 61. ἐπιδόντα, after having lived to sec, as often in later Greek. 
Cf. Herod. vi. 52, Plut. De Sera, ii. — 62. ἑλκηθείσας, dragged away 
into captivity. Cf. vi. 465: cod θ᾽ ἑλκηθμοῖο, the doom which 
Hector fears for Andromache as the consequence of his own 
death. — 63, bed- chambers plundered. The choicest treasures 
were kept in the sleeping-apartments. ΟἿ vi. 288 seqq.— 
65, daughters-in-law being dragged, etc. This catalogue of woes, 
which Priam foresees (φθίσει, 61, is fut.) as the immediate and 
inevitable consequences of Hector’s death, was fulfilled in detail 
and to the letter in the siege of Troy as it was handed down by 
tradition and represented in literature and art, e. g. Cassandra 
dragged away by Ajax, son of Oileus; Astyanax, son of Hector, 
dashed to the ground by Odysseus, etc., etc. At the same time 
such scenes attended the siege and capture of all ancient cities. 
68. τύψας ἠὲ βαλών: Cf. οὐτάσῃ ἠὲ Badrnow, xxi. 576.— 69. All 
the particulars in this line aggravate the cruelty —to be torn 
and eaten by his own dogs, not shepherd or hunting dogs, but 
those which he had fed at his own table and trusted to guard 
his door!— 70. Which after having drunk my blood, raging exceed- 
ingly in spirit (1. 6. with their thirst for blood only increased by 
the taste), would lie in my vestibule.—xe belongs to the conclusion 
of a supposition implied in all that precedes: would in that case, 
— 71. πάντ᾽ here is adverbial: ἐΐ is all-befitting. But πάντα, 73, 
is subject: and ail (i.e. all parts of his person), whatever may be 
exposed to view, are beautiful.even when he is dead. — "14-76. But 
when dogs dishonor the hoary head and the hoary beard and the 
nakedness of an old man slain, this now is the most pitiable lot that 


350 . NOTES. 


befalls miserable mortals, The mind of the wretched father dwells, 
in a manner little suited to our taste, on the indignities that will 
be visited upon his lifeless body, and really seems to pity himself 
even more than he is concerned for his son. The mother, on the 
other hand, as we shall see, and as becomes the greater tender- 
ness of the maternal character, pities her son and thinks of the 
insults which will be heaped upon him. Both appeals, however, 
are fitted to touch the heart and move the will of Hector. 

79. αὖθ᾽, again, in turn.— ἑτέρωθεν, from another place on the 
wall.— 80. Loosening her bosom folds with one hand, while, with 
the other, she held up her breast. The full and regular antithesis 
is found xxi. 71, 72: τῇ ἑτέρῃ μὲν... τῇ δ᾽ ἑτέρῃ. In xviii. 476, 
47 we have χειρὶ... ἑτέρηφι δέ, Here the expression is still 
more abbreviated and one hand is left to be understood. Tacitus 
in his Germania (viii) represents routed armies as rallied by the 
entreaties of German women and the exposure of their breasts. 

82. τέκνον. ἐμόν: Cf. at 56. — τάδε: The plural is general and 
suggestive of the associations which follow. So τῶν, 84. Ren- 
der: this. — 83. λαθικηδέα, sorrow-soothing. — ἐπέσχον, presented: 
more than ἀνέσχεν.--- 85. And don’t be standing in the forefront 
against this man. Cf. vii. 136.— 87. ἐν λεχέεσσι: Cf. xviii. 8352.— 
88. ἄλοχος πολύδωρος, richly-dowered wife, especially Andromache 
in the Iliad, vi. 394, xxii.471, and Penelope in the Odyssey, xxiv. 
294.— μέγα, very far from us both. 


Vv. 90-180, Hector Remains Unmoved and Firmly Awaits 
Achilles, 

91. οὐδ᾽... ἔπειθον: Cf. 78. There is real pathos in this refrain. 
— 98. ἐπὶ χειῇ, at the entrance of his hole. — 94, βεβρωκὼς κακὰ 
φάρμακα: Compare Vergil’s mala gramina pastus.— 97. A very 
natural attitude for a man acting on the defensive against a 
superior foe. Achilles had not yet arrived from his pursuit of 
Apollo, cf. 181. The projecting tower is doubtless that at the 
Scaean gate on which Priam gave orders to open the gates (xxi. 
526, 531), and from which Priam and Hecuba addressed to Hec- 
tor their appeals, from which also Priam had looked down upon 
the plain beneath the walls in quite a different scene in the 
Teichoscopia, ili. 146 seqq. 

98 = xvil. 90, xxi. 552, and followed here, asin both those 
places, by a soliloquy, which, in its very structure, is a perfect 
image of agitation. See note xvii. 91.— 100. Polydamas will be 


ILIAD XXII. 351 


᾿ the first to lay blame upon me. In the same way καταχεύῃ is used 

xxiii. 408 and ἀνάψαι Od. ii. 86.— 101. Cf. xviii. 254 seqq. — 
102. ὕπο with acc. during, with the suggestion also of under the 
cover of. It limits ἡγήσασθαι.--- 108 =v. 201.— 104. ἀτασθαλίῃσιν 
(arn), by my acts of folly and madness.— 105 = vi. 442, where Hec- 
tor in like manner declares his sense of shame.— αἰδέομαι is fol- 
lowed by an acc. of the persons by whom one would be ashamed 
to be seen doing something. Men are especially anxious to ap- 
pear brave in the sight of women.— 106. κακώτερος, less brave.— 
109. ἄντην, sc. στάντα. Cf. xviii. 807: ἄντην στήσομαι, followed 
by the same alternative as here. Render: to meet him face to 
Face and either, etc. —110. αὐτόν, myself. Most of the recent 
editions have αὐτῷ, to perish at his hands. Observe the contin- 
gent particle κεν in this alternative, not in the other. 

111. εἰ δέ Kev, opposed to εἰ μέν κε, 99.— καταθείομαι, for κατα- 
θῶμαι. Cf. ὑπόσχωμαι, 114.--- 118, αὐτός, myself alone, after hav- 
ing laid down my arms: should go unarmed and come into the 
presence of Achilles. —114. “Ἑλένην, object of δωσέμεν, 117.— 
115. πάντα μάλα, absolutely all. Cf. iii. 282: “Ελένην καὶ κτήματα 
mavra.— 116. #7’, sc. the rape of Helen as described in the pre- 
vious clause; it is attracted into the gender of dp>’. Compare 
γ. 63, where the ships of Paris are called νῆας dpyexaxovs. — 
117. ἅμα, besides making reparation to the Atridae brothers, αὐ 
the same time to satisfy the people. — ἀμφίς, into two parts = 
ἄνδιχα, 120.—118. ἄλλ᾽, sc. besides Helen and her property; it is 
explained and emphasized by ὅσα, x. τ. λ.--- 119. And furthermore 
afterwards, on the part of the Trojans, take the oath of their elders. 
— γερούσιον — γερόντων, Cf. 111. 149: δημογέροντες.--- 121 = xviii. 
512, where it belongs and not here.—122—= xvii. 97, xxi. 562. 
The sentence, which began with εἰ δέ κεν, 111,is here at length 
broken off without any apodosis. So in the parallel passages just 
cited. See his agitation in his broken sentences. 

123. No, I may not come before him as a suppliant, for he will 
not pity me, no, nor respect me at all. Observe the emphatic con- 
trast between ἐγὼ μέν and ὁ 8€—I the slayer and HE the avenger 
of his friend Patroclus !— ἵκωμαι, for ἱκετεύσω.--- 125. αὕτως, thus 
unarmed and unresisting like a woman. — 126, ἀπὸ δρυός, from 
the trunk of a tree or from a rock,i.e. sitting upon it. Of. ἀφ᾽ 
ἵππων, ἀπὸ νεῶν, ἀπ᾽ ὀχέων, κ. τ. A. — 127. ὀαριζέμεναι, to be chat- 
ting. Cf. vi. ὅ10, where ὀάριζε expresses the converse of Hector 
with Andromache, and y. 486, ix.327, where dpecow and ὀάρων 


, 
a; ὴ 


352 NOTES. 


are used for wives.— 127, 128. The “epanalepsis” of παρθένος 
ἠΐθεύς te seems like an image of the prattle here described. 
Perhaps it is mere emphasis, like xx. 371, 372.— 129. ξυνελαυνέ- 
μεν, sc. ἡμᾶς. It is here used intransitively. Cf. xx. 1856. --- ὅττι 
τάχιστα: Most of the recent editions put the pause after these 
words and connect them with ξυνελαυνέμεν. ---- 180, εἴδομεν, for 
εἴδωμεν : let us know as soon as possible.—’Odvipmos: It is worthy 
of notice that even Hector makes Zeus not an Idaean, but an 
Olympian god. So Chryses, the Trojan priest, makes the gods 
in general dwell on Olympus (1. 18). It may be the unconscious 
language of the poet. 


Vv. 131-166, Achilles now Draws near to Hector: Overcome with 
Fear, Hector Flees and is Driven Thrice around the Walls of 
Troy. 

131 = xxi, 64.— ὥρμαινε expresses characteristically the agita- 
tion and perplexity of such soliloquies. Cf. xvii. 106.—132. Ἔϊνυα- 
hio: Cf. at xx. 69.— κορυθάϊκι, only here =xopvOaiodos. The cease- 
less motion of the waving and flashing plume is always a striking 
feature of the warrior.— 133. Πηλιάδα: Cf. at xix. 390.—134. xad- 
«és includes his whole armor, ἀμφί being equivalent to περί. Cf. 
at xvii. 4.137. πύλας, sc. the Scaean. See at 97, 99. 

189, κίρκος: The hawk is so called from the czreles in which he 
flies; called ἴρηξ perhaps as a sacred bird (ἱερός, ἱέραξ), from which 
auguries were taken. The eagle also is said to be the swiftest of 
birds (xxi. 253; cf. also xiii. 819).— 140. οἴμησε, seooops. Observe 
~ the momentary action of this aor. in comparison with the con- 
tinued action expressed by φοβεῖται and ἀνώγει, and the repeated 
action by ἐπαΐσσει. --- 148. τρέσε, fled trembling.— 144. tro with 
acc. means not only under but towards. — λαιψηρά: Cf, 24 and 
at 37. 

145. σκοπιήν : This lookout rock or height (scopulus, specula) 
is mentioned (xx. 187) as the rendezvous of the gods on the 
Grecian side. The wild jig-tree occurs vi.433 and xi. 167; in the 
latter with παρά and ἐσσεύοντο of Agamemnon pursuing the Tro- 
jans past the fig-tree towards the Scaean gate, and the famous oak 
(xi. 170). They seem to be not far from the gate.— 146. τείχεος 
«ον. ὑπέκ, properly, out from under the wall. Hector clung to the 
wall in his flight, but Achilles compelled him to take the wagon- 
road and flee more or less away, as it is explained 194-198 below. 
- 147. κρουνώ, the two fountain-heads.— πηγαί, springs.— 148. Ho- 


mn ts 


ILIAD XXII. 353 


mer himself makes the Scamander, in common with the other 
rivers of the Troad, to have its sources in the mountains of Ida 
(xii. 19 seqq.), which is, of course, the fact. In order to reconcile 
the passage here with that and with the fact, the Scholiasts make 
Σκαμάνδρου gen., not after πηγαί, but after ἀναΐσσουσι, and under- 
stand κρουνώ and πηγαί, not of the original sources of the Scaman- 
der, but of two branches, into which the Scamander divides itself 
and then gushes forth anew on the plain: ἐκ ἢ ἀπὸ Σκαμάνδρου. But 
the language does not admit of such an interpretation. Schlie- 
mann himself at length learned that Homer describes as a poet, 
and not as a geographer or topographer.— 149-152. The attempt 
to identify these two springs, hot and cold, is as unsuccessful as 
was that of the Scholiasts. Warm springs abound in the Troad, 
especially in the southern part, and there are three fountains of 
some note near Hissarlik, the scene of Schliemann’s excavations; 
but there is no such marked contrast in regard to temperature 
as that here described. See Schliemann’s Ilios, pp. 70, 110.— 
149. ἀμφί — περί, round about.— 151. θέρεϊ, even in summer. 

158. wAvvot: Compare the πλυνοί, washing basins, away from 
the city, at which Nausicaa and her fair maidens washed their 
apparel, Od. vi. 40, and the women washing their clothes now- 
adays in the Ilissus and at the fountain of Callirrhoe. It is wor- 
thy of notice that the poet uses the present tense (ἔασιν) of these 
basins, as if he conceived of them as still remaining, while he 
employs the iterative imperf. of the wives and daughters of the 
Trojans who used to wash their clothes there. Mure argues from 
such details that the poet was himself familiarly conversant with 
the Troad. Hist. Gr. Lit. vol. 11, p. 214.— 156. τὸ πρίν, formerly 
in time of peace.— 157. By this way I say they two ran along.— 
pa is resumptive, as παραδραμέτην is a resumption of παρὰ... 
ἐσσεύοντο, 145, 146.— 158. Observe the emphatic juxtaposition 
of δίωκε to the contrasted ἔφευγε: and there was pursuing him a 
Sar better.— 159. For they were not striving for an animal for 
slaughter nor for an ox-hide. 

162. περὶ τέρματα, about the goal, which horses in the race ran 
around and thence returned to the starting-point (cf. xxiii. 287 
seqq.). The poet seizes on this point in the race, first, because Hec- 
tor and Achilles were in like manner running around the city, 165, 
and, secondly, because horse and driver exerted themselves most 
strenuously at this point, since the result depended chiefly on the 
speed and skill with which they passed the goal.— 164. τρίπος, 


354 NOTES. 


poet. for τρίπους. Ad rem, see note xvili. 373. The word came 
to denote elegant drinking-cups and ornamental tripods made 
especially for prizes in the race. The Street of the Tripods at 
Athens got its name from the number and splendor of the 
“tripods”? by which it was adorned.— γυνή, ὦ slave or concubine. 
— ἀνδρὸς κατατεθνηῶτος, in honor of a hero dead. Compare the 
games at the funeral of Patroclus, xxiii.— 166. épavro, were look- — 
ing on. 


Vv. 167-207. Zeus Inclines to Save Hector, but Athene Dis- 
suades him, Hector Continues to Flee, Strengthened by 
Apollo, Achilles Forbids the Greeks to Shoot at him, that 
he may have the Undivided Honor of Slaying him. 


170. Observe the personal, not to say selfish, ground on which 
Zeus inclines to save Hector: ὅς μοι, κι τ. Δ. This is characteris- 
tic of the Homeric divinities. Cf. Theol. of Gr. Poets, p. 161.— 
171. Zeus had an altar on Gargaron, one of the peaks of Ida 
(vill. 48).— 174. So at xvi. 435 seqq. Zeus inclines to save his son 
Sarpedon, and is dissuaded by Heré.— 176. ἐσθλὸν ἐόντα, nd 
(or noble) as he is. 

179-181 — xvi. 441-443. Here, as elsewhere, it is implied that 
Zeus could contravene fate, as well as the will of all the other 
gods; but he does not do it. See at xvi. 440-443, 780, xxi. 
517 et passim.— 181 is often repeated. Cf. iv. 29. 

182 -- 184 = vili. 38-40. — 183. θυμῷ πρόφρονι, with earnest or 
Jixed purpose. — 185 = parts of ii. 179, iv. 37, and xx. 25 put 
together.— 186. Often repeated in Iliad and Odyssey.— 187 = ii. 
167, ἵν. 74. The mind of the poet seems to be full of these poet- 
ical snatches—or commonplaces, as Mure calls them—often, but 
not always, distinctive of particular persons. 

191. And even if he eludes the sight by hiding (cowering) beneath 
the bush, yet, tracking him up, he runs steadily on till he finds him. 
— 194. ὁσσάκι: Cf. xxi, 265.— πυλάων Δαρδανιάων, gen. after ἀν- 
tiov ἀΐξασθαι. Crusius and most of the commentators identify 
the Dardanian gate (mentioned also v. 789) with the Scaean. 
But according to the uniform custom in the East and in ancient 
times of naming the gates of a city from the places to which 
they lead, the Dardanian gate would be that opening towards 
Dardania, which was at the very base of Mt. Ida (cf. xx. 216 
seqq.). In other words, while the Scaean was the West gate, the 
Dardanian must have been the East gate. Gladstone (Juventus, 


ILIAD XXII. B55 


Ῥ. 470) says the South gate.—195. ὑπὸ πύργους: Cf. ὑπὸ τεῖχος, 
144 and note there.— 196. ot: La Roche reads oi, because it is 
reflexive = himself, sc. Hector.— 197. So often he (Achilles), get- 
ting in advance of him, would turn him away (from the city) tow- 
ards the plain.— προπάροιθεν seems to strengthen παραφθάς, and 
to refer, not to the city, but to Hector: getting in advance of him, 
sc. Hector.— 198. αὐτός, Achilles: he himself flew ever towards the 
city, in order thus to anticipate Hector and prevent him from 
reaching it.— 199, 200. διώκειν in these two lines seems to include 
the unusual sense of overtake. But the word aptly expresses the 
felt inability of one in nightmare to make any progress.—In the 
application to Achilles and Hector, 201, the infinitives express 
the definite ideas: to overtake and to escape.— 202. How could 
he have escaped so long as he did ?— 203. πύματόν τε καὶ tora- 
τον, for the very last time, sc. during his long flight thrice around 
the city; but now Apollo leaves him to his fate. 

205. ἀνένευε καρήατι, well expressed by our shook his head. The 
Greeks expressed prohibition or refusal by drawing back the 
head (cf. Od. ix. 468, xxi.129). ἀνένευε is the exact antithesis of 
xareveve. The imperf. is uscd to express continued or repeated 


action. So éa in 206.— 207. Cf. at xvi. 90. δ' 


Vy, 208-247. Zeus Weighs the Destinies of the Two Heroes; 
that of Hector Sinks in the Scales: Apollo Forsakes him; 
Athene Inspires Achilles with Fresh Hope, and, in the Form 
of his Brother, Deiphobus, Encourages Hector to Await his 
Approach. 

209, 210 = viii. 69, 70, where Zeus weighs the destinies of 
Greeks and Trojans, and the Grecian scale for the time sank. 
So, though with more propriety, we speak of God as weighing 
individuals and nations in the balances of justice.— 209. ériratve, 
lit. stretched, i. 6. levelled, potsed.— 212. μέσσα, sc. τάλαντα : and, 
taking them by the middle, raised (lit. drew) the balances,— ῥέπε, 
sank, — 213. εἰς ᾿Αἴδαο, i.e. to the abode of the dead. — λίπεν, 
κι τ. Δ.» his last and best friend left him. Cf. 203, xvi. 94, where 
Achilles says: pada τούς ye (sc. Τρῶας) φιλεῖ ἑκάεργος ᾿Απόλλων.--- 
214. Apollo leaves Hector, and Athene comes to the help of 
Achilles; of course the doom of the former is now sealed. The 
scene is supremely pathetic and sublime. 

221. προπροκυλινδόμενος, found only here and at Od. xvii. 525: 
there of “a homeless wanderer rolled even farther and farther 


356 NOTES. 


onwards by the tide of misfortune” (Pratt and Leaf); here ofa 
suppliant rolling and prostrating himself again and again be- 
Sore him whom he supplicates. mpompo- denotes repetition.— 
222. ἄμπνυε, recover breath. . 

227. Δηϊφόβῳ, a younger brother of Hector, mentioned with 
Helenus as leader of a division (xii. 94), distinguished for his 
airy step and loud shout (xiii. 158, 413), and white shield, 294 
below.— δέμας καὶ ἀτειρέα φωνήν, xvii. 555 et al. 

229. Ἤθεϊε, elder brother. — 230 = 173.— 231 = xi. 348.— 284. 
γνωτῶν, brothers, and so generally in Iliad. Cf. iii. 174, xvii. 85 
et al.— 235. τιμήσασθαι, sc. σέ, implied in the next line: to honor 
thee who hast dared, etc., the rel. clause giving the reason for the 
honor.— 287. δέ, while. 

238. The part acted by Athene here ‘sii in the wounding of 


Menelaus and breaking of the truce (iv. 86 seqq.) does her as. 


little credit as that acted by Apollo, in the death of Patroclus, 
does him. She is here the goddess of stratagem and deception, 
not of wisdom. But we have not got beyond the maxim that all 
is right in war.—240. Besought me one after the other embracing my 
knees.— Magov0’ .. . γουνούμενοι --- γούνων λίσσοντο, ix. 451; γουνά- 
ζοντο, XV. cg 241, τοῖον, adv. ‘acc. = 80 much do all ‘feat and 
tremble before him.— 243. But now let us both press right forward 
and fight.— 246. δαμήῃ: La Roche and Diintzer read δαμείη, and 
remark that the opt. denotes the less probable, perhaps, but more 
desirable alternative. Cf. at xviii. 308. 


Vv. 247-305. Hector Proposes a Mutual Engagement that nei- 
ther shall Dishonor the Body of the other Slain. Achilles 
Refuses with Scorn, and Throws his Spear, but it Passes 
over the Crouching Hector and is Planted in the Ground. 
Hector Throws his Spear, and it Glances Harmless from 
Achilles’ Shield. He now Discovers that he has been De- 
ceived by Athene in the Form of Deiphobus, and Resolves 
that he will not Die without a Struggle, 

247. καί emphasizes κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατο: when she had thus 
spoken she also cunningly led the way, i.e. went on before to the 
fight.— 251. δίον, fled fearing. Cf. τρέσε, 143. Koch reads Sies. 
— 253. Cf. at xviii. 308. — κεν refers to ornwevac=and in that 
case, thus taking a stand: I would slay or be slain (lit. take or be 
taken), i.e. fight it out to a decisive issue.— 254, ἐπιδώμεθα, let 
us call (lit. give) the gods here to witness our engagements, ἐπί, 


Le 


ILIAD XXII 357 


lit. wpon or over us. So dare testes in Latin. — 255. appovidey, 
agreements = συνημοσύνας, 261 = συνθήκας.--- 257. Kappoviny, vic- 
tory as the reward of endurance. Autenricth. Only here. — 
259. ῥέζειν: The inf. implies an imper. to be supplied from the 
foregoing context: and so do you agree to do. 

260 =i. 148.— 261. ἄλαστε, unforgetable, unpardonable, SC. as 
the slayer of Patroclus.— 265. φιλήμεναι, sc. ἀλλήλω.--- 266, 267 = 
Υ. 288, 289, except the first two words.— 267 = xx. 78.— 268, Be- 
think yourself of, i.e.summon up all your valor of every sort. In 
vii. 237 seqq. Hector boasts his superiority in every species of 
combat. The omission of the connective in both these clauses 
expresses impatience, as, indeed, does the whole speech, 6. g. 261 
and the repeated οὐκ ἔστι, 262, 265.— 269 = xvi. 493.— 271. δαμάᾳ, 
pres., expresses more immediateness than the future. — ἀθρόα 
πάντα — all at once. 

273 = ili. 355.— 274 = xiii. 184, xvi. 610 et al.— 275. ἕζετο here 
takes the place of κατέκυψε in the parallel passages xvi. 611, xvii. 
527 —=he stooped, crouched. — 276. ava ἥρπασε, plucked it up, 
and proceeded to give it back to Achilles. ἥρπασε a momentary 
act, δίδου the continuation of it.— 279. You missed your mark, 
and so it appears you did not at all, etc. —280. Though to be sure 
you said you knew. Cf. 270, 271. eh. Διός, as the original source 
of oracles and prophecies.— 281. But you were a glib talker and 
cunning in speech. Hector and Aeneas think others are great 
talkers. Cf. xx. 246 seqq., 365, 431.— 285. Jf the god has ΕΘ it 
to thee. —286. ὧς, introducing and emphasizing a wish: would 
you might receive it all and bear it away with you in your flesh. 
κομίζω unites these two meanings. 

289 = 273, marking the parallelism between the two comba- 
tants.— 291. ἀπεπλάγχθη, glanced.— χώσατο ... χειρός --- xiv. 406, 
407, where also it is said of Hector.— 293. κατηφήσας, with down- 
cast look, —ov8 ἄλλο: No god returned his spear to him, as 
-Athene did to Achilles! —- 294, λευκάσπιδα: Cf. at 227. The 
word is found only here in Homer, but it occurs in the tragic 
poets.— 295. The omission of the connective expresses haste: he 
asked for us long spear !—296. ἔγνω, sc. his situation and his doom. 

301. And there is no escape; for 80 it seems this (sc. my death) 
was long since the will of Zeus and Zeus’ son the far-shooter.— τόγε 
can refer to θάνατος or ἀλέη, and interpreters differ as to the ref- 
erence; but pa πάλαι favors the interpretation above given. — 
303. μοῖρα is not opposed to the will of Zeus, but identical with 


358 NOTES. 


it—this clause being an emphatic repetition of πάλαι τόγε; kK. τ. Δ.» 
in antithesis to οἵ με πάρος ye, κ. τ. A.— 804. Let me not, however, 
die without a struggle and without glory. 


Vv. 306-366. Hector, with Drawn Sword, Springs upon Achilles, 
but the latter Pierces him Through the Neck with his Spear. 
Hector again Pleads for Due Burial of his Body, but Achilles 
again Denies his Request. 


308. οἴμησεν, darted, of the hawk, 140, of the eagle here, or of 
Hector darting like the eagle.— ἀλείς, gathering himself up for a 
spring.— 310. πτῶκα is used xvii. 676 as the name of the hare, 
which is the image and symbol of timidity.— 312. ὡρμήθη, was 
roused.— μένεος, k. τ. X., Cf. Xvli. 499.— 313. κάλυψεν, held as ὦ cover. 
— 814. éwéveve, sometimes = κατένευε, the opp. of ἀνένευε, 8. g. 1. 
528. Cf. at 205 above; but here simply: kept nodding to and fro 
with his helmet, i.e. his helmet kept nodding.— 317. otos = Lat. 
qualis. — εἶσι: Cf. at 27.— ἀμολγῷ: Cf. at 28.— 318. Which is the 
most beautiful star that is set in the heavens.— 319. So it shone 
Jrom, etc., 1. 6. such was the light which shone. Venus, the 
evening stur, here illustrates the bright gleaming of the hero’s 
spear, as Sirius illustrates the portentous light of his first appear- 
ing, 26 seqq.— 821. Searching his fair form to see where it was most 
vulnerable, lit. where it might yield most. 

322. And the rest of his person so far indeed his armor protected. 
— τοῦ limits χρόα, and ἄλλο τόσον is adverbial acc. in emphatic 
antithesis (with μέν) to φαίνετο δέ, by which it is explained.— 
323. Cf. xvii. 125, 194.— κατακτάς, after having slain him. The 
slaying is related xvi. 820 seqq. — 324. But it showed (sc. his 
person, χρώς) where the collar-bones separate the neck from the 
shoulders, Faési-Franke for explanation of ἀπέχουσιν refers to 
Vill. 825: ὅθι KAnis ἀποέργει αὐχένα τε στῆθος re. In English 
we say connects rather than separates.— 325. λαυκανίην is epex- 
egetical of 7 KAnides. It is the gullet, or food-pipe, in distinction 
from doddpayor, the windpipe, 328.— 326. It is worthy of notice 
how soon Hector falls beneath the might of Achilles when he 
stops, though with drawn sword (806), to encounter him. — 
329 expresses the purpose, not of Achilles, but of the fates. — 
ἀμειβόμενος : What Hector says (833) is in answer to Achilles’ ad- 
dress to him. 

331. ἀτάρ που, but methinks. ἀτάρ implies that the real situa- 
tion of Hector is very different from what he said when he was 


ILIAD XXII. 359 


slaying and stripping Patroclus, κεῖσαι supplied would express 
it. Of. xvi. 837; also the prophecy of the dying Patroclus, xvi. 
851 seqq., which is here fulfilled.— 332. ὀπίζεο, fear, dread, always 
an avenger; in the Odyssey always the anger of the gods. See 
under ὀπίζομαι and éms in Autenrieth’s Lex.— 333. τοῖο limits 
docontnp.— μέγ᾽ ἀμείνων, far superior to you.— 335, σὲ μέν, x. τ. λ.: 
Hector addresses the same threat to the dying Patroclus, xvi. 
836 — ἃ poetical nemesis. But neither threat was executed. 
337 repeated pathetically from xvi. 848, where it introduces 
the words of the dying Patroclus.— 338. ὑπὲρ ψυχῆς, by thy life. 
᾿ς —840. μέν sets the ransom over against the body (σῶμα δέ), 342. 
— 341. δῶρα τά, gifts which, strictly, gifts these my father and 
mother will give. — 342, 343 — vii. 79, 80, where Hector makes 
this stipulation precedent to the single combat which follows 
with Ajax. Do the stipulation there and the petition here imply 
Hector’s special care and anxiety for his body? σῶμα ἴῃ Homer 
is always a dead body.— οἴκαδ᾽ implies a verb of motion after 
‘Sopevar.— πυρός is gen. of an allotted portion after λελάχωσι. 

345. Cf. 240: beseech me not by my knees nor my parents.— 
346. “It has but one redeeming point, such as it is, namely, that 
Achilles only wishes he had the heart to eat up his enemy.” 
Felton.— 347. οἷά μ᾽ ἔοργας, for such deeds as thou hast done me! 
— 348. ὥς, so sure it is that there is none that can, etc.—that is, 
you see the proof that there is no escape for you in the savage 
wish just expressed.-—— 349. Not even if they should bring here and 
weigh out a tenfold and even a twentyfold ransom. Compare ix. 
379 and the series of hyperbolical values which Achilles there 
declares would not move him to be reconciled to Agamemnon. 
Well might Horace characterize Achilles as inezorabilis (De Art. 
Poet. 191).----αἰκοσινήριτ᾽ is ἅπαξ εἰρ. and of doubtful derivation ; 
in ix. 379 εἰκοσάκις takes its place. — 350. For στήσωσι, in the 
sense of weigh, cf. at xix. 247. ἐρύσασθαι, in the next line, is used 
in the same sense, as is proved by σ᾽ αὐτόν = weigh down thyself 
with gold, 1. 6. ransom thee with thy weight in gold. Cf. ἕλκε, 212. 
Both words signify to draw, sc. the balance, hence = weigh. 

356. Surely knowing thee well I behold thee, sc.as described in 
the following clauses, inexorable and iron-hearted.— 358. μήνιμα, 
a cause of anger. The word is found only here in Iliad, and only 
once in Odyssey, viz. xi. 73. — 359. A prophetic anticipation of 
the way in which Achilles actually died, viz. by an arrow from 
the bow of Paris, aided, of course, by Apollo as the god of archery. 


νὰ ἡ Ἢ 
we» 


360 NOTES. 


So the dying Patroclus predicts the end of Hector, xvi. 854, where 
see note. 

361-364. The same lines which describe the death of Patroctid 
by Hector’s hand, xvi. 855-858, where see notes. It is not a mere 
mechanical repetition, but a word-picture of poetical retribution. 
See also at 335 above.— 365, 366 = xviii. 115, 116, where also it 


is the language (characteristic) of Achilles. It is almost trans- . 


lated by Vergil, xii. 743, 744. 


Vv. 867-404, The Greeks draw near and Admire the Slain Hector, 
and each of them Inflicts a Wound upon his Body. Achilles 
Strips off his Armor, Fastens his Feet to his Chariot, and Drags 
his Body Trailing in the Dust, 


370. θηήσαντο, beheld with wonder.— καί, also, 1. 6. they not only 
ran up, but also beheld with wonder.— 371. avouvrytt, adv., ΜῈ 
out inflicting a wound. 

373. Verily Hector is now much easier to handle, or, more exactly 
and more sarcastic, softer to touch. 

380. ὅσ᾽ ov = more than.— 381. εἰ with dyer (more frequently 
ἄγε): if you please. δέ in apodosis, — 382. That we may, per- 
chance, know somewhat the intention of the Trojans. Crusius reads 
κ᾽ ἔτι, that we may δύ: know. La Roche renders κέ τι, wo médglich, 
if possible.— 387. The insertion and position of the name Patro- 
clus increase the emphasis and pathos.—ov also is emphatic. 
— 388 an emphatic: as long as I live and move. Cf. ix. 610, where 
also it is the language of Achilles.— 389. καταλήθοντ᾽, utterly for- 
get, found only here and characteristic of the intensity of Achil- 
les. περ, separated from εἰ ( εἴπερ), adds to the emphasis. To 
this ἐγὼ καὶ κεῖθι, in the next line, is in emphatic contrast. It 
will be seen that the passage takes for granted a future life, but 
implies uncertainty touching the retention of the mental facul- 
ties there. Compare the Nexvia, Od. xi., and Theol. of Gr. Poets, 
p. 198.— 392. ἄγωμεν: Cum irrisione quadam pro ἕλκωμεν. D6- 
derlein. Compare the irony of the common soldiers, 373 above. 
— 393, 394. Eustathius and other ancients took these two verses 
to be the song of triumph (παιήοναν, in part at least, which Achil- 
les would have the Achaeans sing as they dragged the body of 
Hector to the ships. Accordingly the connective is omitted in 
393, as if it were epexegetical of παιήονα. 

395. μήδετο with two acc., like verbs of doing well or ill.— 
396 explanatory of 395, hence asyndeton.— τένοντε dual, because 


ILIAD XXII. 361 


of both feet. He cut a hole or slit back of the tendo Achillis, be- 
tween it and the bone, reaching from the heel to the ankle. — 
397. ἐξῆπτεν, lit. let them hang out, sc. from the slits in the feet. 
So of the gods hanging from the golden chain of Zeus let down 
from heayen, viii. 20. We say, fasten to. So, in the next line, ἐκ 
- «- ἔδησε, bound owt of, instead of bound to. Very often the 
Greeks, looking at things from the opposite point of view from 
what we do, reverse the English use of the prepositions in and 
out, to and from, over and under, up and down, especially in com- 
position with verbs.— 398. κάρη: The larger part of the body as 
well as the head must have dragged on the ground, so low was 
the war-chariot. Compare the account xxiv. 15 seqq., where the 
insult to the body of Hector is repeated.— 399. dvd... ἀείρας, 
sc. into the chariot.— 400 = v. 366 et al.— 401. angi... πίτναντο, 
flowed loosely around. ΑἸ. πίλναντο.--- 408. But at this time Zeus 
gave to his enemies to dishonor him in his own fatherland—a double 
dishonor. 


Vy. 405-436, All Troy Mourns for Hector. Priam Beseeches the 
People to let him go forth from the City and Entreat Achilles 
for the Body. Priam and Hecuba Lament for their Son. 

407. κώκυσεν, shrieked, always of women; ᾧμώξεν (1. 408), Zament- 
ed, of men, lit. cried οἴμοι, vae mihi, woe is me. The wailing of 
the people is expressed by both roots in 409.— 409. εἴχοντο, were 
held by, i. 6. were wholly given up to.— 410. τῷ is neut. and is ex- 
plained by the following clause: most like that, sc. as if, etc., that 
is, the wailing was as universal and distressing as if the whole 
city were in flames.— 411. ὀφρυόεσσα, beetling --- ἠνεμόεσσα, iii. 305, 
αἰπεῖα, Od. iii. 488 (αἰπήεσσα, xxi. 87), epithets of Troy denoting 
elevation. Cf. ὀφρύσι, xx. 151.— κατ᾽ ἄκρης, lit. down from the. 
summit; we should say, to its foundations. See above, on 397.— 
413. πυλάων Δαρδανιάων: Cf. at 194.— 414. κυλινδόμενος: Cf. 221. 
- κατὰ κόπρον: Cf. xxiv. 164. 

᾿ 418, λίσσωμ᾽, that I may entreat, ὡς omitted.— ἀτάσθαλον, wicked, 

from arn.— 419. If, perchance, he may respect my age and pity my 

gray hairs.— 420. τοιόσδε, of like age, aged like myself.— 425. οὗ, 

Sor whom.— 426. “Exropos: Observe the climax of emphasis and 

of pathos in the position of this word.— 427. τῷ, then.— 429. ἐπί, 

too, i.e. in concert with him. 

430. ἐξῆρχε γόοιο: Cf. xviii. 51, of Thetis leading the wail or 
dirge of her nymphs, and xvfii. 316, of Achilles that of the 

16 


᾿ς Νὰ. 


902 NOTES. 


Achaeans for Patroclus.— 481. τέκνον, more endearing than vie. 
Cf. xviii. 73. — βείομαι, Schol. βιώσομαι. Cf. xv. 194, xvi. 852.— 
435. δειδέχατ᾽, plpf. of δείκνυμι, strictly to welcome with out- 
stretched hand or cup; here=honored. Cf.ix.297.— 480 =xvii. 
478, 672, where the same line is a refrain in the lament over Pa- 
troclus. . 

There is genuine pathos in the laments both of Priam and 
Hecuba, but the father pities himself while the mother thinks 
only of her son. 


Vv. 487-515, Andromache, Weaving in her Ohamber, Hears the 
Wailing, Hastens to the Tower, and, Seeing her Husband being 
Dragged Behind the Car of Achilles, Falls Senseless. Recov- 
ering from her Swoon, she Bewails her own Loss and that of 
her now Fatherless Boy, 

437. Her ignorance and the suddenness of the discovery ex- 
plain the violence of the shock, 466 seqq.— 440. ὕφαινε, in obe- 
dience to the direction of her husband (vi. 490 seqq.), and as a 
natural means of forgetting her anxiety.-—pvx¢@: The womens’ 
apartments were in the inner part of the house.— 441. Cf. ili. 126, 
the web that Helen was weaving. — θρόνα, Schol. ἄνθη ποικίλα: 
embroidered flowers ; only here in Homer. Such embroidery im- 
plies the existence of drawing and painting, though no distinct 
mention is made in Homer of those arts. So alphabetic writing 
may have existed even if we admit that it is not mentioned. 
Theol. of Gr. Poets, p. 84.—442. A touch of nature which adds 
greatly to the tenderness and pathos of the scene.— 445. 6 = ὅτι. 
— 448, ἐλελίχθη, shook.— κερκίς, the staff-rod (which in the Ho- 
meric age took the place of the shuttle in the later loom) which 
she held in her hand, but which, as soon as she heard the lamen- 
tations, fell out of her hand to the ground. 

450. ἴδωμ᾽ : Cf. at 418: Aiccwp’. The broken specch is indica- 
tive of excitement.— 452. ἀνὰ στόμα, up to my mouth, the hyper- 
bole of strong feeling.— 454. at γάρ, κιτ. λ. Cf. at xviii. 272.— 
ἔπος refers to the language of her own fears expressed in 455.— 
457. aynvopins ἀλεγεινῆς: Cf. vi. 407: φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος. 

400. μαινάδι is found only here. — 401, κραδίην is ace. of re- 


spect; render: with beating heart.— 462. πύργον, the tower at the 


gate. Cf. xxi. 526,531; and vi. 386, where the parting of Hector 
and Andromache had taken place.—- 463. τόν, him, emphatic; no 
need to speak his name: to the affectionate and anxious wife 


ILIAD XXII. 363 


him is, of course, her husband, — 466 = v. 659, xiii. 580 et al._— 
467. awd... ἐκάπυσσεν, and she gasped forth her life. ἅπαξ eip. 
—468. The casting far away of these ornaments was the <nvol- 
untary effect of her fall, unlike the mother’s tearing off and 
throwing far away of hers, as described in 400. For these orna- 
ments, see Autenricth’s Lex. sub. v. and illustrations there; also 
Schliemann’s Jlios, p. 454 and illustrations.— 471. ἠγάγεθ᾽ ... ἐπεὶ 
ον. «ἕδνα: Cf. at xvi. 190. Here the marriage presents (ἕδνα) go 
to the bride.— 473. γαλόῳ τε καὶ εἰνατέρες here = husband’s sisters 
and wives of husband’s brothers, as Andromache’s connections in 
Troy would be only those of her husband. . Cf. vi. 878. γαλόως = 
Lat. glos— 474. Who held her up, frightened to death — language 
of exaggeration or according to appearance.— 475. ἀγέρθη, like 
the English collected. — 476. ἀμβλήδην γοόωσα, sobbing convulsively. 
Cf. ἀμβολάδην, xxi. 364. 

477. Cf. 431.— ἰῇ ἄρα, κ. τ. Δ. : 80, then, we were both born to one 
and the same (sad) lot,— 479, Cf. vi. 416, 425.— 480. 6... ἐοῦσαν, 
a stock phrase often repeated in Iliad and Odyssey, 6. g. II. viii. 
283, Od. i. 485.— 481. An ill-fated father (reared) an ill-fated 
daughter: would that he had not begotten me.— 484. νήπιος αὕτως, 
so young, a mere infant. Cf. vi. 400 of the same child of Hector 
and Andromache.— 489. For others will rob him of his lands, 
ἀπουρήσουσιν ireg. fut. of ἀπαύραω. See Autenrieth’s Lex. et al. 
This reading, given by some MSS., is approved by Buttm. Lexil. 
and adopted by Dindorf, Faési-Franke, La Roche, Koch, ete., in- 
stead of drovpiccovow found in most MSS. and older editions, 
which expresses the same thing under the figure of removing 
the boundaries.— 490. ἦμαρ ὀρφανικόν: Cf. at xvi. 831, xix. 294, 
409 --- παναφήλικα, ἅπαξ εἰρ. For the meaning, see Lex.— 491. He 
as all bowed down.— ὑπεμνήμυκε is usually explained as for. ὑπεμή- 
puke, augmented and reduplicated perf. of ὑπ-ημύω. Cf. ii. 148, 
where ἡμύει is used of the corn bending before the wind, and ii. 
373 of a city tottering to its fall. See also viii. 808, xix. 405. 
The word is very expressive. — δεδάκρυνται: See at xvi. 7.— 
492. ἄνεισι, goes away.— 494. τυτθόν, a little while, explained by 
the next line.— ἐπέσχεν, holds up, offers, gnomic aor. 

496. ἀμφιθαλής, lit. prosperous on both sides, i.e. a boy whose 
_ father and mother are both living. Schol. ἐπ’ ἀμφοῖν, μητρὶ καὶ 
πατρὶ, εὐδαίμων. Others understand by it simply, very rich. It 
is another ἅπαξ εἰρ., of which there is an unusual number in 
this lament.— 497. ὀνειδείοισιν, with reproachful words ; only here 


364 NOTES. 


without ἐπέεσσιν.--- 498. ἔρρε, begone /— οὕτως, Schol. ὡς ἔχεις, a8 
you are.— 500, ᾿Αστυάναξ: What a change and reverse for Asty- 
ANAX! Observe the emphasis on the name here and 506. Of. 
Ἕκτορος, 426.— 504. θαλέων, happy thoughis. See L. and §.’s Lex. 
Another ἅπαξ cip.— 505. amd... ἁμαρτών, deprived of. Of. ἀφαμαρ- 
rovon, Vi.411. The reader cannot but be struck with the many 
points of connection and resemblance between this book and 
the Sixth.— 506, 507. The Trojans named the son Astyanax, Lord 
of the City, because the father was the defender of Troy. Hector 
has been thought by some to signify the Holder, sc. of the city.— 
509. αἰόλαι: Cf. at xix. 404.— εὐλαί, xix. 26, 

510. γυμνόν: This word seems to suggest the thoughts which 
follow about the jine and elegant garments which have been made 
for him by her hands and the hands of her women, but which, 
now useless to him, she will publicly burn — thus, and thus only, 
to shed some lustre upon him in the sight of the Trojans and 
Trojan women. This lament of Andromache has been criticised 
as cold and petty, and scarcely in keeping with the tragic scene 
which precedes. Possibly this is one of the places where Horace 
would say: quandoque bonus dormitat Homerus. But it is cer- 
tainly natural, full as she is of tender and proud thoughts of her 
noble husband, and almost overwhelmed by the calamity which 
has befallen their infant boy in the loss of his father. And those 
who take offence at the details touching his apparel should not 
forget how much such details filled the hearts and the hands, 
especially of the women of the East, in olden times. Compare 
the like details in the eulogy of the virtuous woman in the last 
chapter of the book of Proverbs. 

515 = xix. 301, where it closes the lament of Briseis over Pa- 
troclus. Such lines belong to the technic of epic song. At the 
same time the parallel so often suggested between the fate of 
Patroclus and that of his slayer, Hector, may be an intentional 
illustration of what is called poetical justice, 


Sales 


ai ei 


— 


ILIAD XXIII. 


"Ada ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ. This book is justly entitled The Games 
in Honor of Patroclus, since it is entirely occupied with the 
games which constituted the chief part of the funeral rites that 
were performed over his body. The Greeks and the Romans were 
accustomed thus to honor their dead heroes (Liv. xxxi. 50, Tac. 
Ann. vi. 11; see Dict. of Antiq.). Vergil (Aen. v.) has copied 
this description, though with variations. The last two books of 
the Iliad have often been objected to as prolonging the poem 
beyond its proper conclusion with the death of Hector. But 
the Ajax and the Antigone of Sophocles, that perfect master of 
dramatic unity, are prolonged to considerable length beyond the 
catastrophe for the very same reason, viz. to put the mind of the 
Greeks (who had a religious horror of remaining unburied of 
which we can hardly conceive) at rest as to the due burial of 
the heroes of the tale. See Theol. of Gr. Poets, pp. 123, 124. 
Moreover, in the knightly courtesy of Achilles, as exhibited in 
the conduct of the games in the Twenty-third Book, and the 
generosity with which he treats Priam when he comes in person 
to beg the body of his son in the Twenty-fourth Book, we see 
the character of the hero of the poem in a new and most at- 
tractive light. See an excellent article by Dean Milman in the 
Quarterly Review, vol. 44. 


Vv, 1-34. After the Return of the Greeks to their Ships and Tents 
Achilles bids his Myrmidons not to Disperse, but to Remain 
by him till they shall have Performed the Funeral Rites over 
the Body of his Friend, and meanwhile he Provides for them 
the Funeral Feast. 

1. The transitional ὥς here, following that at the close of the 
previous book, is regarded by many critics as proving that this 
book is a later addition. The last line of the preceding book is, 
however, only the formal close of the lament of Andromache, 
while the first line of this book is a general transition from the 
Trojans to the Greeks. We have a similar repetition of ὥς in 


366 NOTES. 


two successive lines at xvii. 423, 424.— 2. vijds...tkovro: Cf, at 
xviii. 150. We left the Greeks (xxii. 391 seqq.) marching tow- 
ards the ships singing the paean in the train of Achilles.—3 = 
xix. 277.— 5. φιλοπτολέμοισι, a special epithet of the Myrmidons, 
xvi. 65 and below, 129.— 6, ταχύπωλοι is elsewhere an epithet of 
Δαναοί, and especially of Tpées.— 7. ὑπ᾽ ὄχεσφι: Cf. at xviii. 244, 
— 8. αὐτοῖς, together with our horses and chariots; more frequent- 
ly with σύν. Cf. ix. 194.—9. ὅ Ξ-Ξ τό ΞΞ τοῦτο. Cf. xvi. 457, 675. 
— 10, τεταρπώμεσθα, redupl. aor. of réprw. Ad rem, cf. Ovid Trist. 
iv. 8.87: est quacdam flere voluptas. 

12. ᾧμωξαν: Cf. at xxii, 408.— ἦρχε, began the wailing, and led 
the way in the procession of mourners three times around the 
body of Patroclus, as explained in the lines which follow. — 
14. The mourning was so deep and passionate that it seemed to 
be supernatural: and what god so fit to inspire it as Thetis, the 
tender and sympathizing mother of the afflicted hero? It should 
also be remembered that she was a. goddess of the sea, and this 
mourning was by the seaside, 3, 61.— ἵμερον: Cf. τεταρπώμεσθα, 
10, and note there. — 15. Sevovro .. . δεύοντο: Cf. Verg. Aen. xi. 
191: Spargitur et tellus lacrimis, sparguntur et arma.— 16. τοῖον, 
such, emphatic and all the more expressive for its conciseness, 
—17,18 repeated from xviii. 316, 317. See also xviii, 51, xxii. 
430. 
19. Xaipé, hail, the customary salutation both at meeting (cf. 
ix. 197) and at parting (Od. v. 205).— pot expresses endearment, 
not to be expressed with such conciseness in English. This line 
and the next are repeated at 179, 180.— 20. ἤδη, now, i. e. forth- 
with. — ὑπέστην = ὑπεσχόμην. The promise is given xviii. 334 
seqq.— 21. δώσειν takes the tense and the construction required 
by ὑπέστην (not of τελέω, Which would naturally have been ex- 
pected). — ὠμά is here used as an adverb. — 22, 23 = xviii. 336, 
337. 

24 — xxii. 395. — ἔργα is explained by the following line. — 
25. πρηνέα, prone on his face. This was the dishonor especially 
meant by ἀεικέα épya.— 26. ἀφωπλίζοντο, ἅπαξ cip., and followed 
by an acc. of kindred signification.— 27. ὑψηχέας, high-neighing, 
i.e. neighing with heads raised on high. Cf. v.772, Verg. xi. 496: 
arrectisque fremit cervicibus. — 29. τάφον: The funeral-banquet 
usually followed the burial (xxiv. 801, 802), but here precedes it. 
— δαίνυ, imperf.: proceeded to prepare. — 380. ἀργοί here = sleek ; 
neither swift nor white would suit the place.— ὀρέχθεον is usually 


ILIAD XXIII. 367 


explained as from ὀρέγομαι, and meaning, were stretched. But 
some of the best commentators are now returning to the explana- 
tion of most ancient interpreters, who took it to mean the rasp- 
ing or rattling sound emitted in the throes of death, in which sense 
it is onomatopoetic and akin to ῥοχθέω. Cf. L. and S.’s Lex. ; 
also Auten. — 31. μηκάδες is onomatopoetic. — 32, 89 = ix. 467, 
468, with slight variation. Observe the favorite repetition of 
πολλοὶ μὲν... πολλοὶ dé... πολλοὶ S€.— 34, κοτυλήρυτον, ἅπαξ eip.: 
lit. that can be drawn in cups (κοτύλη- ἀρύω), or, as we say, in 
streams. 


Vy. 35-107, Achilles Reluctantly Consents to go to the Tent of 
Agamemnon to an Entertainment, but Refuses to Wash. 
After the Entertainment he Lies Down on the Beach of 
the Sea, and there the Shade of Patroclus Appears to him 
and Claims the Immediate Burial of his Body. 

35. τόνγε, an emphatic HIM.— ἄνακτα is more than βασιλῆες, 
like the lord-paramount among the nobles in the Middle Ages. 
Agamemnon especially is ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν, while all the chiefs and 
leaders are βασιλῆες.--- 36. εἰς “Ayapépvova, sc. to his tent. Cf. 38. 
—39. The heralds went to perform this service, because it was 
in the royal tent and in honor of an dva&.— 40. ἀμφὶ . .. μέγαν: Cf. 
at xxil. 443, xviii. 344.— 41. ἄπο, off.— 42. éwi may be super or 
insuper, over or moreover. 

48. Οὐ anticipates the ov of the next line and intensifies the 
negation.— ὅς tis, so in the best recent editions, not ὅστις. τίς 
would regularly be an appositive of Ζῆν᾽, but is attracted into the 
relative clause: Wo, by Zeus, one of the gods who is both the highest 
and the best. — 44, οὐ θέμις ἐστί, it is not right, i.e. not in ac- 
cordance with the law and custom of mourning, that the bath 
should come near my person.— κάρη is here, as it often is, a peri- 
phrasis for a person, and λοετρὰ - . . ἱκέσθαι is a periphrasis for 
λούσασθαι.--- 46. κείρασθαί κόμην: It was customary for mourners 
to cut off their hair, and devote it as an offering to the dead 
(Od. iv. 197, Soph. Elec. 52).— ἐπεί, κι τ. λ.: for never again will 
such grief come to my heart. It is not necessary to suppose that 
he had consciously in mind that he should not live to mourn the 
death of his father and his son: it is a natural expression of deep 
grief at the death of a friend.— 49. ὄτρυνον, despatch — Lat. ma- 
tura.— 50. παρά, κ. τ. λ. : And to have at hand all those things which 
it is befitting one to have on his journey down to the murky darkness. 


368 . NOTES. 


— 53. an’ ὀφθαλμῶν, out of our sight. Cf. Gen. xxiii. 4. — ἔργα 
generic or euphemistic for μάχην. 

56, 57 =i. 408, 469 et passim Iliad and Odyssey.— 58 = 1. 606. 
— 59. Cf. i. 34.— 61. ἐν καθαρῷ is used in the Iliad especially of 
a place clear of dead bodies (viii. 491, x. 199).— 63. μάλα γάρ, 
x.t.A.: This clause is enclosed in parentheses in some editions 
and separated from the foregoing and following clauses only by 
a comma, thus making 65 (ἦλθε δέ) the apodosis of 62 (εὖτε τόν). 
—yvia is obj. of κάμε, and “Exrtop’ (1. 64) stands for Ἕκτορα: in 
pursuing Hector towards wind-swept Ilios.— 65. ψυχή: Compare 
what is said of the spirit of Patroclus, xvi. 856.— 66. αὐτῷ, em- 
phatic: like himself, i.e. his living self. Cf. i. 4, where αὐτούς 
stands for the bodies of the slain in contrast with their spirits 
(ψυχάς) which have gone down to Hades. Unlike Plato, Homer 
conceives of the body as the self, and the soul, when it has left 
the body, as still living, indeed, but little more than the breath 
or shade or image (εἴδωλον, 72) of the living man.— 67. τοῖα, like 
that of the living Patroclus. 

70. ἀκήδεις is imperf. with ζώοντος, but with Oavovros (aor. part.) 
it is to be supplied in the pres.— 71. Cf. 538.— περήσω, subj. aor. 
without the subj. part. that I may pass. Cf. xxii.418.—72. ἐέρ- 
yovot: Charon is represented as performing this office by Verg. 
Aen. Vi. 827, 8328: Nec ripas datur horrendas et rauca fluenta | 
Transportare prius, quam sedibus ossa quierunt. See also Od. 
xi, 51 seqq.— εἴδωλα — Lat. simulacra. Cf. Verg. Georg. iv. 472: 
Umbrae ibant tenues simulacraque luce carentum.— καμόντων --Ξ 
Lat. confecti, defuncti, Eng]. defunct, those who have finished 
the work of life. Cf. iii. 278, Od. xi. 476, xxiv. 14. 

73. ὑπὲρ ποταμοῖο, the Styx. . Cf. viii. 369,Od. x.514. But with 
the Egyptians, the Hebrews, and the whole Aryan race “ over the 
river” is a euphemism for death or the entrance into a future 
life.— 74, αὕτως, thus, i.e. in vain.—%75. And give me your hand 
for the last farewell, I beseech you with tears.— ὀλοφύρομαι in a 
pregnant sense. — 76. λελάχητε is causative in the Iliad: when 
you have given me the due honor of a funeral pyre. Cf. xxii. 842, 
343, — 78, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμέ, κι τ. Χ.: but me a hateful destiny yawned for 
which was appointed me at my very birth.— 85. See note at xviii. 
326. 

86. ἀνδροκτασίης : Both of the special friends of Achilles (Phoe- 
nix and Patroclus) were exiled from home and country because 
of homicide.— ὕπο, because of.— 88. ἀμφ᾽ ἀστραγάλοισι, as we were 


ILIAD XXIII 369 


engaged in playing dice. For the original meaning of the word, 
see Lex., and for the game, Dict. of Antiq.— 90. ἐνδυκέως : Cf xxiv. 
158. Found in Iliad only in last two books, but often in Odys- 
sey. It is usually explained as meaning sedulously. Schol. ém- 
μελῶς, φιλοφρόνως. Curtius makes it=decenter, as if from δοκ-έω. 
— 91. σορός, funeral urn. ἅπαξ cip. Cf. Od. xxiv. 74.— 92. Re- 
jected by Aristarchus and editors generally as an interpolation 
from Od. xxiv. 74 —rightly, no doubt, as in the Odyssey the 
“volden jar” for the bones is given by Thetis after Achilles’ 
death, while in this passage we should have to assume that 
Achilles had brought his own coffin with him from Phthia., 
Pratt and Leaf. 

94, ἠθείη usually addressed to an elder brother (cf. at xxii. 229), 
but here a term of honor and endearment.— κεφαλή, for the life, 
or the man, but endearing. Cf. xvii. 242, xviii.114.— 97. ἀμφιβα- 
λόντε, SC. χεῖρας, Which is elsewhere always expressed Od. iv. 454, 
xxiv. 347 et saepe. Cf. dudi... yupévn, xix. 284.— 98. Cf. at 10. 
101. terptyvia, shrill-clamoring, Cowper; with a wailing cry, 
Derby. The word expresses the cry of young birds being de- 
voured by a serpent, ii. 314; of the spirits of the suitors, illus- 
trated by the squeaking of bats, Od. xxiv. 5-9. “The sheeted 
ghosts did squeak and gibber in the Roman streets.” Shaksp. 
Julius Caesar.— 102. He struck his hands together in wonder and 
grief at his inability to embrace his friend. — συμπλατάγησεν, 
ἅπαξ εἰρ. 

103. Oh strange, so then there is even in Hades’ house a spirit 
and image, but there are in it no vital organs at all — no substance 
which can be embraced and no real life or conscious force. The 
remark is an inference from his inability to embrace the umbra 
et simulacrum. See also Od. xi. 204 seqq. 


Vy. 108-191. At Daybreak Agamemnon Sends Meriones with 
Woodcutters and Mules to Bring Wood from Mount Ida for 
the Funeral Pyre, The Pyre is Built, and the Body of Pa- 
troclus is Laid upon it. Meanwhile the Body of Hector is 
Guarded by Avhrodite. 

108. Cf. 14.— 109. And the morning dawned upon them while 
they were still mourning piteously about the dead body.— 112. ἐπὶ 
«++ ὀρώρει, and over them (in charge of them) rose up a good man. 
ὀρώρει keeps up the twofold idea of rising in the morning and 
taking charge of the business, as ὥτρυνε has the double meaning 


165 


370 NOTES. 


of waking, or rousing up, and sending. — 116. And a long ways 
uphill and downhill and sideways and crossways they went —a 
much admired imitation by a succession of amphibrach words 
and dactylic feet of the repeated zigzags in the movement of the 
mules. The four adverbs are all ἅπαξ εἰρημένα, and, together 
with πολλά, all ὁμοιοτέλευτα. ---117. κνημούς, the wooded sides, 
lit. legs (cf. κνήμη and κνημίς), or, as we say, shoulders. Cf. xxi. 
449. 

118. δρῦς, trees in general, as at xxii. 126 (δρῦν ἐκάλουν οἱ 
παλαιοὶ... πᾶν δένδρον. Schol. xi. 86). See L. and §.’s Lex.— 
119. ταί, sc. δρῦς. --- 120. διαπλήσσοντες, Schol. διακόπτοντες. --- 
121. ἔκδεον: Cf. at xxii. 397: ἐξῆπτεν, and 398: ἐκ... ἔδησε. Part 
of the wood, of course, hung off from the mules. — ἡμιόνων = οὐ- 
pas, 111.— 8aretvro —conculcabant: kept cutting up, i. 6. tread- 
ing fine, the ground with their feet.— 122. Eager to reach the plain. 
— 123. φιτρούς: Cf. xxi, 314. — 125. ἐπισχερώ: Cf. at xviii. 68. — 
126. ἠρίον, ἅπαξ eip.: a sepulchral. mound of earth, probably from 
épa, Lat. terra, Engl. earth. — 130. χαλκόν = τεύχεα. Cf. 191. --- 
132. ἐν with dat. (δίφροισι, so τεύχεσσιν, 131), following a verb 
of motion, implies rest after the motion: mounted into and stood 
in.— παραιβάται, ἅπαξ ecip., sc. the combatants who mounted the 
war-chariot by the side of the charioteer.— 135. Oprét: Cf. at 46. 
--- καταείνυσαν, they covered the body all over as with a garment 
(κατα-έννυμι).--- 136, Achilles held the head while his comrades 
carried the body before him.— 137. πέμπε, in the technical sense, 
was conducting (bearing in funereal procession). Cf. xvi. 681. 

138. πέφραδ᾽ : Cf. φράσσατο, 126. — 141. ξανθὴν . . . χαίτην, his 
golden. hair. Cf.i. 197: ξανθῆς κόμης, said of Achilles, whose 
golden hair was significant of ideal youth and beauty. For the 
proper distinction between χαίτη, κόμη, and τρίχες, see at xvil. 52. 
—142. Spercheius was a principal river in Thessaly, in the country 
of Achilles. It was customary for Grecian youth to δύ their hair 
grow (τρέφειν) till they arrived at manhood, and then cut it off 
as an offering to some river-god, the river-gods being the special 
patrons and givers of strength. In this instance Peleus had 
vowed the hair of his son to Spercheius on his safe return home 
after the war; but Achilles now knows he shall not return, and 
so prays to be permitted to give his hair as an offering to his 
deceased friend Patroclus. Hector being now dead, Achilles 
knows that his own death must soon follow (xviii. 96), and the 
ever-present consciousness of this invests the burial scene of his 


ILIAD XXIII. 8T1 


friend with double tenderness.— 143. Looking over the sea was, 
of course, for Achilles, looking towards Phthia and the river 
Spercheius. 

144. ἠρήσατο here in the sense of vowed.— 146. σοί is to be 
connected with all the following infinitives. — 147. ἔνορχα, un- 
mutilated.— 148. és πηγάς implies the bringing of the sacrifices 
where the blood would flow into the sources of the river. — 
151. Let me give my hair to Patroclus to carry with him to the 
lower world. For this pleonastic use of φέρεσθαι, cf. xi. 798. 

153 repeated as a sort of refrain, 6. g. 14,108. Liddell and 
Scott give ὑφ᾽ in this phrase the sense of secretly ; see under 
ὑπόρνυμι. It is doubtful if it means anything more than stirred 
up, lit. stirred under. See note at xxii. 397.— 154 = Od. xvi. 220. 
ΟΥ̓ δὖ 109.— 155. ᾿Αγαμέμνονι, al. ᾿Αγαμέμνονα. Cf. xx. 375. 

156. γάρ gives parenthetically the reason for addressing 
Atrides. — 157. πείσονται, plur. with a collective noun, to em- 
phasize the willingness of individuals to be persuaded. Cf. ii. 
278: ὡς φάσαν ἡ πληθύς. --- γόοιο... Goat, it is possible to have 
one’s fill of mourning. Cf. at 10 above; it is given as the reason 
for the exhortation which follows, to which it is correlated by 
pev...d€=we have had quite enough of mourning, and now 
disperse the common soldiers (supply λαόν from 156, cf. 162).— 
159. ὅπλεσθαι: Cf. at xix. 172.— τάδε, sc. the burial rites here at 
the pyre.— 160. κήδεος, here only for κήδειος. Cf. xix. 298. It is 
not the gen. of the subst., as some have supposed, but an adj. = 
near and dear, and hence particularly charged with the burial.— 
ταγοί, the chieftains, opposed to rads, 156. ἅπαξ eip. ΑἹ. τ᾽ ἀγοί. 
See L. and 85. 

163. κηδεμόνες, the active of which κήδεος is passive. See 
κήδεος, 160.— 164. ἑκατόμπεδον ... ἔνθα, a hundred feet square.— 
165. Cf. vii. 428 and xxiv. 787.— 166 — ix. 466.— 168, δημόν, the 
fat. Observe the accent. — 169. σώματα, sc. of the sheep and 
oxen (166) that had been flayed, pata metath. for dapra. Cf. 
ἔδερον, 167.— 170. The honey and oil were offerings to the dead. 
The jars, which were pointed at the bottom, were supported by 
leaning them against the bier. The horses and the dogs were the 
favorite treasures of the dead, which would thus, according to 
the belief of the Greeks and Romans, as also of our American 
Indians, accompany him into the other world.—171. πίσυρας, 
Aeol. for τέσσαρας. --- 173. τῷγε ἄνακτι: Not Achilles (as La 
Roche), but Patroclus: to him as master belonged nine dogs, fed 


372 NOTES. 


from his table. For τραπεζῆες, cf. xxii. 69. For ἄνακτι, in the 
sense of master and owner, cf. xvii. 448, Od. iv. 87, x. 216.— 
174, τῶν, sc. of the dogs, part. after δύο.--- 175. υἱέας, obj. of ἐνέ- 
βαλλε, 175 being closely linked to 174 by μὲν. .. dé. Ad rem, 
cf, 22, 28, xviii. 336, 3837.— 176. Cf. 24, xxii. 395.— 177. σιδήρεον, 
unyielding, unrelenting. Of. xvii, 424, xxii. 867. ---- ὄφρα νέμοιτο, 
to feed upon it, sc. the pyre. Cf. ἐσθίει, 182, and δαπτέμεν, 183. ~ 
179, 180 repeated from 19, 20.— 184. But the dogs were not busy 
with him, i.e. making a meal of him. Compare the sarcastic use 
of the same word in xxi. 203.— 186. ῥοδόεντι . . .« ἐλαίῳ can be οὐ 
of roses, or oil fragrant with roses.— 187, that he (Achilles) might 
not lacerate him as he dragged him along.— 188. Apollo and Aph- 
rodite were friendly to the Trojans.— 190. ἐπεῖχε, extended. Cf. 
xxi. 407, xxiii. 288.— 191. σκήλει᾽ and ῥοδόεντι (1. 186) are ἅπαξ 
eip.— χρόα is ol)j. of oxnrer: ἀμφὶ περί, round about, is adverbial 
and emphatic, as at xxi. 10, and iveow ἠδὲ μέλεσσιν is dat. of 
‘place, like ὦμοισιν, ili. 17. 


Vv. 192-225. The Funeral Pile will not Burn. Achilles, with 
Prayers and Sacrifices, Entreats Boreas and Zephyrus to 
QCome and Kindle the Flame, At the Call of Iris they 
Come, and all Night long the Fire Blazes Fiercely, while 
Achilles Mourns for Patroclus as a Father for a Beloved 
Son. peat 

193 and the first half of 194 are repeated from 140, 141.— 
196, πολλά limits Aurdvevev. Before ἐλθέμεν supply αὐτώ, refer- 
ring to the two Winds, cf. 208. Boreas and Zephyrus in Homer 
are both strong winds, blowing from the north and the north- 
west.— 197. νεκροί, sc. Patroclus and the bodies of the victims 
laid with him on the pile, 171-175.— 199. μετάγγελος, a messen- 
ger, Lat. internuncius. Cf. xv. 144.— 200. ἔνδον: Cf. at xx. 13.— 
203. They all rose up quickly to do her honor. So the gods in 
the presence of Zeus, i. 533, and at the coming of Heré, xv. 86.— 
eis € ἕκαστος, cach to his own seat. 

205. Οὐχ ἕδος: Cf. xi. 648: οὐχ ἕδος ἐστί. Ethiopia, being in 
the extreme south, was regarded as lying on the streams of 
Oceanus, which was considered as a river flowing round the 
earth.— 206. ὅθι ῥέζουσ᾽ ἑκατόμβας, where they are sacrificing hee- 
atombs.. So at the opening both of the Iliad, i. 423, and of the 
Odyssey, i. 23, the gods are found at a sacrificial feast with the 
Ethiopians — an interesting resemblance between the two poems. 


ΡΥ 


ILIAD XXIII. 373 


213. πάροιθεν, before them.— 214. Lit. and quickly they came to 
the sea to blow upon it.— ayjpeva inf. of ἄημι. The home of these 
Winds is in the Mountains of Thrace (ix. 5), whence they come 
to the Thracian sea (230 below), raising the waves as they sweep 


on to the fertile Troad.— 217. ἄμνυδις = ὅμοσε : coming from dif- 


ferent directions they blew (tossed) the flames together. Comp. 


the Lat. jactare flammam.— 219. ἐκ of course limits ἀφυσσάμενος: 


drawing wine from the golden bowl, he poured it on the ground — 
an offering to the dead.— 223. νυμφίου: The recent marriage of 
the son adds to the grief of the parents.— 225. ἐρπύζων, lit. crazl- 
ang, is always used in Homer to express the attitude and gait of 
persons weighed down by age or deep distress. See L. and 8. 


Vv. 226-256. When the Morning Dawns and the Fire has 
- Burned Down, they Collect the Bones of Patroclus and 
Erect a Mound of Earth for their Interment, 


226. “Ewodédpos, found only here in Homer, is the morning 


star, the bringer of the dawn, Lat. Lucifer.— εἶσι, comes, i. 6. rises. 


The same word is used of the rising of Sirius, xxii. 27, and of 
Hesperus, the evening star, xxii. 317.— φόως ἐρέων, as if its only 
office was to announce the light. Cf. ii. 49. — 228. The imperf. 
épapaivero expresses the gradual dying away of the fire, and the 
aor, παύσατο the complete cessation of the flame.— 230. Θρηΐκιον: 
Cf. at 214.—6 δ᾽ Eorevev,x.7.A.: and it (the sea) moaned with angry 
swell beneath the winds as they returned to their home on the 
other side.— 231. λιασθείς, withdrawing. — 232. émi... ὄρουσεν, 
fell upon him, lit. rushed upon him, exhausted as he was by 
grief and fatigue.— 233. οἱ ἀμφ᾽ ᾿Ατρείωνα, i. 6. the son of Atreus 
and the chief men who attended him (cf. iii. 146)—the same who 
are addressed in 236.— 234, the clamor and tramp of whose coming 


awakened him (μιν, sc. Achilles). 


236 = vil. 327, 385. — 237 = 250, xxiv. 791. — 238. ἐπέσχε: See 
at 190.— 240. ἀριφραδέα, x. τ. r.: for they are easily distinguishable, 
sc. from the bones of the other men and animals. Cf. 242. — 
243. φιάλῃ properly a saucer-shaped vessel, here to be used as 
an urn; unfortunately rendered vial in Auth. Vers. of Rev. xvi. 
1 et al.; Rev. Vers. bowl,— 244. εἰσόκεν . . « κεύθωμαι, til] 1 myself 
am laid (covered) in the grave. Here we have the earliest trace 
of the local sense of “Acdns which prevailed in the later Greek. 
Cf, xxii. 482. — 246. ἐπιεικέα τοῖον, just of moderate siz. See L. 
and §.: lit. such as 18 seemly. τόσσον μέν has a like limiting force 


814 NOTES. 


in xviii. 378.— 247. τιθήμεναι, inf. for imper., or, as Diintzer calls 
it, imper. inf., as is shown by ᾿Αχαιοί in the nom. and λίπησθε in 
the 2d pers.: and afterwards do you Greeks make it, etc.— ἐμεῖο 
δεύτεροι, after me.— 251. Lit. as far over as the flame had come and 
the ashes had settled deep. Compare the burial rites of Misenus, 
Verg. Aen. vi. 226-228.— 254. The remains were to be preserved 
in the hut of Achilles till they could be laid in the same urn and 
grave with his (91, 244).— 255. τορνώσαντο, they drew a circle for 
the mound, to mark off its bounds, — θεμείλια, here foundation- 
stones to keep within the bounds the χυτὴν γαῖαν, the earth that 
was afterwards heaped upon them. Of. xxiv. 798. 


Vv. 257-361. Achilles Orders Funeral Games in Honor of Patro- 
clus. First he Sets forth Five Prizes for the Chariot -race, 
and Eumelus, Diomedes, Menelaus, Antilochus, and Meriones 
Enter the Lists as Competitors. 

257. πάλιν κίον, were about to go back to their tents.— 258. ἵζανεν 

. +. ἀγῶνα, he seated a wide assembly of spectators. ἀγών is some- 

times the ring of spectators, sometimes the arena: here, as also 

448, 495, the former; 273, 531, 654 et al., the latter. — 260. βοῶν 

«««κάρηνα: Cf.ix.407; Verg. Aen. v.61: boum... capita.—261— 

ix. 366. With this description should be read the descriptions 

of similar games in Soph. Elec. 680 seqq., Verg. Aen. v. 104 5666. 

262. ποδώκεσιν, here only used as an epithet of ἱππεῦσιν; hence 

Diintzer reads ἵπποισιν. But the epithet is naturally transferred 

from the horses to their riders, as swift might be in English.— 

263. γυναῖκα, here of course a female slave.— ἄγεσθαι, mid. for the 

competitors to lead away with and for themselves.— 264. τρίποδα: 

See note at xviii. 373. Here a kettle, as the epithets show.— 

ὠτώεντα, with handles (looking like ears), — δνωκαιεικοσίμετρον: 

Two and twenty occurs only of the contents of this kettle and the 

size of Ajax’s shield xy. 678, and in both cases seems to indicate 

something prodigious.— 266. Six years old and yet unbroken seems 
to be a recommendation = unused, untouched, and so, of course, 
uninjured and unstained.— βρέφος only here, instead of τέκος = 
pregnant with a mule.— 267. λέβητα, a caldron or basin for warm- 
ing water, smaller than the τρίποδα, as appears from the epithets 
and the fact that it is the third prize. — 268. λευκὸν ἔτ᾽ αὕτως, 
still just as white, sc. as when it was new.— 269. The Scholiasts 
remark that the talent must at this time have been of inconsider- 
able value, since two talents are the fourth prize. See Dict. of 


ILIAD XXIII. 375 


Antiq. sub v.— 270. πέμπτῳ, for a fifth. The omission of the ar- 


ticle here, while it is prefixed to each of the foregoing ordinals, 
may be significant of an unusual number of prizes.— φιάλην, here 
a basin to be used over the fire: an urn, 243 above, where see 
note. — ἀπύρωτον, used only here for ἄπυρον, cf. 267. Here 
again the first use of a thing in its untouched freshness is 
the best. 

273. δεδεγμένα, awaiting. ἀγῶνι: See note above, 258.— 276. On 
the horses of Achilles, see xvi. 148 seqq., 380, 866. — 280. κλέος 
ἐσθλόν is abs. for conc. = such a noble, famous charioteer.— 283. Cf. 
XVii. 426 seqq.— 285. στέλλεσθε, Schol. παρασκευάζεσθε. 

288. Evpndos: Cf. ii.714. In ii. 763 seqq. his horses are said to 
be the best after those of Achilles.— 289. ἐκέκαστο : Cf. xvi. 808. 
— 290 = vii. 163. — 291. But Aeneas himself Apollo saved from 
under his hand. Cf. v. 482 β6αᾳ. --- ἵππους Tpwovrs, the horses of 
Tros. Cf.v. 265 seqq. Compare also the horses of Erichthonios, 
father of Tros, xx. 221 seqq.— ots ποτ᾽, κι τ. λ.: Cf. v. 324. Diomed 
boasts of the speed of these horses and his capture of them from 
Aeneas also at viii. 105 seqq.— 295. At@nv, κ. τι λ.: Aithe (=fiery, 
bright bay), that famous mare of Agamemnon, and that horse of 
his own, Podargus. Compare the names of Hector’s four horses, 
viii. 185, one of which was called Podargus (swift-footed), one 
Aithon, and the others named from their color; so also Xanthus 
and Balios, the horses of Achilles, xvi. 149.— 296. The name 
*Exémodos signifies possessor of horses. His father, Anchises, is of 
course to be distinguished from Anchises the father of Aeneas. 
Names of persons and places are often common to Greeks and 
Trojans, who are thus and in other ways indicated as somewhat 
akin in language and race.— 297. This famous mare was pre- 
sented to Agamemnon by his vassal (for Sikyon was subject to 
Mykenae) to procure exemption from military service in the 
Trojan war. Cf. xiii. 669. 

300. ἰσχανόωσαν, lit. clinging to, hence eager for, when followed 
by gen. — 301. ᾿Αντίλοχος: Cf. xvii. 685 seqq., xviii. 16 seqq.— 
303. The emphasis is on IIvAotyevées: born in Pylus were the 
swift-footed horses that bore his chariot.— 804, ὠκύποδες : See note 
at 310 below. — 305. εἰς ἀγαθά may limit μυθεῖτο, cf. εἰπεῖν εἰς 
ἀγαθόν, 1X, 102, or φρονέων, cf. Od. 1. 48 : ἀγαθὰ φρονέων. Perhaps 
the antithesis favors taking φρονέων by itself, as in 343 below: 
wise to a son. who was also wise. So Crusius. 


5" ἢ > 


800, νέον περ ἐόντ᾽ --- even in your youth.— 307. Poseidon was 


376 NOTES. 


the god of horsemanship, and also the patron god of Nestor and 
the Pylians (Od. ili. δ); and Zeus, as the supreme god, is the 
original giver of all good gifts. The plur. ἵἱπποσύνας denotes the 
number and yariety of gifts that belong to the horseman, which 
is also emphasized by παντοίας.--- 309. The skill of the driver in 
the race was seen especially in rounding the goal, the most diffi- 
cult point.— 810. βάρδιστοι: So the horses of Nestor himself are 
Bpadées, viii. 104. It seems strange that the epithet ὠκύποδες is 
applied to these same horses 304. But all horses are ὠκύποδες, 
and Homer’s epithets are general. 

311. οὐδὲ μέν ---- ἀλλ᾽ ov μήν, Koch. Render: but they themselves 
surely do not know more than you yourself in the way of contriving. 
— 315. μήτι, dat. of μῆτις. This exaltation of wisdom (lit. coun- 
sel) reminds one of many passages in the Proverbs of Solomon. 
Observe the emphatic position and the threefold repetition μήτι 

. μήτι . «. μήτι.---. 819. But whoever, trusting to his horses and 
chariot, unskilfully wanders at large, now this way, now that, his 
horses run wide along the track. δέ not unfrequently introduces 
the apodosis in Homer. So most commentators take it in 321. 
Others, however, take 321 as a continuation of the protasis and 
regard the apodosis as suppressed (aposiopesis), viz. he fails to 
win the prize. Others, still, take ds μέν as demonstrative = this 
man, on the one hand, although ὃς δέ in the antithesis must be 
relative = whoever.— 322. κέρδεα, sc. the arts or tricks of horse- 
manship.— ἐλαύνων concessive: although driving.— 323. Nor does 
it escape him (i. 6. he is always thinking) in what manner he may 
guide them with leathern reins.— 325. And watches the man who 1 as 
before him, i.e. watches his opportunity to pass him. 

326. The σῆμα is the ξύλον of the next line, viz. the dry trunk 
of an oak or pine-tree which stands about a fathom above the ground. 
— 328, 329. These two lines give two reasons why this trunk (or 
stock) is still standing: 1. The material is such that it does not 
rot from exposure to the weather. 2. It is supported by two 
stones, one on either side. — 329. τοῦ, sc. ξύλου. --- ἐρηρέδαται --- 
ἐρηρεισμένοι εἰσι: are set as firm supports. — 880, ἐν ξυνοχῇσιν 
ὁδοῦ, at the junction of the track, i.e. where the up and down 
courses meet in turning the goal. —331. σῆμα here signifies a 
monument, as at ii. 814, vii. 86.— 332. νύσσα and τέρματα are only 
different names. for the same thing: the goal, or turning- post 
about which they turned in the chariot race. A somewhat 
obscure description this, it must be confessed, of a rather rude 


ILIAD XXIII. 377 


and primitive race-course, not unlike, however, to onc that might 
be extemporized in modern camp-life. 

884. Do you therefore drive very near, so as to almost touch the 
goal.— 336. τοῖιν, sc. the horses. They drove up on the right of 
the goal and returned on the left—hence the charge to lean 
slightly (ἦκα) towards the left of the steeds and urge on the horse 
upon the right with the goad and the voice.— 339. So that the hub 
of your well-made wheel shall seem, perchance, to graze the surface 
of the goal. ‘These lines (335-340) are quoted in Plato’s Ion, 
537 A, and in part in Xenophon’s Sympos. iv. 6.— 848. φρονέων" 
See note at 305: thoughtful be on your guard.— 344. παρεξελά- 
σῃσθα, pass your competitor.— 346. ᾿Αρείονα: The horse of incom- 
parable speed, offspring of Poseidon and (Demeter) Erinnys and 
gift of Hercules, to which Adrastus owed his escape when the rest 
of “the Seven” perished in the storming of Thebes. Apollod. 
‘iii. 6. 8.— 348. The horses of Laomedon are doubtless the same 
breed as the horses of Tros (the grandfather of Laomedon) (see 
at 291), which Zeus gave him as a compensation for his son Gany- 
medes (v. 265, 640). 

849, Gp... ἕζετ᾽, sat down again in his place.— 350. πείρατ᾽, the 
issues or chief points of everything. So τέλος, ix. 56, xvi. 83, and 
sometimes jinis in Latin.— 351 resumes the list of competitors 
interrupted by the long speech of Nestor to his son, 304. Me- 
riones, the charioteer of Idomeneus, was the fifth.— 352. év... 
ἐβάλοντο, sc. into a helmet or something of the kind. Cf. iii. 
816, vii. 175 seqq.— 357. ὄχ᾽ ἄριστος ἐών: The best man drew the 
last and the poorest place, that is, the outermost, farthest to the 
right and so farthest from the goal: not a few commentators in- 
terpret μεταστοιχί as meaning behind one another in a row, on 
which supposition ὕστατος would mean hindermost, i. 6. behind 
all the others.— 358. The τέρματ᾽ must, of course, be that. de- 
scribed by Nestor, 338, but it seems not to have been distinctly 
marked or publicly announced by Achilles till just as the racers 
were ready to start.— 359. παρά, near the goal.— 360. Cf. ix. 432 
seqq., and note at xvi. 196.— 361. To observe (be mindful of) the 
race and report the truth. | 


378 NOTES. 


Vv, 362-447, The Chariot-race Begins, Eumelus is Foremost at 
First, but Diomed, by the Special Favor of Athene, got Ahead 
of him, Antilochus also, by Questionable Means, Comes out 
in Advance of Menelaus. 

363. ἱμᾶσιν is the veins. Cf. Verg. Aen. v. 146: aurigae undan- 
tia lora | concussere iugis.— 364. ὦκα denotes time=soon ; ταχέως 
(1. 865), motion = swiftly: the latter occurs only here in Homer, 
the adj. being often used in its stead, cf. 287.— 365. νόσφι νεῶν is 
away from the ships, sc. inland and towards the plain and the 
city.— 368. Observe the contrast between this dactylic line and 
the spondees in 863.— 371. The reliance of the riders on the voice 
is emphasized by repetition, cf. 363 

373. πύματον δρόμον is not the last round (for they drove but 
once round the goal), but the last part of the course, as explained 
by ay ἐφ᾽ ἁλός, though many commentators take it in the other 
sense. — 374. ἀρετή, skill. — 375. And the speed of the horses was 
intensified. — 376. Φηρητιάδαο, Eumelus, son of Admetus and 
grandson of Pheres, 289. Cf. ii. 763.— ἔκφερον, shot forth, i. 6. took 
the lead, intrans., as also in the next line — 377. ἄρσενες in contra- 
distinction from the mares of Eumelus (ai . . . trot). —3878, Tpdior. 
Cf. 291.— 379. ἐΐκτην, they seemed like, i. 6. they seemed as if they 
were going to mount.— 382. And now he would either have passed 
him or made it a drawn race. Compare Vergil’s transeat elapsus 
prior, ambiguumve relinquat, Aen. v. 820.--- ἀμφήριστον, lit. doubt- 
ful, occurs only here.— 886, τὰς μέν, those mares, on the one hand, 
contrasted with οἱ δέ οἱ, while his horses, on the other hand. — 
387. ἐβλάφθησαν, were impeded, xvi. 331.— 388. Nor, as might have 
been expected, was Athene unaware that Apollo had overreached the 
son of Tydeus, — 898. ἀμφὶς ὁδοῦ, on both sides of the way; the 
yoke being broken they pulled apart, one to the one side and 
and the pole dropped to 
the ground.—395. περιδρύφθη and θρυλίχθη (1. 396) are ἅπαξ εἰρ. 
For rendering, see Lex.— 396. τὼ δέ οἱ ὄσσε .. . φωνή --- Χυ]!. 695, 
where see note.— 898. παρατρέψας, after turning aside his horses, 
sc. to pass Eumelus, guided them on, thus leaping far ahead of the 
others.— 401, repetition of 293. τῷ here refers to Diomed. 

402. So Hector addresses his horses, vili. 184 seqq., and Achil- 
les, xix. 400.— 403. Do you also go in for a prize.— titalverov: Cf. 
xxii. 23.— 404. Imitated by Verg. Aen. v. 194.— 406. αὐτῷ is em- 
phatic here as in 400: the hero himself as well as his steeds,— 


ILIAD XXII. 379 


408. καρπαλίμως limits κιχάνετε. --- 413. ἀποκηδήσαντε — through 
negligence.—414 =viii. 191.—For ἐφομαρτεῖτον, see Lex.— 416, πα- 
padvpevat, to slip past him. 

417. ἄνακτος, their master.— 419. Ran on with greater speed for 
a little while, and soon after, etc.— 420. ῥωχμός, a rent or gulley. 
— χειμέριον, of the winter (the rainy season).— 421. ὁδοῖο, a part 
of the way, part. gen. Here again we see that there was no pre- 
pared race-course, but the ground was in its natural roughness, 
cf, 331.— βάθυνε, made a deep hollow.— 422. apatpoxids, the clash 
of chariot wheels. ἅπαξ εἰρ.--- 428 = 398. Antilochus does here 
as Diomed did there.— 424. And, turning aside a little, drove on. 
The part. and the verb here both seem to be intrans., though an 
object can be supplied for both. 

426. ἱππάζεαι, ἅπαξ cip.: you are driving rashly. — 427. wape- 
λάσσεις. Of. 344.— 428. κύρσας, colliding. Cf. συγκύρσειαν, 435. 

430. as... ἐοικώς: A union of two constructions, sc. ὡς οὐκ 
ἀΐων and οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς.--- 431. δίσκου οὖρα, one word at 523, 
δίσκουρα : ὦ discus-throw, as we say ἃ stone’s throw.— katwpadioro: 
See meaning and cut in Autenrieth’s Lex.— 432. πειρώμενος: Cf. 
xvi. 590.— 438. And the mares of the son of Atreus fell back.— 
434. μεθέηκεν ἐλαύνειν, relaxed his driving. 

439, repeated mutatis mutandis from iii. 365.— 400. €pp’, go on 
to your ruin.— 441, ἄτερ ὅρκου, 1. 6. without taking an oath that 
the collision was unintentional. Cf. 585. 

443. μοι, for my sake. — 444, φθήσονται . . . καμόντα 7, will be 
weary sooner than yours.—445. Cf. 309.—447. μᾶλλον ἐπεδραμέτην: 
Cf. at 418. 


Vv. 448-498, Idomeneus Sees that Eumelus has been Left Behind 
by Diomed; Ajax, Son of Oileus, Stoutly Disputes it. Achilles 
Puts an End to the Dispute by Advising them to Await the 
Arrival of the Competitors. 


448, ἐν ἀγῶνι: Cf. at 258.— 450. Idomeneus was especially in- 
terested in the race because Meriones, his servant and charioteer, 
was one of the competitors, 351, cf. 528.— ἐφράσαθ᾽, distinguished. 
— 451. For he was sitting outside of the circle of spectators the 
highest on a lookout, and hearing the voice of that shouter, though 
he was far away, knew it, i. 6. he recognized the voice of Diomed. 
— 453. προὔχοντα, holding the first place.— 454. τὸ μὲν ἄλλο τόσον: 
ΟΥ̓ at xviii. 378, xxii. 322: which was chestnut-colored in every other 
part (lit. so far), only in his forehead, etc. 


380 NOTES. 


459. ἄλλοι, other, sc. than when they rounded the goal, as ex- 
plained at 462. So ἄλλος, 460.— 460. ai δέ, but those mares, sc. 
of Eumelus. Cf. 392.—-rov αὐτοῦ, somewhere there.—461. ἔβλαβεν: 
Cf. at 887.— κεῖσέ γε, yonder at least.— 462. βαλούσας may be ren- 
dered shooting or dashing.— 465, 466. These lines are interroga- 
tive in the best editions: Verily did the reins slip from his hands 
... and 80 he did not succeed in turning the goal ?— 467. ἐκπεσέειν, 
was thrown out.— 468. ἐξηρώησαν, swerved out of the course. ἅπαξ 
eip., aS also περίτροχον and αὐγάζομαι above.— μένος, madness.— 
469. ἀνασταδόν = ἀναστάντες. ' 

478. ταχύς, the swift, in distinction from Ajax the Great. — 
474. πάρος, before the final issue, prematurely. — ai: Cf. 460. — 
ἄνευθεν, fur away. Cf. 452.— 475. πολέος πεδίοιο, gen. of place: 
over the wide plain.—476. Idomeneus was one of the older heroes ; 
hence this rude taunt of Ajax. Ajax the Swift owed his death 
by drowning in the sea to his proud and impious words in de- 
fiance of the gods (Od. iv. 499) — quite in keeping with his want 
of reverence for age.— 480. αὐταί, the very same.—481. And Eu- 
melus himself is mounted, holding the reins.— εὔληρα, found only 
here, is perhaps from the same root as the Latin lora. 

483. κακοφραδές is ἅπαξ εἰρ.--- ἄλλα πάντα, in all other respects, 
sc. except quarrelling and evil-thinking.— 485. τρίποδος, gen. of 
price.— περιδώμεθον, let us stake upon it either a tripod or a kettle. 
Observe the dual form.— 486. toropa: Cf. xviii. 501.— 487. ἀπο- 
τίνων, to your sorrow, lit. by paying the penalty.— 494. Por you 
are indignant also at another man. 


Vv. 499-611. Diomed Obtains the First Prize. Antilochus, after 
Acknowledging his Offence, Receives the Second through the 
Generosity of Menelaus, who Contents himself with the Third. 
Meriones Wins the Fourth, and Eumelus is Compensated for 
his Misfortune by an Extra, as a Free Gift from Achilles, 

499, διώκων: See at 424.— 500. κατωμαδόν: Cf. 431. Crusius, 
with some others, understand it of the whip coming down upon 
the shoulders of the horses. But see Lex.— 501. ἀειρέσθην, lifted 
their feet (lit. themselves, mid. v.) high, sc. running on the gallop. 

— 502. ῥαθάμιγγες, here particles of dust: xi. 536, xx. 501 drops 

of blood, but in all they were thrown from the horses’ hoofs.— 

504. ἐπέτρεχον, ran close upon. — οὐδὲ πολλή, x. τ. Δ... nor was any 

considerable track made by the tire of the chariot wheels. Hyper- 

bole like that of Vergil describing the swiftness of Camilla, Aen, 


ILIAD XXIIL. 381 


vii. 809.— 507. ἀνεκήκιεν, gushed forth, here and xiii. 705 of sweat: 
Vii. 262 of blood.— 508. λόφων, the necks.— 510. The leaning of 
the whip against the yoke seems intended to put the climax on the 
exultation expressed in the previous line. 

517. Menelaus was not farther behind Antilochus than the 
chariot is behind the horse that draws it is the simple meaning 
of this simile, but the poet, as usual, draws it out in picturesque 
detail.— 519. τοῦ μέν refers to the horse and limits τρίχες, over 
against which is ὁ δέ, referring to τροχός, the wheel: the ends of 
His tail touch the tire, while rr (the wheel) runs very near, with not 
much space between it and the horse as he runs over the wide plain. 
— 523. δίσκουρα: Cf. at 431.— 527. Cf. at 882 .--- 529. λείπετ᾽, was 
behind.— 582. vids ᾿Αδμήτοιο, sc. Eumelus, 288, cf. 391. 

538. δεύτερα, used substantially in apposition to ἀέθλιον and in 
explanation of it, as τὰ πρῶτα here and λοισθήϊα, 751. Faési- 
Franke.— 542. δίκῃ, with justice = δικαίως, or perhaps by way of 
pleading his cause = δικανικῶς, Pratt and Leaf. — 545. With this 
thought that his (Eumelus’) chariot and swift horses were injured 
and himself ( was injured ), although he was a good horseman.— 
546. This lesson of piety towards the gods is prominent through- 
out the games, cf. 770,872. The fear of God is the beginning of 
wisdom in the Bible of the old Greeks as well as in that of 
Christians. — 547. τό, in that case. τῷ is more common in this 
sense and has been suggested as an amendment here.— 551. τῶν, 
of these, part. gen. — 553. τήν, this mare, the second prize, 265. 
—mepl... πειρηθήτω, try for her, sc. in a hand-to-hand fight.— 
556. χαίρων, pleased with the spirit of Antilochus. 

559. ἐπιδοῦναι, to give as an extra and free gift. So in De 
Corona of the free gifts of Demosthenes from his private prop- 
erty in distinction from the public moneys.— 560. For the slay- 
ing and despoiling of Asteropaeus by Achilles, see xxi. 140 seqq. 
—561. χεῦμα, a casting. ἅπαξ cip. Render freely: which is com- 
passed about with a casting of shining tin.— 565. Bracketed be- 
cause wanting in good MSS. 

567. The herald commanded silence in the agora, and con- 
ferred on the speaker the right to speak and be heard by placing 
the sceptre in his hand. See ii. 279, ili. 218, Od. ii. 37: σκῆπτρον 
δέ οἱ ἔμβαλε χειρὶ κῆρυξ. The wronged Menelaus makes a more 
solemn appeal to the leaders and chiefs than other speakers; 
hence he is more formally introduced. 

571. You have dishonored my skill. For ἀρετή, cf. 276, 374.— 


382 . NOTES. 


572. τοι, you know. — 574. és μέσον, impartially, Fr. juste milieu, 
as opposed to én’ ἀρωγῇ;, in partisanship. Cf. xviii. 502: ἀμφὶς 
dpwyoi.— 576. Menelaus has falsely overreached Antilochus, and 80 
led away the horse as his prize, because, although his horses are far 
inferior, he is himself superior in merit and might. Menelaus is 
too just and generous to take any advantage of his rank and 
standing.— 580. ἰθεῖα, supply δίκη from δικάσω. His proposition 
is so just and érreproachable that he calls it a sentence.— 584, With 
his hand upon the horses, as we upon the Bible and heathen na- 
tions upon something sacred, he is required to swear by Posci- 
don, the god of horsemanship, that the wrong done to Menelaus 
was not intentional. , 


588. And you are older and better. Instead of taking the oath 


required of him, Antilochus confesses his fault and asks to be 
forgiven on the score of his youth.— 591. ἐπιτλήτω: Compare 
the English word jforbear.— 592. οἴκοθεν, from my own house.— 
593. apap... αὐτίκα, forthwith on the spot.— 594. βουλοίμην 7, I 
would rather... than (cf. 1.117) forever to fall out of your favor 
and be a sinner in the sight of the gods. 

597. And his spirit was refreshed, as the dew comes upon the grow- 
ing corn (and refreshes it) when the jields bristle. The last clause 
is not a specific feature of the figure, but only the general color- 


ing of the field. γίγνεται is easiest supplied as the predicate of — 


eépon, and suits best with wepi. But Heyne and some others sup- 
ply ἰάνθη, and render it melted.— 600. Next to Patroclus, Mene- 
laus is most frequently apostrophized in the Iliad. 

602. viv μέν opposed to δεύτερον αὖτ᾽, 605.— αὐτός, of my own 
accord. — 603. χωόμενος is a supplementary part. after a verb of 
ceasing: I will cease from my anger.— 604. πάρος is opposed to 
νῦν αὖτε. --- νεοίη, youthful rashness. ἅπαξ eip. —607. But you 
have persuaded me, for you have suffered much, etc.— 608. ἀδελ- 


geds, Thrasymedes, cf. xvi. 317, 321.“ Menelaus is always op-. 


pressed by a sense of his obligation to the warriors who have 
suffered so much on his account.” Pratt and Leaf. Cf. iii. 99. 
The generosity of Menelaus is conspicuous in this incident. 


Vv. 612-650. The Fifth Prize, Left Unappropriated by the Failure 


of Eumelus, Achilles Gives to Nestor as a Memorial of Patro- 


clus. 
613. Menelaus yielded the second prize to Antilochus, and 
contented himself with the third, cf. 267. Meriones took the 


ILIAD XXII. 383 


fourth, as he came in in that order (as ἔλασεν, 615), and the fifth 
was left over, because Eumelus did not finish the course. 

618. TH viv, take this now. τῇ is a contracted imperative for 
rae (like ζῆ for ζάε) from root ta, “to stretch out,” which in the 
secondary form, tan, appears in the sense of “taking, holding” 
in ten-eo. Pratt and Leaf. 

619. Achilles cannot forget his lost friend in the excitement 
of the games.— 621. αὕτως, thus, sc. without entering the lists.— 
623. κατά, adv. down. 

626 =i. 286, where it is addressed to Nestor, and ix.59, where 
a part of it is put into the mouth of Nestor himself.— 628. Spring 
nimbly from my two shoulders.— 629. Nestor cannot refrain from 
telling a story of the olden time in which himself figures largely, 
and he introduces it with the same wish that he were young 
again, as in vii. 157, xi. 670. — 630. Ἔϊπειοί, the ancient inhabi- 
tants of Elis. A conflict of the Epeans with the Pylians is the 
subject also of the long story which Nestor tells, xi. 670 seqq., 
and Buprasium figures largely in that story, xi. 756; see also ii. 
615. Buprasium was a city of Elis, which Augeas, king of Elis, 
was said to have given Amarynkeus for helping him against 
Hercules. Etymologically Bourpactoy=Ox-ford.— 631. βασιλῆος 
limits παῖδες (not ἄεθλα, as Pratt and Leaf). Diores, one of the 
sons of Amarynkeus, is named as a leader of the Epeans, ii. 622, 
and is slain,iv.517. The ἄεθλα were, of course, funeral games in 
honor of Amarynkeus.— 6338. The Pylians and Aetolians were 
neighbors to the Epeans, and were present at these games in 
honor of the Epean king.— αὐτῶν is prefixed to Πυλίων because 
the speaker was a Pylian. — 634. KaAvtopysea mentioned here 
only.—635. Πλευρώνιον, of Pleuron in Actolia, 11. 638, 639.— ὅς 
μοι ἀνέστη, who stood up against me, i.e. as my antagonist. So 
again 677.—636. Ἴφικλον: Cf. 11. 705, xiii. 698.—637. ὑπειρέβαλον, 
_ shot over,i.e. farther than.— Φυλῆα, an Epean leader, ii. 628, xiii. 
698.— Πολύδωρον, only here as the name of a Greek. 

638. Axropiwve, the two sons of Actor, sc. Kteatus and Eurytus 
of the Epeans. Cf. 11. 021 ; called also Μολίονε, i. 6. the two sons 
of Molione, their mother, xi. 750.— 639. πλήθει, by their number, 
i. e. because they were two, and, being twins, acted in unison as 
much as if they were one, as. explained below, 641, 642.— πρόσθε 
βαλόντες, like Engl., shooting ahead. — ἀγασσάμενοι, Schol. φθονή- - 
σαντες : envying me the victory.— 640. For which reason, indeed, the 
greatest prizes remained with them, παρ᾽ αὐτόφι --- παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς.--- 


384 NOTES. 


641. The connection and the emphatic repetition seem to require 
that we take ἔμπεδον in the sense of constantly: the one held the 
reins constantly, constantly he held the reins without meddling with 
the whip. For the emphatic repetition, compare xx, 372, xxii. 128. 

6438. gov = ἦν : thus I was once.— 645, πείθεσθαι, obey, 1. 6. yield 
to.— 648, οὐδέ σε AYPw—and you do not forget the honor with which 
it befits me to be honored.— 649. hore, a peculiar species of attrac- 
tion.— 650. τῶνδ᾽, for these things, sc. the present and the honor. © 


Vv. 651-699, The Boxing-match, in which Epeus and Euryalus 
Enter the Lists, and the latter is Borne Senseless from the 
Ring. 

652. αἶνον, praise, cf. 795.— 653. ἀλεγεινῆς, usually painful, here 
perhaps hard, as ἀλγίστη, 655, means hardest.— 656. τίθει: Observe 
the imperf. following the aor. θῆκεν in 653. The imperf. is rel- 
ative: and then he proceeded to propose. So 624 et passim.— 
660. To lift high their hands and strike in boxing, cf. 686. Apollo 
is here recognized as the patron of boxing, as Poseidon of horse- 
manship, 277.— 661. γνώωσι, x. τ. A. = with the recognition (as 
victor) of all the Greeks, parataxis. 

665. Epeus appears as the builder of the wooden horse, by 
means of which Troy was captured, Od. viii. 493, and as a famous 
boxer in Quintus Smyrnaeus, iv. 324. — 666, Spare; suiting the 
action to the boastful speech which follows. Compare Verg: 
Aen. v. 882.— 670. μάχης, gen. of respect: I am inferior in battle. 
The whole seems almost like a burlesque on the boxer. 

680. és τάφον limits ἦλθε : who once, when Oedipus had fallen, 
came to Thebes to his funeral. Homer and Hesiod make Oedipus. 
to have died and been buried at Thebes, but the tragic authors 
bring him to Athens and bury him at Colonus. Autenrieth con- 
nects ἐς τάφον with δεδουπότος : “when Oedipus had sunk into 
his grave;” but τάφος does not bear this meaning in Homer (see 
L. and §.), nor does δουπέω take such a construction. — ἐνίκα, 
sc. in the funeral games. So Diomed’s father, Tydeus, came to 
Thebes and beat the Cadmeians in every contest (iv. 389, v. ers 
— Καδμείωνας, sons of Cadmus, i. 6. the Thebans. 

681. Diomed was a ἜΠΗ ΙΝ of Euryalus; hence the encour- 
agement and assistance which he renders him.— ἀμφεπονεῖτο, lit. 
was busied about him, attended him as his second, as explained 
in the following lines. — 683. ζῶμα, the girdle about the loins; 
otherwise the boxers were naked. Cf. Od. xviii. 67.— παρακάβ- 


_ 


ILIAD ΧΧΠῚ 385 


Badev, laid down before him.— 687. ἔμιχθεν: Compare Verg. Aen. 
v. 429: immiscentque manus manibus. The repeated σύν adds 
spirit to the description. — 688. xpépados, ἅπαξ εἰρ. Onomato- 
poetic—a crashing sound. So Verg. Aen. ν. 486: duro crepitant 
sub yulnere malae.— 691. ὑπήριπε: The compound is found only 
here. 

_ 692. As when a jish springs up from the surface of the water ruf- 
Sled by the north wind. So Ζεφύροιο Ppié, vii. 63. The point of 
the comparison lies in the sudden spring produced by the shock 
and the immediate falling back of the fish into the water, as de- 
scribed in 693.— 697. κάρη, x.7.A.: letting his head fall on either 
side. This passage (695-697) is translated almost word for 
word by Verg. Aen. v. 468 seqq.— 698. ἀλλοφρονέοντα, senseless, — 
699. αὐτοί, of their own accord: he was thinking of other things, 
Is there here also a spice of irony? Cf. at 691. 


Vy. 700-730, The Third Oontest is in Wrestling, between Ajax, © 
Son of Telamon, and Odysseus, Achilles Pronounces them 
Both Victors and Awards them Equal Prizes, 

“701. δεικνύμενος, pointing them out, sc. the prizes.— παλαισμοσύ- 

νης; for wrestling.— ἀλεγεινῆς: Cf. 653.— 703. Which (lit. and this) 

the Grecians valued among themselves at twelve beeves. Cattle are 
the primitive standard of value, cf. vi. 236. Compare. Lat. pecu- 
nia.— For tiov, in the sense of value, cf.ix. 878.— 704. Compare 
note at xxii. 164, where “a tripod or a female slave” is specified 
as a customary prize in funeral games. Skilled female slaves 
must have been a drug in the Greek camp, as Eurycleia cost 

Laertes twenty oxen. Od.i. 431. Pratt and Leafi— 705. Ren- 

der: who was skilled, etc., parataxis. 

709. κέρδεα in this connection refers especially to the arts and 
tricks of wrestlers.— 710 — 685 nearly.— 711. ἀγκάς, adv., in the 
arms. See Lex.— ἀλλήλων, gen. after AaBérnv.— 712. apeiBovres, 
ἅπαξ cip., rafters, lit. interchangers, so called because they meet 
and cross each other; so these wrestlers met and interlocked 
and pressed upon each other. The verb is to be supplied from 
ἀλλήλων AaBérnv.— 718 = xvi. 213, where also ἤραρε is used 88 
here of the construction of a house by the builder.— 714. terpiye, 
Lat. stridunt, Engl. strident. The lexicons and commentaries 
agree in rendering this word cracked, or creaked, and with due 
allowance for hyperbole this is admissible. Dédderlein, however 
(Gloss. § 681), understands it of “the sound which a smooth and 

17 


386 NOTES. 


anointed body makes in slipping out of a hand that holds it fast,” 
which neither the German nor the English has a word to ex- 
press. This suits the prep. ἀπό and accords with the prevailing 
usage of rpi¢w, which usually expresses the shril/ cry of birds and 
bats, the squeaking of ghosts (cf. 101 above), etc. This meaning 
might be imperfectly expressed thus: and so backs slipped with 
shrill sound from strong hands stoutly drawn. — 717. avédpapov, 
started up. Compare σμῶδιξ ἐξυπανέστη, ii. 267. — 718. ἱέσθην, 
strove, or longed, lit. sent themselves. — 719. σφῆλαι, to throw in 
the wrestler’s sense, lit. cause him to fall.— 721. ἀνίαζον, wearying 
the patience.— 724, ra... πάντα — the final result. 

725. οὐ λήθετ᾽, was not unaware.— 726. He struck him in the 
hollow of his knee behind, as good luck would have it.— 727. ἔβαλ᾽, 
al. ἔπεσ᾽, With essentially the same meaning, only with change of 
subject.— ἐπὶ στήθεσσιν more naturally means upon the breast of 
Ajax, which would make it a full and fair throw of Ajax by 
Odysseus, in which case it is difficult to see how Achilles could 
declare them both victors and award them equal prizes. Others 
take ἐπὶ στήθεσσιν to mean upon his own chest,i. 6. Odysseus threw 
Ajax upon his back, but in doing so he fell upon his breast (face), 
thus leaving it more nearly a drawn contest. See Paley ad loc. 
— 730. Owing to the enormous size and weight of Ajax, Odys- 
seus was not able to Aoist him entirely from the ground, but he 
contrived to bend in the knee of Ajax, and both fell upon their 
sides. . | 

735. No longer press hard upon one another (lean upon one an- 
other, like the rafters in the roof of a house, 712).— 736. Neither 


had gained a decisive victory — neither had thrown the other © 


twice out of three times — according to one explanation of 727, 
neither had thrown the other even once fairly and fully; and so 
Achilles shows his respect for both and his knightly courtesy 
and generosity by giving them equal prizes, that is, doubtless by 
giving each of them a tripod worth twelve oxen, instead of giv- 
ing one of them a slave worth four.— 739, δύσαντο χιτῶνας, thus 
implying what is not stated at the beginning and need not be, 
because it was a matter of course, viz. that they took off their 
tunics before they girded themselves for wrestling, 710. 


ILIAD XXIII. 387 


‘Vy. 740-797, Ajax the Swift, Odysseus, and Antilochus Enter 
the Foot-race, which is the Fourth Contest, and Odysseus 
Wins the Prize through the Special Favor of Athene. 


_ ἢΑ41, τετυγμένον, skilfully wrought. So ποιητοῖο, 718.— %&... 
μέτρα: Cf. χίλια μέτρα, vil. 471. The Homeric metre (here liquid 
measure) must have been of definite size, but to us unknown.— 
742, i. 6. it was by far the most beautiful in all the world, and of 
this no other proof was necessary than that it was made by Sido- 
nian artists. The compliment here paid to Sidonian artists and 
Phoenician sailors and merchants is quite remarkable. See also 
vi. 289 seqq., Od. iv. 617, 618, xv. 417 seqq. — 748, Σιδόνες, else- 
where always Σιδόνιοι. It is worthy of notice that the name of 
Sidon and the Sidonians occurs in Homer, but never that of Tyre 
or the Tyrians, in which usage the books of Moses accord with 
the Iliad and Odyssey.— 745. στῆσαν, landed. Some render it 
weighed.— Θόαντι, called the divine Thoas, of Lemnos, xiv. 2380. 
We may suppose that the Phoenicians gave this wonderful 
bowl to Thoas to secure special favors to their navigation and 
commerce. 

746. υἷος ... Λυκάονος, for Lycaon, son of Priam.—dvev: See 
note at xxi. 41. — 747. Ἑϊὔνηος, son of Jason (cf. vii. 468), had 
inherited it from his father, who had received it from his 
father-in-law, Thoas. Crusius.— 749. ὅστις refers to or involves 
a dat. after θῆκεν ἀέθλιον τ--Ξ- for him whoever he might be that 
should prove to be, etc.— 750. πίονα δημῷ, rich in fat = eaceed- 
ingly fat. Compare xxii. 501: πίονα δημόν, and observe the ac- 
cent by which it is distinguished from δῆμος (people).— 751. ἡμι- 
τάλαντον: Here again the relatively small value of the Homeric 
talent is seen. Cf. at 269.—Aoioyi’: Cf. Aoia Gos, 536. 

752, 753 = 706, 707.— 753. Another speech of a single line put 
into the mouth of Achilles. Cf. at xx. 429.— 754—488,— 755. av 
Ξ ἀνέστη: and up rose.— 756. αὖτε, in this also as in other ac- 
complishments. Paley, Faési-Franke, and Koch say he too ex- 
celled in swiftness among the young men, as Ajax the Swift and 
Odysseus among the older men.— 757 = 358. Rejected here by 
Aristarchus and bracketed in most of the editions.— 758. νύσσης 
is here the starting-point; it is the goal at 8582.--- τέτατο δρόμος --- 
τάθη δρόμος, 375. The meaning is: their speed was exerted stren- 
uously from the starting-point, but soon after the son of Oileus took 
the lead. Cf. at 375 above.— 759. But the godlike Odysseus was 


388 NOTES. 


rushing on after him very near — ‘as near as 18 the weaver’s rod 
(κανών) to a fair-girdled woman’s breast when she pulls it deftly 
with her hand as she draws the spool ( πηνίον, thread of the woof) 
along the warp (μίτον) and holds the rod very near her breast. The 
distance meant is, of course, very small.” Pratt and Leaf. Com- 
pare the simile by which the nearness of Menelaus to Antilochus 
is illustrated in the horse-race (517 seqq. ), which, like this, is 
drawn out into minute particulars that have no special perti- 
nence to the case in hand.— 764. He was continually planting his 
Seet in the tracks of Ajax before the dust had time to settle in them. 
— 765. And so down upon his head the godlike Odysseus was pouring 
his breath in a continual stream as he ever nimbly ran. Compare 
Verg. Aen. v. 824, whose games are throughout an imitation, 
sometimes almost a translation of these. — 768. See at 373. — 
771, 772 =v. 121, 122. 

774. βλάψεν is the favorite word to express an injurious in- 
terference of some god. Cf.'782.—775. év@os—fimus.—776, ἐπί, 
in honor of. — 77. The Scholiast suggests that this ludicrous fall 
is the just punishment of Ajax’s rash and irreverent speech, 473 
seqq. It is still more manifestly represented as the reward of 
Odysseus’ piety and answer to his prayer.— 778. αὖτ᾽, autem, as 
frequently. Paley.— 779. Hven as he came in first. For this use 
of φθάμενος, see Lex. 

782. τὸ πάρος wep with the verb in the pres. includes the past 
and the present=as aforetime so also now. By θεά Ajax of course 
intends Athene (cf. 774), the well-known patroness of Odysseus, 
in the Iliad and the Odyssey. Cf. x. 245, 278: ἥτε μοι αἰεὶ ἐν πάν- 
τεσσι πόνοισι παρίστασαι. ---- 785. ἔκφερ᾽ here = bore away out of 
the arena.— 786 seqq. The policy of Antilochus is as conspicu- 
ous here as his good-humor. It is not his own inferiority, but 
the favor of the gods for older men that prevented his bearing 
off the highest prize. This accords well with the tact he shows 
in and after the chariot race.— 790. οὗτος, Odysseus.— 791. ὠμο- 
γέροντα, ἅπαξ ecip., denotes a vigorous old age, like the cruda viri- 
disque senectus of Verg. Aen. vi. 304. — ἀργαλέον δέ, κ. τ. λ.: and 
it is hard for the Achaeans to riwal him in swiftness, except for 
Achilles, Here again is tact, mingled with good-humor, which 
well deserved the reward it received from the knightly and 
praise-loving Achilles.— 795. αἶνος: Cf. 652.— 796. By adding a 
half-talent he doubled the prize. 


ILIAD XXIII. . S82 


Vy. 798-825. In the Fifth Contest, which is with Weapons of 
War, Ajax the Son of Telamon and Diomed Enter, and 
Diomed is Declared Victor. 

798. The suggestion of Pratt and Leaf that the following 
eighty-five lines (798-883) are a later interpolation is not un- 
natural, perhaps not improbable. They abound in singularities 
and incongruities, and are made up, more than usual, of misap- 
plied repetitions from other places. ‘The following contests — 
the ὁπλομαχία, the σόλος, and archery —seem to have no place in 
the Homeric gymnasium, and are not hinted at by Achilles in 
621-623,” οἷο. ---- κατὰ piv... θῆκ᾽ . . . κατὰ δέ, laid down, in the 
jirst place ...and, in the second place, laid ἀοιρΉ. ---- 800, ἅ ... 
ἀπηύρα, xvi. 663 seqq.— 801 — 657 = 706 = 752. — 802 = (89 --- 
804. προπάροιθεν ὁμίλου, in the presence of the crowd.— 805. φθῇσιν 
to be expressed by an adv., jirst, like φθάμενος, 769. Cf. xvi. 314, 
322.— 806. And touch the parts within through the armor and the 
dark blood.— διά, τ᾽ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα is a snatch from the de- 
scription in x. 298 and 469 of the progress of Diomed and Odys- 
seus “ through the arms and the dark blood”’ of the Trojan battle- 
field, which must be taken in an entirely different sense here, 
and seems quite inappropriate. év8ivev also usually means en- 
trails, but it is quite incredible that that should be the meaning 
here: the intention manifestly is that the first prize should be 
given to him who should jirst reach the flesh and draw blood. 

808. Θρηΐκιον: A “ Thracian sword” is mentioned also in xiii. 
577, as if that were a high recommendation, like our ‘“‘ Damascus 
blade.” For the slaying and disarming of Asteropaeus, see xxi. 
161 seqq.— 809. “‘ How the armor of Sarpedon could be a pos- 
session in common it is hard to see.” Pratt and Leaf. “In 823 
it is merely said that they should receive equal prizes.” La 
Roche. — 810. Homer’s heroes are elsewhere distinguished by 
special honors at the table, cf. iv. 259, vii. 321. Still the line, in 
this connection, is so peculiar that it has been rejected by many 
editors from the earliest times. So also 806. 

811 = 708. — 812 = 290. So 813 =iii, 340; 814 = vi. 120; 
815 = iil. 342; 816 —iii. 15, vi.121. “816 and 817 are a feeble 
imitation of a battle-scene.” Pratt and Leaf.— 817. ἐπήϊξαν and 
ὡρμήθησαν are too nearly alike in meaning to be distinguished by 
τρὶς μὲν... τρὶς δέ. Faési-Franke, however, finds the distinction 
in cxeddv.— 821. αἰὲν . . . κῦρε; was ever aiming at his neck, an un- 


390 ~ NOTES. 


usual sense of κῦρε. --- 823. ἐκέλευσαν: They demanded, we must 
suppose by their shouts and outcries, that they should cease from 
the contest and receive equal prizes. This would strictly require 
that the sword of Asteropaeus and the armor of Sarpedon should 
all in some way be equally divided between them. We must 
either suppose that Achilles did not abide strictly by the voice 
of the spectators, or that, as Paley seems to understand it, he 
gives Diomed, not the sword of Asteropaeus, but another “sword _ 
with sheath and belt” as a gratuity.— 824, 825, rejected by some 
ancient authorities on the ground that there was no just cause 
for giving the sword to Diomed, is justified by Eustathius on 
the ground that 822 affords presumptive evidence that he would 
have been victorious. 


Vv. 826-849, Sixth Contest. Throwing of the σόλος. Polypoetes 
the Victor. ᾿ 

826. σόλον, a mass of iron, which the competitors were to try 
which of them could throw the farthest — different from the 
δίσκος, Which was a flat stone quoit. Cf. Od. viii. 190.—attoxdevov, 
self-fused, i. 6. rude and rough as it came unwrought from the 
χόανος (cf. xviii. 470), or possibly, as Déderlein followed by 
Autenrieth suggests, meteoric iron in its native state.— 827. Ἦε- 
tiwvos, the father of Andromache, vi. 414 seqq. — 828. τόν, se. 
Eetion. — 829. τόν, sc. σόλον. ----σὺν ἄλλοισι κτεάτεσσιν: Iron is 
mentioned with brass and gold among the treasures of the 
wealthy and the powerful in the heroic age, vi. 48.— 8382. ot, he, 
sc. the winner of the σόλος --- not very difficult to be understood 
from the connection. It is dat. after εἰσίν understood: if he has 
Fat lands of very wide extent, he will keep using it for five entire 
years, so large is the mass of iron. This interpretation makes 
the best sense, though it must be confessed that μάλα πολλὸν 
ἀπόπροθι more naturally means very far away, sc. from the city, 
which is suggested by εἶσ᾽ ἐς πόλιν, 835.— 834, 835. For his shep- 
herd or his ploughman will not go to the city for want of iron at 
least, but it (sc. the σόλος) will supply him. 

836, 837. Polypoetes, son of Peirithous, and Leonteus, son of 
Coronus, were both leaders of the Lapithae, ii. 740-747; see also 
xii. 129, 180.— 840. yéAaoav: Compare the ludicrous action and 
speech of Epeus in the boxing-match, 665-675. — 843 rejected 
by the ancients as borrowed from Od. viii. 192, and because 
πάντων is unsuitable when only two have thrown before him.— 


Poe ie 


ILIAD XXIII. 391 


845. ἔρριψε, aor. in a simile to denote a momentary action, fol- 
lowed by a pres. (πέτεται), Which expresses a continued action.— 
καλαύροπα, a word of doubtful etymology, found only here in 
Homer, meaning a shepherd’s crook or staff, which he sometimes 
threw among the flocks and herds to stop or turn them in their 
course.— 847. ἀγῶνος is determined by the context to mean the 
arena of this game. τ 


Vv. 850 - 873, Seventh Contest: Archery. Meriones Victor over 
Teucer. 

850. idevra, violet-colored. In ix. 366 πολιόν denotes the color 
of iron. Both ἰόεντα and τοξευτῇσι are ἅπαξ cip.— 851. ἡμιπέ- 
λεκκα, aaes with one edge, whereas the πελέκεας had two, cf. Od. v. 
235. These twenty axes are the σίδηρον of the previous line.— 
853. ἐκ... δῆσεν: We say fastened toit. See note at xxii. 397.— 
854, ποδός, by the foot, gen. of the part.— ἧς, gen. of aim or direc- 
tion after rofevew.— 855. The abrupt transition from the indi- 
rect to the direct discourse is paralleled by iv. 303; but the 
commencement of a speech elsewhere than at the beginning of a 
verse is without a parallel in Homer.— 855-857. The commenta- 
tors all exclaim, not without reason, at such an arrangement in 
advance of the trial. Vergil, while he has imitated this passage, 
has managed better in this particular ( Aen. v. 485 seqq. ). — 
858. ἥσσων, inferior.— ὁ δ᾽, δέ in apodosis, as frequently. 

861 = iii. 316.— 862. Adyxev absolute, as in 354. Of course the 
meaning is, drew the lot to shoot jirst.— αὐτίκα here implies haste: 
he should have taken time to offer a prayer and a vow to the 
god of archery.— 863. ἠπείλησεν, uttered a vow. Only here and 
872 in this sense; elsewhere to threaten or to boast.— ἄνακτι, sc. 
Apollo, as the connection requires and 865 shows.— 864 = iv. 
102, 120. — 865. péynpe, for Apollo grudged him that, sc. hitting 
the bird.— 866. rq, by which, referring to μήρινθον.--- 868. There- 
upon he (the bird) darted towards the sky, and it, the string, hung 
down towards the ground.— παρείθη only here.— 870. ἐξείρυσε χει- 
pds, and then Meriones hastily snatched the bow from the hand (of 
Teucer); for, as the Venetian Scholiast says: ἑνὶ yap ἠγωνίζοντο 
τόξῳ, ὡς ἑνὶ δίσκῳ. So the suitors all used the same bow, Od. 
xxi. 74.— 871. But the arrow now he, Meriones, had been holding 
all the while (for this sense of πάλαι see examples in Autenrieth’s 
Lex.) as he, Teucer, was taking aim (and shooting). Such is the 
rendering of this obscure line, which best suits the words and 


392 NOTES. 


the connection. Some, however, render: but he, Meriones, still 
continued to hold the arrow a long while as he, Meriones, was direct- 
ing it, and they even change the reading to ὡς ἰθύνοι Ξ-- to direct 
it, i.e. to take aim. But this rendering can hardly be reconciled 
with the haste expressed by σπερχόμενος, 870, and αὐτίκα, 872,.— 
872. ἠπείλησεν : Cf. 863.— 873 = 864.— 875. Ty... δινεύουσαν, while 
circling there, sc. ὑπὸ νεφέων. --- ὑπὸ πτέρυγος . . «μέσσην: The com- 
mentators are puzzled to understand how the bird could be hit 
under the wing and at the same time in the middle of her body ; 
how she could be hit under the wing, which seems to imply a 
shot from one side, and at the same time the arrow fall at the 
archer’s feet, which implies that the bird was directly over his 
head, etc., etc. And the incompatibility is manifest if ὑπὸ πτέρυ- 
γος is taken in the technical sense of our under the wing. But if 
we take that phrase in the more general sense, beneath her wings 
(just as ποδός, 877, is sing. where we should use the plural), the 
inconsistency disappears. And all the phenomena are explained 
if we suppose that the bird, when cut loose from the string, first 
flew to a point directly over the head of the archer, at which 
point she received the shot, and then, flying in a circle (διψεύου- 
σαν), returned to the mast, where she alighted, and fell to the 
ground far away from the shooter.— 878. ἐφεζομένη, alighting upon. 
—879. She hung down her neck and her feathered wings drooped 
(lit. sunk down together). Aristarchus read, instead of Avdo@n, 
λίασσε, drooped her wings — an emendation which has met much 
approval from editors, without, however, being received into ohn 
text. 

882, 888. In this contest the victory was not to the best archan 
(Teucer was the acknowledged prince of archers), just as in the 
chariot and the foot-race “the race was not to the swift,” but in 
answer to prayer the god gave the victory to his most devout 
worshipper. 


Vy. 884-897, In the Eighth Contest, which is Throwing the Spear, 
Agamemnon is Acknowledged Victor without a Trial by the 
Chivalry and Generosity of Achilles, while Meriones also Re- 
ceives a Prize. 

885. λέβητ᾽ ἄπυρον: Cf. at 267.— Bods ἄξιον: Cf. 703, 708.--- ἀν- 
θεμόεντα, decorated with flowers. ΟἿ. Od. iii. 440, xxiv. 975. --- 
886. ἥμονες ---ὀ ἀκοντισταί : found only here. So Sado’ below, 891. 
Cf. ἥσω, xvii. 515.— 888 = 860. — 890. γάρ implies a prohibition 


ΩΣ 


ILIAD XXUL 393 


or dissuasive from the actual trial of Agamemnon’s strength and 
skill, expressed perhaps by some act of Achilles = No, do not 


_ make the trial, for we know, etc. — 891. δυνάμει te καὶ ἥμασιν, in 


strength and skill in throwing,— 892. τόδ᾽ ἄεθλον, sc. λέβητ᾽ ἄπυρον, 
as appears from ἀτὰρ δόρυ in the antithesis. Faési-Franke thinks 
this was the second prize, and so a poor compliment to the lord 
paramount. But this is not said nor necessarily implied in the 
order of mention, 884, 885, and indeed it is improbable, in view 
of the value which is expressly ascribed to the λέβης, 885, and 
the epithet περικαλλές prefixed to it in 897.— 894. κέλομαι — 7 
recommend it. 

896. Paley suggests that the δόρυ χάλκεον was the very spear 
which Agamemnon was to throw in the contest, but there can be 
little doubt that it was that which Achilles offered as a prize, 
884.— dy’ ἥρως, sc. Agamemnon, who gave the λέβης to his herald, 
not as a present to Talthybius, but that he might carry it to the 
tent of Agamemnon. 

Some critics have criticised the Twenty-third Book of the 
Tliad as prolonging the poem after the death of Hector, and so 
beyond the natural limits of the theme. But the character of 
Achilles appears in a new light in the courtesy, chivalry, and 
generosity which he shows in these games, wherein he shines 
even more brightly than in his fierce vengeance and easy victory 
over Hector. And, to say nothing of the fascination of the games 
for the ancient Greeks, the poem could not end till the burial 
rites had been duly performed over the body of the hero’s near- 
est and dearest friend. The reader who is interested in the sub- 
ject will find these arguments presented with great beauty and 
power in the eighty-seventh number of the Quarterly Review. 
See also Gladstone’s Juventus Mundi, p. 421. 


Lit 


ILIAD XXIV. 


“Extopos λύτρα. This title, Zhe Ransom of Hector, truly repre- 
sents the main theme of the book. The same objections have 
been made to this book as to that which precedes it, viz. that it 
prolongs the poem beyond its natural close, and the answer is 
the same, viz. that the poem could not close, ‘according to Greek 
ideas, till the body of Hector, as well as that of Patroclus, was 
recovered and buried with due honor, and that the character of 
Achilles, the hero of the poem, is here exhibited in a new and 
interesting light in the touching scenes which attended the ran- 
som of Hector by his aged and afflicted father as a suppliant at 
the feet of Achilles. The genuineness of the book has also been 
impugned by reference to the number of ἅπαξ εἰρημένα which it 
contains and the myths, particularly the Judgment of Paris and 
the Slaying of Niobe’s Children, to which Homer makes no allu- 
sion in his other books. But readers of the previous books have 
already become too much accustomed to new words and new 
illustrations, in connection with new subjects and new scenes, to 
be disturbed by such arguments. See introductory remarks to 
Book xx. , 


Vv. 1-21, Achilles Passes the Night Subsequent to the Funeral- 
games in Restless and Sleepless Grief for his Friend, Patroclus, 
In the Morning he Drags the Body of Hector Thrice around 
the Mound of Patroclus, while Apollo Protects the Body from 
being Disfigured, 

1. ἀγών: Cf. xxiii. 258.— 4. As soon as Achilles is alone and 
unoccupied his grief returns.— 6. ἁδροτῆτα: Cf. xvi. 857; also 
xxli. 363.— 7. The idea of μεμνημένος lingers with that of rohan 
(with which it is naturally associated), and here prevails over 
it; hence the resumptive μιμνησκόμενος in 9. For the primary 
and secondary sense of τολύπευσε, see Lex.— 8. πείρων, in passing 
through. Cf. Lat. per. This verse occurs Od. viii. 183, and again 
xiii. 91.—12. He wandered back and forth beside himself. At οὐδέ 
μιν ἠώς there is an abrupt transition from the sleepless, restless 


Ne al ᾿ς 
- na 4, 


ILIAD XXIV. 395. 


grief of Achilles the night after the funeral games to his conduct 
during a series of consecutive days, in each of which the morn- 
ing dawn would not escape his observation, stealing over the sea and 
the shores; but when he had harnessed his horses to the chariot he 
would bind Hector to be dragged behind the chariot-seat, and when 
he had drawn him thrice around the tomb of the dead Putroclus he 
would stop at his tent and leave him stretched out face downwards 
in the dust. Of the five iterative verbs which occur in these six 
lines δινεύεσκ᾽ can refer to the night after the games, but the 
other four are determined by οὐδέ pw jas to refer to consecutive 
days. With these correspond also the series of imperfects and 
iteratives in the next nine lines (19-27), which describe the acts 
of the gods meanwhile, and which find their limit only in the 
interposition of Apollo on the twelfth day in 81.--- 14. ἐπεὶ ζεύ- 
ξειεν, in the protasis, denotes repeated acts corresponding to the 
reiterated acts described by the iteratives in the apodosis. — 
16. τρὶς ἐρύσας: Cf. xxiii. 18, where Achilles and his Myrmidons 
drive their horses thrice around the dead body of Patroclus, 
mourning, and xxiii. 24, where it is said Achilles stretched Hec- 
tor’s body face downwards in the dust beside the bier of Patro- 
clus, meditating unseemly deeds to that lifeless body: here he 
performs the unseemly deeds, and drags the body about the 
tomb of his friend thrice daily until the twelfth day. See 31.— 
19. ἀεικείην, disfiguration. Compare the similar service rendered 
by Apollo and Aphrodite, xxiii. 184-191.— 21 —=xxiii. 187, except 
the first word in the line. 


Vv. 22-54. In Pity for Hector the Gods Urge Hermes to Steal 
away his Body, but Heré, Poseidon, and Athene Oppose. On 
the Twelfth Day Apollo Addresses the Assembled Gods in a 
Moving Appeal for the Rescue of the Body. 

23. ἐλεαίρεσκον ... ὀτρύνεσκον, pitied him day after day... and 
day after day urged, sc. while Achilles was thus dishonoring the 
body of Hector. So 25: 7 was all the while (imperf.) pleasing to 
all the other gods, but never once to Heré, etc. οὐδέ in antithesis to 
μέν and in emphatic negation.— 27. ἀλλ᾽ ἔχον, but they continued 
to hate, as they hated at first. Cf. at xvi. 794: καναχὴν ἔχε. --- 
28. ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ἕνεκ᾽ ἄτης repeated from vi. 356 with a different 
application. — 29. θεάς, the goddesses named above, Heré and 
Athene. νείκεσσε must here be taken in a peculiar sense just the 
opposite of ἤνησε, viz. insulted (L. and §.), or slighted, i.e. cast a 


396 NOTES. 


slight upon their beauty. Compare Verg. Aen. i. 26: spretaeque 
iniurta formae. As there is no other allusion in Homer to this 
myth, the Judgment of Paris, Aristarchus rejected these lines 
25-30, and, on the same ground, some modern critics refer the 
whole book to a later author. But there are many other matters 
in the Iliad which are mentioned only once, whose genuineness 
notwithstanding remains undisputed. See also Introd, to Book 
xxiv.— 30. τήν, sc. Aphrodite.— μαχλοσύνην occurs only here in 
Homer — another reason for rejecting the line! 

31. Twelve days is a favorite round number for an interval 
both in the Iliad and the Odyssey. Cf. 1. 495, xxi. 46, Od. ii. 374. 
The limit from which (é« toto) the twelve sys are here to be 
reckoned is obscure because it is technical, but it is probably the 
death of Hector. Cf. below, 413: δυωδεκάτη δέ οἱ ἠὼς κειμένῳ. 
Koch counts the days thus: one for the burning of the body of 
Patroclus, one for the funeral games, and nine sleepless nights 
and vengeful days which Achilles spent as described 10-18, while 
the gods were disputing about the body of Hector, 107: ἐννῆμαρ, 
thus making the following morn the twelfth. 

33. δηλήμονες, found only here in the Iliad, but not unfrequent 
in the Odyssey, is a predicate after σχέτλιοί ἐστε Made more em- 
phatic by omitting the connective: ye are cruel, gods, baneful 
(infesti); and in proof he appeals to the piety of Hector and his 
frequent sacrifices on their altars. — 35. Now (notwithstanding 
his piety) you had not the courage to preserve him when he is dead 
Sor his wife to see, etc. The past tense (οὐκ ἔτλητε) refers to their 
want of persistence in the rescue of the body, 23-24. 

86. τέκεϊ ᾧ: Cf. vi. 400 seqq., xxii. 484 seqq.— 89. βούλεσθε, you 
prefer. Cf. i. 112.—41. λέων δ᾽ ὡς ἄγρια οἶδεν, but cherishes a 
Serocious spirit, like a lion which, etc. For this use of οἶδα, see 
Lex.— 42. The poet would regularly have said either émel... 
εἴξῃ or εἴξας without ἐπεί, but has blended the two constructions. 
— 43, δαῖτα only here of wild beasts.— 44. So Achilles has lost his 
pity, nor has he any veneration (such as is due to the dead).— 
ἀπώλεσεν, utterly lost. So ὀλέσσαι, 46, only less emphatic. — 
45 was rejected by Aristarchus as an interpolation from Hesiod’s 
Works and Days, 318, which is out of place here, since here only 
a proper αἰδώς can be meant, whereas this line implies that it 
may be hurtful also. σίνεται is not found in the Iliad except 
here.— 46. μέλλει: See at xviii. 362. Liddell and Scott would 
render it by an adverb, belike. — τις, many a one, — καὶ φίλτερον, 


ILIAD XXIV. 397 


still dearer.—48. But yet after weeping and mourning he gives up, 
i.e. he ceases at length to weep and mourn.— 49. τλητόν, enduring, 
capable of endurance.—51. ἵππων ἐξάπτων, fastening from (we say 
to) his chariot.— wept ofp’, κατ. λ. Cf. 16.— 54. Lor now he insults 
the dumb (unfeeling) earth by his fury, sc. by dragging over it the 
lifeless body of Hector. Not a few ancients and moderns under- 
stand κωφὴν γαῖαν figuratively of the dead body itself. 


Vy, 55-140. Heré Opposes the Speech of Apollo; but Zeus Sends 
Thetis to Move Achilles to Give up the Body of Hector, and he 
_ Yields Obedience to the Will of Zeus, 
_ 56. This word (claim) ef yours might be (just) if indeed you 
gods will give equal honor to Achilles and Hector; but this cannot 
be.— 58. γυναῖκά ... μαζόν, acc. of the whole and the part; ren- 
der: sucked the breast of a woman.— 61. περὶ κῆρι --Ξ- most heartily. 
See Lex.— 62. And you were all present at the marriage, and thus 
showed your regard for Peleus. Compare what Achilles says of 
this marriage, xviii. 84, and Thetis, xviii. 482.— 63. δαίνυ᾽ -εαδαίνυο. 
- κακῶν, of bad men, sc. the Trojans,— amore, faithless, sc. to his 
promise to aid the Greeks. 
65. amcoxvdpawe: For this ἅπαξ eip, see Lex. — 66. μία = dun, 
57: the 8αηι6.---- ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἕκτωρ, but Hector also was the dearest, 
etc., although not in equal honor with Achilles— 68. ἔμοιγ᾽, dat. 
after φίλτατος to be supplied from the previous line; it could be 
omitted in English: for so he was to me surely, since he never failed 
of his duty in respect of acceptable offerings.— 69, 70 = iv. 48, 49. 
_—71. But we will dismiss the thought to steal away brave Hector, 
for it is in no way possible to do it without the knowledge of Achitl- 
ἴ68.---8. ὁμῶς νύκτας τε καὶ ἦμαρ, alike night andday. The ace. 
plur. νύκτας implies all night long night after night.— 74, εἰ with 
the opt.a mild form of command.— 76. λάχῃ, obtain (retain) as 
his portion, followed by gen. only here and Od. v. 311; elsewhere 
ace. Cf.'70 above. 

78. Σάμου, here Samothrace. Cf. Σάμου Opnixins, xiii. 12.-— 
Ἴμβρου παιπαλοέσσης, so also xiii. 89, where Poseidon is said to 
have left his chariot and horses in a cave between Tenedos and 
rugged Imbrus. — 79, μείλανι --- μέλανι with the first syllable 
lengthened for the sake of the metre.—- ἐπεστονάχησε δὲ λίμνη, 
and the sea roared as the waves closed over her. λίμνη is used for 
the sea in Homer, cf. βαθείης βένθεσι λίμνης, Xiil. 82.— 80. podvB- 
Saivy, a piece of lead used as a sinker for a fisherman’s hook. 


398 NOTES. 


ἐπεστονάχησε, μολυβδαίνῃ, and βυσσόν are all ἅπαξ cip.—81. Which 
mounted upon (a piece of) the horn of a field-pastured ox. “ Appar- 
ently a little tube of horn was passed over the fishing-line just 
above the hook and the hollow filled up with lead.” Pratt and 
Leaf.— 83, 84. Cf. xviii. 37, 38. 

88. ἄφθιτα here implies unchangeable, Schol. ἀναλλοίωτα: autho 
of unchangeable counsels — a phrase found also in Hes.'Theog. 545: 
—91. ἔχω δέ--: ἔχουσα: while I have. The clause assigns the 
reason why she dreads to appear in the society of the immortals, 
viz. because she is in such deep mourning. It is repeated from 
iii. 412.— 92. The antithetic clause implied by μέν is suppressed : 
I go, indeed, but go reluctantly.— ἔπος, the word (command of 
Zeus). 

93. κάλυμμ᾽, found only here (καλύπτρην, Od. v. 282), is doubt- 
less a long black (κυάνεον) veil covering the head and whole body 
(see cut in Autenrieth’s Lex.), which Thetis puts on as mourning 
apparel.— 94, ἔσθος is a rare word found only here and once in 
the so;called Homeric Hymns. — 96. λιάζετο, parted about them 
continually as they went (imperf.). Cf. xviii. 66: περὶ δέ σφισιν 

. ῥήγνυτο.--- 97. ἐς οὐρανόν — Οὔλυμπόνδε, 104.— 100. εἶξε, gave 
place to her, yielding to her the seat of honor which she held as 
the favorite daughter of Zeus.— 102. And then spoke to her cheer- 
ing words ; and Thetis, after having drank, reached out her hand 
to return the cup. 

107. ἐννῆμαρ: See at 31.— 109 — 24, with only a change of ba 
verb from the iterative past to the present, which represents the 
dispute as still continuing.— 110, τόδε κῦδος, sc. of freely giving 
up the body οἵ Hector. — προτιάπτω, 7 assign.—111 gives the 
reason or motive for this act of"Zeus: guarding for the future the 
reverence and affection which you have shown me in the past.— _ 
τεήν — subjective gen.— 113. Tell him that the gods are angry with 
him.— 116 depends on εἰπέ, with ἐλθέ also in mind.— 118. λύσα- 
σθαι, mid. = ransom: act. loose, release. Cf. 116. 

121 = 11. 167. — 124. ἄριστον, breakfast. It was morning, 81. 
ἄριστον occurs only here in the Iliad and only xvi. 2 in the Odys- 
sey.— 125. Adovos as an epithet of the sheep is found only here. 
i€peuto, had been sacrificed. ‘A remarkable plupf. because of the 
short.” Faési-Franke. Pratt and Leaf take it as a contracted 
imperf.: was being sacrificed.— 127 =i. 361, where also it is said 
of Thetis and her son. | 
— 128. τέο μέχρις, how long.— 129. Will you eat your own heart 


ILIAD XXIV. 399 


without any remembrance of food or sleep.—130. wep emphatic: 
_ with a woman even, The remark seems strange, especially from 
a mother’s lips; chiefly on this ground the three lines (1380-132) 
were rejected by Alexandrian critics, while Eustathius defended 
them. — 131, 182 = xvi. 852, 853, where see notes. — 133 = 11. 63. 
— 134-136 = 113-115, with the necessary change of the third to 
the second person.— 139, So be it.— τῇδ᾽, sc. ὁδῷ .--- ὃς -. "ἄγοιτο, 
let him who brings the ransom also take away the body. — 140. εἰ δή, 
if really.— πρόφρονι θυμῷ, in earnest. 


Vy. 141-187. Zeus Sends Iris to Priam with the Command that 
he go to the Grecian Camp and Offer a Ransom to Achilles. 

141. ἐν νηῶν ἀγύρει, in the gathering-place of the ships, where 
they are drawn up on the shore ΞΞ νεῶν ἐν ἀγῶνι, xvi. 500, — 
147, 148 = 118, 119.— 148, 149. No one is to go with Priam in 
his δίφρος (cf. 322); but a herald, one of the older ones, is to at- 
tend him in charge of the dya&a, which is to carry the ransom- 
gifts and bring back the body. The ἄμαξα was a four-wheeled 
wagon drawn by mules, cf. 324; the δίφρος a two-wheeled car- 
riage drawn by horses, 322, 326.— 153. τοῖον, such, that he need 
not be troubled with any anxiety about being put to death nor 
any other fear. So roiw, xxi. 289, stands in the same relation to 
the line which precedes it. — πομπόν in apposition with ᾽Αργει- 
φόντην : such a conductor or escort. — 156. ovr’... τε, like Lat. 
neque...et. Render: he will not only not kill him himself, but 
he will ‘alec prevent all others from killing bim.— 157. The three 
adj. (two of which are found only in this line and its repetition 
186) are synonyms or of kindred signification. They may be 
rendered thus: for he is neither foolish, nor reckless, nor wicked.— 
158. ἐνδυκέως: See note at xxiii. 90. 

159 = 77. — 160. Πριάμοιο, supply δόμον. So we often omit 
house after the name of the possessor.— ἐνοπήν, elsewhere battle- 
cry; here with γόον: wailing and lamentation.— 161 has no con- 
nective because it is explanatory of the preceding line.— 163. év- 
τυπάς, an adv., found only here, is particularly well explained by 
L. and 8.—165, καταμήσατο also is ἅπαξ cip.: in which he had wal- 
lowed and which he had heaped up (down in Greek) upon himself with 
his own hands. Compare the mourning of Achilles, xviii. 23 seqq. 
— 167. τῶν, those (their husbands and brothers) who many and 
brave, etc. πολέες and ἐσθλοί are attracted from the antecedent 
to the relative clause.— 170. τυτθόν with φθεγξαμένη of the voice: 


400 _ NOTES. 


low. The trembling, τρόμος, is caused by the presence of the 
goddess, who, though unseen and unheard by others, appears 
and speaks in a still, small voice to Priam. 

172. ὀσσομένη, foreboding.— 178, 174. Διὸς .. . ἐλεαίρει = ii, 26, 
27.— 176-187 = 147-158, being a repetition by Iris of the mes- 
sage with which she was charged by Zeus, with slight verbal 
changes. 


Vv. 188-282. Priam Executes the Command of Zeus, notwith- 
standing the Warnings and Entreaties of Hecuba, Selects 
Costly Presents for Achilles, and Bids his Sons Prepare the 
Wagon for his Journey. 

189. Cf. at 148, 149.—190. πείρινθα, κ. τ λ.: and fasten the 
wagon-body upon it. The πείρινς was a kind of wicker-basket, 
here the cart-body, in which the presents were to be carried. 
— 191 = vi. 288. — 192. yArjvea, treasures, properly ornaments to 
please the eye (yAnvn).— κεχάνδει: Cf. xxiii. 268. 

194, Aatpovin, a frequent term of address in the Iliad, often 
in reproach, less frequently in admiration, sometimes in pity, as 
here, where it may be rendered: Poor wife. Compare Voss: 
armes weib.— 195, 196 = 146, 147, repeated a third time. — 
197. ti... εἶναι, what to your mind does it seem to be, i. 6. what 
do you think of it ? ‘ 

201. πῆ δή, κι τ. λ.: pray what has become of your senses (reason) 
for which aforetime you were famed among foreigners as well 
as those over whom you rule.— 205. σιδήρειον: Cf. xxii, 357.— 
206. The seeing would, of course, precede the taking—a ὕστερον 
πρότερον Which-is not uncommon in Homer. Cf. xxi, 537.— 
207. ὅδε deictic and emphatic by its position: this fierce and 
Faithless man.— ἐλεήσει refers to the pity due to his misfortunes, 
αἰδέσεται (1. 208) to the respect due to his age.— 208, viv, situated 
as we are.— ἄνευθεν, far from the body of our son.— 209. ὥς is de- 
monstrative, made less positive by ποθι (= που), and explained 
by κύνας doa: thus I suppose, viz. that you should glut the dogs.— 
210 = xx. 128, with the necessary change to the first person.— 
212. τοῦ ... προσφῦσα, whose liver (the seat of the feelings) would 
that I might have to bite to the core and eat — even change for the 
savage wish of Achilles, xxii. 846, 347, and excusable only as a 
strong expression of the mother’s anguish. προσφῦσα (lit. grow- 
ing to, clinging to, cf. ἐν τ᾽ dpa of φῦ χειρί, vi. 253) clinches 
the hold.—213. ἄντιτα, paid back. So the majority of editions. 


ILIAD XXIV. 401 


Dindorf and Paley read ἂν turd. — 214. παιδός, obj. gen.: deeds 
done to my boy. — ot... κακιζόμενον, not playing the coward ; op- 
posed to mpd... €aradr’. 

218. μηδέ μοι αὐτή, x. A.: and don’t be yourself to me a bird of 
all omen.— 220. ἄλλος, sc. other than a god (cf. 223: θεοῦ); ex- 
plained by ἐπιχθονίων, to wit, any mortal.— 221 defines still more 
᾿ς definitely τις ἄλλος : of those who are prophets or priests that inter- 
pret sacrifices.— θυοσκόοι — extispices. Some regard them as a 
third species distinct both from μάντιες and ἱερῆες. See L. and 
5.5 Lex.— 222 = ii. 81.— 224. ἔπος, my word, sc. that I am going. 
— 227. ἀγκὰς éddvt’, after having taken in my arms.—e— ἔρον εἴην. 
Compare the oft-repeated ἐξ ἔρον ἕντο in the stock description 
of the appetite satisfied at the close of a meal, i. 469 et passim ; 
also γόου ἵμερον, xxiii. 14, 108, 153, as if there were an appetite 
or passion for mourning like that for food. 

228. φωριαμῶν, chests. Only here in the Iliad and xv. 104 in 
the Odyssey, where also they contain πέπλοι παμποίκιλοι.--- ἐπιθή- 
para, lids: only here in Homer.— κάλ᾽ =decorated. Compare the 
description xvi. 221 of the chest and its contents from which 
Achilles took the precious cup.— 230. amdotSas, only here and 
Od. xxiv. 276: single in distinction from the χλαῖναν διπλῆν of 
x. 133, and the ἵστον δίπλακα of iii. 126. See Autenrieth’s Lex.— 
τόσσους, as many, i.e.twelve. Cf.at 31 above.— 231. ἐπὶ τοῖσι, 
in addition to these.— 232. στήσας, having weighed. Cf. xxii. 349. 
The Homeric talent was a weight of gold.— 233. ἐκ, brought out: 
supply ἔφερεν from 232.— 234. Θρῇκες: See note at xxiii. 808.— 
235. ἐξεσίην ἐλθόντι, when he went on an embassy.— κτέρας -ο κτῆμα: 
possession, prize.— οὐδέ νυ τοῦπερ, not even this now.— 238. ἀπέερ- 
γεν, drove away. Priam is frantic with grief, and shows it both 
by his actions and his words. Compare the language of Hecuba, 
212. 

240. κηδήσοντες, to annoy me by your unwelcome presence.— 
241. ὀνόσασθ᾽, do you esteem it a light thing, i.e. is it not enough 
that Zeus, etc. — 242. γνώσεσθε, know that he is the noblest and 
bravest: learn his worth by sad experience.— 243. fyirepo... 
ἐναιρέμεν, like our English idiom: easier to slay, now that HB is 
dead.— 246. Batnv expresses a wish or imprecation. 

247. Sten’, chased away = ἀπέεργεν, 238. —248. σπερχομένοιο, 
since the old man was so impatient. Compare Engl. hasty, and 
see examples of this metaphorical use of the word in L. and 5. 
— 249. Of the sons of Priam here named only Helenus, Paris, 


402 NOTES. 


Polites, and Deiphobus are mentioned elsewhere. — 250. βοὴν 
ἀγαθόν τε: The re is placed after the two words because they are 
virtually one. Cf. v.442: χαμαὶ ἐρχομένων τε. 

258. σπεύσατε, sc. to prepare the vehicle, 268. — κατηφόνες --Ξ- 
κατηφεῖαι. Cf. xvi. 498, and compare the similar use of ἐλέγχεα, 
260 — ἐλεγχέες, 239. Render: vile wretches.— 257. No other men- 
tion is made of these two sons of Priam. The fate of Troilus, 
“infelix puer,” is touchingly painted by Vergil (Aen. i. 474 seqq.). 
— 258. οὐδὲ ἐῴκει, and did not seem.— 260. τά is demonstrative 
and deictic: and all these vile wretches. — 261. ὀρχησταί: This 
word is used as a reproach also xvi. 617. — χοροιτυπίῃσιν, lit. 
beating the ground in the choral dance: only here in Homer; 
well rendered with ἄριστοι by Pratt and Leaf: heroes of the dance, 
— 262. Stealers of kids and goats from your own people — contempt 
mingled with reproach, which they deserved perhaps, Paris-like, 
but not from the lips of their too-indulgent but now frantic father. 
— 263. An impatient question in place of a command. The com- 
mand had been given 190, and the sons were slow and reluctant 
to obey it.— 264, ταῦτά... πάντα, the presents for Achilles, 229- 
235.— πρήσσωμεν has the same root as περάω, Germ. fahren, Engl. 
fare, and is used here in nearly its primitive signification: that 
we may pass on our way.— δδοῖο, gen. of place or direction. 

266, 267. Compare 189, 190, and 149, 150.— 269. Made of boz- 
wood, having a knob well fitted with rings. The ὀμφαλός was a 
knob on the upper side of the yoke, and the οἴηκες were rings on 
the ὀμφαλός, one on either side, through which the reins passed. 
— 270. The ζυγόδεσμον (yoke-strap) was a strap or cord attached 
to the middle of the yoke at the base of the éuqadds.— 271. And 
this (the yoke) they adjusted carefully to the well-smoothed pole at 
its farthest extremity (πέζῃ ἐπὶ πρώτῃ, cf. πρώτῳ ῥυμῷ, Vi. 40 et 
passim). The πέζη was a metal cap or ring at the end of the 
pole. — 272, ἐπὶ 8é,x.7.A.: and they put the ring over the pin. 
κρίκον, ἃ ring on the yoke; ἕστορι, a pin near the end of the pole, 
very like the bolt in the tongue of a farmer’s ox-cart.— 273. And 
thrice they bound it (the ἕστωρ) to the knob (ὀμφαλός) --- in other 
words, the pole to the yoke. This was done by lashing them 
together by the ζυγόδεσμον.--- 274. Then they bound it fast in due 
order (by winding the cord around the pole), and bent under 
the end of the cord (made it fast by tucking it under the last 
coil).— yAwxiva, usually the barb of an arrow, may here be a me- 
tallic tip at the end of the (vyddecpov.—Several of these words 


ILIAD XXIV. 403. 


occur only in this most elaborate description, and the exact 
meaning of some of them is disputed. Autenrieth’s illustra- 
tions are the student’s best help to a right understanding of 
the whole description. See especially under ζυγόν. 

275. ἀπήνης, called ἅμαξαν, 150, 266 et al.— 276. κεφαλῆς, here 
for the body or person of Hector: more frequently = the life.— 
277. ἐντεσιεργούς — harness-working, i. 6. working-in-harness, an 
epithet of mules, found only here, to distinguish them from 
horses, or possibly from mules working under the saddle (νωτο- 
φόρους). It follows appropriately the elaborate description of 
the harness which precedes. — 278. Μυσοί, the Mysians, neigh- 
bors of the Trojans, were neighbors also of the Ἔνετοί, ὅθεν ἡμιό- 
νὼν γένος ἀγροτεράων, li. 852, 1. 6. from whom wild mules were 
originally obtained. — 279. ἵππους, the horses that drew the 
δίφρος on which Priam himself was to ride, cf. 322 and note 148, 
This part of the arrangement was a matter of course, and so is 
passed over without any detail of the harness or even mention 
of the δίφρος. The horses are mentioned only to speak of them 
as reared by Priam himself, in contrast with the mules which 
were a present from the Mvsians—in other words, to set forth 
the horse as a Trojan animal while the mule originated in Mysia 
or its immediate neighborhood. 


Vy. 281-332, Priam Pours out a Libation of Wine, Brought him 
for this Purpose by Hecuba, to Zeus, who Sends a Favorable 
Omen in Return, Then he Hastily Mounts the Chariot and 
Drives away, Following the Herald with his Wagon, and At- 
tended to the Plain by all his Friends. 

281. τὼ μέν correlative to dé... Ἑκάβη, and so ζευγνύσθην 
imperf. relative to ἦλθ᾽ aor.=while these two were harnessing, 
Hecuba came.— ζευγνύσθην, as mid., strictly denotes: were having 
harnessed. —év δώμασιν: The stables were a part of the palace- 
buildings, in the basement of the open court, as now in the East. 
Cf. 323. 

287. Tq: Cf. note at xxiii. 618.— Διί: Zeus was worshipped as 
Σωτήρ, the Protector and Preserver.— 288. ἐπεὶ ap, since now. ἄρ 
adds emphasis to the antithesis between his purpose to go and 
her unwillingness, ἂρ oéye VS. ἐμεῖο μέν. --- 290. GAN’... ἔπειτα, 
but if you must go in spite of my unwillingness, then pray, ete.— 
291. ᾿Ιδαίῳ, explained by the rest of the line and expressed in 308 
by Ἴδηθεν μεδέων =the son of Kronos, who sits and rules on Mt. 


404 NOTES. 


Ida, and thence looks down upon and over all Troy (city and 
country) as its guardian and protector.— 293. ev, the pers. pron. 
instead of the rel. in the second of two clauses referring to the 
same person or thing, as in i. 78 seq. It refers to the eagle who 


is κάρτιστος.. .. πετεηνῶν, XXi. 253.— 296. And if he shall refuse to 


give (οὐ δώσει)... then (ἔπειτα, cf. 290) [exhort and urge you not to go. 

304. χέρνιβον : This form occurs only here (χέρνιβα, from χέρνιψ 
= water for hand-washing, Od. i. 136), and here must take the 
place of the λέβης, Od. 1.187, as the basin over which the water 
was poured from the pitcher (πρόχοος) upon the hands.—306 =xvi. 
231, where see note, and compare the whole ceremony there with 
this. 

808 = vii. 202.— 809. és ᾿Αχιλλῆος, sc. δόμον, or κλισίην.---- φίλον 
and ἐλεεινόν agree with pe: that I may come beloved and pitied.— 


310-313 = 292-295, with only the necessary changes.— 314 = xyi. 


249.— 315 = viii. 247.— 316. μόρφνον and περκνόν, different names 
for a species of eagle, like Engl. black eagle.— 317. 800... Td00°, 
and as wide as the doors, etc.; so widely extended were the wings, 
etc.— 318. & KAnio’ ἀραρυῖα, well furnished with bars, added only 
to heighten the coloring of the picture. ΑἹ. évxAnis, ἀραρυῖα. 
So ἀνέρος ἀφνειοῖο is only for poetical exaggeration.— 320. δεξιὸς 
ἀΐξας, x.7.A.: Cf. Od. ii, 154. — of δὲ ἰδόντες, sc. the people of the 
city. . 

323. See note at 281. The αἴθουσα surrounded the open court, 
and the πρόθυρον was the vestibule or entrance to the court.— 
325. Ἰδαῖος, called κῆρυξ, 178, 282, and named here for the first 
time, but already well known by that name as the herald of 
Priam and the Trojans in the Third Book and the Seventh.— 
327. κατὰ ἄστυ, down through the city. Cf. πόλιος κατέβαν, 329.— 
328. κιόντα, acc. after ὀλοφυρόμενοι.---- 880 = 11]. 313. — 331. Ζῆν; 
al. Ζῆν᾽ = Ζῆνα. Cf. viii. 206, xiv. 265. 


Vy. 3338-467. Zeus Sends Hermes as a Guide and Protector, who 
Speaks Encouraging Words to Priam, and Conducts him into 
the Grecian Camp and to the Tent of Achilles, 

333. Hermes is the σῶκος ἐριούνιος Ἑρμῆς (cf. xx. 72), the 
helper and preserver; hence he is the messenger of Zeus and 
the gods where such a helping and protecting personal service 
is needed, as here and in the Odyssey. For simple messages, as 
above, 87 seqq., and orders, as in the battle scenes of the Iliad, 
Iris is the appropriate messenger, The nature of the case fur- 


ae 


ILIAD XXIV. 405 


nishes a sufficient explanation of this alleged discrepancy with- 
out recourse either to the doctrine of the Separatists or the theory 
of Prof. Geddes.— 334. γάρ introduces the reason for the com- 
mand before the command itself, which follows at 336. Cf. 223. 
— 335, ἔκλυες in the sense of ὑπήκουσας, and hence followed by 
the dat., as remarked by Eustathius (cf. xvi. 515). So in the 
Scriptures hearing often implies help and favor.— 338. Πηλείωνάδε: 
La Roche remarks upon this as the only instance in which the 
local suffix δὲ is annexed to a proper name. Here, however, the 
meaning is to the tent of the son of Peleus. 

339-345 = Od. v.48-49. The same service is described in the 
same language here as in the Odyssey.— 341. ἐφ᾽ ὑγρήν: Cf. xiv. 
308: ἐπὶ τραφερήν τε καὶ ὑγρήν, and Milton: “over moist and 
dry.” ὑγρὰ κέλευθα is more frequent.— 342. ἅμα πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο: 
Cf. Verg. Aen. iv. 241: rapido pariter cum flamine. — 343. θέλγει 
here charms to sleep, as opposed to éyeiper.— 346. Tpotny te καὶ 
“Ἑλλήσποντον: Cf. xviii. 150, xxiii. 2. — 347—= Od. x. 279. — For 
αἰσυμνητῆρι, found only here, and ὑπηνήτῃ (1. 348) only here and 
Od. x. 279; see Lex.— 348. τοῦπερ, emphatic, lit. just whose = just 
when he is in the prime of youthful beauty. So, Od. xiii. 222, 
Athene appears to Odysseus in the form of a young shepherd, 
the son of a king. 

349. σῆμα Ἴλοιο, x. 415, xi. 166. The following lines show 
that this mound of Ilus was near the ford of the Scamander. 
For Ilus, see xx. 232 seqq.— 352. And the herald, seeing Hermes 
near, pointed him out. — 354. φραδέος, κ. τ. λ., it is a business of 
(the situation requires) ὦ prudent mind. Compare Lat. opus est. 
φραδής only here, φράδμων xvi. 638. — 355. διαρραίσεσθαι in a 
pass. sense: we shall be destroyed, lit. torn in pieces. — 356. ἐφ᾽ 
ἵππων, emphatic: on the chariot, leaving the mule team that was 
driven by the herald.— 4... ἔπειτα, or... else, as the next best 
thing. Cf. at 290. 

358. ov... χύτο, was con-fused. — 359. ὀρθαὶ . .. ἔσταν: Cf. 
Verg. Aen.: steteruntque comae. — γναμπτοῖσι, bowed with age 
and with fear. So Déderlein, and the connection seems to re- 
quire this unusual sense. But the usual meaning of the phrase 
is pliant limbs (cf. xi. 669), and so the Commentaries and Lexi- 
cons generally take it here, though with this unusual turn =in 
his whole body.— 360. αὐτός, se//-moved, without waiting to be 
entreated.— ἐριούνιος: See at 333. 

363 = x. 83, with change of one word.— 367. τοσσάδ᾽ ὀνείατ᾽--- 


406 NOTES. 


ἀπερείσι᾽ ἄποινα, 276, and κειμήλια πολλά, 381.— τίς ... νόος εἴη, then 
what would be your resolution? ΟἿ. 864. The Commentaries gen- 
erally render: what, then, would be your feeling ?— 868. lit. both 
you yourself are not young and this man who attends you is old 
(too old) to repel, etc.— 369 = xix. 183, with change of one word, 
and just = Od. xvi. 72, xxi, 199. -- ἀπαμύνασθαι depends on νέος 
and γέρων. --- 370. οὐδέν, emphatic negative adv. — καὶ δέ, nay I 
would even. — 371. φίλῳ πατρί, my own father (cf. xxii. 408). So 
in Homer φίλος often = odds, to which it is etymologically re- 
lated. 

375. τοιόνδε, Se. as you, explained by the next line.— 377. paxd- 
ρων, happy in having such a son, — 379 =i. 286 et passim. — 
380 = x. 384, and often repeated in the Odyssey.— 381. ἠέ . .. 7 
=utrum...an.— 885. For he was not a whit inferior in battle to 
the Greeks. Cf. xxiii. 670.— σὸς παῖς, an indirect intimation that 
he knows to whom he is speaking. 

390. etpeat expresses the manner of testing (πειρᾷ), and is equiy- 
alent to the part. eipduevos.— 396. pia, one and the same. Cf. 66. 
— 398. ἀφνειός, epexegetical of the name πολύκτωρ, which proba- 
bly signifies a man of many possessions.— ὧδε deictic.—400. Draw- 
ing lots with them I obtained for my lot to come hither (to the war). 
The active πάλλειν κλήρους said of a third party shaking the 
lots, iii. 316.— παλλόμενος, mid., one of the parties drawing lots, 
as here and xv. 191. In Attic usually κληροῦσθαι. --- 403. οἵδε 
deictic, with adverbial force. 

408. ἢ . . . ἠέ: Οὗ ἠέ... i, 381.— 409. μελεῖστί, limb from limb. 
— προὔθηκεν, set before as a feast. 

413. αὕτως, thus, sc.as when he was slain.—8vedexdrn: See at 
31.—416. Cf. 16.— 417. Aas... φανήῃ», i. 6. every morning, as often 
as it appears.— 418. οὐδέ μιν αἰσχύνει, but does not disfigure him. 
οὐδέ neg., correlative to μέν, 410 --Ξ but not. αἰσχύνει, of course, 
states, not the intention of Achilles, but the fact which was 
owing to the interposition of the god. Cf. 18.— θηοῖό, x. τ. X., you 
yourself, if you should visit him, would see with wonder.— 420. μια- 
pds, stained with blood.— 421. ὅσσ᾽ ἐτύπη, cognate acc. retained 
with the pass.— πολέες ... ἔλασσαν : Cf. xxii. 271, 375. 

425. διδοῦναι only here for διδόναι for the sake of the metre. 
So τιθήμεναι for τιθέμεναι, Xxill. 88, 247, — 426. εἴποτ᾽ ἔην ye, if 
indeed he ever was my son, for now it seems more like a dream 
than areality. So Helen of her lost husband, iii. 180, and Nestor 
of his youthful prowess, now past and gone, xi. 762.—427. ἐνὶ 


ILIAD XXIV. 407 


μεγάροισι, in the offerings on the domestic altar. Cf. at xvi. 231. 
—428. Therefore they remembered him (lit. of and for him. )— 
430. αὐτόν = ἐμαυτόν. 

433. Cf. 390.— 434. παρέξ, without the knowledge of. Usually 
of place, as at 849.— 436. συλεύειν, to rob constructively.— μετό- 
πισθε, here of time, as at 687 and xx. 308. — 487. “Apyos, the 
Pelasgic Argos, as at ii. 681, vi. 456. See Autenrieth’s Lex.— 
439. ὀνοσσάμενος, through scorn (light esteem) of thine escort. 
Cf. 241. 

444, φυλακτῆρες, the sentinels. δέ in conclusion and correlative 
to ὅτε: they, the sentinels, were just busying themselves, etc. — 
445. Of, 348.— 448. κλισίην, here a hut of a prince and military 
officer, as the following description shows. — 450. ἀτάρ, κ. τ. X., 
then they roofed it over with downy roof-thatching which they gath- 
ered from the meadows.— 452. αὐλήν, the ἔρκεϊ of xvi. 231. The 
hut was built on the plan and something of the scale of a palace. 
It is called οἶκος, 471, and δόμος, 673.— 453. σταυροῖσιν πυκινοῖσι, 
stakes thick-set as a paling, like the stockades in the Indian war- 
fare of the first settlers of our country.— μοῦνος ἐπιβλής, one cross- 
bar only. Schol.: μοχλὸς ἐπιβαλλόμενος ἀπὸ τοίχου εἰς τοῖ- 
χον. κληῖδα, 455, is another name for the same thing; also ὀχῆας, 
446, where there is more than one bolt or bar.— 454. ἐπιρρήσσεσ- 
κον, pushed (forced) home, the opposite of ἀναοίγεσκον. Both these 
verbs, as also ἐπιβλής, are found only here.— 456. But Achilles, as 
you might expect, pushed it home alone. Compare the similar glori- 
fication of Achilles at xvi. 140 seqq.; Acneas, xx. 287; Diomed, 
vy. 304.— 457. So now at this time I say Hermes the helper opened, 
etc. — δή pa τόθ᾽ introduces the conclusion of ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δη, 448, 
slightly modified by the parenthetical description which inter- 
venes. 

463. But I will not come into the presence (sight, lit. eyes): pres. 
form with fut. sense. — 464. ἀγαπαζέμεν ἄντην, to befriend (love, 
cherish) openly. ἀγαπαζέμεν only here in the Iliad; in the Odys- 
sey repeatedly.— 467. This line is suspected on the same ground 
as xix. 326 (where see note), viz. that it contains a manifest allu- 
sion to Neoptolemus, son of Achilles. —oww ... ὀρίνῃς = com- 
moveas: stir his mind. Pratt and Leaf. 


408 NOTES. 


Vv. 468-595, Priam Enters the Tent of Achilles, Approaches him 
Unperceived, and Embraces his Knees, Moved by the Old 
Man’s Entreaties, Achilles Receives the Gifts and Gives up 

the Body of Hector. 

470. ὁ δέ, sc. Idaeus. — 472. τῇ» where. Cf. xii. 118, xxiii. 
775.—év just like Engl. 72 —= in the house, at home.— pty αὐτόν, 
the master himself as well as his attendants. ἕταροι. --- 478. 
ἀπάνευθε: Cf. ix. 190, where even Patroclus sits alone on the 
opposite side of the sant from Achilles. They stand in awe 
of the godlike hero. So the heralds, i. 331.—474. Αὐτομέδων, 
ix. 209, xvi. 145. — Ἄλκιμος, xix. 392: called ᾿Αλκιμέδων, XVi. 
197. — 475. ἐδωδῆς is general—=his meal, followed by its two 
parts. ἔσθων καὶ πίνων, and ἀπέληγεν is followed by both of its 
constructions, the gen. and the part.— 479. The contrast and the 
detail are full of pathos.— 480. ἄτη πυκινή, a grievous plague, 86. 
οἵ bloodguiltiness and its consequences. arn, like guilt in the 
language of old theologians, is both sin and its penalty. See 
in Theol. of Gr. Pocts, p. 176, the Homeric Doctrine of Sin.— 
482. θάμβος: The astonishment ‘caused by the unexpected arrival of 
the homicide, mingled with religious awe and dread of his mis- 
fortunes, is the point of comparison, as appears in the next line. 
Homicides were wont to visit the houses of the rich and the 
great who could protect them, and by rich sacrifices expiate their 
crime. 

486. The wisdom of this appeal, born of grief and of nature, 
is as remarkable as its pathos. It begins with the appeal to 
Achilles’ memory of his own father as old as Priam and as de- 
pendent on his son, but not, like Priam, bereft of that son; 
dwells on the unparalleled afflictions which he (Priam) has en- 
dured; makes only a brief but well-timed allusion to the rich 
ransom he has brought, and ends with adjuring Achilles, by rev- 
erence for the gods, by pity for age and misfortune, and, again, 
by the remembrance of his own father, to restore to him the body 
of his son. Well might Quinctilian (Inst. Or, 10. 1.50) say: epi- 
logus enim quis unquam poterit illis Priami rogantis Achillem 
precibus aequari. — θεοῖς ἐπιείκελ᾽ ᾿Αχιλλεῦ: So in the touching 
appeal of the aged Phoenix, ix. 485.— 487. So old, just like me, on 
the wretched extreme of old age, lit. the threshold of old age, sc. 
which leads to death. Cf. xxii. 60.—488. που, perhaps.— wept- 
ναιέται ἀμφὶς ἐόντες: See a similar tautology at Od. 1]. 65: περι- 


ILIAD XXIV. 409 


κτίονες ἄνθρωποι ot περιναιετάουσιν. It marks the simplicity of 
the Homeric language. 

489. ἀρὴν καὶ Aotydv, calamity and affliction. Achilles in Hades 
suggests the same fear and anxiety for his father, Od. xi. — 
490. The particles ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι . « .« ye emphasize the difference be- 
tween Aim (the father of Achilles), unhappy as he is, and the 
utterly forlorn (mavdrorpos ) Priam. The skill with which he 
mingles compliment to the hero and the son with this appeal 
to his compassion is remarked by ancient and modern commen- 
tators.— 491. ἐπί adds emphasis perhaps both to ἔλπεται and to 
ὄψεσθαι, and hopes on that he shall see on, that is, still hopes that 
he shall live to see.— 492. ἀπὸ Tpoinde μολόντα: Compare the wish 
of Achilles in Hades that he could come to the rescue of his 
father, Od. xi. 501 seqq. The many points of resemblance be- 
tween the speeches of Achilles living in the Iliad and Achilles 
after death in the Odyssey leave a strong impression of the 
same author, in whole or in part, of the two poems. — 498, 
494 — 255, 256. — 496. ἰῆς ἐκ νηδύος, Hecuba, of course. — 
497. Homer names incidentally two of the concubines of Priam, 
Lacthoe (xxi. 85, xxii. 48) and Castianeira (viii. 805), and nine- 
teen sons, legitimate and illegitimate, nine of whom are still 
alive and reproved by name 249-251. See La Roche ad loc, 
—498. τῶν πολλῶν, the majority of these.— 499. οἷος, the only one 
who was the protector of the city, as stated in the following 
clause. Cf. xxii. 507: οἷος... ἔρυσο πύλας, κ. τ. λ.; also vi. 408. 
The name Ἕκτωρ seems to have been given him as the holder, 
i. e. the defender of Troy.— 503, αὐτόν: Cf. 430.— 506. ποτὶ στόμα 
χεῖρ᾽ ὀρέγεσθαι, sc. as a suppliant. The attitude of supplication, 
as described i. 500, was taking hold of the knees with the left 
hand and the chin ‘with the right. 

507 = Od. iv. 118.---- πατρός, obj. gen. after γόοιο: Sor his father. 
- ὑφ᾽ ... ὦρσεν, stirred up (lit. under).— 508. ἀπώσατο ἦκα, gently 
removed, sc. the hand of the old man from his mouth — not in the 
rejection of his suit, but in mingled pity and reverence as for his 
own father.— 509. τώ is distributed by ὁ μέν and αὐτὰρ ᾿Αχιλλεύς. 
—"Exropos, in remembrance of: gen. after μνησαμένω. κλαῖε is 
intrans. in 510, and followed by acc. in 511 and 512.— 510. ἐλυσ- 
θείς, crouching, asa suppliant: lit. rolling. Cf. προπροκυλινδόμενος, 
xxii. 221.— 512. Ildrpoxdov, naturally suggested by association 
with his slayer. The passage reminds the reader of the scene 
of mourning xix. 300, where the lament of Briseis over Patroclus 


18 


410 . NOTES. 


sets all the other women to weeping, “each over their own sev- 
eral sorrows.” — 5138. τετάρπετο: See at xxiii. 10.—514. And the 
passion (of mourning, γόοιο, 507) had departed from his heart and 
limbs. The ancients rejected this line as superfluous, extravagant, 
and unnatural.— 516. πολιόν ... γένειον --- xxii. 74. 

519-521 repeated from 203-205. — 522. θρόνου: Achilles seats 
Priam on a θρόνος like himself, cf.515. The herald was seated 
on a δίφρος, 578.— ἔμπης, concessive with ἀχνύμενοί περ: though 
grieved, yet we will let our sorrows rest in the heart.— 524. πρῆξις, 
use, profit. Cf. 550.— 525. ὥς explained by ζώειν dyvupévors.— 
ἐπεκλώσαντο, only here in Iliad, but frequent in Odyssey. ἐπένησε 
is used in the same sense xx. 128.— δειλοῖσι βροτοῖσιν: Cf. xxii. 
76 et passim: a stereotype phrase in epic, lyric, and tragic poetry, 
and at once the effect and the expression of the doctrine of human 
wretchedness which is here set forth.— 526. ἀκηδέες, without sor- 
row (lit. without care = ῥεῖα ζώοντες and μάκαρες, vi. 138-141 et 
passim). 

527. πίθοι, properly wine-jars of earthenware, in which wine 
was kept. See Lex., and cut in Autenrieth.—év Διὸς οὔδει, on 
the floor of Jove’s palace. Cf. v. 734.— 528. δώρων limits πίθοι = 
jars full of gifts. With κακῶν supply ἕτερος μέν answering to 
ἕτερος δέ, a8 (511) ἄλλοτε μέν must be supplied answering to ἄλλοτε 
dé. Pratt and Leaf govern κακῶν by δοιοί, two of evil and only 
one of good. That is the conception of Pindar, Pyth. iii. 145. 
But ἕτερος δέ must be one of two, not of three, and the Homeric 
idea is here not the excess of evil over good, but the mixture of 
evil with good at the best, and sometimes, as in the case of Priam, 
unmixed evil.— 5380. ὅγε κύρεται, this man meets with.— 531. τῶν 
λυγρῶν = κακῶν, 528: gen. of the whole or the source = of or from 
the sorrowful alone, unmixed with good; opposed to ἀμμίξας.--- 
λωβητόν, accursed (lit. insulted, disgraced). 

532. BovBpworis, lit. ravenous hunger: here grinding poverty 
and misery. The word occurs only here in Homer. According 
to Plutarch Βούβρωστις was propitiated as a goddess in Smyrna. 
— 534. Even Peleus, the favorite of the gods, the husband of a god- 
dess, and the father of Achilles is afflicted. Cf Pindar, Pyth. 3. 
154, and more fully, ibid. 178-182.— ds μὲν καί is antithetic to ἀλλ᾽ 
ἐπὶ καί, 588.— 540. παναώριον, all untimely, sc. in the early death 
to which he is destined (cf. xviii. 95). So the Scholiasts, Com- 
mentators, and Lexicons generally; though Autenrieth renders 
it all immature, with reference to the early age (νήπιος) at which 


ILIAD XXIV. 411 


he left home, ix. 440.— 542. κήδων, harming. Compassion for 
Priam gives a new, and, for Achilles, a strange, aspect to his 
career as a conquering hero.— 543, πρὶν μέν correlative to αὐτάρ, 
547.— 544-546 explanatory of ὄλβιον, and hence without a con- 
nective. There has been much discussion about the meaning of 
some words (particularly ἄνω and καθύπερθε) in these lines, but 
the purpose of the passage is clear, viz. to define the extreme 
limits of Priam’s kingdom, which extended as far as Lesbos on 
the south, Phrygia on the east and northeast, and the Hellespont 
on the northwest and west.— 544, ἄνω is to be closely connected 
with ἐέργει, and defines the situation, not of Lesbos, but of Priam’s 
kingdom, relative to Lesbos, as wp, that is, north or inland: all 
that Lesbos encloses (ἐντὸς ἐέργει) wp from the sea, inland, north- 
ward.— Μάκαρος, the founder of the city of Lesbos.—545. καθύ- 
περθε belongs with Φρυγίη (rather than with the verb), and de- 
fines the situation of Phrygia as above or beyond the kingdom of 
Priam on the other side, that is, on the east or northeast. Per- 
haps it were simpler and therefore more Homeric to take ἄνω 
and καθύπερθε as deictic from Achilles’ point of view, and then 
ἄνω as well as καθύπερθε can be taken with the noun where it 
stands: Lesbos up here... Phrygia over there.— ἀπείρων : Cf. πλατὺν 
“Ἑλλήσποντον, xvii. 432. It includes not only the straits but the 
adjacent sea.— 546. All these (the inhabitants or the princes of 
all these lands) they say that you surpassed in riches and also in 
sons, 

547. πῆμα τόδε, this calamity, sc. the war of the Greeks. — 
548. Some editors exclude this verse as a later addition, and 
Paley suggests the reading αἰεί re (instead of ro), by either 
of which emendations 549 becomes the conclusion to 547.— 
550. πρήξεις: Cf. πρῆξις, 524.— ἀκαχήμενος, by mourning.—551. You 
will not bring him back to life again before you suffer still other 
evil, i.e. you will die yourself first. The Commentators gener- 
ally take this as a gentle threat (more fully brought out at 
569; cf. also 584-586) that unless Priam restrains his weeping 
Achilles may himself be provoked to put him to death. But 
that is not the necessary nor the most natural explanation of 
the language. 

554. ἀκηδής, uncared-for, wnburied.— 556-558. These lines are 
wanting in many ancient copies, and 558 is bracketed in nearly 
all the modern editions.— 556. ἀπόναιο, may you enjoy them. 'This 
prayer is at-once tame and wanting in Homeric simplicity.— 


412 NOTES. 


557. ἔασας: If 558 is omitted and 556, 557 retained, ἔασας must 
be taken absolutely = let go, or leave unharmed, as at 569. 

560. καὶ αὐτός, sc. irrespective of Priam’s entreaties.—561. 8€= ~ 
Sor.— 563. σέ (and σύ implied in Anders) belongs logically in the 
following clause, where it is repeated =and I know and it does 
not escape me that you, etc.— 565. οὐδὲ μάλ᾽ ἡβῶν, not even if he 
were ever 80 young and vigorous = Od. xxiii. 187.— 566. φυλάκους: 
Cf. 444.— ὀχῆα = ἐπιβλής, 453, and note there.— 567. peta μετοχ- 
λίσσειε, another snatch found also in Od. xxiii. 188. The verb 
strictly means to remove with levers. Cf. ὀχλίσσειαν, xii. 448.— 
568. Now, therefore, do not any more stir up my spirit (to anger) 
in my sorrows.— 569. ἐάσω: See note at 557. 

571 = 1. 83. — 572. οἴκοιο: See note at 452. The haste with 
which Achilles rushes away expresses at once the excitement of 
his feelings and his fear that he might be provoked, in spite of 
himself, to lay hands on Priam, cf. 584 seq.— 573 = iii. 143 mu- 
tatis mutandis.— 574. Cf. 474 and note there.—575. Cf. Od. xxiv. 
79, where the same distinction is asserted in nearly the same 
language for Antilochus.— 577. καλήτορα, ἅπαξ eip., like κήρυκα, 
means crier.— 578. ἐπὶ δίφρου: Cf. note at 522.—579. “Exropéns 
κεφαλῆς: Cf. note 276.— 583. The only way for a passionate man 
to be sure of controlling his anger is to avoid the occasions 
which provoke it.. Thus Achilles here shows a self-knowledge 
and prudence as remarkable as his bravery and courtesy. See 
Plut. De Audiendis Poetis.— 584. ἐρύσαιτο, in the unusual sense 
of restrain. Priam could no more restrain his grief than Achil- 
les his anger if the occasion should present itselfi— 589. αὐτός, 
with his own hands, and with the help of his attendants, 590.— 
591 — x. 522, xxiii. 178. 

592. σκυδμαινέμεν, ἅπαξ eip. But we have ἀποσκύδμαινε at 65 
and σκύζεσθαι at 113. Achilles had promised Patroclus that he 
would give the body of Hector to the dogs (xxiii. 19, 183), and 
now he fears that his friend will be offended at the non-fulfil- 
ment of the promise. The reality of a conscious existence in 
Hades to the mind of the ancient Greeks is seen in a strong 
light in such passages as these.—594. Achilles hopes to reconcile 
the spirit of Patroclus by two considerations, the ample satisfac- 
tion which has been made to him in gifts and the promise of a 
suitable share of these to his friend. Critics have puzzled them- 
selves greatly with the question how this promise could be ful- 
filled, but it was doubtless in honors paid at his tomb, possibly 


ILIAD XXIV. 413 


also in other funeral ceremonies and festivals on the return of the 
Greeks to their own country. 


Vy. 596-676. Achilles Orders Supper and Lodgings to be Pre- 
pared for Priam, Grants him a Cessation of Hostilities of 
Twelve Days for the Mourning and Burial of Hector, and 
Sends him, Soothed and Comforted, to Rest for the Night. 

596. κλισίην, called οἶκος, 471, 572, but κλισίην, 448, where also 
it is described as built of fir-trees and having an αὐλήν (452) like 
a palace. So the seat in which Achilles sat is called a θρόνος, 
515, but a κλισμὸς πολυδαίδαλος, 597. See illustrations in Auten- 
rieth’s Lex. — 598. τοίχου τοῦ ἑτέρου, the other wall, i.e. on the 
opposite side of the tent from Priam. So he seats himself over 
against Odysseus when he entertains the ambassadors, ix. 219. 

601. ἄγων, when you bear him away.— 603. The later form of 
the myth ascribed to her fourteen children, seven sons and seven 
daughters.— 604 = Od. x. 6, where twelve children, six sons and 
six daughters, are ascribed also to Aeolus. — 605 seq. Sudden 
deaths of men in sound health were ascribed to Apollo, of wom- 
en to Artemis. Cf.i.43 seqq., vi. 205, 428, Od. xi. 172.— 608 ex- 
plains 607, stating the manner in which Niobe made herself 
equal to Leto, and hence it has no connective. γείνατο instead 
of γείνασθαι depending on φῆ, probably for convenience of the 
metre, though in prose the direct quotation often mingles with 
the indirect.— 609. καὶ δοιώ περ ἐόντ᾽ is in emphetic and sarcas- 
tic contrast to πάντας and to the boastful claims of Niobe.—610. ἐν 
φόνῳ, in their blood. Cf. xvi. 162: φόνον αἵματος. --- 611. λαούς, 
sc. the people or subjects of Niobe, who, when they would have 
buried her and her children, shared their fate. 

613. ἄρα is resumptive of 602: she, I say, remembered food (ate 
again).— 614-617. These beautiful lines were rejected by some 
ancient critics and are condemned by some moderns because they 
interrupt the close connection between 613 and 618, and even 
conflict with the very point to be illustrated, since, forsooth, 
Niobe could not take food after she had been turned into stone! 
But the poet only says that she is now (νῦν δέ) turned to stone, 
and as regards the connection this is only one of those parenthet- 
ical episodes which are so frequent in Homer.— 614, The three- 
fold repetition of the prep. ἐν was one of the objections urged by 
ancient critics against the genuineness of this passage, but it is 
paralleled in xxii. 503,504. Sipylus was a spur of Mt. Tmolus, 


414 NOTES. 


back of Smyrna, where a colossal bust, hewn out of the face of 
the mountain, is still to be seen, which local tradition has always 
called ‘Niobe in her Tears.” See a full and sympathetic de- 
scription of the statue, with the couches of the goddess, nymphs, 
and other surroundings, in Dr. Van Lennep’s Travels in Asia 
Minor, vol. ii. chap. xxvii., where the author suggests that “this 
most ancient statue is not an image sculptured to represent the 
story of Niobe, but it is itself the vcry original from which the 
story sprung. Carved in the most remote antiquity to repre- 
sent, it may be, Cybele, the deity of a race that preceded the 
Greek immigration, the circumstances that gathered round it 
gave rise, in the imaginative minds of the Greeks, to the whole 
beautiful legend of Niobe, all stone and all tears, as we see her 
at this moment; and we here look upon a monument which was 
even to Homer an object of venerable and unknown antiquity, a 
monument antecedent not only to history, but in some sense to 
mythology itself.’ The most recent archeologists, while they 
acknowledge the remote antiquity of the sculpture, now look 
upon it as a monument of the ancient Hittites. 

615. εὐνάς, couches = haunts. — 616. ᾿Αχελώϊον must here, of 
course, be the name of a stream flowing past Mt. Sipylus. Like 
Xanthus, it may be a sort of general name for river in different 
countries. — ἐρρώσαντο, danced. — 617. Where, though now she is 
turned to stone, she broods upon the sorrows inflicted by the gods. 
Compare Ovid, Met. ii. 310: “there, fastened to the cliff of the 
mount, she weeps, and the marble sheds tears yet even now;” cf. 
also Soph. Antig. 823-833. Ever since the time of Homer, in 
sculpture and in poetry, Niobe has been the image of inconsol- 
able and perpetual grief.— 618. What a contrast to Achilles when 
the Grecian heroes besought him to eat and he persisted in his 
refusal, xix. 805 seqq.— 620. πολυδάκρυτος, much lamented, and 
by implication much to be lamented, i. e. worthy of many tears, in 
saying which Achilles is represented as a wise comforter. 

621. So ix. 209 Achilles serves in person the ambassadors, and 
Gen. xviii. 7 Abraham ministers to his guests. The slaughter of 
the sheep with his own hand is one step further in primitive 
simplicity, and is perhaps intended to represent the characteris- 
tic intensity of Achilles. — 623, 624 =i. 465, 466, vii. 317, 318.— 
625, 626 = ix. 216, 217.— 627 = ix. 91.— 628 =i. 469 et passim. 
These same loci communes of a feast are repeated with slight 
changes throughout the Iliad and Odyssey.— 630. ὅσσος .. . olds 


ILIAD XXIV. 415 


τε: Of. καλός τε μέγας τε, εἶδός τε μέγεθός τε, μέγεθός Te Kal κάλλος, 
etc. One word in each of these pairs denotes stature and the 
other form (comeliness): how tall he was and how comely. 

635. Aéfov = κοίμισον, Schol. It has a causative meaning.— 
kev, al. καί, sc. by sleep also as well as food. — ἤδη, at length.— 
636. ὕπο with dat. of means = by, as ὑπὸ χερσίν, 688.— 639. κήδεα 
«««πέσσω: Of. 617.—640. αὐλῆς ἐν χόρτοισι, in the enclosure of the 
court. χόρτος, Lat. hortus. — κυλινδόμενος κατὰ κόπρον, xxii. 414, 
where also it is said of Priam.— 641. viv δή = νῦν ἤδη: now at 
length. Cf. ἤδη, 685.— 642. AavKavins καθέηκα, swallowed, lit. sent 
down my throat. » 

643-647. Cf. Od. iv. 296-300, vii. 335-340 et al., where these 
commonplaces of the bed are repeated. See also 1]. ix. 658-661. 
— 644, δέμνια was the bedstead or mattress, and ῥήγεα (rugs), τά- 
πητας (carpets), χλαίνας (shawls or blankets) were the spreads or 
coverlets that were successively placed upon it. — tw αἰθούσῃ»; 
under the corridor, usually of the αὐλή, but here of the mpodopos. 
Cf. 650: ἐκτός, 673: ἐν προδόμῳ. See also Od. iii. 399 and the 
Lexx., especially Autenrieth.— 646. καθύπερθεν ἕσασθαι, over and 
above to cover himself with.— 647, μεγάροιο, the hall (large room); 
in plur. the whole palace. — This whole description seems to 
many an example of unskilful borrowing from the Odyssey, well 
suited to the palaces of Nestor and Alcinous, but not to the hut 
- of Achilles. But the idea runs through the book: the head- 
quarters of Achilles is half tent and half palace, and, in fact, it 
may well have become so, after all his capture and sacking of 
the cities of the Troad, ix. 328.— 648. δοίω, for Priam and the 
herald.— éyxovéovaa, Schol. πονοῦσαι, σπεύδουσαι (cf. diaxovéw). 

049. ἐπικερτομέων: Authorities agree and consistency (cf. γέρον 
dire, 650) requires that this word be taken in a mild sense = 
laughingly (L.and §.). It occurs only here and xvi. 744, where 
it introduces a jest.— 650. Ἔκτός: Cf. ὑπ’ αἰθούσῃ, 644, and ἐν 
προδόμῳ, 673.— 652. βουλὰς βουλεύουσι, ix. 75.— ἢ θέμις ἐστίν, ix. 
88, Is there here something of the impatience of control char- 
acteristic of Achilles? It is the language of hyperbole, if not 
of sarcasm.— 653 = 366.— 655. Kal... γένηται, and so there would 
result. The subj. following the opt. denotes a necessary conse- 
quence, as in ἀλίτηται, 586.— 656 = 380 et al. 657. κτερεϊζέμεν, 
to be performing the funeral rites.— 658. μένω, remain inactive— 
660. τελέσαι, if you wish me to perform fully, etc.— 662. ds... 
ἐέλμεθα, how we are cooped up. Of. xviii. 287 et al. — τηλόθι, on 


416 NOTES. 


Mt.Ida. Cf. xxiii. 117, and the graphic description there of 
bringing the wood for the funeral pyre of Patroclus.— 665. δαινῦτό 
τε λαός, and the people would partake of the funeral banquet (cf. 
XXili. 29). δαινῦτο is opt., being a part of the conclusion to the 
condition contained in ὧδέ κέ μοι ῥέζων, 661. — 669, καὶ ταῦτα, 
these things also, sc.as well as the burial of the body of your son. 
— 670. σχήσω ... πόλεμον — λαὸν ἐρύκω, 658.— τόσσον is sepa- 
rated from χρόνον for emphasis. Some copies read πόλεμον τόσ- 
σον χρόνον. 

671. ἐπὶ καρπῷ denotes a strong and encouraging 77,48}. ---- 
672. ἔλλαβε δεξιτερήν, a token of friendship and affection. 80 
Odysseus in parting with Penelope, when he went to Troy, Od. 
XVlii. 257.— 673. ἐν προδόμῳ: Cf. 644, 650, and sce illustration in 
Autenrieth’s Lex. This sleeping-place was favorable for the de- 
parture of Priam by night, which follows.— αὐτόθι, on the spot, 
right there, sc. ἐν προδόμῳ, and near where they had been con- 
versing, as opposed to the μυχῷ, where Achilles slept. This 
whole description — the arrangements for sleeping, the prepara- 
tion of the bed, etc.—is borrowed from Od. iv. 296 seqq., or that 
from this, line after line, or, as some would rather say, such descrip- 
tions belong in common to the bards and rhapsodists of the 
heroic age.— 674 repeated from 282.— 675 — ix. 663, where also, 
as here, the next line names the γυνή who slept by his side. 


Vv. 677-694, Hermes Awakes Priam in the Night and Conducts 
him Safely Back to the City, 

677, 678 = ii. 1,2.— 679. ἔμαρπτεν, of sleep, xxiii. 62: of a pur- 
suer overtaking the pursued, xxii. 201.— 681. ἱερούς, perhaps 
strong, perhaps sacred with reference to the trust reposed in 
sentinels, gatekeepers, and the like. See L. and §S.’s Lex.— 
682 —ii. 59. 

683. So, then, you have no thought at all of evil that you are still 
sleeping so soundly. — οἷον = ὅτι τοῖον. ---- 684, εἴασεν: Cf. 557.— 
686. σεῖο ζωοῦ, for you alive = 707" your life; gen. of price after 


drowa.— 687. Those sons of yours left behind (who survive you). 


Cf. xxii. 334.— 688. γνώῃ oe, recognize thee ; subj. 

689. ἀνίστη, made him get up.— 692, 698 = xiv. 483,484. 693 is 
here omitted in the oldest and best MSS.— 694 = Od. x. 807 (ef. 
468). The presence and departure again of Hermes after his de- 
parture (468) troubles the small critics. 


ILIAD XXIV. 417 


Vv. 695-776. Cassandra is the First to See her Father Coming. 
At her Call all go forth to Meet him, Lament of Androm- 
ache, Hecuba, and Helen over the Body of Hector. 

695 = viii. 1.— 696. ἔλων = ἔλαυνον, an imperf. form found only 
here and Od. iv. 2. — 697. οὐδέ τις ἄλλος . .. ἀλλά, x. 7.4. 80 
also xviii. 403-405.— 698. πρόσθ᾽, before Cassandra, as explained 
and emphasized in the next line. Cassandra occurs only here 
and xiii. 366 in Iliad and xi. 421 in Odyssey, and in neither of 
these passages does she appear in the role of a prophetess, as in 
the later Greek poets. In xiii. 365 she is called the most beauti- 
ful of the daughters of Priam, as here she is likened to golden 
Aphrodite. — 701. ἀστυβοώτην, Anglice town-crier. Cf. 577: κή- 
puka καλήτορα. --- 702. τόν, HIM, sc. Hector. There is genuine 
pathos in the omission of the name.— ἐφ᾽ ἡμιόνων, on the mule- 
wagon, a8 ἐφ᾽ ἵππων on the war-chariot passim. — 703. κώκυσεν: 
Cf, xxii. 407. : 

704, ὄψεσθε ... ἰόντες, come and see, or come and you will see. 
ὄψεσθε can be either fut. ind. or aor. imper. epic form, like dere, 
οἴσετε, ili. 103, 104.— 706. χαίρετ᾽ imperf. — éyaipere, and followed 
by obj. dat.: rejoiced in his return. — πόλει . . .« παντί te δήμῳ, to 
the town and all the country. So iii. 50. 

709. And they met him (Priam) near the gate bringing the body. 
— 710 is asyndetic because explanatory of 709.—révy’: Cf. 702. 
— 711. τιλλέσθην, in the secondary and pregnant sense, bewailed, 
hence followed by acc. révy’. So τύπτεσθαί twa, κόπτεσθαί τινα, 
Lat. plangere aliquem, etc.— 713 =1. 601 et al.— 715. ἐκ δίφροιο, 
Srom his place in the chariot. 

716. Make way for me to pass through with the mules.—717. aya- 
yout, sc. the body, the object being omitted as in 719. 

720. tpntois ἐν λεχέεσσι; a more elaborate and costly dier than 
that on which the body was brought to the city, 702; hence the 
epithet rpyrois. Cf. iii. 391.—wapda, x.r.d.: and near by they seated 
the singers, leaders of the dirge, and while they, on the one hand, thus 
(ap) wailed the mournful song, the women, on the other, mourned in 
unison, following their lead. As thus rendered oire (1.721) is re- 
peated and emphasized by of μὲν ἄρ᾽, and ἀοιδήν is obj. of ἐθρήνεον. 
Others supply ἐξῆρχον (from ἐξάρχους) with ἀοιδήν, after which 
they place a pause. Not a few cut the knot and pronounce 
the passage spurious. With ἐξάρχους compare ἐξῆρχε, xxii. 480. 
ἐπὶ... στενάχοντο is used in the same way, xxii. 515.— 723. Cf. 


418 NOTES. 


xviii. 316, xxii. 430.— 724. So Achilles held the head (κἀρη ἔχε) 
of Patroclus as he mourned over him, xxiii. 136. 

725, αἰῶνος: See note at xvi. 453: thow hast lost thy life young. 
— 726, 727 xxii. 484, 485, with slight changes.— 728. kat’ ἄκρης: 
Cf. xxii. 411.— 730. ῥύσκευ: Cf. 499, xxii. 507.—€xes, didst protect : 
hence his name Ἕκτωρ = Protector of Troy, with its women and 
children. Cf. v. 473. — 731. ὀχήσονται, will be carried away as 
captive slaves. Cf. xvi. 831.— 733. Compare the forebodings 
of Hector himself for his wife, vi. 456 seqq.— 735. λυγρὸν ὄλεθρον 
in apposition with the clause which precedes, — 736. ᾧ, dat. for 
gen. = whose brother, perchance, etc.— 788, 684... οὖδας: Cf. xix. 
61.— 789. For your father was not gentle in the fatal strife. — 
741 = xvii, 37.— 743-745. The touching and graceful lament of 
Tacitus for Agricola (cap. xlv.) is only an expansion of this. 

746 = xix. 301, xxii. 515.— 747 = xxii. 480 mutatis mutandis. 
— 749 is correlative and preliminary to 750: verily thou wast dear 
to the gods, I am sure, when thou wast alive, and so they cared for 
thee also in thine allotment in death. περ emphasizes the corre- 
lation: verily, in very truth. μοι is ethical dative, and may be ex- 
pressed by I am sure. δ᾽ ἄρα (1.750) = and 80.---- 752. wépvacy’: 
Compare the tender appeal of Priam, xxii. 45, the boast of Achil- 
les, xxi. 102, and the story of Lycaon, xxi. 40 seqq. πέρνασχ᾽, 
having the same root as πέρην, in itself properly denotes trans- 
porting and selling beyond the sea, and is only emphasized by 
πέρην ἁλός and further explained by the specification in the next 
line of the islands to which they were carried.— 753. ἀμιχθαλόεσ- 
σαν, smoky. Lemnos was a volcanic island and hence sacred to 
Hephaestus. This-epithet occurs only here and in the Hymn to 
Apollo, 36, where also it is applied to Lemnos.— 755. ῥυστάζεσκεν, 
a frequentative form of pie, ἐρύω found only here in Iliad. Of. 
15: ἕλκεσθαι and 16: epvoas.—756. ἀνέστησεν: Cf. 551.—757. ἐρ- 
ones: Cf. 419. — πρόσφατος, fresh, lit. recently slain. Schol.: 
νεωστὶ mepovevpévos. — 759 often repeated in Od. 6. g. 111. 280, v. 
124 et al. Ad rem, see note at 605. The lament of the mother 
and also that of the wife here are less disconsolate than those 
which immediately followed the death of Hector, xxii. 431, 477. 

762— 748 mutatis mutandis: dearest of all my sons, says the 
mother; dearest of all my brothers-in-law, responds the brother’s 
wife.— 763. pév implies a suppressed contrast, viz. yet it was to 
thee I always looked for kindness, Helen’s speech is all dis- 
jointed with passionate anguish. Pratt and Leaf.— 764. os... 


> 


ap dn ok eh a Tie ΝΣ ἃ 


ILIAD XXIV. 419 


ὀλέσθαι: Helen expresses the same wish 111. 173 and vi. 345, Her 
self-condemnation, her reproof of her paramour, and her deep 
mourning for Hector here correspond well with the representa- 
tion in the Third and Sixth Books, and present her in an attrac- 
tive light.— 765. ἐεικοστόν : This implies that ten years intervened 
between the rape of Helen and the commencement of the war. 
Another ten years intervened between the close of the war 
(twenty between its commencement) and the return of Odysseus 
at the close of the Odyssey (Od. xvii. 327).— 767. ἀσύφηλον, only 
here and ix. 647. Here = disparaging, insulting. — 770. ἑκυρός, 
Lat. socer: for my father-in-law was always kind as a father. 
Cf. iii. 172.— 771. τόνγ᾽, sc. τις ἄλλος : him whoever he might be. 
- παραιφάμενος, having appeased him, lit. talked him over. So 
παραμυθησάμενος, ix. 417; παρειπών, xi. 793, followed by παραίφα- 
σις as its epexegesis in the same line— 772. Rejected in many 
editions. The repetition of ἐπέεσσιν is hardly a sufficient reason 
for rejection.— 775. πεφρίκασιν, abhor me, sc. as the cause of the 
war. So of Paris, xi. 383. 


Vv. 776-804, Burning of the Body of Hector and Rearing of a 
Mound over his Ashes, 

776. ἐπὶ. .. ἀπείρων, and with her mourned aloud the common 
people without number.— δῆμος, more frequently local=the coun- 
try (and its inhabitants) in distinction from the city, as in 706, 
is here manifestly the common people, the λαοῖσιν of the next 
line, whom Priam sends to bring wood. ἀπείρων usually im- 
measurable, as of the sea (cf. 545), is here innumerable.— 780. Jn 
sending me away from the black ships thus gave orders, sc. not to 
harm us.— 781. δωδεκάτη: Cf. 667 seqq. 

782. βόας ἡμιόνους τε: Mules only are mentioned as bringing 
the wood for Hector’s funeral pyre, xxiii. 111; but oven and mules 
bring in the dead for burial, vii. 332. — 784. ἐννῆμαρ, x. τ. λ., ef. 
664 seqq.— ἀγίνεον, found in the Odyssey, but only here in the 
Iliad.— 785 = vi. 175, with the substitution of φαεσίμβροτος for 
ῥοδοδάκτυλος .--- 787, first clause = xxiii. 165. 

788 = 1.477. — 789 = vii. 434 mutatis mutandis. — 790 =i. 57, 
wanting in the Ven. MS. and bracketed in modern editions,— 
791, 792 — xxiii. 237, 238.795. The bones of Patroclus were 
put in a golden urn in double layers of fat.— 796. καλύψαντες, 
after having wrapped them, etc. Cf. xxiii. 254, where fine linen 
is spread over (κάλυψαν) the urn after it was deposited in the 


420 . NOTES. 


tent.— 797. κάπετον, in xvili. 564, an agricultural ditch: here a 
grave. —%798. Then covered it over with great stones closely laid 
together (cf. xxiii. 255 seqq.). With a general resemblance the 
details of the burial of Hector are quite different from those in 
the burial of Patroclus. 

799. σκοποί, pickets or scouts to guard against a surprise and 
sudden attack by the Greeks. — 801 = xxiii. 257, except the last 
word. — 802. The burial of Hector is followed by the funeral 
banquet, as that of Patroclus is followed by the games xxiii. 258. 
— 804. Thus they looked after the burial of horse-taming Hector. 
And thus ends the ἀοιδὴ κυδιάνειρα, With the burial of the bosom 
friend and the chief antagonist of the hero of the poem. Itisa 
simple and, as some think, abrupt, but certainly a fitting close, 
sublime in its simplicity, suitable to the religious feelings of the 
old Greeks, who could not rest so long as there remained a doubt 
touching the due performance of these sacred rites, and satisfac- 
tory also to the humane sentiments of a later and better age. 
“We have before observed that the premature and preadvanced 
mind of the poet seems to have delighted in relieving the savage 
conflict with traits of milder manners; and the generous conduct 
of Achilles and his touching respect for the aged Priam might 
almost seem as a prophetic apology to a gentler age for the bar- 
barity with which the poet might deem it necessary to satisfy 
the implacable spirit of vengeance which prevailed among his 
own warlike compeers. Hector dragged at the car of his insult- 
ing conqueror was for the fierce and martial vulgar—for the 
carousing chieftain scarcely less savage than the Northman de- 
lighted only with his dark sagas; Hector’s body preserved by 
the care of the gods, restored with honor to Priam, lamented by 
the desolate women, was for the heart of the poet himself and 
for the few congenial spirits that could enter into his own more 
chastened tone of feeling.” See Quarterly Review, No. 89, and 
Introduction to Notes on Book xxiii. 


THE END. 


Date Due” 


UTM AY 


3 9031 01237703 2 


4 


a 


OS ae 
ΓΝ ΔΝ 


ΝᾺ τς ee Ν ee, = “ an ‘ c 
r - ν . ines Ὺ Ἂ “4 ee εἰ ͵ ᾿ ‘ ch “> < ς ἐς 
δ *} aA : ’ rs . nS mah τς τ 3 


te 


aS τ 


